•**'
•

Ife

r

D
F

•

rro r^EAT ISES-.

In the one of which,

THE NATVRE OF BODIES;

In the other,

THE NATURE OF MANS SOULE,
IS LOOKED INTO:

IN WAY OF DISCOVERY

IMMORTALITY

O F

LE SOVLES.

Animt nttttraw, abjque totiw ntfurt,
Suffcientcrcognofcifoflc, extjlitnts ?

Plato in Phoedr.

LONDON,

Printed for lohn Williams , and are to be fold at the
Crownc in S. Pauls Church-yard.
M DC XLV.

TO MY SONNE,

S 0 N N E

calamity of this time being
fuch, as hath bereft me of the
ordinary means of exprefsing
my affe&ion to you ; I have
been cafting about, to finde
fome other way of (doing that
in fuch fort, as you may receive moft profit
by it. Therein I foone pitched upon thefe
confederations ; That Parents owe unto their
children, not onely materiall fubfiftence for
their Body, but much more, fpirituall contri-
butions to their better part, their Mind. I am
much bound to God, that he hath endued you
with one, very capable of thebeft inftru&i-
ons : and withall,! doe therefore efteeme my
felfe obliged, to doe my utmoft for moulding

A 2 it

— '-

it to its moft advantage. If my ayme therein
doe prove fucceflTefull, you will with more
eafe digeft thofe inconveniences &c diftrefies,
which already you have begun to be acquain-
ted with , and that threaten daily worfe
unto you. For how can a man iuffer his
heart to be dejected at the privation of any
temporall blefsings, whiles he confidereth the
inanity of them 5 and that nothing is worthy
his ferious thought, but what may accompa-
ny him to his eternall habitation ? What nee-
de:h he feare the delegations of Warre,and the
word that they can do againft him, who have
his eftate in their power,when he may be rich
with a much nobler trealure, that none but
himfelfe can rob him of? Without doubt, he
that fhall feriouily reflect upon the excellency
of his owne nature, and upon the admirable
perfect and happy ftate he flial moft certainly
arrive unto, if he but weane himfelfe from
thofe worldly impediments ,that here clog his
Joules flight 5 cannot choofe but look with a
difdainfull eye, upon the glittering trifles,
that weak ipirits delight themielves withall.
If he deeme it not requifite (as of old, the fa-
mous wife man did) to throw away thole

en-

encumbrances, to the end he may the more
freely attend unto divine contemplations (for
worldly goods, duly ufed,may be very advan-
tagious both to ones felfe and to others) yet at
the leaft, he will not repine at Fortnnes recal-
ling of what fhe formerly had but lent him,
and but permitted him the ufe of.

To the end then that you may be armed a-
gainft the worft that may arrive unto you,
.in this unhappy ftate of affaires, in our di-
ftreffed Country ; I fend you thole confidera-
tions of the nature and Immortality of hu-
mane foules, which of late, have been my
chiefe entertainment. The progrefle you have
already made in the ftudy of Phylofophie,
hath (I am perfwaded) enabled you to bene-
fit your felfe, with what I have written upon
this iubject : on the ferious examining of
which , if you will employ but half the time,
that I have done in fpinning out my thoughts,
and weaving them into the piece you fee, I
doubt not but you will thereby receive fb
much contentment, as well as profit, that you
will not repent you of your paines. Befides
that, intelledtuall entertainments are the pu-
reft, and the nobleft, and the moft proporti-

A 2 onate

onate to mans nature,and prove the moft de-
lightfull to him, when they are duly relifhed.
You will prelently agree, that the matter I
handle, is the moft important and the moft
weighty, within the whole extent of humane
nature, fora worthy perfon to employ him-
felfe about. The advantage which Man hath
over unreafonable creatures, is, that what he
doth,is by election - and he is himfelfe mafter
of all his actions 5 whereas they are impelled
by outward caufes, unto all they doe: it is
properly (aid of them, that aguntur magis cjuam
agunt : He onely is free ; and in all varieties of
circumftances, hath the power to choofe one
and to reject another. Now, to have this ele-
ction wifely made, and becomming a man
requireth that it be fleered by knowledge. To
doe any thing well, a man muft firft know
throughly all that concerneth the a&ion he is
about j and chiefly the end of it. And certain-
ly, of all his actions, the government of him-
felfe, is the moft important,and neerlieft con-
cerning him. The end of that government,
and of all a mans aymes, is by all men agreed
to be Beatitude : that is, his being complete-
ly well, and in a condition of enjoying the

moft

moft happinefle, that his nature is capable of.
For arrival! whereunto , it is impolsible to
pitch upon the direct and fure meanes,unlefle
it be firft determined, whether the Beatitude
we fpeak of, doe belong to this life, or be not
to be attained, till we come to the nextior ra-
ther, whether or no, there be another life be-
fides this, to be happy in. For if there remai-
neth an eternity unto us, after the fliort revo-
lution of time we fo fwiftly run over here on
earth ; it is cleare, that all the happines which
can be imagined in this fleeting ftate, is not
valuable, in refpect of the future ; nor any
thing we doe here is confiderable, otherwise
then as it conduceth to the making our con-
dition then , better or worfe. Now the way
to be furc of this, is either infallible authori-
ty, or evident fcience. They that rely on the
firft, depend of others : and they onely who
know,are abfolutely complete of themfelvesj
and have within themfelves, the principles
whereby to govern their actions, in what is
of higheft confequence to them. It is true, e-
vcry body is not of a ftraine of wit and judge-
ment, to be of this rank: and who are not,
muftbe contented to beleeve others, and be

A 4 iatis-

fatisfyed with what is taught them. But he
that will be of a fuperior orbe, muft make this
his ftudy. This is the adequate entertainment
of a worthy perfon.

To conceive how high and excellent, this
fcience of governing a man in order to Beati-
tude in the next world is, we may confider,
how among all arts that concern this life,
the art of a Statesman, unto whom belongeth
to fee a Common- wealth well gov€rned,is by
much the nobleft. All other arts, are but mi-
nifterially to him. He maketh ufe of the Sol-
dier,of the Lawyer, of the Orator, of the An-
tiquary, of the Phyfitian, as bed eonduceth to
the end he aymeth at, of making the Com-
monwealth he governeth , happy and flou-
rifliing. All other meaner Trades ferve him
in a yet lower degree. Yet after all, he muft
take his meafures from the Metaphyfitian or
Divine. For fince the government of a foci-
ety of men, aymeth at giving them the beft
being they are capable of; and fince Mans
well-being here in this life, is but inftrumen-
tally good, as being the meanes for him to be
well in the next life ; It is evident, ' that the
, is but inftrumentall to that,

which

which flieweth, how every particular man
muft governe his life, to be partaker of a hap-
py eternity. And confequently, if a States-
man hath not this fcience, hemuftbefubject
to a braver man then himfelfe, whofe pro-
vince is to direct all his actions unto this end.
We are told , how reverently great C<efar lift-
ned to the difcourfes of learned sfcboreus, how
obfervant Alexander was of his Mafter ^rifto*
tie, how fecure Nero trode, whiles Seneca gui-
ded his fteps, how humble Conftantine was to
Saint Sjlvefters precepts, how Charlemaine go-
verned himfelfe in his moft important acti-
ons>by Alcuims advice :In a word,all the great
men of Antiquity ,as wel among the Romans,
as among theGretians?had their Philolbphers,
and Divines in thdr kind,belonging to themj
from whom they might derive rules of living
and doing as they ought upon all occafions,if
themfelves were not Mafters in that fuperiour
inxl all-directing fcience. He that feeth not by
his ownc lightjrnuft in this dangerous Ocean
fteere by the lanterne which another hangeth
out to him. If the perfon he relyeth upon,d-
ther withholdeth the light from him , or
fiicweth him a falfe one, he is prefently in the

dark,

darke,and cannot faile of lofing his way.How
great an authority had the Augurs and Priefts
among the rude Romans, to Forbid any pub-
like aft, or to break any aflembly upon pre-
tence of Religious duties, when they liked
not the bufinefle that was in agitation ? The
like may intereffed Divines among Chri-
ftiansdoe, if the Minifters of State have not
lome infight into Divinity. He leadeth a ve-
xatious life, that in his nobleft actions is (b
gored with fcruples, that he dareth not make
a ftep, without the authority of another to
warrant him.

Yet I doe not conclude,that he by whom I
defign by the character of a brave man,fliould
beaprorefled or a complete Metaphyfitian
or Divine, and confiimmate in every curious
circumftance that belongeth to this fcience5 it
fufficeth him to know it in bulke-and to have
fo much Divinity, as in common occurrents,
to be able to governe himfelfe^ and in fpeciall
ones, to underftand what, and why his Di-
vine perfwadeth him to any thing ; (b that e-
ven then, though not without help,yet he go-
verneth himfelfe,and is not blindly governed
by another. He that aymeth at being a perfect

Horfe-

Horfeman, is bound to know in generall(be-
fides the art of riding) the nature and temper
of Horfes . and to underftand the different
qualities of Bits, Saddles, and other utenfils
of a Horfeman 5 But the utmoft exactnefle in
thefe particulars, belongeth to Farryers, Sad-
lers, Smiths , and other Tradefinen } of all
which, the judicious Rider knoweth how to
make due ufe, when he hath occafion,for his
principall end ,• which is, orderly governing
his Horfe. In like manner, he whom we de-
figne by a complete brave man, muft know
folidly the maine end of what hee is in the
World for : and withall, muft know how
to ferve himfelfe when hee pleafeth, and
that it is needfull to him, of the Divines high
Contemplations, of the Metaphyfitians fub-
tile Speculations., of the naturall Philofophers
minute Obiervations, of the Mathematicians
nice Demonftrations ; and of whatibever elfe
of particular Profefsions, may conduce to his
end ; though without making any of them
his profefled bufineffe.

To lay grounds for fuch knowledge as
trusts the fcope of my enfuing Difcourie.My
firft ayme, was to beget it in myfelfe: to

which

which end, thedigefting my thoughts into
order, and the fetting them downe in wri-
ting, was neceflary : for without fuch ftrift
examination of them, as the penning them,
affordeth onemeanes to makes they would
hardly have avoyded being disjoynted and
roving ones. Now that I have done that,
my next ayme is that you, unto whom I wifh
as mucfy good as unto my felfe, may reap as
much benefit by the ftudying it, as I have
done by the compofing it.

My end then being a private one, as (loo-
king no further then you my fonne, and my
felfe) I have not endeavoured to exprefle my
conceptions either in the phrafe,or in the lan-
guage of the Schooles. It will ferve our
turne, to comprehend the fubftance, without
confining our felves to any fcrupulous exacl-
neffe, in what concerned* onely forme. And
the fame confideration hath made me paffe
{lightly over many particulars , in my firft
Treatife of the Nature of Bodies^ upon which
learned and witty men might (pin out large
Volumes. For in that part, I ayme no fur-
ther, then to (hew what may be effected by
corporeall agents. There, pofsibility ferveth

mv

my turne, as well as the determinate indivifi-
ble point of truth. I am obliged to that,onely
in my maine great theme 5 which is the foule.
In regard of which, the numerous crooked

^7 '

narrow cranies, and the reftrayned flexuous
rivolets of corporeall things, are all contemp-
tible, further then the knowledge of them
ferveth to the knowledge of the foule. And a
gallant man, whofe thoughts flye at the high-
eft game , requireth no further infight into
them, then to iatisfie himfelfe by what wray
they may be performed ; and deemeth it far
too meane for him, to dwel upon the fubtileft
of their myfteries for fcience fake.

Befides this liberty that the fcope I ayme
at alloweth me of pafsing very curfbrily o-
ver fundry particulars^! find now at my read=
ing all over together, what I have written to
deliver it to the Printer , that even in that
which I ought to have done to comply with
my owne defigne and expectation , I am
fallen very fliort • ib that if I had not unwa-
rily too farre engaged my felfe for the pre-
fent publishing it, truly I fhould have kept it
by me, till I had once againe gone over it. I
find the whole piece very confufedly done ;

the

the ftile unequall and unpolifhed -y many par-
ticulars (when they are not abfolutely necef-
fary to my maine drift) too (lightly touched,
and far from being driven home : and in a
wordjall of it feemeth to be rather but a looie
modell and roughcaft of what I defign to do,
then a complete work throughly finiflied.

But fince by my overforward promifing of
this piece to feverall friends, that have been
very earned for it,I have now brought my felf
to that pafle, that it would ill become me to
delay any longer the publifliing of fomething
upon this fubject and that obligations of ano-
ther nature permit me not at the prefent to
dwell any longer upon this (b elides that, fo
lazieabraineas mine is,groweth fbon weary
when it hath fo entangled a skeane as this is
to unwind)! now fend it you as it is^but with
a promife, that at my firft leifure, I will take a
ftricl: furvey of it j and then in another Editi-
on, will polifh, correct and adde what fliall
appeare needfull to me. If any man fliall take
the Book out of your hand,invited by the Ti-
tle and fubject to look into it;I pray you in my
behalfe reprefent unto him , how diftant my
profefsion island how contrary my education

hath

hath been from writing of Books. In every
Art, the plaineftthat is, there is an Apprenti-
fhip neceflary, before it can be expected one
fliould Work in it a faflhionable piece.The firft
attempts are alwayes very imperfect aymings;
and are fcarce diicernable what they are mea -
ned for,unlefle the Mafter guide his Scholars
hand. Much more will the fame happen in fo
difficult and fpiny an affaire, as the writing
upon fuch a nice and copious fubjecl: as this
is, to one who isfo wholly ignorant of the
lawes of Method as I am.

This free and ingenuous acknowledgment
on my fide, will I hope prevaile with all in-
genuous perfons, who fhall read what I have
written, to advertife me fairely (if they judge
it worth their while) of what they diflike in
it : to the end that in another more accurate
Edition- 1 may give them better (atis faction.
For befides what faylings may be in the mat-
ter ,1 cannot doubt but that even in theexpref-
fions of it, there muft often be great obfcuri-

C7

ty and fhortneffe • which I, who have my
thoughts filled with the things them(elves,am
not aware of. So that,what peradventure may
feeme very full to me,becauie every imperfect

touch

couch bringeth into my mind the entire noti-
on and whole chain or circumftances belong-
ing to that thing I have fo often beaten upon}
may appeare very crude and maymed to a
ftranger, that cannot gueffe what I would be
at,otherwife then as my direct words do lead
him.

One thing more I fliall wifh you to defire
of them who happily may perufe thefe two
Treadles -. as well for their owne lakes, as for
mine.And that is,that they wil not paffe their
cenfure upon any particular piece, or broken
parcell of eyther of them, taken by it felfe.Let
them draw the entire thred through their fin-
gers, and let them examine the confequent-
nefle of the whole body of the doctrine I deli-
ver • and let them compare it by a like furvey
with what is ordinarily taught in the Schools:
and if they find in theirs, many bracks and
fliort ends which cannot be fpun into an even
piece, and in mine,a faire coherence through-
out; I fhall promife myfelfe a favourable
doome from them, and that they will have an
acquiefccnce in themfelves to what I have
here prefented them with : whereas, if they
but ravell it over loolely, & pitch upon difpu-

ting

ting againft particular conclufions, that at the
firft encounter of them fingle,may feem harfh
unto them, (which is the ordinary courfe of
flafhy wits, wrho cannot fadome the whole
extent of a large difcourfe)it is impofsible but
that they fhould be very much unfatisfyed of
me j and goe away with a perfwafion , that
fbme iuch truths as upon the whole matter
are moft evident (one ftone in the arch fup-
porting another, and the whole) are meere
chymeras and wild paradoxes.

But (Sonne) it is time my Booke fhould
fpeake it felfe, rather then I fpeak any longer
of it here.Read it carefully over,and let me lee
by the effects of your governing your felf,that
you make fuch right ufe of it, as I may be
comforted in having chofen you to bequeath
it unto. God in heaven bleffe you. <Paris the
, 1644.

Your Loving Father,
KENELME DIGBY.

B THE

THE PREFACE

Ttfis writing was defatted 1 9 htvefeen the light un-
der the name of one Treatife. But after it was drA wn
in paper; <ti I caft a view over it J found the Proaenti-
allpart (which is that which treatcth of Bodies) ft ample in
rejpefi of the other (which was th'e end of it ^ and for wboftLs
fake 1 medledwith it) that I readily apprehended my Reader
would think I had gone much aflrayfrom my Text twhen pro-
pofing tofteak of the Immortality of Mans Soulc, three partf
of four e of the whole I>ifcourfeyjbouldnotfo much as in ont^?
word mention that fettle > whofe nature and proprieties I aymed
atthedifcovery of. To avoid this incongruity ^eccafioned me
to change the name and unity of the work $ and to make thc_s
furvay of bodies^ a body by it felfe : though fubordinate to the
TreatifcoftheSoule. Which not with [landing it be lejfe in
bulke then the other , yet I dare promife my Reader^ that if he
beftew the paines requifite toperfeb? himfelfe in itjje will find
as much time wellftent in the due reading ofit^ as in the^>
reading of the former Treatifc^ th$*ghfar more large.

But I di ft erne an objection obvious to be made^ or rather A
£)ueflion •, Why ifbould ftendfo much time in the con/ideati-
on if Botits, whereof nine that hath formerly written of this
fubjeCt^ hath in any meafure done the like ?

I might anfwer that they had , upon other oecafons, frfl
written of the nature ofBodits : a* I may infance in Ari-

ftotlc5

Tfie Preface.

ft ode •, andfundry others, who either have themselves pro-
fefledly treated the Science of Bodies, or have fuppofed that
fart fuffaiently performed by other pens . But truly, I was by
an unavoidable necefsity hereunto obliged: which is ^cur-
rent of dcchinethat at this day^ much raigneth in the Chrifti-
A* Schooles, where bodies and their operations^ are explicated
afttr the manner of fyirttuall things. For we having very
(lender knowledge of fyirituallfubftanccs^ can reach no fur-
ther into their ntture, then to know that they have certain^
powers ', or qualities 5 but can feldome penetrate fo deep^ as to
defcend to the particulars offrch Qualities^ or Powers . Now
our modern Philofophers have introduced fuch a course of lear-
ning into the Schooles, that unto all queftions concerning the
proper natures of Bodies, and their operations, it is heldjuffi-
cient to A nfwer^ they have a quality 5 or a power to doefuch a
thing. And afterwards they dilute whether this Duality or
Power j be an Entity diftintffrom itsfubjeff, or no 5 and how
it is fep arable, or unfep arable from it^andthe like. Conforma-
ble to this^ who will looke into the books jvhich are in vogue in
thefe Schools^ fhattfindfufh anfwers andfuch controversies c-
very where, and few others. As^ of the {enable qualities :atkc
what it is to be white or redjvhat to be facet orjowre, what to
be odoriferous or finking^ what to be cold or hot ? And you
are -prefently paid with jhat it is afenftble quality ^ which hath
the power to make a wall white or red^ to make a meat agreea-
ble or disagreeable to the tafte, to make agratefullor ungrate-
fuHfmetlto the noje^&c. Likewife they make the fame quefti-
ons and re folutionS) of Gravity and Levity : as whether they
be qualities , that #, entities diftinttfrom their fub\e ft : and
whether they be atfive orpafivc •, which when they have di-
ftutedflightly.and in common ^with Logic all arguments; they
reft thcrejvithout any further fearchinginto thephyficallcau-
fuor effetfs of them. The like youjkalfndofallflrangeeffefts

B a of

The Preface.

of them. The Load ft one an A Electric All bodies Are
formirACuloM, and not under ft andable things • And in which,
it muft be acknowledged, that they wo/ k by hidden qualities,
that mans wit cannot reAchunto. And afcending to living
bodies^ they give it for A Uaxime : that life is the aftion of
the fame Entity upon it felfe : thatfenfe is likewife A worke of
an intrinfecatl power 5 in the fart we (All Senfe, ufon it felfi.
Which ,our predecefjors held the greateft abfurdities that could
betoken in Pkylofophie. Even feme phyfitiansjhAt take upon
them to teach the curing of our bodies .» doe often pay ut with
fuchtermfs -, among them, you have long dijcourfes of a re-
tentive, of an expulfive, of A Purging^ of a conldUdating fa-
culty : andfo of every thing that either pa^eth in our bedy^or
is Apply ed for remedy . And the meaner fort of Phyfitians knew
ns more^ but that fuch faculties are - though indeed they that
are truly Phyfit'tAns, know alfoin what they confifi •, without
which know ledge it if much tobefeArect^ Phyfitiws wi&dot-j
more hwme then good.

But tt rcturne t$ ourfub\etf : this com 'fe efdotfrine in tht
Schools ^ hath forced me to a great dcale ofpAinesirtfeeking
to dtfcover the nature of a// fuch actions (or of the mainepan
of them ) as were famed for incomprehenfible : for what hope
could lhavet out of the actions of the joule to convince the
nature of it to bi incorporeal! -, if I could give no other account
of bodies operations , then that they were performed by quali*
ties occult, fyecificall^ or incomprehenfible ? Would not my ad-
verfary prcfentlyarif\ver^ that Any operation >out of 'which I
fhould prefte the foules being fl>ir tua/l, was performed by 4
ccrporeall occult quality ': And that AS he muft acknowledge it
to It incomprehensible, Jo muft I likewifc acknowledge other
qualitie's of bodies jo be as incomprehen}ible:& t her! ore could
not with reafon preffe hin*^ to fbew how a body was able to dee
fitch An operation: & Ifhouldwferremuft ofneceftty proceed

from

The Preface.

fromajpiritjfivce th.it neither could I give Account how the
lotdftone drew iron^ or looked to the North; how aftsne , and
other heavy things were carried downewards -, how fight or
fantafie was made -, htw dtgcjtion or f urging were ejfetfcd-,
and many other fuch queftions , which are Jo ftightly refol-
vedinthe Schooles ?

Be fides this rcafonjhe very defire of knowledge in myfelfr
andAwiUingnefletobeAVMUble unto others (at the le aft fo
farre AS to Jet them on faking for />, without having a preju-
dice of impofsibility in attaining it) was unto me a Jufficient
motive^ to ia large my difcourfe to the bulk it is rifen unto. For
what A mifery is it, that the flower and beft wits ofchriften-
dome^ which ftock to the Vniverfities^ under petence and up-
on ho ft of gaining knowledge flculd be there deluded^ and af-
ter manyyeares oj toyle and expence 5 bee fent home againe^
with nothing acquired morel hen a faculty^ and readineffe to
talke like Parrats of many things • but not to under ft and fo
much as anyoHC:fandwith.illivithaperfwa<lon that in truth
not hinge an be knowne' For fating knowledge afde^hat can
it avAile A man to le able to talke of any thing '. What are
t/.ofe wr -anglings , where the difcovery of truth is neither
fought, nor hoped, for , but meerly vanity and oftentation?
Doth not all tend, to make him feem and appear e that wh'ch
indeed he is net? Ncr let any body take it ill at my hands jhat I
fycakthus of the modcrne Schooles: for indeed it is rather
themfclve s then I that fay it. Excepting Mrthematicks , let
all the other Schooles pronoun; e their owne minds, and fay in-
gcniotijly^ whether they themfelves beleeve they have fo much
as any one demon ftration, from the beginning to the ending of
the whole c our fe of their learning. And if all, or the moft pArt^
will agree that any one pofition ts demonftrated perfefllyy
and as it ought to bee , and as thoufands of conclusions Are
demonftrated tn Mrthematickes -, I am ready to undergoe

Bj the

The Preface.

the blame of having calumniated them , and will as readily
make them amends. But if they neither will , nor can $ tben
,their owne verdiff cleareth me : and it is not [b much I 9
as they, that makethisprofefsion of the jhallownefle of their
detfrine. Andto this purpofe I have, often heard the lamenta-
tions of divers , as great volts as any that converfe in the
Schooles^ complaining ef this defett . But info great an evi-
dence of the effetf,f roof es are fuperfluoit*.

Wherefore Iwitt leave this (ubjecJ , to declare what I have
here dcfigned, and gone about, towards the remedy of this in-
convenience. Which # , that whereat in the Schooles, there is
A loo fe method, or rather none-, but that it is law full, by the li-
berty of a Commentator^ to handle anyqueflion , in any place
(which it the caufe of the flight neffe of their deftrwt^and can
never be the way to anyfcience tr certitude) I have taken mj
beginnings from the commonefl things that are in nature :
namely y from the notions of Quantity, and its firft differences:
which are the moft fimplc, and radicall notions that are , and
in which all the reft are to be grounded. From them I endea-
vour by immediate compoftion of them ^ and derivation from
them, to bring dovne my difcourfe t9 the Elements, which are
the primary and moftfimple bodies in nature . From thefe , /
•proceed to compounded bodies ^firftjo thofe that are catted mi-
xed-, and t hen , to living bsdies : declaring in common the pro-
prieties and operations that belong unto them. And by occafton-
as Ipaffe along , / light here and there on thofe operations^
which jeemmoft admirable in nature, to /hew how they arc
performed-, or at the leaft, how they may be performed : that
though Imiffe in particular oftheinduftry of nature , yet I
may nevertheleffe hit my intent; which #, to trace out a way^
how thefe^andfuch like operations may be cffetfcd by jncxafl
diftofition, and ordering (though intricate] of quantitative
a»d corptreall parts : and to jhewythat they oblige us not to

recurrc

The Preface.

recttrre unto hidden andunexphcabtc qualities. And if I have
declared fo many ofthefeyas way beget aprobableperfwafion in
my reader, that the refty which I have net touched 5 may like-
wife be difylayedyandfhewed to faring out of the fame grounds 5
if curious andcenflant fearchers into nature, will make their
taske to penetrate into them^ / have therein obtained my defire
and intent-^ which is onely ., tofhew front what principles , all
kinds of corporeall operations doe proceed-, and what kind of
operations allthefe inufi be^ which may iffueottt of thcfe prin-
ciples : to the end) that I may from t hence ^ make aflep)o raife
my dtfcourfe to the contemplation of thefoule-, and fhew , that
ber operations arefuchy as cannot proceed from thofe princi-
ples^ which being adequate and common to all bodies', we may
refl ajjured, that what cannot iffuefrom them^ cannot have a
body fcr itsfottrce.

I will therefore end this preface^ with entreating my Rea-
der to confider, that in a difcourfeproceeding in fuch order as
1 have declared he muf not expect to under ft and, and btfaiii -
fed^ with what itfaidtn any middle or latter part , unleffe he
jirft have read^and under food what goeth before. Wherefore^
if be cannot refelve with himfelfe^ to take it along orderly as
it lyethfrom the beginning, he flail dse himfelfe (as well as
me) right ^not to meddle at all with this booke. Bat if bee will
employ any time upon it jo receive advantage by it fa mufl be
content to take thepaines to understand throughly every parti-
cular as it is fet downe. And if his memory will not ferve
him to carry every one along with him, yet at the leiftjet him
be Jure to remember the place where it is handled, and upon oc-
cafion} return a look back upoi it, when it may ft and him in
flead. if hethinketh this diligence too burthenfom.e 3 let him
conpder that the writinghereof hath coft the Authour much
more pains : vtlo at hf will efteem them exceedingly well em-
) if they may contribute ought to the content or advan-
tage

The Preface.

tagc of any free And ingenuou* mind ^ jo if any others Jhali
exfreffe a negletf of what he hath withfo much labour hewed
out $f the hard rock of Nature -^ or fia/l difcourteoujly cavill
at the notions he (0 freely imparteth unto them ; 4// thc^>
reffentmertt hefiull make thereof, will be to defire the frjl^ to
confider^ thM their flight e 'ft eeme of his worke^ obligeth them
10 entcrtainc their thoughts veithfome more noble and morels
frof table fub]eff, and better treated, then this is : And the /4-
ter fort, to ]ujlife their dtflike ofhisdotfrine, by delivering
a fairer And more complete bodyofPhilofophj, of their ownc.
Which if hereupon they doe, his being t he eccApon o
ones bettering themfehes^ And of the others bettering
) will be the befl fucceff'e he can ivijh his Bnke.

A Table (Viewing what is contained in the

feverall Chapters and Se&ions in this

7re*tife concerning B O D I E S.

The figures after the Chapters, are the Sections be-
longing to every Chapter: which Sections the
Reader Chall find in every Chapter by their
figures in the margine.

CHAP. I.

rHc Preface. A Preamble to
the whole difcourfe • con-
cerning notions in generall.

Quantity is the fir ft, and mo ft
obvious ajfettion of a body.
Words do not cxprcffc things at

ing t» expreffe * moref articular
orftudied notion.

CHAP. II.
Of Quantity.

i. Wemuftkn*™ the vulgar and
common notion of Quantity that

t hey are in themfelves^but one- we may underhand the nature
ly as they are painted in the of it.

minds ofmeu. 2. Extcnfion or di-vijibtlitie is the

3. The fir [t err our that may arife common notion of Quantity,
fromhence'which is a multiply- 3. Parts of Quantity are not

actually in their whole.
4. If parts were actually in their
whole, Quantity would be com-
pofed ofindivijibles.

ing of things, -where no fuch
multiplication is really found.
4. A fecond errour\ the concei-
ving of many diftintt things as
really one thing.

5. Great care to be taken to avoid
the errours which may arife
from our manner of under ft and-
ing things.

6. Two forts of words to exprefle
our notions-) the one common to
all meny tht other yrofer to
fchollers.

•j. Cjreat errours arife by wre fling
words from their common mean.

j. Quantity cannot Ire compofed of

6. An objett ion to prove that parts
are actually in Quant itte • with
a declaration of the miflake
from whence it proceedeth.

7. The folutien of the former ob~
jfclitn : vnd that fenfe cannot
dtfcern whether one part be di-
fttnguifoedfrom another y or no.

8. An enumeration of the feverall

*. fpeciefe

A Table.

fpeciefes of Quantity, which

confirm eth that the effence of it
if flivifibilitie.

CHAP. III.
Of Rarity and Denfity.

What if meant by T{arity and
Denjtty.

It is evident that font e bodies
are rare and others denfe •
though obfcurc, how they are
fuch.

ex/ brief enumeration of the
fever all properties belonging to
rare and denfe bodies.

The opinion of thofe Philo-
fophers declared , who put
rarity to confift in an atln-
alldivijion of a body into little
parts.

The former opinion rejected,
and the ground of their err our
di [covered.

The opinion of thofe Philofo-
phers related, who put rarity to
confift in the mixtton of vacui-
ty amonv bodies.

TL r • • r

/ he • pin ton of vacutttes refu-
ted.

Rarity an.l Denftty cenfift in
the feverall proportions which
Quantity hath to tts fub-
ftance.

Ail muft admit in
bodies > * Metaphyficdll
Jition.

CHAP. IV.

Of the fourcfiift qualities : and
of the foure Elements.

1. The notions of dcnfity and ra-
rity have a latitude capable of
infinite variety.

2. How moiftncftc and drinetfe
are begotten in denfe bodies.

3. Hovt moiftncflc and dryneffe
are begotten in rare bodies.

4. Heat is a property of rare bo-
dies, and cold 'of denfe onef.

j. Of the tiro denfe bodies, the
Ifflc denfe is more cold : but of
the two rare ones, the lejfe rare
is /e/f hot.

6. The extreme denfe body is
more drie > then the extreme
rare one.

j. There are but.foiirc fimple bo-
dies: and the fe are rightly na-
med Elements.

8. The Authour doth not deter-
mine whether every element
doth comprehend under its
name one onely loweft fpecies, or
many : nor whether any tfthcm
be found pure.

CHAP. V.

Of the operations of the Elements
ingenerall. And of their A&K.
vitics compared with one ano-
ther.

i . The fir& operation of the Ele-
ments is dtvijion, out of which

refult--

A Table.

refulteth locall motion.

2. What place is both nationally,
and really.

3. Loctll motion is that dtvifion,
whereby it body changtth its
f/ace.

4. The nature of quantity of it
felf is fufficient to unite a body
to its place.

5. All operations amongst bodies 7
are either locatl motion , or
fuch of follow out of to call mo-
tion.

6. Earth compared to water in
activity.

7. Tht manner -whereby fire get-
tcthinto fewell, proveth that
it exceedeth earth in activity.

The third reason, becaufe if
we imagine to our felvcs the
fftbflance of fire to be rtrificd,
it will have the fame appearen-
ces which light hath.
6. The fourth reafon, from the
manner .of the generation and
corruption of light, which a.
greet h with fire.

Tht fifth rtafon, becaufefuch
properties belong to light as a-
gree onely unto bodies.

CHAP. VII.

Two obje&ions anfwered againft
light being fire, a more ample
proofe of its being fuch.

ner, whereby fire cometh out of,
fetvell and wtrketh upon other 2.
bodies.

8. The fame is proved by the watt- \ i. That all light is hot and apt

to heat.

The reafon why our bodies for
the most part do not feel the
heat of pure light.
The experience of burning glaf~
fes, and of foultry gloomy wea-
ther,'-prove light to be fire.

CHAP. VI.

Of Light, what it is.

1. In what fen fe the Author rc-
jelteth qualities.

2. In what fenfe the Author doth
admit of qualities.

5. Five arguments propofed to
prove that light is not a body.

4. The two firft reafons to prove
light to be a body are, the re-
femb lance it hath with fire^and
because if it were a quality, it
would always produce an equal
to it felf.

4. Philofophers ought not to
judge of things by the rales of
vulgar people.

5. The different names of light
and fire , proceed from diffe-
rent notions of the fame fub-
stancf.

6- The reafon why many times
fire and heat are deprived of
light.

7. Whatbecometh of the body of
light when it dieth.

* a 8.

A Table.

8. An experiment if fome who
pretend) that light may be pre-
cipitated into powder.

p. The Authors optnton concern-
ing lamps, pretended to have
teen found in tombcs,with /»-
cottfum^tible lights.

CHAP. VIII.

An anfwer to three other obje&i-
ons formerly proposed, againft
light being a fubftance.

\. Light is net really in evcrypart
of the room it enlightneth,nbr
fillet h entirely any fefiblepart of
it, though it feem to utto do fo.

2. The leaft fenfible point of * di-
tphanotu body, hath room Ef-
ficient to contain both aire and
light, together with A multitude
of beams tffuing from fever all
lights without penetrating one
another.

3. That light doth not enlighten
any room in an in ft ant, and that
the great celerity of its motion
doth make it inpercepttble to
our fenfes.

4. The reafon why the motion of
light, is not difcerned coming
towards us, and that there is
fome reall tardity in it.

j. The planets are not certainly
ever in that place where they
appear to be.

6. 7 he reafon why light being a
body, doth not by tts motion

fratter other bodies into pieces.

7. The reafon why the body of
light if never perceived to be
fanned by the wind.

8. The reafons for, and againft
lights being a body, compared
together.

9. t/f fummary repetition of the
reafons which prove that light
it fire.

CHAP. IX.

Oflocall motion in common.

1 . "\f locall motion cat* be per-
formed without frtccejfton.

2. Time is the common meafure
«f all fuccejjlon.

J. What velocity is, and, that it
cannot be infinite.

4. No force fo little , that if
not able to move the greateft
weight imaginable.

J. The chief principle of Mecha-
nick^dedxce&tftt of the former
difcourfe.

6- T^o m»veable can pafle from
rtft te* any determinate degre*
of velocity, or from a lejfer de-
gree to a greater, without paf-
fing through all the intermedi-
ate degrees which are below the
obtained degree.

7. The conditions which help tt
motto*, in the moveable are
three; in the medium* one.

8. 2\^» body hath any intrinfecall
virtue to move it felf towards
any determinate part of the u-
niverfe. 9. The

A Table.

The encrtafc wf mttittt u at- of all the firmer doctrine touch-
wayef made in the proportion of{ ing gravity.
the odde numbers. \ 6. Gravity and levity do not fig-

nific an intrinfecall inclination
to fuch a motion in the bodies
themfelves which are termed
heavy and light,
j. The more denft a body £, the

morefwiftly it defcendeth.
8. The velocity of bodies defcend~
ing doth not encreafe in propor-
tion to the difference that may
be between their fevtrall den-
fit'tes.

p. Mor e or lejfe gravity doth pro-
duce a fwifter or a jlovter dcf-
cendino- of a heavy body, jfri-

n

Jrotles argument to difprove
motion in vacuo, it made good.
IO. The reafon why at the inferior
quarter of a circle, a body doth
defcend fafter by the arch of
that quarter, then by the cord
of ^.

10. 3^0 motion can encreafe for
ever, without comin? to a pe-

o /

riod.

1 1. Certain problemes refolved
concerning the proportion o
fame moving Agents compare
to thetr effects.

1 2. When a moveable cometh t
reft, the motion doth decrea[e
according to the rules of en-
creafe.

CHAP. X.

Of Gravity and Levity; andoflo-
fall Motion, commonly term-
ed Naturall.

\. Thofe motions are called natu-
raU, which have constant eau-

fes ; and t ho ft violent, which

are contrary to them.
2. The firft and moft generall o-

feration of the funne , if the

making and raijiug of at owes.
5. The light rebounding from the

earth with atonies, caufeth two

ftreams in the aire ; the one af~

c ending, the other defc ending ;

and both of them in a perpen.

dicular line.
4* 9s4 denfe body placed in the ,

aire between the afcending and

CHAP. XI.

depending ftream, mutt needi
defcend.
5. A more particular explication

An anfwer to objections again ft
the caufes ofnaturall motion,
avowed in the former chapter ;
and a refutation of the contra-
ry opinion.

The firft objection anf-cvered •
why a hollow body defcendeth
flower then afolid one.

The fecond objection an fiver ed
and the reafonsfyown, why a-
tomes do continually overtake
"• 3 tht

the defcending
dy.

^4 curious qttcftion left un-
decided.

The fourth objection anfwered,
why the defcent of the fame
heavy bodies, is equall in fo

inequality of the at owes

r •
catije it.

5. The reafon why thefhelter of a
thick, body doth not hinder the
descent of that which is un-
der it.

$. The reafon why fame bodies
finkj others fwimme.

7. The* fifth objection anfwered
concerning the descending of
heavy bodies tn flreams.

8. The fixth objection finger-

ed ; and that all heavy ele-
ments do weigh in thetr owne
fphcres.

p. The feventh objettion anfwer-
ed, and the reafon why we do
not feel the courfe of the aire,
and atomes that beat continu-
ally upoa tu.

10. How in the fame body, gravi-
ty may be greater then denftty,
and denjtty then gravity •
though they be the fame
thing.

11. The opinion of gravities be-
ing an intrittfecall inclination
of a btdy to the center , refuted
by reafon.

I j. The fame opinion refuttd by
feverall expediences.

A Table.

denfe bo- CHAP. XII.

Of violent Motion,

The flat e of the ejue/lion touch-
ing the caufe of violent mo-
tion.

That the medium is the onely
caufe, which continueth vio-
lent motion.

9^4 further explication of the
former doctrine.
That the aire hath Jlrength
enough to continue vtolent mo-
tion in a moveable.
An anfwer to the first objecti-
on ; that aire is not apt to con-
ferve motion ; and how vi-
olent motion cometh to
cetfe.

6. -An anfwer to the fecond obje-
Elton y that the aire hath no
power over heavy bodies.

7. An anfwer to the third obje-
ction, that an arrow foould fly
fafl-er broad wayes then long
wayes.

CHAP. XIII.

Of three forts of violent motion,
Reflexion, Undulation, and Re-
fraction.

I. That reflexion

f

violent motion.

Reflection is made at tqualt
angles.

7 he caufes and properties of
undulation.

A Table.

4, Refraction at the entrance into
the reflectent body is towards
the perpendicular ; At the going
cut , it is from it ; -when the
fccond fuperfictes is parallel to
the firjt.

5-. A refutation of Afonficurdes
Canes his ex fit cat ton of re-
fraction.

6. An anfwer to the arguments
brought in favour of Monfleur
des Cartes his opinion.

7. The true caufe of refraction of
itght both at its entrance, and
at its going out from the refle-

it ing body.

8. A generall rule to know the
nature of reflection and refra-
ctions in all forts ofjurfaces.

$• A body of greater farts and
greater f ores, maketh a greater
refraction then one of leffer
farts and leffer fores.

10. A confirmation of the former
doctrine, out of the nature of
bodies that refract light.

CHAP. XIV.

Of the compofition, qualities, and
generation ofrnixed bodies.

I. The connexion of this chapter

with the re fl, and the Authors

tntent in it.
1. That there is a leaflcife ofbo-

dtes ', and that this leafl cife is

found in fire.
3« The firfl conjunction of farts

is tn bodies ofletft cife ; and it
is made by the force of Quan-
tity.

The fecond fort of conjunction,
is compact edne/e infmfle E-
lements, and it froceedeth from
dcnfitie.

The third conjunction is of
farts of different elements, and
it froceedeth from quantity and
dcnfity together.

6. The reafon why liquid bodies
do eafily joyn together • and dry
ones difficultly.

7. That no two hard bodies can
touch one another immediately.

8. How mixed bodies are framed
tn generall.

cj. The caufe of th*. feverall de-
grees tf folidity in mixed bo-
dies.

10. The rule whereunto are redu-
ced all the feverall combina-
tions of Elements in compound-
ing of mixed bodies.

1 1 . Earth and water are the bafis
of all fermancnt mixed bodies.

12. What kind of bodies thcje are
where water is the bafis, and
earth the fredominaat Element
over the other tiro.

13. Ofthofe bodies > where water
being the bafis aire is the pre-
dominant Element.

14. What k^nd of bodies -refult,
where, water is the bnfis, and
fire the fredominant Element.

I j. Ojf thofe badies, where water

A Table.

// i» except, it alone being both
the baft*) and the predominant
Element,

1 6- Of thofe bodies, where earth
alone is the bajis, and alfo the
predominant in excejfe over the
other three Elements*

17. Of thofe bodies where earth is
the, bafts, & water the predomi-
nant element over the other two

1 8. Of thofe bodies, where tarth
being the bafis aire if the pre-
dominant.

ip. Of thofe bodies, where earth
being the bafts, fire it the pre-
dominant.

20. «^// the fecond qualities of
mixed bodies, arife from f eve-
rail combinations of the firft
qualities* and are at laft refol-
ded into fever all degrees of ra-
rity and denfity.

21. That in the planets andftarres
there is a like variety of mixed
bodies caufed by light at here
upon tarth.

22. l» what manner the Elements
do worl^upou one another, in the
compo/ition of mixed bodies: and
in particular fire which is the
moft active.

23. tsf particular declaration
touching the generation of me-
tals.

CHAP. XV.

Of the diflolution of mixed bodies.

I. Why fame bodies arc brittle,

and others tough , are apt tt
withftand outward violence the
fir ft inurnment to dijftlvc mix-
ed bodies.

a. How outward violence doth
work^ upon the mo ft c»mpatled
bodies.

5. The feverall efttts of fire, the
fecond and chiefefl instrument
to di/o/ve all compounded bediet

4. The reafon why fome bodies are
not dijfolved by fire.

5. The reafon why fire meltetk
gold, but cannot consume it.

6. Why lead, is eafily confttmed and
calcined by fire.

j. Why and how fome bodies are
divided by fire into fpirits, wa-
ters, oyls,falts and earth. And
what thofe parts are.

8. How water the third instrument
to dijfolve bodies ,dijfolveth calx
into fait; and fo into t err a dam-
nata.

p. How water mingled with fait,
becometh a moft powerfull A-
gent to dijjolve other bodies.

10. How putrefaction is caufed.

CHAP. XVI.

An explication of certain Maxims
touching the operations , and
qualities of bodies: and whether
the Elements be found pure in
any part of the world.

I. What is the Iphere ofaftivitj im
corporeaH trcnts.

A Table.

in diftance.

. An ob (ft ion anfwered again/I
the manner of explicating the
former axiome.

. Oj reaction: and firft in jure
loc*ll motion., that each Agent
mrtft foffcr *n acting *nd aft in
fuffermg.

, The former doctrine apply ed to
other locall motions dejigneib by
particular names. e/^W that
Suijfeths argument is of no force
again ft this way of doctrine,

6* That yce is not water rarified
but condenfed.

7. How wind, fnow, and hail are
made-t and wind by rain allaid.

8. How parts of the fame or divert
bodies, are joyned more ftrongly
together by condenfation.

p. Vacuities cannot be the retfon,
why water impregnated to the
full with one kind of fait, will
notveithftanding receive more of
another.

lo. The true reafon of the former
tjfttf.

5. Why fame notions do admit of>n. The reafonivhy bodies of the

intention and remijfion', axd o-
thers do not.
7. That in every part of our ha-
bitable world; all the foure ele-
ments, are found pure in fmall
atomes ; but not in any great

CHAP. XVII.
Of rarefaction and condcnfation
the two firft motions of particu-
lar bodies.

1. The AHthvurs intent in this
and the following chapters.

2. That bodies may be rarified,
both by outward heat} and how
this is performed.

3. Of the great effects of T^are-
ftftion.

4. The firft manner of condenfa-
tion by heat.

5. The fecond manner of condttt-
fation by cold.

fame nature do joy ft more ea/tljf
together then others.

CHAP. XVIII.

Of another motion belonging to
particular bodies, called Attra-
ction; and of certain operations
termed Magicall.

1 . What Attraction is, and from
whence it proceedeth.

2. The true fenfe of the Maxime,
that Nature abhorreth from va-
cuity.

3. The true reafon of attraction.

4. Water maybe brought by the
force of attraction to what
height foever.

5. The doctrine touching the at»
traction of water in fyphsnt.

6. That the fyphon doth not
prove water to weigh in its ow*
orb.

7-

A Table.

£»*ctrn;vg attraftio* caufed

C H A P. X X.

by fire.

8. (Concerning attraction made by
virtue of hot bodies, an.ulets,

p. The naturall reafon gtven for
divers operations, eftecmed by
fome to be m&gicatt.

CHAP. XIX.

Of three other motions belonging
to particular bodies, Filtration,
Reilicucion, and Ele&ricall at-
tra&ion.

1. What is Filtration • and how it
is effected.

2. What caufeth the water in fil-
tration to afcend.

g. Why the filter will not drop un-
le(fc the labell hang lower then
the water.

q. Of the motion of Reflitution :
and why fome bodies ftandbcnt,
others not.

]. Why fome bodies return onely
in part to their naturall figure',
others entirely.

6. Concerning the nature ofthoff
badies which do fhrinl^ and
flretch.

j. How great and wonder full
effetts, proceed from fmall,plain,
audftmplc principle f.

?. Concerning Ele&ricall attra-
ction, and the cattfcs of it.

p. Ca.betts his opinion refuted con-
cerning the caufc of Eleftrieall
motions.

Ofthe Loadtfones generation; and
its particular motions.

1. The extreme heat of the funng
under the z,odiack^, draweth A
ftream of aire from each Pole
into the torrid z.one.

2. The atomes of thefe two
streams coming together are apt
to incorporate with one ano-
ther.

3. By the meeting and mingling
together of thefe ftreams at the
Equator, divers rivolets of
atomci of each Pole, are conti-
nM.tt ed from one Pole to the
other.

q. Of thefe atomes incorporated
with fome fit matter in the
bowels of the earth, is made *•
ftone.

j. This flone workfth by emana-
tions j joyned with agreeing
ftreams that meet them in the
aire', and in fine it is 4 load-
flone.

6. o^ met ho de for making expe-

riences ftpon an

7. The loadstones generation by
atomes flying from both
Poles-, u confirmed by experi-
ments obfervcd i» the stone it
felf.

8. Experiments to prove that the
loadftone worketh by emanati-
ons, meeting with, agreeing
ft reams.

CHAP.

A Table.

CHAP. XXL

Portions drawn out of the former
do&rine, and confirmed by ex-
pcrimentall proofs.

I . The operations of the loadftone

are wrought by bodies and not

by qualities.
2. Objections against the former

po fit ion anfwered.
j. The loadstone is imbued with

his vertue from another body.
q. The vertue of the load/lone is

a double •, and not one fimple

virtue.
j. The virtue of the loadflone

worketh more flrongly in the

Poles of it , then in any other

part.

6. The loadflone fendeth forth itr
emanations fphcrically. Which
are of two kjnds : and each kjnd
isftrongeftin that hemisphere,
through whofe polar j parts they
ijfite out.

7. Tutting two loadflone s within
thtfphere of one another, every
part of one loadstone doth not a-
gree with every part of the other
loadstone.

8. Concernin& th* declination and
other refpefts of a needle , to-
wards the loadstone it toucheth

p. The virtue of the loadftonc go-
eth from end to end in lines al-
moft parallel! to the axis.

10. The virtue of a loadstonf is
not perfettlj fphericall though
thcftenc be fuch.

11. T he intention of nature in aft
the operations of the loadflone>
is to make an union betwixt t-he
attr«ftive and the at trailed bo-
dies.

12. The main globe of the earth
not a loadftone.

13. The loxdftone is generated in
all parts or climates »f the earth

14. The conformity betwixt the
t vfo motions ofmagnetickjhings
and of heavy things.

CHAP. XXII.

A (blution of certain Probleires
concerning the loadftone, and a
fhort fumme of the whole do-
ctrine touching it.

1 . Which is the North, and which
the South Poleof a loadftone.

2. Whether any bodies be fides ma-
gnetick^ ones he attractive.

3. Whether an iron placed perpen-
dicularly towards the earth doth
get a magnet ical virtue of poin-
ting towards the north, or to-
wards thefouth in that end that
lieth downwards.

4. Why load/tones affect tron bet-
ter then one another.

J. Gilberts rtafon refuted touch-
ing a capped loadftont, that ta-
keth up more iron then one not
capped; and an iron impregnated
that in fame cafe draweth more
ftrongly then the ftone itfelf.

6. Galileus his opinion touching
* * z f ht

A Table.

the former effects refuted.
7. The Authours folution to the

former questions.
g. The reafon why in the former

cafe, a lejfer loa'dfrone doth draw

the interjacent iron from the

greater.

9. Why the variation of a touched
needle frem the north, is greater
the nearer jau go to the Tole.

10. Whether in the feme fart of
the world A touched needle may
at onetime vary more from the
north, And at another time lefle.

1 1 . 7 he whole doctrine of the load"
ftom fummed up infliort.

CHAP. XXIII.

A defection of two forts of living
.creatures ; Plants and Animals:
& how they are framed in com-
mon to perform vitall motion.

i. The connexion of the follow-
ing Chapters with the precedent

ones.

2. foncernin? fevcrall cemfofiti-
ovs of mixed bodies.

3. Two forts df living creatures.

4. v9n engine to exfrejfe the fir ft
fort of living creatures.

5. An other engine by which may
be expreffed the fc-cond fart of
living creatures.

6. The -two former engines and
fame other comparisons apply ed
40 cxprtjfefhe tw» fiver-all forts
*f living creatures. ^

8. How fcnfitivc creatures are

formed.

CHAP. XX II 1 1.

A more particular furrey of the
generation of Animals; in which
is difcovered what part of the
animal is firft generated.

1. The opinion that the feed con-
taineth formally every part of
the parent.

2. The former vptnfan rejected.

3. The Authffurs opinion of this
qucftion.

q. Their opinion refuted}who hold
that every thing eontaineth for-
mally all things.

j. The Aut hours opinion concern,
ing the generation of Animals
declared and confirmed.

(5- Th*t one fttb fiance is clianved
into another.

j. Concerning the hatching of
chickens, and the generation of
other animals.

8. from whence it hoppeneth that
the deficiences or excrcfcenccs
of the parents body, are often
Jeen in their children.

p. The difference between the au-
thottrs opinion, and the former
one.

IO. That the heart is imbuedwitb
the general! jfrccifick^virtues of
the whole body; whereby is con-
firmed the doctrine of the U»»
former paragraphs.

ii. That

A Table.

1 1 . Th*t the heart ts thtfirftptrt
generated in * I wing creature.

CHAP. XXV.

How a. Plant or Animal cometh
to that figure it hath.

1. That the figure of an Animal
is produced by ordinary fecond
cattfes, as well a* any other cor-
•pereall effect.

2. That -the feverall figures of bo-
dies proceed from a defect in one
of the three dimenfions, caufed
by the concurrence of 4cciden-
tall caufes.

5. The former doctrine is confirm-
ed byfeverall inflaitces.

4. The fame doctrine applyed to
Plants.

5. The fame doctrine declared in
leafs of trees.

6. Thefameapplytdto the bodies
of Animals.

j. In what fenfe the Authottr doth
Admit of Vis formatrix.

CHAP. XXVI.

How motion fceginneth in living
creatures. And of the motion of
the heart, .circulation of 'the
bloud, Nutrition, Augmentati-
en, and corruption or death .

I. from whence doth proceed the
primary mot tin and growth in
Plxnts.

r dts

nion touching the motion »f the
heart.

3. The former opinion rejected.

A% The tSfuthottrs opinion con-
cerning the motion of the heart.

j. The motion of the heart depen-
deth originally of its fibers trri-
gated by blond.

6. An objection anfivered againft
the former doctrine.

7. The circulation of the bloud ,&
other effects that follow the mo-
tion of the heart.

8. Of Nutrition.

p. Of ^Augmentation.
IO. Of death and pcknejfe.

CHAP. XXVII.

Of the motions of fenfe, and of the
fenfiblc qualities ingencrall, and
in particular of thole which be-
long to Touch, Taft, and Smel-
ling.

1. The comtexi&nofthe fabfcqn
chapters with the precedent.

2. Of the fenfes *nd fenfible
litiesingenerjt.il. And of the end
for which they ferve, .

3. Of the fenfe of touching : and
that both it AttdiH qttalit.ies are
bodies,

4. Of the iaftjtnd its qualities :
that they are bodies.

5. That thefmell and tts qualities
are reall bodies.

6. Of tht conformity betwixt the

* * 3 7-

A Table.

j. The reafon why the fenfe of
fine II ing is not fa perfctt in man
at in bcafts-' with a wonderfu.il
hiftorte of a man who could
wind 4 ^nt A* well at any beaft,

CHAP, XXVIII.

Of the fenfe of hearing, and of the
fenfible qtiality,(ound.

j. Of the fenfe of hearing: and
that found is purely motion.

2. Of divers arts belonging to the
fenfe of hearing: all which con-
firm th.it found is nothing but
motion.

3. The fame is confirmed by the
cffetts cxufed by great noifcs.

4. That folid bodies may convey
the motion of the aire or found
to the organe of hearing.

5. Whtre the motion is tntgrrttp-
ted there if no found.

6. That not onelj the notion of the
atre, but all other motions co-
ming to our cars make founds.

7. How one fenfe may fupply the
want of another.

8. Of one TV ho could difctrn founds
of words with his eyes.

p. Divtrs reafons to prove found
to be nothing elfe but a motion
«f feme re all body.

CHAP. XXIX.

Of fight and colours.

X, That colours are nothing bttt

light mingled with darkjtejfe'tor
the difyo/ttion«f* bodies fuyer-
fides apt to refleft light fo min-
gled.

2. Concerning the dtfyofition ef
thofe bodies which produce white

or

3. The former dottrine confirmed
by s/triftotles Authority jrcafon,
find, experience.

4. How the diversity of colours
do follow out of ' vartoM degrees
of runty and den fit y.

j. Why fame bodies are diaphanous
o ers o^acow.

6. The former dottrinc of colours
confirmed by the generation of
tvhtte And bLuck^tn bsdtes.

CHAP. XXX.

Of luminous or apparent colours.

1. Apparitions of colours through
tprifme or triangular glaffc art
of two forts.

2. The feverall parts of the objetl
make feverall angles at their
entrance into theprifme.

3. The reafon why fometimes the
fame objctt appears through the
prifme in two places: and in one
place more lively, in the other
place more dinsme.

The reafon of the various co-
lours that appear in looking tho-
rough a prifme.

The reafon why the prifme iff
one pofition, may make the co-
lours appear quite contrary to

•what

they did, when it

another portion.
6. Thereafon of the vtri

lours in generall, by pure light ^

tafflnf through a prifme.
- Upon what fide every colour ap-
'' tears that is made by pure light

pajjlngthroughapnfme.

CHAP. XXXI.

A Table.

2. The Authors opinion touching
fenfatton.

g. Reaftns to perfwade the c>^#-
t hours opinion.

q. That vttall jpirits are the im-
mediate inftruments of fen fat ion
by conveying fenfible qualities
to the brain.

j. How found it conveyed to the
brain by vitallfpirits.

The caufes of certain appearances
in luminous colours; with a con-
clufion of the difcourfe couching
the fcnfes & the fenfible qualities

, . The reafon of etch fever all co-
lour tn particular cattjed by
livht paffingthroughaprijme.

2. A difficult probleme refolded
touchingtheprtfme.

, Of the rainbow,and how bj the

'' colour of any body,ve may knov
the compofition of the body tt
r if

That all the fen^le Dualities
are reaft bodtes refulting out of
fever Att mixtures of rarity and
denptie.

xumber: with a conclon of all
the former dtfrine concerning
them.

CHAP. XXXII.
Of fenfation.or the motion where-

by fenfe is properly exercifcd.
i. Afonfteurdes Cartethh t opinion
touching fenfattoff.

6. HOT* colours are conveyed to the
brain by vitall tytrits.
T^eafons againjt Monjteur des
Cartes his opinion.

8. That thefymptomts of the pal-
jte, do no way confirm (JMonfi-
eur des Cartes his opinion.
That (JMonfieur des C"rtes *>**
opinion, cannot give a good ac-
count,how things are conferved
in the memory.

CHAP. XXXIII.

Of Memory.

How things are conferved in
the memory.

How things conferved in the
memory are brought backjr.t*
the phaxtafic.

, ts* confirmation of the former
dottrine.

How things renewed in the
phantafie, return with the
fame circum fiances that they
had at fir -ft.

. How the memory ofthtngs pa ft.
is loft-> or confounded : and how
it is repaired again.

A Table.

CHAP. XXXIV.

Of voluntary motion, naturall fa-
culties, and paffions.

r. .Of what matter the brain if

2. What vr voluntary motion.

5. What thofe pothers are which

Are c Ailed, tutwrxll faculties.
4. ffo*> the attractive andfecre-

t iff faculties work^
j. Concerning the concoftitre fa-

6. Concerning the retentive and
expulfive faculties.

7. Concerning cxpxljivn made by
Phjfick, '

8. How the brain is moved to
work^volantstry mvtion.

9. Why plevtfing objects do dilate
thefpiritSj and difpleafixgones
contratt them*

10. Concerning tht five fenfes for
what ufe and end they are.

CHAP. XXXV.

Of the matcriall inftrument of
Knowledge and Paflion ; of the
fererall efFe6ls of Paifions ; of
Pain and Pleafiire ; and how
the vitall ipirits are lent from
the brain into the intended parts
of the body, without miltaking
their way.

1. That Septum Lucidum // the
feat of the phtnfie.

2. what cattfeth MS to remember

not ontly the o6jett it felft but
alfo that we have thought of it
before.

3. How the motions of the phanta-
fie, are derived to the heart.

4.. Ofpainandpleafare.
?. OfPtfliott.

6. Of fever all pulfes caufed by
pafllons.

7. Offc-verallothercffcfts canfed
naturally in the body by -f affiant

8. Of the diaphragma.

9. Concerning patn and pleafttre
caufed by the memory of thing*
paft.

10. KOT» fo fmaH bodies M atomel
are, can caufe fo great motions
in the heart.

11. Hoiv the vitaft fpiritf fent
.from the brat», do ruvne to the

intendcdpart of the body With-
out miftake*

1 2. How men are blinded by paffon

CHAP. XXXVI.

Of fome a&ions of beafts,that feem
tobefbrmall a£ls ofreafon, as
doubting, refolving, inventing.

1 . The order and connexion of the
fttbfequent chapters.

2. From whence proceedeth the
doubting ofbeafls.

%. Concerning the invention of
foxes and ether beaftt.

4. Of foxes that catch hens by ly-
ing under their rooft^tnd by ga-

upon them.

j. from

A Table.

r. From whence proceeds the foxes 2
invention to ridhimfelfof flea*

6. An explication of two other in-
ventions if foxes.

7. Concerning (JMontagucs Argu-
ment, to prove that dogs make
fyllogtfmes.

8. A declaration how fome tricks
are performed by foxes, which
feem to argue difcourfe.

p. Of the JaccAtrays invention in

c Ailing beafts to himself.
JO. Of the J ac calls defigne in fer-

vtng the Lien.

11. Of fever All inventions offifhes.

12. A dtjcovery of divers things
dene by hAres, which fcem to ar-
gue difcourfe.

13. Of a foxe reported to have
weighed a goofe , before he
would venture with it over A

Of the Baboon that flayed on A
guitarre.

Of the teaching ofElephants&
other be aft s to do divers trick;.

Of the orderly tr^in of aft ions
performed by btafts in breeding
their young ones.

river, and of fabulous ftories in
common.

14. Of the fever aH cry ings &tonc*
ofbeaftj : with a refutation of
thofe Authors who maintain the
to have compleat languages.

CH A P. XXXVII.

Of the docility of fome irrationall
animals, and of certain continu-
ate actions of a long tracl: of
time fo orderly performed by
them, that they leem to argue
knowledge in them.

I. How hawkes and other crea-
tures are taught to do what
they art brought up to.

CHAP. XXXVII7.
Ofprefcience of future events, pro-
vidcncies,the knowing of things
never feen beforehand fuch other
adions, obferved in fome living
creaturesAvhich feem to be even
above the rcafon that is in man
hitnfelf.

1 . Why beafts are afraid of men-

2. How fome qualities caujed at
first by chance tn beafts, may
faffe by generation to the whole
offspring.

g. How the parents phantafie doth
oftentimes worl^ftrAngeeffctts
in their tjfue.

4. Of Antipathies.

y. Of Sympathies.

6. That the Antipathy of bctifts
towards one an other, may be
taken away by ajfuefattion.

j.Of longing marks feen in childre

8. Why divers men hate fan e cer-
tain meats, & particularly cheefe

9. Concerning the providence of
Ants in I Ay ing up in ft ore for
winter.

10. Concerning the foreknowing of
beafts.

The conclufion of the firft Treatifc.

A Table fliewing what is contained in the feverall

Chapters and Sections in this fecond Ttcatife,

Concerning MANS SO U L.

CHAP. I.

He Prcfjce. Of fimple Ap-
prehenfions.

I . What is A right apprehenjien of

A thing.
2. The very thing it ft If if truly

in his under ft anding^who right-

ly arehendfth it.

The apprehenjion of things co-

8.

ld. -A mult it tide of things may be
united in mans under/landing
•without being mingled or con-
founded together.

II. Of abftrafttd and concrete

terms.

nting unto us by our fenfes, are
refolvable into other more Jim -
fie apprehenfions.

4. The apprehenfion 'of a Being is
the mo ft Jimple and Bafis of all,
the reft.

5. The apprehetijiott ef a thing if I
in next degree to that of Being,
and it is the Bafis of all the fub- 2
fequent ones.

6.The a^prehenjion of things k^nown \
to w by our fen fe s doth conjift in 3
certain rcfpefts betwixt two
things.

j. Refpctt or relation hath not re-
ally any form all being, but onely
in the appreheafiox-of man.
That Exigence or Being is the
proper affection of man: and that
mam foul it a comparingpower.
A thing by coming into the un-

12. Of univerfa.ll Kotiovf.

i 5. Of apprehending a multitude

under one notion.
14. The p ower of the understanding

rencheth as farre as the extent
of Being.

CHAP. II.
Of Thinking and Knowing.

How a judgement is made by
the understanding.

7 hat two or more apprehettfions
are identified in the foul by u-
ntting them inthefteck. 0f being

How the notions of a fubftan-
tive and an adieclive.are united.
in the foul by the common flock,
of Being.

That a fettled judgement be-
cometh a part of our foul.
How the foul cometh to deem or
fettle a judgement.

How opinion if begotten in the
underftandina.

derftanding of man} lofeth no- , 7. How faith if begotten in the
thing of its own peculiar nature. I uxdcrftanding.

* * * a 8. Why

A Table.

J, W^j truth is the perfection of a
reasonable foul: and -why tt is
not found in Jimple apprehenfi-
ovs M we/I at in Snuntiations.

9, What if a [olid judgement, and
ivhat a (light «ne.

jo. What is an acute judgement,
and what a dull one.

11. In what conjifteth quicknejfc
and clearneffc of judgement : and
there oppojtte vices.

CHAP. III.
Of Difcourfing.

1. Haw dffcourfe if made.

2. Of the figures and moods of fjl-
logtfmes.

3. That the life of man as man,
doth ce»(tsl in difcourfe, ttnji of
the vaft extent of it.

4. Of humane actions, and ofthafe
that concern our felve s.

5. Of humane attions as they con-
cern our neighbours.

6. Of Lo^ick*

7. Of Grammar.

9. Of Toetry.

10. Of the power of fpeaking.

I r . Of arts that concern dumbe
and infcnfiblt creatures.

12. Of Arithmetic)^
\^. Of Prudence.

14. Obferv at tons ttpon what hath
teen faid in this chaffer.

CHAP. IV.

How a man proceeded! to a&ion.

1. That humane aft ions proceed
from two fever all prtnciplcs,nn-
der Standing and fen fe.

2. Havff our generall *nd inbred,
ntaximes do conettrre to httmtnc
attion.

^. That the rules and maximes »f
arts do roor^ojitivelj in «/,
though tve thinly not of them.

^. How the understanding doth
caft about *h<,» it n^ntetftfuffi,
dent grounds for tttion.

j. HOTV reason doth rult over
fenfe andpajfion.

6. How tve recall our thoughts
from distractions.

j. How reafon is fometimes over-
come by fenfe andpajfion.

CHAP. V.

Containing proofs out of our fingle
apprehenfions , chat our foul is
incorporeal!.

i. The connexion ofthefubfeqttcnt
chapters with the precedent.

2. The exiftence of corpereall
things in the foul by the power
of apprebenjtox, doth -prove her
to be immateriall,

3. The notion of being,w>&/V^ /'/ /»-
note in the foul, doth prove the'
fame.

4. The fame is proved by the noti-
on of refpc&s.

5. That

A Table:

'.. That ctrpereatl things arc fpirj-
tuali^ed it the undtrflanding,
by means of the fott/s working
tn and by refpctts.

6. That the abftraftixg of notions
from all particular and indivi-
dual! accidents, doth prove the
immaterialitie of the foul.

7. That the HMivcrfalitie of ab-
ftratted notions do prove the
fame.

8. That collective apprchcn(fo»sdo
prove the fame.

p. The operations of the foul draw-
ing alwayes front multitude to
ttnitte, do prw fit* fame.

10. The difference betwixt the no-
tion of a thing in our under-
ftanding,and the imprejfion that
cerrefpondeth to the fame thing
in our phanjte , doth prove the
fame.

1 1 . The apprehenjto n of negat ions
& privations do prove the fame.

CHAP. VI.

Containing proofs of our fouls o-
perations in knowing or deeming
any thing, that (he is of a fpiri-
tuall nature.

I .The manner of judging or deem-
ing by apprehending two things
to be identified, doth prove the
foul to be immateriall.

2. The fame is proved by the man-
ner of apprehending oppofition in
4 negative judgement.

3. That things in themCclves op-

pojtte to ene another having no

oppojitioM in the foul y doth prove

the fame.
4. That the firft truths are identi-

fied to the foul.
^.That the foul hath ax infinite ca-

pacity , and consequently is im-

materiall.
6. That the oppofitton «f contra-

dittory proportions in the foul

doth pr0ve her immaterialitie.
j. How proportions of eternall

truth, do prove the immateria-

litie of the foul.

CHAP. VII.
That our diicourfing doth prove

OUr ioul to be i

I .That in difcourjing the foul con-
taineth more in it at the fame
time then is in the phanta/ie,
which proveth her to be imma-
tertall.

2. That the nature ofdifcourfe doth
prove the foul -to be ordered to
infinite knowledge, and confe-
cjxently immateriall.

%.That the woft naturaft objects of
the foul are imn<tattria,lL& COH-
feqnently the foul herfelfisfxch

CHAP. VIII.
Containing proofs out of our man-
' ner of proceeding to aftion, that
our foul is incorporeal!.

I. That the fouls being a- power
to order things, prove th ' °

be i

A Table.

2; That the fouls being able to p. The fame /'/ froved front her

move without being moved,

doth prove her to be imma-

terifiH.
5. That the foxls proceeding to

fittion with an universality ,

find tndijfercncy doth prove the

f-tme.
A.. That the quiet proceeding of

reafon doth prove the fame.
c. A conclufion of what hath

been f4td hitherto tn this Je-

cond i reattfe.

C II A P. I X.
Tim onr foul is a Subftance, and

1 . 7 'hat Alans feu I is a fab fiance.

2. 1 'hat man is compounded of
fame other fubslanee be fides his

bfdj.
g. That the foul doth fubfitt

of tt [elf independently of the

body,
A. Twt other arguments to prove

the fame: ovepofitive, the other

negative.

5. The fane is proved becaufe
the foul cannot be obnoxious
to the eaufc of mortality.

6. The fame is proved becaufe the
foul hath no contrary.

7. The fame is proved from the
end , for which the foul was
created.

8. The fame is prtved bccaufejhe
f*n move without being moved.

manner of operation which it
in being.

t?

10. Laftlj, it is proved from the
fcience of <JMoralitie, the prin-
ciples whereof would be dcftroj-
ed, if tie foul were wort all.

CHAP. X.

Declaring what the foul of a man
fcparated from his bodyjs : and
of her knowledge and manner
ofworking.

1. That the foul is one fimple
knowing all , ivfi><-& ^ a, pure
f»/>j2ance, and nothing but fub-
flance.

2. That a feparated foul if in no
place, and yet is not abfent from-
any place.

3. That * feparated foul is not in
time, nor fftbjecl: to it.

4. That the foul is a* afttve fub-
ftancc* and all in it is attivi-
tie.

J. A defcription of the foul.

6. That a feparnted fottlknoweth
all that which (he knew wbilcft
floe wot in her body.

7: That the leaft knowledge which
the foul accjuireth in her body
of any one thing, doth caufe in
her, when foe is feparatedfrom
her body a complete knowledge
of all things what foever.

g." An anfwer to the objettitns of
fome Peripatcticks* tvhf main-
tain

A Table.

tainthefoul to piri(h with the
body.

9. The former Teripateticks re-
futed out of sSf rift otic.

10. The operations of a feparated
foul compared to her operations
in her body.

11. That a feparated foul is in a
ft ate of pure being, and confc-
ejuently tmmortall.

CHAP. XI.

Shewing what effeih the divers
manners of living in this world
do caufe in a foul, after (he is fe-
parated from her body.

1. That a foul in this life is fub-
jetl to mutation, and may be
ferfetted in knowledge.

2. That the knowledges which a
foul getteth in this life , will
make her knowledge in the next
life more per feel and firm*

3. That the fowls of men addicted
to fctence whileft they lived
here, are more perfett in the
next world,then the fouls of un-
learned men.

4. Th*t thofe fouls which em-
brace virtue in this world, will
be mo ft per f eft in the next' and
thofe which embrace vice, moft
miferable.

y. The ft ate of a vitiow foul in
the next life.

6. The fundament all reafon why
at well happinejfe as mifery is fs
exceffive in the next life.

7. The reafon why maus foul re.
cjuireth to be in a body, and
to live for fame fpace of time
joyned with it.

8. That the nttfery of the foul in
the next world proteedetk out of
inequality, and not out of ' ftlfity
of her judgements.

CHAP. X II.

Of the perfcverance of a fbuJ, in
the ftate flic ftndfth her felf in, ac
her firft fepa ration from her body

1. The explication, and ^r oof of
that maxime, that, If the caufe
be in a6t,the efFed: muft alfo be.

2. The effects of all fuch agents as
work_ins~iantaHeoufly, are com-
plete in the fir ft in si ant that the
agents are put.

3. <>s4ll pure fpir its do worl> in-
ftantaneoujly.

4. That afoul feparated from her
body, cannot f after any change
after the fir ft in ft tint of her /e-
faration.

'. That t emyor all finite s are jnttly.
h eternal', pains..

TheConcIafion.

THE FIRST TREATISE

DECLARING

THE WJTWHE AWJ)

OTE^TION OF
BODIES.

CHAP. I.

A Prcamblt tt the »/W<? difcourfe : Concerning
gtntrall.

on of a Body.

N delivering any Science, die cleareft ajdd §;
irnootheit n^thodcj a lid rnoft agreeable to na- £«««««« is the
ture, is to beg }n with tla* confidential of shofe
things that are weft cowmoe and obvious;
by the difle&ion of theaa to defcead by orderly
<icgr«es.and ftcps fas they lie in the way ) unto
the examination of the moft particular and remote ones. Now
in our preterit intended furvey of a Bodie^ thciirft thing which
occurred) to ou-r fen(e indie peruiall of k, \s\tsQMstntitif,
bulk,-or inapnitufticiand this tecrceth by all mankind to i>e coa-
ccived foinicparnihle from a body, flswjfafjja man would di-
{iinguifli a corpor-eall fubftance from a fpirituali/ooe ( whjch ii
accounted indivisible} he naturally pitcbtdh upon anapprehen-
fion of its havjf>g buj4c, and (being folid, tangible, 'and apt to
make imprefsion upon ot>r outward fenfej; according to tibot
exprcffion of Lucrecius, w-ho Ihidying Nature in a familiar and
rationall manner telleth us, Tangere e nim & tangi, nifccarbtu
null* pot eft res : Aod therefore in oar-inquiry of Buxdrts , we
•will obferve tiwt plain methode which Nature reacherh us, and
will begin with examining, -Wh^t Quant it* it, as being riieb

A firft

A TrfAtife of B O D I E S. Chap. r.

firft and primary affection; and that which maketh the things:
we treat of, be what we intend to fignifie by the name of Body.
But becaufe there is a great variety of apprehensions framed
by learned men of the nature of Quantity (though indeed no-
's thing can be more plain and fimplc then it is in it felf) I con-
IC ceive it will not beamifle, before we enter into the explication
of it, to confider how the myfterie of dilcourfing and exprefsing
the mindsof our thoughts to one another by \\ordi ( a prerogative belong-
ing onely to man ) is ordered and governed among us ; that Ib
we may avoid thofe rocks , which many and for the moft
part, fuch as think they fpin the fineft thrids, do fuffer ftiip-
\vraek againft in their fubrileft-difcourfes. The moft dangerous
of all which, affuredly is when they confound the true and reall
natures of things, with the conceptions they frame of them in
their own minds. By which fundamental! mifcarriage of their
reafoning, they fall into great errours and abfurdities : and
whatfbever they build upon fo ruinous a foundation, proveth
but ulelefle cobwebs or prodigious Chymeias. It is true, words
fervc to exprefle things; but if you obferve the matter well, you
, £ will perceive they do fo, onely according to the pictures we
make of them in our own thoughts, and not according as the
things are in their proper natures. Which is very reafonable ic
fliould be fo, fincc the foul, thatgiveth the names, hath nothing
of the things in her but thefe notions : and knoweth not the
thing? otherwife then by thcfe notions ; and therefore cannot
give other names but fuch as muft fignifTe the things by me*
diacion of thefe notions. In the things, all that belongeth un-
to them is comprised under one entire Entity : b:it in us, there
areframed as many fererall diftincl: formall conceptions, af
that one thing fhcweth it felf unto us with different faces.
Every one of which conceptions fecmeth to have for its ob-
ject adiftinft thing, becaufe the conception it felf is as much fe-
vered and diftinguifLed from another conception or image,
arifing out of the yery fame thing that begot this, as it can be
from any image painted in the underftanding by art abfolutely
other thing.

^. It will not be amiflc to illuftrate this matter by fome farni-

Thefiift errour liar example. Imagine I have an apple in my hand : the fame
fem hcncV'fC fruit worketli different effetts upon my fcverall fenfes : rny eye

ttllcth

; W7y«.'//?*/BODIES.

tclle:h me it is green or red: my nofc that it hath a mellow lent: ^khUt

C7 * t' PI VI f»2 Or

my tafte that it is fvvcct, and my hand that it is cold and weigh- thing* xviirre
tie. My fcnfes thus affe6ted, fend meflcngers to my phanralie pil/^;]™"
vvich news of the diicoverics they have made : and there, all of aliy found
thera make fcverall and diflincl: pictures of what cntereth by
their doors. So chac my Realbn ( which dilcourfeth upon
what it findeth in my phantafic ) can confidcr grcennefic by'
itfelf, or mellownefle, or fwectncfle , or coldnetfc, or any-
other quality whatsoever , fingly and alone by ic felf, without
relation to any other that is painted in me by the fame apple :
in which, none of thefe have any diftindtion at all, but are one
and thefimcfubftanceof the apple, that maketh various and
different itnprcflions upon me, according to the various difpo-
fitions of my feverall fenfes : as hereafter we fliall explicate
at large. B-;t in my mind, every one of thcfe notions is a di-
ftinct picture by it felf, and is as much fevered from any of
the reft arifing from the fame apple , as it would be from
any imprefsion or image made in me; by a {tone or any o-
ther fubftancc whatfoevcr, that being entire in it felf" and cir-
cumicribed within its own circle, is ablblutely fequeftred from
any communication with the other : fo that what is but one
entir* thing in it (elf, fecmeth to be many diftinft things in
my under/landing : wherebyj if 1 be not very cautious, and in
a manner wreftle with the bent and inclination of my un-
derftanding ( which is apt to refcrre the diftin& and com-
plete ftamp it findeth within it felf, unto a diftinfl and
complete originall character in the thing ) I (hall be in dan-
ger before I am aware , to give a<5tuall Beings to the quanti-
ty, figure, colour, fmcll, taft , and other accidents of the ap-
ple, each of them diftinft one from another , as alfofrom the
fubftancc which they clothe; becaufe I find the notions of
them really diftinguifhed ( as if they were different Entities )
in my mind. And from thence I may inferre, there is no
contradiction in nature to have the accidents really fevered
from one another , and to have them actually fubfift without
their fubftance : and fuch other miflaken fiibtilties, which arife
,out of our unwary conceiting that things are in their own na-
tnres afier the fame fafhion as we confider them in our under-
ftanding.

" A 2 And

4.

cond er-

sd.ccon-

**Tf**tife ^/BODIES. Chap, r.

And this courfe of the minds di(guifing and changing the
imprefTions it receiveth from outward objects, into appearances
quite differing from what the things arc in their own reall na-
tures ; rauiy be oblervcd not onely in multiplying Entities
where in tr.:th there is but one : but alio in a contrary man-
ner, by compriimg (evernli dittinc} things under one fingle
notion j which if aftet wards it be reflected back upon the
things themielves , is the occasion of cxceedioggrcatcrrours,
entaiigltthi >cme in unfupetabk difficulties. As for exam*
t Looking i:poa ftrcrall cubes or deyes^ whereof one Us of
> another of lead, atfea^d of ivory > a fourth of wood , a.
fcfth of giaflc, atid whttc o:het matter you pieate ; all thefc fe-
verall thing* agree together in my undetftanding, and are
there comprehended under, one frngle notion of artibe- whick
( lifce a paimer that wew to deitgnc them onely in black and
white) roaketlh OJYC figute that reprefcntetli them all. Now >if
removing my 'coniideration from this ifnpreifion which the ft-
veralltut>es makeirt my iinderttanding, unto the cubes them-
feivet, I Khali unwarily fufrer my fdf to pia this o^>e notion
upon every one of them, and accordingly conceive it to be re*
ally itiihem; it will of neceflity fall out by this rnifapplying of
noiridft t& the reall things, that I murt *llovy
tOKKher emities, which never had noi-tan have any
in nature.

From this toticeptton , Plato's Idea's had their birth; for he
ifthis under (randing ortfe imivedall notion that agreed
to evety individuall of the fame fpecks of fub&ance,
which itnprinttd that notion in him • and conceiving that the
pi&areof anything rmift have an exafl correlpondence with
thethin£ it l-eprefenteth ; and not codfrderiMg that this was hut
an imperfect piclwrc of the individuall ttiat rnadeic: he did
thence conceive, there was actually in every indi^dnall lub-
ftanceont uniterfall Nature rtinning through all of that fpeties,
which made them be what they were. And then toftfidering
that cofp6reky, quantity, and other accidents of matter, could
not agree with this uniYCHall fubfitlcnt Nature, h« <knied all
ihofetjf it: and To, "afeftrai^ing from all materiality in his I<:'CA"^
nnd giving them vt reall & aihiall fubfi-ftence in nature, he made
them like Angels, whole eflenccs and fonnall reafons wtrc to bt

the

Chap", i. esfrreMtfeofBODlES.

the Eflcnce and to give Exfiftence unto corporeall individuals:
and Co each Idea was embodied in every individuall of its
/pec-ies. Unto which opinion ( and upon th« fame grounds).
Averroes did lean, in the particular of mens fouls. Likewilc
Scotus finding in his undemanding an univerfall notion
Springing from the impreflion that individuals make in it,will
have alike univerfall in the thing it (elf, fo determining uni-
verfals ( to ufe his own language and terms) to be a parte rti;
and cxpreflfing the diftin&ion they have from the reft of the
thing, by the terms o{attttformaliter,fed non remitter • and
thereby maketh every individuall comprife an univerfall fub-
fiftent nature in it. Which inconvenience other modern Phi-
lofbphers fceking to avoid, will not allow thefc univerfalls a
reall and a<5hiall fubfiiknce; but will lend them onely a fiffa-
tious Being, fo making them as they call them Entia rationis.
Bat herein again they (after themfeives to be carried down the
ftream before they are aware by the undcrftanding fwhich is
apt to pin upon the objects, the notions it findeth within it
felf resulting i'rom them) and do confider an unity in the
things which indeed is onely in the underftanding.

Therefore one of our greateft cares in the guidance of our y.
dilcourfe, and a continuall and fedulous caution therein,ought Great care t
tobeufed in this particular, where every errour is a funda- void^hTerro
mentall one, and leadeth into inextricable labyrinths, and ™hich may >
where that which is all our level to keep us upright and even nerof undcr-
C our underftanding) is fo apt, by reafon of its own nature
and manner of operation, to make us flide into miftaking and
crrour. And to fumme up in fhort what this difcourfe aimcth
at, we muft narrowly take heed , left reflecting upon the no-
tions we have in our mind, we afterwards pin thofe aiery /«-
perttru&ures upon the materiall things themfeives, that be-
got them; or frame a new conception of the nature of any
thing by the negotiation of our underftanding, upon thofc
imprefTions which it felf maketh in us : whereas we fhould
acquiefce and be content with that naturall and plain notion,
which fpringeth immediately and primarily from the thing it
felfrwhich when we do not,the more we fecm to cxcell in fub-
tilty, the further we go from reality and truth;hkean arrow,
which being wrong levelled at hand,falleth widcft when (hot
in the ftrongcft bow. A 3 Now

common :o

6 A Tredtife of B O D I E S. Chap, r .

6. Now to come to another point that maketh toourpre-

TWO iom of font pnrpofc. We may obiervc there arc two forts or hn-

nod- guage to exprefle our notions by : The onr hc-longeth in ge-

ne neraji to all mankind, and the hmpleii perfon, that cm but

o a'l . r • • i

he ochcr apprehend and Ipeak ienic, is as much iw.ge of it as tha
greateft Dolour in the fthooJs : and in this, the words cx-
prefle the things properly and plainly, accordingto the ns-
turall conceptions that all people agree in making of them.
The other fort of language is circled in with* narrower
bounds ; and is underftood onely by thofc that in a parti-
cular and exprefle manner haveb-ren trained up unto it : and
many of the words which are proper to it .have been, by the
authours of it,tranflated and wrefted from the gencrall con-
ceptions ofthe fame words, by Come metaphore, or fimilitude,
or aJlufion, to fervc their private turns. Without the firft
manner of exprefling our notions, mankind could not live in
{bciety together, and converfe with one another : whereas,
the other hath no further extent, then among (iich perfonsas
have agreed together to explicate and defigne among them-
felves particular notions peculiar to their arts and arrairs.

Of the firft kind, arethofe tennc generall heads, which
Arirtetlc calleth Predicaments: under which he (who was
the moft judicious orderer of notions, and dire&our of mens
conceptions that ever lived ) hath comprhcd whatsoever
hath, or can have, a being in nature. For when any object
occtirreth to our thoughts, we either confider the effrntiall
and fundamcntall Being of it ; or we re ferre it to Tome fpecies
of Quantitie; or we di/cover fome qualities in it ; or we per-
ceive that it doeth< or that itfuffereth fbmething; or we con-
ceive it in fbmc determinate place, or time, and the like. Of
all which, every man living chat enjoyeth but the ufe of rea-
fon findeth naturally within oimfelf at the very firrt naming
of them, a plain, complete, and fatisfying notion ; which is
the fame without any the leaft variation, in all mankind ;
unleOe it be in fuch, as have induftruoufly, and by force, and
with much labour, perplexed and depraved thofe primary
and finccre imprcflions, which nature had freely made in
them.

Of the fccond fort, arc the particular words of art by

which

Chip. i. A rrexife ^/BODIES.

which learned men tife to exprcffe what they m?an in Scicn-
cci ; and the names of inftruments, and of fuch things as be-
long to trades, and the like : as a fine, a tangent, an epicycle,
a. deferent, an axe, a trowell, and fuch others ; the incelli-
gcMice of which bclongcth not to the generality of man-
Kindij but cntly to Geometricians , Aftronomers > Car-
penters, Mafbns, and fuch perfons as convecie familiarly
and frequently with thofe things. To learn the true fignifi-
cation of fuch words, we muft confult with thofc that have
the knowledge and pradrilc of them : as in like manner, to
under ft and the other kind of plain language* we muft ob~
ferve how the words that compote it are apprehended, ufed,
and applied by mankind in gencralljand not receive into this
examination the wreflcd "or Metaphorical! £n(es of any
learned men, who feek oftentimes ( beyond any ground in
nature) to frame a general! notion that may comprehend all
the particular ones, which in any fenfe, proper or improper*
may arife out of the life of one word.

And this is the caufe of great errours in dilcoiirfe ; fo great
and important, as I cannot too much inculcate the caution
requifitc to the avoyding of this rock. Which that it may be fting words
the better apprehended, I will infhnce in one example of a

common mea-

moft plain and eafie conception wherein all mankind nacu- nin» to «xprefl«

r n. . _ . a more parcicu-

rally agrceth, how the wreiting it from its proper gen w«e> Jaror.ftudicd
and original! fignification, leaded one into, ftwngc abftudtr notion-
Vies, ; and yet they pa(Te for fubtill fpeeulations. The notion
of being in a place, is naturally the fame ia all men living :
ask any fimple artifan , Where fuch, a man, fueh a houie,fuch
a tree> or fuch a thing is ; and he will anlw-er you in the very
fame manner as the learnedeft Philofopher would do: he will
tell you, the man you ask for, is in fuch a church, fitting in
fuch a piew, and in fuch a corner of it ; that the houfe you
inquire after, is in fuch a ftrect, and next to fuch two build-
ings on each fide of it; that the tree you would find out, is in
fuch aforeftj upon fueh a hill, near fuch a fountain, and by
fuch a bufh ; that the wine you would drink o£ is in fuch a
cellar, in fuch a part of it, and in fuch a cask. In conclufion,
no man living that fpeaketh naturally and freely out of the
notion he findeth clearly in his understanding, will give you

A 4 other

A Treatife ^/BODIES. Chap, i .

other anfwer to the queftion of, tvhe re A thing //, then fuch a
one as plainly expreficth his conceit of being in place, to be
no other, then a bodies being environed and mclofed by Tome
one, or feverall others that arc immediate unto it ; as the
place of aliqnour, is the vefieJl that comaineth it ; and the
pkceofthe veflell, is fuch a part of the chamber or houle
that it retteth upon, together with the ambient aire ; which
hath a (hare in making up the places of moft things. A net
this being the anther, that every man whatsoever will readi-
ly give to this queftion • and every asker being fully fatisfied
\vith it ; we may fafely conclude, That all their notions and
conceptions of being in a place, are the fame; and confe-
quenly, that it is the naturaJl and true one.

But then feme others, considering that fuch conditions as
thefe will not agree umo other things, which they likewife
conceit to be in a place ( for they receive it as an axi-
orne from their fenie, that whatfover is muft be fo-ne vherc,
and whatsoever is no where, is not at all) they fall to caftmg .
about how they may frame fome common notion to compre-
hend all the ieverall kinds of being in place, which they
imagine in the things they difcourle of. If there were no-
thing but bodies to be ranked by them in the Predicament of
Place, then that defcription I have already fet down would1
be allowed by them, as fufficient. But fince that fpirits and
fpirituall things (as Angels, rationall fouls, verities, fcien-
cies. arts, and the like ) have a being in nature • and yet will
not be comp; ifcd in fuch a kind of place as a body is contain-
ed in ; they rack their tho -ghts to f peculate out fbmc com-
mon notion of being in place, which may be common to
theie, as well as to bodies ; like a common accident agreeing
to diverfe fiibjeib. And fo in the end they pirch upon an
Entity, which tbey call an #£/ : and they conceit the nature
and formall rea on of that to be, the ranking of any thing in
a place when that Entity is thereunto affixed. And then they
have no further difficulty, in fettling an Angeil, or any pure
fpirit or immateriall eflence, in a pbce as properly, and as
completely, as if it were a corpoier.il fubfrance. It is but
afTigmng nn Ubi to fuch a fpirit, and he is prelently riveted
t« what place you plealc >• and by multiplying the llbies ,

Ch ap. 2 . *A Trtttife of B O D I E S .

any individuall body unto which they are afligned, is at the
fameinftanc in as many diftant places, as they allot it different
Ubics : and if they afTigne the fame Ubi to fcyerall bodies, fo
many feverall ones as they afligne it unto will be in one and
the tame place: and noc onely many bodies in one place, but
even a whole bodie in an indivifible, by a kind of Ubi that hath
a pow er to refume all the extended parts and incloie them in a
point of place. All which prodigious conceits and impofTibili-
ties in nature do fpring out of their mifhkein framing Meta-
phyficall and abftra&ed conceptions , inftced of contenting
themfelves with thofe plain, ealie, and primary notions, which
nature ftampeth alike in all men of common fenfe, and un-
derftanding. As who defireth to be further inftrudted in this
particular, may perceive, if he take the pains to look over
what M. White hath difcourfed ofP/ace,in the fit ft of his Dia.
logues *Z)* Mundo. Unto which book Khali from time to
time ( according as I fhall have occafion ) referre my Reader
in thofe fubje&s the Authour takcth upon him to prove ; being
confident that his Metaphyficall demonstrations there, are aj
firm as any Mathematical] ones ( for Metaphyficall demon-
ftrations have in themfelves as much firmnefle, certainty and
evideneie as they ) and fo will appear as evident as they, unco
whofbever fhall underftand them throughly, and fhall frame
right conceptions of them : which ( how plain foevcr they feem
to be) is noc the work of every pretender to learning.

CHAP. II.
Of QtttMtitie.

\ Mong thofe primary afFeftions which occurre in the per-
j^ ul'iill of a body, Quantitie ( as I have obferved tn the
precedent chapter ) is one, and in a manner the firtt and the thc vul*ai *".d

r / c 'mmon not>-

root of all the refi. Therefore ( according to the caution we r.nofQ.,anrin<
have been fb prolix in giving, beeaufe icis offb main impor- un^^a't'fci
ta nee) if we aim at right undcrftanding the true nature of it, nature ofic.
we mufl examine, what apprehenfion all kinds of people ( that
is, mankind in generall ) maketli of it. By which proceeding,
-we do not make the ignorant multitude judge of that learning
which grovveth out of theconiideration of Quantitie: but one-

i-o A TreAtlfe of B O D I E S. Chap. 2.

lyofthc natu rail notion which fervoth learned men for a ba(is
and foundation to build fcicntificall iiiperftruclures upon. For
although fciencies be the works and ftruftures of the under-
fi a nding governed and levelled by the wary and tt;ift rules of
moft ingenuous artificers, yet the ground upon which they arc
railed, are ftich plain notions of things", as naturally and vyith^
out any art, do. prefect themfelves to every mans apprehenfion:
without which for matter to work upon, thofe artificial! refle-r
&ions would leave the underftanding as unfatisfied, as a cook
x^ould the appetite by adifli upon which hcfhould have exerci-
fcd all his art in drefting it, but whofe firft fubftancc were not
meat of folid nutriment : it is thccourfe market that mil ft deli-
ver him plain materialls to employ his cunning upon : And in
like manner, it is the indifcipJincd multitude that mutt fur-
nifh learned men with naturall appjthenn'ons and notions
to exerciie their wits about : which when they have , they
may ufe ami ovdera,nd reflet upon them as they plcafe : but
they mutt fir/J receive them in that plain and naked form, as
mankind in general! pidlureth them out in their imagina-
tions.

And therefore the firft work of fcholars is to learn of the
people, Quern pexet, avfatriftm eft & jus & nerma hquen.dis
vvlut is the true meaning and figniJication of thefe primary
names, and what notions shey begot in the generality of man-
kind of the things they defigac. Of the common people then
wemuft enquire What Quantity is: and we fLall foon be in-
formed, if we butconfider what anfwer any ienfible man will
make upon the fudden to,a queftion whereof that is the fubjeft:
for fuch unftudied replies exprefle fincerely the plain and na-
tural! conceptions which they that make them have of the
things they ipeak of. And this of Qnaacity is the plained and
the firft that nature printeth in us, of all the things we fee,
feel, and converfe withall; and that mutt ferve for a ground un-
to all our other inquiries and reflexions : for which caufe we
mutt be fure not to receive it \v retted or dilguifed from its own
i. nature.
Bxt.(:"f??n<? If then any one be asked, What Quamitie there is in fucli a

dmfibility is , . . / J*5 . . , . j n j

thing, or how greatit is ; he will preleutly in bis underltana-
ing compare it with fome other thing ( equally known by both

parties)

Chap. 2 . A TrtAtife ^/BODIES.

parties) that may (erve for a mcafure unto it; and then anAver,
That it is as big as it, or twice as big, or not half fo big, or the
like : in fine., that it is bigger or lefler then another thing, or
equall to ir.

It is of main importance to have this point throughly and
clearly mulerftood; therefore it will not be amuTe to turn it and
view it a little more particularly. Jf you ask what quantity
there is of iuch a parcell of cloth , how much wood in fucha
piece of timber, ho1 v much gold in iuch an ingott how much
wine in fuch a veflel, how much rime was taken up in fuch an
a6tion?he that is to give you an account of them meafureth them
by ells, by feet, by inches, by pounds, by ounces by g Jlons. by
pints, by dayev, by hourcs, and the like; and then cclleth you,
how many of thole parts are in the whole that you enquire of.
Which anfwer, every man living will at the inftant, without
ftudy, make to this queftion; and with it, every man that fhall
ask will be fully appayed and fatisfied : fo that it is moft evi-
dent, it fully exprefleth the notions of them both , and of all
mankind, in this particular.

Wherefore, when we consider that Quantity is nothing elfe,
but the extenfion of a thing; and that this extenfion is exprefled
by a determinate number of lefler extenfions of the fame nature;
('which lefler ones, arc {boner and more eafily apprehended
then greater • bccaufe we are rirft acquainted and converfanc
with iuch ; and pur understanding grafpeth, weigheth and di£-
cerneth fuch morefteadily ; and maketh an exa£er judgement
of them ) and that fuch letter ones are in the greater which they
mcafure, as parts in a whole; and that the whole by compre-
hending thofe parts, is a mere capacity to be divided into them;
we concludc,That Quantity or BigHefle^s nothing elfe but divi-
fibility ; and that a thing is big, by having a capacity to be di»
vided or ( which is the fame ) to have parts made of it.

This is yet more evident ( if more may bo)in Difcretc Quan-
tity ( that is, in number ) then in continued Quantity, or ex-
tenfion. For if we con/lder any number whatfoever, we fhall
find the eflence of it confifteth in a capacity of being refolved
and divided into fo many unities, a$ are contained in ft; which
are the parts of it. And this fpecics of Quantity being fimpler
tlien the other, fcrveth for a rule to determine h by ; as we may

obfervc

1 1 A Treat! fe of BODIES. Chap, 2.

observe in the familiar anfwers to qucftions of continued Quan-
tity, which exprefie by number the content of it : as when one
delivereth the Quantity of a piece of ground, by fuch a number
of furlongs, acres, perches, or the like.

* But we mutt take heed of conceiving, that thofe parts, which

Pans of Qiian- \ve confider todifcern the nature of Quantity, are actually and
•Sul'iyb* their really in the whole of any continued one that contajneth them,
whale. Ells, feet, inches, are no more reall Entities in the whole that is

meafured by them, and thatmaketh impreffions of fuch notions
in our understanding ; then in our former example, colour, fi-
gure, mellownefTe, taft, and the like,are feverall fubftances in rhe
apple that aflfe&eth our feverall fenfes with fuch various impre£
fions. It is but one whole, that may indeed be cut into fo many
feverall parts : but thofe parts are not really there, till by divi-
fion they are parcelled out : and then, the -whole ( out of which
they are made ) ceafeth to be any longer : and the narts iuccecd
in lieu of it; and are every one of them a new nko/e.

This truth is evident out of the very definition we have ga-
thered of Quantity. For fjnce »t is divifibility ( that is, a bare
capacity to divifion ) it followeth, that it is not yet divided: and
confequently, that thofc parts arc not yet in it, which may be
made of it; for divifion, is the making two or more things of
one.

4« But becaufe this is a very great controverfie in fchools, and fo

aa £ny iTthVr imPortant to be determined and fettled, as without doing fo, we

whole, Quan. fhall be lyable to mainerrours in fearching the nature and ope-

cSi^ofedo? rations of bodies; and that the whole progrefTe of our difcourfc,

indivifibics. will be uncertain and wavering, if this principle and foundation

be not firmly laid ; we muft apply our felves, to bring fbmc

more particular and immediate proof of the verity of this afler-

tion. Which we will do, by (hewing the inconvenience, impoP

fibility and contradiction , that the admittance of the other

Icadeth unto. For if we allow a&uall parts to be diftinguifhcd

in Quantity, it will follow that it is compofed of points or in-

divifibles, which we (hall prove to be impoffible.

The firft will appear thus : if Quantity were divided into all
the parts into which it is divifible, it would be divided into in-
divifibles ( for nothing divifible, and not divided , would re-
main in it) but it is difiinguifhed into the fame parts jnto which

ic

Chap. 2. ATrettlfeof BODIES, j^

ir would be divided 3 if it were divided into all the parts into
which ic is divifiblc; therefore ic is di/iinguRhcd into indivifi-.
bles. The major proportion is evident to any man that hath
eyes of understanding. The minor, is. the confcfiion or rather
the pofition of the sdvcrfiry. when he faitii that ail its parts are
actually diftinguiflu'd. The consequence CHI no: he calumniated,
(iflce that indivifibles, whether they ,bc lef>i rated 01- joyncd, are
(till but indivifibles; though that \vhidi is cocnpoied of {hem b«
divifible. It rauft rhen be granted that all the parts which are in
Quantity, are indivifibles- which parts being actually in it, and
the whole being compoled of theft pares onely, ic folio weth, that
Quantity is compoled and made of itidivifib/es.

If any fliouid caviiJ at the Supposition, and fay, we firetch ic
furrtitr then they intend it /"by taking all the parts to be diftitt*-
guifhed; whereas they mean onely that there arc parts a&uaHy
in Quantity, abftrailiog fromW.- by reafon that alt, in this
matter, would infcrre an infinity j which to be avfrtuaUy in any
created thing, they will allow to be iinpoffible. Our anfwer will
fce, to reprelent unto them how this is barely fatd, without any
/ground or coiour of reafon, merely to evade the inconvenience
that the argument driveth them unto. For if any parts be a&u-
aHy diftinguifliedj why jfhould not all be fof What prerogative
liave foiric that the others have not ? And how came .they \yy
'\~J If they have their a£hiall diftkidHon out oftheif ilaojre of
being parts, then ail m«ft enjoy it alike, and all be equally di-
ftmgutfhed/as the foppofaion goeth : andthtymuft all be in-
<3ivifibles as we have proved. Behdes to prevent the cavill upon
the word *8> we may change the expreflion of the Proportion
into a negative : for if they admit ( as they do ) that there is no-
part in Quantity, but is diftinguifbed as farre as it may be di-
fiingupfHed, then the (ame conclusion followeth wkh 110 lei&
evicrcnce; and all wi(i prove mdivifrbks, as before.

Bm it is impoflible that indivifibles fhould make Qirantny-; 5.
for if they fhouldjit muft be done either by a finite and deter- Quantity can,
minate number, or by an infinite multitude ofthfctn. If you fay pofedof indif
by a finke; !«t us take ( for example ) three .indivifibles, and by
adding them together, let us fuppoiealine to be cQinpo<{c<l;
whofe extent being onely longitude, it is the firft and {implied
fpcdcs of Quamity, and therefore -wbatfocvor is divifible into

parts*-

,4 'ATnalftif BODIES. Chap. 2.

parts, mnft be at the leaft a line. This line thus made, cannot be
conceived to be divided into more parts then into three ; fincc
doing fo you reduce it into the indivisibles that compofed it.
But Euclidc hath demonstratively proved beyond all cavill ( in
the tenth proportion of his fixth book of Elements ) that any
line vvhatfoever may be divided into wbatfcever number of
parts; fo that if this bea line, it muft be divisible into a hundred
or a thoufand, or a million of parts : which l.-ing importable in
a line, that being divided into three parts onely, every one of
thofe three is incapable of further division : it is evident, that
neither a line, nor any Quantity vvhatfoever, is competed or
made of a determinate number of indivifibles.

And fince that this capacity of being divifible into infinite
parts, is a property belonging to all cxcenfion ( tor Euclides de-
monftration is univerfall ) we muft needs conftfle that it is the
nature of indivifibles, when they are j'oyned together, to be
drowned in one another , for otherwise there would refult a
kind of extenfion out of them, which would not have that pro-
perty; contrary to what Euclide hath demonftrated. And from
hence it followeth that Quantity cannot be compoied of an in-
finite multitude of fiich indivifibles; for if this be the narure of
indivifibles, though you put never fc great a number of them
together, they will ftill drown thcmfelves all in one indivihble
point. For what difference can their being infinite, bring to
them, of fuch force as to deftroy their eflence and propcrcy ? If
you butconfider how the eflentiall compofition of any multi-
tude whatfbever, is made by the continuall addition of unities,
till that number arife; it is evident in our cafe that the infinity of
indivifibles muft alfo arife , out of the continued addition
of ftiJl one indivifible to the indivifibles prefuppofed : then lee
us apprehend a finite number of indivifibles, which ( according
us we have proved ) do make no extenfion, but are all of them
drowned in the firft; and obferving how the progreife unto an
infinite multitude, gocth on by the (reps of one and one, added
ftill to this prefuppoicd number : we fhall fee that every in-
divifible added , and confequcndy the whole infinity, will be
drowned in the fiift number , as that was in the firft indivi-
fible.

Which will be yet plainer, if we confider that the nature of

extenfion

Chap. 2. A Trewft of BODIES.

extenfion rcquireih that one part be not in the fame place,
where theother is : then if this cxtenfion be compofedof indi-
vifiblcs, let us take two points of place in which this extension
is, and inquire whether the indivifibles that arc in each one of
thefe points, be finite or infinite. If it be anfwered that they arc
finite, then the finite indivifibles in thefe two points make an
extenfion ; which we have proved impoffible. But if they be
faid to be infinite ; then infinite indivifibles are drowned in one
point, and confequently have not the force to make extenfion.
Thus then it remaineth firmly eftablifhed, That Quantity if
not cempofed of inAivifiblcs ( neither finite, nor infinite ones }
and con.equently, That p<*rts are not attually in it.

Yet before we leave this point, although we have already
been fbmevvhat long about it> I conceive it will wot be tedious, An
if we be vet a little lonper, and bend our djfcourfe to remove a to provc lllu

, - ' , n /« • n/- /• i t • n ^ p»rts are actu •

difficulty that even Seme it felt feemeth to object unto us.. For ally in Quand-
doth not our eye evidently inform us, there are fingers, hands, da;raTioJofdth
arms, legs, feet, toes and variety of other pans in a mans bo. n»ftake from
dy? Thefe are actually in him, and fecm to be diftinit, things in
him, fo evidently, that we cannot perfwaded, but that we lee,
and feel the diftin&ion between them * for every one of them
hath a particular power of a£uall working and doing what
belongeth unto its nature to do r each finger is really there;,
the hand is different from the foot; the leg from the arm ; and
fb of the reft. Are not thefe parts then actually and really in a
mans body ? And is not each of them as really diftinguiftied
from any other ?

This appeareth at the firft fight to be an infuperable objecti-
on, becaufe of the confirmation and evidence thatfenfe feemeth
to give it. But looking nearly into the matter, we fhall find
that the difficulty arifeth not from what fenfe informeth us ofj
but from our wrong applying the conditions of our notions un-
to the things that make imprelfions upon our fenfe.. Senfc
judgeth not which is a finger, which is a hand, or which is a
foot. The notions agreeing to • thefe words, as well as the words
themfelves, are productions of the underftanding : which con-
fidering feverall • impreflions made upon the fenfe by the fame
thing as it hath a virtue and power to feverall operations, fra-
tncth feverall notions of k: a& in our former example, it doth

oil

16 A Treaty of&Q DIES.

of colour, figure , f?ft,nnd the like, in an apple. For as tbcfc arc
not different bodies or fubftanccSj diftiiiguifhed one from ano-
ther; bin arc the fame one entire thing, xverklng level-ally upon
the fcn!es, arid that accordingly, maketh thefc dirTerent pi&urcs
in the micd; which are there as much di{tinguifhed, as if they
were piftin-es of dirTerent fubftanccs. So, the parts which are
conhdered in Quantity, arc not divers things : but are onely a
virtu* or power to be divers things : which virtue, making ie-
vernll imprefliorre upon the fenfes, occafioneth fcrcrall notions
in the understanding : and the underftanding is (o much the
more prone to conceive thofe parts as diftin& things, by how
much Quantky is nearer to be diftin& things, then the qualities
of theappfe are. For Quantity, i$ a poflibility to be made di-
ftin<5l things by divifion : whereas the others, are but a virtue
to do diftincl: things. And yet ( as we have touched above)
nothing can be more manifeft, then that if Quantity be divifi-
bility ( which is a portability, tiiat many things may be m£^eof
it ) thefe parts ait not yet divers thing?. So that, if ( for exam-
ple) a rod belaid before us, and half of it be hid from our
fights and the other half appear; it is not one part or thing that
flieweth it (elf, and another part or thing that doth not fhew ic
fclf : b«it it is the fame rod or thing, \rhich fhevvcth it lelf ac-
cerding to the poffibility of being one new thing, but doth not
fhevv it fclf according to the poflibility of being the other of
the two things it may be made by divifion. Which cyampik if
k be well ccufidercd will make it oioch more eafty fink into
us> that a hand, or eye, or foot, is not a diftincl: cbing by it (elf;
but that it is the man, according as he hath a certain viimie or
power in torn to diftin^t operations. For if you fever atiy of
%he(e-pftrrs f/oni the wh-ofc body; cl'e 'hand can no more hold;
nnrtihe eye fee ; nor tlierfooc'walk ; which are the powers that
•dBentiallycopyftittitc them -to be what they -are : and chereftM*
y. . they are r>o longer a hnnd, r.n eye, or a foor.

Thcfoiuuonof Now then to come to ?he objection ; let us e-xmnine how
f<at™."nd~ fcrre'Scnfe may-bc-3'Kowcdio-bc judge inthis difficahy:and we
that scnfc can- -fh^]\ find, tlvat Senff cannot dere-hmrjne any one port in a Uody:
SethtTone f°r lfr'r cflnrld, it \\ot?!<! prccifcly tcH, where that part beginncth
parr be ii'ftin- -oremleth: butirlxrinn forced irvn rhatit bc*pinnethanden<ieth

uu (lied from ,..,../-,,.. . L • t- ,

another or no. 'in mdivff)bles;it is ccrwin,thot Sonic onnot dcrcrnunc oi them.

If

Chap. 2; A Twitfe ^/BODIES. ! 7

If then fcnfe cannot determine any one part, how (hill it fee
that it is diftinguifhcd from all other parts? Again; considering
that all that whereof Ten fe is capable is divisible, it {fill telJeth
us, that in all it fceth, there are more pares then one: and there-
fore it cannot difcern, nor inform us of any that is one alone:
nor knoweth what it is to be one ; for it never c ould difcem
it : but what is many, is many ones and cannot be known, by
that, which knoweth not, what it is to be one: and confcquent-
ly fenfc cannot tell us, that there arc many. Wherefore it is
evident, that we may not rely upon fcnfc for this qucftion.
And as for reafon, (he hath already given her verdiiir.

So that nothing remaineth but to fhcw, why we talk as we
do, in ordinary ditcourfc, of many parts : and that what we
fay in that kind, is true,notwithrtandmg che unity of the thing.
Wliich will appear plainly, ifweconfider that our underftand-
ing hath a cuftome for the better difcerning of things, to im-
pofe upon a thing as it is under one notion, the exclufion of it
ielf as it is under other notions. And this is evident unto all
fchollars, when the mark of exclufion is cxpreffcly put: as
when they fpeakof a white thing, addiwg the reduplication, AS
it is white : which excludcth all other confederations of that
thing befidcs the whitencfle of it : but when it cometh under
fbme particular name of the thing, it may deceive thofethac are
not cunningrthough indeed, moft men difcovcr it in fuch names
as \ve call abftraacd • as humanity, animalky, and the like.
But it cafily deceiveth when it cometh in concrete names ; as it
doth in the name of Part in generall, or in the names of parti-
cular parts ; as a hand, an eye, an inch, an elle, and others or*
the like nature : for as you fee that a part excludeth both the
notion of the whole, and of the remaining parts; (b doth a
hand, arreye, an elle, exclude all the reft of that thing, where-
of the hand is a hand, and the elle is an elle. and fo forth. Now
then, a? every man feeth evidently that ic cm not be laid, the
wall as it is whiteis platter or fto.ie : no more emit be Cud,
that the hand of a mm is his foot ; becatiie the word hand fi-
gmfieth as much in it fclf, as if the irnn were taken by rcdu-
plicanon, to be the man as he is hand or as he hath the power
ofholding. So likewife, in the rod we 'p^ke of before: itcannot
be laid that the part fccn is the part unicen j becauie the part

B feen,

!$ *>fTrc*tifefff BODIES. Chap.*;

feen, fignifieth the rod as it is a poflibilitie to be made by divi-
fion fuch a thing,as it appeareth to the fight. And thus it is dear
how the difficulty of this point, arifeth out of the wrongful! ap-
plying the conditions of our notions! and of names, to the ob-
1 jecls and things which we kno.v : whereof we gave warning in
Chap.t.§.i.j the beginning.

8. After which there retnaincth no more to be faid of this fub-

Anemiirerari- je&, b.it to enumerate the feverall fpeciefes Of Qliantitie, ae-
on ot the leve- .. . .. . r i • i T •• f • ~^~" r -i- • /•

rolifyeeiefeiof cording to that divihon which Logitians tor more racilme of
Ojiantity.which djfcourfe have made of it. Namcly: thefefix,magnitudine, place,

confirmed! that . j • i /-vr i • t i r n

rnotion3 time, number» and weight. Of which, the two firft are
permanent, and lie ftill expofcdto thcpleafureof whofocver
hath a mind to take a furvcy of them. Which he may do by
meafuring what parts they aredivifible into ; how many ells,
feet, inches, a thing is long broad or deep ; how great a place
is; whether it be not bigger or lefTer then fuch another;
and by luch confederations as thefe ; which do all agree
in this, that they exprefTe the efTence of thofe two fpeciefes
of Quantitie, to confift in a capacity of being divided into
parts.

The two next ; -motion and time; though they be of a fleet-
ing propriety, yec it is evident that in regard of their originall
and effcntiall nature, they are nothing elfe but a like divifibilitie
into parts; which is meafured by pafling over fb great or fo
little diltance ; and by years, dayes,hours,minutes, and the like.
Number we alfo fee is of the fame nature ; for it is divifiblc in-
to fo many determinate parts> and is meafured by unities, or by
lefler numbers fo or fo often contained in a propofed greater.
And the like is evident of weight, which is divifibJe into
pounds, ounces, drammes, or grains ; and by them is meafured.
So that looking over all the feverall fpeciefes of Quanni tie ;
it is evident, our definition of it is a true one, and expreffeth
fully the effence of it, when we fay it is diT*ifibiUtictoi a ca-
pacitie to be divided into parts; and that no other notion what-
faevcr, befides this, rcacheth the nature of it.

CHAP. III.
Of Raritirand Denjitie.

I Intend in this Chapter to look as farrc as I can into the na-
tureand caufcs ofthe twofirft differences 'of bodies which
follow out of Qiiamitic as it concurred! with fubftanceto Q
make a body : for, the difcovery of thetrij and of the various
proportions of them among themfclves, will be a great and
important ftep in the journey we are going. But thelcircitie of
our language is fitch, in fubjc&s removed from ordinary conver-
fation (though in others., I thin k none is more copious orcx-
prefTivc } as afFordeth us not apt words of our own to expreflc
Significantly fuch notions as I muft bufie my felf about in this
difcourfe. Therefore I will prcfume to borrow them from the
Latine fchool, where there is much ado about them. I would
expreffe the difference between bodies , that under the fame
mcafurcs and outward bulk, have a greater thinnefle and
cxpanfion, or thicknefle and foliditie, one then another ;
which terms, (or any I can find in English) do not fig-
nific fully thofe affeftions of Quamitic that I intend hereto
declare : therefore I will do it under the names of Raritieancl
Denfitiej the true meaning of which will appear by what we
fhall hereafter fay.

It is evident unto us, that there are different forts of bodies, 2. •

of which though you take equall quantities in one regard, yet it is evi^t
they will be unequall in another. Their magnitude* may be ifeVanTrarc"'
the fame, but their weights will be different • or contrariwife, ^J Q&"*
their weights being cquall, their outward meaiures will not be obfcare^h^
fo. Take a pintc of aire; and weigh it againft a pinte ofwa- the/ are fuc^
ter, and you will lee the ballance of the laft go down amain*
but ifyou drive out the airc by filling the pinte with lead,
the other pintc in which the water is, will rife again as faft :
which ifyou poure out, and fill that pinte with quickfilver,
you willperccire the lead to be much lighter : and ngain> you.
will find a pinte of gofd heavier then fb much Mercuric. And in
like manner, ifyou take a way- of the lieavje bodies till they a-
grec in weight with thelighter,they will take up & fill different
proportions^and parts ofthe mcafure that fhall contain them.

But from whence this effect arifeth, is the difficultie that we

B 2 would

2o A TrtAtifeofKOVlES. Chap. 3.

would lay open. Our meafures tell us their quantities are cquall,
and re'afon affurcth us, there cannot be two bodies in one a.nd
the fame place; therefore when we fee that a pinte of one thing
outweighcth a pinte of another that is thinner , we muit con-
clude that there is more body compared together in the heavie
thing then in the light: for el/e how cor.ld lo little of a folide oil

c? C?

denfe thing be (hecched out to take up fo great room, as we fee
in a bafin of water that being rarified into fmoke or airejfilleth
a w hole chamber ? and again, fhrink back into fo little room,
as when it returaeth into water, or is contracted into ice ? But
bow this comprchenfion of more body in equall room is eftcsfl-
ed- doth not a little trouble Philcfephers.

To find a way that may carry us through thefe difficulties that
oftViTC* stifc out of the Rarity and Denfitie of bodies, let usdoasA-
i> Tcraii pro- fhcnomcrs when they enquire the motions of the Spheres and
f^^T.M Planets: they take all the Phenomena or icvcrall appearances

jnc ro i lie r*ic j 41

ard denfc bo- of them to our eyes; and then attribute to them iuch orbs, cour-
fcs, and periods, as may fquare and fit with everyone of them;
and by fuppofing them, they can exactly calculate all that
will ever afcer happen to them in their motions. So let us
take into our consideration the chief properties of rare and
denfe bodies, and then caft with our felves to find out an hy-
pothefis or fuppofition (if it be poflible ) that may agree with
them all.

Fitft, it fccmeth unto us that denfe bodies have their parts
more clofe and compacted then others have that are more rare
and fubtil. Secondly, they are more heavy then rare ones. A-
gain, the rare are more eafily divided then the denfe bodies: for
water, oyl, milk, honey.and fuch like fub.ftances will not oncly
yield eafily to any harder thing that ftiall make its way through
them; but they are fo apt to divifion and tolofe their continu-
ity, that their own weights will overcome and break it:whcrc-
as in iron , gold, marble , and fiich denfc bodies , a much
greater weight and forqc is ncceflary to work that eftetSr.
And indeed if we look well into it, we fhall find that the ra.
rer things are as divifible in a lefTer Quantity , as the more
denfc arc in a greater : and the fame force will break the rarer
thing into more and IcfTcr parts, then it will an equall one
that is more denfe. Take a ftick of light wood of fuch a big-

nclTc

Chap. f. A rw.ife ef B O D I E S. a i

nefle that being a foot long, you may break it with your
and another of the fame bignefle , but of a more heavic and
compared wood, and you fhall not break it> though it be two
foot k>ng : and with equall force you may break a loaf of bread
into more and lefle parts , then a lump of lead that "i$ of the
fame bignefle. Which alfo will rcfift more to the divifion of
fire ( the fubtilUft divider that is) then fb much water will;
for the little atomes of fire ( which we (hall difcourfe of here-
after,) will pierce and cut out in the water, almofl as little parts
asthemfclves, and mingling themfelves with them they will flic
away together,and Co convert the whole body of water into fub-
tile flnoke: whereas the fame Agent, afccr long working upon
lead, will bring it into no lefle parts then fmall grains of duft,
which it calcineth it into. And gold, that ismoredcnfe then
lead, rtfifteth peremptorily all the dividing power of fire; and
will not at all be reduced into a calx or lime, by fuch operation
as reduced lead into it.

So that remembring how the nature of Quantity is Divifi-
bility; and confidcring that rare things are more diviiible thea
denfe ones ; we muft needs acknowledge that the nature of
quantity is fome way more perfe&ly in things that are rare. then
in thofc that are denfe. On the other fide, more compafted and
dcnfe things, may haply feem to fbme to have more Quantity
then thofe that arc rare; and that it is but fhrtink together :
which may be ftretched out and driven into much greater di-
menfions then the Quantity of rare things, taking the quanti-
ties of each of them equall in outward appearance. As gold
may be beaten into much more and thinner leaf, then an equall
bulk of filvcr or lead. A wax candle will burn longer with
equall light, then a tallow candle of the fame bignefle; and
confequcntly, be converted into a greater quantity of fire and
aire. Oyl will make much more flame then fpirit of wine, that
is farrc rarer then it.

Thefc and fcch like confederations have much perplexed *
Philofophers> and have driven them into divcrfe thoughts to THcoPm;on of
find out the reafbns of them. Some obferving that the dividing ^eKdcciarcd
of a body into little parts, makcth it lefle apt todefcend, then »-ho put rarity*
\vhen it is in greater; have believed the whole can fc of lightueffe SSfJiSX
and rarity to be derived from divifion. As for example, they of»Bodyim»

B 3 findUtlicpsrc<'

Treaty cf BODIES. Chap.j .

find that lead cut mro little pieces, will not go down To faft in
water,as when it is in bulk : and ic may be reduced into fo fmall
atonies, that ic will for fome (pace Twimme upon the water like
d«ft of wood.

Which afliimtion is proved by the great Gahleus ; unto
whofe excel lent wit and admirable mduftry the world is be-
holding, not onely for his wonderfull difcovcries made in the
heavens, but alfo for his accurate and learned declaring of thofe

^

very things that lie under our feet. He, about the 90. pa»e of
his firft Dialogue of motion, doth clearly demonftrate how
any reall medium muft of neceflity refift more the defcent of a
little piece of lead, or any other weighty matter, then ic would
a greater piece : and the refiftence will be greater and greater,
as the pieces are lefler and lefler. So that as the pieces are
made lefle,they will in the fame medium fink the flower; -and do
feem to have acquired a new nature of lightneffe by the dimi-
nution: not onely of having lefle weight in them then they hod;
as half an ounce is lefle then a whole ounce: but alfo of having
in themselves a lefle proportion of weight to their bulk then
they had ; as a pound of cork is in regard of its magnitude
lighter then a pound of lead: fb as they conclude, that the thing
whofe continued parts arc the leflcr, is in ks own narure the
lighter and the rarer ; and other things who/e continued parts
are greate^, they be heavier and denfer.

j But this difcourfe reached? not home: for by it the weight of

The former opi- any body being discovered by the proportion k hath to the me-

andthc ground dium in which it defcendeth, it muft ever fuppofc a body lighter

»f,tlicire!:rour then it fdf in which it may fink and go to the bottome. Now

of that lighten body, I enquire, what makcth it be fb; and you

muft' anfwer by what you have concluded, that it is lighter then

the other, becaufe the parts of it are leflc,and more levered from

one another : for if they be as clo(e together, their divjhon a-

vaileth them nothing , fince things fticking faft together, do

Vork as if theywere but one, and Co a pound of lead though it

be filed incofmaJlduft, if it be compacted hard together., will

link as faft as if it were in one bulk.

Now then allowing the little parts to be feparared', I ask,
V/hat other body fiUcth up the fpaces between thole little parts
•f the medium in which your heavy body dcfccnded ? For if

the

Chap." 3.

the parts of water arc more fevered then the parts of lead,there
muft be fome other fubftancc to keep the parts of it afunder: let
us fuppofc this to be aire: and I ask, Whether an cquall partof
aire be as heavie as fo much water? or whether it be not ? If
yo^fay, it is; then the compound of water and aire muft be as
lieavieas lead.; fceiagthat their parts one with an other are as
much compacted as the parts of lead are. For there is no diffe-
rence whether thofe bodies, whole little parts are compared to-
gether,be of the lame fubftance.,or ofdivers, or whether the one
be divided into fmallcr parts then the other , or no> ( fo they be
ofequall weights ) in regard" of making the whole equally hea-
vie : as you may experience, if you mingle pin-duft with a
fand of equal! weight, though it be beaten into far re Irnaller di-
viiions then the pin-duft, and put them in a bag together.

But if you fay, that aire is not fo heavy as water; it muft be,
becaufe every part of aire hath again its parts more fevered by
fome other body, then the parts of water are fevered by aire.
And then I make the fame inftance of that body which feveredi
the parts of aire. And fb at the laft ( fince there cannot a&ually
bean infinite procefle ©f bodies one lighter then another ) you
mutt come to one, whole little parts filling the pores and (paces
between the parts of the others, have no fpaces in thcmfelves to
be filled up.

But aflbon as you acknowledge fuch a body to be lighter
and rarer then all the reft, you contradict and deftroy all you
faid before. For by reafon of its having no pores, it followeth
by your rule, that the little parts of it muft be as heavy , if not
heavier, then the little parts of the fame bignelTc of that bodie
whofe pores it filleth ; and confequencly it is proved by the ex-
perience we alledged of pin-duft mingled with fand, that the
little parts of it cannot by their mingling with the parts of the
body in which it is immediately contained, make that lighter
then it would be if thefe little parts were not mingled with it.
Nor would both their parts mingled with the body which im-
mediately containeth them, make that body lighter. And fo
proceeding on in the fame fort through all <the mingled bodies,
till you come to the laft, that is immediately mingled with wa-
ter; you will make water nothing thelighter,fb? being mingled
with all thefe; and by confequence It fhould be as heavie and
as denfc as lead. B 4 Now

24 A rr^i/eo/BODIES. Chap. 3.

Now that which deceived the authours of this opinion, was
that they had not a right intelligence of the caufes which made
little parts of bodies ( naturally heavie) defccnd flowly, in re-
gard of the velocitie of greater parts of the fame bodies deicend-
iag : the doctrine of which we intend to deliver hereafter.
, Others therefore perceiving this ride to fall fliort, have in-

Tiie opinion of deavoured to piece it out by the mixtion of vacuitic among bo-
thoic Phiiofo- jjjgj . believing it is that which maketh one rarer then another.

'

rhcrs related, .

Uho put rarity Which mixtion they do not put alwayes immediate to the
to eonfift in the niajn ^ , (, confijcr . but jf jt nave Orher rarer and liohter

mixtion or \a- • i j • i • i v i- ... c.

cuity among bodies mingled with it, they concerVe this mixtion imrnrnediate
oncly to the rareft, or lighted. As for example ; a cryftall be-
ing lighter and confequently rarer then a diamond, they will
not fay that there is more vacuity in a cryftall then in a dia-
mond; but that the pores of a cryftall are greater, and that con-
fequently there is more aire in a cryftall to fill the pores of it,'
then is in a diamond ; and the vacuities are in the aire, whicrr
abounding in a cryftall, more then in a diamond, maketh that
lighter and rarer then this, by the more vacuities that arc in
the greater Quantitie of aire which is mingled with it.

Butagainft thisfuppofition, a powerfull adverfary is urged:
for Ariftotle, in his 4. book of Phyncks, hath demonstrated
that there can be no motion in vacuity. It is true, they indea-
vour to evade his demonftration ( as not reaching home to
their fijppofition ) by acknowledging it to be an evident one
in fuch a vacuity as he there fpeaketh of ; which he fuppofed
to be fo great a one that a bodie may (wimme in it as in an
ocean, and not touch or be near any other body .- whereas
this opinion cxcludeth all fuch raft inanitie, and admicteth no
vacuities but fo little ones as no body whatfocver can come un-
to but will be bigger then they; and confequently, muft on
fome fide or other touch the corporeall parts which thole va-
cuities divide;fbr they are the (eparacions of theleaft parts* that
are, or can be, actually divided from one another : which
parts muft of neccffitie touch one another on fbme fide ; or
elft they could no: hang together to compofe one fubftanccjond
therefore, the dividing vacuities, muft be JefTe then the divided
parts. And thu$, no bodic will ever be in danger of floating up
and down without touching any thing : which is the diffccultie
that Ariftotle chiefly irnpugncth. 1

Chap. 3. 4 TreAtife of BODIES. 25

I confefle I fhould be very glad that this fuppofition might 7.
fcrvc our turn > and lave the Phenomena that appear among The opinion of
bodies, through their varictie of Raritie and Denfitic: which ™d.um
if it might be, then would I ftraight go on to the inquiring af-
ter what followed out of this ground, as Aftronomers ( to u(e
our former fimilitude) do calculate the future appearances of
the celettiall bodies out of tho(e motions and orbcs they affignc
unto the heavens. For as this apprehenfion of vacuitie in bo-
dies is very cafie and intelligible : fb the other ( which I con-
ceive to be the truth ofthe cafe ) is exceedingly abflra.fted, and
one ofthe moft difficult points in all the Metaphyficks : anti
therefore I would (if it were poflible ) avoid touching upon it
in this difcourfe, which I defire fliould be as plain and eafie, and
as mach removed from fcholaftick terms, as may be.

But indeed, the inconveniences that follow out of this fup-
pofition of vacuities, are fo great, as it is impoflible by any
means to flide them over. As for example ; let us borrow of Dialog. T.der.
Galileos the proportion of weight between water and airc, He Moiim-
fheweth us how the one is 400. times heavier then the other.
And Marinus Ghetaldus teacheth us that gold is 19. times hea-
vier then water .• fb that gold mufl be 7600 times heavier then Arclum
aire. Now then confidering that nothing in a body can weigh, Promot>
but the folid parts of it ; it followeth,that the proportion ofthe
parts ofgold in a fphere of an inch diameter, is to the parts of
aire of a like dimenfion as 7600 is to one. Therefore in aire it
felfthe vacuities that are fuppoied in it, will be to the folid
parts of it in the fame proportion as 7600 to one. Indeed, the
proportion of difference will be greater : for even in gold many
vacuities muft be admitted, as appeareth by the heating of it
which fhewech that in every the Icaft partitis exceeding po-
rous. But according to this rate, without prcfifing the incon-
venience any further ; the aire will by this reckoning appear
to be like a net, whole holes and diftances, are to the lines and
thrkJs, in the proportion of 7600 -to -one ; and fb, would Lely-
able to have little parts of its body fwimmein thole greater
vacuities ; contrary to what they ftrivc to avoid. Which would
be exceedingly more, if we found on the one fide any bodies
heavier and denfer then gold.& that were fo folide as to exclude
all vacuities; Sc on the other fide fhould bullancc them vvith fuch

bodies

a* A Trtatfi tf B 0 D I E S. Chap. 5.

iuxijtt a« »rc lighter and rarer tlicn aircj as fire is, and as fome
will have the ather to be. But already the difproportion is fo
great, and the vacuity fb (hangely excecdeth the body in which
it is, as were too great an abfurdity to be admitted.

And beftd«s, it would deftroy all motion of fmall bodies in,
the aite, if it be true ( as Ari.fi ode hath demonftrated in the
fbiiith book of his Phyfieks ) that motion cannot be made but
among bodies, and not in UACUO.

Again, if rarity were made by vacuity, rare bodies could not
be gathered together , without lofing their rarity and be-
coming denfe. The contrary of which, we learn by conftant
experience ; as when the fmith and glaffemendcr drive their
white and fury fires., (as they term them;) when aire piercech
moft in the (harp wind ; and generally we fee that more of the
faijae kind of rare bodies, in IciTe place, workcth moft efficaci-
oufly according to the nature that refultcth out of that degree
of rarity. Which argueth, that every little part is as rare as ic
was before ( for elfe it would lofe the virtue of working ac-
cording to that nature; ) but that by their being crowded toge-
ther, they exclude all other bodies that before did mediate be-
tween the little parts of their main body; and fo, more parts
being gotten together in the fame place then formerly there
were, they work more forcibly.

Thirdly, if fuch vacuities were the cajfeof rarity, it would
follow,that fluide bodies being rarer then folid ones,thcy would
be of themfelves /landing, like nets or cobwebs : whereas con-
trariwife, we fee their natures are to run together, and to fill up
every little creek and corner : which cffeft, following out ofthc
very nature of the things themfelves ; mutt needs exclude va-
cuities out of that nature.

And laftly , if it be true ( as we have (hewed in the laft
Chapter )that there are no a&uall parts in Quantity; it follow*-
«th of neccflity, that all Quantity muft of it fclf be one; as Me-
taphyficks teach us : and thcnAno diftance can be admitted be-
tween one Quantity and another.

And truly, if I underftand Ariftotlc right, he hath per-
fectly demonftrated:that no vacuity is poflible in nature; neither
great nor little : and confequemly, the whole machine raifed
•upon that fuppoficion> muft be ruinous. His argument is to this

purpofc:

Chap; 3. ^ Twtije of B O D I E S. 17

purpoie: What is nothing, cannot have parts : but vacuum is
nothing ( becaufe as the adversaries conceive it, vacuum is the
want or" a corporeaJl fubftance in an cnclofing body, within
whofc fides noth/ng is, whereas a certain body might be con-
tained within them, as if in a pail or bowl of a gallon, there
were neither milk, nor water, nor aire , nor any other body
\vhatibevcr ) therefore, vacuum cannot have parts. Yet thofe
who admit it do put it exprefly for a fpace; which doth eflen-
tially include parts. And thus they put two contradi&ories,
nothing and parts, that is, parts and no parts; or fomething and
* nothing; in the fame proportion. And this, I conceive to be ab-
folutely unavoidable.

For thcfe reafons therefore, I muft entreat my readers fa- g.
your, that he will allow me to touch upon metaphyficks a little Rarity and
more then I defire or intended : but it fhall be no otherwife, i^thl
then as is faid of the dogs by the river Nilus fide ; who being proportions
thirfty, lap haftily of the water, onely to ferve their necefficy as hath t
they run along the fliorc. Thus then ; remembring how we ftaace'
determined that Quantity is Divifibihty : it followeth, that if
befidcs Quantity there be a fubftancc or thing which is divifi-
ble • that thing, if it becondiftinguifhed from its Quantity or
Divifibility, muft of it felf be indivifible : or ( to fpeak more
properly ) it muft be, notdivifible. Put then fl'ch fijbfrance ta
be capable of the Quantity of the whole world or univerfe ;
and confcquemly, you put it of it felf indifferent to all, and to
any part of Quantity : for in it, by reafon of the negation of
Divifibility, there is no variety of parts , whc-reof OIK fhould
be tha liibfe& of one part of Quantity, or another of an<-
ocher ; or that one fliould be a capacity of more, another of
Icfle. '

This then being fo, weha-ve-the ground of more or IdTe'pro-
ponion between iubllance and quantity': for if the wholdquan-
tity of the univerfe be put into it, the proportion of Quantity
to the capacity of that ft.'bftance., will be greater then if but half
that quantity were imbibed in the fame (ubftaoee. A-ud txcaufe
proportion changeth on both ficics by the fingle change of onely
one fide : it followeth, that in the latter, the proportion of that
fubftance to its Quantity, is greater* and that in the former, it is
Jcfle; how-beic the fubiiancc in it Icif be indivifibk*-

Whac

A frutife of B O D I E S. Chap. 3.

What we have faid thus in abftract, will (ink more eafily in-'
to us if we apply it to fome particular bodies here among us, in
which we fee a difference of Rarity and Denfity; as to aire, wa-
ter* gold, or the like; and examine if the effects that happen to
them, do follow out of this difproportion between fubftance and
Quantity. For example,let us conceive that all the Quantity of
the world were in one uniform fubftance, then the whole uni-
verfe would be in one and the fame degree of Rarity and Derrfi-
ty : let that degree, be the degree of water; it will then follow,
that in what part foever there happeneth to be a change from,
this degree, that part will not have that proportion of quantity
to its fubftance, which the quantity of the whole world had to
the prefuppofcd uniform fubftance. But if it happeneth to have
the degree of rarity which is in the aire, it will then have more
quantity in proportion to its fubftance, then would he due unto
it according to the prefuppofed proportion of the quantity of .
the univcrle to the forefaid uniform fubftance; which in this cafe
is as it were the ftandard to try all other proportions by. And
contrariwise , if it happeneth to have the degree of Denfity
•which is found in earth or in gold; then it will have lefTc quan-
tity in proportion to its fubftance, then would be due unto it ac-
cording to the forefaid proportion, or common ftandard.

Now to proceed from hence t with examining the effects
which refult out of this compounding of Quantity with fub-
ftance, we may firft confider, that the definitions which Ari-
ftotlc hath given us of Rarity and Denfity, are the fa me we
drive at : he telleth us, that that body is rare whofe quantity is
more, and its fubftance leflc; that, contrariwifedenfe, where the
fubftance is more and the quantity leflc. Now if we look into
the proprieties of the bodies we have named, or of any others,
we (hall fee them all follow clearly out of thcfe definitions. For
firft, that one is more diffufed, another more compacted ; fuch
diffusion and companion feem to be the very natures of RarL
ty *id Denfity, fuppofing them to be fuch as we have defined
them to be ; feeing that, fubftance is more diffufed by having
more parts, or 6y being in more parts; and is more compacted
by the contrary. And then, that rare bodies are more divifible
then denfeones, you fee is coincident into the fame conceit with
their diffufion and compaction. And from hence again ic fol-

loweth,

Chap. 3. 'viTM'ifc < BO DIES. 29

oweth, that they are more eafily divided in great, and likc-
wife, that they nrc by the force of naturall Agents divifible into
lefler parts : for both thcfc ( that is, facility of being divided,
andeafie divisibility into lefler parts ) are contained in being
more divifible; or in more enjoying the effeil ofquantity^which
is divifibility. From this again followeth, that in rare bodies
there is Icfle refiftance to the motion of another body through
it, then in denfe ones ; and therefore a like force paffeth more
calily through the one , then through the other. Again ;
rare bodies are more penetrative and active then denfe ones; be-
caufe being ( by their overproportion of quantity ) eafily divi-
fible into limll parts, they can fun into every little pore, and fo
incorporate themfelves better into other bodies then more denfe
ones can. Light bodies likewife muft be rarer., becaufe moft di-
vifible, if other circumftances concurre equally.

Thus you fee decyphered unto your hand, the firfr divilion
of bodies flowing from Quantity as it is ordained to fubftance
for the competition of a bodie : for fince the definition of a bo-
dy is, A thing which hath parts^ and quantity is that, by which
it hath parts ; and the firfl propriety of quantity is, to be big-
ger or ft/f', and confequently the firft differences of having
parts, are to have bigger or lefle, more or fewer; what divifion
of a body can be more fimple, more plain, or more immediate,
then to divide it by its Quantity as making it have bigger or
Icfle, more or fewer parts in proportion to its fubftance?

Neither can I juftly be blamed for touching thus on Meta-
phyficks,to explicate the nature of thefc two kinds of bodies; for
Metaphyficks being the iciencc above Phyficks, it belon^eth
unto her to declare the principles of Phyficks : of which, thele
we have now in hand, are the very firft f}ep. But much more,
if weconfider that the competition of quantity with fubftance,
is purely Metaphyficall ; we mufrneccrTarily allow the inquiry
into the nature of Rarity and Denfity. to be wholly Mctaphy-
ficall; feeing that the efTcnce of Rarity and Denfiry ftandeth in
the proportion of quantity to fubftance; if we believe Ariffotlc,
C the greateft matter that ever was, erf finding oi;t definitions
and notions ^and trufl to the iincontroulable reaibns we have
brought in the precedent diicourfe.

This explication of Rarity and Denfity, by the composition. 5?.

of

?o A Treatife cf B C D I E S. Chip. 3.

.Ann-lift aV« offubfbncc with quantitic, may peradventure give littlcf:ni$fa«

i-i Phvficall bo- 0. r i r-jl ,[• i • I U U

die«, a Mera. cbcn unto filch as are not u ted to raile their thougnts above
phvficaiicom- Phyficall and naturall fpeculations ; who are apt to conceive

pofition. . .* . r '. /- i • i r i /•

there is no other competition or relolunon, but lech as our icn-
Ses fhew us in compounding and dividing of bodies according
to quantntive parts. Now this obligeth us to fhew that fuch a
kind of composition and division as this, mufi ncceff:rily be al-
lowed o£ even in thatcourfe of doSrinc which fecins moft con-
trary to owrs. To which purpofe, let us fuppofe that the pofici-
on of Dcmccritus or of Hpicurus is true; to wu, chat the origi-
nail compofition of all bodies, is out of very little ones of vari-
ous figures ; all of them indivifible, not Mathematically, but
Phyfically : and that this infinite number of indivifibles, doth
float in an immenfe ocean of vacuum or imaginary ipace. In
this pofition, let any man who conceiveth their grounds may
be maintained, explicate how one of thefe little bodies is mo-
ved. For taking two parts of vacuum, in which this body fix>
ceflivcly is; it is cleare^that really, and not onciy in my under-
ftanding, it is a difference in the faid body to be now here now
there: wherefore when the body is gone thither, the notion of
being here is no more in the body; and confequently is divided
from the body. And therefore when the body was here , there
was a compoluion between the body and its being here; which
feeing it cannot be betwixt two parts of Quantity, rnuft of ne-
cefsity be fuch a kind of composition, as we put between quan-
tity and fubftance. And certainly, let men wrack their brains
never fo much, they will never be able to fhew how motion is
made, without fbme fuch composition and divifion, upon what
grounds ibever they proceed.

And if then they tell us, that they underftand not how there
can be a divisibility between fubftance and quantity; we may
reply, that to fuch a divisibility two things are required; firft,
that the notions of fubftance and quantity be different; Second-
ly, that the one of them maybe changed without the other.
As for the firSr., it is moft evident we make an ablblute diftin&i-
on between their two notions; both when we Say that Socrates
\vas bigger a man then a boy; and when we conceive that
milk or water whiles it boyleth , or wine whiles it vvorketh,
fo as chey run over the veflcls they are in» arc greater, and

poiTciTe

Chap. 3. A Treattfe of B O D I E S.

poflcfle more place thrn when tJiey were cool and quiet, and
filled not the veflel to the brim. For bo-vfoever witty explica-
tions may feem to evade, that the fame thing is now greater
now letter ; yet it cannot b; avoidcd> butthac ordinary men
who look not into Philofbphy, do both conceive it to be ib,and
in their familiar dilcotirle expreffe it foj which they could not
do, ifthey had not different notions of the fiibttancc, and of the
quantity of the thing they fpeak of. And though we had no
fuch evidences, the very names and definitions of them would
put it beyond ft rife : all men calling (iibrtance, a thing; qnanti-
tie, bignelfe : and referring a thing to Being't as who would
fay, that which is : but bigneflc to fome other of like nature,
unto which it is compared; as, that his half as big , twice as
big, or the like.

This then being unavoidable, that the notions are diftin-
guifhed; there remaineth no difficulty but onely in the Second,
namely that the one may be changed, and the other not. Which
rcafon and demonstration do convince, as wchave fhewed.
Wherefore if any fhall yet further reply, that they do not un-
derftand how fuch change is made; we Shall anfwer, by asking
them whether they know how the change of being Sometimes
here Sometimes there is made by locall motion in vacuum.with-
outa change in the body moved. Which queftionif they can-
not Satisfie,they muft either deny that there is any locall motion
in vacuum; or elfe admit a change in quantity without a change
in fubftance; for this latter is as evidently true, as they Hippolc
the foimer to be; though the manner how they are effefl-
cd be alike obfcure in both, and the rcafon of the obfcurity the
lame in bpch.

. With which we will conclude the prefent Chapter ; adding
onely this note: That if all Phyficall things and nattirall chan-
ges do proceed out of the constitution of rare and dcnfe bodies
in this manner as we do put them, ( as the work we have in
hand intendeth to fhew ) then,fo manifold effects will fo con-
vince the truth of this doctrine which we have declared, that
there can remain no doubt of it : neither can there be any
'of the divisibility of quantity from fubrtance; without which
this doctrine cannot confift. For it cannot be undcrflood,
how there is a greater proportion of qnandtie then cf fub-

ftance;

5i A 7V<w//*0/BODIES. Chsp, 4.

fiance; or contrariwife, of fubftance then of quantity; if there
be not a reall divifibility between quamity and fubftance. And
much leflecan it be conceived, that the fame thing hath at one
time a greater proportion of quantity, and at another time a
leffe , if the greater or lefTer proportion be not feparable from
it; that is, if there be not a divifibility betwixt it and-fub-
ftancc , as well as there are different notions of them.
Which to prove by the proper principles belonging to this
matter, would require us to make a greater inrodc into the
very bowels of Metaphyficks , and to take a larger circuite
then is fitting cither for the fub;e£r, or for the intended brevity
of this Treatife.

CHAP. HIT.
Ofthefourefirft qualiticsttnd. of the fonre Elements.

x> *"T^ He fubje6r of our difcourfe hitherto hath been three fimple
Thcnotionsof JL notions ; Quantity, Rarity, and Denfity. Now it {hall be
denfity and ra- to enquire if by compounding thefe with gravitie or weight

nty have a lati- / , * • . <•!-/• r \ t

nidccapabieof ( which is one or thelpecicles of Quantity above mentioned,
infinite variety. and of- which j (hall .(J,Cak at large hereafter ; we may
beget any further qualities, and fb produce the foure firft bodies
called Elements. In imitation of Logitians, who by compound-
ing fuch propositions as of themfelvcs are evident to mans
nature affoon as they are propofed , do bring forth new
knowledges : which thrids they frill entermix and weave
together , till they grow into a fair piece. And thus the
{ciences they fb much labour for , and that have fo great
an extent, do rcfult out of few and fimple notions in their
beginnings.

But before we fall to mingling and comparing them toge-
ther, I think it will not be amiffe to (et down and determine
Mvhat kind of things we mean by rare, and what by denfe; co
the end that when the mmes arc agreed upon, we may flio in-
to no errour by miftaking them. So then although there be fe-
vcrall confederations in regard ofwhich,rarity and dcnlity may
be differently attributed to bodies: yet becaufe mans discerning
them, robe able to difcourfe accordingly otthem,is the principal
rcfpect for which their denominations are to be allotted them:

\ve

Chap. 4: A Trt4!ife ^/BODIES.

\\c may with reafon call thofe things denfe, wherein a man
findeth a fenfible difficiiltie to part them • and thofe rare, where
the refinance is imperceptible. *

And unto thefe two notions of rarity ana denfity, we muft
allow a great latitude, farre from confifting in an indivifible
(late; for feeing that rarefaction makcth a lefler bodie equall
to a bigger ; and that all inequalitie betwixt two bodies, hath
the conditions of a bodic ; it followeth that the excefie of one
bodic over an other, confifteth of infinite parts into which it
might be divided .- and consequently, that what is rarificd, paf-
fethasmany degrees as the inequalitie or excefle hath parts.
And the fame law being in condenfation, both denfe and rare
things muft be acknowledged to be capable of infinite varietie,
and diverfity of flates in regard of more and leflc in the fame
kind.

Thefe things being premifed; and calling to mind that it is 2.
the nature of dcnhty to make the parts of a denfe thing com- How moi
^paA^ndftick togerher, and be hardly divifible ; and on the »t«beeo!te»
confrary fide, that it is the nature of rarity, to dirrufcand ex- ^"'c bodie*.
tend a rare thing, and to prepare and approch it. to divilion,
according to the proportion of the degree of rarity which ic
hath ; and that weight doth abound where there is exceflfeof
denfitie, and is very little or none in excefie of rarity : we imy
now begin in our imagination to put thefe qualities into the
fcales one againftanother,to fee whatefFec^s they prodi ce in bo-
dies. And firft, let us weigh gravity againil denfitie or (licking
together of parts: which fticking or compa&ednefle being natu-
rall to derjfitie, requireth feme execfle of gravitic in proportion
to t e dcnfjty-, or fomc o:her outward violence, to break it. If
then in a denfe body the gravity overcome the denfity, and do
make the parts of it break afunder,it will draw them down-
wards towards the center that gravity tendcch unto, and will
never let them reft till they come thither, unleffe fome impedi-
ment meet them by the way and flop their journey : fothat
fuch a body will, as near as poflibly it can, lie in a perfect fphe-
ricall figure in relpecl: of the center • and the parts of it will be
changed and altered, and thurft on any fide that is the ready
way thither ; Co that by the force of gravity working upon it,
it will run as farre as it mceteth with nothing to hinder it from

C attaining

34 A Trettifs of BODIES. Chap, 4 .

attaining this fphericali fuperficies. Wherefore fuch bodies, for
the molt part, have no fettled outlule of their own ; but do re-
ceive their figure rfhd limits from fuch lets as hinder chem from
attaining to that (phericalneile they aim at.

Now Ariftode ( vvhofe definitions, are in thefc matters ge-
nerally received, as fully exprefling the nodons of mankind,)
telleth us, and our own experience confirmed! it, that we uie
to call thofc things m*ift, which run in fuch fort as we have
here letdown ; and that we term thofe thingsd'ry, which have
a confidence within thcmfelves ; and which to injoy a deter-
minate figure, tio not require the flop or himierance of another
body to limit and circle them in •* which will be the nature of
thofe that have a greater proportion of dcnfity in rclpe^ of
their gravity.

And thus, out of the companion of denfitie with weight, we
have found two more qualities then we yet had mctwichall,
namely wetncfle and dryneffe. For although a body be denfc,
( which of its own nature, fmgly confidered, would prcferve
the continuity of its parts, as making the body hardly divifiblej
wkercby it would be dry ) yet if the gravity that workech up-
on it, be in proportion greater then the denfitic ; it will fever
the parts of it, and make them run to the center, and fo be-
come fluide and moift : though not in the emincntett deorce
that may be of fluidity and moilturc; by rcafon chat if the like
overproportion of gravity happen in a rare body, it will there
more powerfully wcrk its cfteci, then it can in a denfe body ;
becaufe a rare body w ill more eafily obey, and yield to the gra-
vitie that maftereth it, then a denfe one will ; and confequcnt-
ly, will be more fluide and moiii then it.

Now on the other fide, in weighing rarity againft gravity ;
3* _ ifit happen that the rarity overcome the gravity, then the

How moiftncfic '.,, , ir rt.jr

anddryncffc gravity will notchaBgc the ngure of a body !o proper tion<ed,
*rebf8o«cn m ^ut w^at figure it hath from its proper narurall caaies, the fame

r»:« bodies. . o t . , . i » - i r i t

will (till remain vvith it : and confeqnently, iuch a body will
have terms of its own, and will not require an ambient body
to limit, and circle it in : which nature, we call dry.

But if the proportion of the gravity be the greater and do
overcome the rarity ; then, by how much the rarity is greater,
fo much the more will the gravity force it;to apply it Iclf equal-

Chap. 4. ^ T/tMtifi of B O D I E S. 3 j

ly ami on all fides t» the center : and fuch a body will the more
eafily recci've its figure From another, and will be Jefie able to
cenfid of it felf : which properties, we attributcto wetnefleor
rnoidure. So that it appeareth, how the qualities of wet and
dry, which fird we found in things than were dcnfe, are al.fo
common to that nature of bodies, which we term rare.

And thus, by our fird inquiry afccr \vhatkind of bodies do
rcfult out ofthe compounding of rarity and deniitic with gra-
vity, \ve difcover foure different forts : fbme dcnie ones thac are
dry, and others likcwife denfe that are moid : then again>fome
rare ones that arelikewifemoiff,& other rare ones that are dry.

But we mud not reft here : let us proceed a little further, to 4,'
fearch what other properties thefe foure kinds of bodies will H,,£r" 1:"rpara"
hare ; which wefhali bed difcover, if we apply them fcverally boiics.and
to fome other compounded body (of which nature, are all thole 0°^°' denle
weconverfe with or fee ^ and then confider the efte&s which
thefe do work upon it. To beginne with that, which we faid
is fo executively rare that gravity hath no power over it. If we
look upon the multitude oHittle parts it may be divided into>
whereof every one will fubfid by it fclf (for we have already
proved ic dry ) and then fuppofe them to be moved with force
and ftrength againft the body we apply them to: it muft ncce£
farily follow, that they will forcibly get into theporouinefTe of
it, and pafle with, violence between part and part, and ofnccef-
fity feparate the parts of that thing one from another ; as a knife
or wedge doth a folide ftibftance,by having their thinned parts
prefled into it : fo that if in the compounded thing, fome parts
be more weighty, others more light, (as of neceflitie there mud
be ) the hcavied will all fall lowed, the lighted will fly upper-
rood, and thofe which are of a mean nature between the two
extremes, will remain in middle. In fumme, by this a^ion of
as extreme rare body upon a compounded one, all the parrs of
one kind that were in the compounded one, will be gathered
into one place ; and thofe of divers kinc!> into divers places :
which is the notion whereby Aiidorlc hich expreflfed the na-
ture of heat ; and is an effect, which daily experience in burn-
ing and boyling, teacheth us to proceed from heat. And there-
fore we cannot doubt, but that fuch extreme rare bodies are as
Well hot as dry.

C 2 On

1* A Trutifecf BODIES, Chap. 4,

On the other fide, if -a den 'c thing be applyed to a com-
pound, it will ( becaufe ic is we;ghty ) prefle ic together : and
ifthat application be continued on all fides, fothat no part of
the body that is prcfTed be free from the fiege of the denfe body
that prefleth it, ic will form it into a narrower room, and keep
in the parts of it, not permitting any of them to flip out. So
that what things foever it findeth within its power to mafter,
be they light or heavy, or of what contrary natures focvcr, it
compieffeth them as rm:ch as it can, and draweth them into a
lefle compaflTe, and holdeth them ftrongly together, making
them flick faft to one another. Which eflreft, Ariftotlc took
for the proper notion ofcold; & therefore gave for definition of
the nature of it, that it gathereth things of divers natures:
and experience flicweth us in frecfing, and all great coolings,
that this effect proceedeth from cold.

5. But if we examine which of the two forts of denfe bodies

of the two A.nc fluidc or the confiftant ) is mofr efficacious in this opera-

dcnlc bod'Cs, '. /-i it r i i iin-jr • ii/^

the icflc dcnfe tion ; we (hall hnd that the lelie denfe one is more capable of
but of^hemo being apptycd round about the body it fhall befiege; and there-
fore will ftop clofer every little hole of ic, and will more eafily
fendfubtile parts into every little vein of it ; andbyconie-
quence, fhrink it up together and coagulate, and confrrmge it
more ftrongly, then a body can that is extremely denfe 5 which
by reafon of its great dcnfity , and the ftubborncfTe of its parts,
cannot fo eafily bend and plie them to work this erTeft. And
therefore, a body that is moderately denfe is colder then ano-
ther that is fo in excefle; feeing that cold is an a6tive or work-
ing power, and that which is lefle dcnfe doth excell in work-
ing-

On the contrary fide, rare bodies being hot, becaufe their
fubtile parts environing a compounded body will fink into the
pores of it, and to their power feparatc its parts ; it followeth
that thofe wherein the gravity ovcrcomcth the rariry, are lefle
hot then fuch others as are in the extremity, and higheft cxccfTc
of rarity : both, bceaufe the former are not able to pierce fb
little parts of the refitting denfe body , as extreme rare
ones arc; and likewife, becaufe they more eafily take ply by
the obftacle of the iolide ones they meet vmh, then thefe
do.

So>

rat e ones, the
lefle rare is
Itffi: hot.

Chap. 4. A Trettifi of B O D I E S. 37

So that out of this difcourfe we gather, that of fuch bodies
that differ prccifcly by the proportion of Rarity and Denfity ;
thofc which are extremely rare, arc in the exccfle of heat, and
are dry with all : that weighty rare bodies arc extremely hu-
mide, and meanly hot : that fluidc denfe bodies arc moift,
though not in fuch cxcefle as rare ones that are fb ; but are
coldeft of any : and laftly, that extreme denfe bodies arc leflc
cold then fluide dente ones, and that they arc dry.

But whether the extreme denfe bodies be more or leflfe dry 6".
then fuch as are cxtre.nely rare, remaineth yet to be decided. dt'eTodyls
Which we fhall eafily do, if we but reflect that it is deniuy ""^edry, then
which maketh a thing hard to be devided, and that rarity ma- rarVonef"
k«ch it eafic : for a facility to yield unto divifion, is nothing
clfe but a plyablenefle in the thing that is to be divided, where-
by it eafily recciveth the figure, which the thing that dividcth
it doth caft it into. Now this plyablenefle belongcth more to
rare then to denfe things : and accordingly, we fee fire bend
more eafily, by the concameranon of an oven, then a ftone can
be reduced into due figure by hewing. And therefore, fince dry-
nefleis a quality that makech thofc bodies wherein it reigneth,
to conferve thcmfelves in their own figure and limits, and to
refift the receiving of any from another body; it is manifest
that thofe arc drieft., wherein thefe eflfefts are moft leen; which
is, in dcnfc bodies : and consequently, cxcefle ofdrynefle rnuft
be allotted unto thcnr, to keep company with their moderate
coldneffe.

Thus we fee that the number of Elements afligned by Ari- 7.
ftotle is truly and exactly determined by him ; and that there There are buc

, . , ' i /r r i ii !• 1 • • tollre fimPle

can be neither more nor leflc of them ; and that their qualities bodies : and

are rightly allotted to thorn : which to fettle more firmly in our [y ^[e n?ht*

minds, i« will not be mifle-fpcnt time to fumme up in fhort the racntj.

eflfeft of what we have hitherto faid to bring us unro this con-

clufion. Firft, we flicwedthat a body is made^ and conftituted

a body by quantity. Next, that the firft divifion of bodies is inro

rare and den<e ones;as differing oncly by having tYiore and jcflc

quantify. And laftly, that the conjunction of graviry wkh

thefe two, brcedeth two other forts of combinations : each of

which is alfb twofold ; the firft fort, concerning rarity ; oat o "

which arifeth one extremely hot and moderately dry, and an-

r- ^

3$ A Treatife of BODIES. Chap, 4.

other extremely humideand moderately hot : the fecond fort,
concerning denfity; out of which, is produced one that is ex-
tremely cold and moderately wet, and another extremely dry
and moderately cold. And thefe are the combinations whereby
are constituted fire, aire, water, and earth.

So that we have thus, the proper notions of the foure Ele-
ments; and have both them and their qualities driven up and
refolved into their moil fimple principles: which are, the no-
tions of Quantity, and of the two mod fimple differences of
qualitative things, Rartty and 'Denfity. Beyond which, mans
wit cannot penetrate ; nor can liis wiflies aim at more in this
particular ; feeing he hath attained to the knowledge of what
they are, and of what makech them be fo, and that it is impofli-
ble they (liould be otherwife : and this, by the moft fimple and
firft principles, which enter into the compofition of their na-
ture. Out of which it is evident, that thcfc foure bodies arc £-
lemcnts : fince they cannot be refblved into any others, by way
of phyficall •compofition; themfelves being constituted by the
moft fimple differences of a body. And again, all other bodies
whatibever muft of neeeffity be refolved into them, for the fame
reafon; becaufe no bodies can be exempt from the firft diffe-
rencies of a body. Since then, we mean by the name of a-n Ele-
mentj a body not compofed of AHJ former bodies, and^of vt>htch
all other bodies tire compofed^e. may reft Satisfied that thefc are
rightly fo named.

g. But whether every one of thefe foure elements, do compre-

The Atuhour hcnd under its name one oncly lowert fpecies or many (as,
S Sci""" whether there be one onely fpecies of fire, or fcverall; and the
every dement ijfce of the reft ) we intend not here to determine. Yet we note,
bend 'umleHcs chat there is a great latitude in every kind ; feeing that, Rarity
name one <mciy ancj [)cnficy f as wc'havc faid before ) are as divifible as quan-

lowcft fiiccics rV / . i i i • • i

or many: nor tity. Which laritiidcs, in the bodies we convcric withall, arc fb
ofhthhe" b? lim>ttd that what maketh it fclf and other things be feen ( as
found pure. being accompanied by light ) is called fire. What admitteth the
illuminative acTion or" fire, and is not fccn, is called aire. What
adm'itteth the Hi me aftion and is fcen (in the rank of Ele-
ments ) is called water. And what through thedenfity of it ad-
mitteth not that awlion.j but abfblucely reflcd'eth itj is called
earth*.

And;

Chap. 4. ^ Tftatifi ^/BODIES.

And out of all we faid of thefe fbure Elements, it is mani-
fcft there cannot be a h"f;h : as is to be feen at large in every
Ariftotelian Philofbpher that writeth of this matrer. I am noc
ignorant that there are fundry objc&ions ufed to be made, both
againft thefe notions of the firft qualities, and againft the divi-
fion of the Elements : butbrcaufe they, andtheir folutions, arc
to be found .in every ordinary Philofbpher; and that they be
not of any great difficulty ; and that the handling them, is too
particular for the defignr of this dilcourfe, and would make it
too prolix ; 1 rcferrethe Reader to feek them, for his latisfa<5H-
on, in thofeauthours that treat phyficks profeiTcdly, and have
delivered a complcat body of Philofbphy.

And I xvill end this Chapter witli advertising him (left I
fliould be misonderflood ) that though my difquifition here
hath pitched upon the rbure bodies of fire, airc, water, and
earth; yet it is not my intention to affirm, that thefe which we
ordinary call fb, and doralidayly within our u(e, are fuch as
I have here expretfed them: or chat thefe Philo'bphicall ones
('which arife purely out of the combination of the firft quali-
ties ) have their rclidence or confidence in great bulks, in any
places of the world, be they never fo remote : as fire, in the
hollow of the moons orb ; water, in the bottome of the fea;
aire, above the clouds ; and earth below the mines. But thefe
notions arc onely to ferve for certain Idea's or Elements ; by
•which, the foure named bodies, and the compounds of them,
may be tryed and receive their doom of more or lefle pure and
approaching ro the nature from whence they have their deno-
mination. And yet I will notdenie, but that fuch perfect Ele-
ments may be found in fome very little quantities, in mixed bo-
dies .- and the greater! abundance of them, in thefe fourc known
bodies that we call in ordinary pra&ife, by the names of the
pure ones : for they are leaft compounded, and approach mod
to the fimplenefie of the Elements. But to determine ab.blute-
ly their exigence, or not evidence, either'in bulk or in little
parts; dependeth of the manner of action among bodies: which
as yet we have noc meddled with.

€4 CHAP,

40 A Tn.itife ^/BODIES, Chap, j.

CHAP. V.

Of the oyerAtioHf »f tht Elements in gcnerall. tx/W of
their aft ivi ties compared with one another.

T. T TAving by our former difcourfe inquired out what degrees,
ope- JL land proportions of rarity and denfity compounded with
gravity,are necctfary for the produ&ion of the Elemencs,& firft
Tifion.oucof qualities ; whofe combinations, frame the Elements : our next

wlvch rcfultcth * r i • • t Ji rC L ,-i

iccali motion, confideranon in that orderly progreflc we nave propofed unto
our (elves in this treatife (wherein our aim is, to follo\v fuc-
celfively the fteps, which nature hath printed out unto us ) will
be to examine the operations of the Elements, by which they
work upon one another. To which end, let us propofc to our
felves a rare and a denfe body encountring one another by
the impulfe of lomc exterior agent. In this cafe, it is evident,
that fincc rarity implyeth a greater proportion of quantity ,
and quantity is nothing but divifibility, rare bodies muft needs
be more divisible then denfe ones : and consequently, when
two fi.'ch bodies arc prefled one againft another ; the rare body
not being able to refift divifion {b ftrongly, as the denfc one is;
and being not permitted to retire back, by reaibn of the ex-
tern violence impelling it againft the denfe body; it followeth,
that the parts of the rare body muft be fevered, to let the denfe
one come between them : and fb the rare body becometh di-
ridcd, and the denlc body the divider. And by this we fee that
the notions of divider and divifible do immediately follow
rare and denfe bodies; and dofo much the more properly agree
unto them,as they exceed in the qualities of Rarity arid"benfity.
Likcwiie, we are to obferve in our cafe, that the denfe or di-
viding body muft neccflarily cut and enter further and further
into the rare or divided body; and fo the fides of it be joyned
fucceffively to new and new parts of the rare body thatgiveth
way unto it, and forfake others it parteth from. Now the rare
body being in a determinate fituation of the univerfc, ( which
we call being in a place, and is a neceflary condition belonging
to all particular bodies) and the denfc body coming to be
within the rare body, whereas formerly it was not fb : it fol-
loweth , thit it lofcth the place it had, and gaineth another.
This efreft, is that which we call locall motion.

And

Chap. f. vtTrtatife ^/ BO DIES. 41

And thus we fee, by explicating the manner of this a^ion, 2.
that locall motion is nothing el.'c but the change of that refpeci Wh« ?'*««•»

I-ILLJ JLI 1,1 -i bath nonoiully

or relation, which the body moved hath to the reft ot the uni- and really,
rerfe, following out of Divifion: and the name of locall moti-
on, formally fignifieth oncly the mutation of a refpeft to other
cxtrinfccall bodies, fubfequcnt to that divifion. And this is fo
evident and agreeable to the notions that all mankind ( vvho^as
\\ehavefaid, is judge and raafter of language) naturally fra-
meth of places as I wonder much why any will labour to give
other artificiall and intricate doctrine of this that in it (elf is fo
plain and clear. What need is there to introduce an imagina-
ry fpace ( or with Joannes Grammaticus, a fubfiftent quan-
tity) that muft run through all the world; and then entayl
to every body an aiery entity, an uncohceiveable mood, an
unintelligible Ubij that by an mtrinlecall relation to fuch a part
®f the imaginary fpace, mtift thereunto pin and fallen the bo-
dy it is in ? It muft needs be a ruinous Philosophy that is
grounded upon fuch a contradi&ion, as is the allotting of parts
unto that, which theauthours themfelves ( upon the matrer)ac-
knowledge to be merely nothing; and upon (o weak a fhift ( to
deliver them from the inconvemcncies that in their courfe of do-
ctrine other circumftances bring them unto) as is the volunta-
ry creating of new imaginary Entities in things , without any
ground in nature for them. Learned men fliould exprefle the
advantage and fubtility of their wits, by penetrating further
into nature , then the vulgar; not by vexing and wrefling it
from its own courfe. They fhould refine and carry higher, not
contradict anddeftroy the notions of mankind, in thole things
that it is the competent judge of: as it undoubtedly is of thole
primary notions which Anttorle hath ranked under ten heads:
which (as we have touched before) every body cm con-
ceive in gioffc : and the work of fcholars is to explicate them
in particular ; and not to make the yulgir believe they arc
mirtakcn , in framing thole apprehenfions that nature tai;ghc
them.

Out of that which ha th been hitherto refblved it is manifeft,
that place really, and abftra&ing from the operation of the un-
derftaoding> is nothing elfe but the inward fuperficics of a body
that compaffcth and immediately contained) another. Which

ordina-

4* jTreatiJeofSODlES. Chap. 5.

ordinarily being of a rare body that doth not fliew it felf unto
LS (namely, theaire) is for the molt pare unknown by us. But
bee a ulc nothing can make imprcffion upon our mind, andcaufe
us to oivc it a nameotherwile then by being known : therefore
our underftanding to make a complete notion, muft adde fome-
thint? elfe to this fleering and unremarkable luperScies that may
bring it unto our acquaintance. And for this end we may con-
fidcr further, that as this fuperficies hath in it fe'f, k> the body
cnclofed in it gnineth a certain determinate refp \^ unto the fta-
ble and immoveable bodies that environ it. As for example, we
underftand fuch a tree to be in Inch a place by having r^ch and
fuch refpe&s to fuch a hill near it, or to fi'ch a hou'e chat fiand-
eth by it, or to fuch a river that runneth under ic, or to f -ch an,
immoveable point of the heaven that from the funncs riling ia
the equinox is called Euft, and fuch like. To which » urpoie, it
impoitech not whether thefc that we call immovtobie bodies
and points be truly fo, or do but feem fo to mankind. For man
talking of things according to the notions heframeth of them
in his mind ( ibeecii being nothing elfe but an exprellion co an
other man, of the images he hath within himfelfj and his noti-
ons being made according to the feeming of the things, he rnuft
needs make the fame notions, whether the thing? be truly fo in
themfelves, or but teem to be fo, when that feeming or appea-
rance is alwayes conftantly the fame.

Now then when one body dividing another, getteth a new
Locaii. Morion immediate clothingjand eonfequendy new refpeils to the ftable
Is thatdivifion ancj immoveable bodies (or leemino fudOthat environ it; we do

whereby a body - , . CD/1 , J. , ,

changcthits vary m our felvcs the notion we hi it had of that thing; concei-
p'acc. yifig it now accompanied with other circumftances and other

rcfpeits then formerly it had. Which notion we expreffe by
faying, it hath ch-inged its place, and is now no longer where ic
xvas at the firft. And this change of place we call Loc^lt moti-
on: to wit, the departing of a body from that hollow fuperficies
which incloled it ; and its changing unto an other , whereby it
gaineth new refpe&s to thofc parts of the world that have, or
in fome <~ort may feem to havCjimmobility and fixed ftablcnefle.
So as rence it is evident that the fubft ince of locall motion con-
fifteth in division; and that the alteration of Locality follow-
cth divi/ionj in fuch fort as becoming like or unlike of one wall

to

Chap. J. ^ Treat ft of B O D I E S. 43

to another, followeth the action whereby one of them beco-
meth white.

And therefore in nature we are not to fcek for any entity or
fpcciall caufe of apply ing the moved body to a place as place, ThenatJreof
(which is but a refpeft confequent to the erre& of diviiionj but 5l!?"tlcyrc°F-it

i rj I it j L r n n- • \ • fcinsfulhcient

one'y to coniider what real! and pnylicall action unitetn it to to unite a body
that other body, which is called its place, and truly (erveth for iaitsPlacc*
that effect. And confcquently, they who think they have di£.
covered a notable fubtilty by bringing in an Entitle to unite a
body to its place, have ft rained beyond their ftrengt:h,and have
grafped but a fhadow. which will appear yet more evident, if
they but mark well how nothing is divifible but what of it (elf
( abstracting from divilion) is one. For the nature of divifion
is the making of many- which implycth, that what is to be di-
vided muit of neceffity be not many before ic be divided. Now
quantity being the fubj'ect of divifion, it is evident that purely
of itfelfand without any force or adjoyned helps, ic muft
needs be one, wherefoever feme outward agent doth not intro-
duce multiplicity upon it. And whenfoever other things work
upon quantity as quantity, itis not the nature and power of
their operation to produce unity in it and make it one; for it is
already one: but contrariwife,the immediate neceflary effect that
flowcth from them m this cafe, is re make one quantity many,
according to the cireumfrances that accompany the divider, and
that which is to be divided. And therefore, although we may
feek caufes why fome one rhing fticketh farter together then
feme other, yet to ask abfolutcly why a body fticketh together,
were prejudicial! to the nature of quantity; whole eflence is to
have parts flicking together, or rather to have fuch unity, as
without it all divihbihty mutt be excluded. .

Our of which, difcourfe it folioweth, that in locall motion
we are to look onely for a cauie or power to divide, but not for
any to unite. For the very nature of quantity unitcth any two
parts that are indittant from one another, without needing any
other cement to glevv them together •• as we fee the parrs of
water and all liquid fubftanccs, do presently unite themfelvcs
to other parts of like bodies when they meet with them, and
ro folid bodies if they chance to be next unto them. And there-
fore it is vain to trouble oar heads with Unions and imagina-
ry

44 A Treaties ^/"BODIES. Chap. ?.

ry Moods to unite a body to the place it is m, vvhen their own
nature maketh them one as foon as they are immediate to each
other. And accordingly if when we fee a boul move, we would
examine the caufes of that motion, we mutt confider the quanti-
ty of aire or water it maketh to break from the parts next unto
it, to give place unto it felf: and not fpeculate upon an intrinfe-
call relation from the body to a certain part of the imaginary
fpacc they will have to run through all things. And by ballan-
cing that quantity of aire or water which it dividech , we may-
arrive to make an eftimate of what force the boul needeth to
have for its motion.

5. Thus having declared that the locality of motion is but an

All operations extrinfccall denomination, and no reality in the thing moved-

amonou bodies, n n ' , &

arc either local \ve may now caft an eye upon a rait confequence that may be

fuch ^,^(1 out of what we hare hitherto faid. For if we confider

as follow out ot «• i •» i . i i « • i j i

local! motiwi. the nature ot a body, that is that a body is a body by quantity;
and that the forrnall notion of quantiry is nothing die but divi-
fibility; and that the adequate acl: of divifibility is divifion: it is
evident there can be no other operation upon quantity, nor (by
confequence^ among bodies, but muft cither be fuch divifion as
we have here explicated, or what muft necetfarily follow out of
fuch divifion. And divifion ( as we have even now explicated )
being locall motion; it is evident, tha: all operations among bo-
dies are either locall motion, or fuch as follow out of locall mo-
tion. Which conclufion, howfocver unexpected, and may at
the firft hearing appear a Paradox, will nevertheleffe by the
enfumg work receive fuch evidence as it cannot be doubted
of; and chat not onely by force of argumentation and' by
neceflRtic of notions ( as is already deduced } but alfb by
experience , and by declaration of particulars as they (hall
occurre.

6- But now to apply what we have faid to our propofcd fub-

JC(^; lt *s obvious to every man, that fccing the divider is the a-
gent in divifion and in locall motion; and that denle bodies are
by their nature diyiders ; the earth muft in that regard be the
mott aftive among the elements , fince it is the moft dcnle of
them all. But this feemeth to be againft the common judgement
of all the fcarchcrs o^naturc, who unanimoufly agree that fire is
thc^rnoft active clement. As alfo it fectneth to irnpugne what we

our

Chap. J. *4 Trf aft fe of BODIES. 45

our fclves have determined,when we faid^there were two active
qualities, heat and cold, whereof the firft was in its grcateft cx-
celle in fire, and the latter in water.

To reconcile thefe,. we are to confider that the action ofcold
in its greateft height is compofed of two parts;the one is a kind
of prelling, and the other is penetration which requireth appli-
cability. Of which two the former arifeth out of denfity, but
the latter out of moderation of denfity , as I have declared in
the precedent Chapter. Wherefore the former will exceed more §. 6.
in earth, though the whole be more eminent in water. For
though confidering oncly the force of moving ( which is a
more fimpleand abffradfced notion, then the determination and
particularization of the Elements, and is precedent to it) there-
in earth hath a precedency over water : yet taking the a&ion as
it is determined to be the afrion of a particular Element, and as
it concurreth to the competition or diflolution of mixed bo-
dies; in that consideration ( which is the chief work of Ele-
ments, and requireth an intime application of the Agents }
water hath the principality arid excefle over earth.

As for fire it is more avlive then either of them; as it j.
Will appear clearly if we confider, how when fire is apply- Thc manner
cd to fewell, and the violence of blowing is added to its own eetteth uroC
motion ; it incorporatcth it fclf with the fewell , and in a f£wc!>Prov^]v

,, . c • thatir cxcced-

fmall time converteth a great part of it into its own nature, «ch eart
and fhattereth the reft into fmoke and afhes. All which pro-
ceedeth from the exceeding fmalnefie and drynerTe of the
parts of fire; which being moved with violence againft the
fewell , and thronging in multitudes upon it ; they cafily
pierce the porous fubftance of it, like fo many extreme fharp
needles.

And that the force of fire is as great and greater then of
earth, we may gather out of our former difcourfe; where ha-
ving refolved that denfity is the virtue by which a body is
moved and doth cut the medium'; and again confidering that
celerity of motion, is a kind ofdenfitie, (as we fhall bv and by
declare) it is evident, that fince blowing muft of nccefficy prcflfe
violently and with a rapid motion, the parts of fire againft the
fewel, and fo condenie them exceedingly there, (both by their
celeriry;andby bringing very many parts together thcre;)itmnft

needs

4$ '**Tre*tifc of B O D I ES. Chap. j.

needs alfo give them activity and virtue to pierce the body they •
a*e beatc» againft.

Now, that celerity is a kind of denfity, will appear by com-
paring their natures. For if we confider that a d?nie body may
be dilated fo as to poiTefTe and fill the place of a rare body that
exceeded it in bignefTe ; and by that dilatation, may be divided
into as many and as great parts as the rare body was divifible
into; we may conceive that the fubftance of thole parts, was by
a fecret power of nature folded up in that little cxtenfion in
•which it was before. And even fo, if we refleft upon two ri-
vers of equall channels and depths, whereof the one goeth fvviC-
ter then the other ; and determine a certain length of each
channell, and a common meafure of time : we fhall fee that in
the fame meafure of time, there palteth a greater bulk of wa-
ter in the dcfigned part of the channel of the fwifter ftream,
then in the defigned part of the flower, though thofe parts be
equall.

Neither doth it import, that in velocity we take a part of
time, whereas in dcnfity it leemcth that an inftant is fufrlcient;
and confcquently, there would be no proportion between them.
For knowing Philofbphers do all agree that there are noin-
ftants in time, and that the apprehcnfion of them proceedeth
merely from the manner of our underftanding. And as for parts
in time, there cannot be afTumed any fb little, in which thccom-
parifon is not true : and fo in this regard, it is abiblutely good.
And if the Reader have difficulty at the difparity of the
things which are prcfled together in denfity and in celerity; for
that in denfity there is onely fubftance, and in celerity there is
alfb quantity, crowded up with the fubftance ; he will foon re-
ceive fatisfaftion, when he fhall confider that this difparity is
to the advantage of what we fay, and maketh the nature of
denfity more perfect in celerity, and confequently more power-
full in fire then in earth. Befides, if there were no difparity, it
g. would not be a diftincl: fpeties of denfity, but the very fame.
The fame i$ By what we have fpoken above, it appeareth how fircgetteth

manner, where- mto fewcll ; now let us confider how it cometh out : for the
^ fire cometh activity ofthat fierce body will not let it lie ftill and relias lone

ontorfcwell -LI/- . 11 • r •

andvorkcth *s it natn lo many enemies round about it to roufe it up. We
upon other fcc thcn thac as foon as ,ic hath incorporated it fclf \\ith the

•odics. A ., .,

fcvvell,

Chap. 7. A Trettift of B O D I E S.

fewell and is grown maPccr of it by introducing into it fb ma-
ny of its own parts, ( like fb many fouldicrs, into an enemies
town ) they break out again on every fide with as much vio-
lence as they came in. For by reafon of the former refiftancc of
thefcwcll; their continuall ftreaming of new parts upon it,
and one overtaking another there where their journey was
flopped, ( all which is encreafed by the blowing ) doth fb ex-
ceedingly condenfc them into a narrower room then their na-
ture afrc6teth, that as foon as they get liberty, and grow ma-
flers of the fewell, ( which at the nrft was their prifon) they
enlarge their place, and confcqucntly come out and flie abroad;
ever ayming right forwards from the point where they be-
gin their journey : for the violence wherewith they feck to ex-
tend themfelves into a larger room, when they have liberty to
do fo; will admit no motion but the fhorteft, which is, by a
ftraight line.

So that if in our phantafic.we frame an image of a round bo-
dy all of fire; we mutt withal! prefently conceive, that the
flame proceeding from it, would diffufe it fclf every way in-
differently in ftraight lines; in fuch fort, that the fburce ferving
for the center, there would be round about it an huge fphere of
fire and of light; unlcfTe fome accidcmall and extern caufe
fhould determine its motion more to one part then to ano-
ther. Which compafie , becaufe it is round, and hath the fi-
gure of a fphere, is by Philofophers termed the fphere of its
activity.

So that it i's evident, that the moft fimple and primary moti-
on offircjsa flux in a direct line from the center of hr, to its cir-
cumference, taking the fewell for its center; asalfo, that when,
it is beaten agiintf a harder body, it may be able to deftroy it,
although that body be in its OWH nature more denfe then fire.
For the body againft which it prcflech, either hath pores, or
hath none, ( as, the Elements have none : ) if it hath pores ;
then the fire, by reafon of the violent motion of the impellent:,
driveth out the little bodies which fill up thofe pores, and fuc-
ceeding in their room, arid being multiplyed there, caulech thofe
effects which in our difcourfe of the Elements we affigned to
heat. But if it have no pores ; it will be either rare or denfe :
if it be rare; then, in cafe that the force of the impellent be

greater

A Tre<st;fe cf B O D I E S. Chap". 6.

greater then the refinance of the rare body, it will force the
fire to divide the rare body. But if it be denle ; as, feme atomc
of earth -, then, though at the firft it cannot divide it ; yet by
length of time and by contintiall beating upon it, it may come
to wear off feme part of it, the force of the impellent by little
and little bending the atomeof the earth, by driving a conti-
nuall llrcam of a letter part of fire, cgainft fome detcrmate part
of the atome.By which word j4tox?ey no body will imagine we
intend to exprefie a perfect indivifiblc, but onely, the leaft fore
of nattirall bodies.

CHAP. VI.
Of Light : iv hat it is.

f r T Aving {a d thus much of fire; the near relation that is be-
fenfe "JLcv een itand light, invketh us in the next place to bend

1

"a our C7CS co tnat V^'0 u^c^ co d***U theirs who look unwari-
lyupon it. Certainly, as among all the fenfjble qualities, it is
the principal!; fo among all corporeall things.it (eemcth to
aim rightert at a fpirituall nature^ and to come nearefl unto it.
And by fbmc hath been judged to be ipiriwall ; if our eyes be
capable to fee fpirits. No meaner man then Ariftotle leadeth
the dance to hold light a quality, and mainly to deny it any
bodily fubfiftence. And there hath followed him no fewer, then
almcft all the world ever fince. And the queftion importeth no
leffe, then the whole doftrine of qualities ; for admit light to
be a body, and hardly any man will hold up his hand in de-
fence of any other quality: but if it be a quality; then all
others come in by parity and for company.

But before we go any further, i: will not be amifle to ex-
preffe what we mean- when we reject qualities ; and how, in
fome fenfc, we are content to admit them. According to that
de/cription that Philofbphers ordinarily do make of them ,
( and efpecially the modern ) we can by no means give way
unto them. I confeflc ingcnuoufly , I underftand not w'hac
they mean by them ; and I confident , that neither do they.
For the very notion , that their firft words feem to expreffc
of them, they contradict again , before they make an end of
defcribing what they arc. They will have them to be real!

Entities

Chip. 6.

Entities or Things , diftinft from the bodies they accom-
pany : and yet, they deny them a fubfiftencc or felf-bcing;
faying they do but inhere in their fubjecl: , which fupport-
erh them ; or which is all one, that their being is a dependence
of a fubjecl.

If they will reflect upon what they fay , and make their
thoughts and their words agree j they will find, that the firft
part of their defcription maketh them compleat fubftances;
which afterwards, in words they flatly deny : and it is impof-
fible to reconcile thefe two meanings. A reall Entity or thing
inuft ncceffarily have an Exigence or Being of its own: which
they allow them. And whatfoever hath fo , becometh a fub-
ftance : for it fubfifteth by its own Exigence; or ( to fay plain-
er) is what it is by its own Being; and needcth not the exi-
ftence of another thing to give it a Being. And then prefcntly
to fay that it doth not fubfiit of it felf ; or that it requireth the
fubfifteuce of a fubftancc, to make it Be-, is a pure contradi£i-
on to the former.

This arifcth from a wrong notion they make to themfclvcs
of* fubftance, exiftencc and {uwiftcnce : and from their not con-
fulting fufficiently with their own thoughts, as well as ftudy-
ing in books. They meet there with different terms; by help of
which, they keep themfelves from contradiction in words, but
not in effect. If the terms were rightly conceived, and notions
duely fitted to therm f which requireth deep meditation upon
the things themfelyes, and a brain free from all inclination to
fiding, or aflfe^ion to opinions for the authonrs fakes, before
they be well underftocd and examined ) many ofthofe dilutes
would fall to the ground , in which oftentimes both fides lofe
themfclves, and the qucftion, before they come to an end. They
are in the dark before they are aware : and then they make
a noife, onely with terms ; which like too heavy weapons that
they cannot weild, do carry their ftrokes beyond their aim.
Of fuch nature arc the qualites and moods, that feme modern
Philofophers have fo fubtilifed upon. And in that fcnfe, we ut-
terly dcnie them : which being a qucftion appertaining to Me-
taphyficks, it belongeth not to our prefent purpole to ing*gc
our fclves further in it.

But, as they are ordinarily underftood in common conver- a.

D fation,

$o 'JTrtttiJi tf/ BO DIES. Chap.rf,

TK WA athfcnfc fat'0n> wc a^ow them. And our work is but to explicate
dothadmiToir and (hew the particulars in retail, of what men naturally
qualities. /peak in grofTe. For that fcrveth their turn to know what
one another meaneth : whereas, it belongeth onely unto a Phi-
lofopher , to examine the caufes of things . Others arc con-
tent with the effects : and they fpeak truly and properly when
they defignc them. As for example: when they fay that fire
burneth by a quality of heat that it hath , or that a deyc is
fquare by the quality of a cubicail figure that is in it ; they
fpeak as they Should do. But if others will take occafion
upon this , to let their understanding give a Being unto
theft qualities , diflinS from the fubftaraces in which they
conceive them; there they rniiTe. If we confider the fame man
hungry/or thirfty* or weary, or fleepy, or ftanding, or fitting;
the undcrftanding prefemly maketh within it felf reall
things of fleep, hunger, thirft, wearinefTe , ftanding, and
fitting. Whereas indeed , they are but different affections or
Situations of the fame body. And therefore we muft beware of
applying thefe notions of our mind, to the things as they are
in therafclvcs : as much as we muft, of conceiving thofe
parts to be actually in a continued quantity , whereof we can
frame actually diftinct notions in our understanding. But as,
when ordinary men fay, that a yard ccntaineth three feet;
it is true in this fcnfe, that three feet may be made of it; but
that whiles it is a yard , it is but one quantity or thing, and
not three things : fo, they who make profcflion to examine ri-
goroufly the meaning of words , muft explicate in what fenfc
it is true that heat and figure (our former examples ) are qua-
lities : for fi:ch we grant them to be ; and in no wife do con-
tradict the common manner of fpeech; which entereth not into
the Philofophicall nature of them.

We fay then, that qualities aic nothing elfc but the proprie-
ties, or particularities wherein one thing differeth from another.
And therefore Logicians, call fubftamiall tlifferencies, fubfian-
tiall qualities : and lay, they arc predicated in QH*IC quid. But
the Predicament of Quality is ordered by Ariftotle to con-
clude in it thofe differences of things, wh'ch are neither fub-
fhntiall nor quantitative, and yet are intrinfecall and abfblute.
And & that which the undcrfttndingcallech heat, and maketh a

notion

Chap.*. <t^7>^//j?0/BODIES. yi

notion of, diftinft from the notion of the fire from whence it
iffueth to burn thtf wood that is near it ; is nothing elfe, in the
fire, but the very fubftance of it in fuch a degree of rarity; or
a continual! ftream of parts ifluing out of the main ftock of
the fame fire, that entreth into the wood, and by the rarity of
it makctb its way through every little part, and divideth them.
All which a&ions are comprifed by the understanding under
one notion of burning : and the power, ( which is fire it felf )
to do thefc actions, under one notion of the quality of heat :
though burning in effect, and explicated Philofbphically, be
nothing elfe but the continuance of thofc materiall motions
we have even now defcribed. In like manner, the cubic-all fi-
gure of a deye, is nothing clfc but the very body of the deye ic
lelf, limited by other bodies from being extended beyond thole
dimenfions it hath : and fo the quality of figure or fquare-
ncfle , which in common fpeech is faid to be in it ; is truly, the
fubftance it felf, under fuch a confederation as is exprefTcd by
that word.

Bat to come to our queftion, npon the dccifion of which dc- 3.
pendeth the fate of all the fictitious Entities which in the fchools F:VC "Jj
are termed qualities. The cheif motives that perfwade light to
be one of thofej may, to my beft remembrance, be reduced to
five feverall heads. The firft' is, that it illuminateth the airein
aninftant,and therefore cannot be a body: fora body re-
quireth fucccflion of time to move in : whereas, this feemeth to
fpread it felf over the whole hemifphere in aninftant; for as
farre as the funnc is diftant from us, he no {boner raifeth his
head above our horizon, but his darts are in our face : and ge-
nerally, no imagination can be framed, of any motion it hath
in its dilatation.

The next is j that whereas no body can admit another into
its place,without being removed away it felf, to leave that room
unto the advcnient one • neverthclefle, plain experience flicw-
eth us dayly, that two lights may be in the fame place ; and
the firft is fo farre from going away at the coining of the ie-
cond, that the bringing in of a fecond candle, and fetting it near
the firft, encreafcth the light in the room ; which diminifheth
again when the fecond is removed away. And by the fame rea-
fon; if light were a body, ic fliould drive away the airc

D 2 (which

52 e/fTrMh'jZfl/BODIES. Chap. 6.

(vvhicM is likcwife a body) vvhcrefoever it is admitted: for
within the whole iphcre of the irradiation of it, there is no
point wherein one may fet their eye, but light is found. And
therefore , if it were a body there would be no room for aire in
that place which light taketh up. And likewife, we fee that it
penetratcth all folid bodies, ( and particularly glafle, ) as expe-
rience fheweth, in wood, ftone , metals , and any other body
vvhatfbcver, if it be made thinne enough.

The third argument, why light cannot be a body, is, that if
it were fo, it can be none other but fire, which is the fubtileftj
and moft rarified of all bodies whatfoever. But if u be fire, then
it cannot be without heat : and confequently, a man could not
feel cold in a funne-fhining day. The contrary of which is
apparent all winter long; whofe brightcft dayes oftentimes
prove the coldeft. And Galileus with divers others fince, did
nfe from the funne to gather light in a kind of frone that is
found in Italy ( which is therefore by them called, U caUmit*.
deRa luce ) and yet no heat appeared in it. A glow-worm wili
give light to read by, but not to warm you any whit at all. And
it is faid, that diamonds and carbuncles will fhine like fire in
the grcateft darks; yet no man ever complained of being ferved
by them as the fooHfti Satyrc was by killing of a burning coal.
On the contray fide; if one confitler how great heats may be
made without any light at all, how can one be pcrfwaded .that
light & heat ftiould be the fame thing,or indeed any whit of kin?

The fourth motive to induce us to believe that light cannot
be a body , is the fudden extinction of it, when any folid body
cometh between the fountain of it, and the place where he fend-
eth his beams. What becometh of that great expanfion of light
that fhined all about, when a cloud interpoleth it fclf between
the body of the 'funne and the ftreams that come from it.? Or
when it leavcth our horizon to light the other world? His head
is no fooneroutof our fight ; but at the inftant all his beams
are vanished. If that which filleth fb va(r a room were a body,
fomething would become of it : it would at Jeaft be changed
to ibme other fubftance; and forne rcliques would be left of it;
as when afhcs remain of burned bodies : for nature admittetb
not the annihilation of any thing.

And in the hit place; we may conceive that if light were a bo-
dy,

Chap. 6, ^ TrMife of B O DI E S. y $

dy, it would be fliaken by the winds, and by the motion of the
aire ; and we fliould fecit quaver in all bluftering weather.
Therefore, fumming up all we have faid; it fcemeth mofi
improbable, and indeed wholly impoffiblc , that light flioulcf
be a body ; and confequemly> muft have his place among qua-
lities.

But on the other fide; before we apply our fclves to anfxvcr 4.
thefe objections , let us make a fliort furvey of thole induce- ^ two firft

I -1 • U If i- U L J -i rcafons to prove

merits, that prevail with us to believe light a body, notwith- light to be a
ftanding fo forcible oppofitions. I admit fo farre of the third JSimbUneele
argumcnt> as to allow light to be fire : for indeed it cannot be hach with fire;
imagined .to be any thing clfe; all properties agreeing fo fully f^cl^L
between them. But withall I muft addc ; that it is not fire in ty,i:wou\iai-
every form, or fire joyned with every fubftance, thatexprefleth
it felf by light; but it is fire extremely dilated, and without fclf>
mixture of any other grofle body. Let use hold a piece of linen
or paper clofe by the flame of a candle, and by little and little,
remove it further and further off ; and me thinks my very eyes
tell me, that there is upon the paper fome part of that which I
lee in the candle; and that it groweth ftill lefle and lefle like
as I remove the paper further from it : Co that, if I would be-
lieve my fenfe , I fliould believe it as very a body upon the
paper, as in the candle; though enfeebled, by the laxity of the
channel in which it floweth.

And this feemeth to be ftrengthened, by the confederation of
the adverfaries pofition : for if it we^e a quality; then, feeing it
hath no contrary to deftroy or flop it, it fliould ftill produce an
cquall to it felf, without end or growing feeble, whenfoever ic
meeteth with a fubjeft capable to entertain ir, as aire is.

The better to apprehend how much this faint refemblance
of flame upon the paper, maketb for our purpofe; let us turn
the leaf, and imagine in our thoughts, after whatfafliion that
fire which is in the flame of a little candle, would appear unto febftanceof'
us, if it weredilated and ftretchcd out to the utmoft extent that !lryobci!T"

*• r i • • f r i ned.ic will hare

cxccfle or rarity can bring it unto. Suppofe that fo much the- fame ap-
flame, as would fill a cone of two inches height and half wS^iu
an inch diameter fliould fuflfcr fo great an expanfion as to hath-
replenish with his light body a large chamber: and then,
what can we imagine it would feera to be? How would the con-

D 3 tinuall

5 4 Trctifi of BODIES. Chap. 6.

tinuall driving it into a thinner fubftance, a» it ftreameth in a
perpetuairflond from the flame; feemto play upon the paper?
And then judge whether it be likely to be a body or no> when
our difcourfe fuggefteth unto us, that if it be a body, thoft very
appearances m uft follow, which our eyes give us evidence are
fb in eflFeft. If gold beaten into fo aiery a thinneflc as we fee
guilders ufe, doth remain ftill gold notwithftanding the won-
derfull cxpanfion of ic : why fhall we not allow, that fire dila-
ted to his utmoft period,fhall ftill remain fire; though extreme-
ly Tariffed beyond what it was ?

g. We know that fire is the rareft and the fubtilcft fubfttnce

The fourth' that nature hath made among bodies ; and we know likewife,
!feWaMr «f that it is ingcndered by the dcftroying and feeding upon fome
ih: generation othcr more grofTc body .• let us then calculate, when the ovl,

and corruption , r 11 L. L. 11 r r i MI

rf ;i«»hr, which or tallow» or wax of a candle, or the bulk of a faggot or billet,
^rccth.wiih js diiatc(i and rarified to the degree of fire ; how vaft a place
muft it take up ?

To this let uj adde what Ariftotle teacheth us ; that fire if
not like a ftanding pool, which coatinueth full with the fame
water ; and as it hath no waft, fo hath it no fupply : but it i$
a fluent and brooklike current. Which alfo we may learn, out
of the perpetuall nutriment It requireth : for a new part of few-
ell, being converted into a new part of fire ( as we may ob»
ferve, in the little atomes of oyl, or melted wax, that continu-
ally afccnd apace up the week of a burning candle or lamp ) of
ncccffity the former muft be gone to make room for the latter j
and fo, a new part of the river is continually flowing.

Now then, this perpetuall flux of fire, being made ofa grofit
body that fb rarified will take up fuch a vaft room ; if it die not
at the inftantof its birth, but have fbme time to fubfift ( be it
never fo (hort, ) ic muft needs runne Come diftance from the
fountain whence ir (pringcth. Which if it do ; you need not
wonder, that there rfiould be fo great an extent of fire as is
rcquifite to fill all that fpace which light rcplcniflieth; aor that
it (liould be ftill fupplycd with new, as faft as the cold of
the airc killeth it .• for confidcring that flame is a much
grofler fi;bftance then pure fire, (by reafon of the mixture
with it, of that vifcous oyly matter, which being drawn
cut of the wood and candle, fcrvedi for fcwcll to the fire, and

is

Chap, 6. A TrtAtife ^/BODIES. J

is by little and little converted into it; _) and withaJl reflefting
upon the nature and motion of fire, ( which is, to dilate it felt"
extremely, and to fly all about from the center to the circumfe-
rence; Jyou cannot choofe but conceive,that the pure fire ftrug-
gling to break away from the oyly fewell ( which is ftill turn-
ing into new fire ) doth at length fiee his wings from that bird-
lime, and then flyeth abroad with extreme fwiftnefle,andfwel-
leth & dilateth it felf to a huge bulk,now that it hath gotten li-
berty ; and Co filleth a vaft room ; but rcmaineth ftill fire till it
die : which it no fooner doth, but it is ftill flipplycd with new
dreams ofit,that are continually ftrained> & as it were fquecf-
ed.out of the thick flame,which did imprifbn ir,and kept it with-
in it;till growing fuller offire then it could contain(by rcafbn of
the continual! attenuating thcoyly parts of it, and converting
them into firejitgiveth liberty unto thofe parts offire, that arc
next the fuperficies,to fly whither their nature will carry them.

And thus, difcourfe would inform a blind man ( after he
hath vrell reflected on the nature of fire ) how it muft needs
fill a mighty extent of place ; though it have but a narrow be-
ginning at the fpringhead of it : and that there., by reafbn of
the condenfation of it, and mixture with a groflerbody, it muft
needs burn other bodies ; but that when it is freed from fuch
mixture, and fufTereth an extreme cxpanfion, it cannot have
force to burn, but may have means to exprdTe it (elf to be there
prefent by fome operation of it upon (bme body that is refined
and fubtilized enough to perceive it, Arid this operation a fee-
ing man will tell you is done upon his eyes, ( who fe ficnefTc
to receive impreffton from fo fubtiie an Agent>Anatomiftes will
teach you.) And I remember, how a blind fchoolmafter that I
fccpt in my houfe to teach my children, fwho had extreme fub-
tiie fpirits, and a great tenderaeflc through his whole body;
and met with few diftra&ions, to hinder him from obferv ing
any imprcflion, never fb nicely made upon him ) ufed often to
tell me, that he felt it very preceptibly in fcverall parts of his
body ; but efpecially in his brain. jt

But to fettle us more firmly in the perfwafion of light his be- The fifth «*«
ing a body(and consequently fire;) let usconfider that the pro- SpropSJfes'
perties of a body, are perpetually incident to light ; look what belong to light
rules a ball will keep in its rebounds ; the fame, doch light in

D 4 its

$6 A rreAtife cf B O D I E S. Chap. 7.

its reflexions : and the fame dcmonftration doth alike convince
the one and the other. Befides, light is broken like a body- as
when it is fnappcd in pieces by a tougher body. It is gathered
together into a little room by looking or burning glafTes ; as
\\ateris, by ordering the gutters of a houfe fb as to bring into
one cittern all that raincth difpeifedly upon the whole roof. It
is fevered and difperfed by other glaffes ; and is to be wrought
upon, and caft hither and thither at pleafure ; all by the rule of
other bodies. And what is done in light , the fame will hke-
\vife be done in heat, in cold, in wind, and in found. And the
very fame inftruments that are made for light , will work their
cffc&s in all thefe others, if they be duly managed.

So that certainly, were it not for the authority of Ari-
ttotle and of his learned followers that prcfleth us on the one
fide ; and for the feemingnelfe of thofe reafbns we have alrea-
dy mentioned, which perfwadeth us on the other fide ; our
very eyes would carry us by ftream into thii content, that
light is no other thing but the nature and fubftance of fire,
fpred farre and wide, and treed from the mixture of all other
grofle bodies. Which will appear yet more evident in the foluti-
ons of the oppofitions we have brought againft our own opini-
on : for in them there will occurrc other arguments of no
lefle importance to prove this verity, then thcie we have al-
ready propofed.

CHAP. VII.

Two obicttioHS anftvered againft light being fire, with 4 more
awp/ff proof of its being fuch.

TT Aving then faid thus much to pcrfwade us of the corpo-
Thar aii'iight ij A J reity of this fubtile thing, that fo queintly playech with
hot and apt to Our eyes : we will in the next place eiaminc thole objections
that a: the beginning we did fct down againft its being a body:
and if after a through difcuflion of them, we. find they do in
truth conclude nothing of what at the firft fight they bear fo
great a fhew of; but that we fliall be able perfectly to fblve and
cncrvc their force; no body will think it rafhneflc in ui to crave
leave of Arittotlc that we may difTcnt from him in a matter thar
lie hath not looked to the bottom of; and whoic opinion therein

can—

Chap. ?• 'vfTrcAtifc */ BO DIES. 57

cannot be defended from plain contradictions and impoflibili-
tiej. Ic is true, never any one man looked fb farre as he inco the
bowels of nature; he may be rigbtly termed the Genius of it;
and whofocver followed! his principles in the main, cannot be
led into errour: but we muft not believe that he or any man ellc
that relieth upon the ftrength and negotiation of his own rea-
ibn, ever had a priviledge of infallibility entailed to all he faid.
Let us then admire him for what he hath delivered us : and
where he falleth fhort or is weary in his fearch, and fuffereth
himfelf to be born down by popular opinions againft his
own principles ( which happeneth very fcldome to him ) let us
feek to fupply and relieve him.

But to purfue our intent : We will begin with anfwer-
rng the third objection ; which is , that if light were fire,
it muft heat as well as enlighten where it fhineth. There

O

is no doubt but it doth fb : as is evident by the wcather-
glafles, and other artificiall muficall inftruments ( as organs
and virginals that played by themfelves ) which Cornelius
Drebbel ( that admirable mafter of mechanicks ) made to
(hew the king. All which depended upon the rarefaction and
condenfation of fome fubtilc body, conferved in a cavitie with-
in the bulk of the whole inftrument : for a (Toon as the funne
fliincd, they would have motion and play their parts. And
there is no doubt but that grew out of the rarefaction of the
fubtile liquor he made uic of, which was dilated aflfoon as the
aire was warmed by thefunne-beams. Of vvhofe operation it
was fo fenfible, that they no fooncr left the horizon , but
its motion ceafed. And if but a cloud came between the in-
ftrument and them , the mufick would prcfently go flower
time. And the ancient miracle of Memnons ftatue , feemcth
to be a juggling of the Ethiopian Priefts made by the like
invention.

But though he and they found fomc fpirituall and refi-
ned matter, that would receive fuch notable impreffions, fr°m TKereafonwhv-
fo fmall alterations of temper; yet it is no wonder that our »** bodies for
grofle bodies are not fenfible of them : for we cannot foci lieat doV^c feel '[he.-
unlefle it be greater then that which is in our fenfe. And the jle"tof Furc-
hcac there muft be in proportion to the heat of our blond; which
is an high degree oif warmth, And therefore it is very pof-

5 a 'Jr7>Mf//**/BODIES. Chap; 7;

fibletnat ah exceeding rarified fire, mtycaufc a farre lefTc im.
prefTion of heat then we are able to feel. Confider how if you
fet pure fpirit of wine on fire, ami fo convert it into a&uall
flame; yet it will not burn, nor fcarce warm your hand : and
then ca# you erpefr. that the light of a candle which fillcth a
great room, fhould burn or warm you as far as itfhincth ?

If you would exaftly know what degree of heat, and
power of burning that light hath, which (for example J ill i-
iie:h upon the wall in a great chamber , in the middeft where-
of there frandeth a candle j do but calculate what overpro-
porticn of quamitie all the light in the whole room bcarcch
to the quantity of the little flame at the top of the candle, and
thar is the ovcrproportion of the force of burning which Is in
the candle, to the force of burning which is in fo much light
at the wall as in extcnfion is equal! to the flame of the can*
die. Which when you have considered, you will not quarrell
at its not warming you at that diffance ; although you grant
it to be fire, ftreamingout from the flame as from the fpring
that feedeth it , and extremely dilated ( according to the na-
ture of fire, when it is at liberty) by going fb farre, without
any other groflc body to imprilbn or clog it.

It is manifeft , that this rule of examining the proportion
of burning in fo much of the light as the flame is, ( by calcu-
lating the proportion of the quantity or extenfionof all the
light in the room to the extenfion of the flame of the candle,
and then comparing the flame of the candle to a part of liglu
equall in extenfion unto it) is a good and infallible one, if
we abftra&from accidentall inequalities : Cncc both the light
and the flame arc in a perpetuall flux ; and all the light was
iirft in the flame, which is the fpringfrom whence it continu-
ally floweth. As in a river wherein ev«ry part runneth
•with a fettled ftrcam; though one place be ftraightcr, and
another broader ; yet of neceffitic , fince all the water that
is in the broad place came out of the narrow, it muft follow
that in equall portions of time, there is no more water where
it hath the liberty of a large channell, then where the banks
prefle it into a narrower bed , fb that there be no inequalities in
the bottome.

In like manner, if in a large ftoye a bafifl of water be con-
verted

Chap. 7. -A Trutije <?/ B O D I E S.

verted into fteam ; that ratified water which then filleth the
whole ftove, is no more then what the bafin contained before :
and consequently, th« power of raoiftening which is in a foots
extenfion (for example) of the ftove wherein that fteam is,
muft be in proportion to the virtue of wetting in the foots ex-
tenfion of water ; as the quantity of that great room which
the fteam filleth, is to the quantity of the water contained in
the bafin : for although the rarificd water be not in every leaft
part of that great place it fecmcth to take up; by reafon that
there is aire in which it muft fwim ; yet the power of wetting
that was in the bafin of water, is dilated through the whole
room.by the conjunction of the myft or dew to all the {enfiblc
parts of the airc that is in the room;and confequently the pow-
er of wetting which is in any foot of that room, is in a manner
as much leftc then the power of wetting which was in the foot
of water, as if the water were rarified to the quantity of the
Trthole room, and no airc were left with it.

And in the fame manner it farcth with dilated fire , as ic
doth with dilated water : with onely this difference pcradven-
ture, that fire groweth purer and more towards its own na-
ture by dilatation ; whereas water becomcth more mixed
•and is carried from its nature by fuflfering the like effetSh
Yet dilated water will in proportion moyften more then dila-
ted fire will burn; for the rarefaftion of water bringcth ic
nearer to the nature of aire (whole chief propriety is moi-
fture , ) and the fire that accompanied! it when it raifeth it in-
to (team, giveth it more powerful! ingreflion into what body
it meeteth withall : whereas fire when it is veiy pure, and
at entire liberty to ftr«tch and fpread it iclf as wide as the na-
ture of it will carry it, gettcth no advantage of burning by
its mixture with airc : and although it gaincth force by its pu-
rity, yet by reafon of its extreme rarc&dion it muft needs be
extremely faint. But if by the help of glafles you will gather
into Icfle room that which is diffufed into a great one ; and fo
condenfe it as much as it is (for example^} in the flame of a can-
dle ; then that fire or compa6lcd light will burn much more
forcibly then fo much flame : for there is as much of it in quan-
tity (excepting what is loft in the carriage of it; ) and it is
held in together in as little room ; and ic hath this advantage

bcfidcs,

rfo -^ Treatifi of B O D I E S. Chap. 7.

bcfidesi that it is clogged with no grofTe body to hinder the
a&ivity of it.

3. It feemeth to me now, that the very anfvvering this objeAU

The experience on doth (beildes repelling the force of it ) evidently prove that

of burning- ga<- . i c • i_- j j- i j-

s, and ofiouf. light is nothing but hre in his own nature, and exceedingly cli-
" latcd: for if you fuppofc fire (for example,thc flame of a candle)
be fire, to be ftretched oiit to the utitioft expanfion that you may well
imagine fuch a grofle body is capable of; it is impoffibJc it
fhould appear and work otherwife then it doth in light, as I
have fheu-ed above. And again, we fee plainly that light ga-
thered together burneth more forcibly then any other fire what-
ibever, and therefore mutt needs be fire.

Why then fhall we not confidently conclude, that what is
fire before it getteth abroad , and is fire again when it cometh
together, doth likewife remain fire during all its journey .?Nay,
even in the journey it felf we have particular teftimony that it
is fire: for light returning back from the earth charged with lit-
tle atomes (as it doth in Tbultry gloomy weather) heateth much
more then before; juft as fire doth when it is imprifoned in a
dcnfc body.

. Philofophers ought not to judge by the fame rules that the

pherj common people doth. Their grofle fenfc is all their guide: and
udge of' 'thtnss therefore they cannot apprehend any thing to be fire, that doth
bytheruiesof not make it felf be known for fuch by burning them. But he

vu'gar people. _ .11 i

that judicioufiy exammeth the matter, and traceth the pedigree
and period of it; andfeeththc reafon why in ibmecircumftan-
ces it burneth, and in others it doth not; is too blame, if he fufl
fer himfclf to be led by others ignorance contrary to his owa
reafon. When they that are curious in perfumes>will have their
chamber filled with a good fent in a hot feafon that agrceth not
with burning perfumes, and therefore make fbme odoriferous
water be blown about it by their (ervants mouths that are dex-
terous in that miniftery , fasisufedin Spain in the fummer
time;) every one that feeth it done, though on a fudden the wa-
ter be loft to his eyes and touch , and is onely dilcernable by
his nofe ; yet he is well fatisfied that the fent which recrcateth
him, is the very water he faw in the glafTc cxtrem«ly dilated
by the forcible fproutmg of it out from the fervants mouth,
and will by little and litcle fall down and become again pal-
pable

Chap. ?: ** Trtatife of B O D I E S. 61

pable water as it was before ; and therefore doubteth not but
ic is Hill water whiles it hangeth in the airc divided into little
•atomcs. Whereas one that law not the beginning of this ope-
ration by water, nor obfervcd how in the end it fheweth it fclf
again in water, might the better beexcufed ifhefhould not
think that what he fmelled were water blown about the aire,nor
any fubftancc of it felf (becaufehe neither feeth nor handleth
it) but fome adventitious quality he knoweth not how adhe-
ring to the aire. The like difference is between Philofbphers
that proceed orderly in their difcourfcs, and others that pay
themfelvcs with terms which they underfrand not. The one
lee evidence in what they Conclude ; whiles the others gueffe
wildly at randome.

I hope the Reader will not deem it time loft from our main -
drift, which we take up thus in examples and digreffions : for if The different
1 be not much deceived, they ferve exceedingly to illuftrate "n™",^1^1*
the matter : which I hope I have now rendred fo plain , as ceedfromdif-
no man that fliall have well weighed it, will expect that fire
dilated into that rarified fubftance which mankind ( who ac-
cording to the different appearance of things to their fenfe,
giveth different names unto them) calleth light , (houldburn
like thatgroffer fubftance which from doing fo they call fire;
nor doubt but that they maybe the fame thing more or lefle
attenuated ; as leaf-gold that flyeth in the aire as light a*
down i is as truly gold as that in an ingot which being
heavier then any other fubflance, falleth moft forcibly unto
the ground.

What we have faid of the unburning fire ( which we call
light) ftreaming from the flame of a candle, may cafily be
applyed to all other lights deprived of fenfible hear, whereof
/bme appear with flame , others without it: of the firft fort of
which, are the innoxious fLimes that are often fcen on the hair
of mens heads, and horfes manes, on the marts of fhips, over
graves, and fat marifh grounds, and the like : and of the lat-
ter fort are glow- worms, and the light- conicrving ftoncs, rot-
ten wood, fome kinds offifli and of flefh when they bcg;n to.
putrifie, and fome other things of the like nature.

Now to anfwer the fecond part of this objection , chat we
daily fee great heats without any Iight> as well as much

The reafba
wLy m*ny
times (ire and
heat are depri
ved o! Italic.

A Twtrfe of B O D I E S. Chap. 7,

without any heat , and therefore light and fire cannot be the
fame thing : you may call to mind how denfc bodi« are capa-
ble of great quantities of rare ones; and thereby it cometh to
paflc, that bodies which repugnc to the dilatation of flame,
may ncvertheleflc have much fire enclofcd in them. As in i
ftove, let the fire be neyer fo great, yet it apncareth not out-
wards to the fight, although that ftove warm all the rooms near
it : So when many little parts ofheat are imprifoned in as ma-
ny little cells of grofle earthly fubftancc, ( which arc like fb
many little ftoves to them ) that imprifonment will not hinder
them from being very hot to the fcnfc of feeling ( which is moft
perceptible of denfc things.) But becaufc they are choaked with
the clofenefle of the grofle matter wherein they are cnclofed,
they cannot break out into a body of flame or light, fb to dif-
cover their nature : which (as we hare (aid before ) is the moft
unfit way for burning; for we fee that light muft be condcnfed
to produce flame and fire; as flame muft be to burn violently.

Having thus cleared the third objection, ( as I conceive;) let
us go on to the fourth; which requireth that we fatisfic their in-
qtr.fition, who ask what becometh of that vaft body of fliining
light (if it be a bodyj that fillcth all the diftance between
heaven and earth ; and vanifheth in a moment aflbon as a.
cloud or the moon interpofeth it lelf between the funne and
us, or that the funne quitteth our hemifpherc ? No figne at all
remaineth of it after the extinction of it, as doth of all other
fubftanees, whofe deftru&ion is the birth of fbme new thing.
Whither then is it flown > We may be perfwaded that a myft
is a corporeall fubftance, becaufe it turneth to drops of water
upon the twigs that it invironeth: and fo we might believe light
to be fire , if after the burning of it oat, we found any aflics re-
maining; but experience afTureth us, that after it is cxtinguifh-
ed, it leavcth not the leaft veftigium behind it of having been
there.

7. Now, before we anfwer this objection , we will entreat our

of!h" w"1^"11 a<^vcr^ary to ca^ to mind, how we hare in bur folution of the
light when it former declared and proved that the light, which (for example)
fhineth from a candle, is no more then the flanae is, from
whence it fpringcth, the one being condcnfed and the other di-
lated ; and that the flame is in a perpctuall flux ofconfumption

dicth.

about the circumference, and of reftauration at the center,
where it fucketh in the fevvell : and then we will enquire of
him, what brccmeth of that body of flame which fo continual-
ly dieth and is renewed, and leaveth no remainder behind it;
as well as he doth of us, what becometh of our body of light,
which in like manner is alwayes dying and alwayes fpringing
frefli ? And when he hath well confidcrcd it, he will find that
one anfwer will (erve for both.

Which is, That as the fire ftreameth out from the fountain of
it, and growcth more fubtilc by its dilatation, it finketh tht
more cafily into thofe bodies it meetcth withall : the firft of
which and that environcth it round about, is aire. With airc
then it mingleth and incorporatcth it felf, and by confequencc
with the other little bodies that are mingled with the aire : and
in them it receiveth the changes which nature worketh : by
which it may be turned into the other elements, if there be oc-
cafion; or be ftill confcrved in bodies that require heat.

Upon this occafion, I remember a rare experiment that a j4
noble man of much fincerity, and a fingular friend of mine, An experiment
told me he had feen: which was, That by means of glafles made J«ceSWth«
in a very particular manner, and artificially placed one by ano- light may be <
ther, he had feen the fun-beams gathered together , and preeipi-
tated down into a brownifh or purplifh red powder. There
could be no fallacy in this operation : for nothing whatfocver
was in the glafles when they were placed anddifpofed for this
intent : and it murt be in the hot time of the yeare, elfe the ef-
fect WQuld not follow. And of this Magiftry he could gather
fornc dayes near two ounces in a day. And it was of a ftnnge
volatile nature, and would pierce and imprint his fpirituall qua-
lity into gold it felf (the heavicft and moft fixed body we
converfe withall ) in a very fhortcime. If this be plainly fo,
without any miftaking ; then niens eyes and hands may tell
them what becotncth of light when it dieth, if a great deal of
it were fwcpt together. But from what caufe foever this experi-
ence had its effect, our rcafon maybe fatisfied with what we
have faid above: for I confefle, for my part, I believe the appea- ^
ring body might be fomething that came along with the fun-
beams, and was gathered by them; but not their pure fubftance.

Some pcradvcnture will ob;e£ chofc lamps, which both an-
cient

TA Treattfe of B O D I E S.

Chap. 7;

r-e Vigours

with inconru
p.ible lights.

dent and modern writers have reported to have b?en found in
fonibcs and urns, long time before clofcd up from mens repair
m;n"ia™ps unto them to fupply them with new fcwcll : and therefore they
r tcn-ieci to believe fuch fires to feed upon nothing; and consequently, to
be inconfumptible and perpetuall. Which if they be, then our

do&iinc tnat Xvill have light to be nothing but the body of fire

i\ a - c • n j •

perpetually Mowing from its center, and perpetually dying; can-

not be found: for in time ftich fires would neceflfarily (pend
thernfelvcs in light: although light be fo fubtile a fubftance that
an exceeding little quantity of fetvcll may be dilated into a
vaft quantity of light. Yet ftill there would be fomc con-
fumption, which how imperceptible (bever in a fhorttime, yec
after a multitude of revolutions of years, it muft needs difcover
it fclf.

To this I anfwcr: Thit for the moft partj the witnefTcs who
tcftifie originally the ftories of thcfc lights, are fuch as a ratio-
nail man cannot expect from them that exa&nefle or nicetic
of observation, which is requifite for our purpofe ; for they arc
ufually grofle labouring people, who as they dig the ground for
other intentions, do ftumble upon thefe lamps by chance be-
fore they are aware : and for the moft part, they break them in
the finding; and they imagine they fee a glimpfe oflight,which
vaniflieth before they can in a manner take notice of it; and is
perad venture but the glittering of the broken glafle or glazed
pot, which reflefteth the outward light, aflbon af by
rummaging in the ground and difcovering the glafle, the light
ftrikcth upon it; ( in fuch manner as foraetimes a diamond by
a certain cneountring of light in a dusky place, may in the
firft twickling of the motion, feem to fparkle like fire : ) and
afterwards when they ftiew their broken lamp , and tell their
talc to fbme man of a pitch of wit above them, who is curious
to inform himfelf of allthecircumftanccs that may concern
fuch lights ; they ftrain their memory to anfwer him fatisfa&o-
rily unto all his demands : and thus for his fake they per-
f wade themfelres to remember what they never faw : and he
again on his fide, is willing to help out the ftory a little. And
fo after a while , a very fbrmall and particular relation is
made of it. As happeneth in like fort in reporting of all
ftrangc and iwufuall things ; which even thofc that in their

nature

Chap. 8. A Trtttife of B O D I E S. rf

nature abhorre From lying are naturally apt to flrain a little and
fjiliion uj^in a handfome mould; and almoft to perP.vade thcm-
felvcs they faw more then they did : fo innate it is to every man,
to defirc the having of fomc preeminence beyond his neigh-
bours ; be it but in pretending to have icen fomething which
they have not.

Therefore, before I engage my felf in giving any particular
anfwer to this objection of pretended inconfumptible lights, I
\vouldgladty fcetheeffefl certainly averred and undoubtedly
proved : for, theteftimonics which Fortunius Licetusproducetli
fwho hath been very diligent in gathering then), and very fub-
tile in di'courfing upon tl em ; and is the exa&eft Authour that
hath written upon this fubjeft) do not feem iinto me to make
thatcertaimy, which is required for the eftablifliing of aground
in Philofophy. Neverthelefle, if there be any certain experi-
ence in this particular, I fhotild think thac there might be ibmc
Art by circulation of fewell, to maintain the fame light for a
great company of years. But I fhould not eafily be pcrfwaded,
that either flame or light could be made without any manner
of confuming the body which lervcth them for fewell.

CHAP. VIII.

9s4* anfwer to three other ob]e&ions formerly

frofofed, *£*i*ft light being

a {ubfttncc.

HAving thui defended o*r {elves from their objections, who Lloht'"n
would not allow light to be fire; and having fatisfied ally ia 'ctct/
their inquifition, who would know what bccomcth of it when f *" of fhf

• j i_ -c- L L j -it i /-i roomitcnlioht.

it cyetn, if it be a body : we will now apply our felves to an- n«th,oor fii «h
fwer their difficulties, who ivill not let it pa(fe for a body, Ste^tTfS;
becaufc it is in the /amc place with an other body ; as, when though it item
the funne- beams enlighten all the aire, and when the (everall
lights of two diftinft candles arc both of them every where in
the fame rooir. Which is the fubftance of the fecond main
objection.

This of the j'uftling of the aire, rs eafily anfwcred thus : that
the aire being a very divifible body, doth without refinance
yield as much place as is requisite for light. And that light,

E though

46 'A TrMtft of B O D I E S. Chap. 8.

our eyes judge it diffufed every \vhere, yet is not truly
in every point or atomc of aire : buc to make us fl£ it every
nvhere, it ft.fficeth that it be in every part of the aire which is as
big as the black or fight of our eye ; fo that we cannot fee our
eye i;i :»i;y pofition where it recciveth not imprefTions of light.
In the fame manner as perfumes ; which though they be ib
m'o-fic bodies that they may be fenfibly wafted by the wind ; nc-
verthclefTe, they do fo fill the aire, that we can put our noic in
no part of the rocm, where a perfume is burned, but we fhall
fmell it. And the like is ofmifts j as alfo of the fprouted water
to make a perfume, which we mentioned above.

But bccauie pure difcourfcs, in fuch fmall thrids as thefe, do
but weakly bind fuch readers ns are not accuftomcd unto them;
•and that I would (if itfcc rcfliblej render this Treatife iiKclligi-
ble to every rationall man, hovy ever little vcrfed in {cholaftick
learning (among whom I expe'&it will hayc a fairer paflage,
then among thole that are already deeply imbued with other
principles :) let us try if we can herein inform our fclves by our
fcnfe, and bring our eyes for witncffe of what we fay. He
then that is defirous to fatisfie himfelf in this particular, may
put hitnfelf in a dark room, through which' the funne fcnderh
hisl5eams by a cranie or little hole in the wall 5 and he will
difcovcr a multitude of little atomes flying about in that little
ftrcam oflight ; which his eye cannot difcerne when he is en-
vironed on all (ides with a full light. Then let him examine
whether or no there be light in the midft of thofc little bodies :
and his owne rcafon will eafily tell him, that if thofc bodies
were as perspicuous as the aire, they would not reflect upon our
eyes the beamcs by which we fee them. And therefore he will
boldly conclude, that at the Jcaft fuch parts of them as reflec-1
light unto us, do not admit it, nor let it fink into them. Then
let him confider the multitude of them ; and the little diftance
betwixt one another ; and how ncverthelefic they hinder not
our fight; but we have it free to difcover all obje&s beyond
them, in what pofition focver we place our eye : and when he
thus pcrcciveth that thefe opacous bodies, which ire every
where, do not hinder the eye from judging light to have an
equall plenary diffufion through the whole place that it irra-
drateth; he can have no difficulty to allow aire, ( that isdia-

phanous>

Chap. 8. ^TV^/J^/BODIES. 67

phanous, and more fubtile far then they, and confequently, divi-
fible into IcfTcr atomes, and having fefler pores, giveth IcflTe
fcope onto our eyes to miflc light, then they do^ to be every
where mingled with light, though we fee nothing but light, and
cannot difcern any breach ordivifionofit.

Efpecially, when he fhall adde unto this consideration ; that
rhefubtile body which thus filleth the r.ire, is the moft vifiblc
thing in the world ; and that, whereby all other things arc
Teen : and that the airc which it mingleth it felfe wich, is not at
all vifible, by reafon of the extreme diaphaneity of it, and eafic
reception of the light into every pore of it without anyrefi-
ftance or reflexion : and that fuch is the nature of light, as it
eafily drowneth an obfcure body, if it be not too big: and not
onely fuch, but even other light bodies; for fo we know as well
the fixed ftarres as the planets are concealed from our fight, by
ncarncfle to the funne; neither the lightnefle of the one,nor the
bigneflc of the other, prevailing againft the darkning of an ex-
uperant light: and we havedaily experience of the fame in very
pure chryftall glafles, and in very clear water ,• which though
we cannot diicern by our fight if they be in certain pofitions;
neverthelefle by experience we find that they reflect much light:
arid eonfcquently have great ftore ofopacous parts: and then hfc
cannot choofe but conclude,that it is impoflible but light fliould
appear at it doth, to be every where, and to be one continued
thing; though his difcourfc withall affure him it is every where
mingled with aire.

And this very anfwer I think will draw Xvith itbyconfc- 2.
quence , the folution of the other part of the fame objection; The leaft fcnfi.

which is, of many lights joyning in the fame placejand the fame

is likewife concerning the images of colours every where cro£ .

r • -u 1 • J T> T 1 • fufficicncco

fing one another without hinderance. But to raife this contcm-
plation a ftrain higher^ let us confider how light being the moft
rare of all known bodies, is of its own nature ( by rcafbn .of
the divifibility that followe^i rarity ) divifiblc into Ic/Ter parrt
then any other; and partici -larly then flame; which bring mi- lights, »vithoue
xed with fmoke and other corpulency/alleth very fliort of lighr.
And this, to the proportion in which it is more rare then the
body it is compared unto. No\v a great Mathematician ha-
vingdeviicd how to meafurethe rarefaction of gunnc-pov^-

E 2 der

of BODIES. Chap.8.

tier into flame, found the diameter ro. times encreafcd ; and fo
concluded, that the body of* the flame was in proportion to the
body of the gunne-powder ic was made of, as 125000. is to
one. Wherefore by the immediately proceeding contcqucnce.
we find that 125000. parts of flame may be couched in the
room of ens Icaft part of gunne-powdcr, and peradventure ma-
ny iro;e, confijcring how porous a body gunne-powder is.
Which being admitted, it is evident that although light were
as grofic as the flame of gunnc-powder , and gunne-powder
were asfolidc asgold; yet there might paflc 125000. rayes of
light, in the fpace wherein one Icaft part of gunne-powder
might be contained j which (pace would be abfolutely invifible
unto us, and be contained many times in the bignefle of the fight
of a mans eye. Out of which we may gather what an infinity
of objects may feem unto us to erode themfelves in the fame in-
diyifible place, and yet may have room fufficicnc for every one
to paflc his way, without hindering his fellow. Wherefore, fee-
ing that one finglc light could not fend rayes enough to fill eve-
ry little fpace of aire that is capable of light, ( and theleffc.the
furtner it is from the flame) it is obvious enough to conceive,
how in the fpace where the airc is,there is capacity for the layes
of many candles.

Which being well fumnied up, will take away the great ad-
miration how the beams of light, though they be corporeal!,'
can in fuch great multitudes without hindering one another,
enter into bodies and come to our eye : and will (hew that it is
the narrowneflfe of our capacities, and not the defect of nature,
which maketh thefe difficulties fcem fo great.; for fhe hath fuffi-
cicntly provided for all thcfc fubtiie operations of fire; as alfb
for the enhance of it into glafle, and into all other fblide bo-
dies that are diaphanous (upon which was grounded the laft
inftance the fccond objection prefled :) for all fuch bodies be-
ing conftituccd by the operation of fire( which is alwayes in
motion ) there muft needs be wayes lefc for it both to enter in,
and to evaporate out. And this is moft evident in glafle which
being wrought by an extreme violeut fire and fwelling with it,
as water and other things do by the mixture of fire; mufr necef-
farily have great ftore of fire in it felf whiles it is boyling; as
W-: fee by its being red hot. And hence it is, that the workmen

arc

Chap. 8. 4 Tr<4tift*f BODIES. $9

arc forced to let it cool by degrees in fuch relenting* of fire, as
they call their nealing heats, left itfliould fliiverin pieces by a
violent fucceeding of airc in the room of the fire; for that being
of gre-ater parts then the fire, would ftrain the pores of the
ghfle too fuddcnly, and break it all in pieces to get ingrefsion:
whereas in thole nealing heats the aire being rarer, lefler parts
of itfuccecdto the fire > andlcifurcly ftrccch the pores without
hurt. And therefore we need not wonder that light pafleth fo
eafily through glaflc; and much lefle, that it gctteth through
other bodies ; feeing the experience of Alchymifts doth a£-
fure us , that ic is hard to find any other body fb impenetrable
as glafle.

But now to come to the anfvver of the firft, and in appea-
rance moft powerful), objeftion againft the corporeity ©flight; That light doth
which urgeth that his motion is performed inaninftant, and not cnlifih.rc»

it • • it i i -i a"vroaminaa

therefore cannot belong to what is matenall and clothed with inftantjamichat
quantity. We will endeavour to fhew how unable thcfenfe is *^f£^_
to judge of fundry forts of motions of Bodies, and how greffe- °n doth make
ly it is miftakcn in them. And then, when it fhall appear that
the motion of light muft neceflarily be harder to be obfer-
ved then thofe others: I conceive , all that is raifed againft
our opinion by fo incompetent a judge, will fall flat to the
ground.

Firft then, let me put the Reader in mind , how if ever he
marked children when they play with fire-flicks , they
move and whirle them round fo faft , that the motion will
cofen their eyes , and reprcient an entire circle of fire un-
to them : and were it fomewhat diftant > in a dark night,
that one played fo with a lighted torch , it would ap-
pear a conftant wheel of fire without any difcerning of
motion in it. And then, let him confidcr how flow a
motion that is in refpc& of what it is pofslble a body may
participate of : and he may fafely conclude , that it is no
wonder though the motion of light be not dcfcried, and that
indeed no argument can be made from thence , to prove that
light is not a body.

But let us examine this confideration a little further , and
compare it to the motion of the earth or heavens : let the ap-
pearing circle of the fire, be fbme three foot diameter, and the

E time

7o A TrCAtife of BODIES. Chap, 3.

time of one entire circulation of it, be the fixtietli part of a mi-
nute ; of which minutes, there arc 60. in an houre • fo that in
a whole day, there will be but 86400. of thofe parts of time.
Now the diameter of the wheel of fire being but of three foot,
the whole quantity of fpace that it movcth in that atome of
time will be at the moft i o, foot; which is three paces and a
foot : of which parts, there are near eleven millions in the
coinpafle of the earth : fo that if the earth be moved round in
24, hours, it muft go near 1 30. times as faft as the boyes ftick
doth, which by itsfwifc motion deceiveth our eye. But if we
allow the funne, the moon, and the fixed ftarres to move ;
how extreme fwift mutt their flight be, and how imperceptible
would their motion be in fuch a compafle as our fight would
reach unto ? And this being certain, that whether the earth or
they do move, the appearances to us are the fame ; it is evident,
that as now they cannot be perceived to movef as peradvea-
turc they do not ; ) fo it would be the very fame in fhew to us,
although they did move. If the funne were neai us, and gal-
loped at that rate ; furely we could not diftingtiifh between
the beginning and ending of his race: but there would
appear one permanent line of light from Eaft to Weft,
without any motion at all : as the torch feemcth to make, with
fo much a flower motion, one permanent immovcable wheel of
fire.

But contrary to this erfeil, we fee that the funne and
ftarres by onely being removed further from our eye?, do
cofcn our fight fo groilely that we cannot difcern them
to be moved at all. One would imagine that fo rapide and
fwift a motion, fliould be perceived in fome fort or other,
(which, whether it be in the tarth, or in them, is all one
to this purpofe. ) Either we ftiould fee th«m change. their
places whiles we look upon them, as arrows and birds do
when they fly in the aire : or clfe, they fhould make a ftream
of light bigger then themfelves, as the torch doth. But none
of all this happeneth : let us gaze upon them fo long and
fo attentively that our eyes be dazeled with looking and
all that while they feem to ftand immovable : and
our eyes can give us no account of their journey till it
be ended. They difcern it not whiles it is in doing :

fo

Chap. 8. :*tt»tffjp*/-BOp!-E& 71

to chat if we canfulc with no better counfclour then them,
we may wonder to ice that body at n;ght Jetting in
the Weft, which in the morning we behclti riling in the
Eaft.

But that which leemeth to be .yet more ftrange, is,
that thefe bodies move crofle us, and nevcrtheleflc are not
perceived to have any motion at all. Confider then how
much eafier it is for a thing that movetb towards us, to be
with us before we are aware. A nimble fencer will put in
a thruft fo quick, that the foil will be in your bofbme,
when you thought it a yard off; becaufc in the fame mo-
ment you faw his point fo farrc diftant, and could noc di(-
cern it to move towards you, till you felt the rude falutation
it gave you. If then you will compare the body of light
with thefc others that thus deceive us in regard of motion ;
you muft needs agree it is much raflrmefle to conclude it hath
no motion, becaufe we cannot difcern the fucceflion of. Con-
fider that it is the fubtileft of all the bodies that God hath
made. Examine the paths of it, which for the fmallneflfeof
their thrids, and the extreme divisibility ofthcm, and their pli-
ant application cfthemfelves to whatsoever hath pores, are al-
moft without refinance. Calcnhte the ftrange multiplication
of it, by a perpetuall momentary renovation of its ftreams.
And caft with yourfelf, with what extreme force it fpringeth
out and flyeth abroad. And on the other fide, reflect how all
thefe things are directly oppofite and contrary in thofe
ether great bodies , whofe motion nevertheless appeareth
not unto us till it be done and part. And when you have
well weighed all thii ; you muft needs grant that they who in
this cafe guide themfelves merely by what appeareth unto
their eyes, arc ill judgers of what they bavc not well ex-
amined.

But peradrenturc fome who cannot all of a fudden be wea- ^
ned from what their fcnfc hath fb long fed them with ; may Thereafon
ask yet furthcr,How it chanceth that we have no efFe^s ofthis ^n^™'5"
motion ? Itfhcweth not it felf in the aire, coming to us afarre notdifccmed
off. It ftayeth not a thought, or flackneth his fpeed in flying (b wTds usTand
vaft a (pace as is from the funne to us. In fine, there is no dif- ^"dicreis

[ c. Jome rcall {ar^

coYeryofit,. %ifliH

E 4 But,

A -Treatifi ^/BODIES. Chap, 8.

But if Gnlilcus his conception be well grounded ; that light-
ning giveth us an incling of its motion, beginning from a
little and encreafing ro a greater ; or if Monfieur des Cartes his
opinion that it goeth flower in rcfraCHon, be true: we fhall
not need to ftudy long for an anfvver. But in Galileus his ex-
perience, it may be the breaking of the cloud which receivedi
that fucceflion of motion which we fee : and no flownefTe that
light can acquire by the refiftancc of the refracting body-can be
fb great as to make that difference of lines wlrch Monfieur
DCS Cartes molt ingenioufly C though I much doubt not truly )
hath applycd to yield the reafon of refraction : as will appear
in our further difcourfe.

Therefore, thefe being uncertain ; we will, to fhew the un-
reafonablenefleofthisqueftion, fuppofe there may be fomcob-
fervable tardity in the motion of light ; and then ask of them,
how we fhould arrive to perceive it ? What fenlc fhould we
hr.ploy in this difcovery ? It is true, we are fatisfiedthat found
takcth up time in coming to our cares : but it is, becaufc our
eyes are nimbler then they, and can perceive a good way di-
ftant the carpenters ax falling upon the timber that he hewetb,
or the fire flafhing out of the canon, before they heare any
newesof them : but fhut your eyes ; or inquire of a blind
man ; and then neither you nor he can tell whither thofe
founds fill your cares at the very inftant they were begotten,
or have fpcnt fome timt in their journey to you. Thus then our
eyes inftruA our cares. But is there any fcnfe quicker then the
fight? or means to know fpeedier then by our eyes ? Or can
they fee light, or any thing elfe ; untillitbc with them? We
may chen afluredly conclude, that its motion is not to be diC-
cerned as it cometh upon us ; nor it fclf to be perceived, till its
beams are in our eyes.

But if there were any means to discover its motion, furcly
it muft be in fome medium, through which it muft ftrugg le to
get, as fire doth through iron ; which increasing there by de-
grees, at laft ( when it is red hot ) fendeth beams of light quite
through the plate that at the firft refufcd them paflage. And it
maketh to thif purpoie, that the light-conferving ftoncs which
are gathered in Italy, muft be fet in the funne for fome while
before they retain light: and the light will appear in them

when

Chap. 8- A Trtatiff of B O D I E S. 75

when they are brought back into the dark, greater or leficr
(untill they come to their utmott period ) according as they
have been longer or a lefler while in the iunnc. And our eyes
the longer they remain in the light, the more dazeled they are
ifthey be fuddenly parted into the dark. And a curious experi-
enccr did affirm, that the likencfle of any objei^ ( but particu-
larly he had often obferved it of an iron grate ) if it be ftrong-
ly inlightned will appear to another, in the eye of him that
lookech (trongly and fteadily upon it till he be dazeled by it;
even after he Hiall have turned his eyes from it. And the wheel
of fire could never be made appear unto our eye by the whirl-
ing of the fireftick we even now fpoke of;unle(lc the impreflion
made by the fire from one place, did remain in the eye a while
afcer the fire was gone from the place whence it fent that ray.
Whence it is evident, that light, and the pictures of obje£ts,do
require time to fettle and to unfettlc in a fubjeft. Ifthen light
ma keth a greater imprcilion with time, why fliould we doubt
but the firft cometh alfb in time ; were our fenfe fo nimble as
to perceive it ?

But then it may be obje$ed, that the funne would never j.
be truly in that place in which unto our eyes it appeareth to be.- ^Ohteplan"j are
becaufc that, it being feen by means of the light which iflucth eyrr in that
from it; if that light required time to move in,thc funne (whole
motion is fo fwift _) would be removed from the place where be.
the light left it, before it could be with us to give tidings of
him. To this I anfwer, allowing that peradvcntureit may be
fb. Who knoweth the contrary? Or, what inconvenience would
follow, if it be admitted ? Indeed, how can it be otherwife ? In
refraction, we are fureit isfo: and therefore at no time but
when the funne is perpendicularly over our heads, we
can be certain of the contrary although it fhould fend
its iJght to us In an inftant. Unlefle happely the truth of
the cale fhould be, that the funne doth not move about us; but
We turn to his light : and then, the objection alfo lofeth its
aim. 6.

But the more we preffe the quieknefTe of light ; the more we
ingageour felves in the difficulty why light doth not fhatter the
aire in pieces, as likewife all folid bodies whatfoevcr: for the
matters of naturaJl Philofophy do tell us, that a foftcr thing other bodies

. P into nieces.
With

A Treatife cf B O D I E S. Chap. 8.

with a great velocity, is as powerful"! in effect when it gireth a
blow, as a harder thing going (lowly. And accordingly expe-
rience teacheth us, that a tallow candle (hot in a gun will go
throrgha board or kill a man. Wherefore light having fuch
an infinite celerity, fhould allb have an unrefutable force, to
pierce and fhatter, not onely the aire, but even the hardeft bo-
dies that are. Peradventure fome may think it reafonable to
grant the confluence ( in due circurnftances ) fince experience
teacheth us , that the congregation of a little light by a
glafle, will fet very folid bodies on fire, and will melt metals
in a very fhort fpace ; which fheweth a great activity : and the
great a&ivity fheweth a great percufliom burning being effe<5t-
ed by a kind of attrition of the thing burned. And the great
force which fire fheweth in gunnes, and in mines, being but a
multiplication of the fame, doth evidently convince that of its
own nature it maketh a ftrong percuflion, when all cfue cir-
curnftances concurre. Whereas it hath but little erTcft. if the
due circurnftances be wanting; as wetnayobferve in the infen-
. fible burning of fo rarified a body as pure fpirit of wine converv
ted into flame.

But we muft examine the matter more particularly,and muft
feek the caufe why a violent effect doth not alwaycs appear,
wherefcever light ftriketh ; for the which we are to note
that three things do concurre to make a percu/TJon great: The
bigneflfe, the denfity, and the celerity of the body moved. Of
which three there is onely one in light ; to wit, celerity: for it
hath the greateft rarity, and the rayes of it are the fmallcft par-
cels of all naturall bodies. And therefore fince oaely celerity is
confiderable in the account of lights percuflions, we muft exa-
mine what celerity is neceflary to make the ftroke of a ray feofi-
ble-- firft then we fee that all the motes of the aire, nay even fea-
thers and ftraws, do make no fenfible percuflfion when they fall
upon us: therefore we muft in light have at the leaft a celerity
that may be to the celerity of the ftaw falling upon our hand
( for example ,) as the denfity of the ftraw is to the denfity of
light, that the percuffion of light may be in the leaft degree fen-
/iblc. But let us take a corn of gunpowder in ftead of a ftraw
(between which • there cannot be much difference) and then
putting that the denfity of fire is to the denfity ofgunpowder as

Chap. 8. 4 Trtdtije of B O D I E S. 75-

i. to 125000; and that the den/ity of the light we have here in
the earth, is to the denfity of that part of fire which is in the
funncs body, as the body of the funne isto^that body which is
called Orbis tnagnus ( whole femidiamccer is the diftance be-
tween the funne and the earth;) which muft be in fubtriple
proportion of the diameter of the funne to the diameter of the
great orb: it fblloweth that 125000. being mulciplyed by the
proportion of the great orb unto the funne (which Galileo tcl-
Icth us is as 106000000. unto one) will give a fcantling of what
degree of celerity light muft have more then acorn of gunpow-
der, to rccompencc the excefle of weight which is in a corn of
gunpowder.above that which is in a ray of light,as big as a corn
ofgunpowdcr. Which will amount to be much greater then the
proportion of the femidianietcr cfiOrbismAgnttsxo the femidia-
meter of the corn of gunpowder: for if you reckon five grains of
gunpowder to a barly-corns breadth.and 1 2.of them in an inch,
and 12. inches in a foot, and 3. feet in a pace, and 1000. paces
in a mile, and 5500. miles in the femiJiameter of the earth, and
' 1208' femidiameters of the earth in the femidiameter of the Or-
kit magnns, there will be in it but 9152480000000. grains of
gunpowder ; whereas the other calculation maketh light to be
i 3250000000000. times rarer then gunpowder; which is almort
ten times a greater proportion then the other. And yet this cele-
rity fupplyeth but one of the two conditions wanting in light
to make its perctiffions fenfible, namely denficy. Now becaufe
the lame velocity in a body ©f a lefler bulk, doth not make fb
great a pcrcufs-ion as it doth inabigger body;and that the little-
nefle ofthe leaft parts of bodies followeth the proportion oftheir
rarity; this vaft proportion of celerity muft again be drawn in-
to it fclf, to fupply for the excefle in bignefle that a corn of gun-
powder hath over an atome of light: and the product of this
multiplication will be the celerity required to fupply for both
defects. Which evidently fheweth, it is impofsible that a ray of
light fhould make any fenfiblc percufsion, though it be a body.
Especially confidering that fenfe never takech notice of what is
perpetually done in a moderate degree. And therefore after this
minute looking into all eircirnHances, we need not have diffi-
culty in allowing unto light the greateft celerity imaginab'c.and
a pcreufsion proportionate to fuch a celerity in fo rare a body;

and

7$ <4 Trettife of B O D I E S. Chap. 8.

and yet not fear any violent effc& from its blows : unlefle it be
condenfcd, and many parts of it be brought together to work
as U they were but one.

As concerning the laft objection; that if light were a body,it
Thcrcaionwhy would be fanned by the wind:we fnuft confider what is the caufe
i-'ohiSever °^ a things appearing to be moved: & then examine what force
perceived tob« that caufe hath in light. As for the firft part; we fee that whtn
"cdb) C a kotty *s difccrned now in one place, now in another , then it
appcarcth to be moved.And this we fee happeneth alfo in light;
as when the funne or a candle is carried or moveth, the light
thereof in the body of the candle or funne feemeth to be moved
along with it. And the like is in a fhining cloud or comet.

But to apply this to our purpofe : We muft note that the in-
tention of the obi'e&ion is, that the light which goeth from the
fire to an opacous body farrc diftant without interruption of its
continuuy,fhould teem to be jogged or put out of its way by the
wind that crofleth it. Wherein the firtt failing is, that the ob-
je&our conceiveth light to (end fpecies unto our eye from the
midft of its linerwhercas with a little confideration he may per- •
ceive, that no light is feen by us but that which is reflected from
an opacous body to our eye: to that the light he meaneth in his
objection is never feen at all. Secondly, it is manifeft that the
light which ft riketh our eye, doth ftrike it in a ftraight line; and
feemeth to be at the end of that ftraight line, whercfoever that
is; and fb can never appear to be in another place: but the light
which we fee in another place, we conceive to be another light.
Which maketh it again evident, that the light can never appear
to fhake, though we fhould fuppofe that light may be (cen from
the middle of its line; for no part of wind or airc can come IA-
to any fenfiblc place in that middle of the line, with fuch fpecd
that new light frem the fburcc doth not illuminate itfooner then
it can be Cccn by us:whcrefore it will appear to us illuminated,
as being in that place: and therefore the light can never appear
fhaken. And laftly, it is caficr for the aire or wind to deftroy
the light, then it is to remove it out of its place , wherefore
it can never fo remove it out of its place , as that we fhould
fee it iu another place. But if it (hould remove it, it would
wrap it up within it felf and hide it.

S. In conclusion; after this long difpute concerning the nature

of

Chap. 8. *4 Trfa'/fe of BO VIES. 77

of light: if we confidcr well what hath been faid on both Tides *h* "*??.* f°*
(to tvhich much more might be added,but that we have already being aVdy, '
trcfpaflcd in length, and I conceive enough it faid to decide the g°JJJJJed w"
matter) an cquall judge will find the ballanceof thequcftion
to hang upon thcfe rf rmes: that, to prove the nature of light to
be materiall and corporcall,arc brought a company of accidents
\vell known to be the proprieties of quantitie or bodies; and as
well known to be in light. Even fofarrcas that it is manifeft
that light in its beginning before it be difperfcd is fire; and if
again it be gathered together, k fhcweth it fclf again to be fire.
And the receptacles of it arc the receptacles of a body: being a
multitude of pores, as the hardnefle and coldnefle of tranlpa-
rent things do give us to underftand; of which we (hall hereaf-
ter have occafion to difcourfe.

On the contrary fide, whatfbevcr arguments arc brought a -
gainft lights being a bodyi are onely negatives. As that we fee
not any morion of light; that we do not dilcern where the con-
fires arc between light and aire; that we fee not room for both
of them, or for more lights to be together; and thelike: which
is to oppofc negative proofs againtt affirmative ones ; and to
build a do^rine upon the defedt of our fenfes; or upon the like-
neflc of bodies which are extremely unlike., expe^ing the fame
effects from the moft fubtilc as from the moft groiTe ones. All
which together with the authority of Arillotle and his follow-
ers, have turned light into darknefle, and have made us almoft
deny the light of oor own eyes.

Now then, to take our leave of thii important queftion: let p.
us return to the principles from whence we began, and confider ; A fummarvre-
that feeing fire is the moft rare of all the Elements^n j very dry : ^font" which'
and that out of the former it hath, that it may be cu: into very fr
fmall pieces; and out of the latter, that itconfei vcih its own fi-
gure, and fo is apt to divide whatfoever fluide body rand joyning
to thefc two principles , that it multiplyeth extremely in ics
fource. It muft of neccfTity follow, that k fhootcth out in great
multitudes little fmall parts into the aire and into other bo-
dies circumfufed with great dilatation in a fphericalJ manner.
And likewife that thefe little' parts are eailly broken ; and new
ones (till following the former, arc ftill multiplyed in flra:ght
lines from the place where they break. Out of which it is evi-
dent

7$ A 'f rutty ^/BODIES. Chap. ?.

dc.it tint of neceflity it miift-in a manner fill all places,3nd that
no feniib'e place is fo littkjbut that fire will be found in it,ifthe
medium be capacious. As aifo, that its extreme Icaft parts will
be very eafily fwallowed up in the parts of the aire, which'ftre
humide ; and by their enfolding, be as ic were quite loft; fo as
to lofe the appearance of fire. Aglin; tliat in ins refleftiont, it
Will follow the nature of grotfer bodies, and have glidings like
them; which is that, we call refractions. That litrle ftreamings
from it will crofle one another in exceflire great numbers, in an
unfcnfible part of fpace, without hindring one another. That
its rnotion will be quicker then fenfe can judge of; and there-
fore will fccm to move in an inftant, or to frand ifill as in a
ttrrgtration. That if there be any bodies fo porous witk lictle
and thick pores ; as that the pores arrive near unto equalling
the fubftance of the body ; then, fuch a body will be fo filled
with thefe little particles of fire , that ic will appear as if there
were no ftop in its paftage, but were all filled with fire; and
yet, many of thefe little parts will be refleded. And whatfo-
ever qualities elfe we find in light, \ve flvall be able to derive
them out of thefe principles, and flicw that fire muft of neceffi-
tie do \vhat experience teacheth us that light doth. That
is to fay in one word,it will fhew us that fire is light. But if fire
be lighten light muft needs be fire. And fo we leave this matter

CHAP. IX.
Of Locall motion in common.

i« ryf Hough in the fifth chapter, we made onely earth the pre-

tionean bepw- A tender in the controverfie againft fire for fuperiority in

formed without a6livity; ( and in very truth, the greateft force of grarity doth

ucccffion. appear in thofe bodies which are eminently earthy: _) neverthe*

lefle , both water and aire (as appeareth out of the 4. chapter

of the Elements ) do agree with earth in having gravity. And

gravity, is the chief virtue to make them efficients. So that up*

on the matter, this plea is common to all the three Elements.

Wherefore , to explicate this virtue , whereby thefe three

weighty Elements do work; let us call to mind what we faid in

the beginning of the laft chapter concerning locall motion : to

wit, that according as the body moved, orthc divider did more

and more enter into the divided body ; fb, it did ;oyn it felf to

Chap. 8. '

fome new parts of the medium or divided body, and did in like
manner forfake others. Whence it happcneth that in every part
of motion, it poflefleth a greater part of the medium then it felf
can fill at once. And becaufe by the limitation and confinedneflc
of every magnitude unto juft what it is, and no more; it is im-
poitible that a leffer body fhould at once equalife a greater : it
followeth that this divifion or motion whereby a body atta-in-
cth to fill a place bigger then ic felf, muft be done fucceffively :
that is, it muft firft fill one part of the place it tnoveth in, then
another ; and fo proceed on, till it have meafured it felf with
every part of the place from the firft beginning of the line of
motion to the laft period of it where :the body rettcth.

By which difcourfe it is evident, that there cannot in nature
be a ftrength fo great as to make the leaft or quickeft moveable
that is, to paflfc in an inftant , or all together, over the leaft
place that can be imagined : for that would make the moved
body ( remaining what it is, in regard of its bignefle ) to equa-
life and fit a thing bigger then it is. Therefore it is manireft,
that motion muft confift of fuch parts as have this nature, that
whiles one of them is in being, the others are not yet : and as
by degrees every new one cometh to be ; all the others that
were before, do vanifh and ceafe to be. Which circumftancc ac-
companying motion, we call Sticceffion.

And whatfoever is fo done, is faid to be done in time- which
is the common meafure of all fucceffion, for the change of fitua-
tion of the ftarres, but efpeciaily of the funne and moon, is ob-
ferved more or lefle by all mankind: and appeareth alike to
every man : and ( being the moft known, co'nftant , and uni-
form fiicceflion that men are ufed unto ) is as it were by nature
it ielf fee in their way and offered unto them as fitteft to cftimate
n nd judge all other particular fuccsfiions, by comparing 'diem
both to it, and among themielves by it. And accordingly we
fee all men naturally meafure all other fucceiTlons, and expreffe
their quantities, by comparing them to the revolutions of the
heavens ; for dayes , houres, and years, arc nothing clfe but
they,or foinc determinate parts o'f them : unto ibme of which,
all other motions and fucceflions m'-uft of nrce/Tity be referred, rf
we will meafjrc them. And thus we fee how all the myftcry of
applying time unto particular motions, is nothing elfc bxit the

confidering

go ^n^^tf/BODIES. Chap. 9.

ro'.ilic'ei ing how farrc die Agent chat moveth the funne, cauletf*
it to £,0 on in its journey, whiles the Agent that moveth a par-
ticular body, caufcih it to perform its motion.

So that it is evident, that velocity is the effect of the fuper-
wiv.t vc'oci-.r proportion of the one Agent over a certain medium; in refpcft
:$. andtfm it of t}ie proportion which another Agent hath to the lame medi-

<annotbc urn- » J i r i i- i L • i f r

nite. urn. And therefore, velocity is a quality by which one fucccf-

fion is intrinfically dittingmflied from another : though our ex-
plication, ufeth to include time in the notions of velocity and
tardity. Velocity then , is the effect ( as we laid ) of more
ttrength in the Agent. And having before exprcfled, that ve-
locity is a kind of denficy; we find that this kind of dcnfity is
an excellency in fucceffion ; as permanent denfity, is an excel-
lency in the nature offubfiancej though an imperfection in the
nature of quantity ( by which we fee, that quantity is a kind
of bafe alloy added to fubftance. ) And out of this it is evi-
dent, that by how much the quicker the motion is in equall me-
diums, by fo much the agent is the perfe&er which caufeth it to
be (b quick. Wherefore, if the velocity ftiould afcend fb much as
to admit no proportion betweene the quickncfle of the one
and the tardity of the other, all other circumftances being even,
excepting the difference of the agents ; then there muft be no
proportion between the agents. Nor indeed can there be any
proportion between them though there were never fb great dif-
ferences in other circumftances, as long as thole differences be
within any proportion. And confequendy, you {ee that if one
agent be fuppofed to move in an infant, and another in tima ;
whatlbever other differences be in the bodies moved and in the
mediums ; neverthelcflc the agent which caufeth motion in an
inftanc will be infinite in refpeft of the agent which moveth in
time. Which is impoflfible : it being the nature of a body, thac
greater quantity of the fame thing haih greater virtue, then »
lefle quantity hath j and therefore, for a body to have infinite
virtue, it mull have infinite magnitude.

If any fliould fay the contra ry ; affirming thac infinite virtue
may be in a finite body;I ask,wnether in half that body(vverc in
divided)thc virtue would be infinite or no ? If he acknowledge
that it would not; I inferrc thence, that neither in the two parts
together there can be infinite virtue: for two fini.es cannot com-

Chap. 9> ^ Trevifeof BODIES. 81

pofe and mike up one infinite. But if he will have the virtue be
infinite in each half, he therein allo'vcth that there is no more
virtue, in the whole body then in one halfofit:which is agiinft
the nature of bodies. Now that a body cannot be infinite in
greatncfle, is proved in the (econd knot of Mafter Whites firft
Dialogue of the world. And thus it is evident,thatby che virtue
of pure bodies there can be no motion in an inft-mt. 4'

On the other fide it followeth that there cannot be fo little a ti;, that is not
force in nature, but that giving it time enough, it will move a

n -ii i • • i r i i • th

the greatett weight that can be imagined : for tnetmngi we w
treat of, being all of them quantities ; they may by divifion and
multiplication, be brought unto equality. As for example ; fup-
pofing thc weight of a moveablc,to be a million of pounds; and
that thc mover is able to move the millioneth part of one of
thofe pounds,in a million of years,the rnillioncth part ofa pace,
through a medium of a certain rarity. Now, feeing that years
may be multiplied fb,as to equalize the force of this mover, unto
the weight of thc moveable : it followeth clearly that in fo ma-
ny millions of years.this force may move thc whole weight ofa,
million of pounds, through the determined medium in a deter-
minate number of millions of years, a million ofpaces : for fuch
a force is equall to the required effect ; and by confequencc, if
thc eftc&fhould not follow, there would be a complcat caufc
put, and no erTecl: refult from it.

But pcradvcnture it is necdfull to illuftratethis point yet fur-
ther:fuppo(e then a weight never fo great to be A, and a force
never fo little to be B. Now if you conceive that fomc other
force movcth A, you muft withall conceive that it movcth A fome
fpace, fince all motion implicth neceflarily that it be through
fbme(pace:let that fpace be CD. And brcaufe a body cannot be
moved in a /pace in an inflant,but requircth fame time to have
its motion performed in; it followeth, that h.re muft be a deter-
mined time, in which the conceived force muft move thc weight
A through thc fpace CD : let that rime be EF. Now then,
this is evident that it is all one to fay that B moreth A> and
to fay that B moveth A through a fpace in a time ; fo that if
any part of this be left out, it cannot be undcrftood that B mo-
vcth A. Therefore to exprcfle particularly thc effect which
B is to do upon A, we mult fay that B muft move A a certain

F fpace

Chap. 9

a certain time. Which being To, we may in the next place
c -nfidcr thtc this d&& of moving A may bediminifced 2 waie*,
cLherbccauft the fjMce it is to be moved in, is leflened ; or the
tiinetaktft up in its motion, iscncreafcd : for, as it is a greater
dfeft, to movfc A through thcfpace CD, in a Icflc time then
EF, fo it ii a Idle cffeft to move the fame A, through the
fpacc CD, in a greater time then EF ; or through a lefle fpacC
then Ctt in the time EF. Now then, this being fuppofed,
that it is a lefle cffed to uioVe A through CD, in a greater
time then EF, it followeth alfo, that a lefirr virtue is abk to
x iriovc it through CD in a. greater time then EF, then the virtue

which is required to move it, through the fame fpacein the
time EF. Which if it be oftce granted (as it cannot be denied)
then multiply ing the time, as much as the virtue or force re-
cy.nrcd to move A through CD in tht time EF is greater
then the force B j in fo much time, the force B will be able to
move A through CD. .Which diicourfe is evident, if we take
it in the common terms » but ifit be applied to action, wherein
phyfkall accidents intervene, the artificer muft have the judge-
ment to provide for them^according to the nature of his matter.
5- . Upon 'this laft difcourfe doth hang the principle which go*
of PM"- verhtth Mechanics, to wit, that the force and the diltance of
icks dcdu- weights cbuhterpoyfino; one another, oup'ht to be rtdprocall.

ccd out of the _,•->. i ii t t -i - i

former dif- That is, that by how much the one Weight rs freavfer then tnt
eau:fc* other, by fo mucli mu'ft the difhncc of the lighter 'from the fixed

point upon which they are moved, be greater then the diftanct
of the greater weight from the fame point: for it is plain that
the weight which is more diftant, muft be moved a greater
'fbacethcn the nearer weight in the proportion of the two di-
ftances. Wherefore the force moving it muft carry it in a velo-
city of the fai-.l proportion to the velocity of the" other. And con-
icqucntly, the Agent, or mover, mnft be in that proportion
more powerful) then the contrary mover. And out of this pra-
cTife of Geometricians in M'echa nicks (which is confirmed by
experienccjit is made evident that if other conditions be eqtiall,
theexccfleof fo much gravity will make fo much Velocity. And
. fb much v-elocity in proper tion,Wil recompence fb much gravity

, , Out of the precedent conclnfionsjanottier followeth rwhich is>

No mo-cablc . i , r ,1 A • i

can partc iiom thac nothing reccdcth from quiet or r'elt, and attamcth ^ great

Chap; 9- */*7>rt//7?*/BODIES.

degree of celerity, but it muft palfc through all the degree* of reft to any de-

celerity that ire below the obtained degree. And the like is, in

pafling from any lefler degree of velocky unco a greater : beeaufe IT, ««•

it muft paflc through all the intermediate degrees of velocity. iej

For by the declaration of velocity, which we have even now °,ut

made, we ice that there is as much refinance in the medium to intermediate1 '"

be overcome with fneed, ts there is for it to be overcome in re- Degrees, which

j f L r f • i r , arc bclow thc

gard of the quantity ; or line ot extent of it : becaufe fas we obcaincd degree

have fa id,) the force of the Agent in coumerpoifcs, oifght to be
encreafed as much as the line of extent of the medium, which
is to be overcome by the Agent in equall time, doth exceed the
line of extent of the medium, along which the rcfiftant body i$
to be moved. Wherefbre.it being proved that no line of extent
can be overcome in an inftant, it followeth, that no defect of
velocity which requireth as great a fuperproportion in the caufe,
ran be overcome likcwife in an inftant.

And by the fame rcafon by which we prove that a moveabl*
cannot be drawn in an inflant from a lower degree of velocity
to a higher, it is with no lefle evidence concluded th*t no de-
gree of velocity can be attained in an inftant : for divide that
degree of velocity mto two. halrV, and if the Agdnt had over-
come the one halfe, be could not overcome the other half m an
inftant : much leffe therefore is he able to overcome the whole
(that is, to reduce the moveable from quiet to the faid degree »f
velocity) in an inftant.

Another reafon may be, becaufe (he movers tkemiclves (fuch
movers as we treat of here) arc bodies likewife moved, and do
confift of parts : whereof not every one part, but a competent
number of them* doth make the moving body to be a fit
Agent able to move the pre>pofcd body in a propofed de-
gree of celerity. Now this Agent meeting wich refinance
in the moveable, and not being in the utmoft extremity of
denlity , but condenfablc yet further, ( bccaufe it is a bo-
dy;) and that'cvery refinance ( be it never fo imall ) doth
work fomething upon the mover (though never to hard)
to condcnfe it ; the parti of the mover that *re torivefcomc
this reliance in the moveable , mutt ;( to work tlsat ef-
fcc\ ) be condcnfed and brought together ts dole as
is needfull, by this refinance of the movcablt to the mo-

F i vcr :

of BODIES. Chap. 9,

Chap. 9. A TrtAlifc of BODIES. S

powerfully overcome the refiftance ; and confcquently , en-
crcafe the velocity of che motion , in the fame propor-
tion as they flock thither ; until 1 it attain that degree of
velocity, which is the utmoft period that the power, which the
Agent hath to overcome the refiftance of the medium can bring
h ielfun to. Between which and reft, or any other inferiour de-
gree of vclocitie, there may be defigned infinite intermediate de-
grees, proportionable to the infinite divisibility of time, and
fpacc,in which the mover doth move. Which degrees doarifc
out of the reciprocal! yielding of the medium. And that is hke-
Wiiedivifiblein the lame infinite proportion.

Since then, the power of all naturall Agents is limited j the
mover (be it never fo powerfull) mud be confined to obfervc
thcfe proportions ; and cannot pafle over all thefe infinite de-
fignablc degrees in an inftant; but rnuft allot fcxnc time (which
hath a like infinity of dcfignable parts) to ballance this infinity
of degrees of velocity: audio confequently, it requircth time, to
attain unto any determinate degree. And therefore cannot re-
cede immediately from reft unto any degree of celerityjbut muft
necefTarily paflc through all the intermediate ones.

Thus it is evident that all motion which hath a beginning
muft of neccflity incrcafe for fomc time. And fince the works of
nature are in proportion to their causes, it followeth that this
cnci'calc is in a dererminate proportion. Which Galilcus (unto
whom we owe the greateft part of what is known concerning
motion)teacheth us how to find out ; and to discover whit de-
gree of celerity any moveable that is moved by nature, hath in
any determinate part ofthefpace it moveth in.

Having fettled thefe conditions of motion; we (hall do well in
the next place to enquire after the caufes ofit:as well in the body -rj,t coLitiow
moved, as alfb in the mover thatoccafioncth the motion. And whi=h hdp (t(*
bccaufe we have already fhewed, that locall motion is nothing moveahic'ar^
in fubft-aice but divifionrwc may determine that thofcciufcs wch thr«jin tlii;
contribute to divifion^or rcfift it are the caufcswhich make or re-
fill locall motion.Ithath alfo been faid, that Denfity hath in it a
power of dividing-and thatRarity is the caufc of being divided;
lik wife we have faid that fire by reafonofks fmal partSjiaro wck
it may be cutfwhich maketh them fharp) hath alfo an eminrnce
in dividing: fo that we have two qualities, denfity and tenuity

F or

85 4 7'wtiji ^/BODIES. Chap. 9,

Dialog- 1. of or fliarpnetfc which concurre aSivcly to diyifion. We have told
you alfo how Galileus hath demon ft rated that a greater quan-
tity of the ia.me figure and denfity, hath a priviledge ofdefccnd-
ing fa^ei then aleffcr. And that priviledge confifteth in this,
that the proportion of the fuperficies to the body it limiteth
( which proportion the greater it is, the more it rctardcth ) is
Icfie in a greater bulk then in a fmaller.

We have therefore three conditions concurring to make the
motion more efHcaciousmamely, the dcnlity,the fharpnefle, and
the b'-ilk of the moveablc. And more then thefe three, we can-
not expcft to find in a moved body:for quantity hath but three
determinations :-one,by denary and rarity ; of which^denfity is
one of the three conditions: another, by its parts; as by a foot, a
fpan,&c. and in this way we have found that the greater exccl-
leth theleffer : the third and laft,is by its figure- and in this we
find that fubtile or edged quantities do prevail over blunt ones.
Seeing therefore, that thefe three determinations be all that are
in quantity;there can be no jinore conditions in the body mo-
yedf which of neceffity is a finis^quantity) but the three named.
And as for the medium which is to be divided, there is onely
rarity and denfity (the one, to help;the other,to hinder,) that
require confederation on its fide. For neither figure, nor little-
nefle and greatneflc, do make any variation in it. And a* for
the Agent, it is not as yet time, before we have looked further
into the nature of motion, to determine his qualities,
g. Now then let us reftafl how thefe three conditions do all a-

NO body hath grce in this circumflance,thatthey help no:hing todivifion.un*
StrtSl lelfe the body in which they are, 'be moved and pretTed againft
it fcif cowards the body that is to be divided, fo that we fee no principle to
»«e pa«of the pcrfwadc us, that any body can move it felf towards any dctcr-
univcrfe. minatc part or place of the univcrfe, of its owne intrinfccall in-

clination. For betides that the learned Author of the Dialogues
de Mundo (in his third Dialoguc^and the fecond knot) hath de-
monft rated that a body cannot move unlcfle it be moved by
fome cxtrinfccall Agent ; we may eafily frame unto our fclvcs a
conceit, of how abfurd it is to think that a body by a quality in
iccan work upon itfelfras if we fhould fay, that rarity(which is
but more quantity) could work upon quantity; or that figure
( which is but that the body rcachcth no further ) could work

upon

Chapi p. t^ry<M///?0/BODIES. $7

upon the body : and in gencnll, that the manner of any thing
ean'work upon that thing whofe manner it is. For Ariftotlc
and Saint Thomas, and their intelligent commentatours, decla-
ring the notion of jQ*4//>j, tell us, that to be a Quality is no-
thing elfe but to be the determination or modification of the
tiling whofe quality it is.

Befidesjthat the naturall manner of operation is, to work ac-
cording to the capacity of the fubje.fr, : but when a body is in the
midft ofan uniform medium or fpace, the fubje& is equally pro-
pared on all fides to receive the action of that body. Where-
fore (though we ihould allow it a force to move) if it be a na-
tural! Agent, and have no understanding, ic mutt work indiffe-
rently on all fides, and by confequence, cannot move on any
fide. For if you fay that the Agent in this cafe (where the me-
dium \s uniform ) worketh rather upon on fide then upon ano-
ther; it mult be becaufe this determination is within the Agent
it felf, and not out ofthecircumftantdjfpofidons : which is the
manncf of working of thole f ibftances that work for an end of
their own • that is, of underftanding creaturcs,and not of natu-
rall bodies.

Now he that would exactly determine what motion a body 9*
hath, or is apt to have; determining by fuppofition the force of ^odonTaU
the Agent, muft calculate the proportions of all thefc three con- wayes made in
ditions of the moveable, and the quality of the medium: which
is a proceeding too particular for the intention of our difcourfe. numbers.
Buttofpeak in common, it will not be amiflfe to examine in
•what proportion, motion doth increafe ; fince we have con-
cluded that all motion proccedeth from quiet by a continuall
encrea/e. Galilcus (that miracle of our age, and whole wit
was able to dilcover whatfbeverhe had a mind to employ it
about ) hath told us that naturall motion encreifeth in the pro-
portion of the odde numbers. Which to cxprefle by example, i»
thusrfuppofe that in the going of the firrt yard it hath one degree
of velocity,then in the going ofthefecondyard it will have three
degrees, and in going of the third ic will have five : and fb
onwaids, ftill adding two to the degrees of the velocity for eve-
ry one, to the fpace. Or to cxprelVe it more plainly; if in the
firft minute of time it goeth one yard of fpace, then in the next
minute it will go three yards, jn the third it will go fivc.in the
fourth feaven, and fo forth. F 4 But

eX TrtAtife (/BODIES.

But we mutt enlarge this proportion unto all motions, as we-1
have done the former, of the encreafe it felf in velocity: becaufe
the reafbn of it is common to all motions. Which is, that all
motion ( as may appear out of what \ve have formerly faid )
procecdeth from two caufes ; namely, the Agent or the force
that moveth, and the difpofition of the body moved, as it is
compofed of the three qualities we lately explicated. In which
is to be noted, that the Agent doth not move {imply by its
c\vn virtue, but it applyeth allb the virtue of the body moved>
which it hath to divide the medium when it is put on. As when
\ve cut with a knife, the effeft proceedeth from the knife prefled
on by the hand; or from the hand as applying and putting in
action the edge and cutting power of the knife. Now this in
Phyficks and Nature is clearly parallel to what in Geometry
and Arithmctick the Mathematicians call, drawing one num-
ber or one fide into another ; for as in Mathematicks, to draw
one number into another is to apply the number drawn unto
every part of the number into which it is drawn; as if we draw
three into feven we make twenty one, by making every unity
or part of the number feven to be three: and the like is of lines
in Geometry. So in the prefcnt cafe, to every part of the hands
motion, we addc the whole virtue of the cutting faculty which
is in the knife; and to every part of the motion of the knife, we -
ade!e the whole prcfiing virtue of the hand. Therefore the en-
creafe of the efTe£ proceeding from two caufes fo working, mull
allb be parallel to the encreafe of the quantities anting out of
the like drawing in Mathematicks. But inthofe, it is evident
that the encreafe is according to the order of the odde numbers,
and therefore it mull in our cafe be the like: that is, the encrcafe
muft be in the faid proportion of oddc numbers/ Now that in
thofe the CHcreafe proceedeth fo will be evident, if you confider
the encrcafe of an Equicrure triangle; w-hich becaufe it goeth up-
on a certain proportion of length and breadth, if you compare
the encreafes of the whole triangle (that gaincth on each fide)
with the encreafcs of the perpendicular (which gaineth onely in-
length) you will fee that they ftili proceed in the forefaid pro-
portion of odde numbers.

Which will be better underftood, if we fet down the demon-
flrauon cfit: Ice the Equicrure triangle be A B G: and from the

point.

Chap. 6.

point A, draw the line A D
perpendicular to the line B C,
& let it be divided into three
equall parts by the lines E F
and G H, in the points I and
K. And I fay that becaufe the
line A K is twice as long as
the line AT, therefore the tra-
pezium E F H G, is thrice as
big as the triangle A E F: for
as A K is to A J,fo is G H to
E F. But the triangle A G H
is to the triangle A E F, in a double proportion of the lineG H
to the line E F: which being double the proportion of one tri-
an^leto rhe other muft befourefold: fo that fubtrafting the tri-
angle AEF, the trapezium E F HG remaineth thrice as big as ic.
And thus the whole triangle getteth an encreafe of three, whiles
the perpendicular is encreafed but one, te make his length two.
Which when it cometh to thrce,the trapezium GHCBthat con-
taineth the third divifion of the perpendicular, becometh five
times as big as the triangle AEF ; for fince the line A D is three
times as -long as the line A I; and thelineB C is three times as
ion<» as E F; it followerh that the triangle ABC is nine times as
big as the triangle AEF;but AGH is foure times as big as AEF;
therefore fubtraiting it from the whole triangle ABC.u Icaveth
the trapezium GHCB five times as big as thefirft triangle AEF
Which proposition is very ingenioufly fet down by the learned
Monficur GafTcndi in his firft Epiftle de motu imprejfo a moto-
retra»flatff, to the fame purpofe for which we bring it. Thorg!t
we do not here make ufeofhis fcheme and way of demonftrac;-
on; becaufe we had fallen upon this before his book came a-
broad: and therefore we onely note his to dire£ the Reader un-
to it} who pcradventtire may like his better then ours. Hcnvbcit
we do not conceive that he hath in his di(cour(e thcre,arrived to
the true reafon of the effect we fcarch inco; as may appear by
what we have already delivered.

But we muft not imagine, that the velocity of motion willi
alwayes cncreafcthus for as long as we can fancy any motion:^1
btu when it is arrived unto theutmoft period that fuch a move- ^
able with fuch caules is capable of, then it keepcch

co-

>• <

the fame pace,an.d goeth equally and uniformly at the; fa me rate.
For fince the denfity of the moveablc,and the force of the Agent
moving it, (which two do caufe the niQti,pn)have a limited pro-r
portion to the refinance of the medium, ho\v yielding foever it
be; it imft needs follow, that when, the motion is arrived unto
that height which arjfeth out of this proportion , it cannot ex-
ceed it,but rnuft continre at that yatc, unlcflc fome other caufe
give XMw^MiiiJPW^0 c'ie movrabk. For velocity confift-
ing in thtathax ijhe moyeable ciittcth thiougb moreof the medi-
um in a,fc equall time; it is evident that in the encreafc of veloci-
ty, the refinance of the medium which is overcome by ic;^roW-
eth greater and greater, and by Jicrle and little gabuth upon the
feres of the Ag?»t ; fa that the ftperproportjon of the Agent,
growth fi,ill lefler and le(T?r a,$ the velocity cncreaiech : and
tbererore at the length they mull come to be baUanccd. And
tlien the velocity canencrcaf? Uto more.

And ^hc reafoji of the encreafe of it for a while at the bfgin-
ni«g,vs hecaufe that coining from reft, it muft paflc thtough all
th« iJKCKmedi-ate degrees of velocity before ic can attain to tlic
heigSn ofiwAvhich rcquireth time to perform, o,nd therefore fal-
leth undietfrhe power of our fenfe toobfervc. But becaufe we fee
it do fofgr(ome t-irrie,, \ve muft not therefore conclude that the
nature of fuch motion is (UU to cncvcafe without any period or
limit; like thoie lines that perpetually grow nearer, and yet can
never meet: for we fee that our reafon examining the causes of
this velocity, affureth us that in continuance of time and ipace,
it may come to its height which it cannot exceed.

And there, would be the pitch at which diftancc weights be-
ing let fall, would give the grcateft ftrokes and makegreateft
imprefsions. It is true that Galileus and Merfenius ( two exacl:
expcrimtnters) do think they find this verity by their experien.
ces. But farely that is impofsible to be done: for the encreafc of
velocity being in a proportion ever diminiOiing, it muft of ne-
ceflity come to an inlenfible encreafe in proportion before it end-
cthrfor the fpace which the moveable gocth through is ft ill en-
creafed; and the time wherein it paflcth through that fpace re-
maineth ftilltlie fame little o'ie as was taken up in parting aleflc
fpace immediately beforejand liich little differences of great fpa-
ces paffed over in a little time, come Coon to be undifeernablc by
fcnfc. But rea{bn(which (heweth us, that if velocity never ceafcd

from

Chap. 9. 4 Trutife ef B O D I E S. 9\

from encreafing, it would in time arrive to exceed any particular
velocity ; and by confcqucnce, the proportion which the mover
hath to the medium: bccaufe of the adding {till a determinate
parrtoics velocity) concluding plainly that ic is impoffible,
motion fliould increale for ever, without coming to a period.

Now the impreflion which falling weights do make, is of
two kinds ; for the body into which impretfion is made, either certain pr»-
can yieM backward, or it cannot. If ic can yield backward, b!cm;refoJved

ff. j . . /- /i i • i concerning the

tnen the tmprenion made is a motion: as we tec a Itroke with a prcportionof
racket upon a ball, or with a pail-mail beetle upon a bowl <°n«e moving

* _ t • /* i r\ 1 it A2"ntS COITi'dl*

maketh it flic from K. But it the Itrucken body cannot yield red to their
backwards, then it maketh it yield on the fides. And this, in di-
vers manners : for if the fmittcn body be drieand brittle, it is
fubjc-iVto break it, and make the peices flie round about: buc
if it be a tough body, it fqueefeth it into a larger form.

But bccaufe the effe<5t in any of thefe wayes is emim ntly
greater then the force of the Agent fccmeth to be ; it is worth
our labour to look into thccaufes of it. To which end we may
remember how we have already declared that the force of the
velocity is eqiull to a reciprocal! force of weight in the virtue
movent : wherefore the effect of a blow that a man giveth with
a hammer, dependcth upon the weight of the hammer, upon the
velocity of the motion, iind upon the hand, in cafe the hand ao
companiech the blow. But if the motion of the hand ceaieth
before ( 33 when we throw a thing,) thenoncly the velocity and
the weight of the hammer remain to be confidcrcd. Howfoever,
let us put the hand and weight in oje fum me which we may
equalize by feme other virtue or weight. Then let us confidcr
thie way or ipace, which a weight lying npon the thing is to go
forwards to do the fam? efFc& in the fame time as the percufifk>;i
doth. And whatcxccrTe the line or the blow; hath over the line
of that way or ipace ; fuch an exccflfe we muft adde of equal I
weight or 'force, to the weight \ve had already taken* And the
weight com pofed of both; will be a fit Agent to make the like
imprcffion. This Problcme was propofed unto me by that wor-
thy religious man, Father Merfenius : who is not content with
advancing learning by his own induflry and labours; but be-
fidcs, is alwayes (out of his generous affection to vericy ) inci-
ting others to contribute to the publick fto:k of it.

He propolcd to me likewile this following queftion, to wic,

vvhy

A Trestle cf B O D I £ S. Chap. 9-

•why there is required a weight of water in double Geometri-
call proportion, to make a pipe run twice as fart as it did, or to
have twice as much water run out in the fame time?Unto which
I anfwer out of the fame ground as before : That bccaufc in
running twice as faft,there goeth out double water in every part
of time; and again, every part of water gocth a double fpacc in
the fame part of time; that is to fay, becaufc double the celerity
is drawn into double the water, and double the water into dou-
ble the celerity ; therefore. the prefent effe£ is to the former ef-
fcft, as the effect or quadrate of a double line drawn into it Celt,
is to the effect or quadrate of half the faid line dravrn into ic
fclr". And confequently the caufe of the latter effect ( which is
the w eight then _) muft be to the caulc of the former effect ( that
is, to the former weight) in the fame proportion; namely, as the
quadrate of a double line, is to the quadrate of half that line.
And fo you fee the reafon of what he by experience findeth to
be true. Though I doubt not but when he ftiall fet out the Trea-
dle which he hath made of this fubjcft, the Reader will have
better fatisfaction.

In the mean while, an experience which Galileo delivereth:
\\ill confirm this dodtrine. He faith,that to make the fimc pen-
dant go twice as faft as icdid, or to make every undulation of ic
in half the time icdid; you mud make the line at which ic hang-
eth, double in Geometricall proportion to the line at which ic
hanged before. Whence it followeth, that the circle by which ic
goech is likewifc m double Geometricall proportion. And this
being certain , that celerity to celerity hath the proportion of
force, which weight hath fto weight; it is evident, that as in one
cafe there muft be weight in Geometricall proportion; fo in the
other cafe, where onely celerity rnaketh the variance, thccele-
riry muft be in double Gemetricall proportion, according as
Galileo findeth it by experience.

But to return to our, main intent,there is to be further noted,
that if the fubjcct ftrucken be of a proportionate ceffibility, ic
feemeth to dull and deaden the ftroke : whereas, if the thing
ftrucken be hard, the ftroke lecmeth to lofe no force, but to
work a greater effe«5r. Though indeed the truth be, that in both
cafes the effects are equall ; but divcrfc according to the natures
of the things that arc ftruckcn;for no force that once is in nature
can be loft, but muft have its adequate effect one way or other.

Let

Chap. 9. ^ TrMifg of B O D I E S. 93

Let us then fir ft fuppofe the body ftruckcn to be a hard body
of no exceeding bigncfle: in which cafe, if the ftrokc light per-
pendicularly upon it, it will carry fuch a body before it. But if
the body be too great, and have its parts fo conjoyned, as that
they cue 'vcakcr then the ftrokc; in this cafe the ftroke drivcth
one pare before it, and fo breaketh it from the reft. But laftly, if
the parrs of the ftruckcn body be fo cafily cefliblc, as without
difficulty the ftroke can divide them, then itentereth into fuch a
body untill it hach fpent its force. So that now making up our
accountj we fee that an eqtiall crTe£ proceedeth from an equall
force in all the three cafes; though in themfelves they be far dif-
ferent. But we arc apt to account that cfTeft greater, which is
more considerable unto us by the profit or damage it bringeth
us. And therefore we ufually fay, that the blow which fhaketh
a wall, or beateth it down, and killeth men with the ftones it
fcattereth abroad; hath a greater effecl then that which penetra-
teth far into a mud wall, and doth little harm: for that innocu-
oufncfle of the effecl, maketh that although in itfelf itbeas
great as the other, yet it is little observed orconfidered.

Thi$ difcourfc drawcth on another: which is to declare how
motion ceafeth. And to fumme that up in fhort , we fay that WJ, *2'

• rf i v*"Cn * nioYe?.

when motion comcth unto reft, it decreafeth & pafleth through biccomcchto~
all the degrees of celerity and tardity that are between reft and Jn^Jrtde*1"
the height of rhat motion which fo declineth : and that in the crcafcaccor-
proportion of the odde numbers, as we declared above, ttm it rui«ofVn.
did encrcafe. The reafbn is clear: becaufe that which miketh a
motion ceale, is the refiftance it findcth : which refiftance is an
aclion of a mover that rnovcth (bnieciiing againft the body
which is moved, or fomcthing equivalent to frcli an action:
wherefore it muft follow the laws that arc common to all moti-
ons: of which kind thofc two are.that we have cxprcflcd in this
conclusion. Now that refiftancc is a countermotion., or cqoiva,-
lentto one, is plain by this; that any body which is prcflcd muft
needs prefTc again upon the body thatprcfleth itj wherefore the
caufe that hindercth fuch a body from yielding , is a force mo-
ving that body agamft the body which preffeth ir. The particu-
lars of all which we fliall more at large declare, where \vefpeak
of the a&ion and reaftion of particular bodies.

CHAP.

A Trtatip of B O D I E S. Chap, i o .
CHAP. X.

Of (jravitj und, Levitj; and of Loeull Alotiw, commonly
termed, "tytturalf.

I. IT is now time to confidcr that cfiftiaclion of motions which

: motio
arc called na.

I

e motioni f 'K fo famous in Ariftotle; to wifj chat fbme motions arc natu-
turaii which rail, others violent: and to determine what may be Signified by
rkefe terms- F°r fceing w* have faid that no body hath a nitu-
rail imrinfecall inclination unto any place , to which it is able
to mo^c i£ ^5 wc mu^ Dce^s conclude that the motion of every
body followeth the percuiHon of extrinfecall Agents. It feem-
eth therefore impoffible that anybody fhouldhave any motion
naturall to it fclf. And if there be none natural!, there can be
none violent. And fothis diftin£ionwiil vanifh co nothing.

O

But on the other fide, living creatures do manifeftly fhew na-
turall motions, having naturall inftruments to perform certain
motions: wherefore fuch motions muft of necciTity be naturall
to them. But thcfc are not the motions which we are to fpeak
of; for Ariftotles divifion is common to all bodies, or at the
Icaft to all thofc we converfe withall : and particularly to thoic
which are called heavy and lightjwhich two terms paffe through
aH the bodies we have notice of.

Therefore proceeding upon our grounds before layed; to
\vit, that no body can be moved of it felf; we may determine
thofe motions to be naturall unto bodies which have conftant
caufes, or percutients to make them altvayes in fuch bodies :
and thofe violent which arc contrary to fuch naturall moti-
ons. Which being fuppofcd , we muft fearch out the caufes
that fbconftantly make fbmc bod ies defccnd towards the cen-
ter or middle of the earth ; and others to rife and go from
the center: by which the world is fubjeft to thofe reftlefTe mo-
tions, that keep all things in perpctuall flux, in this changing
fphere of aftion and paffion.

2. Let us then begin with confidering what cffe&s the funne

oi (which i$ a conftant and perpctuall caufe ) workcth upon
Tp°craonofthe iafcriour bodies, by his being regularly fbmetimes prefent
funne, is the ar)(j fometimes abfent. Obfcrve in a pot of water hanffin*

making and rai- r , .

fingofatomes. over a nre, how the heat maketh fome parts of the water
to afcend, and others to fupply the room by defending, fo

that

Chip. 1 o. 'j* Trutift df B O D I E S. 57 j

that as tongas itboylcth, ic is in a perpetual! confufed mo-
tion up and down. Now having formerly concluded that/rr
» light, find tight is fire • ic cannot be doubted but that the
funne doth ferve in ftead of fire to our globe of earth and wa-
ter, (which may be fitly compared to the boylingpoc • ) and
all the day Jongdraweth vapours from thofe bodies that his
beams ft rikt upon. For he ftiooting his little darts of fire in
multitudes, and in continued ftrcams from his own center a-
gainrtthe Python the earth we live on; they do there overtake
one another, and caufe fome degree of heat as far re as they
fink in. But not being able f by reafon of their great expanfi-
on in rhtir long journey) to convert it into their oA-n nature
and fee it on fire > (which requircth* high degree of condenfati-
on of the bearns)they do but pierce & divide it very f«btilly3and
cot fome of the outward parts of it into extreme little atomes.
Unto which they flicking very clofe, ^nd being in a manner
incorporated with them ( by realbn of tire ntoyftare that is in
them ) they do in their rebound • back from the earfh carry
them along vfhh them; like a ball that /truck againft. a moift
wall, doth in its return from it , bring back fome of the mor-
tar iticking upon it. For the difhnce of tire earth from the
fun is nbt theutmoft period ofthtfc nimble bodies -flight; fo that
when by this folid body they are flopped in their courfe forwards
on,they leap bade from it, and carry fomc little parts of it with
them: fome of them 'a farther, fbmc of them a '(hotter journey;
according as their littlcncfle and rarity make them fitto aiccnd.
As is manifeft by the conrfcnt of all Authours that write 'of the
regions of the aire ; who determine the lower region to reach
« fane 'as the reflexion -of the fimne; -and concladethis re-
gion to be very hot.

For if we mark how the "heat -of fire is-grcareft, when it is
incorporated rn ibme denfe body ; '(as in iron or in fea-coal )
\ve fhall ealily ccnrceivc that the heat of this regron proceedcth
mainly out of the incorporation of ligiit with tbofc Irttlc bo-
dies which ftrcTc ro it in its reiRexion. And experience tefrifieth
the htne, both in our foultrychyes,' which wefware of a groife
temper, "and ordmaTilygo:before rain : as arfo-in the h-otfprings

:emc cold countreys, 'where thefirft heats arc rmfifrferable;

i proceed out -ofriit refolution-of humidity congeailcd;^ in

hoc

'A Trutift of B O D I E S. Chap. io.

in hot winds ( which the Spaniards call Eochornos from Boca
de homo by allufion to the breathing fleam of an oven -when
h is opened ) which do manifeftly fhew that the heat of the
funnels incorporated in the little bodies, which compote the
fteam of that wind. And by the principles we have already
layed, the fume would be evident ; though we had no experi-
ence to inftrudt usj for feeing that the body of fire is dry, the
wet parts (which are eafieft refolved by fire) muft needs
ftick unto them, and accompany them in their return from the
earth.

Now whiles thefe afcend, the aire muft needs caufe others,
that are of a groffer complexion to dcfcend as faft, to make
the earth with room for the former, and to fill the places they left j that there
twTft!c?mSreia niay be no vacuity in nature. And to find what parts they are
the afrej the ancj from whence they come, that fucceed in the room of light

one afcendin." , • , t - . , . °

rhe other de- and atornes glewed together that thus alcend ; we may take a
ijotifol^m'in ^mt fr°m tnc nwxime of the Opcicks, that light reflecting ma-
a perpendicular keth cquall angles; whence, fuppofing the fuperficies of the
line. earth to be circular, it w?ill follow that a perpendicular to the

center paiTeth juft in the middle between the tworayes; tn'e in-
cident and the refleSed. Wherefore the aire between thefe two
rayes, and fixh bodies as are in it being equally prcflcd on boch
fides; thofe bodies which are j'uft in the middle, are ncareft and
likelieft to fucceed immediately in the room of the light and
atomes which afcend from the fuperficies of the earth : and
their motion to that point is upon the perpendicular. Hence
it is evident > that the aire and all fuch. bodies as defcend
to fupply the place of light and atomes, which afcend from
the earth, do defcend perpendicularly towards the center of
the earth.

And again, fuch bodies as by the force of light being cut
from the earth or water , do not afcend in form of light ,
but do incorporate a hidden light and heat within them;
(and thereby are rarer then thefe defending bodies) muft
of neceffity be lifted up by the defcent of thofe denfer bodies that
go downwards, becaufe they ( by reafbn of their dcnfity ) are
moved with a 'greater force. And this lifting up muft be in a
perpendicular line; becaufe the others defcending on all fides
perpendicularly, mult needs raife thofe that are between them

equally

Chap. io,

equally from all fides : that is, perpendicularly from the center
or the earth. And thus we Ice a motion fee on foot, of fome bo-
dies continually defending, and others continually alcending :
all in perpendicular lines, excepting thofe which follow the
courfe of lights reflexion.

Again as foon as the declining fun groweth weaker or leaveth
our horizon , and that his beams vanishing do leave the
little horfemen which rode upon them, to their ownc temper
and nature (from whence they forced them) they finding them-
felves furroundedby a (mart dcfcending ftream,do tumble down,
again in the night, as faft as in the day. they were carried up -y
and crowding into their former habitations, they exclude thole
that they find had ufurped them in their abfence. And thus, all
bodies within reach of the funnes power,but efpecially our aire,
are in perpetuall motion ; the more rarified ones afcending,and
the dcnfe ones defcending.

Now then ; becauie no bodies wherefoever they be (as we A dejl£ bo,
have already (hewed) have any inclination to move towards a placed in the
particular place, other wife then as they are directed and impel- ^,7 afcwdm^
led by excrinfecall Agents : let us fiippofe that a body were pla- an-* defending

j I-L • L 1 U L L • tlrcam, muftj-

ced at liberty in the open^aire. And then calling whether it Hcejs '

would be moved from the place we fuppofe it in : and which
Way it would be moved ; we fhall find that it muft of necefluy
happen that it fhall defcend and fall down till it meet with
fome other grofle body to flay and fupport it. For although of
it felf it would move no way : yet if we fin d that any other body
ftriketh efficacioufly enough upon ic j we cannot doubt but thac
it will move that way which the ftriking body impelleth it.
Now,itis rtrucken upon on both fides(above and below)by the
afcending, and the defcending aromes.the rare ones, (hiking up-
on the bottome ofic, and driving it upwards, and the denier
onesj prcffing upon the top of it and bearing ic downwards. BJC
if you compare the imprcflions that the denfer atomes make,
with thofe that proceed from the rare ones ; ic is evident that
thcdenfe ones mull be the more powerfuil ; and therefore will
afluredly determine the motion of the body in the aire, that way
they go, which is downwards.

Nor need we fear, left the littlcncfle'of the agents, or the fce-
blenefle of their ihokes, (hoald no: be fufficicnc to work this

G effect;

V fwtijl of B O D I E S* Cliap. i o.

; fince there » no refinance in the body it felf, and the aire
is continually cut m pieces, by the funne beams, and by che mo-
tions of little bodiesjtothat the adhefion unto aire of the body to
be moved* will be no hindetrance to this motion: eipeciallyjcon-
fjdcting the perpctuall new percuflions, and the multitude of
ehe<n* and how no force is fo little, but that with time and mul-
tiplication it will overcome any refinance.

But if any man defireth to look upon, as it were at one view;
part- thewhole chain of this doftrine of gravity : let him turn the
Hcatt- firft caft of his eyes upon what we have faid of fire when wecx-
?,^«*doarioe plfcattd the nature of it. To wic, that it beginnqch from a little
touching gravi- fource ; and by extreme multiplication, and rarefaction, it ex-
tendcth it felf into a great fphere. And then he will perceive the
rcalon why light is darted from the body of the funne with that
iflci-edibie celerity, wherewith its. beams fly to vifitc the remo-
teft parts of the world ; and how of neceffity, it givcth- motion
to- all circumftant bodies ; fince it is violently thrutt forward by
{fe extreme a- rarefaction ; and the further it gocth, is ftill the
more ratified and dilated.

Next, let him refleA how infinitely the quickneffe of lights
motion* doth prevent the motion of a moift body, fuch an one
as aire is: and then he will plainly fee, that the fir ft motion
v^hich- light is able to give unco the aii c, mutt needs be a fwel-
ling of that moift element, perpendicularly round about the
earth; for, the ray dependent, arKhhcray rcfleSenc.flying with
fb sreat ft ^)tcd, ti^at the- aire betweenchem cannot take a fbiv
mall ply any way before the beams of light be on both fides of
k:it followeth,that according to the nature of humide things, it
muftfirft onely fweli : for that is die beginning of motion in
them, when heat entered! into them, and worketh upon them.
And thus he may confidently reiolre him/elf, that the firft moti-
on which light canfeth in the aire, will be a fwelling of it be-
tween the two rayes towards the middle of them. That is; per-
pendicularly from thefurface of the earth.

And out of this, he will likcwifc plainly fee, that if there be
any other Hcde dcnfc bodies floating in the aire, they muft- hke-
wiie mount a little, through this fwelling and riling of the aire.^
But that mounting will be no more then the immediate parts of
the aire themfehes do move. Bccaufc this motion is not by way

of

Chap". TO.

of impulfc or ftroke that the airc givcch thole dcnfer bodicsjbui
by way of containing them in it, and carrying them with it, fo
tiiat it givcth them no more celerity, then to make them go with
it fclf, and as parts of it felf.

Then, Jet him confidcr, that light or fire, by much beating
upon the earth, dividcth fbme lude parts of it from others:
whereof if any do become fo finall and tractable, as not to ex-
ceed the ftrength which the rayes have to manage them; the re-
turning rayes, will at their going back, carry away with them
or drive before them, fuch little atomes as they have made or
nacet with :& fb fill the aire with little bodies cut out of the earth.
After this, let him confider that when light carrieth up an
atome with it, the light and the atotne do ftick together, and do
make one amending body; in fijch fort as when an empty difh
lyeth upon the water, the aire in the difli maketh one dependent
fcxxiy together with the difh it felf: fo that the denfity of the
whole body of airc and dilli ( which in this cafe, are but as one
body)is to be efteemed according to the denfity of the two parts;
one of them being allayed by the other, as if the whole were
throughout of fuch a proportion of denfity, as would arife out of
the compofition and kneading together the feveraH denfities of
thole two parts. Now then, when thcfe little compounded bodies
of light and earth, are carried up to a determinate height ; the
parts of fire or light, do by little and little break away from
them: and thereby, the bulk of the part which is left, becometh
of a different degree of denfity (quantity for quantity ) from
the bulk of the entire atome, when light was part of it : and
confequently it is denfer then it was.

Befides, let him confider that when thefe bodies afcend; they
do go from a narrow room to a large one > that is , from the
centerwards to the circumference: but when they come down
again, they go from a larger part to a narrower. Whence it fol-
loweth, that as they dcfcend, they draw clofer and clofer toge-
ther, and by confequence, are fubjeS to meet and to fall in one
with another; and thereby to increafe their bulk, and to become
more powerfull indenfity; notonely, by the loflc of their fire;
but alfo by the encreafe of their quantity. And fo it is evkkat*
that they arc denfer coming down, then going up.
Lafily,let him confidcr3tjhat thole atomes which went up firft,

C 2 and

icy A TrCAiife of BODIES. Chap, io.

and are parted from their volatile companions of fire or lighc,
inuft begin to come down apace., when other new atomes
( winch ftill have their light incorporated with them) doafcend
to where they are, and do go beyond them by reafou of their
greater levity. And as the latter atomes come up with a violence
and a great celerity, fo muft the firft go down with a finarc
impulie : and by confequence, being more denfe then the airein
which they arecarryed, mi: ft of necffliry cut their way through
that liquid and rare medium • and go the next way to fupply the
defect and room of the atomes which afcend; ("that is, perpen-
dicularly to the earth ) and give the like motion to any body
they find in their way, if it be fulceptible of fjch a motion:
whichit is evident that all bodies are;unlcfle they be ftruckcn by
fomc contrary impulfe. For fince trine a bodies being in a place,
is nothing elfe but the continuity of its outfide to theinfidc of
the body that containeth it and is its place, it can have no other
repugnance to locall motion (w hich is nothing elfe but axfuccefl
five changing of place ) befides this continuity. Now the na-
ture of denfity, being the power of dividing ; and every leaft
power having fome force and efficacy, ( as \ve have fhewed
above) it followeth that the ftroke of every atome ( either de-
fcending, or afccnding) will work fomething upon any body
(though never fe bigjit chanceth to mcoumer with, -and ftrike
upon in its way, unleffe there be as ftrong an impulfe the con-
trary way, to oppofe it. But it being determined, that the de-
fcending atomes aredenfer then thole that afcend; it followeth
that the dcfcending ones will prevail. And confequently,alldenlc
bodies muft neceflarily tend downwardsto the center (which is,
to be//rrfz/7)if Ibme other more denfe body do not hinder them.
£.. Out of this difcourfe, \ve may conclude that there is no fucli

G-avity and le- thing among bodies^as pofitive gravity or levity: but that their
mfie'an'StriJ."" coHrlc upwards or down wards happencth unto them by the or-
iccaii incimati- ^cr of nature, which by outward caufesgireth them an impulie
mik«iathe one of thefe wayes : without which, they would reft quietly
bodies ihem- wherefocver they arc, as being of themfelvcs indifferent to any

{elves which . J r °. r . . . J

atotcnTcH motion. But becauie our words exprelle our notions, and they

L*hlyand flfe ^ra"1€d according-to what appeareth unto us; when we ob-

ferveany body to defcend conftantly towards our earth, we

call it heavy j and if it move eomrarywilc, we call it light.

But

Chap. TO. esfTrettife of BODIES. 101

But we rauft take heed of considering fuch gravity and levity
as ifthcy were Entities that work fuch effects : fiuce upon exa-
mination, it appcareth that thefe words are butfhort exprefTi-
ons of the efftds thcmfclves : the caufes whereof, the vulgar of
mankind ( u ho impefc names to things ) do not confider ; but
leave that work unto Philofophcrs to examine ; whiles they
onely obferve, what they fee done ; and agree upon words to
cxpreflc thac. Which words neither will in all circumstances
alwaycs agree to the fame thing ; for as cork doth defcend in
aire and afcend in water; fo alfo will any other body defcend if
it lightcth among others more rare then it fclf, and will afcend
ifit lightcth among bodies that arc more denfe then it. And we
term bodies light and heavy, onely according to the courfe,
which we ufually fee them take.

Now proceeding further on ; and confidering how there are
various degrees of denfity or gravity: it were irrationall to the mor'e denfe
conceive, that all bodies fhould defcend at the fame rate, and * bodV\^e-

. , , .... more fwihly it

keep equall pace with one another, in their journey down- defccnJcth.
wards. For as two knifes whereof one hath a keener edge then
the other, being prefled with equall ftrength into like yielding
matter, the {harper will cut deeper then the other : fo, if of
two bodies one be more denfe then the other ; that which is Co,
will cut the aire more powerfully, and will defcend fafter thea
the otherrfor in this caie denfity may be compared to the knifes
edge, fince in it confifteth the power of dividing ; as we have
heretofore determined. And therefore, the prcffing them down-
wards by the defcending atomes, being equall in both (or per-
adventure greater in the more denfe body; as anon we (hall
have occafion to touch ) and there being no other caufe to de-
termine them that way ; the eflfcft of divifion muft be the grea-
ter, where the divider is the more powerful!. Which, the more
denfe body is ; and therefore cutteth more ftrongly through the
refinance of the aire ; and confequemly, pafleth more Iwiftly g.
that way it is determined to move. The velocity of

I do not mean, that the velocities of their defcent (hall be in !Td'Cj de.fcen

t /- • L L • j r • r dln&» doth not

the fame proportion to one another, as their denn ties are : for encreafc in pro.
befides their dcnfiry, thofe other confiderations which we have 5?ft«n« [hsu
difcourfcd of above when we examined the caules of velo- maybe between
city in motion, muft likewife be ballanced. And out of the

G 5 com-

IO2 tATrcatifecf BODIES. Chap.io.

comparifon of all them; not out of the confederation of any
one alone, rcfulteth the differences of their velocities : ( and that
neither, but in as much as concerneth the confidenuion of the
moveablcs: for ro make the calculation exaft, the medium muft
likewife be confidered ; as by and by wefhnll declare ) for fince
the motion dependeth of all them together ; although there
fhould be difference between the moveables in regard of one
oncly, and that the reft we're cquall ; yet the proportion of the
difference of their motions, murt not follow the proportion of
their difference in that one regard : becaufe their difference con-
fidered fingle in that regard will have one proportion; and with
the addition of the other confederations ( though alike in both )
to their difference in this, they will have another.

As for example, reckon the denfity of one moveable to be
jble the denfity of another moveable; Co that in that regard
/ath two degrees of power to defcend , whereas the other
hath but one : fuppofe then the other caufes of their defcent to
be alike jn both, and reckon them all three : and then joyn
theic three to the one which is caufed by the deniity in one of
the moveablcsjas likewife to the two, which is cat i fed by the
denhty in the other moveable : and you will find that thus al-
together, their difference of power to dclcend k no longer in a
double proportion ("as it would bc3 if nothing but their denfity
were confidered ) but is in the proportion of five to fbure.
• But after we have confidered all that concerneth the move-
ables, we are then to caft an eye upon the medium they are to
move in; and we fhall find the addition of that, to dccreafe
the prbportion of their difference, exceedingly more; according
to the ceflibility of the medium. Which if it be airc; the great
difproportion of its weight , to the weight of thofe bodies
Which rricn ufe to take in making experiences of their deicent
in that yielding medium; will caufe their difference of velo-
city in dcfcending, to be hardly perceptible. Even as the diffe-
rence of a fiiarp or dull knife, which is eafily perceived in
cutting of flefh or bread , is not to be diftinguifhed in divi-
ding of water or oyl. And likenife in weights, a pound and
a fcruple will bear down a dramme in no fcnfiblc propor-
tion of velocity more then a pound alone would do : and yft
put a pound in that fcale in ftcad of the dramme, and then

the

Chap. 10. 4 Trtanfe of BO DI E S. 10

the difference of the fcruple will be very notable. So then,
thole bodies, whofe difference of defending in water is very
fenfible ( bccaufeof the greater proportion of weight in water,
to the bodies thatdefcend in it ) will yield no fenfiblc difference
of velocity when they dcfcend in airc, by reafon of the great dil-
proportion of weight between aire & the bodies that defcend in it

The rcafon of this will clearly (hew it fcif in abftra&ed pro-
portions. Thus; fuppofe airc to hare one degree of denfity, and
water to have 400 ; then let the moveable A have 410 degrees
of denfity ; and the moveable B have 500. Now compare
their motion to one another in the Icverall mediums of airc and
water. The exuperance of the denfity of A to water is 10 de-
grees, but the exuperance of B unto the fame water, is 100 de-
grees; {b that B muft move in water fwifter then A, in the pro-
portion of 100 totcnne; that is, of 10 to one. Then Ictus
compare the exuperance of the two moveablej over aire. A is
409 times more denie then aire ; but B is 499 times more denfe
then it. By which account, the motion of B, muft be in that
mcdiam fwifter then the motion of A, in the proportion of 499
to 409 : that is, about 50, to 41 : which ( to avoid fractions )
we may account as 10 to 8. But in water they exceed one an-
other as 10 to one: io that their difference of velocity, muft
be fcarce perceptible in aire in refpccl: of what it is in water.

Out of all which di/courfe, I onely inftrre in common, that
a greater velocity in motion, will follow the greater denfity of
the moveable; wuhout determining here their proportions:
which I leave unto them, who make that examination their
task : for thus much fcrveth my prefent turn : wherein I take
ft fiirvey of nature, but in groflc. And my chief drift in this par-
ticular is onely to open the way for the difcovering how bo-
dies lhat of thcrnlelves have no propenfion unto any determi-
nate place; do ncverthclefle move conftantly and perpetually
one way; the denfe ones defcending, and the rare ones afcend^
ing : not by any intrinfccall quality that worketh upon them;
but by the oeconomy of nature, that hath let on foot due and
plain caufcs to produce known effeffo.

Here we muft crave patience of the great foul of Galileus 9'
(whole admirable learning all pofterity muft reverence) whiles gr^jt^doth
we reprehend in him , that which we cannot term leflethen produce a fwif

^ . cr or a flower

104

ing of
a heavy bw'y.
Arifloctej argu-
ment to dif-
prove motion
in ui cut , is

A TreAtiJc of B O D I E S. Chap, i o.

jibfurd : and yet, he not onely maintaineth it in Icverall places,
but alfo profefleth, Dial. P°. de motu pag. 81- to make it more
clear then day. His pofition is, that more or JeSTe gravity con-
criburcth nothing at all to the fafter or flower defcending of a
naturall body : but that all the effect it giveth unto a body, is
to make it defcend or not defcend in fiich a medium. Which is
agninft the firft and moft known principle that is in bodies: to
wit, that more doth more, and lefle doth letfe; for he allowcth,
that gravity caufcth a body to defcend; and yet will not allow*
that more gravity cauSeth it to defcend more.

I wonder that he never marked how in a pair of fcalcs, a
faperproportion of overweight in one ballance, lifted up the
other fafter then a leife proportion of overweight would do.
Or that more weight hanged to a jack, made the Spit turn faft-
er ; or to the lines of a clock, made it go fafter, and the like.

But his argument whereby he endcavoureth to prove his po-
fition, is yet more wonderfull : for finding in pendants une-
quall in gravity, that the lighter went in the fame time almoft
as fa ft as the heavier ; he gathereth from thence, that the diffe-
rent weights have each of them the fame celerity : and that it
is the opposition of the aire, which maketh the lighter body not
reach fo farre at each undulation, as the heavier doth. For re-
ply whereuwto ; firft, we muft ask him whether experience or
reafon taught him, that the flower going of the lighter pendant,
proceeded onely from the medium, and not from want of gra-
vity? And when he {hall hareanfwered (as he needs muft)that
experience doth not (hew this; then we muft importune him for
a good reafon : but I do not find that he bringeth any at all.

Again; if he admitteth ( which he doth in exprefie terms )
that a lighter body cannot rcfift the medium fb much as a hea-
vier body can, we muft ask him, whether it be not the weight
that maketh the heavier body refift more: which when he hath
acknowledged that it is ; he hath therein likewife acknow-
ledged, that whcnfoevcr this happeneth in the defcending of a
body,the more weight muft make the hearier body defcend fafter
But we cannot parTe this matter without noting how himlelf
maketh good thofe arguments of Ariftotle, which he Sccmeth by
no means to cftccm of : for tinoc the gravity doth overcome the
rcfiftance of the medium in fbme proportion; i: fblloweth, that

the

Chap. io. ^TrtAtifeof BODIES. 105

the proportions 'between the gravity and the medium, may be
multiplied without end ; fo as, if he fuppofc that the gravity of
a body do make it go at a certain rate in imaginary fpace,
( which is his manner of putting the force of gravity, ) then
there may be given ftich a proportion of a heavy body to the
medium, as itfliallgoin fuch a medium at the lame rate; and
ncvcrthclcfle, there will be an infinite difference, betwixt the
rcfiftance of the medium compared to that body, and the re-
fiftancc of the imaginary fpacc compared to that other body
which he fuppofeth to be moved in at the fame rate : which no
man will ftick at confeffing to be very abfurd.

Then turning thcfcales, becaufe the refinance of the me*iiurn
doth fomcwhat hinder gravity, and that with leflfc refinance,
the heavy body moveth fafter ; it muft follow, that fince there
is no proportion, betwixt the medium and imaginary fpace;
there muft neither be any proportion betwixt the time in which
a heavy body fhall paffe through a certain quantity of the me-
dium, & the time in which it fhall paflc through as much imagi-
nary fpace:whercfbre,it muft pafle over fo much imaginary fpace
in an inftant. Which is the argument that Ariftotle is fo much
laughed at for prefling. And in a word^nothing is more evident,
then that;for this effect which Galileo actributeth to gravity , it is
unreasonable to put adivifible quality, fince the effect is indivi-
fible. And therefore as evident it is that in his doArinc fuch equa-
lity ,as intrinfecal gravity is conceived to be.ought not to be put:
fince every power fhould befitted to the effect, or end for which
it is put.

Another argument of Galileo is as bad as this; when he en-
deavoureth to prove that all bodies go of a like velocity, becaufe
ithappcncth that a lighter body in (omc ca{c,goeth fafier then a
Kenvier body in another cafe: as for example, in two pendants,
whereof the lighter is in the beginning of its motion, and the
heavier towards the end of it; or if the lighter hangcth at a lon-
ger firing, and the heavier at a fhorter; we fee that the lighter
will go fafter then the heavier. But this concludeth no more,
then if a man fliould prove that a lighter goeth fafter then a hea-
vier,becaufe a greater force qnn make it go faficr; for it is mani-
fcft that in a violent motion, the force which moveth a body in
the cn.l of its cour'ej is weaker then that which moveth it in the
: and the like is- ofthe two firings. But

I06* ATrettifaf BO DIES. Chap. u.

10. But here it is not amilfe to folve a Probleme he putteth

The ****** . \vhichbelongethto our prefent fubjeft. Hefindethby experi-
fcrour quarter ence, that iftwo bodies dclccnd at the fame time from the fame
Tf? j'rllfl ? point, and do go to the fame point, the one by the inferiour

body doth dcf- r D ill i

cerd faftcr by quarter or the circle ; the other by the chord to that arch, or
oulter ^tien by any other lines which arc chords to pirts of that arch : he
by the chord of fmdeth (I fay) that the moveable goeth faftcr by the arch, then
by any of the chords. And the reafon is evident, if we consider
that the nearer any motion dotb come unto a perpendicular one
downwards, the greater velocity it muft hare : and that in the
arch of fuch a quadrant, every particular part of it inclineth to
the perpendicular of the place where it is, more then the part of
the chord anfwerableunto it doth.

CHAP. XI.

tAn anfaer to objettions Againft the canfet of n*tara!l mo-

tion, Avowed in the former chapter ; And a refutation

of tht co*tr*ry opinion.

The fjft obje. "D ^c to return to the thrjd of our doctrine ; there may perad-
aionanfwere.'.-, JD venture be objected againft it, that if the violence of a bo-
bod^neSd- dies defcent towards the center, did proceed onely from the den-
eth flower then fity of it (which giveth it an aptitude, the better to cut the me-
dium) and from the multitude of little atomes descending that
(hike upon it, and prefle it the way they go; which is down-
wards: then it would not import whether the inner part of that
body were as folid as the outward parts ; for it cutteth with
oncly the outward, and is fmittcn onely upon the outward.
And yet experience (heweth us the contrary : for a great bullet
of lead, that is folid and lead throughout ; defcendcth fafter
then if three quarters of the diameter were hollow within ; and
fuch a one falling upon any refitting fubftance, worketh a grea-
ter eflfeft then a hollow one. And a ball of brafle that hath but
a tli in outfide of metall will fwim upon the water, when a maf-
fic one finketh prefently. Whereby it appeareth, that it is rather
fome other quality belonging to the very bulk of the metall in it
fcJf ; and not thcfc outward cau(es that occafion gravity.

But this diflficultic is eafily overcome, if you confider how
fubtilc thofc atomes arc which defcending downwards and ftrik-

Cfaap. ir. Treatlfe o/BODIES. 107

ing upon a body in their way, do caufc its morion Jikewifc
downwards .-for you may ren:emberhow \vc have /hewed them
to be the fubtilefl and the minuted dwfions that light y the fub-
tileft and fharpeft divider in" nature, can make. It is then cafie
to conceive that thefe extreme fcbtile bodies do penetrate all
others, as light doth glafle ; and do run through them, as fand
doth through a frnalJ fkve. or as water through a fpunge; To that
they ftrike, not onely upon the fiiperficies, but as well in every
moft interiour part of the whole body ; running quite through
it all, by the pores of it. And then, it muft needs follow that the
fbiider it is; and chemore parts it hath within (as well 3$ with-
out) to be ftrucken upon • the fatter it muft go, and the greater
effec} it muftwork in what it falleth upon .-whereas if three quar-
ters oftbc diameter of it within, fhould be filled with nothing but
with aire; the atomes would fly without any confiderable etfeft
through all that fpace,by reafon ofthe rarity and ceflibility ofir.

And that thefe atomes are thus fubtilc ; is manifeft by fcverall
eftedls which we fee in nature. Divers Autliours that write of
Egypt do ailureus, that though their houfes be built of ftrong
ftone; neverthelefle, a clod of earth laid in the inmoft rooms,
aftdfhfit up from all appearing communication with aire, will
encrtafe its weight fo notably, as thereby they can judge the
change of weather, which will fliortly cnfue. Which can pro-
ceed fiom no other oau(e,but from a multitude of little atomes of
faltpeter ; which floating in the aire, do penetrate through the
ftrongeft walls, and all the maflie defences in their way, and do
fettle in the clod »f earth as fbon as they meet with it ; becaufe
it is of a temper fit to entertain, and to conferve, and to enbody
them. Delights have fhewed us the way, how to make the fpi-
rits or atomes of fnow & faltpcter pafie through a glafTe veflellj
. Alchhtiifts hold to be the moft impenetrable of all they
can find to work with. In our own bodies; the aches which
feeble parts do feel before change of weather, and the hearincfie
of our heads and fhoulders, if we remain in the open airepre-
fcnrly after funfec ; do abundantly tcttifie, that even thegrof-
fer of thefe atonies (which are the firft that fidljcio vehemently
penetrate our bodies : fo as, fcnfc will make us believe, what
reafon peradventure could not.

But betides all this,there is yet a more convincing rcafon,why

the

Iog A Trutifetf BODIES. Chap, IT.

the defcending atomes fliould more the whole denlity ofa bo-
dy ; even though it were fo den(c that they could not penetrate
it, and get into the bowels of it ; but mutt be content to ftrike
barely upon the outfide of it. For nature hath io ordered the
matter, that when dcnie parts ftick cloie together^ and make the
length compoied of them to be very ftiff; one cannot be moved
but that all the reft ( which arc in that line ) muft likewife be
t'.ereby moved: fo that if all the world were compofod of atoms
clole fticking together> the leaft motion imaginable muft drive
on all that were in a ftraight line, to the very end of the world.
This you fee is evident in rcafon, and experience confirmeth ic,
when by a little knock given at the end ofa long beam, the flia-
king (which maketh found) reacheth fenfibly to the other end.
The blind man that governeth hisfteps by feeling in defect of
eyes, receiveth ad vertiiements of remote things through a ft aft'
which he holdeth in his hands, peradventure more particularly
then his eyes could have directed him. And the like is of a deaf
mnn that heareth the found of an inftrument, by holding one
end of a ftick in his mouth, whiles the other end refteth upon
the inftrument. And fomc are of opinion (and they not of the
rank of vulgar Philofophers ) that if a ftaff were as Jong as to
reach from the funne to us, it would have the fame enSeft in a
moment of time. Although for my part I am hard to believe
that we could receive an advertifcment fo farre, unlefle the ftaff
were of fuch a thicknefieas being proportinable to the length
might keep ic from facile bending : for if it fliould be very ply-
ant it would do us no lervicc: as we experience in a thrid,which
reaching from our hand to the ground, if it knock againft any
thing, maketh no fenfible impreflion in our hand.

So tbat in fine, reafon fenfe and authority do all of them
fhew us, that the lefle the atomes fliould penetrate into amoving
body, by reafon of the extreme dcnhty of it, the more eflRca-
ctoiifly they would work, and the greater celerity they would
caufc in its motion. And hence we may give the fulleft fblution
Co the objection above,which was to this erTedrthat feeing divifi -
on is made onely by the fupcrfTcies or exteriour part of the dcn*e
body ; and that the virtue whereby a denfc body doth work, is
onely its refinance to divifion; which maketh it apt to dividerit
would follow that a hollow bowl of brafifc or iron fliould be as

hca-

Chap. IT. A Trextifcof BODIES. lop

hcavic as a folidcone. For we may anfwcr, that feeing the a-
tomcs muft ftrikc through the body; and that a eefliblc body
doth not receive their ftrckes fb firmly as a ftiffe one; nor can
convey them fo far re : if unto a ftiffe fuperficies there fuccecd a
yielding infide- the ftrokcs muft of necefTity lo.'e much of their
force; and confcquently.cannot move a body full ofairc with fb
much celerity, or with fb much efficacy as they may a fblid one.

But then you may peradventure fay, that ifthcfe flrokcs of 2.
the defending atomes upon a denfc body, were the caufe of its The fcconJob-
motion downwards, we muft allow the atomes to move farter £j a
then the denfr body; that fb they may flill overtake it and drive ^
it along, and enter into it: whereas if they fhould move flower '
then itjiione of them could come in their turn to give it a ftroke, "ekne.^ *£• c
but it would be paft them, and out of their reach before they body.'"8
:ould ftrikc ir. But it is evident (fay you)out of the.'c pretended
:aufcs of this motiou, that fuch atonies cannot move fb fwiftly
lownwarc's, as a great denfc bodie; fined their littlenefTe and
jieir rarity , are both of them hindering to their motion : and
jiercfore this cannot be the caufe of that cfFefr, which we call
gravity.
To this I reply ; That to have the atomes give thefe blows

0 a defcending denfe body, doth not require that their naturajl
ind ordinary motion fhould be fwiftcr then thede/cent of fucli

1 denfc body: but the very deferent of it occafionerh their ftriking
L; for as it falleth and maketh it felf a way through them, they
lividethemfelvcs before it, an3 fwell on the fides and a lirde
ibove it, and prefently clo'e agiin behind it and over it affoon
is it is paft. Now that clofing to hinder vacuity of fpace is a
udden one, and thereby attaineth great velocity; *,vhieh would
:arry the atomes in that degree of velocity further then the de-
cending body, if they did not encounter with it in their way to
etard them : which»encounter and retarding irnplycth fjcii
irokcs upon the denfe body as we fuppofc to caufe this motion.
\ndthe like we fee in water, into which letting a ftone fall,
>refently the water that was divided by the ftone, and fwejieth
>n the fides higher then i: was before, clolcth upon the back of
he defending ftone, and followeth it fo violently, that for a
vhi!e after it leaveth a purling hole in thephce where the fton^
vent down, till by the reporeof the ftone, the water rctatnei'i
ikcwifc to its quiet; and lo its fuperficies becometh even. la.

tio 'A rruufe of B O D I E S. Chap, i r .

5. In the third place , an enquiry occurreth emergent out of th<«

A enrols qae- <J-oftrmc, of the tawfc of bodies moving upwards and dowfl-
cidcd.'U' wards. Which is, Whether there would be any naturall mo-
tion deep in the earth, beyond the activity of the funnes beams?
for ontof the.'e principles it followcth that there would not;
and consequently there mutt be a vaft orb in -which there \vojld
be no -morion of gravity or of levity: for fuppofe that the funne
beams might pierce a choufand miles deep into the body of the
earth ; yet there would ftill remain a malTe, whole diameter
xvould be near 5000 miles, in which there would be no »ravi-
tatron nor the contrary motion.

For my part3I fliall make no difficulty to grant the inference
as faiTG as concerneth motion caufed by our funnc: for
inconvenience would follow out of it ? Btit I will not offer
at determining whether there may not be eoclofed within that
great fphcre of earth, fome other fTrc, ( fudi as the ChymHIt
talk of) an Archeus, aDemogorgon Seated in the center, like
the heart in animals , which may raileup vapours and boyl an
aire out of them, and divide groffe bodies into ato*«€s; and ac-
cordingly give them motions anfwerable to ours, but in di(Fe»
rent lines from ours, according as that fire or fiinne is fituated;
fince the farre-iearching Authour of the Dialogues de Mundo,
hath left that fpeculation undecided, after he had touched upoa
it in the twelfth knot of his firft Dialogue.

Fourthly, it may be obje&cd, that if fudi defending atoma
cjT a$ wc navc dcfcribw! were the'caufe of a bodies gravity, and
why thc defcendiiig towards the center; the fame body would at direr*
bo- rimes dcfccnd more and lefTe fwiftly ; for example, after mM-
dic$iscqua]iin night when the atomes begin to defcend more flovvly; then
htyof thcC^.ua" likevvife the fame body would defccnd more flow ly in a like
tomes which proportion, and not weigh fo much as it did in the heat of thc
day. Thc fame may be faid of fummer'and winter : for in
winter time the atomes feem to be more gtofle ; and confc-
quently to ftrike more ftrongly upon thc bodies they meet
with in their way as they defcend : yet on thc other fide,
they feem in the funimer to be more numerous , as allb to
defcend from a greater height ; both which cireumftances will
be caufeof a ftronger ftroke and more vigorous impulfe up-
on the body they hit. And thc like may be objected of divers

parts

Chap. IT: '^THrffe if BODIES. irr

parts of the world, for in the torrid zone it will alwtyet
happen as in fu owner in places of the temperate zone ; and
in the polar climes as i« deepcft winter: fb that no where
there would be any ftandard or certainty in the weight of
bodies, if it depended upon fo mutable a can/e. And it ma-
kcch to the fame effect, that a body which Jieth under a
th'ck rock, or any other very dcnfe body, that cannot be
penetrated by any great ftorc of atomes ; fliould not be fo
heavy as it would be in the open and free aire , where the
atomts in their complete numbers have ttair full ttrokes.

For anfwer to thefe and fiich like inftances ; we arc to
note firft , chat it is not fb much the number or the vio-
lence of the percuflion of the ftriking atomes, as the dcn-
fity of the thing ftruckcn which givcth the meafure to the
descending of a weighty body : and the chief thing which
the ttroke of the atonies gtveth unto a denfe body , is a
determination of the way which a denfe body is to cut un»
to it felf : therefore multiplication or leflening of the a-
tomes , will not make any lenfiblc difference betwixt the
weight of one desfc body where many atomes do ftrike,
and an other body of the fame denfitie where but a few do
ftrike ; fo that the ftroke downwards of the dcfcending a-
tomes , be greater then the ftroke upwards of the afccnd-
ing atomes; and thereby decermineth it to weigh to the
ecrterwards, and not rife floating upwards , which is all tta
fenfiblc effcft we eaitperccive.

Next we may obfesvc, that the firft particulars of the ob-
je<ftion, do not reach home to enfeeble our doftrinc in this
particular , although we admit them to be in fuch ibct as
they are propofed : for they do withall imply fuch a pcrpcc'.i-
all variatioii of caulcs > ever Bvoiirable to our po/kion , thac
nothing can be inferred out of them to repugne againrt IP.
AS thus : When there are many aeofnesdefcendingki the airc,
the fame generall caufe which maketh them be many, mak.«rlj
them alfo be light in proportion to their multitude. Ami fe*
when chey are few thty arehearie ; likcwife when the atomes.
arc light, the air* is ratified andthirmc; and when they we
heavie the airc is thick; and fo upon tta whole matter it
is evident, tUat we caimot make fuch a predtc asd exa& jtufge-r

menr

,n 'A Trf4tife of BODIES. Chnp. n.

rr.cnt of the variety of circmnftances, as to be able to determine
when there is abfolutely more caufc of weight, and when kiTe.
And as we find not weight enough in cither fide of thefe oppo-
fne circumftances to turn the fcales in our difcourfc, fo likcwifc
we find the fame indifference in experience it felfrfor the weights
\vc ufe do weigh equally in mifty weather and in clear: and yet
in rigour of dilcourfe, we cannot doubt but that in truth they .
t!o not gravitate or weigh fo much ( though the difference be
imperceptible tofcnfe} when the aire is thick and foggy > as
when it is pure and rarified: which thicknefTeof the medium,
when icarriyeth to a very notable dcgree,as for example to wa-
ter, maketh then a great difference of a heavic bodies gravita-
tion in it; and accordingly we fee a great difference between
heavie bodies descending in water and in aire; though between
two kinds of aire none is to be oblerved, their difference is fo
fmall in refpc£l of the dcnfity of the body that defcendeth in
them. And therefore, feeing that an afftired and certain diffe-
rence in circumffances maketh no fenfible inequality in the cf-
fe&j we cannot expect any from fuch circumitanccs as we may
reafonably doubt whether there be any inequality among them
or no.

Befides that; if in any of the propofed cafes a heavy body

fhould gravitate more, and be heavier onetime then another;

ycc by weighing it, we could'not difcern it; fince that the coun-

terpoife ( which is to determine its weight ) muft likcwife be in

the fame proportion heavier then it was, And bcfulcs weighing,

no other means remaineth todifcover its greater gravitation,but

to compare it to time in itsdefccntrand I believe that in all fuch

diftances as we can try it in, its inequalities \villbenowhic

Icfle difficult to be obfervcd that way, then any other.

5. Laflly, to bend our dilcourfe particularly to that inftancc of

The rc-ion why tne obje-£tion ; where it is conceived that if gravity or de-

Ifeickbody0 * fcending downwards of bodies proceeded from atomes ftriking

doth no^hm- ^ VpOn them as they move downwards ; it would follow, that a

of that which /rone or other denfe body lying under fheltcr of a thick, hard,

K under it. an(j ^penetrable adamantine rock, would have no impulft

downwards, and confequently would not weigh there. We

may note, that no body whatfbevcr compacted by phyficall

caufcs and agents , can be Ib denfe and i/r.poroux, but tli.it

fuch

Chip. ii. 4 Trcttifttf BODIES.

fuch atomes, « thefe \vc fpeak of, muft be in them, an.! in
pn-rt of them, and every where paffe through and through
them • as water doth throifgh a feive or through a fpungc : and
tins univerlall maxime muft extend as hrre as the funnc, or as
any other heat communicating with thcfunnc> <ioch reach and
is Found.

The rcafon -whereof is, becaufc thefc atomes arc no other
thing, but fuch extreme little bodies as are refolvcd by heat;
out of the main ftock of tlx>fc ma flic bodies upon which t'he fun
and heat <3o "work. Now then « bffing certain, out orwhst we
hare heretofore faid, that all mirt bodies have their temper and
cofifarence, and generation from the mingling of fire with the
irft -of the Elements that compote them ; and from the cor-
co&ion or digeftion winch fire matath in thole bodies : it is e-
vident, that no mixt body •whatfocveTJ nor any fenfible part of
a mm body, can be yoid of pores capable of fuch atotnes, nor
can be without fuch atomes, paiTing th rough thofe pores; whidh
atomes by mediation of thcake (that likewise hath its ifoarc ht
fuch pores) muffi have comrmffrication with the reft of t'he great
fea of aire, and with the motions that pafTe in it. A/nd -con'fe-
quently, in all and crery fcnfibk pact, of any ftjch extreme
drn(e, and prctertded knpenetra'blc body, (to the notice whereof
we can arrive)this percuffion of atornes muft be found; and <4iey
will have no difficulty in running throogh ; nor by means of it,
in (triking any other body lying under the fhelter of it;and thus
both in&fromjthathard body,thcremuft be (till an uninterrupt-
ed continuation of gravity or of defending towards the center.

Unto which we may adde, that the ftone or denfe body can-
not lie fo clofe to the reck that covereth it, but that fome aire
maft be between, (for if nothing were between, they would be
united,and become one continued body ;)and in that airef which
is a creek of the great ocean of aire fpred over tltc world, that is
every where beftrcwed with moving atomes; and which is con-
tinually fed, like a rtirmtngftrcam, with new aire that drivetk
on the aire it orertaketh)there is Hodoubtbnt there arc dcfcend-
jngatomes, as well as in all the red ofits main body : and thefe
descending atomes meeting with the ftone, muft tjeecls^ive fbme
ftroke upon itjand that ftroke(be it never lo little) cannot chufc
but work fome effcft, in niaiving the ftone remove a little that

H way

^/BODIES. Chap. ir.

way they go ; and that motion, whereby the fpace is enlarged ,
between the (lone and the flickering rock, muft draw in a grea-
ter quantity of airc and atomes to ftrikeupon it. Andthus by
Hctle and little, the (tone paffeth through all the degrees oftar-
dity by which a defending body parteth from reft : which is by
fo much the more fpcedily done, by how much the body is more
eminent in denfity. But this difference of time, in regard of the
atomes ftrokes onely ; and abftraiting from the bodies denfity;
will be infenfible to us; feeing (as we have faid) no more is re-
quired of them, but to give a determination downwards.
&• And out of this, we, clearly fee the rcafon why the fame a-

Ihy <W°be- tonics, ftriking upon one body lying upon the water, do make ic
«iici fink-.oihcrs fink;and upon another they do not. As for example, if you lay
upon the ftiperficies of fome water, a piece of iron, and a piece
of cork, of equall bigneffe and of the fame figure; the iron will
be beaten down to the bottome, and the cork will float at the
top. The reafon whereof is, the different proportions of the
comparifon of their denfities with the denfitie of water : for fas
we have faid) the efficacy and force of defending, is to be mca-
fured by that. So then the ftrokes of the atomes, being more ef-
ficacious upon water then upon corkj becaufethe denfity of wa-
ter is greater then the denfity of cork confidering the abun-
dance of aire that is harboured in the large pores ofit ; it fol-
lo'.vech, that the atomes will make the water go down more for-
cibly then they will cork. But the denfity of iron exceeding the
denfity of water ; the fame ftrokes will make the iron defccnd
fafter then the water ; and confequently, the iron muft fink in
die watej, and the cork will fvvimme upon it.

And this fame is the caufc, why if a piece of cork be held by
force at the bottome of the watcr;i* will rife up to the top of the
water, as foon as the violence is taken away that kept it down:
for the atomes ftrokes having more force upon the water then
upon the cork ; they make the water fink and flide under it ;
firft, a little thinne plate of water ; and then another, a little
thicker; and fo by degrees more and more, till it hath lifted the
cork quite up to the top.
7. Fifthly, it may be objected, that thefe atomes do not defcend

The fifth obj;- alvvayes perpendicularly, but fornctiniesflopinc-ly • and in that
ftion wifwered r T i a 1 LI r rj r u j i

concerning the cafe, if their ItroKcs be the caufe of denlc bodies movjng) they

fhotiid

Chap. ir. tsfTre.it/feofBODlES. JT5

fheuld move doping, and not downward. Now that thefc <Jcr«<^'n;» of
atomes dcfcend fomctimes flopingly.is evident, as when ( for in'ftrca™. "
example) they meet with a dream of water, or with a (hong
wind, or even with any other little motion of the aire, fuch as
carryeth feathers up and down hither and thither j which muft
needs waft the atomes in fome meafurc along with them their
way ; feeing then that fueh a gentle motion of the aire is able
to put a feather out of its way, notwithstanding the pcrcuflions
of the atomes upon it ; why (hall it not Jikcwile put apiece of
iron out of its way downwards, fincc the iron hath nothing
from the atomes but a determination to its way ? But much
more, why fliould not a ftrong wind, or a current of water, do
it ; fincc the atomes them/elves that give the iron its determi-
nation muft needs be hurried along with them ?

To this we anfvver, that we muft confider, how any wind
or water which runneth in that fort, is it (elf originally full of
fuch atomes ; which continually, and every where, prefie intoj
it and cut through it, in purfuing their conftant pcrpetuall
courfe of descending ; in fuch fort, as we (hewed in their run-
ning through any hard rock, or other denfcft body. And thcfc
atomes do make the wind or the water primarily tend down-
wards; though, other accidental! caufes impell them fecondari-
ly to a doping motion. And ftill, their primary naturall moti-
on will be in truth ftrongeft ; though their not having (cope
to obey that, but their having enough to obey the violent mo-
tion, makcth this become the more obfervable. Which appear-
eth evidently out of this ; that if there be a hole in the bottomc
of the pipe that conveyeth water flopingly, be the pipe never
fo long, and consequently the (loping motion never fb forcible ;
yet the water will run out at that hole to obey its more power-
full impulfe to the ccnterwards, rather then continue the vio-
lent motion, in which it had arrived to a great degree of celerity
Which being fo, it is eafie to conceive that the atomes in the
wind or water which move perpendicularly downwards, will
ftill continue the irons motion downwards, notwithstanding
the mediums Hoping motion rfincethe prevailing force tlcter-
mineth both the iron, and the medium downwards ; and the
iron hath a fuperproportion of denfity to cut its way, accor-
ding as the prevalent motion dccermincth it.

H ^ But

iX Trcatfcif BODIES. Chap.rr

But if che descending atomes, be in part carried along down
die lueain by the current of wind or water; yet fiill the current
bvrrrgeth with it new atomes into the place of thofe that are car-
ried away;and thcle atomes}in every point of place wherefocver
they are, do of thcmiclves tend per ptndicularly downwards ;
iTowbcTtihty are forced from the complete cfte£t of their ten-
cbmce,by the violence of the current :fo that in this cafe they are
moved by a declining morion, compounded of their own natu-
ndlrnocionv and of the forced motion1, wich which the (iream.
caniierB them. Now then if a. dcnfe body do fall into fuch a cur-
rent, where thefe difTerent nrotionsgrve their (ererall. impulfes, ic
will be carried (in fach fort as we fay of the ato*»c$;lj>ut in ano-
ther proportion); mat ire a pcrpcndiailar bvit in amixt deciifluig
line:compoi:n Jed of tPre feveral innpuKcsvW011 the atomcs and the
cacrcntcta give ir (in whicli alfo icis to be tetneir.br ed, hovrthe
current givedr aji impnlfc downwards, as well as floping ; and
pernd venture the- fhrongeft down-waida :} and the dcchn-ation
\till be marc or kflfe ,• according aj> the violent imf*ulfe prfiva-il-
eth more or liefle againft the nnturall motion.

Batcdiisis not all thacis to be confickred in eflkiaaiirigthe de-
cHnatioiiofa ciemic- bodies motiorLwiic»iai$rii>k3ng.in acurrenc
of wirwi OT water ;you; mtuft remember; chat the deiife body k fclf
harhia pattictdar virtue of its own^naimely it*derWity)by which
it received* and proieeuteth more firiJy its detErminatien dowa-
wards; and therefore the force ofrhat body in cutting its. way
t-hjoxigb rhe medium, i; aJfo to be confider.cd in this- catenas well
as abo^c, in calculating irs deciria ing from the perpendicular;. &
out of adl thcfe caafes w ii refulr a middle declination compound-
ell of trie rwotwi* of the water or wind both wayes, and of its
own morion by the perpendicular line. And finee of thcfe thiee
cauics of a dcnie bodies motiori,its own virtue in profecwting by
its dtnfity the dccctminarion ir requireth, is the moil effi-
cacious by much after it hath once received a determina-
tion from without; its declination will be but little if it
fate very denle and hcavie-. Bur rf it recede truck from dcn-
fnte > fb as to hare fome near proportion to the den-
fttie of the medium, the declination will be great. And in
a word, accord ing as the body is heavier or lighter, thedfcli-
nacion. will, be mo-ie.or JeiTeviai the firmc cutreot through not

exaifily/

Chap. u. ^r^j///f0/BODIES. 117

exa&ly according to the proportion of the diminifhing of its
denfity, as long as there is a fiiperproportipn of its dcnfity to
the medium : fince that fuch a fuperproportion (as we have de-
clared heretofore) maketh the mediums operation upon the
denfe body fcarce considerable.

And hence you lee why a ftone or piece ofiron, is not carri-
ed out of its way as well as a feather; becauie the (tones motion
downwards is greater and ftronger then the motion of a fea-
ther downwards. And by confequence, the force that can deturn,
a feather from its courlc downwards, is not able to deturn a
ftone. And if it be replied, that it may be fo ordered that the
ftone fliall have no motion, before it be in the ftream of a river,
and notwithstanding ic will ftillmove downwards: we may an-
fwer, that confidcring the little declivity of the bed of fuch a
ftream, the ftrongeft motion of the parts of the ftream, muft nc-
ccflarily be downwards ; and consequently, they will beat the
ftone downwards. And if they do not the like to a feather or
other light body ; it is becaufe other parts of the ftream, do gee
under the light body* and beat it upwards, which they have noc
power enough to do to the ftone.

Sixrhly, it may be objected, that if Elements do not weigh in g.

their own fphercs j then their gravity and defending rnuft pro- Thefixthobje-
ceed from fbme other caufe and not from this percuflion of the anTthaiTaii * '
atomes we attribute to it ; which percuflion we have determined heavy elements
goeth through all bodies whatfbever, and beateth upon every t'h°eirVowa '"
fenfible part of them. But that Elements weigh not in their own fPheres'
fpheres, appeareth out of the experience of a fyphon; for though
one leg of a fyphon, be funk never fb much deeper into the bo-
dy of the water,then the other leg rcacheth below the fuperficies
ot the water : ncverthelefle5 if once the outward leg become full
of water, it will draw it out of the other longer leg : which ic
fhould not do, if the parts of water that arc comprised within
their whole bulke, did weigh • feeing that the bulke of
water is much greater in the funk legge then in the other ;
and therefore thcfe (hould rather draw back the other water
into the ciftcrn, then be themfelves drawn out of it in:o the
a ire.

To this we anfwcr,that it is evident theElements do weigh in
their own fphercsjat leaft,as far as we can reach to their fphercs:

H for

tsfTreMifccf BODIES. Chap.n

for we fee tint a ballone fluffed hard with aire is heavier then
an empty one. Again move water would not be heavier then
Idle if the inward parts of it did not weigh : and if a hole were
digged in the botrome of the fca, the water would not run into
it and fill it, if it did not gravitate over ir. Laftly>thcre are thofc
vvho undertake to diftinguifl) in a deep water., the divers weights
which fcverall parts of it have , as they grow ftill heavier
and heavier towards the bottome : and they arc fo cunning in
tkis art, that they profeffc to make mftrumcnts which by their
equality of their weight to a determinate part of the water, fhall
ftand juft in that parts and neither rife nor fall higher or lower:
but if it be put lower, it fhall afcend to its cxacl equally weigh-
ing orbc of the water ; and if it be put higher, it fhall defend
untill it cometh to reft precifcly in that place. Whence it is evi-
dent, that parts of water do weigh within the bulk of their
main body ; and of the like we have no reafon to doubt, in the
other two weighty Elements.

As for the oppofition of the fyphon, we referrc that point to
where we fhall have occafion to declare the nature of that
engine, of fet purpofc. And there we fhall fhew, that it could
not fucceed in its operation ,unleflc the parts of water did gravi-
tate in their main bulk>into which one kg of the fyphon is funk.
* LafUy> it may be objected, that if there were ftich a courfe of
atomes as we fay;and that their ftrokcs were the caisfc offo no-
fwcrcd: and taDie an erTeft, as the gravity of heavy bodies: we fhould feel ic

the reafon why « i t • t j- L-L* • A i

we do not ftci palpably in our own bodies, which experience Ihewetn us we

«

that To this we anfwer firft , that their is no neeefTity xve fhould
&^ tnis courfe of atomes, fmcc by their fubtiky they penetrate
all bodiesjand confcquemly>do not give fuch ftrokes as are fen-
fible. Secondly, if we confidcr that dufts, and ftrawes, and fea-
thers do light upon us without caufing any fenfc in us* much
more we may conceive that atomes (which are infinitely more
fubtile and Irght jcannot caufe in us any feeling of them. Third-
ly, we fee that what is continuall with us, and mingled in all
things doth not make us take any efpcciall notice of it • and this
is the cafe of the fmiting of atomes. Nevcrtheleffe, peradventurc
we feel them in truth, as often as we feel hot and cold weather,
and in all eatarrcs or other fuch changes, which do as k were

fink.

Chip. n. * TifAtificf BODIES.

fink into our body without our perceiving any fenfiblc caufc of
them:for no quettion but thefe atomes are the immediate caufes
ofall good and bad qualities in cheairc. Laflly, when we confi-
der that we cannot long together hold out our arm atlength,or
our foot from the ground, and reflect upon fuch like impoten-
cies of our rcfifting the gravity of our own body : we cannot
doubt buc that in thcfe cafes we feel the effect of thefe atomes,
working upon thofe parts ; although vve cannot by our fcnie
difcern immediately that thefe are the caufes ofit.

But now it is time to draw our Reader out of a difficulty, j0.
vvhich may peradventurc have perplexed him in the gieateft part HOW in the
of what he hath hitherto gone over. In our inveftigation of the 2tyC miy7'!
Elements, we took for a principle thereunto : that gravity is g«-«ter then
fometimes more, fbmetimes lefle, then the denficy of the body in denfity' then
\vhichit is. But in our explication of rarity and denfity : and ff»nmthe»

. . .. f • r » • rl*cv b« the

again in our explication of gravity; we !ecm to put, that gravity fame thing,
and denfity is all one. This thorn I apprehend , may in all this
diftance, have put fome to pain : but it was impoflible for me to
remedy it; bccaufel had not yet delivered the manner of gravi-
tation. Here then I will do my bcft, to aflwage their grief, by
reconciling thefe appearing repugnancies.

We are therefore to confider,that denfity (in it felf)doth figniffe
a difficulty to have the parts of its fubjecSt, in wch it is, fepa rated
one from another; and that gravity (likcwife in it felf) doth fig-
nific a quality, by which a heavy body doth defcend towards the
center; or fwhich is confequent thereunto,) a force to make an-
other body dc/ccnd.Now this power,we have (hewed, doth be-
long unto denfity/o far forth as a denfe body being ftrucken by
another, doth not yield by fuffering its parts to be divided; but,
with its whole bulk ftriketh the next before it,and divideth it, if
it be more divifiblethcn it felf is.So that you fee,dcnfity hath the
name o&Jenfity> in consideration of a paflive cuality or rather
of an impaffibility which it hath; and the fame denfity is called
gravity, in refpecl of an active quality it hath which followcth
this impaffibility. And both of them are eftimated by the diffe-
rent refpec^s which the fame body or fubjecl:, in which they are,
have unto different bodies that arc the terms whereunto it is
compared; for the active quality or gravity ofa denfe body, is e-
ftecmed by its refpe6l to the body it ftriketh upon ; \\hercas its

H 4 den-

120 ATrtAtift of BODIES. Chap.ii.

dcnfity includcth a lefpeft fingly to the body that ftriketh it.

NOW it is no wonder that this change of comparifon work-
cth adifparity in the denominations: and that thereby the fame
body may be conceived to be more or lefTe impartible,then it is
aflive or heavy. As for example, let us of a denfe Element take
any one leaft part, which muft of neceffity be in its own nature
and kind absolutely impartible: and yet it is evident that the
gravity of this part muft be exceeding little by reafbn of the
I ittlencffe of its quantity; fo that thus you fee an extremity of
the efteS of denfity , joyncd together in one body ( by the acci-
dent of the littlenefTc of it ) with a contrary extremity of the ef-
fect ofgravity,(or rather witli the want ofit)each ofthem with-
in the limits of the fame fpecies. In like manner it happeneth,
that the fame body in one circumitance is more weighty, in an-
other(or rather in the contrary / is more partible : fo water
xvhen it is in a pail , becaufe it is thereby hindered from
fpreading abroad hath the effect ofgravity predominating in it;
but ifit be poured out, it hath theerfeft ofpartibilhy more.And
thus it happeneth that merely by the gradation of rarity & den-
fity.one denfe body may be apt.out of the gcnerall courfe of na-
turall caufes, to be more divifible then to be a divider; though,
according to the nature of the degrees confidered abfolutely in
themfelves, what is more powertiill to divide, is alfb more re/i-
ftent and harder to be divided. And :his arriveth in that decree
f which niaketh water; for the falling and beating of the atomes
upon water.hath the power both to divide it and to make it de-
fcend;but fb,that by making it de/cend it dividcth it. And there-
fore we fay that it hath more gravity then denfity, though it be
the very denfity of it,which is the caufc that maketh it partible,
by the working of one part upon another: for if the atomes did
not find the body fb denfe as it is, they could not by their beat-
ing upon one part make another be divided.

So that a denfe body to be more heavy then denfe, /ignifieth
nothing elle, but that it is in fuch a degree of denfity, that fbmc
of its own parts by their being afTifted & fct on work by a ge-
nerall canfe ( which is the fall of the atomcs) are powerfull e-
nough to divide other adjoyning parts of the fame dcnfity with
them one from another ; in fuch fbrr as we fee that water pou-
red out of an ewer into a bnfin where there is already other wa-
ter, hath the powfcr to divide the water in the bafin by the afl?-

Chap. ii. 4 Trutifc ^/BODIES. 121

flance of the celerity which itgetteth in descending. And now I
hope the reader is fully fatisfied that there is no contradiction in
putting T^cnfitj and <jr*vity. to be the fame thing materially;
andtlut neverthelcfle the fame thing may be more heavie then
denfe, or more denfe then heavy , as we took it to our fever all •
puipofesin theinvoftigation of the Elements.

Having thus laid an intelligible ground to difcover how thefe u.'
motions that are gencrall to all bodies and are naturall in chief, The opinion of
are contrived by nature; we will now endeavour to (hew that fnlnSec'a?!8
the contrary pofition is not oncly voluntary,but alfo impoffiblc. inclination of a

T i r r r L IJLI i • botjy tc tlic

Lc; us therefore iuppoie that a body hath a quality to move it center refuted

downwards. And firft we (hall ask what downwards fignifi- byrca'on»

eth: for either it fignifieth towards a fixed point of imaginary

fpace; or towards a fixed point of the univerfe;or towards (bmc

moveable point. As for the firft, who would maintain it rrruft

have more imagination then judgement,to think that a naturall

quality could have «n efience determined by a nothing : becaufe

we can frame a conceit of that nothing. As for the fecond, it is

very uncertain whether any fuch point I>e in nature : for as for

the cemer of the earth, it is clear that if the earth be carried a-

bout, the center of it cannot be a fixed point. Again,ifthe center

fignifieth a determinate point in the earth that is the medium of

gravity or of quantity , it is changed as often as any duft lighteth

unequally upon any one fide of the earth , which wonld make

tha't fide bigger then it was: and I doubt a quality cannot have

morall coniiderations to think that fb little doth no harm. As

for the third pontion, likewife it is not intelligible how a quality

(hould change its inclination or eflcnce, according to the change

:hat (hould light to make now one point, now another > be the

renter unto which it (hould tend.

Again.let us confider that a quality hath a determinate cflence.
Then feeing its power is to move, and to move fignifieth to cut
:hemediumitis moved in;itbelongcth unto it of its nature to cut
fo much of (uch a medium in fuch a time. So that if no other caufe
be added but that you take precifelyand in abftraftojilw quali-
:y,that mcdium,& that time;this effetfl: will follow, that fo much
Tiotion is made. And if this effect fliould not follow it is clear,
:hat the being able to cut fb much ofiucli a medium in fuch a
:ime,is not the efiencc ofthis quality, as it was fuppojed to be.
dividing then the time & the medium, half the motion (houKt

A Treat >fe of B O D I E S. Chap. 1 1.

be made in half the time, a quarter of the motion in a quarter
of the time, and fo without end, as farre as you can divide. But
this is demonftrativcly imnoflfible, fnh hence it is demonstrated
that a moveable coming from reft , muft of necefficy pafle
through all degrees of tardity; and therefore by thedemonftra-
tion cued out of GalUeus, we may take a 'part in which this
gravity cannot move its "body in a proportionate part of time, '
through a proportionate part of the medium.
1 2. Butbccaufe in natural! Theorems, experiences are naturally

required ; let us fee whether nature giveth us any teftimony o
• this verity. To that purpofe we may confider a plummet hang,
ed in a final! ftringfroma beam, which being lifted up gently
on the one fide at the extent of the firing, and permitted to
fall merely by the power of gravity, it will afcend very near as
high on the contrary fide, as the place it was held in from
whence it fell. In this experiment we may note two thingsrthe
firft, that if gravity be a quality, it worketh againft its own
nature in lifting up the plummet, feeing its nature is oncly to
carry it down. For though it may be anfwered, that it is no
the gravity but another quality called vis imprejfa which car-
rieth it up: ncvertheleiTe it cannot be denied, but that gravity is
either the immediate or at leaft the mediate caufe which maketi
this vis impreffa :' the effect whereof being contrary to th«
nature of gravity, it is abfurd to make gravity the caufe of. it
that is, the caufe of an eflence, whofe nature is contrary to it
own. And the fame argument will proceed though you pu
not vis imfrejfa, but fuppofe fome other thing to be the caufe
of the plummets remounting, as long as gravity is faid to be a
quality : for ftill gravity muft be the caufe of an efFe& con
trary to its own inclination, by fetting on foot the immediat
caufe to produce it.

The lecond thing we are to note in this experiment of th
plummets afcent is, that if gravity be a quality, there muft bx
as much refiftancc to its going up, as there was force to its co
mingdown. Therefore there muft be twice as much force tc
make it afcend, as there was to make it dcfcend : that is to fay
there muft be twice as much force as the naturall force of th
gravity is: for there muft be once as much to equalize the refi
ftance of the gravity; and then another time as much, to carr

Chap. IN Treailfe of BODIES. 123

it as farre through the Tame medium in the fame time. But it is
impofliblc that any caufc fliould produce an efTcft greater then
itfclf.

Again, the gravity muft needs be in a determinate degreerand
the virtue that maketh the plummet remount (whatfoever it be)
may be put as little as we pleafe: and consequently not able to
ovcrfvvay the gravity alone if it be an intrinfecall quality, and
yet the plummet will remount : in which cafe you put ah cffofl
without a caufe.

Another experience we may take from the force of fucking;
for take the barrcll of a long gun perfectly bored, and fct it
upright, with the breech upon the ground, and take a bullet
that is exaclly fit for it, but fb as it (rick not any where ( both
the barrell and it being perfeSly poliflied ; _) and then if you
fuck at the mouth of the barrell ( though never fb gently ) the
bullet will come up fo forcibly, that it will hazard the ftriking
out of your teeth. Now let us confider what force were neccf-
fary to fuck the bullet up,and how very flowly it would afeend,
if in the barrell it had as much refiftance to afcend , as in the
free aire it hath inclination to go down. But if it had a quality
of gravity naturall to it , it muft of neceflity have fuch refi-
ftance: whereas in our experiment we fee it cometh as cafily as
the very aire. So that In this example as well as in the.othcr,
nature teacheth us that gravity is no quality.

And all or moft of the arguments which we have urged a-
gainft the quality of gravity in that explication we have confi-
dercditin, have force likewife againft it, although »t be faid
to be an inclination of its fubjeft to move it felf unto unity with
the main ftock of its own nature, as divers witty men do put it:
for this fuppofition doth but change the intention or end ofgra*
vity: and is but to make it another kind of imelle<5tuall or
knowing Entity, that determincth it felf to another end: which
is as impoffible for a rtaturall quality to do, as to determine it
felf to the former ends. And thus much the arguments we have
propofeddo convince evidently, if they be applyed againft this
opinion.

CHAP;.

I34 A Twit fe of BODIES. Chap. n.

j CHAP. XII.

Of Violent Motion»

Jt A Ncl thus we have given a fhort fcamling, whereby to iin-

Thc ftatc of Z~\derttand in feme meafure the caufcs of that motion which
thcqucfiicn uecall natural!, by rcafbn it hath its birth from the univerfall

touching the r i i • r \

caufe of violent oeconomy or nature here among us; that is, from the general!
n.oc.on. working of the funne, whereby all naturall things have their

courfc: and by reafon that the caufe of it is at all times and in
all places conftantly the fame. Next unto which the order of
difcourfe leadeth us to take a furvey of thofe forced motions,
whofe firft caufes the more apparent they are,thc more obfcurity
they leave us in.to determine by what means they are continued
When a tennis-ball is ftrucken by a racket: or an arrow is
{hot from a bow, we plainly fee the caufcs of their motion :
namely the firings, which firft yielding, and then returning
^ with a greater celerity, do caufc the miiTives to fpecd fo faft to-

wards their appointed homes. Experience informeth us what
qualities the milfires mutt be endued withall to move faft and
fteadily. They muft be fo heavy that the. aire may not break
their courfe; and yet fb light, that they may be within the com-
mand of the ftroke which giveth them motion ; the ftriker muft
bedenfe, and in its beft velocity: the angle which the miflfivc is
to mount by ( if we will have it go to its furthcft randome )
muft be the half of a right one : and laftly> the figure of the
miflive mutt be fuch, as may give fcope unto the airc to bear it
up, and yet not hinder its courfe by taking too much hold of it.
All this we fee; but wheq withall we fee that the mover dcfcrt-
eth the moveable afloon as he hath given the blow; we are at a
fland, and know not where to fcek for that which afterwards
maketh it flic: for motion being atranfient, not a permanent
thing,aflbon as the caufe ceafeth that begot it, in that very point
it muft be at an end; and as long as the motion continueth,
there muft be fbmc permanent caufe to make it do fo: fb that as
fobn as the racket or bowftring go back & leave the ball or ar-
row , why fhould not they prefently fall ftraightdown to the
ground ?

i. Arittotle and his followers have attributed the caufe hereof

7h«. ihcmedi- to the aire: but Galileo rclifheth not this conception. His argu-

um:s*eoacT ^

Chap. 12. ** ?re*tifi*f BODIES. 1*5

nrrems againft it,are(as I rcmcmber)fb'this tenour: fir(t, afre by

reafon of its rariry and divifibility, icemeth not apt to confcrve lent motion.

motion: next, \vefce tl*ac light things arc bcft carried by the

aire; nnd it hath no power over weighty ones : LilUy, it is evi-

cfent that aire takcth moft hold of the broadefr fupcrficies; and

therefore an arrow would flic fitter broad- wayes then long-

\vaycs, if this were true. NeverthelefTe, fince every effecl: muft

have a proportionable caufc from whence it immediately ftovr-

eth; and' tint a: body muft have another body to thrtift icon as-

long as it moreth; let us examine what bodies do couch a move-

able whileft it is- in motion: as the onely means to find an irfuc

out of this7 difficulty; for to- have recewrfc unto a quality or im-

prefled force for dHrverafhre1 out of this ftraight, is a fliifcthat

will not ferve the njrn in this way of difcourfe we u{e. In this

Phifofophyno knot admhteth fuch a foliition.

If then- we enquire what body it is that immediately touch-
cth the ball or arrmv 'whiles'it flieth ; we fha-lffind that none
other doth fo but the »rre^ and1 the atomes in ir, after the firing?-
have-given their ftrofce, arwfare parted from the miflive. And
althon^h \ve have GaMeos authority, an*f arw'.jmtfnts to dikrou-
rage usrrom believing chat the aire ea-rtwork tfifiserfef^; yet
ffnce thert fs no other body bcftdes ic left for us ro consider in
this cafe, Icciif at the leaft examine how the afre beliareth- if
felf after theftroke is given by the firings. Firft then it is evi-
dVnt that aflbotras the racket or bow-ftring fhrinketh back
frem tlwmifllve, and: leaverh a fpjtcr betvwen- the miffiveafid H
(as it is clear it doth, aflbon as it hath ftrucken the'pefifting bo-
dy)the aire rnvrft needs cla'p In with as much velocity as they re-
tire, and with feme what more; because the miffive g-oeth- for-
ward at the fame titwc3 arrcf therefore the aire muft haften co o-
venike ft,Ietrft any vacuity fhotiM be left between- ch^'flring and'
the arrow. It i* certain- Kkewife, that tlie -irre on the fides d'oth
alib uporrthed^vifion ofitjfFrcfe back1 and Wpto-fill that fpacc
which the departed arrow learcth void. New t^w ferei-We cte-
/ing of the aire at the nock of rhe arrow, mtift needfc give a-w im-
pt'lic or blow upon it: ifitfcerrrto'be'buta lictfe one, yoa may
ctymlcicr how it is- ytt much' greater, then wfrar the aire arnhheX
Bodies fWimmtng in it, do oft the firff gfve unto a- (l®ne fjlling1'
from high: and1 hcrvr « the raflfthrofc little atomes that dVire av

flonc-

n$ 3rrttiift<f'&QT)lES. Chap. 12.

{lone in its luuirall motion; do with their little -blows force ic
pcradventu re more violently & iwifcly then any impelling agent
we are acquainted with. can do. So that the impulfe which they
make upon the arrowy re fling violently upon it after fucha ve-
hement concuflion, and with a great velocity, muft needs caufe a
powerfull effe£ in that'which of "it felf is indifferent to any
motion any way.

3. But unlefTe this motion of the aire do continue to beat Mill

A further ex. upon the arrow, it will foon fall to the ground, for want of a
fcnncr°doarine caufe to drive it fprward;and becaufe the nacurall motion of the
aire ( being then the ouely one ) will determine it downwards.
Let us confider then how this violent rending of the aire by the
blow ' that the bow-ftringgiveth unto the arrow, muft needs
diibrdef the little atomes that fwim to and fro in it^and thatfbe-
inp heavier then the airejare continually defcendingdownwards
This di (order maketh fome of the heavier parts of them, get a-
bove others that a re lighter then they; which they not abiding,
do preiTe upon thofe that arc next them, and they up*on their
fellows: fo that there is a great commotion and undulation cau-
fed in the whole marie of aire round about the arrow : which
muft continue fomc time before it can be fatled;and it being de-
termined by the motion of the arrow that vray that it flideth,
it followeth that all this commotion and undulation of the aire,
ferveth to continue the arrow in its flight. And thus fafter then
any part behind can be icttled, new ones before are ftirred, till
the reiiftance of the medium do grow ftronger then the impulfe
of the movers.

. Befides this.the arrow prc/Ting upon the aire before it, with a
greater velocity then the aire (which is a liquid rare body ) can
admit, to move all of a piece without breaking: it muft of ncccA
fity happen that the parts of the aire immediately before the ar-
row be driven upon others further off, before thcfe can be mo-
ved to gire place unto them ; fo that in fomc places the aire be-
cometh condemned, and confequently in others rarificd. Which
alib the wind that we make in walking (which will jfhake a
paper pinned loofely at the wall of a chamber towards which
we walk) and the cooling airecaufcd by fanning when we are
hot do evidently confirm. So that it cannot be doubted, but that
condensation and rarefaction of the aire muft aecefTarily follow

the

Chap. 12. \ATraiifcof BODIES. 127

the motion of any foJid body.-which being admitted it is evident
that a great difordcr,and for fomc remarkable time, muft nece£-
farily be in the aire ; fince it cannot brook to continue in more
rarity or dcnfhy then is natural] unto it. Nor can weighty and
light parts agree to reft in an equall height or lowneflc; which
the violence of the arrows motion forceth them unto for thepre-
feru. Therefore it cannot be denied", btit that though the arrow
flide away, neverthelefle there (till remaineth behind it (by this
condenfation and confufion ofparts in the aire) motion enough
to give imptilfe unto the arrow, fo as to make it continue its
motion after the bowftring hath left it.

But here will arife a difficulty: which is, how this clapping in 4«

and undulation of the aire fhould have ftrength and efficacy e- JJt" ftren-'th
nough tocaufe the continuance of fb fmart a motion,as is an ar- encugh toncon-
rows (Lot from a bow. To this I need no other argument for an molfoU??"
anfwer then to produce Galileos teftimony, how great a body moveabic.

/-, i_ L t • J n • Diali. otmoti-

one fingle mans breath alone can in due circumltances give a ona.?.
rapid motion unto: and withal!., let us confider how the arrow
and the aire about it are already in a certain degree of velocity ;
that is to fay, the obftacle that would hinder it from moving
that way ('namely, the refinance of the aire) is taken away;aml
.the caufes that are to produce it(namely the determining of the
aires,and of the atomes motion that way ) are lightened. And
then we may fafely conclude that the arrow which of it (elf is in-
different to be moved upwards or downwards,or forwards,mufl:
needs obey that motion which is caufcd in it by the atomes, arul
the aires prefling upon it;either according to the impulfe of the
firing; or (when the firing beginncth to flagj according to the
beatings that follow the generallconltitution ofna-ture; or in a
mixt manner according to the proportions that thefe two hold to
one another. Which proportions Galileus in his 4. Dialogue of
motion hath attempted to explicate very ingeniotiflyzbut having
miffed in one of his fuppofitions; to \vit,that forced motion up-
on an horizontal! line, b throughput uniform; his great labours
therein have taken little effect towards the advancing the
knowledge of nature, as he pretended: for hisconclufions fuc-
cccd not in experience, as Meriemii3-*fllirech us after very cxaft
triails; nor can they in their rcafbns be fitted to nature.
So that to conclude this point;! find no difficulty in allowing

this

ATrtMifeof BODIES. Chap,

motion of the aircftrcngtH enough to force the
•on wards, for ibine time afeer she fiift mover is fevered from it ;
(and long after, \oc let no rnotioas of this -nature do endure :)
ifo thai we need fcek no further can e for the continuance of ic :
but way reft fatisficd upon tSic whole matter, that finccd-iectu-
fniind ciTOMttftances ouvrcifon fuggtfterh unto us, are after
trcatme andparticuiar extrnrnatbn proportionable to the erTci&s
we ire, che doSh-inc we deliver waft fee found and trwe.
5. For theeftabitfhing whereof, \ve n^d not (considering what

5Te firftvobj". wc ^ave fci'c^y tftW) fpcnd much time io -folYing Galileos aiv
«aion;:hac aire gumertts againtt it : feeing that,out of what we have letdown,
ewSPnSd. *^* a»^re to them appear plain enough^ for firft, vi^havt af-
o«. And "how ^rrfrcd caofcs how the a ire may <x>ndnue its «notion lcai» enough

violent morion . , . fc • \s\\ \

to give asrtvuch impreflion as is weedrull unto the arrow, to
flvai^ it go on as it doth. Which motion is not reqtiifiteto be
neafr fe gfcat in the airc "behind the arrow ( ihatdriyech k on )
•31 s wkattlve arrow caufeth in the aifC before it : for by reafon of
thedcn^ty of it, it malt needs make \ greater impreffimi in
the a«*e it cwttcih, then the aire that cauferfa its motion ,
would do ©f it Keif without the mediation of die arrow.
As, when the force of a hand givcth motion unto a knife to
£ut a loafe of bread, the knife, by reafon cxfthc dcnfity and
of the figure it hath, maketh a greater impteflion in rl»e ioaf,
then tl^c hand alone would do. And this is the (ante that we de-
clared in the natural motion of a hcavie thing downwards,cnto
•which we affigned two caufes;nanicly,the beating of the atxwiaes
in the aire, falling do\tn in their naturall courfc, to dctcntiine
kthe way it is to go ; and the denfiry of the body, that cutting
more powerfully then thofe atomes can do ; gireth (^together
with their help) a greater velocity unto tbe moveable, then the
atomes of tlwm (elves can give.

Nor doth it import that our refolution is agaiaft the geoe-
rall nature of rare and denfe bodies, in regard of conferring
motion; as Galileo objecleth : for the reafon why denfe bodies
do conferve motion longer then rare bodie$,is,becauie in regard
of their dividing virtue, they get in equal! times a greater velo-
city. Wherefore feeing that velociry is equal! unto gravity ; k
followeth,that refinance worked) not fo much upon them as up-
on rare b»dies; and therefore cannot make them ccaic from noo-

tion

Chap, 12. A Trtatifeof BODIES. n

tion fo cafily as it doth rare bodies. This is the general! rcafon
for the conservation of motion in denfe bodies. But becaufc in
our cafe, there is a continuall caufc which conferveth motion in
the airc, the aire may continue its motion longer then'ofit felf it
would do : not in the fame part of airc which Gali!etis (as it
fcemcth) did aim at : but in divers parts, in which the moveablc
fucceffivcly is.

Which being concluded, let us fee how the forced motion
comcth to decreafe and to be ended. To which purpofe we may
obfervc that the impreffion which the arrow receiveth fro:n the
aire that d i ivcch it forwards, being weaker then that which it
received ut the tirft from the ftring, f by reaibn, that the aire is not
fbdenfe.and therefore cannot ftrike fo great a blow)the arrow
doth not in this fecond meafure of time, (wherein we confider
the impulfe given by the aire onely) cut fo ftrongly the airc be-
fore it, nor prcflefb violently upon it, as in the firft meafure
when the ftring parting from it did beat it forwards:for till then
the velocity encreafeth in the arrow, as it doth in the firing that
carrieth it along, which procecdeth from reft at the fingers loofe
from it,to its higheft degree or velocity ; which is, when it arri-
veth totheutmoft extent of its jcrk,whereit quitteth the arrow.
And therefore the aire now doth Hot fo fwiftly, nor fomuch of
it, rebound back from before, and clap it felf behind the arrow,
to fill the fp:cc that elfe would be left void by the arrowes mo-
ving forward, and conicqucntly the blow it giveth in the third
mcature, to drive the arrow on, cannot be fo great as the blow
was immediately after the firings parting from it; which was in
the fecond meafure of time : and therefore the arrow muft needs
move flower in the thud meafure then it did in the fecond ; as
formerly it moved flower in the fecond (which was the aires
firft ftroke) then it did in the firft, when the ftring drove it for-
ward*. And thus fncceflivcly in every moment of time, as the
caufes grow weaker & weaker by theencreafeofrefiftance in the
aire before, and by the decreafe offeree in the fublequent airejfb
the morion muft be flower 5dflower,till it come to pure cefTation. 6»

As forGalileus fecond argumentjthat the aire hath little power t*n fanofwdcr f°
over heavy things ; and therefore he will not allow it to be the jeftion rhat the

caufc of continuing forced motions in dcnle bodies : I wifh he aire hath no

o i • r Pewcr ovcr

could as well have made experience what velocity or morion hea

I a mans

,0 A TreMifeofVODlES. Chap. 12.

a mans breath might produce in an heavie bullet ly ing upon an
even3inrcl,& flipery plain, (for a table would be too (hortjas he
did,how admirable great a one it produced in pendants hanging
in the aire : and, I doubt not but he \vould have granted it as
powcrfirll in ca tiling horizontall motions, as he found it in the
undulations of his pendants. Which nevertheleflc, do fiifficiently
convince how great a power airc hath over heavie bodies. As
likewise the experience of wind-guns aflurtth us that aire duly
applied is able to give greater motion unto heavy bodies then
unto light ones. For how can a ftraw or feather be imagined
poffibly to fly with half the violence as a bullet of lead doth out
of one of diofe engines ? And when a man fucketh a bullet up-
wards in a perfectly bored barrell of a gun, which the ballet
fitccth exactly fas we have mentioned before) with what a vio-
lence doth it follow the breach and afcend to the mouth of the
barrell ? I remember to have feen a man that was uncautious
ond fucked ftrongly that had his foreteeth beaten out by the
blow ofthebullcc afcending.

This cxperimeat(if well looked intojmay perad venture make
gocd a great part of this doctrine we now deliver. For,the aire
prefling in behind the bullet at the touch-hole, giveth it its im-
pulfc upwards; unto which the denfity of the bullet being added,
you have the caufe of its fwiftncs and violence; (for a bullet of
wood or cork,would not afcend fb faft and fo ftrongly) and the
fucking away of the aire before it, taketh away that refiftancc
which otherwife it would encounter with by the aire lying in the
way of ic: & its following the breath with fogreat eafe,mcwetfe
(as we touched bcfore)that of it felfitis indifferent to any moti-
on,when nothing prefleth upon it to determine it a certain way.
_ Now to Galileos laft argument j that an arrow fliould fly

An anfwer to fader broadvvaycs, then longwayes, if the airc were caufe of its
ftionhir?-°tJ9Cn motionrthcreneedcth no mote to be faid, but that the rcfiftance
arrow fliould of the airc before, hindreth has much as the impulfe of the airc
behind helpeth it on ; fo tlia: nothing is gained in that regard ;
but much is lofr, in refpe^l ofthe figure • which makcth the ar-
row unapt to cut the airc fo well when it flyeth broad waycs, as
when it is fhot longwayes : and therefore the aire being weakly
cut, fo much of it cannot clap in behind the arrow and drive it
on, againft the refinance beforc.which is much greater.

Tims far with due rcipc&,and with acknowledging remcm-

Chap. 13. «/* rre.iftfe of BODIES. 131

brance of the many admirable myfterks of nature which that
great man hat!» tai-ght the world, we have taken liberty to di£
pute againrt him : bccaufe this difficulty feemeth to hove driven
himagainll his Genius, to believe that in fuch motions there
muft be allowed a quality imprinted into the moved body to
cawfe themrw'k our wholcjcope both in this,and in all other oc-
cafions where like qualities are urgedjs to prove them fijperflu-
ous and ill grounded in naturejand to be but mere terms to con-
found & leave in the dark whofoever is forced to fly unto them.

CHAP. XIII.

Of three forts of violent wot ion, Reflettion>Vndu-
lation, and Refraftion.

THe motion we have hft fpoken o£ becaufe it is ordinarily I(
either in part or wholy contrary to gravity (which is ac- That reflexion
counted the naturall motion ofmoft bodicsjuieth to be called vi-
olcnt or forred. And thus.you have delivered unto you the na-
tures and cauies both of naturall and of forced motioiijyet it re-
maineth that we advcrtifeyou of fbmc particular kinds of this
forced motion,whieh fcem to be different from it, but indeed art
not. As firft, the motion cf reflection: which if we do but confi-
tier how farced motion is made; we (hall find that it is nothing
elfe but a forced motion,whofe line whereupon it is madejs asic
were fhapped in two by the encounter of a hard body. For even
as we fee in a fpout of water that is ftrongly (hot againft a wall,
the water following driveth the precedent parts firft to the wal,
and afterwards coming themfelves to the wall, fbrccth them a-
gain another way from the wall : right fd, the latter parts of the
torrent ofaire.whieh is caufed by the force that occafioned the
forced motion , driveth the former parts, firft upon the refiftant
body, and after w.ird> t^ain from it. But this is more eminent in
light then in any oH rr S)dy,becaufe light doth lefle riflent gra-
vity ; and fo cbferveth the pure courfc of the ftroke, better then
any other b<xA4} ; frr-m which others do for the moft part decline
ibme w ?. y i rsafo n of the: r we |o 1 -. -. .
Now tl • lar bw of reflexion is, that the line incidcrk^Si:

the line f ixrl-^^^n rntsd malr equal angles with that line of the Re^exion 1S

r /i i • l r r C • -ii r t madc at C(lua11

rchltcnt li rr i .-cics wch is m the 'amc fuperncies with themfelrcs. angi«.
The cciiuonftration vvhercor^that gvcat wit Renatus Des Cartes

I 2 hath

Tredife ^/BODIES.

hath excellently fet down in his book of Dioptrikes by the ex-
ample of a ball ftrucken by a racket ag.iinft the earth, or any
refifting body : the fubftance whereof is as followeth.

In the Rectangle Paral-
lelogramme A E, let C E
be the fuperficies of the
earth : A, the point from
which the racket HG,
ftriketh the ball by the
line A B, to the point B in the fuperficies of the earth : and let
us conCder C, to be on the left hand, and E on the right. Now
we arc to fhew that the ball will rebound by the line B F, to
the point F, in the fame time in which it went from A to B; and
fo make the angle ABC equall to the angle FEE. For the
eftc6Ung whereofj we muft abftradt, according to the manner
of mathematicians, from all Phyficall inequalities, and fuppofe
the fuperficies C E, to be mathematically plain, and the force
of che racket to continue equally ftrong in B as it is in A- for
although in truth, neither of thefe be rigoroufly fb;nererthclefTe,
becaufe there is no fenfible defect in any operation that depend-
o»h on them, it is the fame to our purpofe as if they were ma-
thematically fo. We fee then that the racket H G, doth in a
certain time drive the ball from A to B • that is to fay , from
the left hand to the right, as farre as from C to B ; and from
above to downwards as ferre as from A to C. We fee again,
thas: the fuperficies CE, is not contrary unto this motion of
the ball, as ir goeth from the left hand to the right ; for the line
C E Jyeth likcwife that way : but is contrary unto it, as it

goeth from above down-
wards; for in that courfc
the fuperficies C E cncoun-
tercth and puttcth a period
to the line A C. And there-
fore the motion of the ball
Vvhen it meeteth with the fuperficies C E, muft be changed from
the line A C, fo much as the fuperficies C E is contrary unco it;
that is quite backwards as farre as it depcndeth of that oppofi-
tion. Therefore, when the ball is come to B, it muft go from
thence in the fame proportion of left hand to right hand, and
from below upwards, as it came before from left han J to right

Chap. I?. 4 Trtatifeof BODIES.

hand, and from above downwards, when itc.imc fro;n A to B.
And consequently , ic muft in cquall time have palled another
line from left hand to righc hand, as long as the line C U; and
likcwifc, it muft at the ! a me time have paHed another line from
below upwards as long as A C : \vnich vvill of nccefficy make
it hit in the point F, at the end of fo much more time as ic .'pent
in going from A to B; and To, make the two angles ABC and
FB E equall ; as every one knowcch that hath biufilu:cd Eu-
clide.

The motion which we call undulation ncedeth no further ei-
plication: for it is manifeft, that fince a pendant, when it is re- Tilc
moved from its perpendicular, will reftore it felf thereunto by
the naturall force of gravity, and that in fo doing ic giineth a
velocity, ( and therefore cannot ceafc on a fuddain, _) it muft
needs be carried, out of the force of that morion, dircdlly the
contrary way: untill the force of gravity, overcoming the ve-
locity it muft be brought back again to the perpendicular: which
being done likewife with velocity, it muft fend it again towards
the place from which it fell at the firft. And in this courfe of
motion it muft continue for a while, every undulation being
weaker then other untill at laft it quite ceafeth, by the courfe of
nature fettling the aire in its due fituation according to the na-
turall caufes that work upon it. And in this very manner alfo
is performed that undulation which tvc fee in water, when it is
ftirred from the naturall fituation of its fphericall fuperficics.

Galileo hath noted that the time in which the undulations
are made which follow one another of their own accord, is the
fame in every one of them ; and that as much time precifely is
taken up in a pendants going a very fhort arch towards the end
of its vibration, ss was in its going of the greareft arch at the
beginning of its motion. The rcafon whereof feern:t!i ftrange to
him, and he thinketh it to be an accident naturall to the body
'out of its gravity; and that this effcft convinccth, it is not the
aire which moveth fuch bodies. Whereas in truth, it is clearly
the aire which caufeth this effect. Becatife the aire ftriving at
each end ( where it is furthcft from the force of the motion ) to
quiet it felfjgetteth at every bout fomewbat upon the fpacej and
fo contra&eth that into a fhorter arch.

But it is a great wonder to me, that Galileo fliould make a

I 3 wonder

wonder of this effrft to the rtafbn which he hath laid fb fair a
foundation upon another occasion, had he bur reflected upon
it. For in his fourth dialogue of motion he hath demonftratcd
that a natural! moveabie defcending in the quarter of a circle,
from what part focver it begin neth,fpcndeth equall time to come
to the lo A eft point, as if it came from any other part : fb that a,
pendant being brorght tip to any height by the force of a for-
mer motion downwards, it will be fure to ipcnd as much time
in going down from thence to the perpendicular, as it did at the
hrft when it was let fall from the grcateft height. Now I fub-
fume , that the pendants afcending, being the effect of the
velocity of its motion gained in defcending immediately before*
the faid velocity muft be able to carry it in the fame time to a
height, that is proportionate to that height unto which the velo-
city gained in the firft fall did caufe the pendant to mount. As

_/\j , __, for example : if the pendants firft

; deicent were from A to E, the fe-
^ cond from C to E; bccaufe the time
of thofe two is the fame, ( as Gali-
leus hath demonstrated ) it follow-
eth that their velocities gained in
defcending mnft of neeeflity be in the proportion of the line A E
to the line C E : therefore, their effects alfo muft be proportio-
nable. Let us then put the line E D in that proportion to the
line C E, which C E hath to A E, and then the velocity gained
in C E will carry the pendant up from E to D, in the fame
time in which the defcent AE did carry it up the other way
from E to C: wherefore, feeing that the times of its defccnt from
A to E, and from C to E arc equall; likewife, the two vibra-
tions from A to C and from C to D will be done in equal!
times. But that which made Galileo not ice the force of the
confequence, was that he did not acknowledge violent motion
to be made in the fame proportions., and for the fame rcafons
which are found in natural! motion : which we have above
fliewed to be Co, where we difcourfed of that matter.
> That motion alib which we call T^cfraftion, and is manifefl

Reflation at to fenfc, oneiy in light; (though peradventurc hereafter more
irnVthTre* diligent fcarchcrs of nature , may likc'.vifc find it in fuch other
bodies as a re called qualities; as in cold or heat,£c. ) is but a

kind

A Trttlifecf BODI

ES.

rom it ;
when the fc-

Chap, t j.

kind of Reflexion : for there being certain bodies, in which thd toward».
paffages are fo well ordered with their re/iftances, that all the
prtrtsofthem feemtfrpe'rmrt light ropafle through thcm.arrdyet
al! part* of them feem to reflet it ; when light paffeth throtrgh cJnd ruperfic:et
fuch bodies, it findeth at the* very entrance of them, fuch reh- isPara'Icl"»
frances where it pattern, as fcrfe it for a reffe$ent body; nnd yet
fuch a rcfle<5rerrt body^s hirrderetn not the pifldge through; but
onelyhindereth the1 paffage from being in* frtaight line with the
lint incident. Wherefore trie light mutt needs take a ply ai beaten
from thofe parts towards a line drawn from the ifluminant, fal-
ling perpendicularly rrpo-rf the refitting fuperficies; and therefore
is termed by mathematierarrs,to be- reflated of broken toi^ards
thcperpendicular.Now at the very going out again of the fight,
the fecond ftiperffciejC if it be parallel to the former ) muf! rteeds
upon a c6ntrJty caule, ftfike if the contrary waV: U-hich is
termed from tfcc ptrpendicular.

As for example:
rf the ray A B,
lighteth upon the
fuperfTcres ^ B F,
and findeth en-
trarrcc * it h not
riOAv the fuperfi-
cits E F, that re-
fifteth or reflecl-
eth rt:bnt it is that
part of the hifide

("as we may fay)of cfrc pore B,wh?ch Is towards Fjaitd is a Phy-
ficnll body, not a Matnematrcall pornt. The refletiort therefore
mnft be made, as if the refleftent body were I B K! but it is evi-
dent that if A B, did ftrike upo:r JK,it would reflect rowdrrfs
A G. But becaufe we know not the inclination of the fuperficies
I K, whether it be truly a perpendicular or no , therefore we
cannor tell the quantity of the inclination which this reflefcfon
muft make; but onely we know that it rmift be towards- A G.

But before we wade any deeper irrro this din5curty,we cannot f 5\
omit a word of the manner of explicating refraction which Mon^e«i'°r
Monfieur Des Cartes ufcth,fo witty a one as I am forry it wanr- Cartesh
eth fuccefle. He therefore following the deffidnftraticm above "

Id. ' •

G

A TreAtffc ofKODlES. Chap. 13.

given of reflection; fuppofeth the fuperficies which a ball light-
eth upon, to be a thin linen cloth, or fome other fuch matter as
will break cleanly by the force of the ball linking nnartly upon
it. And bccaufe that luperficies refifteth onely one way,therefore
he inferred that the velocity of the ball is leflened onely oneway
& not the other:fo that the velocity of its motion that way in
which it findcth no refinance, mull be (after the balls paflagc
throrgh the lincn^in a greater proportion to the velocity wch it
hath the other way where it findeth refiftance,then it was before.
And therefore the b;ill will in lefle time arrive to its period on
the one fide then on the other : and confequently, it will lean
towards that fide, unto which the courfe wherein itfindeth no
oppofition doth carry ir.

But how much he is miftaken upon the whole matter a little

figure willfhew: Ictus therefore put a Rectangle Parallelo-

A J) gram as before

C

o

M

A E, which I
double &mal-:c
the whole Pa-
rallelogram A
L, £ draw out
the line A B,
till it cometh
to L. Now we

muft imagine that C E, is the cloth or paflablc fuperficies which
Monficur Des Cartes putteth ; and B L the line it would go in,
if there v^cre no refiftance. Next we muft (cek the pcrpendicr-
lar,nhich according to our explication, Js A C : for that falleth
from A the illuminant, perpendicularly upon C E ; although,
fome who defend Monfieiir Des Cartes, /cein to make another
line the perpendicular ; againfl the conception of all thofc that
write of Opticks. But, not to trouble our felvcs with terms ; the
queftion is, whether the ball that paflcth the cloth, rnuft (" alter
us psiTagc throrgh} deflect from the line B L, (which it woukl
have kept, had there been no refinance ) towards E ; or el:e
deflect fiom that line towards C. And both experience and rci-
fbn do affiire us, that it mufl turn towards C : but Monfieur
DCS Cartes faith towards E.

Which to fhcw how itu contrary unto his ovvn ptincip!e;Jct

us

Chap. 1 3. ATreuife of BODIES. i-

us conceive the cloth C E to be of fome thickncfle, and fb draw
the line O P to determine that thickneffe. And let us make from
B upon A L, another Parallelogram like the Parallelogram
A L, whofe diameter fhall be B Q^ And it muft neceflarily fol-
low that the motion from B to Q^, if there were no refiftance,
were in the fame proportion as from A to B.But the proportion
ofthc motion from A to B, is the proportion ofCB to CA;thac
is, it goeth in the fame time fafler towards D, then it doth to-
wards M, in the proportion which CB hath to CA. By which
account, the refiftance it hath in the way towards D, muft alfo
be greater then the refiftance it hath in the way towards M, in
the proportion which CB hath to CA; and therefore tlfc more
tardity muft be in the way to D, and not in the way to M;and
confequently, the declination muft be from E wards, and to M
wards. For where there is moft refiftance, that way likcwifc
muft the tardity be greateft,& the declination muft be from that
way:but which way thethicknefle.to be parted in the fame time,
is moft, that way the refiftance is greateft : and the thicknefle is
clearly greater towards E, then towards M; therefore, the refi -
ftance muft be greateft towards E;£ confequently the declinati-
on from the line BL muft be towards M, and not towards E.

But the truth is, that in his do$rine the ball would go in a
ftraighc line as if there were noref.ftanc?; unlefTe peradvemure
towards the contrary fide of the cloth, at which it goeth oJt in-
to the free aire : for as the rcfiftauce ofthc cloth is greater in
the way towards D> then in the way towards M, (becaufc ic
pafleth a longer line in the fame tin.e, as al/b it did formerly in
the aire} fo likewife is the force that movech it that way great-
er then the force which movcth it the other. And therefore the
fame proportions that were in the motion, before it came to the
refifting pafTage, will remain alfo in it : at the leaftumill co-
ming near the fide at which it goeth out, the refittancebc
vcakned by the thinneflc of the rcfiftcnt theie: which bccaufa
it muft needs happen on the fide that hath leaft thick nefle,
the ball muft comequently.turn the other way, where it finde-.h
greateft yielding : and fb at its getting out into the free aire, ic.
will bend from the greater refiftance, in fuch manner as we
have faid above.

Neither do the examples brought by Monficur EXesCarccs *
and others in maintenance of 'this do^rinc any c!iins

• D

3 'jfTrtttifi */ BO DIES. Chap. 13*

Antnfwer -o them : for when a canon bullet iliot into a rirer, hurtwh the

llroi'v TrTfi" people on ^C ot'icr ^e ; " is not cau^ ty refraction, but by
,ourofMonfi- rcflc&ion, as Monficur DCS Cartes himfelf acknowledgech:and
fcsrU$Copinion. therefore, hath no force to prove any thing in refraftion; whole
laws are divers from thofe of pure reflexion.

And the fame anlwcr fcrveth againft the inftance of a musket
b"l!et foot at a mark under water ; which perpetually lighteth
higher then the mavk,thoi!gh it be exaflly juft aimed at.For we
knowing that it is the nature of water ,by fiftking in one place to
rift round aboivt,k muft of necefficy follow that the bullet which
Jr> entring hath preffed down the firft parts of the water* hath
wkhaH thereby put others further off in a motion of rifing: and
therefore the bullet in its gorng on rmifii meet with fbme water
fweHing tjpwa«k,4c mwft from it receive a ply that way,which
canoot fail ofearrying k above the mafk it was levelled at. And
fo we fee this cffeft proceedeth from reflexion or the botmding
of the warcr, and not from refraction. Befidejtha-c, it may juft-
ly be fufpefted the fhoorer took his aim too high, by rcafbn of
the marks appearing in the water higher then in truth it isrun-
leife iWh falle aitriing were duly prevented.

Nekner is Monfieur Des Cartes his ex<rufe to be admitted,
when he fakh that light goech otherwffe then a ball would do,
becaufe chat in a glaiTe or in water,the etheriall fuWTance which
he fuppofcth to run through all bodies,is more efficacioufry mo-
ved then in aire: and that therefore light mutt go fairer in the
glafle then in the aire, and fo turn on that fide of the ffraighc
line which is contrary ro the fide that the ball takethj becaufe
rfve ball gocth not fo fwifrly. For ( not to difpute of the verhy
of this propofition) the efFecl: he pretendeth is impo/Tible : for rf
the etheriall lubftance in the aire before the glaflcbc ffowly mo-
red, (the motion of which he calleth light } it is impofTiblc that
the ttheriall lljbltance in theglafle or in the water fhouW &c
more fmartly moved then it. Well it may be Jefle; but without
all doubt the impulfc ofthc etheriall fubttance in thtgfaflc can-
not be greater then its adequate caufc, which is the motion ofthe
other parts that are in the aire precedent toglafic.

Again, after it is paflkd theglafle, ir ftioidd return to be a
ftraightlinc with the line that it made in the aire precedent to
the glaffe: leeing that the fubfeauent aire rmift take off juft as
much (and no more)as theglafle did adder the contrary wrrere--

Chap, r 3. eXTfiM^/ttf/'BODIES. 159

Thirdly,in this explication it would alwaycs go one way iti
theaire,and another way in the glafTe: whereas nil experience te-
ftificth, that in a glaffe convex on both fides, it ftill goeth in the
aire after its going out to the fame fide as it did in the glaflejbuc
more. And the like happencth in glafles on both fides concave.
Wherefore it is evidcnt>that it is the fuperficies oftheglafle that
is the worker on both ficfes; and not the fubftance of the aire on
the one fide, and of the glafle on the other.

And laftly, his anfvver doth no way folve our objection,
Which proveth that the refiftance both wayci is proportionate
to the force that moveth,and by confequence that the thing mo-
ved muft go ftraight.As we may imagine would happen if a bul-
let were (hot Hoping through a green mud wall, in which there
were many round Hicks fo thin fet that the bullet might pafTe
with eafe through them;for as long as the bullet touched none of
them ("which cxprefleth his cafe) it would go ftraight; but if it
touched any of them ( which refcmblctli ours, as by and by
will appear) it would glance according to the quality of1 the
touch, and move from the ftick in another line.

Some peradventure may anfvver fop MonnVur DCS Cartes that
this fubtile body which hefuppofcth to tun through all things is
ftiffe and no wayes pliable. But that it fo repugnant to the na-
ture of rarity & fo many infuperable inconvtniencies do follo\v
out of it; as I cannot imagine he will own te ; and therefore I
will not fpend any time in replying thereunto.

We muft therefore feck fome other taiife bf the refraction of 7.
light, which is made at the entrance of k mt«r* diaphanous bo- ^ truecaufe^
dy. Which is plainly ("as we fa-rd before) b<Scaufc the *ay (hi- light both a" °
&in£ aeainft tlic infidc ofa body it carmot penetrate, turnttlvby »« _entrance, &

rt f i ii « J L. c 'c*SOIn8 out

reflexion towards thatfide on which the ilhimuia-Ht [tandctn: fi-omtheicHc-
and ific findeth clear paflage through the Whole refirtent,k fbl- ft
loweth the coitrfc it firft taketh; if not, ihcil it is loft by many
reflexions to and fro.

And- that this do6r,n4i« is true, the accidcrtts or Phenometm
evidently declare unto us; for experience teathcth us, that upon
a plain fuperficies the refraction is made towards the penpendi-
cular drawn from the illuminant to the fuperficies ; as we have
fnkt. Now at the going out ( if the furfaces be parallels ) we fee
that the ray turnetli from that perpendicular; which aifo is ne-

ccflary:.

140 A Trettife of BODIES. Chap, 13.

ceflary; for going through a pore bigger then it felf > or at the
leaft as big; and finding it full of a ire, ic muft needs be crowded

CJ O

thcre.Biit in a crowd, he prefleth you moft who you preflc moft
upon:fo then that fide of the pore which is next to^the light as ic

palfeth, muft preflc moft
upon itrbut the angle wclv
is towards the perpendi-
cular, to wit, the angle
B C L is the letter; & by
confequencc , the ray is
nearer that fide of the
pore which is towards I,
then the other fide of it
wch is towards H; where-,
fore it muft take its ply

from that fide. But that fide ftrikerh it from the perpendicular:
and therefore it muft there refraft from the perpendicular.

This very fame doclrine for the reafon of refraction is con-
firmed by what happeneth in crooked fupcrficiefes. As if E F

be a Lens or a glafle on
both fides convex; and
C B the axis of it; A D
the ray falling from the
illuminant A ; A B the
perpendicular falling fro
the fame illuminant A:it
will be plain by the for-
mer difcourfe, that the
ray A D, muft at the en-
try be refradted towards
A B , as being repulfed
from that part of the in-
fide of the pore D, which
is towards Fjbecaufe that
fide is moft oppofed unto
thcray.Now the ray be-
ing once turned that
\vay; when at the end of
its journey through the
glafle

Chap. 13. *sf Treaty efBODIE S.

iSn |SCOme^ ^e0thcr fuPcrficiw EGF.itmaketh the
'towards F- and therefore muft ft by the rule given
above be refraa d ^ k$ ^rtjng ^ ^ jp «

« perpendicular j and it will meet fomcwherc with the
.1 which experience flicweth us to be true.

And taking a body of
concave furfaces we fhall
(according to this do-
ctrine of ours ) find the
caufes of refraction jtift
contrary; & accordingly
experience likewife flicw-
eth us the effects to be fb
too. And therefore fince
experience agreeth exa^K.

1 O

ly with our rules, we can-
not doubt but that the
principles upon which we
go arc well laid.

But becaufe crooked ge
furfaces may have many A general! rule

• 1 * ' * *1f *** I'r r\ •., .L^.

irregularities; it will not
be amiflfc to give a rule
by which allofthemmay
be brought unto a cer-
tainty. And this it is,that
reflexions from crooked

fuperficicfes are equall to the reflexions that arc made from
fuch plain fuperficicfes, as arctangents to the crooked ones in
that point from whence the reflexions are made. Which princi-
ple the matters ofOpticks do take out of a Mathematicall fup-
pofition of the unity of the reflecting point, in both thefurfaces;
the crooked and the plain: but we take it out of the infallibility
of the difference of fo lircle a part in the two different furfaces,
as ferveth to reflect a ray of light: for where the difference is fn-
fenfibJe in theciufcs, there likewise the difference is fb little
in the effe$s,is fenfe cannot judge of them: which is as much as
is requifae to our purpolc. Now feeing that in the Marhema-
ticall fuppofition, the point where the reflexion is made is in-
different

BO DIES. Chap, ,13.

4

different to both the fur faces :k followeth>tliat ic iraporteth not
whether fuperficics you take to know the quality of reflexion
by. This principle then being fettled, that the reflexion muft fol-
low the nature cf the tangen: Uivfaces, and it being prov2d, that
in plain furfoccs it will happen ia fuch fort as we have explica-
te*.!, it follovseth that in any crooked fuperficies of what figure
foever the fame alio will happen.

Now feeing we have formerly declared, that refractions are
but a certain kind of reflexions- what we have faid here of re-
flexions may be applyed to refractions.

o. But there remaineth yet untouched one affection more of re-

AWy ofuvca- fractions; which is that Come diaphanous bodies do in their in-
Ireater'por'es ward parts reflect more then others,(which is that which wecall
makethagiea refraction )as experience fhcweth us:concernine which effect, we

terrefrattion rjtj-L LJ- • i /••

then one oficf are to coniider that diaphanous bodies may in their composition
fer parts and j^yg two differences :for fbrne arecompofed of greater parts and

leffer pores. . r i /r j i rr T •

greater pores • others, or lefler parts and lefler pores. It is true
there may be other combinations of pores and parts, yet by thcfe
two the reft may beefleerned. As for the firft combination, we
fee that becaufe the pores are greater , a greater multitude of
parts of light may pa fie together through one pore; and becaufe
the parrs are greater, likewife a greater multitude of rayes may
reflect from the fame part, and may find the fame paffage quite
throughout the diaphanous body. On the contrary fide in the
fecond combination where both the pores and the parts of the
diaphanous body are little, the light rauft be but little that find-
eth the fame p adage.

Now that refradion is greater or leffcr happeneth two wayes:
for it is either when one diaphanous body reflectech light at
more angles then another, and by conleqncnce in a greater ex-
tent of the fuperficies; or elfe when one body rcfledteth light
from the fame point of incidence in a /horter line & in a greater
angle then another doth. In both thefe wayjr? it is apparent
that a body coitipofed of greater partJ and greater pores,cxcecd-
rih bodies of the oppofite kind: for by renfon that in the firft
kind more light may beat againflone air;i bc*V in \\hich that
happened!, will make an appearance ft^-n a further parr of its
fuperficies: whereas in a body of tlic other &rt , the light that
beateth againft one of the little parts of ic will be fo liule as it

will

Chap. 13. A Trcxtifi of BODIES.

will prefently vanifh. Again, becaufe in the firft, the part at the
incidence is greater ; the flirface from which the reflexion is
made inwards, hath more of a plain and ftraight fuperficie? :
and confequently doth reflcA at a greater angle.then that,whofc
Hjperfictcs hath more of inclining.

But wemuft not pafTe from thisqueftion, without looking a 10>
little into the nature of thofe bodies in which refraction is made: A confirmation
for if thcy,as well as the immediate caufes of refraction, do like- °f 'h.e formcr,

.r r • MI i- t r d'.ftnnc, out of

wile favour us; it will not a little advance the certainty ©tour de- the nature
termination. To this purpofe we may call to mind, how experi-
encefheweth us that great refractions are made in fmoke,and in
mifts, and in olifles, and in thick-bodied waters ; and Monfieur
Des Cartes addeth certain oyles, and fpirits or ftrong waters.

Now moft of thefe we fee are compofed of little confiftent
bodies, fwirnming in another liquid body. As is plain in fiuoke
and miftsrfor the little bubbles which rife in the water before
they get out of it;and that are fmoke when they get into the aire;
do aflure us that fmoke is nothing elfe, but a company of little
round bodiesjfwimming in the aire : and the round confidence
of water upon herbs, leafs, and twigs in a rind or dew, gtveth
us allb to underftand that a mift is likewife a company ot little
round bodies that fometimes ftand, fometimes float in the aire,
as the wind driveth them. Our very eyes bear witnefTe to us,
that the thicker fort of waters are full of little bodies, which is
the caufe of their not being clear.

As for glafle, the blowing of it convinceth, that the litrie
darts of fire which pierce it every way, do naturally in the melt-
ing of it convert it into little round hollow bodies, which in
their cooling muft fettle into parts of the like figure. Then for
cryftall and other tranfparent flones which are found in cold
places; it cannot be other wife, but that .the nature of cold pierc-
ing into the main body, and con-racling every little part in it
felf, this contraction muft needs leave vacant pores between
part and part. And that fuch tran'parcn: ftones as are made by
heat, have the like effeft and property^ rmy be judged out of
what we fee in bricks and tiles, which nrc lefc full ofholes by
the operation of the fire. And I have fccn in bones that have
lain a longtime in the fun, a multitude of fcnfible little pores
chofeto one another, as if they had been formerly ftuck all over

with

J44 ATreAtifcof BO DIES. Chap. 14.

\vich fubtile (harp needles as clofe as they could be thruft in by
one another. The Chymicall oylcs and fpirirs which Monfieur
DCS Cartes lpeakethof,are likely to be of the famecompofition;
fince that fuch ulc to be extracted by violent fires : for a violent
fire is made by che conjunction of many rayes togecher;andchat
muft needs caufe great pores in the body ic worketh upon ; and
the flicking nature ofchefe fpirics,is capable ofcpnferving them
Oi;t of all chcle obfei vations, it followeth, that the bodies in
which greatcft refractions do happen, are compounded (as we
have faidj of great parts, and great pores. And therefore,by one-
ly taking light to be fucli a body a* we have defcribed it to be,
where we treated of the nature of it; ic is evident, that the efFedt
'A^vvehaveexprettjmuflnecefTarily follow by way of reflexion,
and that refraction is nothing elfe but a certain kind of reflexion
Which laft aflmion, is likewife convinced outofthis ; that
the fame effects proceed from reflexion as from refraction : for
by reflection a thing may be feen greater then it is; in a different
place fio;n the true one where it isrcolours may be made by re-
flexion.as alfb gloating light; and fire likewife • andperadven-
ture all other effects which arecaufed by refradtion.may as well
as thefe^ be performed by reflexion. And therefore it is evident,
they muft be of the fame nature ; feeing chat children are the re-
femblances of their parents.

CHAP. XIV.
Of the cotnpofitioH, qua/it its, and general ten of mixed bodies.

HAving now declared the virtues by which fire and earth
.vork upon one another:and upon the refl ofthe elements;
of this cha-cer which is, by light, and by the motions we havcdifcourtedof.
and the A*-' Our task fliall be in this chapter firfl to obfcrvc what will rcfulc
rhors mtenc in out of fuch action of ti eirs : and next, to fearch into the wayes
and manner of comparing and performing it. Which latter we
fhall the more eafily attain \into, when we firft know the end
that their operation levcllcth at. In this purfuit we fhal find that
the cfifeil of the clement, combinations, by means ofthe moti-
ons that happen among them ; is a long pedigree of€o:npound-
cd qualities and bodies: wherein the nrft combinations (like
marriages) are the breeders of the next more compofed fub-
ftanccs : and they again are the paren:$ of others in greater

variety:

Chap. 14. vtTreuifeof BODIES. 145

variety : and To are multiplied without end ; for the further
this work proceedeth, the more fubjccls it maketh for new bu-
fineflc ofthe like kind.

To deicend in particular unto all thcfc, is impoffible. And to
looke further then the generall heads of them, were fuperfluous
and troublesome in this diicourfe; wherein I aime onely at
/hewing what forts ©f thing* in common, may be dene by bo-
diestthat if hereafter we meec with things of another nature and
ftrain, we may be fure they are not the ofspring of bodies and
of quantity • which is the main Icope of what I have defigncd
here. And to do this with confidence and certainty, requireth of
ncceflity this leifurely and orderly proceeding that hitherto we
have ufed,and fliall continue to the end:fbr walking thus foftly,"
we have alwayes one foot upon the ground ; foas the other may
be fure of firm footing before it fettle. Whereas., they that for
more haft will leap over rugged paflages and broken ground ;
vvhen both their feet are in the aire, connot help themfelves, but
muft light as chance throweth them.

To this purpofe then we may confider, that thequaliciesof
bodies in common are of three forts : for they are belonging ei-
ther to the conftitution of a compounded body, or eJlc to the
operation of it; and the operation of a body, is of two kinds; the
one, upon other bodies, the other, upon fenfc. The laft ofthefc
three forts ofqualities, (hall be handled in a peculiar chapter by
themfelves. Thofe of the fecond fort, whereby they work upon
other bodies, have been partly declared in the former chapters,
and will be further difcourfed of in the reft of this fir ft Treatifc :
foas that which remaineth for the prefent, is to fall upon the
ditcourfe offuch qualities as concur to the conftitution ofbadies;
\vith an aime to difcover, whether(or no) they may be effected
by the feverall mixtures of rarity and dcnfity, In fuch fort as is
already declared. To which cnd,wc are to confider in what man-
ner thefc two primary differences of bodies may be joyned to-
gcthertand what effects fuch conjunction will produce.

As for their conjunflion : to deliver the nature of it entirely,
we muft begin from the very root of it, and confider how the ^*
Unirerfe being finite fwhich Mr. White hath demonftratcd in 103^7^ bo!
the fecond knot of his firft Dialogue) there cannot be an infinite f^'']c^dfijat
number of bodies in it;for Geometricians fli.w us how the leaft i$ found infirc.

K quantity

A Trt&tife *f B O D I £ S, Chap. 14.

ejH&ntity that is, may be repeated fo often as would exceed any
the greatcft determinate quantity \vhatfoever. Ouc of which it
followcth, that although all the other bodies of the world were
no bigger then the leaft quantity that can be defigned ; yet they
being infinite in number, would be greater then the whole uni-
vcvfc that containeth them. And therefore, of necedity there muft
l:e k ir;c leaft body, or rather, forne leaft fizcofbodie? : which
in compounded bodies is not to be expected : for, their leaft
parts being compounded , muft needs include compounding
parts Icfie then themfelves. We muft then look for this leaft fizc
of bodies in the Elements ; which of all bodies are the fimpleft.
And among them, we muft pitch upon that, wherein is greateft
divisibility, snd which consequently is divided into leaft parts ;
that is, fire : fo as we may conclude thac among all the bodies
in the world, that which of its own nature hath an aptitude to
be leaft, muft be fire.

3. Now, the leaft body of fire, be it never fo little, is yet divifi-

TVe firit con- ^ . j ^ w^ . j ^ ^ InaKe;:h it be one? To deter-

junaion ot n f r s~i r

pans is m bo- mine this ; we muft retort unto the nature ofi^iumtitj : Whole
?«• and left formall notion and cflence is, To be divifiblc j which fignifieth,
riadc bv the ti)at manv may be made of it • but that of which many may be

force of Q«an- . . J c , . - .

liiy. made, is not yet many, out of this very realon, that many may

be made of it. But, what is not many, is one. Therefore what
hath quantity ; is, by mere having quantity, actually and for-
mally as well one, as it hath the poflibility of being made ma-
ny. And confcqucntly, the leaft body of fire, by having quanti-
ty, hath thofe parts which might be many, actually one. And
this is the firfl conjunction of parts that is to be confidered in the
cof ofuion of bodies: wch though it be not an acftuall joyning of
acluall paftsjyet it is a formal cojunclion of what maybe many.
4' In the next pbcc we may confiderjhow feeing the leaft bodies

o» eonjonaion thataie.be of fire; it muft needs follow, that the leaft parts of
i» corrpsQcd- t^e otjier EJcmCncs mljft tc bigger then they.And confcqucntly,

nefic m fimple &C /

and the poflible parts of thole leaft parts ot the other Elements mult
have fomething to confcrvc them together, more then is found
in fire. And this, becnufc Elements are purely diflinguifhcd by
rarity and denfity is ftm'ght concluded ro be dcnfitj. And thus
we have found • that as quantity is the caufc of the poflible
parts being one; to dcn(uy is the can ft of the like parts (ticking

toge.

Chap. 14, A'TnA'tfti/ BODIES. 147

together: which appeared! in the very definition of ic, for, to he
le$e divisible, (which is the notion of dcnfity) ipeaketh a refi-
ftance to divifion, or a Ricking together.

Now let us examine how two parts of different Elements arc
joyned together, to make a compound. In this conjunction we The third con-
find both the effects we have already touched :for,t wo fjch parts '^'^ l*£f
mutt make one • and moreover, they nmft havefome refinance rent Element*,
todivifibilhy. The firft of thcfceffeA* we have already afligncd l^K°^'
unto the nature of quantity . And ic being the formall effect of city and deirfty
quantity; it cannot (whereloever it is found) have any other for- tosct er*
mall caufe then quantity : and therefore cither the two .little
parts of different Elements, do not become one body : or if they
do, we muft agree that it is by the nature of quantity which
worketh as much in heterogeneall parts, as in doth in homoge-
neall ones.And it muft needs do fo: becaufe Rarity and Deniity
(which are the proper differences of Quantity) cannot change
the common nature of Quantity, that is dicir Genus : which by
being fo to them, muft be univocaiiy in them both. And chis ef-
fect cometh precifely from the purs notion of the Genus : and
confequemly, muft be feen as well in two parts of different na-
tures, as in two parts of the fame nature : buc in parts of the
fame nature,which once were two, and afterwards become one ;
there can be no other reafon why they are one, then the very
fame for which thoic parts that were never feparated fbut that
may be feparated) are likcwife one : and this, moft evidently, is
the nature of quantity.

Experience feemeth to confirm thus much; when pouring wa-
ter out of a bafin, feme of it will remain fticking to the fides of
the metall : for if the quantity of the bafin, and of the water,
had not been one and the fame by its cr.vn nature ; the water
(considering the pliablencfTe of its parts ) would certainly have
comaien all away, and have glided from the uncvennedc of the
bairn, by the attractive unity of its whole, and would hive pre-
ferred the unity of its quantity within it felf, rather then by
fticking to the bafin, have fuffered divifion in >ts own quancitic;
which we are fure was one, whiles the water was altogether in

O

the bafin :but thatjboth the bafin and the water making but one
quantity; and a divifion being unavoydable in that one quan-
tity;ic was indifferent, i» regard of the quantity confidercd finely

K 2 by

6.

The rcaron
v. hy liquid bo-
cite* do eafily
joyn together J
and dry ones

Tim n, i <vn
bard bodies
can tonch ore
'•Bother imme-

^/BODIES. Chap. 14.

by it felf, where this divifion fhould be made, whether in the
parts of the bafin, or in the parts of -the water : and then, the
ether circtimflanccs determined ic in that part of the water
which was neareft to the joyning of it wich the bafin.

The fecond eflfeft (which was refiftance to divisibility;) we
afTigned unto denfity. And of that fame caufe, rnuft allb depend
the like effect in this cafe of the flicking together of the«tvvo
parts of different Elements, when they are joyncd to oneano-
thertfor if the two parts, whereof one is denfe, the other is rare,
do not exceed the quantity of fbme other part of one homo»c-
neall rare Element for the dividing whereof, fuch a determinate
force, and no leiTe can fuffice: then/eeing that the whole compo-
ledofthefe two parts is not fo divifible as the whole confiftincr
of that one part ; the afTigned force will not be able to divide
them. Wherefore it is plain, that if the rare part had been join-
ed to another rare part indeed of the denfe one it is joyned
unto.. it had been moreeafily dividable from that, then now it is
from the dcnfe part. And by confequence it flicketh moreclofely
to the denfe part, then it would to another of its own nature.

Out of what we have faid, a flep is made us to underftand
why foft and liquid bodies doeafily joyn and incorporate into
one continued body;but hard and dry bodies fo difficultly, as by
experience we find to be true. Water with water, or wine cither
with other wine or with water, fo uniteth, that it is very hard
to part them : but fand or (tones cannot be made to ftick toge-
ther without very great force and indurtry. The reafbns where-
of,rnuft ncccflarily depend of what we have faid above.To wit,
that two bodies cannot touch one another, without becoming
one : and, that if two bodies of one degree of denfity do touch,
they muft flick together according to the force ofthat degree of
dcnfuy.Out of which two., is manifcftly inferred,that if two hard
things fliould come to touch, they muft needs be more difficultly
feparatcd then nvo liquid tilings. And confequcntly, they can-
not come to touch, without as much difficulty, as that whereby
they are made one.

But to deduce this more particularly; let us confidcr, that all
the little furfaces ,by which one hard body may be conceived to
touch another(as for example, when a flonc licch upon a ftoncj
inuit of neccftity be cither plain, or concavc; or convex. Now

if

C hap. 14. A Treat if e of BODIES.

if a plain fupcrficies fhould befuppofcd to touch another plain
one coming perpendicularly to it ; it muft of neceflity be grant-
ed to touch it as fbon in the middle as on the fides. Wherefore,
if there were any aire (as ofneceffity there mutt be) betwixt the
two furfaccs before they touched ; it will follow, that the aire
which was in the middle muft have fled quite out from between
the two furfaces, as fbon as any part, of the furfaces do touch ;
that is, as fboii as the aire which was between the utmoft edges
of the furfaccs did fly out; and by confequence it muft have mo-
ved in an inftant.

But if a plain furface be faid to touch a convexc furface ; it
touchethitonely by aline, (as Mathematicians demonftratc) or
onely by a point. But, to touch by a line or a point, is in truth,
not to touch by the form or notion of Quantitie, which requi-
reth divifibilitie in all that belonged! unto it ; ) and by confe-
quence among bodies it is not to touch j and fo, one fuch furface
doth not touch the other.

Now/or a plain furface to touch a concave, every man feeth
is impoflible. Likewise for to convexe furfaces to touch oueano-
ther,they muft be allowed to touch either in a line or in a point*
•which we have fhewed not to be a phyficall touching. And if a
convexe furface fhould be faid to touch a concave ; they nauft
touch all at once as we faid of plain furfaces ; and therefore the
fame impoflfibility will arife therein : fo that it is evidentsthat no
two furfaces moving perpendicularly towards one another, can
come to touch one another,if neither of them yieldeth, and
changeth its hew.

Now then, if it be fuppofed that they come flidingly one over
another in the fame line; whereby, firft the very tips of the edges
come to touch one another; and ftill as you fhoove the upermort
on forwards, and that it flideth over more of the nether furface,
itgaineth to touch more of it. I fay that neither in thiscale do
they touch immediately one anotherrfor as fbon as the two firft
parts fliould meet, if they did touch, and that there were no air?
between them; they muft prefcntly become one quantity or body
as we havedeelared;and muft ftick firmly together, according to
their degree of denfity;and coniequently could noc be moved on
without ftill breaking afunder at every impulfe, as much of the
maflie body.,as were already made one by their touching.

K 3 And

tf B O D I E S. Chap.i4.

And if you {hould fay they did not become on*; and yet al-
low them to touch immediately one another without having
any aire or fluide body between them; then if you fuppofc them
to move onwards upon thefc termcs ; th*y would be changed
locally, without any inninfecall change:which in the book De
Mundo ( as we have formerly allcdged ) is demonftrated to
be impoflible.

There remaineih onely a third way for two hard furfaces to
come together • which is, thai firft they {hould reft doping one
upon another, and make an angle where they meet ( as two
lines, that cut one another, do in their point of their imerie£U-
on ) and fo contain as it were a wedge of aire between them,
which wedge they fhould leficn by little and litde, through their
moving towards one another at their moft diftant edges (whiles
the touching edges are like immoveablc centers that the others
turn uponjtill at length they flint oat all the airc, and ciofe to-
gether, like the two legs of a compafle.

But neither is it polTlble that this way they {hould touch, fov
after their firft touch by one line C which neither is in efYe& a
touching , as we have fhewcd ) no other parts of them can
touch, though ftill they approch nearer ind nearer, untill their
whole furftces do entirely touch at once: and therefore, the airt
mu(t in this cafe leap out in an inftant a greater fpace.then ifthe
furfaces came perpendicularly to one another; for here it muft
flie from one extremity to the other: whereas, in the former
ca(«> it was to go but from the middle to each fide.

And thus it is evident that no two bodies can arrive to touch
one another, unleiVe one of them at the leaft have a fupcrficies
ply able to the fuperficies of the other ; that is, unlcffe one of
them be foft, which is.to be liouide in lomc drgrce. Seeing then,
that by touching, bodies do become one ; and that liquidity is
thccaufe and means whereby bodies arrive to touch; we may
boldly conclude that two liqnidc bodies do moft eahly and rea-
dily become one; and next to two fuch, a liqurde and a hard
body, are fooneft united : bur two hard ones molt difficultly.

To proceed then with our reflexions upon thccompofition of
8. bodies, and upon what rcfulteih out of the joyning and mixture

r.ixcAK-- of their firft differences Rarity and Denficy; we fee, how if a 11-

sfc named .I/.T/I i t i jti-ji-ii ^.

general.1. qiiidc iliOltancc liappcncth to touch a dry body ic fticketh eafily

there-

Chap. 14. ATreAitfetf BODIES. 151

thereunto. Then confidef, that there may be fo fmall a quantity
of fuch a Kqurde body, a* it miy be almoft itnpoflible for any
naturall agent to divide it further into any leffcparc* ; and fup-
pofe that ftrch a liquide part is between two dry parts ofa dertfe
body, and flicking to them both, bccomerh in the nature of a
glew to hold them together : will it not follow out of what we
havefaid, that thefe two denfe parts will be as hard to be fe-
vered from one another, as the fmall liquide part by which they
flick together is to bedititfed? So that, when the vilcuous liga*
merits whrch in a body do hold together the dcnfe parts, are fa
fmall and fubrile, ay no force we can apply unto them can di-
vide them, the adhefion of the parts muft needs grow then in!e-
parable- And therefore, we ufc to moiften dry bodies, to make
them the more eafily be divided ; whereas thole that are over*
moift are of fhemfclves ready to fall in peices. And thus you
fee how in f;enerall, bodies are framed.

Out of which drfcourfc, we may ballance the degrees of foli-
dity in bodies, for all bodies being composed of htimide and dry The cajj£ of
parts, we may conceive either kind of thofe parts, to be bigger «*e rcveraii ae-
or leflcr, or to be more rare or more denfe. Now if thedry parts
of any body be extreme little and denfe ; and the moift parts
that joyn the dry ones together, be very great and rare ; then
that body wrll be very eafie to be difTolved. But if the rttdift
parts which glew together fiich extreme little and dehfe dry
parts, be either Jeffer in bulk or not fo rare; then the body cortt-
pofed of them will be in a ftronger degree ofconfiftertce. And if
the moift parts which ferve for this effect, be in an eicefle of
fittlenefle and withall denfc ; then, the body they compote will
be in the highefr degree of confidence that nature can frame.

On the other fide; if you glew together great dry parts»whick
are moderately denfe and great, by the admixtiori of hurrtide
parts that arc oftheleaft fize in bulk, and denfe withall; then
the confidence will decreafe from the height of it by how mucK
the parts are greater, and the denfity IcfTe. But if un~o dry parts
of the greater! fize, and in the grcateft rernifTenefTe of denfity,
you adde humide pans that are both very great arid very rare",
then the compofed body will prove the moft eafily diflblveaMe
of all that nature aftordeth.

After this, caft ing our eyes a little further to wardi the com-

K 4 poficion

of
dies.

Chap. 14,

arcrcdu- pofition of particular bodies; we fliall find ftill greater mixtures,
combi- the further we go; for as the firft and fimpleft compounded bo-
Eie- dies, are taa<3e of the foure Elements; fo, others arc made of
of thefej and again a third fort of them: and fo onwards, accord-
jng as u,y motion, the parts of every one are broken in funder,
and mingled with others. Thofc of the fir ft order, muft be of
various tempers according to the proportions of the Elements,
whereof they are immediately made. As for example, fuch a
proportion of fire to the other three Elements, will make one
kind offimple body.and another proportion will make another
kind: and lo throughout, by various combinations and propor-
tions among all the Elements.

In the effecting of which work, it will not be amiflc to look
a little upon nature; and obfervc how fhe mingleth and tem-
pereth different bodies one with another, whereby flic begetceth
that great variety of creatures which we fee in the world. But
becaule the degrees of competition arc infinite, according to the
encreafe of number, we will contain our felvcs within the com-
mon notions of excefle in the foure primary components; for if
we fhould defcend once to fpecifie any determinate proportions,
we fhould endanger lofing our {elves in a wood of particular
natures, which belong not to us at prefent to examine. Then
taking the foure Elements as materials to work upon: let us firft
confidcr how they may be varied , that differing compofitions
may refulc out of their- mixtures. I conceive that all the wayes
of varying the elements in this regard, may be reduced to the fe-
verall fizes of bignefle, of the parts of each Element, that enter
into the compofition of any body, and to the number of thofe
parts : for certainly no other can be imagined, unleffe it were
variety of figure.

But that cannot be admitted to belong in any conftant man-
ner to thofe leaft particles whereof bodies arc framed; as though
determinate figures were in every degree of quantity due to the
natures of elements, and therefore, the elements would confervc
themfelves in thofe figures, as well in their leaft atomes ., as in
maffic bulk : for feeing how thefe little parts are fhuflfled toge-
ther without any order; and that all liquids eafily joyn,and
take the figures which the denfc ones give them; and that they
again, juflling onranother;docru(li tbcmfclves into new fhapes,

vshiclr.

Chap. 14- 'ATfMiftif BO DIES.

which their mixture with the liquid ones,maketh them yicldthe
more eafily unto: it is impoffible that the elements fhould have
any other naturall figure in thefe their leaft parts, then fuch as
chance giveth them. But that one part muft be bigger then an-
other is evident; for the nature of rarity and denfity giveth it:
the firft of them caufing divisibility into little parts, and the lat-
ter hindering it.

Having then fettled in what manner the elements may be va-
ried in the competition of bodies; let us now begin our mixture-
In which our ground to work upon muit be earth and water;
for onely thefe two are the bafis of permanent bodics,that fuffer mancnt m:xcd
our fen fes to take hold of them, and that fubmit themfelvcs to bodici<
triall: whereas if we fliould make the predominant element to
be aire or fire, and bring in the other two folid ones under their
jurifdiition to make up the mixture, the compound refultingout
of them would be cither in continuallconfumption(as ordinary
fire is ) or elie imperceptible to our eyes or touch, and therefore
not a fit fubjcft for us to difcourfe of, fince the other two afford
us enough to fpeculate upon. Peradvemure our fmell might
;ake fbmecognifance of a body fo compofed, or theeffedt of it
:aken in by refpiration, might in time fhcw it fclf upon our
icalth.- but it concerneth not us now to look fo far; our defigne
requireth moremaniable fubftances.

Of which let water be the firfi; and with it we will mingle 12

:hc other three elements, in exceffe over one another by turns ; ^at k'n(|,of

n-ii 11 r i c i L J • f "Q"e* thole are

jut mil all or them overiwayed by a predominant quantity of where water is

^ater: and then let us fee what kind of bodies will refult one of canh^hVIc-

ueh proportions. Firft, ifearth prevail above fire and aire, aild dominant eic-

irrive next in proportion to the water, a body offuch a compo- other two! thc

ition muft needs prove hardly liquid, and uot eafie to let ics

>arts run afunder, by reafon of the great proportion of fo cienfe

i body as earth that holdeth it together. Yet fome inclination it

vill have tofluidnefle.by reafon the water is predominant over

ill; which alfo will make it be eafily divifjb!e>andgivc very lit-

le reliftance to any hard thing thatfhall be applyed to make

•vay through it. Jn a word, this mixture makcth theconnituti-

)n of mud, dirt, honey, butcer, and lach like things where thc

nain parts are great ones. And Rich are thc pares of earth and

•vaterin themfelyes.

tec

154

a;rc is the p/c-
clominar.t H!c-
n.cnt.

'A TreMtfc of B O D I E S. Chap. 14.

Let the next proportion of cjceefle in a \vatry compound, be
of aire, whfch v>hcii it prevatleth, it incorporated) it felf chiefly
with earth, for the other Elements would nocfo well retain k.
Now, becauft its pans are fubtile(by reafon of the rarity it
fmh } and flicking, ( becaufeof KS humidity ) it driveth the
earth and water likewife into leffer parts. The refult of fuch t.
mixture Is, that the parts of a body compounded by it areclofe,
catching, flowing (lowly, glibbe, and generally it will burn,
and be eafily converted into flame.

Of this kind, are*tho& which we call oyly or unftuous bo-
dies \\hofe great parts are eafily feparated, ( that is, they arc
eafity drnfrble in btrJk,) but riw fmall ones very hardly. Next
the imalnefle-, and well- working of the parts, by means of the
aires penetrating erery depone, & flicking clofe toerery one
ofthcm,arrd confecpenrly, joy ning them without any uneven*
nefle; caufeth that there can fc>e no ruggednefie in it; and there-
fore, it is glibbe •• in Irke ma-nner as we fee platter or March be-
come fmoorh when they are well wrought. Then, the hatnidi-
ty of it caufeth it to be catching, a-nd rhe fliortneflJe ofevery
part.maketh that where it ftickech>itis not eafily parted thence*
Now, the rarity ofaire next unto fire, admitccth it to be ( of
all the other Elements ) moft eafily brought to die height of
fire, by the operation of fire- upon it. And therefore, oyla arc
the proper food of that Element. And accordingly we lee, chat
if a drop ofoyl be fpilPed upon a fheet of paper, and the papei
be let on fire at a corner ; as the fire comerh near die oyl, d*e
oyl will difpcrie and fpread it felf »pon rhe paper t® a broader
compaflfe then it had; which is,becaufethe heat rarifyeth it; and
fojinoyl it felf, the fire rarifymg the aire, makcch ic penrrrare
the earthy parts adjoyned unto it, more then it did ; and {b
fubtilizeth them, till they be reduced to fucli a height as they
are within the power of fire to communicate his own nature
unto them : ana thus, he tunreth them into fire, and carrieth
them tip in his flame.

But if fire be predominant over earth and aire inawatry
compound ; itrrrakeththebody Co proportioned, to befubtilc,
rare, penetrative, hot in operation, liglu in weight, and lubjeft
to burn. Of this kind are all forts- of wines,*nd diftilterf fpirits,
commonly called ftrong waters or Aquavitet ; in Latine Aqu«

ardences.

Chap. 14. ^ Tredttfe ^/BODIES. 15$

ardentes. Thcfe will lofe their virtues merely by remaining
uncovered in the aire ; for fire doth not incorporate ftrongly
with water ; but, if it find means, railech it felf into the airc; as
we fee in the fmoke of boyling water which is nothing elfc but
little bodies of fire, that cntring into the water ,do rarifie fbme
parts of it; but have no inclination to flay there,and therefore as
faft as they can get out, they fly away ; but the humide ports of
the water, which they have rarified( being of a ftickingnaturc^
do joyn them/elves unto them, and afccnd in the airc as high as
the fiery atomes have frrength to carry them : which whenic
faileth them that fmoke rallcth down in a dew, and fo be-
cometh water again as it was. All which one may canlydi-
fcern in a glafle-verTell of water fetover die fire ; in which one
may obfcrve the fire come in at the bottome,and prcfently fwim
up to the top like a link bubble, and immediately rife from
thence in fmoke' and that will at laft convert it felf into drops
and fettle upon fbme folid fubftance thereabouts..

Ofthefe fiery fpirits,fome are to fubtile,as of themselves they
vrill vanifh, ami leave no refidue of a body behind them ; and
Alchymifts profefle to make them Jo etheriall and volatUe,thac
being poured out of a glaflfe from fome reafonable height, they
fhall never reach the ground : but that before they come thtthcr.
they will be fo rarified by that little motion, as they fiiall grow
invifible like tl^e aire, and difperting thcmfelves all about in ic>
they will fill the chamber with the ftnell of that body which
can no longer be feen.

The laft exce(Te in watery bodics,mufl: be of water it felf, 15.
•W* is,when fo little a proportion of any of the other is mtnqled ofthofcbed-'es,

... .. •» -it c \ • f ' i -./• whrre water r$

with it, as is hardly perceptible: out or this compohtion do anic ;n excefft, icx-

all thofe feverall forrs ofruiccs or liquors, which \\c commonly ;Cnl:r'n" b40tfl

- i i • • -11 t i -r^t tntftwi»,*M

call waters: which by their mixture with the other three Elc- the prr.-tomi-

ments, have peculiar properties beyond fimple Elementall wa- nailt Elstwiaf'
ter. The generall qualitie wlicreof, weflaall not nteci any ftnr-
ther to exprefle, becaufe by what we hare already laid of water 1 6".
rn common, they are fufficiencly known. ^?hfctrhc0^^aSI" -

In our next furvey,we wil take earth for our ground to work lone is the ba-
upon.,as hitherto we have done watcrtw*" if in any body,k be in predominallt^*
the utmott excelTe of it beyond all the other three;;hen rocks atnl "j ««ii.- offr
ftones will grow due of it ; whofc drincftc and hardnsile may "' '

a {Tare

of 15 u L*itt>.

sffi-ire us, ihat earth fwayeth in their composition, wirh the leaft
allay that rmy be. Nor doth their lightnefTe(in refpeft ofibme
other earthy, compositions ) impeach this resolution; for that
proccedcth from the grcatneSTeand multiplicity ofpores.where-
xvith their drineflc cauSeth them to abound; and hindereth not,
but that their reall foiid parts may be very hcavie.
j. Now if we mingle a considerable proportion of water with

ie bodies earth, fo as to exceed the fire and aire, but Still inferiour to the
thebafis,&'Wa- earth; we Shall produce metalh; whofe great weight with their
ter tfie prcJo. ductility and malleability, plainly telleth us, that the Smaileft

minant element _ ' r LI LLIJLI

overtheothcr of waters groilc parts » are the glcvv that holdcth the earthy
two* iien!e ones together: fuch weight belonging to earth, and thac

C? O ry O

eafic changing of parts, being moft proper to water. Quick-
filvcrfthac is thegenerall matter whereofall themetalls arc im-
mediately compoiedj giveth us evidence hereof; for fire worketh
upon it with the fame effect as upon water. And the calcinati-
on of moft of the metalls, provcth that fire can eaf;Iy part and
confume theglew by which they were clofed and held together:
which therefore muft be rather of a watry then ofan aiery fub-
ftancc. Likewife the glibne(Ta of Mercury, and of melted me^
tails, without catching or flicking to other fubftances, giveth us
to underfiand that this great temper of a moift clement with
earth is water,and not airejandthat the watry parts arecompri-
fed, and as it were fhut up within the earthy ones:for aire catch-
eth and fticketh notably to all things it toucheth , and will not
be imprifoned ; the divisibility of it being exceeding great*
though in never fo fliort parts.

18. Now if aire mingleth it (elf with carth,and be predominant

of thofc bodies over water and fire; it maketh fuch an oily and fat (oil, as hus-

bcing the bad* bandmcn account their bcft mould ; which receiving a better-

dominaat prC mcnt ^rom c^c ^"nnne an^ temperate heat, aflureth us of the con.

courfe of the aire: for whcrcfocver fuch heat is, aire cannot fail

of accompanying it, or of being effected by it; and the richcft

offuch earth (as pot-earth and marl) will with much fire grow

more compn&ed, and ftick clofer together then it did; as we fee

in baking them into pots or fine bricks. Whereas if water were

theglew between the dcnfc parts, fire would confume it and

crumble them afundcr, as it doth in thole bodies it calcineth.

And exccfle of fiie will bring them to vitrification; which Hill

con-

Chap. 14. ^ TreAtife of BODIES. 157

confirmeth that aire aboundcth in them; for it is the nature of
aire to flick fb clofe where once it is kneaded in, as it cannot be
fcparated without extreme difficulty. And to this purpofe the
vifcuous holding together of the parts of glafle when it is melted,
flieweth evidently that aire aboundcth in vitrified bodies.

Thelaft mixture we are to meddle with, is of fire with earth, |pf
in an overruling proportion over aire and water. And th.is I of tWc bo«Tes
conceive produceth thofe fubftances, which we may term coa-

gulated juyces, and which the Latines do callyWc/ concreti: fire is the prc-
whofe firff origine feemeth to have been liquours, that have
been afterwards dried by the force either of heat or of cold. Of
this nature are all kind offalts, niters, fulfurs,and divers forts of
bitumens. All which eafily bewray therclicks and effects of fire
left in them, fome more Ibme lefTc according to their degrees.

And thus we have in generall deduced from their caufes the 2o.
complexions of thofe bodies, whereof the bulk of the world A11rtfl.c fccond
fubjedred to our u(e, confiftethj and which fervc for the produ- ^'bodies, a*-1
clionand nourishment of living creatures, both animal and ve- "'"•: from lfevc:

i i XT r rLi s*r C rr N r -ii t rallcomhinan-

gctable. Not lo exactly ( I confefk) nor lo particularly, as the On<ofchcfirft
matter in it felf, or as a Treatiic confined to that fubjeci, would J",^'^
require: yet fufficiently for our intent. In the performance foivcd into fevc.
whereof, if more accurate fearchers of nature (hall find that we "rityCaa"jea-
have peradvcnture been miftaken in the minute delivwing of Gfy-
ibme particular bodies complexionjtheir very corre6tion(I dare
boldly fay) will juilifie our principall Icope: which is, to fhe^v
that all the great variety we fee among bodies arifeth out of the
commixtion of the firft qualities and of the Elements : for they
\vill not be able to corrci^ us upon any other grounds then
tho(c we have laid.

As may eafily be perceived, if we caft a fummary view upon
thequalities of compofed bodies. All which we fhall find to
fpring out of rarity and denfity, and to favour of their origine:
for the mofl manifeft qualities ot bodies may be reduced to cer-
tain pairs oppofitc to one another. As namely fome are liquid
and flowing, ochers are confident; ibme arc foft, others hard,
fome are fatty, vifcuous , and finooch, others lean, gruny, and
rough; forrc grolic, others fubtile ; fotrse toisg'i , other, l/riccle:
and the like. Of which, the liquid, thefoft, the fat., anJ ihc vi-
fcuous, arc fo manifeiily derived from rarity, that • •

take

ifc o/EODIES. Chip 14..

take any further pains to trace out their origine: and the likeig
of their contraries from the contrary cau!e; to wit, of thofe bo-
dies that arc confident, hard, lean, an'"1 gritty, all which do evi-
dently fpringfrosn dcnfuy. As for fmoothncire, we have alrea-
dy fhcvved how that proceeded! from an aiery or oily nature}
and byconleqiience, from a certain degree ofr?rity. And there-
fore roughneflc (the contrary of it) mufi proceed from a pro-
portionable degree of denfity. Tough nefle is allb a kind of du-
ctiluy, \vhich we have reduced to watrineife, that is, to another
degree of rarity; and consequently brittlenefle mud arifc from
the contrary degree of denfuy. Laftly, groffeneiTe and fubtil-
nefle do confift in a difficulty or facility to be divided into fmali
parts, which appearech to be nothing elfe but a certain deter mi-
nation of rarity and denfity. And thus we fee how the fevcrall
coiyjflexions of bodies arc reduced to the foure elements that
compound them : and the qualities of thofe bodies, to the two
primary differences of qualitative things by which the elements
ate diversified.

21. And out of this difcourfe it will be evident, that thcfe com-

and qualities, though in diverfe degree?, muft ofnecef-
i ,ke^ fuy be found vvherefocvcr there is any variation in bodies : rbr
^ccing there can be no variation in bodies,but by rarity and den-
Hey; aitd that the pure degrees of rarity and denfity do make
uponcaith. ^^ ^^ moifture, and drincffe, and(in a vvordjche fonre ele-
ments; it is evident, that vvhcrefoever there is varie-.y of bodies,
there mitft be the foure Elements; though peradventure far un-
like thefe mixed bodies which we call elements. And again, be-
caufe tkefc elements cannot confift without motion; and becaufc
by motion they do ofneceflity produce mixed bodies, and forge
outthofe qualities which we come from explicating; it rnuftby
like neceffity follow, that wherefoever there is any variety of
active and paflive bodies; there mixed bodies likcwife muft re-
fide of the fame kinds, and be indued with qualities of the like
natures, as thofe we have treated of;though peradvemure fijch as
are in other places of the world remote from us, may be in a de-
gree far different from ours.

Since then it cannot be denied, but that there muft be notable
variety of active and pafliye bodies wherefoever there it light:
neither can it be denied but that in all thofe great bodies from

which

p. 14. v Trwifc o/BODIES.

which light is reflected unto us, there muft be a like variety of
complexions and of qualities, and of bodies tempered by them,
as we find here in the orb we live in. Which fyfteme,how diffe-
rent it is from that which Ariftotle and the moft of the fchool
have delivered us, as well in the evidencies of the proofs for its
being To; as in the pofition and modell of it ; I leave unto the
prudent readers to confider and judge.

Out of what hath been already fa id, it is not hard todifcover 22.
in what manner the composition of bodies is made. In effef^ing
of whichjthe main hinge whereon that motion dependeth is fire
or heat: as it likewife is in all other motions whatfbcver. Now
bcci life the composition of a mixed.body, proceedeth from the competition of
a&ion of one fimple body or clement upon the others; it wilt ">'«d bodies:
not be amiflc to declare by fome example how this work pa£ ^' *'

fethrfor that purpofelct us examine how fire or heatworketh
upon his fellows.

By what we have formerly delivered, it is clear that fire ftrea-
ming out from its center , and diffufing it felf abroad, fb as to
fill the circumference of a larger circle.it muft needs follow, thac
the beams of it are moft condenfai and compacted together near
the ccnterjand the further they ftream from the center,the more
thin and ranfied they muft growryct this is with fuch moderati-
on, as we cannot any where difcern that one beam doth noc
touch another; and therefore the diftances muft be very fmall.
Now let us fuppofe that fire happeneth to be in a vifcuous & te-
nacious body; and then confider what will happen in this cafe:
of one fide, the fire fpreadcth it felf abroad; on the other fide,the
parts of the tenacious body being moifi(as we have formerly de-
termined ) their edges on all hands will flick fad to the dry
beams of the fire that paflc between them. Then they ftrccching
wider and wider from one another, mutt needs draw with them
the parts of that tenacious body which ftick unto them; and
ftretch them into a greater widenefTe or largcnes then they en-
joyed before, from whence it folio ws^that (feeing there is no o-
ther body near thereabouts but they t\vo)cither there mutt be a
vacuity ieft,or elfe the tenacious body muft hold and fill a grea-
ter fpace then it did before, and conicqucndy be more rare.

Contrariwife,ifany of the other elements beftrongcr then fire, -
tl.c tienfer dements break off from their continued ftream the •

little--:

1 60

A particular
declaration
touching the
generation of

recalls.

rA rreattfe of B O DI E S. Chap. 14.

little parts of fire which were gotten into their greater parts:and
(ticking on all fides about them, they do fo enelofe them that
they have no more femblancc of fire : and if afterwards by any
accident there cometh a great compre/Tion,, they force them to
lofc their naturall rarity, and to become fome other Elemenr.
Thus it farerh with fire, both in acting and in fuffering. And
the famecourle, we have in borh thefe regards expreflfed of it,
pafieth hkewife in the reft of the Elements to the proportion of
their contrarieties

Hence it followeth that when fire meetcth with humidity in
any bo'iy, itdivideth and fubtilifccb it, and difperfech it gently,
and in a kind of equall manner through the whole body it is
in, ( if the operation of it be a naturall and a gentle one ) and
fo driveth it into other parts,whieh at the fame rime it preparcth
to receive it by fubcilifing likewife thofe parts. And thus mode-
rate fire, maketh humour in very imall parts to incorporate it
felf in an even or uniform manner with the dry parts it meet-
cth withall : which being done whether the heat doth after-
wards continue, or that cold fucceedeth in lieu of it, the cffeit
jntift of necefluy b?, that the body thus eompofed, be bound up
and fattened, more or lefle according to the proportion of the
matter it is made of, and of the Agents that work upon it, and
of the time they employ about it. This is everyday feen, in the
ripening of fruits and in other frequent works, as well of art as
of nature,and is fo obvious, and fenfible to any reafonableobfer-
vation that it is needles to enlarge my felf much upon this fubjedt

Onely, it will not be amifle, for examples fake, to confider
tine progrefle of it in the composing or augmenting of metalls,
or of earths of divers forts: firft heat ( as we have laid ) draw-
eth humour out of all the bodies it worketh upon : then if th«
extracted humour be in quantity and the fleams of it do happen
to come together in fbme hollow place,fit to affcmble them into
greater parts ; they arecondenfed and they fall down in a li-
quid and running body. Thcfe fleams being thus corporified,
the body refulting out of them, maketh it felf in the earth a
channel! to runnc in : and if there be any loofe parts in the
channcll,thcy mingle themfelves with the running liquotir: and
though there be none fuch.yct in time the liquotir it felf loofen-
eth thcchannell all aboutj and iiwbibeth into its own fubftancc

the

Chap. I jr. A TreAilfc of B O D I E S. i Si

the parts it raifeth. And thus, all of them compared together,
do roll along till they tumble into fome low place, out ot which
they cannot fo cafily get to wander furthcr.When they are thus
fettled, they do the more eafily receive into them, and retain
fuch heat as is every where to be met withall , becaufe it is dif-
fufcd more or lefTe through the earth. This heat if it be fufficient
digefteth it into a folide body :the temper of cold likcwife concur-
ring in its meafure to this erFe.ft. And according to the variety of
thefubftances whereof the firft liquour was made, and which it
afterwards drew along with it; the body that refultcth out of
them is diversified. In conconfirmation of all which they that
deal in mines tell us they ufc to find metalls oftentimes mingled
with ftoncs; as alfo coagulated Joyces with both; and earths of
divers natures with all three; and they with it,and one with an-
other among themfelves. And that fometimes they find the mines
not yet confblidated and digefted throughly into mctall ; when
by their experience knowing after how many ycares they will
be ripe, they (hut them up again till then.

Now if the hollow place wherein the body flayed (which at
the firft was liquid and rolling)be not at once filled by it, but it
taketh up onely part ofit;and the fame liquour continueth after-
wards to flow thither: then this body is augmented, and grow-
eth bigger and bigger. And although the liqueurs fliould come
at fcverall times, yet they become not therefore two fcveraJl bo-
dies, but both liqueurs do grow into one bodyrfbr the wet parts
of the adventitious liquour do mollifie the fides of the body al-
ready baked; and both of them being of a like temper and cog-
nation, theyeafily ftickand grow together.

Out of this difcourfe it followeth evidently, that in all forts
of compounded bodies whatfoever, there muft of neceflity be a-
6tually comprifed fundry parts of divers natures: for othcrwife,
they would be but fo many pure degrees of rarity and deniity;
that is, they would be but fb many pure elements, and each of
them have but enc determinate virtue or operation.

CHAP. XV.

Of the diffolMtion of mixed bodies.

'Hus much for composition of bodies. Their diflblution is
made three wayes; either by fire, or by water, or by fome

tifi 0/BODIES. Chap. i?.

&• o-.hcrs tons;h outward violence. We will begin with examining how this laft
ftranKtward is done:to which end we may confidcr,that the tiniry of any bo-
vn!ence,thc "dy confining in the connexion oPits parts; it is evident that the

fitft ir.ftrnmrnt rj r • •/• • U r j i n c rr

to diffo'.vemi- force of motion if it be cxercifed upon them, mult ofnecelmy
xcd bodies, fcpa rate them as we fee in breaking, cutting .filing, drawing a-
fundcr, and the like.

All thefe motions, bccaufe they arc done by groiTe bodies, do
require great parts to work upon, and are eafily difcerned how
they work rib that it is not difficult to find the reaibn why fome
hard bodies break eafily,and others with much ado. The fir ft of
which are called brittle, the others tough. For if you mark it>all
breaking requirerh that bending fliould precede ; which on the
one fide comprefTeth the parts of the bended body,& condenfeth
them into a leffer room then they poflefled before ; and on the
other fide ftrercheth them out, and maketh them take up more
place. This rcquireth /bme fluid or moveable fubltance to be
within the body^lfe it could not be done; for without fuch help
the parts could not remove. Therefore fuch hard bodies as have
moft fluid parts in them, are moft flexible, that is, are tougheft.
And thofe which have fewe(t,though they become thereby hard-
eft to have impreflion made upon tbem,yet if the force be able to
do it,they rather yield to break then to bendj& thence are called
brittle.

Out of this we may infer,that fome bodies may be Ib fudden-
ly bent as that thereby they break afunder; whereas if they were
leifurcly and gently dealt withall^they would take what ply one
defircth. And likewiic that there is no body(be it never (b brit-
tle and hard)but that it will bend a littlefand indeed more then
one would expc&)if it be wrought upon with time & dexterity;
for there is none butcontaineth in it fome liquid parts more or
leife; even glade and brick. Upon which occafion I remember,
how once in a great ftorme of wind,! faw the high (lender brkk
chimneys of the Kings houfe at S. James Tone winter when the
Court lay there)bend from the wind like boughs, nnd fhake ex-
ceedingly and totter. And at other times I have ieen fome very
high and pointy (pire fteeples do the like. And I have been afTii-
red the like of the whole pile ofa high caftle, ftanding in a gul-
let in the courfeof the wind (namely theca(rIcofWardour)by
thofe who have often fcen it fluke notably in a fierce wind.

The

Chap, i J. vtrrejtifi of BODIES.

The reafon of all \vhich may be deduced out of what we have
faid above: for feeing that the bending of a body makcch thefpi-
rits or humours that are within it to fally forth; it is clear that
if the violence which forcetb it be not fo fudden, nor the motion
it received! be not fb quick, but that the moiflurc may oofe
gently out; the body will bend Mill more and more, as their ab-
lence givcth it leave. But if the motion that is wrought in it be
too quick, then the fpirits not having time allowed them to go
leifurely and gently out , do force their prifon, and break out
with a violence, and fo the body is mapped into two.

Herepcradventure fome remcmbring what we have faid in 2.
another place; namely, that it is the fliortneflc and lirtlenefle of H-™nou"yard
the humid parts in a body which maketh it flick together; and w",'k uPon° the •
that this fhortnefte may be in fo high a decree, as nothing can "fj c,omPaa-

I I I I I- • i I D CdOOUlC*.

come between the parts they glew together to divide them; may
askjhow a very denfe body of fuch a (train, can be broken or di-
vided? Butthediflficnlty is not great, for feeing that the humide
parts in whatfoever degree of fhorcnefle they be, muft necefla-
rily have ftill fbme latitude; it cannot be doubted but there may
be fome force afligned greater then their refiftance can be. All
the queftion is> how to apply it to work its effect upon (b clofe a
compacted body, in which peradyenture the continuity of the
humid parts that bind the others together, may be fo fmall.as no
other body whatsoever (no, not fire) can go between them, in
fuch fort as to feparate part from part. Attheworft, it cannot
be doubted but that the force may be fb applyed at the outfide
of that body, as to make the parts of it prefle and fight one a-
gainft another, and at the length by multiplication of the force,
conftrain it to yield and fuffer divifion. And this I conceive to
be the condition of gold and of fome precious ftones : in which
the elements are united by fuch little parts, as nothing but a ci-
vill warre within themfclves(ftirred up by fome fubnle outward
enemy, whereby they are made to tear their own bowelsjcould
bring to paffe their deftru&ion.

But this way ofdiflblving fijchbodies,more properly belongs
to the next way of working upon the by fireryet the fame is done
when fome exteriour violence prefling upon thofe parts jt touch-
eth, makes them cut a way betwixt their next neighbours; & fo
continuing the force divide the whole body. As when the chifell

L 2 or

A Treatife of BODIES. Chap. 15.

or even the hammer with beating,breaketh gold afunder: fork
is nehher the chifcll, nor the hammer that doth that effect im-
mediately; but they make thofe parts they touch, cut the others
that they are forced upon. In fuch fort as I remember happened
to a gentleman that flood by me (in a tea-fight I was in)
with a coat of mail upon his body, when a bullet coming againft
a bony part in him, made a great wound, and fluttered all the
bones near where it (truck: and yet the coat of mail was whole:
it fccmeth the little links of the mail yielding to the bullets force
made their way into the flefh and to the bone.

But now it is time to come to the other two inftruments of
feparation of bodies, fire and water; and to examine how they
ch=1ic°n f an'd dilfolve compounds. Of thefc two; the way of working of fire,
chiefcft iiiftru- is tnc cafieft and moft apparant to be difcerned. We may rea-
su compounded dily obftrve how it proceedeth, if we but fet a piece of wood on
bodici. firc. -,n vvhich it maketh little holes as if with bodkins it pierced

it. So that the manner of its operation in common being plain,
we need but reflefl a little upon the fcverall particular degrees
of it. Some bodies it feemcth not to touch; as clothes made of
Asbeftus; which are onely purifyed by it. Others, it melicth,
but confumeth not; as gold. Others it turneth into powder fud-
dainlydiffolving their body ; as lead, and fuch metalls as are
calcined by pure fire. Others again, it feparateth into a greater
number of differing parts ; as into fpirks, waters, oyls, falts,
earth and glafle: of which rank are all vegetables. And laftly,
others itconverteth into pure fire, as ftroug waters, or Aqua-
vites ( called aqua: ardentesj and fomc pure oyls: for the (moke
that is made by their fetting on fire, and peradventure their falc
is fo little as is (carce difccrnable. Thefe arc in fumme the divifi-
ons which fire maketh upon bodies, according to the nature of
them,and to the due application ofit unto themrfor by the help &
mediation of other things,it may peradventure work other effects
4. Now to examine a little in particular, how the fame fire, in

The rcafon why differing fubjc&s, produceth fuch different effects: Limns ttt

fomc bodies arc . . . D _ . ' . . r _ . . ,

ner aiffolvcd h*c dttre^cttt & h*c ttt ccra liqttcjctt , Un9 code me/He tgnt -t

by fiic. -\YC vvjii confitlcr tjie nature of every one of the fubjecls apart

by it fclf. Firfr, for the Asbeflus : it is clear, that it is of a very

dry fubftancc ; fo that to look upon it, when it is broken into

very little picccsi they feem to be little bundles of (hort hairs,

the

Chap. if. esfTrea'tfeofEODIES. 16%

the liquidity within, being fo little as it afFordcth the parts nei-
ther length nor breadth : and therefore, fire incetcth with little
there that it can dilate. But what it cannot dilate, it cannot fe-
parate- nor carry away any thing of it, but what is accidentally
adherent unto the outfides of it. And fo it feemeth oncly to
pafle throHgh the pores, and to cleanfc the little thrids of it: but
bringeth no detriment at all to the fnbftance of it. In this I
fpeak onely of an ordinary fire : for I doubt not but li;ch a one
it might be, as would perfectly calcine ic.

The next body we fpoke of is gold. This aboundeth fb much 5.
in liquidity, that itfticketh to the fire, if duely applyed : but its ™vfi"^n'c'
humidity is fo well united to its earthy parts., and is fo perfe6tly eth gold but
incorporated with them; as it cannot carry away one, without
likewiie carrying away both : but borh, are too heavy a weight
for the little agile parts of fire to remove. Thus, it is able to
make gold fwell; as we fee in melting it : in which, the gold re-
ceiveth the fire into its bowels and retaineth it a longtime with

Gf

it : but at its departure, it permitteth the fire to carry nothing
away upon its wings : as is apparant, by the golds no whit de-
cay of weight, after never fo long fufion. And therefore, to have
fire make any feparation in gold, requireth the alftftance of Come
other moift body, that on the one fide may flick clofely to the
gold, when the fire driveth it into it, and on the other fide may
be capable of dilatation, by the action of the fire upon it. As in
fbrne fort we fee in ftrong waters made of falts, which are a pro-
per fubjefl for the fire to dilate, w ho, by the affiftance of fire,
mingling themfclves clofely with little parts of the gold, do pull
them away from their whole fubftance, and do force them to
bear them company in their journey upwards, in which,multi-
tudes of little parts of fire, do concurre to preiTe them on and
harten them: and fb,the weight of sold being at length overcome

D ' O O

by thefe two powerfull Agents(whereofone fupplyeth, what the
other wanteth ) the whole fubftance of the rnctall. is in little a-
tomes diflfufed through the whole body of the \vater. But this is
not truly a diflblution or a feparation of the fub^antlall parts of
gold. one from anotherrit is onely acorrofion,vvhic!i bringeili it
iito a fubtile pouder,(when the water & (alts arefcparateafiorn
it)much like what filing(though far finaller) or grinding ofleaf
gold upon a porphyre ftone, may reduce it into: for neither the

^ 5 tiarrs

1 66 A Tretfife ^/BODIES. Chap, i f.

parts of the watcr.nor of the fire that make thcmfelves away into
the body of the«golil,are fmall and jfubtile enough to get between,
the parts that corrjpofe the eflence of it:and therefore all they can
attain unto, is to divide it onejy in his quantity or bulk, not
in the composition of its nature.

Yet I intend not to deny but that this is poflible to be arri-
ved unto, either by pure fire duly applyed. or by fome other at-
finance; as peradventure by fome kind of Mercury; which be-
irgof a nearer cognation unto mctalh then any other liquour
js.inay happily have a more powerfull ingreflion into gold .then
any other body whatsoever; and being withall very fubje<5V to
rarefaction, it may (after it 1$ entered) fo perfectly penetrate the
gold, as it may Separate every leaft part of ic, and to reduce it
into an abfolute calx. But in this place I explicate no more
then what ordinarily pafTeth, leaving the myfteries of this art
to thole who profeffe it.

6. To goon then with what we have in hand: lead hath abua-

whyieuJisea. dance of water overminelcd with its earth, as appearcch by its

fi v trcnfumcd r . . .. , . ,, . • n J- t_

and caicr.cd eafie yifkljiig to be bent any way, and by its quiet Itanding bent
Ly fitc. i;1 ^e fatT)C pofition that the force which bowed it Icaveth it in.

And therefore the liquid parts of lead, areeafily feparatcd from
its dry and earthy ones: and when it is melted, the very fluking
of it, catifcth the grctfe parts to descend, and many liquid ones
to flic away with the fire; fo that fuddenly it is thus converted
into powder. But this powder is grofle in rcfpe^l of other me-
talls; unlcfTc this operation be often reiterated , or the fire more
powerfully applyaithen what is juft enoi'gh to bring the body
of the lead into powder.

The next connderation of bodies that fire worketh upon, is
of U:ch as it dividcth into fpirits,falts,oyles)wacersj or phlegms,
by fire andcarth. Now thefe are not pure and fimplc parts of the d'n-
.fah!; folvcd boi^y, but new expounded bodies made of the firlt by
an/eajlh; AnU' the operation of heat. As ftnoke is not pure water, but water
C r. ;^l .fire tcgctlicr : and therefore bccometh not water but by-
cooling, that is, by the fire flying away from it. So Jikcvviie
thofc fpirits, f'l'cs, oyls, and the vcf^ ; arc but do£rc« of cliiwgs
which fire makc<h of ciivcrie parts of the diiioJved body, by ic-
pnracingthcm one from another, -and incorporating it Iclfwith
t!>cm. And fo tlicy arc all of them compounded of the foure ele-
and arc further reiblvablc in:o them. Yet:

Chap. 1 5. A Trcai'tjcof BODIES. 157

Yet I intend not to fay that there are not originally in tbe
body before its difTolution,fbme loofe parts which have chc pro-
perties of thefe bodies that arc made by the fire in the difloivin<»
of it: for feeing that nature workech by the like infrrumcnts as
art ufeth, flic muft needs in her exceffes and defers produce like
bodies to what art doth in diflolution; which operation of art is
but a kind of cxceffe in the progrdle of nature: but my mean-
ing is, that in fuch diffolution there are more of thefe parts made
by the working of fire » then were in the body before.

Now becautethis is the naturall and moil ordinary diffolu-
tion of things;let us fee in particular how it is done.-fuppo/e then
that fire were in a convenient manner applyed to a body that
hath all forts of parts in it ; and our own difcourfe will tell us,
that the firft eflfeft it \vorketh will be, that as the fubcile pares
of fire do divide and pafle through that body, they -will adhere
to the moft fubdle parti in it; which being moft agile and leaft
bound and incorporated to theijewels of the body, and lying
(as it were) loofely fcattered in itjthe fire will carry them a-.vay
with it. Thefe will be the firft that arefepamed from the main
body; which being retained in a fit receiver, will by thecold-
nefle of the circumdant aire grow outwardly cool themselves ,
and become firft a dew upon the fides ofthegIaiTe,and t'icn ftill
as they grow cooler, condcnfe more and more; till at the length
they fall down congealed into a palpable liquour; which is com-
pofed (as you (eejo*-"the hottcft parts ofthe body., mingled with
the fire that carried them out: and therefore this liquour is very
inflammable, and eafily turned into aftuall fire; as you fee all
/pirits and Afjft*. trdeHtcs of vegetables are.

The hot and loofe parts being extracted, and the fire conti-
nuing and encreafing, thofe that will follow next are fuch ai
though they be not of thcmfelycs loofc.yet areeafielt to be made
fb; and are therefore moft fcparable. Thefe muft bchumid«,and
thofc little dry parts which are incorporated with the overflow-
ing humide ones in them (Tor no parts that we cm arrive wnto
are of one pure fimple nature; bnc all are mixed and compo:ed
ofthe foure elements in fbme proportion) muft be held together
with fuch grofle glew as the fire may eafily penetrate and iepa-
rate them. And then the humide parts divided into little atomes
do Hick to the lefler one? ofthe fire: which by their multitude

T „(.

'^Trettlfe of BO DIES. Chap. 15.

of number and velocity of motion, fupplying what they want of
them in bulk; do carry them away with them. And thus thefe
phlegmatick parts flic up with the fire ami are afterwards con-
gealed into an mfipide water: which if it have any favour, is bc-
caufethe fidr. ardent fpirits are not totally fe para ted from it, but
fome few of them remain in it, and give fome little life to the
•whole body of that otherwifeflat Iiquour.

Now thofe parts which the fire feparateth next from the re-
maining body, after the fiery and watry ones are carried away,
rnuft be fuch as it can work upon: and therefore murt abound in
humidity. But fince they flir not till the watry ones aregone.it
h evident that they are competed of many dry parts ftrongly in -
corporated,and very fubtilly mixed with the moiltoncs;& that
both of them are exceeding fmall, and are fo clofely and finely
knit together, that the fire hath much ado to get between them,
and cut the thrids that tie them together: and therefore they re-
quire a very great force of fire to carry them up. Now the com-
pofition ofthcfe fheweth them tobeaeriall: and (together with
the fire that Is mingled with them ) they congeal into that con-
fidence which we call oyl.

Lnftly,it cannot be othcrwife but that the firejn all this while
of continual! application to the body it thus anatomifeth, hath
hardened,and as it were rotted fome parts into fuch greatnefle
and drineflc as they will not flic,nor can be carried up with any
moderate heat. But great quantity^ of fire being mingled with
theilibtilcr parts of his baked earth maketh them very pungent
and acrimonious in taftrfo that they are of the nature ofordina-
.ry filt.and a re fo called; and by the help of water may eafily be
fcparated from the more grofle parts which then remain a dead
and uftlefle earth.

By this difcourle it is apparent, that fire hath been the inftru-
rr.cnt which hath wrought all thefe parts of an entire body into
the forms they are in; for whiles it carried away the fiery parts,
it fv\ ellcd the wacty oncs;and whiles it lifted up them it digcflcd
the aeriall parts , and whiles it drove up the oyls, it baked the
catch and fair. Again, all thefe retaining for the moit parr, the
proper nature of the fubilancc fiom whence they arc extra&cdjit
is evident that the iubttance is hot diflblved; (for Co the nature of
the whole would be diflblyed and quite destroyed & extingifhed

in

Chap. if. A Treatifc ^/BODIES. 169

in every part ) but that onely Tome parts containing the whole
fubftanccjor rather the nature of the whole fubftance in them, arc
feparatcd from other parts that have likewife the fame nature in
them. ^

The third inftrument Tor the reparation and difTolution of bo- g.
dies is water, whofe proper matter to work upon is fait. And it HOW water the
lerveth to fupply what the fire could not perform , which is the mem to d
Reparation of the fait from the earth in calcined bodies. All the todies, di
othcr parts fire was able to (ever, but in theie he hath fo baked fair, an
the little humidity he hath left in them with their much earth; T«
as he cannot divide them any %r-ther. And (b though he incor-
poratcth himfelf with them.yet he can carry nothing away with
him. If then pare water be put upon that chalk, the fubtileft dry
parts of it do eafily joyn to the fupervenient moyfture, & flick-
ing clofe to it do draw it down to them: but because they are the
lighter, it happeneth to them as when a man in a boat pulleth
the land to him; thatcometh no: to him, but he rcinoveth hiin-
felf and his boat to it: fo thele afcend in the water as they dif-
fblve. And the water more and more penetrating them, and by
addition of its parts making the humidity which gleweth their
earthy parts together greater and greater, doch make a wider
and wider feparation between thofe little earthy parts; and fb
imbueth the whole body of the water wich them, into which
they are difperfed in little atomes.Thofe that are of biggefl bulk
remain loweft, in the water. And in the fame meafure as their
quantities diffolve into leffe and lefie, they afcend higher and
higher in the water; till at tiie length the water is hilly -reple-
niQicd with them, and they are diffused through the whole bo-
dy of it: whiles the more grofle and heavic earthy parts ^having
nothing i%the;ii to make a preicnt combination between them
and the water) do fall down to the bottom, and (ctcle under the
water in duft.

In which becaufe earth alone doth predominate in a very
great excefiCjWe can expect no oilier virtue to b? in it, but that
which is proper to mere earth ; to wit, drineiie and we-ii;'-.:.
Which ordinary Alchymifts look not after: and therefore cull ic
terra damnata •' but others find a fixing quality in ir> by which
they perform very admirable operations. Now if you pourc
the impregnated water from the tcrr* dtimnaia, and then eva-

norate

170 A Trertife of BODIES. Chap. 1 y.

porate it, you Will find a pure wince ftibftance remaining:
Which L>y it* bulk fhcweth itfeif to be very earthy, and by ns
pricking, and corrofive tafte, will inform you much fire is in ir,
anci by ks cafie difloludon in a moift place, that water had a
greit {hare in the production of it. And thus the files of bodies
are made and extracted.

Now as water, doth diffolvefaltjfo by the incorporation and
-h virtue of that corrofive fubftancc it doth more then fair it fclf

ia!:, hccom«tli Gan do:for bavins gotten acrimony, and more weight by the

a molt power- j »-/-r , • rr i • • • i i • /- i r .

fiiii figt™ to mixture and dnloiution or (alt in »t, it maketh it felt a way into
lodicVC °thcr f°lide bodies, even into metall^ as we fee in braffe and iron ;
which areeafily ruftcd by fa.lt diflolving upon diem. And ac-
cording as the falts arc Wronger* fo thij corrofive virtue encreaf-
cth in diem, even fomuchj as neither fjlvcr nor gold arc free
from their eating quality. But they, as well as the reft, arc 4»-
vided into inoft imall parts, and are made tofwimmein \vater,
in K-ch fort as we hare explicated above, and whereof every or-
dinary Alchyrnift teacheth the pra&ife.

But this is not all ; falts do help as well to melt hard bodies

and rnctalls, as to corrode them : for fome fufible fairs flowing

upon them by the hett of the fire, and others dilTolved by the

fleam of the metall that incorporated with them; as foon as

they are influxe, they mingle with the naturall juice of the me-

tall, and penetrate them deeper, then without them the fire

couW do, and iwell them and make them fit to run.

i°« Thefeare the principal! wayes of the two laft infhuments in

on°ilcaurfcd.ai diflblving of bodies ; taking each of them by it fclf. But there

remaincth one more of very great importance, as well in the

works of nature as of art 5 in which, both the former arc ;oyn-

cd and do concurre : and that is putrefaction. Wfcofewayof

working is by gentle heat and moifture to wet and pierce the

body it workcth upon ; whereby, it is made to fwcll : and the

hot parts of it, being loofcned, they arc at length drunk up and

drowned in the moirr, ones (from whence, by fire they are cafi-

ly feparated as we have already declared ; ) and thofe moi/l

parts, afterwards leaving it, the fubftancc remaineth dry, and

fallcth in pieces, for want of the gicvv that held it together.

CHAP.

Chap. 1 6. ATrutifeof BODIES. 17*'

CHAP. XVI.

exflicatton of certain Afaxintes touching the tpirations
and qualities of bodies : and whet her the Elements b e found,
pure in any part of the world.

OUt of what we have determined, concerning the naturall
a&ions of bodies, in their making and destroying one an* whatf«* the
other; it is eafic to underftand the right meaning of fome terms, fPhc.rc of
and the true reafbnof fomemaximes much ufed in the fchools.
As fi rft • when Philofophers attribute unto all forts of corpo-
rcall Agents, a Sphere of Atttvttie. The fenfe of that manner
of cxprem"on, in fire appeareth plainly, by what we have al-
ready declared of the nature and manner of operation of that
Element.

And in like manner, if we ronfidef how the force of cold con-
/ifteth in a compreffion of the body that is made cold, we may-
perceive that if in the cooled body there be any fubtile parts
which can break forth from the refbfuch comprcflion will make
them do fo. Efpecially, ifthecompreflion be of little parts of the
comprefled body within thcmfelves, as well as of the outward
bulk of the whole body round about : for at firft the compreffi-
on of fuch cauftth in the body, where they are, little holes or
pores in the places they arc comprdfcd and driven from • which
pores they filled up when they were dilated at their own natu-
rall liberty. But being thus forcibly flirunk up into lefle room,,
afterwards, they ftjueefe again out of their croud all fuch very
loofcand fubcile parts (refidingtill ttan with them) as c.m find
their way out from among them. And thde fubtile parts that
thus arc delivered from the eolde comptclTion, get firft into the
pores that we have lliewcd were made by thiscornpreflion. But
they cannot long (Jay there ; for the atomes of advenicivt cold
that obfcffe the comprefled body, do hkevvife v\idi all their
force throng into thole pores, and loon drive out the fubtile
guefts thry find there, becaufe they are more in number, bigger
in bulk, ml more violent in their coitrfe then they. Who there-
fore muli yield unco them the little channels, and capacities they
formerly took up. Out of which they are thruft with fuch an
impctuofmc, chat they fpinne from them wkh a vehemence, as

quick"-

2.

The rcafon
why no body
can xvork in
Pittance.

through leather, when to purrfie it, or to bring
an Amalgamate a due confidence, it is (trained through the
fides of it.

Now thefe fliowrs or ftreams of atomes ilfuing from thecom-
prcfled body, are on all fides round about it at exceeding little
dirtances; becaufe the pores out of which they are driven, arc fo
likewife. And coniequcntly, there they remain round about bc-
fieging it, as though they would return to their originall homcsi
as loon as the ufurping Grangers that were too powerfull for
them, will give them leave. And according to the multitude of
them,and to the force with which they are driven out; the com-
paflethey take up round about the comprefled body ,is greater or
lefTer. Which bciicging atomes are notfo foon carried away by
cny exterior and accidentall caufes, but they are fupplied by new
emanations fuccceding them out of the laid comprefTed body.

Now this which we have declared by the example of- cold,
comprefling a particular body, hapneth in all bodies wherefo-
ever they be in the world : for this being the unavoydablc effect
of heat and ofcold> wherefoever they refide ; fwhich are the
active qualities, by whofe means not onely fire and water and
the other two Elements ; but all other mixed bodies competed
of the Elements, have their activity) and they being in all bo-
dies whatfoevcr(as we have proved abovc)it followeth evident-
Jy,that there is not a body in the world,biit hath about it felfan
orbe of emanations of the fame nature which that body is of.
Wilhin thccompafle of which orbe,when any other body com-
eth that receiveth an hnmtitation by the little atomes whereof
that orbe is compofed, the advenient body feemeth to be a(fedl-
edand as it were replenished with the qualities .of the body from
whence they iflue. Which is then faid to work upon the body
that imbibcth the emanations that flow from it. And becauie
this orbe(regularly fpeaking) is in the form of a lphere,the paf-
five body is faid to be within the fphere of the others a&ivity.

Secondly, when Philofophers pronounce : that tfo corpore-
<*// nature can opcrari in difttns' that is, that no body can work
upon another remote from it, without working firft upon the
body that lieth between them, which muft continue and piece
up the operation from the agent to the patient. The rea(bn and
truth of this maxime is in our Philofbphy evidentjrbr we having

fliewcd

man-

Chap. 1 6. ATrtAttfeof BODIES. 173

{hewed that action among bodies is performed for the moft part
by the emiffion ofiittle pares out of one body into another : as
alfb, that fuch little parts cannot ftream from the body that is
their fountain, and fettle upon a remote body, without pafling
through the interjacent bodies ; which muft furnifh them, as it
were, with channels and pipes to convey them whither thcj^arc
to go ; It followeth manifeftly, that the a&iveemhTaries ofthc
Working body, can never reach their diftant mark, unleiTe they
be fuccefllvely ferried over the medium, that lieth between them;
in which, they muft needs leave impreflions of their having been
there, and fo work upon it in their pafTage, and leave in it their
qualities and complcxions;as a payment for their waftage over.
But peradventure fome may contend, that thefe invifible fer-
jeants and workmen are too feeble and impotent to perform j.
thofc vifible great effects we daily fee. As when fire at the length An objcaio
burneth a board that hath been a great while oppofed to it, gainTthe ma
though it touch not the body ofthc fire ; or when a loadftonc n.cr °f "plica-

o • L r- L • j-n t- ting me former

draweth unto it a great weight ot iron that is diltant from it.

Unto whom we (hall reply, that if he will not grant thefe
fubtilc emanations from the agent body, to be the immediate
workers of tliefc effects ; he muft allot that efficacy unto the
•whole corpulency of all the Agent working in bulk (for befides
the whole, and the parts there is no third thing to beconfidered
in bodies; fince they are confticuted by quantity;^ but the whole
cannot work otherwife then by locall motionrwhich in this ca/e
it cannot do, becaufe by the fuppefition, it is determined to keep
its diftance from the paflive body, and not to move towards rr.
Therefore, this is impoflible ; whereas the other can appear but
difficult at the worft, and therefore muft be admitted, when no
better and more intelligible folution can be found.

But withall we muftjiore that it is not our intention to fay,
but that it may in fome circumftaces happen that fome particular
action or effect may be wrought in a remote part or body, \vch
flial not be the fame in the intermediate body that lieth between
the agent and the patient, & that conveyeth the agents working
atomes to the others body.As for example when tinder or naph-
tha is by fire made to burn at a yard diftancc from it . when the
interjacent aireis but warmed by that fire. Or when the fuit, by
means of a burning-glade or of fome other reflexion, fetccih

L S. Chap. 16".

fo'.r.e bodies on fire, ami yet onely enlighteneth thcglafle and
the airc that are in the way. The realon of which is manifeft
to be the divers difpofitions of the different fubjeAs in regard
of the Agent : and therefore it is no wonder that divers cfte&s
(hould be produced according to chofe divers dilpofitions.
4. \ third pofition among Philofophcrs is;that all bodies which

ofrcactionand vvork upon others, do like wife as the fame time, wherein they
'"•ron^'ac work; fuflFer from thofc they work uponrand contrariwifethat
^."l ail bodies which fuflfer from others, do at the fame time work
back agam upon them. For the better understanding whereof,
Jet us confider thnt all action among .bodies is either purely lo-
call motion, or clfe locall motion with certain particularities
which give ic a particular name. As when we expreflfe the lo-
call motion of little atomes of fire, or of earth.- or water upon i
and into other bodies by the words of heating or cooling ; and
fo of the likjc.Now if the action be pure locall morion.and con-
fequently rhe crTe£r produced by that adion be merely change of
place ; we mutt call to mind how two dcnfe bodies moving one
sgaintt the other, do each of them bear before them fomelittle
quantity ofa rarer body immediately joyned unto them : and
confcquently,thele more rare bodies mutt be the firft to feel the
power of the dcnfe bodies and to receive impreflions from their
motions ; each of them, by the oppofite rare body, which like
an huifTicr gocth before to make way for his following matter
that obligeth him to this fervice.

Now when thele rare nfliers have ttruggled a while like the
firft lightly-armed ranks of two armies in the interjacent field
between their main batnlies,that follow them clofc at the heels,
they muft at the length yield, when they are overborn by a
greater weight then they can Hiftain;and then they rccoile back,
as it were to fave themfelves by getting in among the files of
denfc bodies that drove them on ; which not opening to admit
them,& yet they ftill flying violently from the mattering force
that pnrfueth thena ; they prcfTe To hard upon what at the firft
preffcd them on, as notwithstanding their denfity and ftrength
they force them to retire back : for unlelfe they do fo, they are
not of the number of thofe that work upon one another.

And this retiring.is cithrr on both fides, or but of one fide.lf
both; then ic is evident how each of them is an A gent, and each

of

Chap. 1 6. 4 TrtAtifi of B O D I E S.

of them a fuflferer ;cach of them overcoming his opposite in ftich
fort, as himff If likcwifc receiveth blows and lofle. But ifonely
one of the denfe bodies be fo fhocked as to recoile back, then
thatonely fuffereth in iis body, and the other lufTercth oncly in
itsvirtuejthat is; in theaireor other rare body it fendcth before
it ; which itdriveth with fuch a violence, that it maftcreth and
qiiclleth the opposition of the other body, before it can reach to
(hake the denle body, before which it runrrcrh. Yet that rare
body muft be prefled and broken inco, in fdme meafnre, by the
incoumer of the other(which though never fo vveak yet maketh
fbme refiftance)but much more when it cometh to grapple with
the denfe body it felf : and fo between them, it is wounded and
infeeblcdjlifce thofe fbuldiers that firft enter a breach in a town,
from whence when they have driven the enemy, they purfue
him to the cittadell,and force him from thence too ; and fb how
maimed foever they prove,they make a free &cafie way without
refinance for the whole body of their army to follow them, and
take quiet poifeflion of that which did eoft them fo much to win.
And thus we fee how it may happen that one of thefe moving
bodies doth not fuflfer fo much as to be flayed in its journey ;
much lelfe, to be driven back. And yet the other body at the
fame time work in fome meafure upon it, by working upon
what is next to it; which recoiling againft it muft needs make
fome impreflion upon it, fincc there can be no opposition but
muft have fbme effect. Now this imprcflfion or efFe6l, though
it be not perceptible by caufing a contrary motion, yet it muft
needs infeeblc the virtue of the conquering Agent, & deaden the
celerity of its motion. And thus it is evidentj that in all pure lo-
call motions of corporeall Agents, every one of them muft in
ibme proportion fuflfer in a6tmg, and in differing muft air.

And what we have faid of this kind of aftion, may eafily be
applyed to the other where the effect of locall motion is den> The former do-
pned by a particular name, as it is in the examples we gave of &»«« applyed;

P ». ,. . , . , j- -ii toother locaJ

heatrng and cooling. And m that, the proceeding vviU appear to motions defign-
be the very fame as in this; for if fire doth heat water5thc water
readtcth again .either upon the fire and cooleth it, if it be imme-
cHatc unto it;or elfe upon the interjaccn: aire,if k be at a dittance
from the fire. And fo the aire is in fome meafiire cooled, by the this way
cold atomes that iffbe rrom the water^whofc compaflfe or fphere

of

1 76* A Treat! ft of BODIES. Chap. 1 6.

of aflivitity being leflcr then the fires, they cannot cool fo farre
ofivas the others can heat : but where they do arrive, they give
their proportion of cold, in the very midft of the others army of
fiery ato:ncs, notwithstanding their multitude and violence.

According to which do&rine, oureountrymin Suiflfeth his
argument, that in the fchools is held infoluble,hath not fo much
as any femblance of the lealt difficultyrfor it is evident that fuch
acomes of fire and of water as we determine heat and cold to be,
miy paflfc and croud by one another into the fubje^s they arc
Tent unto by divers little ftreams without hindering one another
(as we have declared of aire and light) and each of them be re-
ceived in their own nature and temper by the fame fubjcft ;
though fenle can judge onely according to which of them is pre-
dominant, and according to the proportion ofits fuperiority.

Upon which occafion we cannot chiife but note, how the do-
<5hine of qualities is not onely unable to gire account of the or-
dinary and plain effects of nature ; but allb ufeth to end in cleer
impoflibilities and contradictions if it be driven far:as this argu-
ment of SuiflTeth fheweth, and many others of the like nature.
(,. A fourth pofition among Philofophers is, that fdme notions

Why ibmc no- do admit the denominations of Intension and Remiffion, but that
o™n\c°(u>najid others do not.The reafon ofwhich we flhall clearly fee, if we but
rettiffion > and confider how thefe termes tfintenfionAndremiflio*, do but ex-
prcfTe more «r leffe, ofthe thing that is faid to be intended or re-
mitted :for the nature of more and lefle doth imply a latitude
and divisibility ; and therefore cannot agree with the nature of
fuch things as confift in an indivifible being. As for example to
be a whole or to be an cqutll, cannot be fometrmes more, fome-
timcs lefTe; for they confift in fuch a rigorous indivifible being,
that if the leaft part imaginable be wanting it is no longer a
whole, and if there be the leaft excefle between two things, they
are no longer equall, but are in fome other proportion then of
equality in regard of one another.

And hence it is that Ariftotle teacheth us that fnbft*ncc and
the fpecies of Quantity, do not admit of intension and remiffi-
on;but that quality doth. For firft in fttbftaxce, we know that
the fignification ofthis word is,that wch maketh a thing be what
it is, as is evident by our giving it for an anfwerto the quefti-
on what a thing is. And therefore^ if there were any divifibility

i.

Chap. 16. *st Treatife of BODIES. ,77

in fubftancc, it would be in what the thing is;and confcquently,
every divifion following that divifibility, would make the thing
another 7v/>.tf,that is another thing. And fo the fubftance that is
pretended to be changed by intenfion er remiffion, would not be
divided, as is fuppofed, but would ceafe to be, and another fub-
ftance would fiicceed in the room of it. Whereby you fee that
every mutation in fubftancc^maketh anew thing: and that more
and lefTe in quiddity cannot be pronounced of the fame thing.

Likewife in quantity, it is clear that its Speciefes do confift in
an indivifible : for as in numbers, ten lions (for example) or ten
Elephants are no more in regard of multitude then ten flees or
ten motes in the funne ; and if you adde or take any thing from
ten,it is no more ten, but fome other numbenfo likewife in con-
tinued extenfion, a (pan, an ell, an ounce, or any other meafure
whatfbever,ceafeth to be a fpan and the reft, if you adde to it or
diminifli from it the leaft quantity Imaginable. And perad ven-
ture, the fame is alfo of figures, as of a fphere, a cube, a circle, a
fquare,&c. though they be in the rankc of qualities.

But if we coniider fuch qualities as heat, cold, moyfture, dri-
ncfleJbftnefre3hardneflV,weight>lightne(re,andthe likcjwe fhall
find that they may be in any body fomctimes more, fbmetimes
lefle, ( according as the excefle of any Element or mixture is
greater in it, at one time then at another) and yet the body in
which theft qualities are intended or remitted, remain ftill with
the fame denomination. As when durt continueth ftill foft,
though fbmetimes it be leflc fbft,other whiles fofterjand wax re-
maineth figurable, whether it be melted or congealedjand wood
is ftill hot though it lofe or gain fomc degree of heat.

But fuch intenfion in any fubjecl: whatfocver hath its determi-
nate limits that it cannot paflc ; for when more of that quality
that we fay is intendcd(that is, more of the atomcs of the active
bodyjis brought into the body that fuflFereth the intenfion, then
its complexion can brook; it refigncth its nature to thair violence
and becometh a new thing ; fuch an one as they arepleafed to
make it. As when wood,with extremity ofheating(thatis, with
bringing into it fo many atomcs of fire, that the fire is ftronger
in it then its own nature) is converted into fire, fmoke, water,
and afhes; and nothing remaineth of the nature of wood.
But before we end this chapter, we may remember how in the

M cloTc

i78 A TretiifecfftODlES. Chap. 16.

part of our ha- of the fourth \ve remitted a queftion concerning the exigence of
ai"ihe*rore E- the Elements; (that is, whether in any places of the world there
lemcnts, aic wcre any pure Elements, either in bulk or in little parts; )as be-

foiindpurc in . ' r . r . . ... . , , . . / '* ~

(mail atomes; ing not ready to reiolve it, till we had declared the manner of
bJcat°buik.any working of bodies one upon another. Here then will be a fit
place to determine that, out of what we have difcourfed con.
cernirg the actions, whereby bodies are made and corrupted :
for conhVerirg the univcrfal a&ion of fire that runneth through
all the bodies we have commerce withall, by reaibn of the funs
influence into them and operation upon them with his light and
beams which rencheth far andnearjand looking upon the effects
which we have {hewed do followthencerit is ma nifeft, there can-
not be any great quantity of any body wrutfbevenin which fire
is not intrinfecally mixed. And on the other fide, we fee that
where fire is once mixed ic is very hard to feparate it totally
from thence. Again , we fee it is impoffible that pure fire fliould
be conferred , without being adjoyned to fbme other body ; both
becaufe of its violent nativity, ftill ftreaming forth with a great
impetuofity; as alto becaufe it is foeafily overcome by any obli-
dent body when it is dilated. And therefore we may fafcly con-
clude, that no fimple Element can confift in any great quantity
in this courfe of nature which we live in and take a furvey of.
Neither doth it appear to what purpoie nature fliould have
placed any fuch ftorehoufes offimples, feeing flie can make all
needful! complexions by the ditfblutions of mixed bodies imoo-
thcr mixed bodies favouring of the nature ofthe Elements, with-
out needing their purity to begin upon.

But on the other fide it is as evident that the Elements muft
remain pure in every compounded body in fuch extreme fmall
parts as we ufe to call atomes : for if they did not,thc variety of
bodies would be nothing elfc, but ib many degrees of rarity and
den(ity> or fo many pure homogeneall Elements.and not bodies
eompofed of heterogeneall parts:and confeqaently would not be
able to /hew that variety of parts which we fee in bodies, nor
could produce the complicated effe&j which proceed from them.
And accordingly we are fure that the leaf! pans which our fen-
fcscan arrive to difcoyer have many varieties in them : cvenfo
much that a whole living creature (whole organicall parts muft
needs be of exceeding different natures ) may be Ib lictlc,as unt®

our

Chap." 17. A Trcatifcof BODIES. \19

our eyes to fecm indivifiblcjwe not diftinguiftiing any difference
of parts in it without the help of a multiplying glafle : as in the
lead kind of mites, and in wormes picked out of ch Wrens hands
we dayly experience. So as it is evident that no lenfible part can
be unmingled. But then again, when we call to mind how we
have (hewed that the qualities which we find in bodies do rcfult
out of the compoiition, and mirtion of the Elements, we muft
needs conclude, that they muft of necefficy remain in their own.
efleiiccs in the mixed body. And fo out of the whole difcour(e,
determine that they arc not there in any vifible quantity, but in
thole leaft atomes, that are too fubtilc for our fenfes to difccrn.
Which pofition we do not undcrftand fb Metaphysically as to
fay that their fubftantiall forms remain actually in the mixed
body ; but onely that their accidcntall qualities are found in the
compound ; remitting that other queftion unto Metaphyficuns
(thofe fpirituall Anatomifh) to decide.

CHAP. XVII.

OfRarffitttiott *»d Condenfation, the two firft motions
ff particular bodies.

OUr intention in this difcourfe, concerning the natures and
motions of bodies, aiming no further then at the difcovery
of what is or may be done by corporeall Agents; thereby to de-
termine what is the work of immaterial & fpirituall fubftances ; lowing chap-
it cannot be expected at our hands that we fhould deliver here
an intire and complete body of naturall Philofbphy. But onely
that wefliould take fo much of it in our way, as is needfull to
carry us with truth and evidence to our journeyes end. It be-
longeth not then to us to meddle with thofc fublime contem-
plations which fearch into the nature of the vafi Univerfe, and
that determine the unity and limitation of it ; and that (hew by
what firings, and upon pinnes, and wheels, and hinges, the
whole world moreth : and that from thence do afcend unco
an awfull acknowledgement and hucnble admiration of the
primary cauft ; from whence, and ef which, both the being
of it, and the beginning of the firft motion, and the continuance
otall others doth proceed and depend.

Nor indeed would it be to the purpofe for any man to fail ift

M ** tbic

180

Mr.
White.

That bodies
rmy be rarifi-
ed, both by
omward and
inwardTiear;
and how tlii*
i«jKi formed.

A Treatife of B O D I E S. Chap. 1 7.

this Ocean, and to begin a new voyage of navigation upon it :
unleflc he were a(Tured, he bad ballaft enough in his fhipto
make her fink deep into the Water and to carry her fteddily
through thofe unruly waves ; and that he were furniflied with
skill & provlfion fufficicnt to go through , without either lofing
his courfeby fleering after a wrong compafle> or being forced
back again with fhort and obfcure relations ofdiicoveries : fince
others that went out before him, are returned with a large ac-
count to fuch as are able to understand and fummc it up. Which
iurely our learned countreyman,and my beft and moft honoured
friend, and to whom of all men living I am mort obliged ffor to
him I owe that little which I know; and what I have,and fliall
Jet down in all this di/courfe, is but a few (parks kindled by me
at his great fire)hath both profbundly,and acutely, and in every
regard judicioufly performed in his Dialogues of the world*

Our task then (in a lower ftrain; and more proportionate to
fo weak flioulders) is to look no further then among thofe bo-
dies we converfe withall. Ofwbichi having declared by what
courfeand engines nature governeth their common motions,
that are found even in the Elements, and from thence are deri-
ved to all bodies competed of them ; we intend now to confidcr
fuch motions as accompany divers particular bodies, and are
much admired by wholbevcr underftandtth not the caufes of
them.

To begin from the eafieft and moft connexed with the acti-
ons of the Elements, the handfell of our labour will light upon
the motions of Rarcftftion And. Condt»fati9»y as they arc the
paflions of mixed bodies. And firft for Rarefaction ; we may re-
mercbcr how it proceedeth originally from fire, and dependeth
ofheat;as is declared in the former chaptcrrand wherefoevcr we
find Rarefailion,we may be confident the body which fuffereth
it,is not without fire working upon it. From hence we may ga-
thcr,that when the aireimprifbned in a baloonor bladder,fwel-
Jcth againft whatcontaineth it;andftretcheth its cale, and feek-
eth to break out ; this effcifc muft proceed from fire or heat
f though we fee not the firc)working either within the very bow-
els of the airc, or without, by prelTing upon what containeth
ir, and ib making it fclf a way unto it.

, And that this latter way is able to yvork this effect , may

be

Chap, 17. €^rrrM///^/BODIES. 181

be convinced by the contrary effect from a contrary caufe : for
take a bladder itrctched out unto ks greateft extent by aire (hut
up within it; and hang it in a cold placejand you will fee ic pre-
fently contract it felr'imo a lefle roome ; and the bladder will
grow wrinckled and become too big for the aire within it. But
tor immediate proof of this pofitioi^we fee that the addition of a
very fmall degree of heat, rarifieth the aire in a weather-glade,
fthe aire receiving the imprcflion ofheat,fooner then water) ind
fo makcth it extend it felf into a greater place; and consequently,
ic preflerh upon tV water; and forceth it down inroalefle
roomc then formerly it poflcffed. And likewile we fee quickfil-
ver and other liquors, if they be fhut up in glaOes clofe flopped
and fet in fufficient heac ( and a little is fuffieient for this effect )
they will (well and fill their glaflcs ; and at the laft break them,
rather then no: find a way to give themfelves more roome ;
tthich is then grown too ftraight in the glaffe, by reafon of the
rarefaction of the liquors by the fire working upon them.

Now again ; that this effect may be wrought by the inward
heat, that is enclofed in the bowels of the fubftance thus (hut up;
both reafon and experience do aflure us : for, they teach us that
if a body which is not extremely compacted, but that by ics
Joofenefle is eafily divifiblc into little parts (Yiich a oneas wine,
or other fpirituall liquors) be inclofed in a vcffell ; the little a-
tomes that perpetually move up and down in every fpace of the
whole world, making their way through every body, will fet on
\\ork the little parts,in the wine for cxample,to play their game :
fo that the hot and light parts^if chey be many)"not enduring to
be comprefled and kept in by the heavie and cold ones, do (eek
to break out with force ; and till they can fiee them/elves front
the denfe ones that would imprifon them they carry them along
\vi:h them, and make them to fwell o'lt as well as themfelves.

Now if they be kept in by the yeflell, fo that they hive not
play enough;they drive the denfe ones (like fo many lirtle ham-
mers or wedges)igainft the fides ofit,and at the length dob"eak
it,and fo do make themfelves w ay,to a larger roome. But if they
have vent, the more fiery hot fpirits fly away, & leaye the other
grofTer parts quiet and at reft. On the other fide if the hot and
light parts in a liquor be not miny nor very adivc, and the
Ycflell be fa full that the parts have not frcefcopc to remove

M and

^Trettife cf KO DIES. Chap. 17.

and make way for one another > there will not follow any
great cffe& in this kind: as we fte in bottled beer or ale, that
worketh little, unlcfle there be fome fpace left empty, in the
bottle. And again; if the veflfell be very much to big for the li-
quour in it, the fiery parts find room, fiifi to fwell up the hea-.
vy oiicsjand at the length to get out from them. though the ve£-
fel be clofe topped; for they have fcope enough to float up and
down between the furface of the liquour, and the roof of the
vcfiel.

And this is the realbn that if a little beer or fmall wine be
lefc long in a great cask, be it never fo clofe flopped, it will in
time grow dead. And then, if at the opening of the bung ( a£-
ner the cask hath been long unftirred ) you hold a candle clofc
to kj you fhall at the inftant fee a fla(h of flame environing the
vent. Which is no other thing, but the fubtile (piths that part-
ing from the beer or wine, have left it dead; and flying abroad
as foo» as they are permitted, are let on fire by the flam* thae
they meet with in their jeurney, a* being morecombuftible(bc-
caule more fubtile) then that fpirit of wine which is kept in form
of Hquour : ajid yet that likewife ( though ipuch groffer ) is fee
on fire by the to«eh of flame, And this happeneth not onely to
wfie, tnd beer, or ale, but even to water. As dayly experience
fheweth in the eaft Indian fhips, that having b^en 5 or 6 year*
at fea, when they open feme of thek casks of Thames warer 5n
their return Viomewardsf for they keep tfiat water till the laft; as
being their be-ft and mpft durable^and that grweth lighter and
ptirer , by tl^« often putrifyin»s through violent motions in
ftorms every or>e of which maketh new groflc and earthy pares
fall down to the boetowe, and otter volatile enes alcend to the.
top;) a flame is feen about their bungs if a candle be ncar.as we
faid before of wine.

And to proceed, with ce«fir«iing this do$nnc by further ex-
perience; we dayly fee tbat the litde pares of heat being agitated
and brought into motion in any body;they enter ac<d pierce into
•ther partc,& incorporate themfclvcs with them,»nd (k diem on
fire if they be capable thereof: as we fee in wetli^y or flax laid
tegcther i« great quantky. And if tl>ey be noto^ablc of raking
fire,*hcn they carry them with them t-o theou*<uie;& wl>en duy
can traflfporuhem no ftirther.pact flics away,& otlxr part ft ales

with

Chap. 17. v* Trit'ifi *f B O D I E S.

with thermal w* fee in new beer or flle,& in muft of wine ji

a uibftance uiiully called the mother, is wrought up to the top.

Which in wine, will at the hft be converted into Tartar;
when the fpirks that arc very volatile, gre flown away; and do
leave thoTe parts froua whence they hav«.ev*poratcd,morc groifc
and earthy then tlve attars, where the grader and fubtiler parts
continue ttill inix^d. Rur, in beer or rather it) ale ; this mother,
which in them we call barm, will continue longer in the fame
confidence, and with the fame qualities; for thelphits of it are
aoc ib fiery that they in lift prcfently leave the body they have in-
corporated therrfelves withall ; nor arc hot enough tobaJkeit
into a hard confidence. And therefore bakers make ufe of it to
xaife their bread; which .neither it will dk>,urtlcflTe it be kept from
cold; both which, are evident Cgncs that it works in force, of heat;
andconlequcntly, that it continucth ftill a bo,t& liglu liibftance.
And again wefee that after wine orbecr hath vviought once,
a violent motion will make it work anew. As is dayly icen ia
great lightnings and in thunder, and by much racking /of them;
ixar fuch motion rarifieth, and confequently hcatech them: partly
by feparating the little parts of the liqueur, which were before as
glewcd together, and therefore lay quietly; but now, by their
pulling afunder,and by the liqueurs growing thereby morclooic
then it was, -they have frccdomc to play up and downiand partly
by beating one part againft another; which breaketh and divi-
deth them into lefTer atomcs,& fb brlngeth fome of them into the
ftatc of fire; which you may remember ,is nothing elfe but a body
brought into fuch a degree of UttlencrTe and rarity of its pares.
And this is the reafon why fuch hard and drie bodies as have
an unctuous fubftance in them, are by motion cither eafily feton
£re, or at the leaft, fire is eafily gotten out of them. As happen^-
eth in flints, and in divers other ftones, which yield fire when
they are rtrucken; and if prefcndy after you fmcll unto them,
yoiifhall perceive an odour of brimftone and of burning which
i* a certain figne that the motion did convert into fire the natu-
irall brimftone that was mingled with the flint, and wbofe den-
•ier parts were grown cold, and fo fkick to the ftoue. And in like
manner, the ivy wood and divers others>as alfo t!xr Indian canes
(which from thence are called firccanqs ) being rubbed with
Ibine other ftick of the fame nature; if they be firft very dry, will

M 4 of

i $4 A Treatifi of B O D I E S. Cfap. 1 7.

of thernfelvcs fet on fire : and the like vv'ill happen to coach-
wheels in the iiimmer if they be overheated with motion.
2. To conclude our difcourfe of rarcht&ion,we may look a little

or the»rrat into the power and erficacity of ic, which is no where to be teen
faction? **''*' *° c^ear^y as m ^re- And as fire is the generall caufe of rarefa-
clion, fo is it of all bodies that which is moft ratified. Ami
therefore it is no marvail if its effects be the greateft thac are in
nau:ic, feeing it is the proper operation of the moil a»ilive Ele-
ment. The wonderful! force of it we dayly fee in thunder, in
guns, in granado's, and in mines; of which, continuall experi-
ence, as.well as feverail hirtorics witnefleth little lefle then mi-
racles. Leaving them ro the remarks of curious perfons, \ve will
onely loo'< inco the way by which lo main effects do proceed
from caufes that appear fo (lender.

It is evident that fire (as we have faid before ) dilatcth ic
fclf fphcrically; as nature fhewcth us manifefily in bubbles of
boyliog water, and of milk, and generally of inch fubttances as
are of a vifcuous compofition; for thole bubbles being rounci,do
aflure us that the ciule which made them, did equally dilate
them from the center unto all parts. Now then rcmembring the
infinite multiplication which is in fire, we may conceive that
when a grain of gun-powder is turned thereinto, there Ire fo
many little bubbles of a vifcuous fubftance one backing ano-
ther with great celerity , as there arc parts of fire more then
there uere of gun-powder. And if we make a computation of
the number and of the celerity of thele bubbles, we fliall find
that although every one of them (ingle do fccm to be of an in-
conficierable force, yet the whole number of them together, will
exceed the refinance of the body moved or broken by them: e*
fpccially* if vve note, that when hard fubttances have not time
allowed them to yickhthcy break the fboner. And then we lliall
not fo much admire the extremities we fccadrcd by thcfc meins.
Thus hating looked into the nature of rarefaction, and traced
The firitman. ^1C prcgrcffc of it from the motion -of the fun & fiicjin the next
nerofconien- place we arc to examine t!;c nature of condcnfacion. And we
' fliall ofcentiir.es find it likcvvifean effeclofthe iiinccauie other-
wife working: for there being two different vvaycs to dry any
\\ctthinp; the one, by taking away that juyce which makcrh a
body liquid; the ether,. by putting more drought to the wet bo-
dy,

Chap. 17. j* Treatifi of BODIES. 185

dy, that it may imbibe the moifture; this latter way doth, as
well as the former, condenic a body: for by the clo/c flicking
of wet to dry, the moft part ofcondenfation is effected in com-
pounded bodies.

The firft of thele wayes.doth properly and immediately pro-
ceed from heat ; for heat cntring into a body, incorporated! ic
felf with the moift and vifcuous parts it findeth there: as purging
medicines do with the humours they work upon ; which when
the flomack can no longer entertain ( by reafon of their unruly
motions in \vreftling together ) they are both ejected grappling
with one another; and the place of their contention is thus, by
the fupcrvenience of a guefl of a contrary nature ( that will noc
flay long there ) purged from the fuperabundancc of the for-
mer ones that annoyed it. Even fo,thc fire that is greedily drunk
up by the watry and vifcuous parts of a compounded bodyjand
whole a$ivity and reftlefle nature will not endure to belong
imprifoned there, quickly pierceth quite through the body it en-
tereth into, and after a while flreameth out at the oppofite fide,
as fad as it entered on the fide next to it, and carrieth away
w ith it thole glewy parts it is incorporated with : and by their
ablence, leaveth the body they part from, dryer then at the firll
it was.

Which courfe we may observe in firrups that are boyled to
a confiftence;and in broths that are confumed unto a jelly: over
which, whiles they are making by the fire under them, you fee
a great fleam; which is, the watry parts that being incorporated
with fire, flie away in irnoke. Likewile when the lea-water is
condenfed into fait, you fee it is an effect of thel'imne or fi:c
that exhaleth or boylcth away all the palpable moi/rurc. A:»d
fo when wet cloches are handed cither in the funnc cr at the

c^

fire, we fee a iinoke about the clothes^and heat within them;
which being all drawn out from them, they become dry.

And this deferveth a particular note, that although they
fhould be nor quire dry, when you take them from the fire; ye:
by then they arc cool. they will bedryrfbr the fire that is in them
when they are removed from the main fleck of fire.ilyinqaway
carriech with ic the moiflure that was incorporated with it; and
thcicfore whiles they were hor,that is, whiles the fire was in them
they mud alfo b? njoiir; bccau.'c.d.c fire and the mj;(lure were

grovun

Trutlfeof BODIES. Chap.iy.

grown to be one bodyr&could not become through dry wi
incafure of fire,ffor more would have drycd thcrn, even whiles
they were hot ) untill they were alfo grown ch rough cold. And
in like manner, firupcs, hydrcmels, gcllies, and the like grow
much thicker a fee* they are taken off from the fire, then they
v. ere upon tbc fire,a«d much of their humidity flieth away whii
the fire, in their cooling, whereby they leffen much of their quao*-
city, evert afcer the outward fire hath ceated from working up*
on them.

Now if the nioift parts, that remain after the drying, be by
the heat well incorporated in the dry parts; and fo do occation
the dry parts to ftick cloic together; then that body is condrn-
fecLaiad will ( to the proportion of it) be heavier in a ieflc bulk;
as we Tee that metalls are heavier then ftonec.

Although this etfc&be in chclc examples wrought by heat,
Thefccon4 V^ generally fpcaking it is more proper to .cold: which is the
manner of con- {eco«d way of drying a moift body. As when in Greenland,
c5d"W the extreme cold frcelcth the \vhaJefifhers beer into ice, lo that

the ftcwards divide it with axes ami wedges^ and deliver thck
•portions of drink to their lliips company, and their fhallopes
.pjngSjin their bare handsrbut in the innermoft part of the butte,
they find Ibme quantity of very ftrong liqueur, not inferiour to
•moderate fpirit of wine. At the firft, before currome had made it
familiar unto them, they wondered that every time they drew
at the tap, when firrt it came from their fhips to the fhorc ( for
the heat of the hold would not let it frecfe) no Jiquour would
come, unleflb they new tapped it with a longer gimlctrbut they
thought that pains well recompenced,by finding it in the taft to
grow ftronger and ftrongerjtill at the Jaft,their Jongert gimlets
would bring nothing out;& yet the veflfellnot a quarter drawn
off; which obliged them then to flare the cask, that fo tkey
might make ufe of the fubftance that remained.

Tkc reafon of this, ic evident : that cold feeking to condenfc
the l«cr by mingling its dry and cold parts with it, thofethat
would indurc this mixture, were imbibed and fhrunkupby
them. But the other rare and hot parts that were fqueelcd out
by the denfc ones which entered to congeal the beer, and were
forfcd into the middle of the veflfel (which was the ftirtheft part
for them to retire unto/rom their invironing caernies)did con.

ferve

Chap. 17. A Tnttifitf BODIES.

6rve themfelvei in theitr liquid fbrru> in defiance of thf a/fault-
ing cold j whites their fellows, regaining by their departure
rnoregroflc and earthy then they were before, yielded to the
conquerour^they could not (Lift away from, and fo were drycd
«nd condensed in ice : which when the mariners thawed, they
found it like fair? water, without any fpirits in it or comfort-
ing heat to the ftomack..

This manner of condenfation, which we hare defcribed in the
freeing of beer, is the way nioft pra&ifed by nature ; I mean,
for immediate condenfation ( for condenfation is fecondarily,
wherefoever there is rarefaction which we have determine*! tp
be an eflheCt, of heat. ) And the courfe of it is : that a multitude
of earthy and dry bodies being driven againft any liquon they
eafily divide it, by means of their denfity, their dryneffe, and
their JittkneiTc ( all which in this cafe do accompany one ano-
ther j and are by us determined to be powerful! dividers- ) and
wkcn they are gotten into it, they partly fuck into phcir own,
pores the wet and diffused parts of the liquide body ; and partly
they make them (wlaeu thsrafelves are full) ftick fa ft to their
dry fides, and become as a glew to hold themfelves ftrongly to-
gether. And thus th*y dry up the liquor ; an4 by the naturall
pwrling of gravity they cotwraS it into a letter room. No o-
therwife then when we force mucb wind or water into a bottle;
and by preffing k more and more, make it ly* clofer then of its
own nature it would do. Or rather, as wKe« adi«s being mjn-»
^Led with water; both tho/c (ubttafiees do ftkk fQelofeEopne
another, chat tliey take up Icflfc room then they did each apart.

Tin* is the method of froft», anj ©f (how, and pf ice, j^cnh
naturall and artificiall; for in natural! feeling, or^w-arily tlve
north or nortKea/i vvjad l>y its force foripgeth attd drivccli inco
ours liquours, fueh earthy bodies »s it bath gwb«red fr^m ropW
covered with l«ow; \vhkh facing mixed with the light vapours
whereof the wind is made, do eanly fiiidwayin^o die liquors,
and then they dry them into that con fift«i#: which vyecjil ice.
WiwcJ^ in token of the wind k hath in it, fwiminoth «p/5n thp
water, and in the jyeflcll »rbere it is i\aade,rifeth bighec fae-n (J?e
water dsd wheFcof k is tompofcd : and ordioadly U bre^^i
from the ("ides of the vcflell, fo giving way loinpre vyiwi ti>
*omciaf auci freefc deeper ajultliicker,

But

•i88 'Afruttfetf BODIES. Chap. 17.

j. But bccaufe Galileus/^(// difcorfo intorno tulle c»fe che /}*»-

Thatyce i«nrt r,o in fn I' AcqvA, p*f ,4. was of opinion chat vce was water ra-

\vnre-rauf^ .r J 1 J I r J l\ O" L-

tat eondcnfcd. titled, afld-iHtt condenled; we mint not pane over this verity,
\vi:hoiit maintaining it againft the oppofition of fo powerful! an
sdverfary. His arguments arc, firft that ycc taketh up more
place then the wa*er did of which it was made; which is againft
the nature ofcondenfation. Secondly, that quantity for quanti-
ty yceis lighter then water; whereas things that are moredenfe
are proportionally more heavy. And laftly,that ycc fwimmcth
in water, \v!jcrea5 we havcof.cn taught, that the more denlc
dcfccndeth in the more rare.

Now to reply to thefe arguments, we fay firft, that we would
gladly know how he did to meafurc the quanticy ofthe ycc,wich
the quantity of the water of which it was made; and then when
lie hath (hewed it, and fhewcd withall tha: yce holdeth more
place then water; \ve muft tell him tliathis experiment conclu-
dcth nothing agiinft our doihine, becaufe there is an addition
of other bodies mingled with the water to make yce of it as we
touched above; and therefore that compound may well take up
a greater place then the water alone did, and yet be denfer then
ir; and the water alfo be denfer then it was.

A nd that other bodies do come inro the water and are min-
gled with it, is evident out ofthe exceeding coldneflc of aire, or
ibcnc very cold wind; oneof which two never mifleth to rcignc
\vhenfoeverthcwater freezethrand both of them do argue great
ftore of little earthy dry bodies abounding in them, whic!i
fweeping over all thofe that lie in their way and courfe, muft of
necefficy be mixed with fuch as give them admittance; which wa-
ter doth very eafily. And accordingly we (ce that when in the
freezing of water the yce growcth anything deep, it either (hrin-
keth about the borders, or at the leaft lieth very loofe, fo as we
cinnot doubt but that there is a free paiTagc for more of fuch
fubtile bodies to get ftill to the water> and freez it deeper.

To his fecond argument, we ask how he knowcth that yce
quantity for quantity, is lighter then water ? For although of a
fpunge that is full of water, it be cafic to know what the fpunge
wcigheth, and what the water that was foked into it, becaufe
we cart pirt the one of them from the other, and keep each a-
part to examine their weights, yet to the like between yce and

water,

Chap. 1 7. A Treatife of B O D I E S. 18^

water^ifyce be throughout full ofaire(as of neceflity it muft be)
we believe impoflible. And therefore it may be lighter in the
bulk then water, by reafbn of the great pores caufcd in it,
through the fhr inking up of the parts of water together (which
pores muft then neceflarily be filled with aire) & yet every part
by it felf (in which no aire is) be heavier then fo much water.

And by this it appeareth that his laft argument ( grounded
upon the fwimming of yce in water) hath no more force then if
he would prove that an yron or an earthen dKh, were lighter,
& confequently more rare then water, beciiife it fwimmeth upon
it; which is an effect of the aires being contained in the belly of ic
(as it is in yce ) not a figneofthe metalls being moie rare then-
water.

Whereas on the contrary fide, the proof is pofitive and clear
for us; for it cannot be denied, but that the mingling of the wa-
ter with other bodies more denfe then it, muft of neceflity make
the compound and alfo the water it felf become moie denfe then
it was alone. And accordingly we lee, that yce half thawedf for
then much of the aire is driven out, and the water beginneth to
fill the pores wherein the aire rc/ided before) finkcth to the bot-
tom: as an iron difli with holes in it (whereby the water might
get into it^would do. And bcfides » we fee that water is moie
diaphanous then yce,and yce more confident then watcr.Therc-
fore I hope we fliall be excuied, ifin this particular we be of a-
contrary opinion to this great perfbnage.

But to return unto the thrid of our difcourfe. The fame that ~
paffeth here before us, pafleth alfo in the sky with fnow, hatl, HowwinJ,
rain, and wind. Which that we may the better undcrftand, let aicm^t *"l
us confidcr how winds are maderfor they have a main influence win<l ! > ra:n
into ail the reft. When the funne by fbme particular occurrcnc 3'
raifeth great multitudes ofatomesfrom Ibme one placCjand they
cither by the attraction of the lun, or by iome other occaiion,do
take theircourfea certain way; this motion of thole atomes we
call a wind: which according to the continuance of the matter ,

from whence thele atomes rile, endurech a longer or a fhortcr
time, and goeth a farther or a fliorter way; like a river, or ra-
ther like thofe eruptions of waters, which in the Northern parts
of England they call (jjyfies: the which do break out at uncer-
tain times, and upon uncertain caufes, and flow likevvife wiih

am

A Trtatife of BODIES. Chap, 17.

an uncertain duration. Sotliefe win-.is being compored of bodies
in a determinate proportion heavier then the aire , do run their
courie from their height to the ground, where they are fupported
(as water is by the floore of its channell) whiles they perform
their carreerjthat is, untillthey be wafted either by the drawing
of the {im,or by their (ticking &incorporating into groflcr bodies
Some of thelc winds according to the complexion of the body
out of which they arc extracted, are dry; as chofc which come
from barren mountains covered with fnow: others are moift, as
thofe tlmcome out ofmariftiy or watry places: others have o-
ther qualities; as of heat, or cold, of wholefbmndlc.or unwhol-
fomnefle, and the like; partly from the (burce, and partly from
the bodies they are mingled with in their way.

Such then being the nature and origine of winds;if a cold one
do meet in the aire with that moift body whereof otherwile rain
would have been made, it changeth that moift body into fnow
or into hail; if a dry wind nueet with a wet body it maketh ic
more dry, and fo hindreth the rain that was likely to be: but If
the wet body overcome the dry wind,it bringeth the wind down
along with it; as we fee when a fhoure of rain allaieth a great
wind.

And that all this is fo, experience will in lome particulars in-
ftrucl: its as well as reafon,fro whence the reft may be evidently
inferred. For we £c that thole who in imitation of nature would
convert water into ice,do take fnow or ice & mingle it with fbme
active dry body, that may force the cold parts of the inow from
it; & then they fet the water (in fome fit vefTelJ in the way that
thofc little bodies are to take,which by that meansentring into it,
do ftrait incorporate themfelves therewith, & of a fudcien do con-
vert it into ice. Wch procefTe you may eafily try, by mingling fair
armoniakc with the fnow;butmuch more powerfully by fetting
the fnow over the fire, whiles the glafle of water to be congea-
led ftands in it after the manner of an egge in fait. And thus fire
it (elf, though it be the enemy and deftroyer of all cold, is made
the inftrument of freezing. And the fame reaibn holdeth in the
cooling of wine with Ihow or yce, when after it hath been a
competent time in the fnow, they whofe charge ir is, do ule to
give the rclTcl that containeth the wine, three or foure turns in
the fnow; fo to mingle through the whole body ofthc wine,the

cold

Chap. 1 7. A Tredttfe ^/BODIES.

cold received firft but in the outward parts of it, and by preC-
fing> to make that vvichout have a more forcible ingrefllon.

But the whole doctrine of Meteors is fo amply, fb ingeniouf-
ly.and Ib exactly performed by that never enough praifed Gen-
tleman Monfieur DCS Carces in his Meteorologicall difcourfes;
as I fliould wrong my felfand my Reader,if I dwelled any lon-
ger upon this fubjcct. And whofe Phyficall difcourfes, had they
been divulged before I hadenued upon this work, I am pcrfwa-
ded would have excufcd the greateft part of my pains in delive-
ring the nature of bodies.

It were a fault to paflc from treating of condenfation, without g.
notine-o ordinary an effect of it as is the joyning topether of How parts of

L- i r L j rj-. L J- T u- L ' r C the fame or di-

parts of the fame body, or of divers bodies. In which we Ice for ycrsbodicsare
the moft part that the folide bodies which are to be joy ned to- ]^nc(}more
gcther, are firft cither heated or moiftened , that is, they are ra- thereby cof!
rified: and then they are left to cold airc or to other cold bo- i«nftno">
dies to thicken andcondenfe (as above we mentioned of fyrupes
and jellies;) and fo they are brought to ftick firmly together.In
the like manner we lee that when two metalls are "heated till
they be almoft brought to running, and then are prefTed toge-
ther by the hammer, they become one continued body » The like
we fee in glafTe, the like in wax, and in divers other things. On
the contrary fide; whe.n a broken ftone is to be pieced together,
the pieces of it muft be wetted, and the ciment muft be likewifc
moiftcned, and then joyning them aptly, and drying them, they
flick raft together. Glew is moiftened, that it may by drying
afterwards hold pieces of wood together. And the fpefracle-
makers have a competition which muft be both heated and moi-
ftencd, to joyn trnto handles of wood theglaffes which they are
to grind. And broken glaflcs are cimenced with cheefc and
chalk or with garlick.

All thefe effects our fenfc evidently fhewcth us , arife out of
eondenfationjbut to our reafbn it belongeth to examine particu-
larly by whatfteps they arc performed. Firft then we know that
heat doth fubtilize the Htde bodies which arc in the pores of the
heated body; and partly a lib it opencth the pores of the body it
fclf, if it be of a nature that permitteth it; as it fccmcch thole bo-
dies are, which by heat are mollified or are liquefa£ible. Again,
we know that moifture is mote iubulc to enter into fmall creeks

then

Treatife of BODIES. Chap.i7.

then dry bodies are; efpecially when it is prcfled; for then it will
be divided in:o very little parts, and will fill up every little
chink; and neveithelefle if it be of a groffe and viicuous nature,
all the parts of it will flick together. Out of thefe two proper-
ties we bave,that fince every body hath a kind of orb of its own
exhalations, or vapours round about it felf ( as is before decla-
red,) the vapours which are about one of the bodies, will more
ftrongly and (blidly (that is,in more abundant & greater parts)
enter into the pores of the other body againft which it is preflcd
when they are opened and dilated : and thus they becoming
common to both bodies, by flowing from the one, and ftream-
ing into the other, and flicking to them both will make them
flick to one another. And then as they grow cold and dry^thefc
little parts fhrink on both fides ; and by their flirinking draw
the bodies together; and vvithall do leave greater pores by their
being comprefled together, then were there when by heat and
inoyfliire they were dilated; into which pores the circumftant
cold parts do cnter> and thereby do as it were wedge in the o-
thers; and confequently do make them hoJd firmly together the
bodies which they joyn.

B^t if art or nature fhould apply to this juncture any liquour
or vapour, which had the nature and power to infinuate it felf
more efficacioufly to one of thefe bodies , tlien the glew which
was between them did; ofneceflity in this cafe thcfc bodies mutt
fall in pieces. And fo it happeneth in the feparation of metalls
by corrofive waters; as alfoin the precipitation of metalls or of
falts when they arediflblved in fuch corrofive waters, by means
of other metalls or falts of a different nature: in both which ca-
fes the entrance ofa latter body that penetrateth more ftrongly»
and uniteth it felf to one of tke joyned bodies but not to the o-
ther, teareth them afunder, and that which the piercing body
rejcfteth, falleth into little pieces; and if formerly it were joyn-
ines can- ec^ w^ l^e ^SlUour>it ls then precipitated down from it in a duft
noc be the rea- Out of which difcourfe we may refolve the queflion of that
iTpSa7cdeto learned and ingenious man Petrus Gaifendus; who by experi-
thcfufiwith ence found, that water impregnated to fulnclTe with ordinary

one kind of lalt. r i . j . /- i /• f j i

\viiinotwich- lalt, would yet receive a quantity of other laJt; and when it
* ore of raC<?ve wou^ imbibe no more of that, would ncverthcieflc take into it
ther.° a proportion of a third; and fo of fcvcrall kinds of falts one af-

tt

C hap. 1 7- 4 Treatift of B O D I E S.

ter another: which efFc& he attributed to vacuities or porous
fpaces of divers figures, that he conceived to be in the water;
whereof fome were fit for the figure of one falt,and fome for the
figure of another. Very ingenioufly ; yet if I mifle not my mark
mott aflurcdly he hath mined his.

For firft, how could he attribute divers forts of vacuities to
water without giving it divers figures? And this would be a-
gainft his own difcourfe, by which every body fhould have one
determinate naturall figure.

Secondly, I would ask him if he meafurcd his water after c-
very falting? and if he did,whether he did not find the quantity
greater, then before that fait was diflblved in it? Which ifhe did
(as without doubt he muft ) then he might fafcly conclude that
his falts were not received in vacuities;but that the very fubftancc
of the water gave them place, and fb encreafcd by the receiving
of them.

Thirdly, feeing that in his doctrine every fubftance hath a
particular figure; we muft allow a ftrange multitude of different
fhapes of vacuities to be naturally in water; if we will have eve-
ry different fubftance wherewith it may beimpregna:ed(by ma-
king decoctions, extractions, folutions, and the like) to find a fit
vacuity in the water to lodge it felf in. What a difform net with
a ftrange variety ofmaflies would this be? And indeed how ex-
tremely uncapable muft it be of the quantity of every various
kind of vacuity that you will find muft be in it ; ifin every Iblu-
tion of one particular fubftance, you calculate the proportion
between it and the water thatdiflblveth it, and then multiply it
according to the number of feverall kinds offubftances that may
be diflblved in water? By this proceeding, you will find the va-
cuities to exceed infinitely the whole body of the water; even fb
much that it could not afford fubtile thrids enough to hold ic
fclftogcther.

Fourthly, if this doctrine were true it would never happen
that one body or fait fhould precipitate down to the botto-.ne of
the water, by the fblution ofanother in it, wck every Alckymift
knovvcth, never failcth in due circumftances : for leeing that the
body which precipitateth,and the other which remaineth diffol-
ved in the watcr,are of different figures, and therefore do require
different vacuities, tXcy might both of them have kept their ph-

N CC5

'j-Trettifc of B O DIES. x Chap. 17.

ocs in the water, without thruflingone another out of it.

Laftly, this doctrine giveth no account why one part of fait
is fcparatcd from another by being put in the water, and why
the parts are there kept to fcpirated, which is the whole erfec} of
that motion which we call diflblution.

10. The true reafon therefore of this effect, is (as I conceive) that

The tmc rcafon one fajt maketh the water apt to receive another; for the lighter

of the lonr.cr , . . . . i • i i i i t

tffi.ft. . fait being incorporated with the water, maketh the water more
proper to flick unto an heavier, and by dividing the fmall parts
of it to bear them up,that otherwife would have funk in it. The
truth and reafon of which will appear more plain, if at every
joynt we obferve the particular fteps of every fairs folution. As
loon as you put the firft fait inco the water,it falleth down pre-
fently to the bottome of it; and as the water doth by its humidi-
ty pierce by degrees the little joynts of this fak, (b the fmall
parts of it are by little and little feparatcd from one another,and
united to parts of water. And io infufing more and more fait,
this progrefle will continue, untill every part of water is incor-
porated wirli fome part of fait :and thcn.thc water can no longer
work of it ftlf but in conjunction to the fait with which it is
united. After which, if more fait of the fame kind be put into the
*vater;that water fb impregnated,' will not be able to divide it ;
becaufe it hath not any ib fubtile parts left, as are aWe to enter
between the joynts of a faltfo clolcly compacted : but may be
compared to that fait, as a thing of equall drineflc with it j and
therefore is. unapt to tr.oiilen and to pierce it.

But if you put into this compound of fait and water, another
kind of fait that is of a ftrongerand adder nature then the for-
mer, & whofe parts are more groflely united; then the firft fait
dilToivcd in the water, will be able ro get in betwixt the joynts
of the grofler frlt;& will divide it into little parts; and will in-
corporate his already compofed parts of fait and water into a
decompound of two fairs and water;nntill all his parts be nncw
impregnated with the iccond groflcr falt;as before, the pure •
ter was with the fir ft fubtiler lair. And fo it xvill proceed on, if
proportionate bodies be joyned, untill the "dhToIving competi-
tion do grow into a thick body.

Unto which dilcourfe we ir.ry r.ddctl-at when the water if Co
fully impregnated with the fliil fait,, as i: y\ ill receive no more,

Chap. 17. ** Trwife of BODIES, 7p-

rnaining in the temper it is in ; yet if it be heated, ic will then z-
frcfh diflolve more of the fame kind. Which fhewet!i, that the
reafon of its giving over todiflblve, is for want of having the
water divided into parts little enough to ftick unto more lilt :
which, as in this cafe the fire doth; fopcrad venture in the oc!icr.,
the acrimonioufneflcofthe fait doth it.

And this is fufficicnt to give curious wits occafion by making j i.
farther cxperiments.to fearch out the truth of this mnttcr. Onely ^ c rcafon why
we may note what hapneth in moft of the experiencies we have fa^/nauire'do
mentioned; to wit, that things of the fame nature do joyn better J ;>'" n»orc««-

i rt i 11 n \ f- B'y COJCtFx/a,'

and more eafily then others that are more eitranged from one thcnother5.
another. Which is very agreeable to reafbn; feeing that if nature
do intend to have things confift long together^Oie muft fit them
for fuch confiftence.

Which fcemeth to proceed out oftheir agreement in fbure
qualities ; firft, in weight for bodies ofdivers decrees in weight,
if :hey be at libcrty.do feek divers places; and confequently fub-
ftanccs oflike weight, muft of neceffity find one another out,
and croud together ; as we hare Chewed, it is the nature of he*at
to make them do : now it is apparent that things of one nature,
muft in equall parts have the fame or a near proportion of
Weight, feeing that in their compofition, they muft have the
fame proportion of Elements.

Thcfecond reafon of the confiftence of bodies together, that
are of the fame nature is, the agreement of their liquid parts, in
the fame degree of rarity and denfity : for as it is the nature of
quantity in common to make all parts be one quantity; fo it is
the nature of the degrees of quantity, when two parts do meet
that are of the fame degree, to make them one in that degree of
quantity;which is, to make them ftick together in that degree of
flicking, which the degree of denfity that is common to them
both, maketh of its own nature.Whereasjparts of different dcn-
fitks,cannot have this reafon of flicking: though, peradventure
they may upon feme other ground, have foinc more efficacious
one. And in this manner, the like humid parts of two bodies,be-
coming one, the holes or receptacles in which thofe humide
parts are contained mull alfb needs be united.

The third rcafon is the agreeable proportion, which their le-
vcrall figures have in refpcft of one another: for if any humidi-

N 2 ty

A TreAtife of B O D I E S. Chap, i 8 .

ty be extra&ed out of a mixed body, efpecially, by the virtue of
fire; it muft have Icfc pores of fiich figures, as the humidity that
is drawn out of them,is apt to be cut into (for every humide bo-
dy not being abfoluteJy humide, but having certain dry parts
mixed with it, is more apt for one kind of figure and grcatnefTe,
thf n for another;)and by con{equencc,whenloever that humidi-
ty fhall meet again with the body it was fevered from; it will ea-
fily run through and into it all, and will fill exaclly the cavities
and pores it poflefled before.

The laft quality, in which bodies that are to confift long to-
gether, do agree, is the bignefle of the humide and dry parts of
the fame body : for if the humide parts be too big for the dry
ones, it is clear that the dry ones muft needs hangloofcly toge-
ther by themjbccaufe their glew is in too great a quantity.But if
the humide parts be too little for the dry ones, then of neccflity
fome portion of every little dry part muft beunfurnifhtofglew,
by means whereof to ftick unto his fellow ; and fo the flicking
parts not being conveniently proportioned to one another, their
adhefion cannot be fo folid as if each of them were exactly fitted
to his fellow.

CHAP. XVI IT.
Of another motion belonging to particular bodies, called Attr*-

ftion- and of certain operations, termed, JWagicall.
.TT Aving thus ended the two motions of rarefaction and of
•*! condenfation ; the next that offer themfelves, are the lo-
whenccit pro. call motions which fbme bodies have unto others. Thefc are
fotretimes performed by a plain force in the body towards
which the motion is : and other whiles by a hidden caufe,
which is not foeafily dilcerned. The firft, is chiefely that which
is ordinarily faid to be done by the force of nature to hinder va-
cMum and is much praftifed by naturcjas in drawing our breath,
in fucking, and in many other naturall operation*, which are
imitated by art in making of pumpes, fyphons, and fiich other
jjiftrumcnts ; and in that admirable cxperimeat of taking up a
heavy marble ftonc merely by another lying flat and fmoothly
upon itjwithoutany other connexion of the two ftoncs together;
as alfo by that {port of boycs, when they fpread a thin moiftncd
leatlicr upon a fmooth broad ftone, and prcffe it all over clolc
to it,, and then by pulling of a firing faftncd at the middle of the

leather^

Chap. 1 8. A Tr<4t/fe of B O D I E S. 1 57

ieather,they draw up likcwife the heavy ftone. IH all which, the
firft caufc of the motion procecdcth from that body towards wch
the morion is made. And therefore is properly called Attraction*
For the better underftanding and declaring of which, let us
fuppofe two marble ftones, very broad and exceeding fmoothly
poliflicd to be laid one flat upon the otherrand let there be a ring
fattncd at the back part of the uppermoft ftone ; and cxa&ly in
the middle of it. Then by that ring, pull it up perpendicularly
and fteadily, and the undermoft will follow kicking faft to the
overmoftjand though they were not very perfectly polifhed,yet
the ncthermoft would follow for a while, if the ring befuddenly
plucked up ; but then it will fbon fall down again. Now this
plainly fheweth that thccaufe of their flicking fo ftrongly tege-
ther,when both the ftones are very well polifhed,is for that no-
thing can well enter between them to part them; and fo, it is re-
duced to the fhortnefle of the aire that is betwixt them : which
not being capable of fb great an expanfion., nor admitting to be
divided thickwaycs fb much as is neceflary to fill the firft grow-
ing diftance,between the two ftones till new air findeth a courfe
thither (that fb, the (welling of the one, may hinder vacuity, till
the other come into the refcue;)the two ftones mutt needs flick
together to certain limits ; which limit* will depend of the pro-
portion that is between the weighted the continuity of the ne-
thermoft ftone.

And when we have examined this, we fhall underftand in
what fenfe it is meaned that T^attire tibhorreth from VttcHit], The n*"e renfe
and what means fhe ufeth to avoid it. For,to put it as an enemy of the
that nature fighteth againft; or to difcourfeofcffe6h that would t^eti
follow from ir,in cafe it were admitted, is a great miftake, and a fu«j-
loft labour; feeing it is nothingjand thereforejcan donothirtgrbut
is merely a forme of expreflion to declare in fhort nothing elfc
but that it is a comradifiion, or implication in termes, and an
irnpoflibility in nature, for vacuity to have, or to be fuppofcd to
hive a Being.

Thus then,fin«e in our cafe,afrer we havecaft all about,wc can
pitch upon nothing to be confidered, but that the two ftones do
touch one anothcr.and that they are weighty;wc muft apply our
fclves onely to reflect upon the cffc(5ts proceeding from thefe two
caufcsj their contiguity and their heavineffe ; and we (hall find

N 3 that

A TrtJtifi of B O D I E S. Chap. 1 S*.

rh'at as the one of them, namely the weight, hindereth the un-
dermoft from following the uppermoft, lo, contiguity obligeth
it unto that conrfe ; and according as the one overcomcth the
other, fo will this action be continued or interrupted.

Now that contiguity of fubftances do make one follow ano-
ther, is evident by what our Matters in Metaphyfieks teach us ;
when they fhevv that without this effect no motion at all could
be made in the world, nor no reafbn could be given, for thofe
motions we daily fee. For fince the nature of quantity is fueh,
that whcnfocver there is nothing between two parts of it, they
muft needs touch and adhere and joyn to one another, (for how
fhould they be kept afunder when there is nothing between
them to part them?) if you pull one part away, either fome new
fubftance mutt come to be clofe unto that which removeth ; or
elfe the other which was formerly clofe to it, muft ftill be clofe
to it, and fo follow it: for if nothing do come between, it is ftill
clofe to it. Thus then, it being ncceflary that fornething muft
be joyned clofe to every thing; vacuity,(which is nothing^is ex-
cluded from having any being in nature.

And when we fay that one body muft follow another to a-
Toid vacuity; the meaning is, that under the necelfity of a con-
tradiction they muft follow one another, and that they cannoi
do otherwife. For it would be acontradi&ion to fay that no-
thing were between two things and yet that they are not joyn-
ed clofe to one another. And therefore if you fhould fay it, you
would in other words fay, they arc clofe together, and they arc
not clofe together. In like manner, to fay that vacuity is any
where, is a pure contradiction ; for vacuity being nothing hath
no Being at all: and yet by thofe words it is faid to be in fuch a
place; fo that they affirm it to be and not to £*,at the lame time.
j> But now let us examine if there be no means to avoid this

The true reafon contradiction and vacuity, other then by the adhefion.and fol-
lowing of one body upon the motion of another, that is clofely
joyned to it and every where contiguous. For fenfc is not eafily
quieted with fuch Metaphyficall conc:mplations,that feem to re-
pugne againft her di&amcnts; and therefore for her fatisfa&ion
we can do no lefTc then give her leave to range about, and caft
all waies in hope of finding fomc one that may better cotent her:
which when (he findcth that ftte canot fhe will the leflc repine

to«

Chap. 18, <stTrtxif>of BODIES.

to yield her aflent to the rigorous fequeles and proofs of reafon.
In this difficulty then, after turning on every fide, I for my
part can difcern no pretence of probabilitic, in any other means
then in pulling down the lower ftone by one corner; that fb
there may be a gaping between the two (tones, to let in aire by
little and little. And in this cifc you may fay that by the inter-
vention of airc, vacuity ii hindered, and yet the lower ftone is
left at liberty to follow its own niturall inclination, and be go-
verned by its weight. But indeed, if you confider the matter
well, you willfindthat the doing this, requireth a much greater
force, then to hare the lower (tone follow the upperrfor it can-
not gape in a ftraight line, to let in aire ; fince in that pofition,
it muft open at the bottom where the angle is madcjat the fame
time that it openeth at the mouth : and then aire requiriug time
to pafle from the edges to the bottomejt mutt in the mean while
fall into the contradiction of vacuity. So that if it fliouldopen
to let in aire ; the ftone, to compafle that effect, muft bend, in
fuch fort as wood doth when a wedge is put into it to cleave it.
Judge then what force it muft be thatfliould make hard mar-
ble of a great thicknefic bend like a wand; & whether it would
not rather break and flide off,then do fo: you will allow that a
much leffe, will raife up the lower ftone together with the up-
f>ermoft.It muft then of neceflity fall out,that it will follow it,if
it be moved perpendicularly upwards. And the like effefr, will
bethoughjt fhould be raifed at oblique angles, fo that the low-
ermoft c^ge do reft all the way upon fomething that may hinder
the infcnour ftone from fliding afide from the uppermoft.

And this is the very cafe of all thofe other experiments of art
and nature, which we have mentioned above : for the reafon
Jioldeth as well in water and liquide things ; as in folid bodies,

untill the weight ofthe liquid body overcometh the continuity 5*'°? to, what

r- r i L-JUILJ- -ii r j L« i • kcight foevcr. «

of it : for then, the thrid breaketh,and it will afcend no higher.
Which height, Galileo tellcth us from the workmen in the
Arfenall of Venice, is 40. foot ; ifthc water be drawn up in a
clofc pipe,in which the advantage ofthe fides helpeth the afccnt.
But others fay that the invention is inlarged, and that water
may be drawn to what height one pleafeth. Hovvfoever, the
force which nature appli'eth to maintain the continuity of quan-
tity,can havcnoJirnit,fceing it is grounded upon contradiction.

N 4

aca

ATnAtifeofVODlES. Chap.

Thedo&tine
touching the
atiradionof
fy-

And therefore Galileo was much miftaken, when he thought to
make an inftrument whereby to difcover the limits of this force.
We may then conclude, that the breaking of the water mult
depend from the fhengch of other caufes. As for example,when
the gravity is fo great by increafing the bulk of the water, that
it will either overcome the ftrength of the pipe,, or elte make the
fucker of the pump rather yield way to aire, then draw up fo
great a weight : for which defects, if remedies be found, the arc
may furely be inlarged without end.

This is particular in a fyphon; that when, that arm of it which
hageth out of the water is lower then the fuperficies of the wa-
ter; then, it will run of it felf;after it is once fet on running by
fucking. The reafon whereof is, becaufe the weight which is in
the water pendant, is greater then the weight of the afcending
water ; and thereby fupplyeth the want of a continuall fucker.
But if the nofe of that arm that hangeth out of the water, be buc
even with the water ; then the water will ftand ftill in both
pipes, or arms of the fyphon, after they are filled with fucking.
But if by the running out of the water, the outward pipe do
grow fhorter then te reach as low as the fuperficies of the water
in the fountain from whence it runneth ; in this caie, the water
in each arm of the fyphon, will runne back into the fountain.

Withall, it is to be noted, that though the arm which is out
•f the water be never Co long, yet if it reach not lower then the
foperficics of the fountain ; the overquantity and weight of the
water there, more then in the other arm, hclpethit nothing to
make it runne out. Which is, becaufe the declivity of the other
arm ovcrrecompenceth this overweight. Not that the weight in
the (hortcr pipe hath fb much force as the weight in the longer
piperbut becaufc it hath more force then the greater weight doth
exerciie therein its runningjfbr the grcateft part ofit force,tcnd-
erh another way then to the end of the pipe ; to wit, per-
pendicularly towards the center. And fo is hindered from effect,
by the great floping or little declivity of the pipe upon which
itlcaneth.

But fbmc confidering how the vvatcr that is in the longer arm
of the fyphon is more in quantity then the water that is in the
t>rorc water to oth-r arm of jt vvhcreat it runneth our, do admire why the
greater quantity of water doth notdrarv back the kfle into the

ciftcrn,

Tkat the fy-

Chap. i8. ^TrettifetfftODIES.

ciflern, but fuffcreth it felfto be lifted up, and drained away as
ific run deeply downwards.And they imagine, that hence may
be deduced, that the parts of water in the ciftern do not weigh
as long as they are within the orb of their own body.
• Unto who we anfwer; that they fhould eonfider how that to
have the greater quantity of water, which is in the longer arm
of the fyphon (which arm is irarnerfed in the water ofthc ci-
ftern)to draw back into the ciftern the water which is in the
other arm of the fyphon that hangeth out in the airc ; it muft,
both raife as much of the water of the ciftern as its own bulk is,
above the levcll which at prcfent the whole bulk of water hath;
and withall it muft at the fame time pull up the water which is
in the other arm. Now it is manifeft» that theft two quantities
of water together, arc heavier then the water in the funk arm
of the fyphon ; fince one of them finglc, is equall unto it. And
by confequence, the more water in the funk arm cannot weigh
back the lefle water in the hanging arm j fince that, to do thac,
it muft at the fame time weigh up over and above, as much
more in the ciftern as it (elf weigheth.

But turning the argument ; I fay, that if once the arm of the
fyphon that is in the aire, be fuppofed to draw any water, be it
never fb little, out ofthe ciftern ( whether occafioncd by fuck-
ing or by whatfoever other means ) it followech that as much
water as is drawn up, above thelevell ofthc whole bulk in the
ciftern, muft needs prefle into the funcken arm from the next
adjacent parts, (that is,fromthe bottom)to fupply its emptying;
and as much muft of it felf preffe down from above (according
to its naturall courfe, when nothing violemeth it)to reft in tbe
place,that the afcending water(which is lower then it)leaveth at
liberty for it to take pofTeffion of.And then it cannot be doubted;
but that, this defending water shaving all ks weight in prcffing
down applied to drive up the riling water in the funk arm ofthe
fyphon;&the water in the other arm ofthe fyphon wichout,ha-
ving all its weight in tuning out applied at the fame time to draw
up the fame water in the funk armjthis fingle refiftant muft yield
to their double&maftering force. And cofequently, the water in
the arm ofthc fypho that is in the aire/oiuft needs draw the wa-
ter that is in the other immerfedarm aslon^ i of its pipe
rcacheth lower then the leycil ofthe w*icr in the ciftern; *br fo

*DI A TrMlfc ^/BODIES. Chap. \ 3.

lorg it appeared by what we have faid, i: muft needs be more
\Ycig!uv;fincc part of the fifing water in the funk arm of che fy-
phonJscounterpoHed by as much defcending water intheciftern
And thus it is evident, that ont of this experiment it cannot
be inferred that parts of water do not weigh within the orb of
their own v? hoi? : but onely, that two eqaall parts of water in
rhcir own orb ( namely that which rifeth in the funken arm,
& that which preifeth down from the whole bulk in theciftern)
areorequall weight and do ballance one another. So that never
To little oddes between the two cotmterpoyfing parcels of water
which are in the aire muft needs make the water run out at that
end of the fyphon, where the overweight of water is.

The attrailion whofe caufc next to this i$ moft manifcft, is

that which is made by the force of heat or of fire;for we fee that

Concerning fire ever draweth aire unto itjfb notably.,that if in a clofe room

actrr jT c „ there be a good fire, a man that ftandeth at the door or at the

caul.d bynrO- .£> , _ .. \nni /- i ft

window ( especially without) lhall near men a noile that he
will think there is a great wind within the chamber. The reafort
of this attraction is, that fire ratifying the aire which is next
unto itj and withall fpending it fclfperpetaallyjcaufeth the aire,
and his own body mingled together,to flic up through the chim-
ney or by fome other paflage. Whence it folio weth of neeeflity
that the next body muft fuccced into the pkce of the body that i$
flown away. This next body generally is aire, whofe mobility
and fluidity beyond all other bodies, makerh it of all others the
fittcft to be drawn; and the more of it that is drawn the more
muft needs follow. Now if there be floting in this aire any
other atomes fubje& to the current which the aire taketh; they
muft alfo come with it to the fire, and by it, muft be ratified,
and be exported out of that little orb.

Hence it is, that men ( with very good reafbn ) do hold that
fire aireth a chamber, as we terme ic, that is, purifieth it, both
becaufe it purifieth it as wind doih by drawing a current of aire
into it that fweepeth through it, or by making it purifie it felf
by motion, as a ftream of water doth by running; as alfo, be-
caufc thofc vapours which approach the fire,are burned and dif-
folved.So that the aire being noifome and unwholefome by rea-
fon of its grofleneflc , proceeding from its landing unmoved
( like a ftagnation of dead water, in a marifti place) the fire ta-
keth away that caufe of annoyance. By

Chap. 1 8. ^ Treati fe of B O D I E S.

By this very rule we learn that other hoc things, which par- 8.

ticipate the nature of fire, muft likewife( in other rcfpe6rs)havc Concerning «»-
a refemblance in this quality. And accordingly we fee that hoc fovimJTor
loafs in a bakers (hop newly drawn out of the oven, are ac- hot bodi«^
counted to draw unto them any infection which is in the aire.
The like we fay ofonyons,& other ftrong breathing fubftances;
which by their fmell (hew much heat in them. In like manner it
is conceived that pigeons, and rabets,and cats eafily take infecti-
on, by reaibn of their extraordinary warmth which they have
in themfelves.

And this is confirmed by the praelife of Phyfitians,who ufe to
Jay warm pigeons newly killed to thcfect,wrifts,or heads offick
pcrfons;& young puppies t» their /tomacks,& fometimes certain
hot gums to their navels; to draw out fuch vapours or humours
as infeft the body : for the fame reafon they hang amulets of
arfenick, fublimate, drycd toads or fpiders, about their patients
necks, to draw unto them venimous qualities from their bodies.
Hence alfo it is, that if a man be ftrucken by a viper or a fcorpi-
on, they ufc to break the body of the beart it fclf that ftung him
( if they can get ic)upon the wound: but if that beaft be crawled
out of their finding, they do the like by fbme other venimous
creature; as I have ieen a bruited toad laid to the biting of a vi-
per. And they manifeftly perceive the applyed body, to fwell
with the poyfon fucked out from the vr ound, and the patient to
be relieved and haveleflc poyfon; in the fame manner as by
cupping. glaffes , the poyfon is likewifc drawn out from the
•wound: fothat you may leejthc reafon of both, is the very lame;
©r at the leaft very like one another. Onely,we are to note, thac
the proper body of the beaft out of which the venome was driven
into the wound, is more efficacious then any other to fuck it our.

And the like is to be obferved in all other kinds^hat fuch va-
pours as are to be drawn, do come better and incorporate fafler
in bodies of like nature, then in tho/e which have onely the
common conditions of heat and drynefTe; the one of which fcr-
veth to attrad^the other to faften and incorporate into it felf the
moifture which the firft drawetfc unto it.. So we fee that water
foketh into a dry body, whence it was extracted, almoft infepa-
rably,& is hidden in itjas when it raineth firft after hot weather,
the ground is prefently dried after thcfhowre. Likewifc we fee

that

A Tnatift of B 0 D IHS. Chap. 18.

that In moft cimems^you muft mingle a duft of tns nature of the
things w0*"1 are to be cimentcd.if you vvil have them bind ftrongly
<?. Out of this difcourfc, we may yield a reafon for thofe magi-

na™raii call opcttticxns, which fome attribute to the Devils afliftance;
peradvencurc becaufe mans wickedneffe hath been more ingeni-
ous then his good will; and fo hath found more means to hurt
then to help; nay when he hath arrived fonic way to help,thofe
very helps have undergone the fame calumny; becaufe of the
likeneflc which their operations have to the others. Without
doubt very unjuftly, if there be truth in the effedls. For where
have we any fuch good fuggeftions of the enemy of makind pro-
pofed unto us, that we may with reafon believe he would duly,
fettledly, and conftantly concurre to the help and fcrvice of all
thofe he fo much hatcth, as he needs do if he be the Authour of
fuch effc^s? Or is not a wrong to Almighty God , and to his
carefull inftruments; rather to impute unto the Devil the aids
which to fome may feem fupernaturall>then unto them of whom
we may juftly believe & expe& fuch good offices and afliftances?
I mean, thofe operations, both good and bad, which ordinarily
are called A4agnctici»ll,t\\Q\.\$\ peradventure wrongfully, as not
having that property which dcnominateth the loadftone.

One thing I may aflure, that if the reports be true, they have
the perfefl imitation of nature in them. As for example; that
the weapons falve, or the fympathetick powder doth require in
the ufing it, to be conlerved in an equal! and moderate temper:
and that the weapon which made the wound, or the cloth upon
•which the bloud remaineth that iffued from it, be orderly and
frequently drefled;or elfe the wounded perfon will not be cured:
likewife the fteam or fpirits, which at the giving of the wound
did enter into the pores of the weapon, muft not be driven out
of it, ( which will be done by fire; and (b when it is heated by
holding over coals, you may fee a moifture fvveat out of the
blade at the oppofite fide to the firc,as farre as it entred into the
wounded perfons body; which being once all fweatcd out, you
(hall fee no more the like fteam upon the fword ) neither muft
the bloud be waflied out of the bloudy cloth; for in thefe cafes,
the powder, or falve, will work nothing. Likewife, if there be
any excefle cither of heat or of cold in keeping the medicated wea-
pon or cloth; the patient fecleth that, as he would do, if the like

(exceffc

Chap. IP. ArrtAttfeof BODIES. 205

excefTewere in any remedy that were applied to the wound it
felf : likewifc if the medicated weapon or bloudy cloth, be kept
too clofe, no cflfe& fblloweth: likewife,the natures of the things
ufed in thefe cures are of themfelves foveraigne for healing the
like griefs, though peradventure too violent if they were apply -
ed in body without much attenuation.

And truly if we will deny all effects of this kind, we muft in
a manner renounce all humane faith: men of all forts and qua-
lities ( and many of .them fuch in my own knowledge, as I can-
not queftion their prudence in obferving,or their fincerity in re-
lating ) having very frequently made experience of fuch medi-
cines, and all affirming after onefafhion to have found the fame
erfefb. Addetothefc, the multitude of other like cfre6rs,appear-
ing or conceited to appear in other things.In fbmc countries it is
a familiar difeafe with kine to have a fuelling in the fbles of their
feet: and the ordinary cure is,to cut a turf upon which they have
troden with their forefoot, and to hang it upon a hedge; and as
that dryeth away, fo will their fore amend. In other parts they
obferve, that if milk newly come from the cow, do in the boyl-
ing runne over into the fire; and that this do happen often, and
near together to the fame cows milk • that cow will have her
udder fore and inflamed : and the prevention is to caft fait im-
mediately into the fire upon the milk. The herb Perjictrta if ic
be well rubbed upon warts, and then be laid in fbmc fit place to
putrifie, cauleth the warts to wear away as it rotteth : fome fay
the like of frefh beef. Many examples alfo there are of hurting
living creatures by the like means; which I let not down for
fear of doing more harm by the evil inclination of- fbmc perfons
into whofc hands they may fall; then profit by their knowing
them, unto whom I intend this work.

But to make thefe operations of nature not incredible ; let us
remember how we have determined that every body whatfoe-
ver doth yield fome fleam, or vent a kind of vapour from it
fclf; and confider, how they muft needs do /b moft of all, that
are hot and moift,as bloud and milk are, and as all wounds and
fores generally are.We fee that the foot of a hare or deer leaveth
fuch an impreflion where the beaft hath P gcan di£-

cern it a long time after : and a fox bi t to f Iron 5 i

vapour, that the hunters themfelvcs can -ft.

Trtatifecf BODIES. Chap. 19,

and a good white after he is parted from the place. Now j'oyn-
ir.C this, to the experiences we hive already allowed of, con-
cerning the at'tra&ion of heat; we may conclude that if any of
thcfc vapours do light upon a fblid warm body, which hath the
nature of a fource unto them, they will naturally congregate
and incorporate there; and if thole vapours be joyned with any
medicative quality or body, they will apply that medicament
better then any chirurgeon can apply ic. Then, if the fteam of
bloud and fpirhs, docarry with it from the weapon or cloth, the
balfamike qualities of the falve or powder, and with them do
fcttfe upon the wound; what can follow but a bettering in it?
Likcwifc, if the fteam of the corruption that is upon the clod,do
carry the drying quality of the wind which 'fweepcth over it
when it hangeth high in the airc, unto the (ore part of the cows
foor; why is it not poflible that it fhould dry the corruption
there, as well as itdryeth it upon the hedge? And if thefteam
of b.nned milk can hurt by carrying fire tothcdtigge; why
fhonld not fait oft upon it, be a prefervative againft it? Or ra-
ther , why fhould not fait hinder the fire from being carried thi-
ther? Since the nature of fait, alwayes hindereth and fupprefl
feth the activity of fire: as we fee by experience when we throw
fait into the fire below, to hinder the flaming of foot in the top
of a chimney : which prefently ceafeth, when new fire from
beneath doth not continue it. And thus we might proceed in
fundry other effects, to declare the reafon and the poflibilicy of
them; were we certain of the truth of them: therefore we remit
this whole qucftion, to the autority of the tcftimonies.

CHAP. XIX.

Of three other motions belonging to particular bodies, Filtra-
tion* T{fftitutioH, find Elettricatt attraction.

Fter thefe,.let us caft our eye upon another motion, very fa-
miliar amon^ Alchymifts; which they c*ll Filtration. It is

- . » ' / n

>« effcOcd. errected by putting one end of a tongue, or label! or flannen,
or of cotton , or of flax , into a veflel of water, and letting
the other end hang over the brim of it. And it will by little and
little draw all the water out of that veflel (fb that the end which
hangeth out be lower then the fuperficies of the water) and will
make it all come over into any lower veflel you will referre it

owit

A

/\

Cbap.ip. <A Treat ije of BODIES. 207

The end of this operation is, when any water is mingled with
grofle and muddy parts (not diflolved in the water) to feparate
the pine and light ones from the impure.By which we are taught
that the lighter parts ofthe water.arethofe which moft ea-fily do
catch. And if we will examine in particular,how it is likely this
bufinefle paifeth ; we may conceive that the body or linguet by
\vhicb the water afcendeth, being a dry one, fome lightet parts
of the water, \vhofe chance it is to be near the climbing body of
flixe, do bfgin to fiick faft unto it: and then, they require no-
thing near ib great force, nor fo much preffing, to make them
climbe i;p slorg the flaxe, as they would do to make them
mount in the pine aire. As you may fee, if you hold a flick in
running water, fhelving againft the flream : the water will rua
up along ehe (tick, much higher then it could be forced up in
the open aite without any fupport,though the agent were much
flronger then the current ofthe ftream. And a bail will upon a,
rebound,run much higher upon a fhelving board, then it would
if nothing touched it. And I have been told that if an egslheil
filled with dew be fct at the foot ofa hollow flick, the fun wiK
draw it to the top of the fhelving ftick,whcreas without a prop,
it; will notflirrc it.

With much more reafon then, we may conceive that water
finding as it werelittle fleps in the cotton to facilitate its jour- >

ney upwards, muft aicend more eafily then thofe other things
do;/b as it once receive any impu lie to drive it up wards: for the
gravity both of that water which is upon the cotton, as alfo, of
fo many ofthe confining parts of water as can reach the cotton;
is exceedingly allayed, either by flicking unto the cotron,and fo
weighing in one bulk with that dry body ; or die, by not tend-
ing clown flraight to the center, but reiring as it u ere upon a
ftccp plain ('according to what we L\id ofthe arme o~a fyphon
thaehangeth very Hoping out of the water.and therefore draw-
eth not after it a Idfc proportion of water in the other arme that
is more in a direft line to the center :) by which means the wa-
ter as foon as it brginneth to climbe, comcth to fland in a kind
' of cone; neither bieaking trom the water below, (its bulk be;.
big enough to reach unto itjnor yet falling down unto it. M ^" r .

But our chief labour muft be, to find a caufc that Disy make the -vau-r
the water begin to nfccnd.To which purpofe,con/]der how water J.^11 ca 2-"'

of.

A Treat?(e of B O D I E S. Chap. ip.

of i:s own nature, comprefleth it felf together, to exclude any
other body lighter then it is. Now in re'peft of the whole mafic
of the water, thofc parts which ftick to the cotton, are to be ac-
counted much lighter then water ; not, becaufe in their own na-
ture they are to; but for the cireumftances which accompany
them, and do gi've them a greater difpofition to receive a motion
upwards then much lighter bodies, whiles they aredcftitute of
fuch helps. Wherefore as the bulk of water weighing and flri-
ving downwardsjit followeth that iftherc were any air mingled
with it.it would to poflefle a lefler place, drive out the aire : fb
here in this cafe^the water that is at the foot of the ladder of cot-
ton, ready to climbe with a very fmall impulfe, may be after
fome fort compared (in refpefl of the water) to aire by reafon
of the lightndTe ofitrand confequcntly is forced up by the com-
preffing of the reft of the water round about it. Which no fafter
getteth up, but other pa rts at the foot of the ladder do follow the
mft, and drive them ftill .upwards along the towjand new ones
drive the fecond, and others the third, and fo forth. So that with
eafc they climbe up to the top of the filter, ftill driving one ano-
ther forwards, as you may do a fine towell through a musket
barrell : which though it be too limber to be thruft ftraight
through ; yet cramming ftill new parts into it at the length you
will drive the firft quite through.

And thus, when thefe parts of water are got up to the top of
the veflell on which the filter hangeth, and over it on the other
fide by flicking ftill to the tow, and by their naturall gravity,
againft which nothing prefleth on this fide thclabell ; they fall
down again by little and little, and by drops break again into
water in the veflell fet to receive them.

But now if you ask, why it will not drop unlefle the end of
the labell that hangeth, be lower then the water. I conceive it
l* becaufe the water which is all along upon the flannen, is one
the u- continued body hanging togcther,as it were a thrid of wife; and
" ^jc^ tolike accidents as fuch a continued body is.Nowfup-
pofe you lay a wire upon the edge of the bafin, which the filter
reftcth upon; and fo make that edge the center to ballance it up.
on; if the end that is outermoft be heavieft, it will weigh down
the other;othervvife,not. So fareth it with this thrid of water :
if the end of it that hangeth out of the pot, that is to be

filtrcd

Chap, i p. A Trcttife ^/BODIES. 2 op

filtred be longer, and confequcntly heavier, then that which ri-
fcth; it muft needs raife the other upwards,and fall it fclf down-
wards. Now the raifing of the other, implieth lifting more wa-
ter from the ciftern,and the flidingofit fclf further downwards,
is the caufeofits converting into drops. So that the water in the
ciftern fcrvcth like the flax upon a diftaflfe, and is fpun into a
thrid of water, flill as it cometh to the flannen by the drawing
it up,occafioned by the overweight of the thrid on the other fide
of the center.

Which toexprefle better by a fimilitudc in a folidebody:! re-
member I hare oftentimes feen in a Mercers fhop, a great heap
of mafly gold lace lie upon their ftall;and a little way above it a
round fmooth pin of wood, over which they ufcto hale their
lace when they wind it into bottomes.Now over this pin, I have
put one end of thclace^and as long as it hung no lower then the
board upon which the reft of the lace did lie,it ftirred not; for as
the weight of the loofe end carried it one way, fo the weight of
the other fide where the whole was, drew it the other way, and
in this manner kept it inequiJibrity. But as foon as I drew on
the hanging end to be heavier then the climbing fide (for no
more weigheth then is in the aire, that which lieth upon the
board, having another center) then it began to roulc to the
ground: and ftill drew up new parts of that which lay upon the
board,untillall was tumbled down upon thefloore. In the fame
mandcr it hapneth to the water ; in which, the thrid of it upon
the filter is to be compared fitly unto that part of the lace which
hung upon the pin;and the whole quantity in the ciftern, is like
the bulk of lace upon the fliopboard ; for as faft as the filcer
draweth it up, it is converted into a thrid like that which is al-
ready upon the filter : in like manner as the wheel converteth
the flax into yarn, as faft as it draweth it out from the diftaffc.

Our next consideration will very aptly fail upon the motion 4.
ofthofe things, which beinp bent, do leap with violence to their of thc motio«

.. r i , ' i !• i iii of Rdtitu-ion :

former ngurerwhereas others return but a little ; and others do an<< why feme
ftand in that ply, wherein the bending of them hath fet them. |>^ie*
For finding the reafon of which effcfh, our firft reflexion may
be to note, that a fuperficies which is more long then broad,con-
taineth a lefle floore then that whofe fi.^es are equall. or nearer
being equalrand thac of thoie furfaces whole lines and angles are

O all

nut

Chap. TS?.

illee|Uftll>that which hath moft fides and angles, conttineth ftfll
the greater floore. Whence it is that Mathematicians conclude a
circle to be the moft capacious of all figures r and what they fay
of lines in refpc& of a mperficies; the tame with proportion they
fay of furfaces in refpeft of the body contained.And accordingly
we lee by confcquence, that in the making a bag of a long nap-
kin, if the napkin befcwed together longwife, it holdcth a great
deal lefle then if it be fewed together broad wife.

By this we fee plain!y,that if any body which is in a thick and
fliort figure, be forced into a thinner (which by becoming thin-
ner, muft likewife become either longer or broader ; for what
it lofcth one way it muft get another)then that fuperficies muft
needs be ftretched ; which in our cafe, is a Phyficall outfide, or
materiall part of a folid body, not a Mathematicall confidera-
tion of an indivifible Entity. We fee allb that this change of fi-
gures happeneth in the bend ing of all thofe bodies , whereof we
are now enquiring the reafon why fbme of them reftore them-
fclves to their originall figures,and others ftand as they arc bent.

Then to begin with the latter fort, we find that they are of a
moift nature; as among metalls, lead, and tinne; and among o-
ther bodics,thofe which we account foft. And we may determine
that this effect proceedeth, partly from the humidity of the bo-
dy that ftandcth bent ; and partly from a drinefle peculiar to it
that comprchendeth and fixeth the humidity of it. For by the
firft, they are rendered capable of being driven into any figure,
which nature or art defireth : and by the fecond, they are prc-
fcrved from having their gravity put them out of what figure
they have once received.

But becaufe thefe two conditions are common to all fblid bo-
die?,we may conclude, that if no other circumftance concurred
the cffe£ arifing out of them would likewife be common to all
fuchrand therefore, where \ve find it other wife, we muft leek fur-
ther fora caufe of that tran'greflion.As for example,ifyou bend
the bodies of young trees, or the branches of others, they will
return to their due figure. It is true, they will fbmetimes lean to-
wards that way they have been bent : as may be icen even in
great trees after violent tcmpefts ; and generally the heads of
trees, and the ears of corn, and the grown hedgerowes will all
bend one way in fbme countries, where fbme one wind hath a

main.

Chap. ip. ATyedifi tf BODIES. 211

main predominance and reigneth moil continually, as near the
Jcafliorc upon the weftcrn coaft of England(whcrc the fbuth weft
wind bkweth conftantly the greatelt part ofchcyeare) may be
obierred: but this effcil proceeding from a particular and extra-
ordinary caule, conccrneth not our matter in hand.

We are to examine the reafon of the morion ofReftitution,
\vhich we generally iec in young trees, and branches of others.,
as we laid beforeJn fuch,we fee that the earthy part which mak-
eth them iliffc (or rather (lark) a bound eth more in them then in
the others that ftand as they are bent: <at dvc leaft in proportion
to their natures ; but I conceive this is not the caufe of the effect
We enquire about;but that it is a fubtiic fpirit which hath a great
proportion of fire in it. For as in rarefaftion, \\efound that fire,
which was either within or without the body to be ranfyed, did
caufe the rarefaction, either by entering into it, or by working
within it:fo feeing here the queftion is, for a body to go out of a
lefier fuperficies into a greater (which is the progrefle of rarefa-
dion;and hapneth in the motion of rettitution; ) the work tnuft
needs be done by the force of heat. And becaufe this effect pro-
ceedeth evidently, out of the nature of the thing in which it is
wrought, and not from any outward caule, we may conclude ic
hath its origine from a heat that is within the thing it felfjor elfe
that was in it, and may be prcfled to the outward parts of it,and
Would fink into it again.

As for example* when a young tree is bended • both every
mans conceit is, and the nature of the thing maketh us believe,
that the force which bringcth the tree back again to its figure,
corneth from the inner fide that is bent; which is compreffed to-
gether,as being fhrunk into a circular figure from a ftraight one:
for when fblide bodies that were plain on both fides, are bent fo
as on each fide to make a portion of a circle, the convex fuperfi-
cies will be longer then it was before, when it was plain, but the
concave will be fliortcr. And therefore we may conceive that the
fpirits which are in the contracted part, ( being there Iqueezcd
into JelTe room, then their nature well brookethjdo work thern-
felves into a greater fpace; or elfe that the fpirits which arecrufh-
edout of the convex fide by the extenfion of it, but do remain
bcfieging it,and do ftrive to get in again,(in fuch manner as we
ha-ve declared when we fpokc of attraction, wherein we flic wed

O 2 how

TreAttfeof BODIES. Chap, i p.

how the emitted fpiiits of any body will move to their own
fourcc.and fettle again in it,if they be within a convenientcom-
paflc; ) and accordingly do bring back the extended parts to
their former fituation;or rather,that both thefe caufes do in their
kinds concurre to drive the tree into its naturall figure.
5. But as we fee when a flick is broken, it is very hard to re-

why feme bo- place all the fplinterSjCvery one in its proper fituationjfo itmuft
nttiymptrtro of ncccflity fall out in this bending, that certain infenfible parts
their nacuraii both jnward and outward are thereby dilplaccd, and can hardly
entirely.0 " be perfectly rejoynted. Whence it followeth that as you fee the
fplintcrs of a half broken flick, meeting with one another do
hold the ftick fomewhat crooked ; fo thelc invifible parts do the
like in fi.ch bodies as after bending fland a little that way. But
becaufc they are very little ones,the tree or the branch that hath
been never fo much bended, may (fo nothing be broken in it) be
fet flraight again by pains, without any notable detriment of its
fl length. And thus you fee the reafon of fomc bodies returning
in part to their naturall figure, after the force leaveth them that
did bend them.

Out of which you may proceed to tliofe bodies that reflore
themfelves entirclyrwhereof fleel is the moft eminent. And of it,
we know that there is a fiery fpirit in it,which may be extract-
ed out of it, not onely by the long operations of calcining, dige-
fling and diflilling it;btit even by grofle heating it,and then ex-
tinguifhing it in wine and other convenient liquors? asPhyfici-
ans ufe to do. Which is alfo confirmed by the burning of ftcel-
duft in the flame of a candle, before it hath been thus wrought
upon, which afterwards it will not do : whereby we are taught
that originally there are ftore of fpirits in flcel.till they are fuck-
ed out. Being then aflured, that in fleel there is fuch abundance
of fpirics ; and knowing that it is the nature of fpirits to give a
cjuick motionjand feeing that duller fpirits in trees do make this
motion of Reftitutlon ; we need feek no further, what it is that
doth it in fleel, or in any other things that have the like nature:
wch through the multitude of fpirits thatabound in them(efpeci-
ally fleel) do return back with fo flrong a jerk,that their whole
body wil treble a great while after,by the force of its own motio
ir tbe ^ what is faid.thc nature ofthofe bodies which do fhrink and
of ' flretchj may eafily be undcrftood ; for they are generally com-

pofed1

Chap. Tp, A Treatifc of B O D I ES. 213

nofed of ftrinoy parts, unto which, if humidity happen toar- r'loft

i it 1-1 J n * r I i whicli do for ink

rive>they grow thereby thicker and ihorter.As we lee that drops andftrctch.
of water getting into a new rope of a well, or in:o a new cable,
will fwell kmuch thicker, and by confequence make it fliorter.
Galileus noteth fuch wetting tobeof fo great efticacy,thatic will
fhrink a new cable, and fliorten it notably; notwithfhnding the
violence of a tempeft, and the weight and jerks of a loden ihip,
do ftrain it what is poflible for them to ftretch it. Of this na-
ture leather feemeth to be , and parchment, and divers other
things, which if they be proportionably moyfrened , ( and no
exteriour force be applyed to extend them,) will flirink up; but
if they be overwetted, they will become flaccide. Again, if they
be fuddenly dried, they will flirivell up;but if they be fairly dri-
ed after moderate wetting, they will extend themfcivcs again to
their firft length.

The way having been opened by what We have difcourfed be- _
fore we came to the motion of Reftitution3towards the difc-ove- How great and
ry of the mancr how heavy bodies may be forced upwards con-
trary to their naturall motion, by very (mall means in outward from
appearance; let MS now examine (upon the fame grounds J if like
motions to this of water, may not be done in fbme other bodies
in a fubtiler manner. In which, more or lefle ncedeth not trou-
ble us; fince we know, that neither quantity nor the operations
of it do confift in an indiviiible,or are limited to determined pe-
riods they may not pafle. It is enough for us to find a ground
for the poffibility of the operation: and then the perfefting of ic
and the reducing of ic to fuch a height as at the firft might fee n
impoffible and incredible , we may leave to the ©economy of
wife nature. He that learneth to readc, write, or to play on the
Jute, is in the beginning ready to lofc heart at every (tcp; when
he confidereth with what labour , difficulty* and flownefle he
joyneth the letters, fpclleth fyllables, formeth characters, fit-
teth and breaketh his fingers ( as though they were upon the
rack) to flop the right frets, and to touch the right firings. And
yet you fee how ftrangc a dexterity is gained in all thefe by in-
duftry and praftife; and a rcadinefle beyond what we could
imagine poflible, if we faw not daily the effefts.

If then we can but arrive to decipher the firft characters of
the hidden alphabet we are now taking in hand,& can but fpel-

O 3 lingly

A Treat* ft of B O D I E S. Chap. 1 9.

read thcfirft. fyllables of it; we need not doubt, bit that
the wife Authour of .nature in the .mafterpiece of the creature
( which was BO exppeflc the excellency of the workman J would
with excellent curming and artdifpoie all circumftanccs ib apt-
ly, as to fpeak .readily a complete language fifing From thofe
Elements; and that fhould have as large an extent in praftife
and cxpreflion, beyond thole ficfr principles; which we like chil-
dren onely lifp ©ut; as the vaft difcoKrfes of wrfcft and rnoft
learned men are beyond tbefpelling^of infants : and yet thofe
difcouvfes {pring from the fame root, as the others fpeilings do,
and are but a raifing of them to a greater heightjas the admi-
red mufkk of the bell player of a lute or harp, that ever was,
>s derived from >the harfh twangs of courfe bowftrrngs, *vhk<la
are compofeJ together and refined, till at length they arrive w
tliat wonderfull perfection. And fo without fcrwpfcj we may in
the bufmefie we are next falling upon, conclude that the admi-
rable and a'lmoft miraculous effects we :fee,areihut the elevating
to a \vcnderfi ii M -height rfwafc very aftirons and morions whicb
we fhall produce as caufes and pDmcipJes of them.
g» Let us then fuppofe.cliat there Jsaicclrtl hard body/ofan un-

Conceming (ftuoitf nature^ whofe parts aretfb fiibcilc andt6ery, chat with a
t/aSfinT little agitation -they are much lacifiod, ami do breath 'out in
the caufes of it. fleanT«. (thoughiclvey bettooiubtblefor'owrjeyes to^tifccrn) like
onto the fteam thatiffTjsethfraraifvwearing rneniorhories,^r like
the frearn-thwfflyethtionna candle-when it is pit out : bnt'thnt
jhefcifiearas, as toon as^hey came ;imo <6\e cold nire,-are by 'that
cold fuddenly -condenfsd again; and by being conArnfed , do
Iftiorten rlvernie'-l-ves, nnd i>y little andiirtfeiio retire, till they
fettle themlelves upon tlrc'bra.iy frcrni^vrhenceihcy fprung-: in
iuch manner a« you may obfcrye,tr^litxJe render horns of fnaik
i;fe ro ilirink back rf any thing louch :tiicm,-till they fettle-in
little lumps upon their heads. It I fay rirefe -ftiings of fei-iumi-
Jious vapour 'fliould in their way outwards TneetMTtfh any Jight
&: fpungiebodyjrhey 'would pierce into ;it^nd fettle in it;an«i if ft
•U'cre'ofn competent hioncfTeibr ttrcrnto'-Wield, they would carry
kwich them W'hitfh w^y foevrr they go^fo that if they rfh rink ba<ric
again to the fountain fro whcncc*keycaTnc,they mifft needs carry
fcwck wkh the the light ipung.y body they ha¥C^ii«:dtrieirVjart$ in
Confider then, 'that ITOW mnd* iwit TGrificrl)., ib m^cli cold

condcnfeth::

Chap. rp. eX Trerifc of B O IH £ S. a r J

condcnfeth: and therefore fuch parts as by agicxtion were fpua
out into a fubcilc thrid<k of an inch long fof example, as, they
cool, do groiW bigger anckbigger3 and-coniequcntly iliortcr and
fhorteu, till a« length, they gather; taerulclves back into their
inain body; aridi there they letclc again in cold bicurnen as they
were at the firft ; and the light body that they (tick unjto, is
drawn back \vkh them* and eonfeqpeaily iturketh to the fwper-
ficiesof the bicumcn. As if fomtthing were tycd ac one end oil
a lurettring extended to its utruoft cajpocky, and the orhec cod:
veece faftened co (bme pinne; as the (h ing flirinkeofk up, fo that
which is tyed at it, muft ne«ds move aeajcer and nearer the pin:
which artifice of nature jugglers do imitate, wbfia by jneajas of
an unfeen hair, they draw light bodies, to tlaetn. No.w if all tbis
operation be done,without your feeing the little thrkis wclj cauie
icjthe matter appears wondecfull & ftrange.Buc when you cojifi-
der this progrefle that we have fet dow,u,you \*iH judge it poiSble

And this ieemeth to be the cafe of thole bodies which we call
Eleftricall; as yellow amber, jet> and the like. All which, are of
a bituminous unctuous nature, as appearerh by their eafic com-
buftibility & fmcll,when they are burned. And ifibmedo not fa
apparently fhew this un&uous nature jt is becauie either they ar«
e®o. tiard, or elie they have a high degree of aqueous humidity
joyned with their un&uofity : and in them the operation will
be duller in that proportion; for a.s we fee that un&uous liibf
ftances arc more odoriferous then others, & do fend their fteams
further off, and more efruracioufly; fo we cannot doubt but that
fiurh bodies as confift in a rnoift nature do accordingly fend forth
their emanations in a feebler proportion. Yet that proportion
will not be fo feeble,but that they may have an Elc&ricaJieftec},
as well as the more efficacious Ele&ricall bodies, wch may be per-
ceptible, if exa& experience be made by an instrument like the
mariners needle; as our learned countryman D' Gilbert teacheth

But that in thofe eminent agents, the fpfrits, whereby they at-
tra6r, are unctuous, is plain, bccaufe the fire conftraeth them;
and fo if the agents be overheated they cannot work; but mo-
derate heat even of fire incrcafeth their operation. Again, they
are clogged by raifty aire, or by wetting: and likewile, are pier-
ced through and cut afunder by fpirit of wine or aquae ardentcs;
but oyl doth not hurt them. L&ewife, they yield more ipirits in

O 4 the

A TreMife ofKODlES. Chap. 19.

rhe funne then in the fliade; and they continue longer,when the
aire is cleared by North or by Eaftern winds. They require to
be polifhed, either bccaufe the rubbing which polifheth them,
doth take off from their furfaces the former cmanations,which re-
turning back do ftick upon them, and fo do hinder the pafTage
of thofe that are within; or elfc, becaufe their outfides may be
foul ; or laftly, becaufe the pores may be dilated by that fmoo-
t'ning. Now that hardnefle and folidity is required, doth argue
that thefe fpirits muft be quick ones, that they may return fmart-
ly, and not be loft through their languifhing in the aire. Like-
wife, that all bodies which are not either exceeding rare, or elfc
fet on fire, may be drawn by thefe iimftuous thrids; concludeth
that the quality by which they do it, is a common one that hath
no particular contrarieties; fueh a one as we fee is in grcafeor in
pitch to ftick to any thing; from which in like manner nothing
is exempted but fire and aire. And laftly, that they work moil
eflficacioufly, when they are heated by rubbing, rather then by
fire; fheweth that their fpirits are excitated by motion, and are
thereby made to file abroad; in fuch manner as we fee in po-
nunders, and in other perfumes , which muft be heated if you
will have them communicate their fent:& alike effe ft as in them,
agitation doth in jet,yellow amber,& fuch other Eleclricall bo-
dies; for if upon rubbing them, you put them prefemly to your
nofe.you will dtfcern a ftrong bituminous fmell in thcm;all wch
circumftances do fhewthatthis cle$ricall virtue.confifts in a cer-
tain degree of rarity or dcnfity of the bodies unftuous emanations
Now if thefe refined and vifcuous thrids of jet or amber, do
in their ftrcaming abroad meet with a piece of ftraw, or of hay,
or of a dried leaf, or fome fi ch light and fpungie body; it is no
marvail if they glew.themfelvcs unto it like birdlime; and that
in their fhrinking back (by being condenfed again and rcpul(ed,
through the coldnefle of the airej they carry it along with them
to their entire body. Which they that onely fee the effect, and
cannot penetrate into a pofTibility of a naturall caufe thereof,

. are much troubled withall.

i.is opi- And this fccmtth unto me to bear a fairer femblance of truth,
erninq the then what Cabeus delivereth for thecaufcof Ele&ricaU atcrafti-
c of B. ons< whofc (peculation herein, though I cannot allow for folid,

Jcttncall mo- n r • • A i . i

yet I muft ror ingenious. And certainly even errours are to be

commended,

Chap. 19. ^Trftfi/eofftODIES. 217

commended, when they arc witty ones, and do proceed from a
cafting further about then the beaten track of verball learnirtg,
or rather terms which explicate not the nature of the thing in
qiieftion. He faith that the coming of ftraws and fuch other Jight
bodies unto amber, jet, and the like, proceedeth from a wind
raifed by the forcible breaking out of fubtile emanations from
the Ele&ricall bodies into the aire, which bringeth thofe light
bodies along with it to the Eleclricall ones.

But this difcourfe cannot hold : for firft, it is not the nature
ofun&iious emanations (generally fpeakingj tocaufc fmart
motions fingly of themfelves. Secondly, although they fliould
raife a wind, I do not comprehend how this wind fhould drive
bodies dire&ly back to the fource that raifed it; but rather any
other way; and fo confequently, fliould drive the light bodies it
meeteth with in its way3rather from,then towards the Electrical!
body. Thirdly, if there fhould be frch a wind raifed,& it fhould
bring light bodies to the Ele6l:ricall ones; yet it could not make
them ftiek thereunto, which we fee they do, turn them which
way you will, as though they were glewed together.

Neither do his experiences convince any thing; for what he
faith that the light bodies are fbmetimes brought to the Ele&ri-
call body with fuch a violence, that they rebound back from it,
and then return again to it, makcth rather againft him : for if
wind were the caufe of their motion, they would not return a-
gain, after they had leaped back from the Ele&ricall body; no
more then we can imagine that the wind it (elf doth.

The like is of his other experience, when he obferved that
fome little grains of faw-duft hanging at an Elcclricall body,
the furthermoft of them not onely fell off, but feemed to be dri-
ven away forcibly: for they did not fall directly down, but fide-
wayes; and befides did flie away with a violence and finartnefle
that argued fbme ftrong impulff. The reafon whereof u,ight be,
that new emanations might finite them, which not flicking and
fattening upon them, whereby to draw them nearer, muft needs
pufli them furthcnor it might be that the emanations unto which
they were glewed, fhrinking back unto their main body, the la-
ter grains were fliouldercd off by others that already beficgeti the
fuperficies; and then the emanations retiring fwiftly the grains
muft break off with a forcc:or els we may conceive it was the force

of

Trett iff of B O D I E S . Chap, i o.

of" the aire, that bore them up a little, which- made- an appear-
ance of tbcir being driven away ;. as we iite&atltaitS ami o:hcs:
dckciUaot fttajghfl

**T-»
*

CHAP. XX.
Of the L&td/terrf* gencrtttox ; *»rf />J p(trric*l*r motions.

Here is yet rcrraiaioTg, the great my fiery of the Loadftone
tQ ^to*11^ °f- Which alt Autls;Q*uii,b«>th ancient and ir.o-
iunneurrfcrtiic dctn, ha,ve agreed upon as, an kia^enyabJe example and evi-
Sa^hctm'or^0^0^ tbe thorta£{T« of uians reach in comprehending, and
a it- t«.m each of the impofltbiatic of his rcaibu in penetrating Ioto,ajid expli-
^osnA^Mic. eating fuch fecrcts,as natuie Inch a miad; to bide from us,
Wherefore our reaxlerCl a.m fijrejwill not in, thiss f«b>«<fl expert
cleat fatisfadlion air plain demon firations^ it our hands: but
\vill judge we have fairly acquitted our felves, if whac \ve (ay
be any v.hit plaufible.

Therefore, to ulc our bcft indeavours to content him ; let us
rcfleA upon th« difpofition of parw of this habitable globe,
whereof we are tenants for lives. And we fliall find that the fun
by his ccmftantcaurfe under the zodiaekibcatcth a great part of
it unmeafurably more then he doth the icfi.Andconfequently,
that this zodiaok being in the middert jretween tw^a-s it wcrt)
ends, which we call the Poles , thefe poles rauft n«ccflfarily be
extremely cold , in refpeft of the torrid zone ; for fo we call
that part of the earth which lieth under the zodi'ack.

Now looking into the confluence of this ; we find thai the
funne, or the funnes heat which refle£eth from the earth in the
torrid zone, muft rarifie the aire extremely, and according to
the nature of all heat and fire, mull needs carry away from
thence, many parts of the aire and of the earth flicking to due
heat, in fuch fort as we have formerly declared.

Whence icfolloweth, that other aire muft neceflarily come
from the regions towards both the polei , to fupply what is car-
ried away from the middle, as is the courfe in other fires, and
as we have explicated above : efpccially confidering, that the
aire which comcth from the polewards, is hearier then the aire
Chip.i8.§ 7 Of thc torride zone ; and therefere, muft naturally prciTe to be
ftill nearer chc carch ; and fo, as it were fhoulderech up the aire

of

Chap. lo. \A Trtatifetf BODIES.

©f the torride zone towards the circumference^ by rolling into
its place : and this, in great quantities ; and confcquently, the
polar airc rnuft draw a great train after it.

Which rTweconfider the great extent of the torrid zone, wt
fhall eafily pcrfwade our fclvcs, that it muft reach on each fide,
to the very pole : for taking from Archimedes, that the fpheri-
-call fupcrficies of a portion of a fpherc, is to trie fuperficies of
the whole fphere, according as the parts of the axis of that
iphere comprifed within thefaid portion, is to the whole axis :
and confidering that (in our cife) the part of the axis compri-
fed within the torrid zone, is to the whole axis of the earth, in
about the proportion of 4. to. io;it muft of neceflity follow that
a fire or great heat refgmng in fo vaft an extent, will draw airc
very powerfully from the reft ofthe world.

Neither let any man apprehend that this courfe ofthe funncs
elevating fb great quantities of acomes in the torrid zone,
•fhould hinderthe courfe of gravity there: for firft the medium
as much rarer in the torrid zone then in other parts ofthe earth;
&: therefore the force of the dcicendrng-atomes needeth not to be
fo great there as in other places, to make -bodies defcend there
as fa ft as they do cllcwhere. Secondly, there being a perpetu-
all fupply of frefli aire from the pola-r parts, ftreaming continu-
ally into. the torrid zone; it muft of ncceffiry happen that in the
aire there come atomes to the torrid zone, of that groflene'frc
that .they cannot fuddenly be fo much tariffed astbe fubtiler
parts of aire that are tlrere : and therefore, the more thofe fub-
tiler parts are rarified, 2nd thereby happen to be carried up the
ftrocger and the thicker the heavier atomes muft defcend. And
±hus;this coTJcnrfe of a ire from the polaT pnrts, mainti-ineth
-gravity wndertl.c ?odiack •_, where^etherwilcall would be turn-
ed into 'fire, and fo hare -no gravity.

Now, who confidereth the two hemffpherrs which tythe'
nquator a.ue ciw-ided ; will find that they -are not akcigct'ricr of ^rc
/•quail corrrrirexiom ; but that our rttmiTphere, in \vhidh the ftrea'ms comin
ISforthpole is-corrrprited^is-mudh dryer thentl-rcotlTrr,1by-rca- IJfto^ne"
•Ton cvfthe greater 'CDntirK-nt of land inthrs, amd the vafftcr traft race with on*.
«f'£en:mtrie«itheT; awd 'therefore ilhc fupply whrch ct>merrrfrtrm
riswHwere hemifplKM-es,1!!!!^ needs be of drffererrtrraturts ; fhat
wbidhxnnTreda from«o wards fhc^Southpole, -being txrrrparecl to

that

ATreAtife ef BODIES. Chap, 20.

that \vhich cometh from towards the North, as the more wee
to the more dry. Yec of how different complexions (bcver they
be, you lee they are the emanations of one and the fame body.
Noc unlike unto what nature hath inftituted in the rank of ani-
m.ilsramong whom, the male & the female are fo diftinguifhed
by fieac and cold,moifhire and drought ; that nevertheleflc all
belongeth but to one nature ; and that, in degrees though ma-
nifertly different , yet fo near together that the body of one is in
a manner the fame tiling, as the body of the other. Even fo,thc
complexions of the two hemifphercs are in fucli fort different in
the fame qualities, that neverthelefle they are of the fame na-
ture, and are unequal! parts of the fame body which we call the
earth. Now Alchimifts afliire us, that if two extractions of one
body do meet together they will incorporate one with the
other ; efpecially, if there be forne little difference in the com-
plexion of the extractions.

Whence it followeth that the/e two ftreams of aire, makin^

T*

BV the'mcctin™ up one continuate floud of various currcntSjfrom one end of the
anT™erRo"" world to the other; eaeh fiream that Cometh to the equator
thefe ftreams at from its own Pole, by the extraction of the funne, and that is
crJrivoiecs ftillfupplycd with new matter flowing from its own pole to
romes of tne equator, before 'the funne can fufificicntly rarifie and lift up
cdlC the atomes that came firft perpendicularly under its beams (as
from one Pole jt ufcc|, to happen in the effects of Phyficall caufei, which can-
not be rigouroufly ajuftcd, but muft have fome latitude • in
•which, nature inclineth ever rather to abundance then to de-
fecl:))will pafle.evcn to the other pole,by the conduct of his fel-
low, in cale he be by fomeoccafion driven back homewards.

For as we fee in a boule or pail full of water, or rather in a
pipe, through which the water runneth along ; if there be a lit-
tle hole at the bottotne or fide of it, the water will wriggle and
change its courfc to creep out at that pipe ; efpecially if there be
a little fpiggot, or quill at the outfide of the hole, that by the
narrow length of it helpeth in fome fort (as it were ) to fuck it.
So if any of the files of the army or floud ofatomcs lucked from
one of the Poles to the equator, do there find any gappes, or
chinks, or lanes of retiring files in the front of the other poles
battalia of atomes, they will preflc in there : in fuch manner aj
we have above declared that water doth by the help of a labell

of

Chap. 20. ** Treatife of BODIES. 22l

of cotton; and as is exemplyfied in all the attractions of vcHimc
by venimous bodies whereof we have given many examples
above : and they will go along with them the courfe they go.
For as when a thick fhort guilded ingot of filver is drawn out
into a long fubtile wyrc ; the wyre continuing ftill perfectly
guilded all over, doth manifcftly fliew that the outfidc and the
infide ofthe ingot, do (trangely meet together, and intermix in
the drawing out : fo this little ftream which ( like an eddy cur-
rcnt)runneth back from the equator towards its own Pole.will
continue to the end ftill tin&ed with the mixture of the other
Poles atomes, it was incorporated with at his coming to the
equator.

Now that fome little ri volets of aire and atomes fhould rtinnc
back to their own Pole, contrary to the courfe of their main
ftream will be eafily enough to conceive ; if we but confider
that at certain times ofthe year winds do blow more violently
and ftrongly from fome determinate part or Rombe of the
world, then they do at other times and from other parts. As
for examplejour Eaft India Mariners tell us ofthe famous Moii-
foncs they find in thofe parts; which arc ftrong winds that reign
conftantly fix moneths ofthe year from one polewards, and the
other fix moneths, from the other pole, & begin precifely about
the funs entering into fuch a figne or degree ofthe zodiack,and
continue till about its entrance into the oppofite degree. And in
our parts ofthe world certain fmart Eafterly or Northeaftcrly
winds do rcigne about the end of March & beginning of April;
wheri it feemeth that fome fnows are melted by the fpring heats
ofthe fun. And other winds have their courfcs 'mother ieafons,
upon other caufes. All which do evidently convince, that the
courfe ofthe aire, and of vapours from the poles to the equator,
cannot be fo regular & uniform, but that many impediments &
crofTes do light in the way,to make breaches in it;& thereby to
force in it fome places to an oppo/ite courfe. In fuch fort as we fee
happcneth in eddy waters,& in thecourleofa tide,wherein the
ftream run ing fwiftly in the middle, beatcth the edges of the wa-
trr to the fliore3& thereby makech it run back at the fhore.And
hence we may conclude,that although the main courfe ofaire &:
atomes(for example from north to fouth,in our hemifphcrc)can
never fail of going on towards the equator, cbnflantly at the

fame

V2 x* rrMf»/S */B O DIBS. Chap, 20.

.:£ v ate in orofTcjiTcvtrthclefTc..!!! feverall particular little parts
ofjt(& eibccially at the edges of thole ft reams that are driven on
farter then the re(t> by an extraordinary and accidental! violent
caufe) it is variofly imerrupted3and fometimes entirely flopped,
and other times even driven back to the northwards.

And ifpcradventureany man fhould think that this will
not fall out, becauleench ftrcam feemeth to be alwayes coming
trom his own Pole to the equator, and therefore will oppole
and driveback any bodies that with lefTe force fliould ftriveto
Ivvim againfr. it; or if they flick unto them, will carry them back
co the equator. We anfwer, that we muft not conceive that the
whole aire in body doth every where equally incroch from the
polewards upon the torrid zone;but,as it were, in certain brooks
or rivolcts, according as the contingency of all caufes put toge-
ther doth make it fall out.

Now then out of what we have faid it will folk>w;that fincc
all the aire in this our hemifphere is as it were ftrewed over and
fowed with abundance of northern atomcs, & thatfbmc brooks
of them are in ftation, others in a motion of retrogradation
back to their own north pole ; the fouthern atomes ( which
coming upon them at the equator do nor onely prcffe in among
them, wherefocver they can find admittance, but do alfo go on
forwards to the north pole in feverall files by trrcmfelves, being
driven that way by the fame accidcntall cauies, which make
the others retire back) fcizing in their way upon the northern
ones in foch manner as we defcribcd in filtration ; and thereby
creeping along by them wherefocver they find them ftanding
ftill, and going along with them wherefbever chcy find them
going bacfk;murt of neceffity find paflage in great quantities to-
\vards, and even to the north pole ; though fome parts of them
will ever & anon be checked in this their journey by the main
current prevailing over ibme accidentall one, and fo be carried
fcack again to the equator, whofe line they had crofled.

And this effcft cannot choole but be more or leflc according
to the fcafons of the year: for when the fun is in the Tropick of
Capricorn.thefbuthcrn atomes will flow in much more abun-
dance, and with farre greater fpccd, into the torrid zone, then
the northern atomes can ; by rcafbn of the funs approximation
to the fouth, and his diftancc from the north pole j fince he

work-

Chap.ao. ^t TreMife of B 0 D I E S, 22;

Tvorketh faintefi where he is furtheft off.- and therefore from
the north no more emanations or atomcs will be drawn, but
fuch as are moft fubtilifed, and duly prepared for that courfe.
And fince oncly thcfc fele&cd bands do now march towards
the equator, their files muft needs be thinner, then when the
funncs being in the equator or Tropick of Cancer wakeneth
and muftereth up all their forces. And confcquently, the quiec
parts of aire between their files ( in which like atomes are alfo
Scattered ) are the greater : whereby the adrenicnt fouthern
atomes have the larger filter to climbe up by. And tke like hap-
peneth in the other hemifphere, when the funne is in the Tro-
pick of Cancer; as who will beftow the pains to compare them,
will prefently fee.

Now then let us confider what thefe two ftrcams thus incor- ,,
porated muft of neceflity do in the furface or upper parts of the of thefe atomw
earth. Firft, it is evident they muft needs penetrate a pretty STomVet
depth into the earth; for ib free/ing perfwadeth us, and much matter in the
more, the fubtile penetration ofdivcrs more fpirituall bodies, of rartn%°rnade
which we have fufficiemly difcour fed above. Now let us con. » ft»ne.
ceive that thefe fleams do find a body of a convenient denfuy to
incorporate thcmfelves in, in the way of dcn/iry, as we fee that
fire doth in iron, and in other denfe bodies: and this not for
an hourc or two as happencth in fire; but for years : as I have
been told that in the extreme cold hills in the Peak in Darby-
fhire happeneth to the dry atomes of cold, which are permanent-
ly incorporated in water by long continuall freefing and (0
make a kind of chryftall.

In this ca{c,certainly it muft come to pafle that this body will
become in a manner wholly of the nature of thefe fleams: which
becaufe they arc drawn from the Poles that abound in cold and
drynefle, (for others thai have not thefe qualities,do not contri-
bute to the intended effeAJthe body is apteft to become a ftone:
forfo we fee that cold & drought turneth doe fuperficiall parts of
the earth into ftoncs & rock$;& accordingly,wlierefoever cold & Thi* none
dry winds rcienc powerfully, all fuch countries are mainly rocky worke-h by

J r l.- a r , "«anarion<.

Now then let us fuppofe , this ttone to be taken out of the joyncd w;tha-
carth and hanged in the aire.or fet conveniently upon fome little f^THfeerThSn
pin, or otherwife put in liberty, fo as a fmall impulfc may cafily |n the airc; ard
turn it any way: it will m this cafe certainly follow, that the

end

4 Tre*t':fe of BO DIES. Chap. 20.

end of the fbne which ir» the earth lay towards the north pole,
•will now in the aire convert it felf in the fame manner towards
the fame point; and the other end which lay towards the fouth,
turn by confequence to the fbuth. I fpeak of thefe countries
which lie between the equator and the north; in which it can-
not chufe but that the ftream going from the northto the equa-
tor, muft be ftronger then the oppofitc one.

Now toexplicate.how this is done; fuppofe the ftone hanged
eaft and weft freely in the aire; the ftream which is drawn from
the north pole of the earth rangeth along by it in its courfe to
the equator; and finding in theftone the fouth fteam, (which
is grown innate to it) very ftrong, it muft needs incorporate it
{elf with it; and moft, by thofe parts of the ftcam in the ftone
which are ftrongeft: which are they that come direclly from
the North of the ftone; by which I mean that part of the ftonc
that lay northward in the earth, and that ftill looketh to the
north pole of the earth now it is in the aire. And therefore the
great floud of atomes coming from the north pole of the earth
will incorporate it felf moft ftrongly, by the north end of the
ftonc with the little floud of fouthern atomes it findeth in the
ftone : for that end ferveth for the coming out of the fouthern
atomes, and fendeth them abroad; as the fouth end doth the
northern fleam, fince the fteams do come in at one end., and do
go out at the oppofite end.

From hence we may gather, that this ftonc will j'oyn and
cleave to its attractive, whenfoever it happeneth to be within
the fphereof its activity. Befides, if by fome accident it fliould
happen that the atomes or fteams which are drawn by the funne
from the Polewards to the equator, ftiould come ftronger from
fome part of the earth, which is on the fide hand of the Pole,
then from the very Pole it (elf; in this cafe the ftone will turn
from the Pole towards that fide. Laftly, whatfoever this ftonc
will do towards the Pole of the earth; the very fame a lefler
ftone of the fame kind will do towards a greater. And if there
be any kind of other fubftance that hath participation of the na-
ture of this ftone, fuch a fubftance will behave it felf towards
this ftone, in the fame manner, as fuch a ftone behaveth it felf
towards the earth: all the Phcnomens whereof may be the more
plainly obferved, if the ftone be cut into the form of the earth.

And

Chap, 2o. A T/eaiife of BODIES. 22?

And thus, we have found a perfect delineation of the load-
ftonc from its caufes : for there is no man fo ignorant of the
narurc of a loadftone, but he knoweth that the properties of it
are to tend towards the North; to vary fbmetimes; to joyn with
another load-ftonc; to draw iron unto it; and fuch like, whofc
caufo you fee delivered.

But to come to experimentall proofs and observations upon £.
the load ftone by which it will appear,that thefe caufes are well A methodc for
cfreemcd and npplyed, we muft be beholding to that admirable ™en(!"f J
fearcher of the nature of the load-ftone Doitour Gilbert ; by any fu
means of whom and of Doflour Harvey, our Nation may claim
even in this latter age as deferved a crown for foiid Philofbphi-
call learning, as for many ages together it hath done formerly
for acute and fubrile fpeculations in Divinity. But before I fall
to particulars, I think it worth warning my Reader, how this
great man arrived to dilcovcr fo much of Magneticall Philofo-
phy; that he likewife , if he be dcfirous tofcarch into nature,
may by imitation advance his thoughts & knowledge that way.

In fliort then, all the knowledge he got of this lubject, was
by forming a little load-ftone into the fhapc of theesnb. By
which means he compared a wonderfull defignc, which was, to
make the whole globe of the earth maniable : for he found the
properties of the whole earth, in that little body; which he
therefore called a Tcrrella, or little earth; and which he could
manage and try experiences upon, at his will. And in like man-
ner, any man that hath an aim to advance much in naturall fci-
encies, ir.uft endeavour to draw the matter he enquireth of, into
fbme fmali modell, or into fome kinde of manageable method ;

O •*

which he may turn and wind as he pleafeth. And then Jet him
be fur e, if he hath a competent understanding, that he will not
mifleof his mnrk.

But ro our intent; the firft thing we arc to prove is, that the
load-Hone i$ generated in fuch fort as we have dcfcribed : for
proof whereof, the firft ground we will lay (hall be to confider acomcs flowing
how in divers other effects it is manifcft, that the, differences of pok, i"lc^n .
being cxpofcd ro the north or to the fouth, do caufe very great fivmed bv e*Pe-

,D , r i . i n ii i r rimeiKbobicr-

vanety in the fame trung: as herearrer, we ihall have occanon to yea m the ftor«
touch, in the birks and grains of trees, and the like. Next, we llfc-h
find by experience, tint this virtue of the load-ftcnc is received

P into

TreAttfeef BODIES. Chap. 20.

into other bodies that refcmble its nature, by heatings and cool-
ings : for fo it pafleth in iron barres, which being throughly
heated, and then laid to eool north and fouth, are thereby im-
bued with a Magnctick virtue; heat opening their bodies, and
dif'pofing them to fuck in, fuch atomes as are convenient to
their nature, that flow unto them whiles they are cooling. So
that we cannot doubt, but that convenient matter fermenting in
its warm bed under the earth, becometh a load-ftone by the like
fudcing in of affluent ftreams of a like complexion to the former.

And it fareth in like manner with thofe fiery inftruments(as
fireforksj tongues, fhovels, and the like) which do Hand con-
ftantly upwards and downwards ; for they, by being often
heated and cooled again, do gain a very ftrong verticity,or tur-
ning to the Pole : and indeed, they cannot ftand upwards and
downwards Co little a while, but that they will in that fhorc
fp.?ce gain a manifeft verticity; and change it at every turning.
Now lince the force and vigour of this verticity, is in the end
that ftandeth downwards; it is evident that tbis effect proceed-
eth out of an influence received from the earth.

And becaufe in a Joad-ftone (made into a globe, or cond-
dercd fo, to the end you may reckon hernifphcres in it, as in the
great earth ) cither hemifphere giveth unto a needle touched up-
on it, not oncly the virtue of that hemifphere where it is touch-
ed, but likewife the virtue of the contrary hemifphere; we may
boldly conclude,that the virtue which a load-ftonc is impregna-
ted with in the wombe or bed of the earth, where it is formed
amcf groweth, prooccdeth as well from the contrary hcmifphcre
-of the earth, as from that wherein it lyeth; in fuch fort, as we
hare abc^e described. And as we feel oftentimes in our own
bodies, that fome cold we catch remaineth in us a long while af-
ter the taking it, and that fbmetimes it feemeth even to change
the nature of fome part of our body into which it is chiefly en-
tered, and hath taken particular potieffion of; fo that whenfb-
ever new atomes of the like nature, do again range about in the
circnrrftant aire, that part fo deeply aflfe£ed with the former
ones of kinne to thcfe? doth in a particular manner fcem to rif-
fent them, and to actra$ them to it,and to have its guefts within
it ( as it were) wakened and roufed up by the ftrokes of .the :>d-
yenicnt ones that knock at their dorcs. Even fo fbut much more

.flrongly

Ciap, 20. A Treatiftof BODIES. 227

ftronglyj by reafon of the longer time and leflc hinderaftce>)we
may conceive that the two rirtues or acomes proceeding from
the two different hemifphcrcSjdo constitute a certain permanent
and conftant nature in the ftone that imbibeth them : which
then, we call a load-ftone; and is exceeding fenfible (as we
fhall hereafter declare) of the adrcnicnce to it of new atomes,a-
like in nature & complexion tothofcthat it is impregnated with

And this virtue, confifting in a kind of (bfter and tenderer
fubftancethen the reft of the ftone, becometh thereby fubjecl to
be confumed by fire. From whence we may gather the reafon
xvhy a load-ftone never recovereth it* magnetick virtue, after it
hath once loft it; though iron doth; for the humidity of iron is
infeparablc from its fubftance, but the humidity of a load-ftone,
which makcth it capable of this effe6t,may be quite confumed by
fire; and fo the ftone may be left too dry, for ercr being capable
of imbibing any new influence from the earth, unleflc it be by a
kind of new making ir.

In the next place we are to prove that the load-ftone doth g.
work in that manner as we have tliewed: for which end Ice us Experiments
confider how the atomes that are drawn from each Pole and lie* Jh/taujftonc
milphcre of the earth to theequatour, making up their courfeby workerh by
a manuduftion of one another, the hindcrmoft cannot chooie ^cetin"""^^
but ftill follow on after the fotemoft. And as it happeneth in fil- agreeing
tration by a cotton cloth; if fbme ons part of the cotton, have
its dilpofition to the afccnt of the water, more perfect and ready
then the other parts have; the water will afluredly afccnd fafter
in that part, then in any of the reft: fb, if the atomes do find a
greater difpofition for their paflage, in any one part of the me-
dium they range through, then in another, they will certaiuly
not fail of taking that way, in greater abundance, and with
more vigour nnd ftreng-h, then any other.

But it is evident,r!m when they meet with fuch a ftone as we
have defcribed, the helps by which they advance in their jour-
ney arc notably encu'ifcd by thefloud of atomej which they
meet coming o«»t 6f" -that ftone; which being of the nature of
their oppofitc pole, they fei'e greedily upon them, and thereby
do pluck thenifelvC* fcfier on: like a ferryman that drawcth on
his boit the fwiftJicr»t!ic more vigouroufly he ti-'ggeth & pulleth
at the rope that lycth thwart the fiver for him to hale himfelf •

P 2 over

ai8 **fre*tiJr1f&<$DlE$* Chap. 20.

over by. And therefore we cannot doubt but that this floud of
atomes ftreaming from the pole of the earth, muft needs pafle
through that (tone with more fpeed and vigour then they can do
any other way.

And as we fee in the running of water;that if it mccteth with
any lower cranies then the wide channel it ftreamech in; it will
turn out of its ftraight way,to glide along there where it findeth
an eafier and moredeelivc bed to tumble in: fo thefe atomes will
infallibly deturn themfelvcs from their direct courfe, to pafle
through fuch a ftone as far re as their greaterconvenicncy leadeth
them.

And what we have faid ofthcfe atomes,which from the Poles
do range through the vaft fca of airc to the equator; is likewise
to be applyed unto thofc atomes which iffue out of the ftone: (o
that we may conclude, that if they meet with any help which
may convey them on with more fpeed and vigour, then whiles
they ftream directly forwards; they will likewife deturn them-
felvesfrom directly forwards, to take that courfe. And if" the
ftone it felf be hanged fo nicely» that a lefie force is able to turn
it about then is requifitc to turn awry out of its coin 'c the con-
tinued ftream of atomes which itfueth from the ftoruerin this cafe,
the {tone it felf tnu ft needs turn towards thac.ftrearn which
climbing and filtring it (elf along the ftones ftream, drawcrh it
out of its courfe; in fuch fort as the nofc of a weathercock but-
teth it felf into the wind. Now then; it being known, that the
flrongcft ftream cometh directly from the north in the great
earth v & that the (buthern ft ream of the Terrclla or load-ftone
proportioned duely by nature to incorporate with the north
ftrcam of the earth, hTueth out of the north end of the ftone; it fol-
lows plainly that whenaloadftoncis fituated at liberty its north
end muft necefTarily turn towards the north pole of the world.

And it will likewife follow, that whenfbcver luch a ftone
mecteth with another of the fame nature and kind, they murt
comport themfelvcs to one another in like fort: that is, if both of
them be free and eqtiall, they muft turn themfelves to, or fio=n
one another;nccording as they are fituated in refpccl of one ano-
ther. So that if their axes be parallel, and thefouth t;olt of the
one, and the north of the other do look the fame way,then they
\vill fend proportionate, and agreeing ftreams to one anocher

from

Chap. 2 o. ^ TrtAtifi ^/"BODIES.

from their whole bodies, chat will readily mingle and incorpo-
rate with one anocher>wichout turning out oftheir way or feck-
ing any fhorter courfc or changirfg their refpe&s to one another

But if the poles of the fame denomination do look the fame
way, and the loadftoncs do not lie in fuch fort as to hays their
axes parallel, but that they enclitic to one another: then they
"Will work themfelves about, untill they grow by their oppofite
poles into a ftraight line; for the fame reafon as we have fliew-
cd of a loadftones turning to the pole of the earth.

But if onely one1 of the loadftones be free & the other be fixed,
& that they lie inclined,as in the former cafe; then,the free ftone
will work himfelf untill his pole be oppofitQjo that part of the
fixed /tone from whence the ftream wch agrees with him, iflueth
ftrongeft.-for that Itream is to the free loadftonejas the northern
ftrcam ofthe earth, is to a loadftone compared unto the earth.But
withalKwe muft take notice that in this our difcour{e,we abftra<ffc
from other accidents;&particularly,fro the influence ofthe earths
(trcams into the loadftones: weh will caule great variety in thefe
cafes, if they lie not due north & fouth,when they begin to work.

And as loadftones and other magnetick bodies,do thus of ne-
ceflity turn to one another when they are both free; and if one
of them be faftened,the other turneth to it; folikewife,ifthey be
free to progreflive motion, they muft by a like neceflity and for
the fame realbn, come together and joyn themfelves to one ano-
ther. And if onely one of them be free, that muft remove it felf
to the other: for the fame vjrtue that maketh them turn, (which
is, the ftrength ofthe fteam ) will likewife ( in due circumftan-
ccs) make them come together; by reafbn that the fteams which
climbe up one another by the way of filtration, and do thereby
turn the bodies ofthe ftoncs upon their centers when they are
onely &ee to turn, muft likewife draw the whole bodies of the
fiones entirely out oftheir placesj& make them joyn,when fuch
a totall motion ofthe body is an effe& that rcquireth no more
force, then the force of conveying vigoroufly the ftreams of both
the Magnetick bodies into one another; that is, when there is no
fucb impediment ftanding in the way of the Magnetick bodies
motion, but that the celerity of the at.omes motion, mingling
with oneanother.is able to overcome it:for then,it muft needs do
fo; & the magnetick body by naturall coherence unto the (team

P of

230 A Trftiife o/BODIES. Chapi 21.

of atonies in which it is involved, followeth the courfe of the
fteam: in fuch fort as the example we have heretofore upon an-
other occafion given of an eggs-fhcll filled with dew j the fun-
beams converting the dew inco fmoke,and raifing up that fmokc
or fteam, the eggs-fheli is likewife raifed up for company with
the fteam that iflueth from it.

And for the fame reafon it is,that theloadftone draweth iron:
for iron being of a nature apt to receive and harbour the Reams
of a loadftone; it becometh a weak loadftone, and worketh to-
wards a loadftone,in fuch fort as a weaker loadftone would do:
and fo moveth towards a loadftone by the means we have now
defcribed. And that this conformity between iron and the load-
ftone is the true reafon of the loadftones drawing of iron, is
clear out of this, that a loadftone will take up a greater weight
of pure iron, then it will of impure or droffic iron ; or of iron
and fome other metall j'oyncd together : and that it will draw
further through a (lender long iron, then in the free open aire:
all which are manifeft figncs, that iron cooperateth with the
force which the loadftone grafteth in it. And the reafon why
iron cometh to a loadftone more efficacioufly then another load-
ftone doth, is becaufc loadftones generally are more impure then
iron is (as being a kind of ore or mine of iron) and have other
extraneous and heterogencall natures mixed with themrwhereas
iron recciveth the loadftones operation in its whole fubftance.

CHAP. XXI.

Portions drawn out of the ftrnier doftrint, **d confirmed
by cxperttMCHtall proofs.

I, *He firft pofition is, that the working of the loadftone, be-

JL ing throughout according to the tenour of the operation of
bodies, may be done by bodies^nd eonfeqacmly is not done by
occu^ or fccrcc qualities. Which is evident out of this, that a
greater loadftone hath more effect then a Jefler: and that if you
cut away part of a loadftone, part of his vcrtue is likewife ta-
ken from him: and if the parts be joyned again, the whole bc-
corneth as ftrong as it was before.

Again; if a loadftone touch a longer iron, it giveth it Me
force then if it touch afliortcr iron: nay, the vcrtne in any part

is

Chap. n. A TrtAtiJt tf B O D I E S. 231

is fenfibly le{Ter,according as it is further from the couched part.
Again, the longer an iron is in touching, the greater vertueii
getteth, and the more conftant. And both an iron and a load-
Hone may lolc their vertue, by long lying out of their due or- ^
dcr and fituation, either to the earth or to another loadftone.

Befides, if a loadftone do touch a long iron in the middle of
it, he difrufeth his vertue equally towards both ends; and if it be
a round plate, hcdiffufcth his vertue equally to all fides.

An$l laftly, the vertue of a loadftone, as alfo of an iron
touched, is loft by burning it in the fire. All which fymptomcs
agreeing exactly with the rules of bodies, do make h undenia-
ble that the vertue of the loadftone is a reall and folid body.

Aga'mft this pofition, Cabeus ©bjeiteth that little atoines 2-
would not be able to penetrate all forts of bodies; as we fee the okjeaiom *.
vcrtue of the loadftone doth. And urgeth, that although they merpofiao*
fhould be allowed to do fb, yet they could not be imagined to an'w«ed.
penetrate thick and folid bodies fbfuddenly, as they would do
thin ones; and would certainly (hew then fome figne of facility
or difficulty of pafling, in the interpofition and in the taking
away of bodies put between the loadftone and the body it works
upon. Secondly, he obje&eth that atomes being little bodies,
they cannot mqve in an inftant ; as the working of the Joad-
#one feemeth to do. And laftly.that the loadftone by fuch abun-
dance of continuall evaporations, would quickly be confumed.

To thefirftwe anfwer; That atomes whofe nature it is to
pierce iron, cannot reafbnably be fufpe6ted of inability to pene-
trate any other bodyrand that atoines can penetrate iron, is evi-
dent in the melting of it by fire. And indeed this objection co-
meth now too late, after we have fo largely declared the divifi-
bility of quantity, and the fubtilty of nature in reducing all
things into extreme fmall parts: for this difficulty hath no other
avow, then the tardity of our imaginations in fubsilizing fuffi-
ciently thequantitatiye parts that iflue out of the loadftone.

As for any tardity that may be expected by the interpofition
of a thick or denfe body; there is no appearance of fuch,fince we
fee light pafle through thick glafles without giving any figne of
meeting with the leaft opposition in its paflagc , (as we havca-
bove declared at large:) and magneticall emanations have the
advantage of light in this, that they arc not obliged to ftiaight
lincs> as light is. P 4 Laft-

A Tvuitfe o/B O D I E S. Chap. 21.

taftly, as for loadftones fpending of themfelves by ftill vent-
ing their emanations; odoriferous bodies furnifh us with a full
anfwcr to that obje&iont for they do continue many years pal-
pably fpending of themfelves, and yet keep their odour in vi-
gour; whereas a loadftone, if it be laid in a wrong pofition will
not continue half fo long. The reafon of the duration of both
which, maketh the matter manifeft and takcth away all diffi-
culty: which is, that as in a root of a vegetable, there is a power
to change the advenient juyce into its nature; fo is there in fuch
like things as thefe a power to change the ambient airc into
their own fubflance: as evident experience fheweth in the Hec-
metikc fait;, fas fome modern writers call it ) which is found to
be repaired, and cncreafcd in its weight by lying in the aire; and
the like happeneth to faltpetcr. And in our prefcnt fubjeir. ex-
perience informed) u$, that a loadftone will grow ftronger by
lying in due pofition either to the earth, or to a ftronger load-
ftone, whereby it may be better impregnated,and as it were feed
it felfwith the emanations ifluing out of them into it.
5. Our next portion is, that this virtue cometh to a magnetick

The loadftone body, from another body; as the nature of bodies is, to require

is imbued with ,< .. • » j i • • • i

his virtue from a being moved, that they may move. And this is evident in i-
anoiher body. ron> wnjch by the touch or by ftanding in due pofition near the
loadftone, gaincth the power of the loadftone. Again, if a fmith
in beating his iron into a rodjdo obferve to lay it north & fbuth;
it gcttcth a direction to the north by the very beating ofit.Like-
VV'ile if an iron rod be made red hot in the fire,and be kept there
a good while together, and when it is taken out be laid to cool
juft north and fouth, it will acquire the fame direction towards
the north. And this is true not onely of iron, but alfbof all o-
ther forts of bodies whatfbever that endure fuch ignition: parti-
cularly of pot-earths, which if they be moulded in a long form,
and when they are taken out of the kiln belaid ( as we laid of
the iron) to cool north and fouth, will have the fame effe-fV
wrought in them. And iron, though it hath not been heated;
but onely hath continued long unmoved in the famefituation of
north and fouth in a building-yet it will have the fame effect. So
as it cannot be denied, but that this virtue cometh unto iron from
other bodies : whereof one muft be a iecret influence from the
ftoich, And this is confirmcd,by a loadftoncs lofing its virtue(as

we

Chap, a r. exf Tre.itife of BODIES.

We faid before) by lying a long time unduly difpofcd, either to-
wards the earth, or towards a ftrongcr load/tone; whereby in
ftead of the former, it gaineth a new virtue according to thatfi-
tuation.

And this happeneth, not onely in the virtue which is refident
and permanent in a loadftone, or a touched iron;but likewife in
the a&uall motion or operation of them. As may be experienced,
firft in this, that the fame loadftone or touched iron in the fouth
hemifphere ofthe world, hath its operation ftrongeft at that end
of it which tendeth to the north; and in the north hemifphere at
the end which tendeth to the fouch: each pole communicating a
vigour proportionable to its own ftrength in the climate where
it is received. Secondly in this > that an iron j'oyncd to a load-
ftone, or within the fphere ofthe loadftones working, will take
up another piece of iron greater then the loadftone of it felfcan
hold; and as Coon as the holding iron is removed out of the
fphere ofthe loadftones activity, it prefently letteth fall the iron
it formerly held up rand this is fo true,that a JefTcr loadftone may
be placed in fueh fort within the fphere of a greater loadftones
operation, as to take away a piece of iron from the greater load-
ftonc;& this in virtue of the fame greater loadftone from which
it plucketh it: for,but to remove the lefler out ofthe fphere ofthe
greater, and then it can no longer do it. So that it is evident that
in thefe cafes the very aftuall operation ofthe lefler loadftono
. or ofthe iron; proceedeth from theactuall influence of the grea-
ter loadftone upon and into them. And hence wcmayunder-
ftand, that whcnfoever a magnetick body doth work, ic hath an
excitation from without, which doth make it ifTue out and fend
its ftrcams abroad; in fuch Ibrt as it is the nature of all bodies
to do; and as we have given examples ofthe like done by heat,
\vhen we difcourfed of Rarefaflion.

But to explicate this point more clearly by cntring more par-
ticularly into it; if a magnetick body liech north and fouth, it is
cafie & obvious to conceive that the ftreams coming from north
and fouth ofthe world,and pafling through the ftone muft needs
excitate the virtue which is in it, and carry a ftream of it along
With them that way they go. But if it licth eaft and weft, then
the fleams of north & fouth of the earth, ftrearning along by the
two poles ofthe ftone,are fucked in by them much more weakly:

yet-

a ?4 * Treatife if B O D I E S. Chap.i i.

yec t tverthclefle fufficiemly to give an excitation to the innate
fleams which are in the body of the ftone, to make them move
on in their ordinary courfe.

<j.. The third pofition is,that the virtue of the loadftone is a doti-

The virtue of ble and not one fimple virtue. Which is manifeft in an iron

a doub'e^'and touched by a loadftonc, for if you touch it onely with one pole

rot one fimpic of the ftone, it will not be fo ftrong and full of the magnetike

virtue, as if you touch one end of it with one pole, and the other

end of it with the other pole of the ftonr. \gain,if you touch both

ends of an iron, with the lame pole of the ftone,the iron gainetb

its virtue at that end which was laft touched ; and changeth its

virtue from end to end, as often as it is rubbed at contrary ends.

Again, one end of the loadftone or of iron touched, will have

more force on the one fide of the equatour, and the other end on

the other fide of it. Again, the variation on the one fide of the

equator, and the variation on the other fide of it.havc different

lawes according to the different ends of the loadftone, or of the

needle, which looketh to thofe poles.

Wherefore it is evident, that there is a double virtue in the
load/tone, the one more powerfull at the one end of it; the other
more powerfull at the other end. Yet thcfe two virtues are found
in every fenfible part of the ftone: for cutting it at either end,the
virtue at the contrary end is alfo diminifhed. And the whole
loadftone that is left, hath both the fame virtues, in proportion
to its bignefle. Befides, cut the loadftone how you will, ftill the
two poles remain in that line, which lay under the meridian
when it was in the earth. And the like is of the touched iron
whofe virtue ftill lieth along the line, which goeth ftraight (ac-
cording to the line of the axis,) from the point where it was
touched,and at the oppofitc end,conftituteth the contrary pole.
The virtue of ^c f°urtn pofition is.that though the virtue ofthe loadftone
theioadftone' be in the whole body;ncvcrthclefle,its virtue is morefecn in the
ftwngi^inThe P°^cs £^cn *n any other parts. For by experience it is found that
poi« of ir.chen a loadftone ofequall bulk, workcth better and more efficaciouk
'part?' °tber ty if ic De 'n a l°ng form; then if it be in any other. And from the
middle line betwixt the two poles, there cometh no virtue, if an
iron be touched thererbut any part towards the pole; the nearer
it is to the pole,the greater party it impartcth. Laftly.the decli-
nation teacheth us the fame ; which is fb much the ftronger by

Chap. ai. ATriAtifeof BODIES. 235

The fifth po/ition is, that in the loadftone there arc emana- 6.
tions which do ifliie not onely at the poles and about them, but JJjJjf j^SJ6
alfo fpherically, round about the whole body, and in an orbc itiemtnariont
from all parts of the fuperficies of it; in fuch fort as happcncth in ^""art* Or
all other bodies whatfoever. And that thefe fpherical emanations *w° k^ds: ?n«*
arc of two kinds ; proportionable to the two polar emanations, "mngeft
And that the greateft force of each fort of them is in that hcmi- l1}" h

t • i i . r-rr Phcre«

fpherc where tqp pole is, at which they make their chief iflue. whofe

The reafbnofthc firft part of this poficion is, becaufe no par- JJ"sthcy lflUe
ticular body can be exempt from the lawes of all bodiesrand we
hare above declared that every phyficall body muft of neceflity
have an orb of fluours,or a fphere of activity about it. The rea-
fon of the fccond part is, that feeing thefe fluours do proceed out
of the very fubftancc and nature of the loadftone, they cannot
choofe but be found of both lbrts,in every part how little foever
it be, where the nature of the loadftone refideth. The reafbn of
the third part is,thac becaufe the polar emanations do tend whol-
ly towards the poles (each of them to their proper pole} it fol-
loweth that in every hemifphere both thole which come from the
contrary hemifphere, and thofe which are bred in the hemi-
fphere they go out at, are all afiembled in that hemifphere : and
therefore of necefTity it muft be ftronger in that kind of fluours,
then the oppofite end is. All which appeareth true in experience:
for if a long iron toucheth any part of that hemifphere of a load-
ftone which tendeth to the north • it gainech at that end a virtue
of tending likewife to the north : and the fame will be if an iron
but hang clofeorer it. And this may be confirmed by a like ex-
perience, of an iron barre in refpe& of the earth which hanging
downwards in any part of our hemifphere, is imbued with the
like inclination of drawing towards the north.

Thefixth pofidon is, that although every part of one load- -
flone do in it f elf agree with every part of another loadftone Putting two
(that is, if each of thefe parts were divided from their wholes, l^he"^^
and each of them made a whole by it felf,they might be fo joyn- oi^nc another,
ed together as they would agree,) nevertheleflc, when the purts onc^ioadftone
arc in their two wholes;thcy do not all of them agree Together : <i°chn°c agree
but of two loadftonesj, only the poles of the one do agree wish df'iiwotlicr"
the whole body of the other ; that is.each pole with any part of Io»liftone*
the contrary hemifphere of the other loadftoac.

The

O D I E S. Cli ap. 2 1 .

The reafon ofthis is,becaufe the fluours which ifTue out of the
ftones, are'in certain different degrees in feverall parts of the
entire loadftones ; whereby it happeneth that one loadftone can
work by a determinate part of it felf moft powerfully upon the
other, if fome determinate part of that other do lie next unto it ;
and not fb well, if any other part licth towards it. And ac-
cordinly experience (hewcth that ifyou put the pole of a load-
ftone towards the middle of a needle that is toucjjpd at the point,
the middle part of the needle will turn away, and the end of it
will convert it felf to the pole of the loadftone.

8. The feventh pofition is, that if a touched needle and a load-

- Concerning the ftOne do come together, and touch one another in their agreeing

o5?fTn«!>eft" parts (whatfoevcr parts of them thofe be) the line of the needles

ofanecdjc, to ]enor.h will bend towards the pole of the ftone(excepting,if they

wirds the load- ^Y i i Ct nf -jji ri & Jt \

ftore it touch- touch by the equator of the (tone, and the middle of the needle:)
eth* yet not fo that if you draw out the line of the needles length, ic

will go through the pole ofthe ftone ; unlcfle they touch by the
end ofthe one,and the pole of the other. But if they touch by the
equator ofthe one and the middle ofthe other, then the needle
will lie paralleleto the axis of the, ftone.

And the reafon of this is manifeft, for in that cafe the two
poles being equidiftant to the needle they draw it equally ; and
by confequence the needle muft remain parallele to the axis of
the ftone. Nor doth it import that the inequality ofthe two
poles oftheftoneis materially or quantitatively greater then the
inequality ofthe two poles ofthe needle j out of which it may
at the firft fight fcem to follow, that the ftronger pole ofthe
ftone fhould draw the weaker pole ofthe needle nearer unto ic
felfjthcn the weaker pole ofthe ftone can be able to draw the
ftronger pole ofthe needle : and by con/equence that the needle
fliould not lie parallele to the axis of the ftone, but fhould in-
cline fomewhat to the ftronger pole ofit.For after you have we!
confidered the matter>you will find that the ftrength of the pole
ofthe ftone, cannot work according to its materiall greatneflc,
but is confined to work onely according to the fufceptibility of
the needle:the which, being a (lender and thin body, cannot re-
ceive fo much as a thicker body may. Wherefore, feeing that the
ftrongeft pole ofthe ftone gi /eth moft ftrength to that pole of
the needle, which lieth fartheft from it ; it may Well happen

thtt

Chap. 21. v*TrMife of BODIES. 237

that this fupcriority of ftrength in the pole of die needle char is
applied to the weaker pole of the ftonc, may couiucrpoifethe
excefi'e of the ftrongcr pole of the (tons, over ics oppoficc weak-
er pole; though not in greatnctte and quamiry, yet in refpe& or
:he virtue which is communicable to the poles of the needle ;
whereby its comportment to the poles of the (tone is determi-
ned. And indeed the needles lying parallele to the axis ofthc
/tone when the middle of it (ticketh to the equator or" the (lone,
convinceth that upon the whole ma:ter> there is nocxceficin
the efficacious working of either of the (tones poles: but that
their cxcefie over one another in regard of themfcives is balan-
ced by the needles receiving it.

But ifthe needle hapncth to touch cheloadftonein feme part
nearer one pole then the other; in this cafe it is manifcft that the
force of the (tone is greater on the one fide ofthc needles touch,
then on the other fide ; becaufe there is a greater quantity of the
ftone on the one fide of the needle then on the ocher : and by
confequence the needle will inrlinethat way which the greater
force drawcth it ; fofar forth as the other part doth not hinder
it. Now we know that ifthe greater part were divided from the
reft, and ib were an entire Joadilone by it fclf ( that is, ifthe
loaciftone were cut off where the needle touchcth it) then the
needle would joyn it fclf to the pole, that is to the end, of that
part : and by confcquence, would be tending to it, in fuch fort
as a thin«; that is (I.cke.i tendeth towards the li:cker againft the
motion or force which cometh from the Icffer part : and on the
other fide the leiler part of the ftone which is on the other fide
of the point which the needle toucheth»muft hinder this inclina-
tion ofthc needle according to the proportion of i:s ftrength ;
and fb it folleweth> that the needle will hang by its end,. not di-
re&Iy fee to the end of the greater part,but as much inclining
towards it as the letter part doth not hinder by ftnving to pull
it the other way. Out of w hich we gather the true caufe of the
needles declination, to wit the proportion of working of the two
uncquall parts of the (tone, between which ic toucheth and is
joyned to the (lone.

And we likeuife difcover their en our who judge that the 9.

part which drawcth iron is the next pole unto the iron. For ic 5.V:i?ic of

ihc loaiiftcM

is rather the contrary pole which attrictecn ; or to (peak more

pro-

A Trettife ef B O D I E S. Chap. 2 r.

ing in lines
end, to the
19 that part

ofcheftonc which beginncth from the contrary pole and rcach-
eth to the needle. For befides the light which this difcourle gave
ussexpcricncc aflurcth us that a loadftone.vvhofe poles lie broad-
wayes, not longwayes, the ftene is more imperfect, and draw-
eth irorc weakly then if the poles lay longwayes; which would
notbeifthefli?ours did ftream from all parts of the ftoncdircft-
ly to the pole:for then, howfoevcr the (tone were caft the whole
virtue of it would be in the poles. Moreover, if a needle were
drawn freely upon the lime meridian from one poleco the other,
as foon as it were pafled the equator, ic would leap fuddenly at
the very fuft remove of the equator, where it is parallelc with
the axis of the loadftone, from bring fb parallele, to make an
ansle with the axis greater then a half ri^ht one, to the end that

^ O *J

itmight look upon the pole which is fuppofcd to be theoncly
attradtivc that draweth the needle: which great change,wrought
all at oice, nature never caufeth nor admittcth,but in all actions
or moiiDns, ufeth to paffc through all the mediums whenfbever
it goeth from oneextreme to another.Befides, there would be no
variation of the needles nfpect towards the north end of the
Rone : for if every part did (end its virtue immediately to the
poles, it were impoffible that any other pare whatfbever fhould
be Wronger then the polar part, feeing that the polar part had
the virtue even of that particular part, and of all the other parts
of the flonc befides, joyned in it iclf.

This therefore is evident ; that the virtue of the loadftone go-
cth from end to end in parallele lines; unleflc it be in fuch ftones
as have their po-lar parts narrower then the reft of the body of
theflonccforin them the ftream will tend with ibme little decli-
nuion towards the pole, as it were by way of refra&ion } be-
caufe without the ftonc, the fluours from the pole of the earth
docoarft themfelves, and fo do thicken their ftream, to croud
into the ftone as (bon as they are fenfible of any emanations
from it, that being (as we have faid before) their readieft way
to pafle along : and within the ftone. the ftream doth the like ro
rrccr the advcnient ftream where it is ftrongcfi and thickefr ;
which is, at that narrow part of the ftoncs end, which is moft
prominent out. Ai

ir. v*TreA'i(eof BODIES. 2$5>

•

And by this difcourfc we difcovcr likewifc another errour of 10.
them th« imagine the loadftone hath a fphere of acVrvhy round g^g^a
about it. equall on all fides ; that is, perfectly (nhericall, ifche -J Pjjfl'y
flone be fphcricall.Which clearly is a miflaken fpccttfcumu : for .j^1^
nature having fo ordered all her agents that where the flrengrh flone bsfeefc.
is oreateft,thcrc the adion muft (generally fpwUng) extend it
felffurtheft off- and it being acknowledged that the loadftone
hath ereateft ftrength in its poles and leal* in the equator ; it
muft of neceffity follow, that it worketh further by irs poles,
then by its equator. And confcqnemly, it is importable chat us
fpherc ofaftivity ftiouM be perfedly fphcricall.

Nor doth Gabeos his experience move us to_conceirc the load
ftone hath a neater ftrength to retain an iron la:d upon it by n
equator,thcn°by its poles : for to juflifie his atfemon, beftottW
have tried it in an iron wyre that were <o fnort as the poles
could not have any notable operation upon the ends of it ; fince
otherwife,the force of retaining it will be attributed to the poies
(according to what we have above deli vercd)& not to the equator

Theeiohth pofuion is.that the intention of nature in all t.,e
operation's of the loadftone.is to make an union betwixt the at-
traaive and the attraaed bodies. Which is evident out of the
flicking of them together: as alfo out of the violence wherewith ^E*,";^
iron cometh to a loadftonejwhich when it is drawn by a power- b«j£*j «
full on- is fo^reat, that through the force of the Wow hitting traacd bodies,
the ftone.it v&l rebound back again, and then fall again to the
done: and in like manner a needle upon a pmne, if a loadttone
be fet near it, turnr.h with fo great a force towards the pole c
the ftone, that it goeth beyond it, and coming backsgain, the
celerity wherewith it moveth msketh it retire it felf too far on
the ether fide; and fo by nrmv undulations, at the bft it cometh
to reft direaiy oppofiteto tlie pole. Likewife, by the declmati-
on-by means of which, the iron to the Hone, or the ftone to the
C3rh%nroacheth in fiich a dr^ofition as is mofr convenient to
joynthedue ends together. And laflly, oct of the flying away
ofche contrary ends from one another : which clearly is to no
other nurpofe,but that the due ends may come together. And m
orncrall.thcrc is no doubt but ones going ro another, is i nftiti
ted by the order of nature for their coming together, & ror then
being together, -whit* is but a Fetfe7erance of their earning _to-

i 1 tie

.gctlct.

The intention
«?%£
of the load-

240 A Tre&tije cj 15 O D 1 b 5. <^nap. 21.

j 2> The ninth pofition is, that the nature of a loadftone doth not

The main globe fink deeply into the main body of the earth, as to have thefub-
no-^ioadftonc ftance of its whole body be magneticall , but onely remaineth
near the furface of it. And this is evident by the inequality in
virtue of the two cndsjfor if this magnetick virtue were the na-
ture of the whole body, both ends would be equally ftrong. Nor
would the difpofition of one of the ends be different from the
difpofuion of the other. Agam,there could be no variation of the
tending towards the north: for the bulk of the whgle body
would have a ttrength fo eminently greater then the prominen-
ces anddifparities ofhils or fcas, as the varieties ofthefe would
be abfolutely infenfible. Again, if the morion of the loadftonc
came from the body of the earth, it would be perpetually from
the cemer,and not from the poles;and fo,there could be no decli-
natio more in one part of the earth, then in another.Ner would
the loadfton tend from north to fouth,but from the center to the
circumference; or rather from the circumference to the center.

And io we may learn the difference between tbeJoadftone
and the earth in their attractive opcrations;to wit, that the earth
doth not receive its influence from another body, nor doth its
magnetikc virtue depend of another magnctike agent, that im-
prellech it into it : which nevcrtheletfe, is the moft remarkable
condition of a load/tone. Again,the ftrongeft virtue of the load-
ftone,is from pole to polerbut the flrongeft virtue ofthe earth, is
from the center upwards, as appeareth by fireforks gaining a
much greater magnetikc ftrength in a fhort time, then a load-
ftone in a Jcnger.Neither can it be thence obje£red,that the load-
ftone fhould therefore receive the earths influences more ftrong-
Jy from the centerwards, then from the poles ofthe earth, (which
by its operation, and what we have difcourfed of it, is certain it
doth not; }hncc the beds where loadftoncs lie and are formed be
towards the bottome of that part or bnck ofthe earth which is
imbued with magnetike virtue. Again, this virtue which we fee
in a load/tone, is lubftantiall to it; whereas the like virtue is but
accidental! to the earth, by means ofthe iuns drawing the nor-
^ l !• them and tbuthern exhalations to the equator.
\> «encr3atcdin The laft portion is, that the loadftone muft be found over all
•ii parlor cii- thc earth, and in every country. And fo we fee it isrboth becaufe

matt of the r . /. - /- \ i n. • u

ei:th. iron mines arc found (in fome meafurc^almolt in all countncs:&

becaufe,

"Chap. 22. A TrtAtifecf BODIES. 241

caufe, at the leaft other forts of earth ( as we have declared of
potearths) cannot be wanting in any large extent of country;
which when they arc baked and cooled in due pofitioiu, have
this crTeftof the loadftone, and are of the nature of it. And
Doclour Gilbert fheweth, that the loaciftone is nothing elfe but
the ore of fteel or of perfe&eft iron, and that it is to be found
of all colours, and fafhions, and almoft of all confidences.

So that we may eafily conceive, that the emanations of the r *
loadftone being every where, as well as the caufes of gravity;
the two motions of magnetick things and of weighty things, do
both of them derive their origine from the fame iburce; I mean* «f
from the very fame emanations coming from the earth; which
by a divers ordination ofnacure,do make this eflfecl: in the load-
ftonc, and that other in weighty things. And who knoweth but
that a like fucking to this which we have fhewed in magnetick
things, pafleth allb in the motion of gravity.? In a word; gra-
vity bcareth a fair teftimony in the behalf of the magnetick
force; and the loadftones working returneth no mean verdicl
for the ciufes of gravity, according to what we have delivered
of them.

CHAP. XXII.

ji foiHtiox if certain Problcmes concerning the loAdftone, and
afhort jammc efthe vthole dottrint touching it.

OUt of what is faid upon this fubje<St,we may proceed to the T<
folution of certain queftions or problemcs, which are or which is t^e
may be made in this matter. And-firft, of that which Doftour ^hich'the*
Gilbert difputeth againft all former writers of the loadftone; to South Pole of
wit,which is the North, and which the South pole of a ftone? a loadftone*
Which feemeth unto me, to be onely a queftion of the name:
for if by the name of north and fouth, we underftand that end
of the /tone which hath that virtue that the north or fouth pole
of the earth have, then it is certain, that the end of the ftone
which looketh to the fouth pole of the earth, is to be called the
north pole of the loadftone; and contrariwife, that which look-
eth to the north, is to be called the' fouth pole of it. But if by
the names of north and fouth pole of the ftone, you mean thofc
ends of it, that lie and point to the north and to the fouth

Q^ poles

bc actraaivc.

whether an

the

wau
the ncmb.or

JJJJjJ tfaet
endthjt Jyeth

atfcft iron bet-

ter then one
anothcr.

A Trettifc of BODIES* Chap. 22.

poles of the earth; then you muft reckon their poles contrari-*

wife to the former account. So that the termes being once de-

fined, there will remain no further controverfie about the point.

. Doclour Gilbert feemcth alfo to have another controveriic

\\ich all writers; to wit, whether any bodies befides magncticall

ones be attractive ? Which he fcemeth to deny; all others to af-

firm. But this alfo being fairly pur, will perodvcnture prove no

controveifie : for the queftion is either in common, of attracti-

on; orclfe in particular, offuch an attraction as is made by the

Icadftone. Of the firft part, there can be no doubt; as we have

declared aborc; and as is manifeft betwixt gold and quickfilvcr,

when a man holding gold in his mouth, it draweth unto it the

cjuickfilver that is in his body. But for the attractive to draw a

body unto it felf, not wholly., but one determinate part of the

body drawn, unto one determinate part of the drawer; is an at-

traction which for my part I cannot exemplirie in any other

bodies but magneticall ones,

A third quefiion is, whether an iron that ftandeth long time
unmoTcd in a window, or any o:her part of a building, perpcn-
" dicularly to the earth , doth central a magneticall virtue of
drawing or pointing towards the north in that end which Jook-
eth downwards. For Cnbeus ( who wrote fince Gilbert) af-
fiimeth it out of experience : btit either his experiment or his
expreflion was defective. For afluredly if the iron ftandeth fo,
in the northern hemifphere, it will turn to the north ; and if in
t]]C fonthcrn hcmifphere, it will turn to the fouth: for fcemg tHe
virtre of the loadflone procecdeth from the earth, and that the
earth hath different tempers towards the north. and towards the
fouth pole (as hath been already declared ) the virtue which
cometh out of the earth in the northern hcmifphere, will give
unto the end of the iron next it an inclination to the north pole;
nnd the earth of the fouthern hemifphere will yield the contra-
ry difpofition unto the end which is ncarefl it.

The next queflion is, why a Joadftcnc feemcth to love iron
better then it doth another loadftonc?The ankver is,becaufe iron

..j.n- • n • -t- ff r i i

i$ indiftcrent in all its parts to receive the impreflion of a load-
ftone; \vluereas another loadfrone receiveth it oncly in a deter-
in iivue part : and therefore a loadftone draweth iron more ea-
Cly then it can another loadftone; bccaufe it findcth repugnance

n

Chap, 22. 4 Trcatife ^/BODIES.

in the parts of another Joadftone, unleffc it be ciac"tly fituated
in a right pofition. Befides, iron feemcth to be compared to a
loadftone,like as a more humid body to a dryer of the fame na-
ture; and the difference of male and female fexcs in animals do
manifeftly fhew the great appetence of conjunction betwer i
moiftureand drynefTe., when they belong to bodies of the fame
fpecies.

Another queftion is that great one ; why a loadftone capped *.
with ftcel,takes up more iron the it would do if it were without Gilberts reafbn.
that capping ? Another conclufion like unto this, is that if by a [^"tapjcd"
loadftone you take up an iron, and by that iron a fecond iron, i°jdftone, th«
and then you pull away the fecond iron; the full iron (in fomc [*<>„ 'then one"
position ) will leave the loadftone to ftick unto the fecond iron, l™ capfej;
as long as the fecond iron is within the fphcre of the loadftones impregnated
activity; but if you remove the fecond out of that fphere, then etfc-'dwJSh
the firft iron remaining within it, though the other be out of it> more ftrorgiy
•will leave the fecond, and leap back to the loadftone. To the f^e ft
fame purpofe, is this other conclufion; that the greater the iron
is, which is entirely within the compafle of the loadftones vir-
tue, the moreftrongly the loadftonc will be moved unto it; and
the more forcibly it will ftick to it.

The reafbns of all thefe three, we muft give at once; for they
hang all upon one ftring. And in my conceit neither Gilbert
nor Galileo hare hit upon the right. As for Gilbert; hethink-
eth that in iron there is originally the virtue of the loadftone;
but that it is as it were aflcep untill by the touch of the load-
ftone it be awaked and fet on work : and therefore the virtue of
both joyned together, is greater then the virtue of the loadftonc
alone.

* But if this were the reafbn, the virtue of the iron would be
greater in every regard, and not ouely in fticking or in taking
up: whereas hirnfelf confrflcth, that a capped ftone draweth no
farther then a naked ftone. nor hardly fo farre. Be(ides,it would
continue ics virtue ouc of the fphere of activity of the loadftone,
which it doth not. Again, feeing that if you compare them fe-
verally, the virtue of the ioadftone is greater, then the virtue of
the iron; why fhould not the middle iron ftick clofer to the ftone
then to the further iron which muft of neceflity havelelfe virtue?

Galileo yieldeth the caule of this effect , that when an iron 6.

a touchech

Treat! fi ^/BODIES. Chap. 2

W: <v toucheth an iron there arc more parts which touch one another,
former the ii when a loadftone touchcch the iron: both beeaufe the load-

cffc&s refuted. ftone hath generally much impurity in it, and therefore divers
pares of it have no virtue ; whereas iron, by being melted hath
?H ks parts pure: and fccondly, beeaufe iron canbefmoothed
and polifhed mote then a loadftone can be : and therefore its fu-
perficies toucheth in a manner with all its parts ; whereas di-
vers parts of tbeftones fuperficics cannot touch, by reafon of its
rugged nefle.

And he confirrneth his opinion by experience : for if you put
the head o^~ a needle to a bare ftone, and the point of it to an
iron; and then pluck away the iron;the needle will leave the iron
•and ftick to the ftonc:but if you turn the needle the other way, it
will leave the ftone and ftick to the iron. Out of which he infer-
reth that it is the multitude of parts, which caufcth the clofc and
ftrong flicking. And it leemeth he found the fame in the capping
of his loadftcnes:for he uled flat irons for that purpole; which by
their whole plane did take up other irons: whereas Gilbert cap-
ped his with convex honsj which not applying themfelves to o-
ther iron, fb ftrongly or with fb many parts as Galileo's did,
would not by much take up fb great weights as his.

Neverthelcfle, it feemeth not to me that his anfwer is fuflfici-
ent, or that his realbns convince ; for we are to confider that the
virtue wch he puttethin the iron muft(according tc his own fup-
po/ition) proceed from the loadftone: and then, what importcth
it, whether the fuperficics of the iron which toucheth another
iron, be fb exaclly plain or no ? Or thatthe parts of it be more
folid then the parts of the ftone? For all this conduceth nothing
to make the virtue greater then it was : fincenomore virtue
can go from onei'ron totheother:then gocth from thcloadftone
to the firft iron :nnd if this virtue cannot tie the firft iron to the,
loadftone, it cannot proceed out of this virtue that the fecond
iron be tied to the firft. Again, if a paper be put betwixt the cap
and another iron.-it doth not hinder the magneticall -virtue from
patting through it to the iron ; but the virtue of taking up more
weight then the naked ftone was able to do, is thereby rendered
quite ufeleflc. Therefore it is evident, that this virtue muft
be put in fbmething clfe3 and not in the application of the mag-
aeticall virtue..

Chap. a i. •** Treat/ft of BODIES. 245

And to examine his reafons particularly, ic may very well
fallout that whatsoever thecaufc be, the point of a needle may
be too little to make an exa& experience inland therefore a new
doftrine ought not lightly be grounded upon what appeareth in
the application of that. And likewifr, the greatneSTe of the fur-
faces of the i\vo irons may be a condition helpfull to the ciufe
whatsoever it be : for greater and. JdTer are the common condi-
tions of all bodies, and therefore do avail all kinds of corporc-
all cauSes ; fo that no one caufc can be affirmed more then an-
other, merely out of this, that great tloth more, and little doth
IcSTe.

To come then to our own Solution : I have considered how 7.
fire hath in a manner the fame cfFeft in iron, as t!ie virtue of ^ |"e -o"''^
the loadftone hath by means of the cap : for I find that fire co- former quefU-
ming through iron red glowing hot, will burn more ftrongly, ons>
then if it Should come immediately through the aire; asalfo we
fee that in pitco.il the fire is Stronger then in charcolc. And nc-
vcrtheleflc.the fire will heat further if it come immediately from
the fource of it, then if it come through * red iron that burneth
more violently where ittoucheth ; and likewife charcoal will
heat further then pitcoal, that near hand burneth more fiercely.
In the fame manner, the loadftone will draw further without a
cap then with one ; but with a cap it fticketh rafter then vvich-
out one. Whence! See that it is not purely the virtue of the
loadflone; but the virtue of it being in iron, which caufeth this

Now this ^modification may proceed either from the multi-
tude of parts which come out of the loadftone.and are as it wrre
flopped in the iron; and fo the fphere of their a£ivity becometh
fliorter, bi^t ftrongerror elfe from fome quality of the iron joyn -
ed to the influence of theloidrtone. The firft feemeth not to
give a good account of the efifefl; for why fhotild a little p.ircr
take it away, feeing we are fure that it Sloppeth not the paSTage
of the loadftones influence? Again, the influence or the load-
flone Seemeth in its motion to be of the nature of light, which
goeth in an infcnfible time as far as it can reach: and therefore
were it multiplied in the iron, it would reach further then with-
out itjand from it the virtue of the loadftone would begin a new
fphere of activity. Therefore we more willingly cleive to the
latter part of our determination. Q^ 3 And

A TrtAtift o/BODIES. Chap. 22.

And thereupon enquiring what quality there is in iron,whcnce
this eflfeft may follow; we find that it is diftinguifhed from a
loadftone, as a metall is from a ftone. Now we know that me-
talls have generally more humidity then ftones; and we have
'difcourfed above, that humidity is the caule of (ticking: efpeci-
ally when it is little anddenfe. Thefe qualities muft needs be in
the humidity of iron: which of all metalls is the moftter reft ri-
all: and fuch humidity as is able to ftick to the influence of the
loadftone, as it paffeth through the body of the iron5muft be ex-
ceeding fubtil and fmall; and it feemcth necefTary that fuch hu-
midity fhould ftick to the influence of the loadftone., when ic
meeteth with it, considering that the influence is of it felf dry,
and that the nature of iron is a kin to the loadftonc: wherefore
the humidity ofthc one, and the drought of the other will not
fail of incorporating together. Now then, if two irons well
polifhed and plain> be united by fuch a glcw as refulteth out of
this competition, there is a manifcft appearance of much rea-
fon for them to ftick ftrongly together. This is confirmed by
the nature of Iron in very cold countrcys & very cold weather:
for the very humidity of the aire in times of froft, will make
upon iron, fooner then upon other things, fuch a ftickingglew
as will pull off the skin of a mans hand that touchcth it hard.
And by this difcourfe,you will perceive that Galileo's argu-
ments do confirm our opinion as well as his own; and that ac-
cording to our doctrine, all circumftances muft fall out juft as
they do in his experiences. And the reafon is clear why the in-
terpofition of another body hindereth the ftrong flicking of
iron to the cap of thcloadftone; for it maketh the mediation be-
tween them greater, which we have fliewcd to be the gencrall
rcafbn why things are eafily parted.

Let us then proceed to the refblution of the other cafes pro>
pofed. The fecond is already rcfolved: for if this glew be made
of the influence of the loadftone, it cannot have force further
then the loadftonc it felf hath : and Co farre ic muft hare more
force then the bare influence of the loadftonc. Or rather the
humidity of two irons maketh the glew of a fitter temper to
hold, then that which is between a dry loadftoneand iron; and
the glew entcreth better when both fides arc moift > then when
qncly one is fo.

Chap. 22. A Treatife ^/BODIES. 247

But this refolution though it be in part good, yet it doth not 8.
evacuate the whole difficulty, fince the fame cafe happeneth be- .TIl« re*f(>n w!ir

. jiij/i i it m the f-rmcr

twecn a ftronger and a weaker load/tone, as between a load- cafe,aicflcr
ftone and iron : for the weaker loadftone, whilcft it is wichin

the fphcre of aftivity of the greater loadftonc,draweth away an jacent iron from

iron fct betwixt them, as well as a fecond iron doth. For the tltBrelter-

rcafbn therefore of the little loadftones drawing away the iron,

we may confider that the greater load/tone hath two effects up-

on the iron, which is betwixt it and a leflcr loadftone, and a

third effcft upon the little loadftone itfclf. The flrft is that it

impregnated the iron , and giveth it a permanent vcrtue by

which it worketh like a Weak loadftone. The fecond is, that as

it maketh the iron work towards the leffer loadftone by its per-

manent vertue ; fo alfb it accompanieth the fteam that goeth

from the iron towards the little loadftone with its own fteam,

which goeth the fame way: fo that both thefe fteams do in com-

pany climbe up the fteatn of the little loadftone which meeteth

them;and that fteam climbeth up the enlarged one of both theirs

together. The third effect which the greater loadftone worketh,

is that it maketh the fteam of the little loadftone become ftron-

gcr by augmenting its innate vertue in fomc degree.

Now then, the going of the iron to cither of the loadftones
rouft follow the greater and quicker conjunction of the two
meeting fteams, and not the greatnefle of one alone. So that if
the conjunction of the two fteams between the iron and the lit-
tle loadftone be greater and quicker then the conjunction ofthe
two fteams which meet between the greater loadftone and the
iron, the iron muft ftick to the IcfTer loadftone. And this nnift
happen more often then otherwife : for the fteam which goeth
from the iron to the greater loadftone, will for the moft part be
lefTe then the fteam which goeth from the lefTer loadftone to the
iron. And though the other fteam be never fb great, yet it can-
not draw more then according to the proportion of its Antago-
nifts coming from the iron. Wherefore feeing the two fteams
betwixt the iron and the little loidftonc arc more proportiona-
ble to one another, and the fteam coming out of the little load-
ftone is notably greater then the fteam going from the iron to
the greater loadftone;the conjunction muft be made for the moft
part to the little loadftone. And if this difcourfe doth not hold

O * in

j43 A Tretiifs ^/BODIES. Chap. ir.

in the former part of the Problcmc, betwixt a fecond iron and
n loadftone, it is fupplyedby the foriner rcafbn which \ve gave
for that particular purpose.

The third cafe depended) al(b of this folution; for the biggtc
a:i iron is, fo n.any more parts it hath to luck up the influence
of the loadftone ; and confequently, doth it thereby the more
greedily : and thcrefarc the loadftone muft be carried to ic more
violently, and when they are joy ned (tick more ftrongly.
p. The fixth queftion is, Why the variations of the needle from

why 'hera^a the true north in the northern hemifpherc, are greater the near-
cdnee<?!e°ftom er you go to the pole , and lefTer the nearer you approch to the
tb i$ equator. The reafon whereof is plain in our doftrine; fur con-
ou'o fideringthat the rnagnecick virtue of the earth, ttreamcth from
thc north towards the equator; it followeth of neceflny, that ir"
there be two flreams of magnctick fluours ifluing fro the north,
one of them preciiely from the pole, and the other from a pare
of the earth near the pole; and that the ftream coming from the
point by fide the pole, be but a little the Stronger of the two;
v there will appear very little dirTerencies in their fcverall opera-
tions, after they have had a long /pace to mingle their emanati-
ons together; which thereby do joynand grow as ic were into
ftream. Whereas the nearer you come to the pole, the more you
will find them fevered, and each of them working by its own
virtue. And very near the point which caufeth the variation,
each ftream worketh fingly by it felf ; and therefore here the
point of variation mutt be matter , and will carry the needle
ftrongly unto his courfe from the due north, if his itream be
never ib little more efficacious then the other.

Again, .a line drawn from a point of the earth wide of the
pole, to a point of the meridian near the equator, makcth a lefle
angle, then a line drawn from the fame point of the earth, to a
point of the fame meridian nearer the pole: wherefore the varU
ation being eftectned by the quantities of the faid angles, it
muft needs be greater near the pole, then near the equator,
though the caufe be the fame.

Which a lictle figure will prefendy explicate. Let the poinc
A, be the pole; amfchc line A B, the meridian j and the point
B the intersection of it, with a parallel near the equator; and
thc.poimC the iuterfc&ion of the- meridian, vvich the Tro-

pick;.

TrcAtife ^/BODIES. 249

pick; and D, a point in the earth near the pole, unto
which in the laid interle&ion the needle tendcth, in
(lead of looking dire&ly to the pole, whereby itma-
keth variation from due north. I fay then that the
variation of a needle near the equator in the point B,
looking upon the point D ; cannot be fo great and
fenfible, as the variation of a needle in the Tropick
C, looking upon the fame poinc; fince the angle
D B A> which is made by the variation of the firli,
is leflethen the angle D C A, which is made by the
rariation of the latter needle, nearer the pole.

But becaufe it may happen > that in the part? near the equa-
tor, the variation may proceed from fbme piece of land , not
much more northerly then where the needle is; but that bearcth
rather eagerly or wefterly from it;and yet Gilbcrs aflertion go-
eth univerfally, when he faith the variations in fouthern regi-
ons arc leflethen in northern ones; we muft examine what may
be the reafon thereof. And prefently the generation of the load-
tfone fhcweth it plainly : for feeing the nature ot the loadtfone
proceedeth out of this , that the funnc worketh more upon
the torrid zone, then upon the poles; and that his too ftrong
operation is contrary to the loadftone, as being of the nature
of fire; it followeth evidently, that the lands of the torrid zone
cannot be fo magneticall (generally fpeaking)as the polar lands
are; and by conlequence, that a Jeffer land near the pole > will
have a greater effect, then a larger continent near the equator:
& likewife a land further off towards the pole, will work more
ftrengly then a nearer land which lyeth towards the equator.
The fcventh queftion is , Whether in the fame part of the
world a touched needle may at one time vary more from the vvhcihcunthe
true north point, and at another time IclTe ? In which Gilbert '-"ic parr Ofn e
was reiblutefor the negative partrbut our latter Mathematicians

are of another mind. Three experiences were made near Lon- *v: ^ lj.m« va- "
don in three divers years. The two full 42.yearcs diftanc from the north,"™*! :
one another; and thethird 12 yeares diibnt from the fccond. ^tflaciv>'hcrcia'c
And by th-cm it is found, that in the fpace of 54 years, the load-
ftone hath at London diminiflied his variation from the north,
the quantity of 7 degrees and more. But fo that in the latter
years the diminution hath fcnfibly gone fafter then in the former

25° A Trtatife »f BODIES. Chap, 12.

Thcfe obfcrvations peradvcnturc are but little credited by
Grangers ; but we who know the worth of the men that made
them, cannot mittruft any notable errour in them: for they
were very able mathematicians, and they made their obferva-
tions with very great exaftnetTe ; and there were Overall judi-
cious whnefics at the making of them ; as may be fcen in Ma-
frer Gillcbrand his print concerning this fubjefh And divers
other particular perfons do confirm the fame ; whofc credit,
though each fingle might peradventurc be flighted, yet all in
body make a great acceffion.

We muft therefore caft about to find what may be the caufe
of an cffe& fo paradox to the reft of the doctrine of the load-
ftone : for feeing that no one place, can ftand otherwise to the
north of the earth at one time then at another ; how is it poflj-
ble that the needle ftiould receive any new variation, fi nee all
variation procecdeth out of the inequality of the earth ? But
when we confidcr that this cffeil proceedcth not out of the main
body of the earth, but onely out of the bark of it ; and that its
bark may have divers tempers not as yet difcorered unto us;and
that out of the variety ofthcfc tempers, the influence of the ear-
thy parts may be divers in refpeft of one certain place ; it is not
impoffible but that fuch variation may be, efpecially in Eng-
land : which Hand lying open to the north, by a great and vaft
ocean, may receive more particularly then other places the
fpeciall influences and variation of the weather, that happen in
thofe northeaftern countrcyes from whence this influence co-
ineth unto us. If therefore there fhoald be any courfc of wea-
ther, whofe period were a hundred years (for example) or more
or lefle and fb might eafily pafle unmarked; thij variation might
grow out of fuch a courfe.

But in fo obfcure a thing, we have already hazarded to guefle
too much. And upon the whole matter of the loadftonc, it fer-
veth our turn, if we have proved fas we conceive we have done
fully) that its motions which appear fo admirable, do not pro-
teed fiom an occult quality j but that thecaufes of them may be
reduced unto locall motion ; and that all they may be perform-
ed by fuch corporeall inftruments and means (though pcrad-
venture more intricately difpoledjas all other effects arc among
bodies. Whofc ordering and difpofing and particular progreflc,

there

Chap. 21. A TrtAttfe if B O D I E S. *5 1

there is no reifbn to defpair of finding out; would but men care-
fully apply themfelves to that work, upon folid principles and
with diligent experiences.

Butbccaufcthis matter hath been very long, and fcatteringly u.
difTufed in many feverall branches ; peradventure it will not be J
difpleafing to the Reader to fee the whole nature of the load- ioadftone
(lone dimmed up in (horr. Let him then caft his eyes upon one
efre& of it, that is very eafieto be tricd,and is acknowledged by
all writers ; though we hare not as yet mentioned it. And it is,
that a knife drawn from the pole of a loadftone towards the e-
quator,if you hold the point towards the pole, it gaineth a re-
fpe& to one of the poles : but contrariwife, if :hc point of the
knife be held towards the equator, and be thruft the fame way
it was drawn before fthat is,towards the equator) it gaineth a
refpeft towards the contrary pole.

It is evidentoutof this cxpcrience,that the virtue of the load-
ftone is communicated by way of ftreams ; and that in it, there
are two contrary ftrcams: for otherwife the motion ofthe knife
this way or that way could not change the efficacity ofthe famo
parts ofthe loadftone. It is likewise evident, thatthefe contrary
ftreams do come from the contrary ends ofthe loadftone. As al-
fo that the virtues ofthe both are in every part ofthe ftone.Lik-
wife that one loadftone muft of neceflity turn certain parts of
it {elf, to certain parts of another loadftone ; nay that it muft
go and j'oyn to it, according to the laws of attraction which we
have above delivered : and confcquently, that they muft turn
their difagrceing parts away from one another; and fo one load.
ftoncfeemto fly from another, if they be fb applied that their
difagreeing parts be kept ftill next to one another : for in this
cafe, the difagreeing and the agreeing parts ofthe fame load-
ftone., being in the fame ftraight line-,one loadftone (eekingto
draw his agreeing part near to that part of the other loaaftonc
which agreeth with him, muft of neccflicy turn away his difa>
greeing parts to give way unto his agreeing part to approach
nearer.

And thus you fee that the flying from one another of two
ends of two loadftones, which arc both of the fame denomina-
tion ( as for example, the two fouth ends,or the two north
ends) doth not proceed from a pretended antipathy between

thofe

ajj A Trut/Jc of B O D I E S. Chap. 15.

tho'e two ends, but from the attraction of th? agreeing ends.
Furthermore, the earth, having to a loadftonc the nature ofa.

^y

loadffone; it followeth that a loadrroae muft necefTarily turn it
felf'to the poles of the earth by the fame laws. And confequently,
rrr.jft tend to the north, mutt vary from the north, muft incline
towards the center, and muft be affeiled with all fuch accident*
as we have deduced ofthe loadflone.

And lalily, feeing that iron is to a loadftone, a fit matter for
k to imprefle irs nature in, and eafily retaincth that magnetike
virtue: the fame effects that follow between two loadftones,
rmift necefTarily follow between a loadftone, and a piece of iron
ficly proportionated in their degrees .-excepting forne little parti-
cuhritie?, which proceed out of thenituralncffe ofthe magne-
tike virtue to a load/lone, more then to iron.

Ard thus you fee the nature of the loadftone fummcd up in
grofie jthe particular joynts and caufes whereof you may find
treated at l£rg2 in the main difco'.irfe.Wherein we have govejy-
ed our felves chiefly by the experiences that are recorded by £il-
bert and Cabcus ; to whom, we remit our reader for a more
ample declaration of'particulars.
•

CHAP.- XXIII.

ss4 description of tht tn>t forts of living creatures • PUnts,

and Animals : Atd how they Are framed in common

to perform vittlt motion.

I. Tjlthertowe have endeavoured to follow by a continuall
e connexion J [ ^jj 3jj fa^ cffec^s as we have met with amono bodies,

tne ioi ow-

ng chapter* and to trace them in ajl their windings, and to drive them up to
l^c'r Vcry root an^ originall iburcc.-for the nature of our fubjeft
having been yet very common, hath not exceeded the compaflc
and power of our feareh and inquiry • to dcfcend unto the chief
circumflances and particulars belonging unto it. And indeed,
many of the conveyances whc-eby the operations we have dif-
courfcd of, are performed, befo fecrct and abftrufe, as they that
look into them with leiTe heedful nefle and judgement then fuch
a matter requireth, arc too apt to impute them to myfterious
caufes above the reach of humane nature to comprehend, and
to calumniate them of being wrought by occult and fpecifick

qua-

Chap. 23. **Tre4!Jfe*f BODIES.

qualities; whereof no more reafbn could be given, then if the c£-
fci^s were infufed by ^Angelical! hands without afli(tance of in-
feriour bodies,which ufeth to be the laft refuge of ignorant men,
who not knowing what to fay, and yet preluming to fay fbme-
thing, do fall often upon fuch cxpreflions, as neither themfelvcs
nor their hearers underftand; and that if they be well /canned,
do imply contradi-ftions. Therefore we deemed it a kind ofne-
ceflity to ftrain our felves to profecute moft of fuch effcfls, even
to their notionall connexions with rarity and denfity. And the
rather, becaufe it hath not been our luck yet to meet wkli any
that hath had the like dcfigne, or hath done any confiderable
matter to cafe our pains. Which cannot but make the readers
journey fbmewhat tedious unto him to follow all our fteps , by
reafbn of the ruggednefle, and untrodeneile of the paths we have
walked in.

But now the effects we fhall henceforward meddle withall,do
grow fo particular, and do fwarm into fuch a vaft multitude of
feverall little joynts, and wreathy labyrinths of nature, as were
impoflibJc in fo fummary a treatife , as we intend, to deliver the
eaufes of every one of them exactly; which would require both
, large difcourfes and abundance of experiences to acquit our
felves as we ought of fuch a task. Nor is there a like need of
doing it as formerly, forasmuch as concerneth our defigne;
fincc the caufes ofthcm are palpably material!, and the admira-
ble artifice of them confifteth onely in the Dedalean and won-
derfull ingenious ordering and ranging them one with another.
We fhaJl therefore intreat our Reader from this time for-
wards to expect onely the common fcquelc of thofe particular
effects, out of the principles already l.iid. And when foaie l*hall
occurrc, that may peradventure feem at the firft fight to be ena-
cted immediately by a virtue fpirituall., and that proceedeth in-
divifibly, in a different ftrain from the ordinary proccfles which
we (ee in bodies and in bodily things ( that is., by the virtues of
rarity and denfity, working by Iccall motion ) we hope he will
befatisfied at our hands, if we lay down a mechode, and trace
out a courfe, whereby fuch events and operations may follow
out of the principles we have laid. Though peadvencurc we (hall
not abfolutely convince that every effect is done jurt as we fee it
clown in every particular,and thatit may noc as well. be done by

fome

254 ATnAttfe of BODIES. Chap.2}.

fornc ochcr difpofing of parts under the fame generall (cope: for
it is enough for our turn, if we fhcw that fuch effc&s may be
performed by corporcall agents, working as other bodies do,
without confining our felvcs to an cxadnefle in every link of
the long chain that rnu.ft be wound up in the performance of
them.

Zt To come then to the matter; The next thing we are to em-

'Conccmms fc- ploy our felvcs about, now that we have explicated the natures
ve:aii compo- of cno£ motions by means whereof bodies are made and de-

lirtons o: mixed J

bodies. ftroyed ; and in which they arc to be confidercd chiefly as paf-

five, whiles fomc exteriour agent working upon them caufeth
. fuch alterations in them , and bringeth them to fuch paflc as we
fee in the changes that are daily wrought among fubftances; is
to take a furvcy of thofe motions which fbme bodies have,
wherein they feem to be not fo much patients as agents ; and do
contain within themfelves the principle of their own motion ;
and have no relation to any outward object, more then to ftirrc
up that principle of motion, and let it on work : which when it
is once in aft, hath as it were within the limits of its own king-
dome, and fevered from commerce with all other bodies what-
focver, many other fubaltern motions over which it prefideth.

To which purpofe we may confider, that among the com-
pounded bodies whofe natures we have explicated; there are
fome in whom the parts of different complexions arc fo fmall
and fb well mingled together,that they make a compound which
to our fenfe feemeth to be all of it quite through of one homo-
geneous nature; and howfoever it be divided,each part retaincth
the entire and complete nature of the whole. Others again there
are, in which it is eafie to difcern that the whole is made up of
feverall great parts of very differing natures and tempers.

And of thefe there are two kinds: the one,offuch as their dif-
fering parts leem to have no relation to one another , or corre-
fpondence together to perform any particular work , in which
all of them are necefTary; but rather they fecm to be made what
they are, by chance and by accident; and ifone part be fevered
from another, each is an entire thing by itfelf, of the fame na-
ture as it was in the whole; and no harmony is defrroycd by
iiich divifion. As may be obfervrd in fome bodies digged out
of mines, in which one may fee lumps of rrtctall, ore, itone,

and

vl" crcaturcs*

Chap. 2 J. ^ Trf Ati fevf BODIES.

and gla(Tc,and fuch different fubfbnces, in their feverall diftin<5l
fituations, perfectly compared into onecontinuatebody,which
if you divide, the glafTe remaincth what it was before, the Eme-
rald is ftill an Emerald, the filver is good filver, and the like of
' the other fubftances; thecaufes of which may be ealily deduced
out of what we have formerly faid. But there are other bodies
in which this manifeft and notable difference of parts, carrieth
with it fi:ch a fubordination of one of them unto another , as we
cannot doubt but that nature made fuch engines (if fo I may call
them) by defigae; and intended that this variety fliould be in
one thing; whofe unity and being what it is, fhould depend of
the harmony of the feverall differing parts, and ihould be de-
ftroyed by their fcparation. As we lee in living creatures, whofe
particular parts and members being once fevered, there is no
longer a living creature to be found among them.

Now.of this kind of bodies there are two forts. The fir.ft is ,
ofthofethat feem to be one continuate fubftance, wherein we T>O fot
rnay obierve one and the fame conftanc progrefie throughout,
from the lo weft unto the highcft part of it; fo that the operation
gfone part is not at all different from that of another : but the
whole body feemeth to bethecourfe and tfaroughfare of one
conftanc action, varying it felf in diverfc occafions and occur-
rences, according to the di/pofuion of the fubjc<£r.

Tiie bodies of the fecond fbrt> have their parts fo notably ie-
pa rated one from che other; and each of them have fuch a pecu-
liar motion proper unto them, that one might conceive they
were every one of them a complete diftinft towll thing by it
felf, and that all of them were artificially tied together; were it
not that the fubordination of thefe parts to one another is fo
great, and the corrcfpondcnce between them fo ftri&, ( the one
not being able to fubnft without the other, from whom he deri-
veth what is ncedfull for him; and again, being ib ufefull unto
that other , and having its ad^ion and motion fo fitting and ne-
ceffary for it^as without it that other cannot bc:)as plainly con-
vinceth that the compound ofall ihefe feverall parts muft needs
be one individuall thing.

I remember that when I travelled in Spain, Ifaw there two An e?'
engines that in feme fcrt do exprelVe t! e naturc> of tl.cfe two ^^ lhfc..
kinds of bodies. The one at Toledo, ihc other at Segovia: both v'irg crcawcs.

of

eriC to

A Trtdtife of B O DIES. Ctap. 23.

of them fct on work by the current of the river, in which the
foundation oftheir machine was laid. That ac Toledo was to
force up water a great height from the river Tagus to the Alca-
y.ar (the Kings pallacc) that ftandech' upon a. high fteep hill
or rock, almoft perpendicular over the river. In the borrome '
there was an indented wheel, which turning round with the
itream, gave motion at the fame time to the whole cngin; which
confiftcd of a multitude of little troughs or Iquare ladles fet one
over another in two parallel rows over againft one another,
from the bottome to the top, and upon two ieverall divided
frames of timber. Thcfc troughs were clofed at one end with
a travcrfe board to retain the water from running out there;
\\hichend being bigger then the reft of the trough, made it
fomewhat like a ladle; and the reft of it feemed to be the han-
, die with a channel in it, the little end of which channel or
trough was open to let the water paffe freely away. And thefc
troughs were fattened by an ax!etree in the middle of them, to
the frame of timber that went from the bottome iir? to the top:
fo that they could upon that center move at liberty, citherthe
ill ut end downwards, or the open end; like the beam of a ba-
lance.

Now at a certain pofition of the root-\vheel(iffo I may call
it) all one fide of the machine funk down a little lower towards
the water, and the other was railed a little higher. Which mo-
tion was changed as foon as the ground-wheel had ended the
remnant of his revolution: for then the fide that was loweft be-
fore, fprung up, and the other funk down. And thus, the two
fides of the machine were like two legs that by turns trod the
water; as in the vintage men prefle grapes in a watte. Now the
troughs that were fattened to the timber which descended, turn-
ed that part of them downwards which was like a box fhut to
hold the water : and confequcntly , the open end was up in the
aire, like the arm of the balance unto which the lighteft fcale is
faftened: and in the mean time, the troughs upon the amending
timber, were moved by a contrary motion • keeping their box
ends aloft, and letting the open ends incline downwardsrfo that
if any water were in them, it would let it run out; whereas the
others retained any that came into them.

When you have made an image of this machine in your

phantafie,

Chap. 23. 4 Trcatfiof BODIES. 257

phantafie,confider what will follow out of its motion. You will
perceive that when ont leg finkech down towards the water,
that trough which is next to the fiipcrficies of it, putting down
his boxcndjand dipping it a little in the water;muft needs bring
up as much as it can retain,when that leg afcendeth:wch when it
is at its height>the trough moveth upon his own ccter;&the box
end,which was loweft, becometh now higheft, and fo the wa-
ter runneth out of it. Now the other leg descending at the fame
time; it falleth out that the trough on its fide, which would be a
ftep above that which hath the water in it, if they ftood in equi-
librity, becometh now a ftep lower then it: and is (b placed, that
the water which runneth out of that \vhich is aloft, falleth into
the head or box of it; which no (boner hath received it, but that
leg on which it is faftned, fpringcth up, and the other defcepd-
eth : fb that the water ofthe fecond leg, runneth now into the
box of the firft leg, that is next above that which firft laded the
water out ofthe river. And thus,the troughs ofthe two legs de-
liver their water by turnes from one fide to the other ; and at
every remove, itgetteth a ftep upwards, till it comethtothc
toppe; whiles at every afcent and defcent ofthe whole fide,
the loweft ladle or trough taketh new water from the river :
which ladle full followeth immediately in its afcent, that which
Was taken up the time before. And thus, in a little while, all the
troughs from the bottome to the top arc full ; unleffe there hap-
pen to be fome failing in fome ladle : and in that cafe the water
breaketh out there;and all the ladles above that are dry.

The other engine, or rather multitude of feveral! engines, to ?•
perform fundry different operations, all conducing to one work ty'^hich'"!™
(whereas, that of Toledo, is but one tenour of motion from the be cKprefled
firft to the laft-) is in the minte at Segovia. Which is fo artifici- of^'vm-^crca
ally made, thac one part of it, diftendeth an ingot offilveror tuie»
gold into that breadth and thicknefle as is requifite to make
coyn of. Which being done, it delivereth the plate it hath
wrought, unto another that printeth the figure ofthe coyn.
upon it. And from thence it is turned over to another that cut-
teth it according to the print, into due fhape and weight. And
laftly, the feverall pieces fall into a refervc, in another roome :
where the officer, whofe charge it is,findeth treafure ready coin-
ed ; without any thing there, to informe him of the fercrall

R diffe-

. Chap. 25.

different motions that the filver or the gold paflcd before they
came to that ftate. But if he go on the other fide of the wall, into
the room where the other machines ftand and arc at work, he
Will then difcern that every one of them, which coufidered by it
ft-] f might fecm a diftinft complete engme> is but a ferving part
ofthe whole; whofe office is, to make money .• and that for thi»
work, any one of them fepa rated from the reft, ceafeth to be the
part of a mint, and the whole is maimed and deftroyed.
6- Now let us apply the consideration ofthefe different kinds of

TICT en^r/0'" cng'mc6' to tne natl'rc$ of the bodies we treat of. Which I doubt
a^d feme other not, would fit much better, were they lively and exactly defcri-
appSf"ofcx. bed. But it is fo longfmcc I faw them, and I was then fo very
prerfc the two young,that I retain but aconfufed and clowdy remembrance of
livipgacrcatur«. the/n: efpccially of the mint at Segovia, in the which there are
many more particulars then I have touched; asconveniency for
refining the ore or metall • and then carting it into ingots; and
driving them into rods, and fuch like : unto all which, there is
Jittlc help of hands requifite, more then to apply the matter du-
ly at the firft . But what I have faid of them? is enough to illu-
itrate what I aim at: and though I fhould crre in the particulars,
it is no great matter, for I intend not to deliver the hiftory of
them : but onely out ofthe remembrance of fuch notcfull and
artificiall mafterpieccs, to frame a modell in their phancies that
fhall rcade this,oflomething like them;whcreby they may wkh
moreeafe,make a right conception of what we are handling.

Thus then; all forts of plants, both great and fmall, may be
compared to our firft engine of the waterwork at Toledo, for
in them all the motion we can difcern, is of one part tranfmit-
ti ng unto the next to it,the juice which it received from thar im-
mcdiatly before it r fo that it hath one conftant courlc from the
root (which fucketh it from the earth} unto the top ofthe high-
eft iprigge : in which ifit fliould be intercepted and ftopped by
any maiming of thebarkfthe channell it aicendeth by Jit would
there break out and turn into drops, or guinme, or fome fuch
other ftibfiance as the nature ofthe plant requireth ; and ill that
pnrt of it unto which none of this juice can afcend would dric
and wither and grow dead.

But fcnfible Jiving creatures, we may fitly compare to the fe-
cond machine ofthe mint at Segovia. For in thcnvhough every

part

Chap. 2$. 4 Treattfeof BODIES.

part and member be as it were a complete thing of it felf, ycc
every one requireth to be directed and put on in its motion by
another; and they muft all of them(though of very different na-
tures and kinds of motion) confpire together to cftcft any thing
that may be for the ufe and fervice of the whole. And thus we
find in them perfe&Iy the nature of a mover and a moveable ;
each of them moving differently from one another, and framing
to themfelves their own motions, in fuch fort as is moft agree-
able to their nature, when that part which fcttcth them on work
hath ftirred them up.

And now becaufc thefe parts (the movers and the moved)
are parts of one whole j we call the entire thing atttontatum or
fe ntovens • or a living creature. Which alfb may be fitly com-
pared to a joyner, or a painter, or other craftfman, that had his
tools fo exactly fitted about him, as when he had occafion to
do any thing in his trade, his tool for that adion were already
in the fitteft pofitron for it,tobemade u(c of,fo as without remo-
ving himfelf from the place where he might fit invironed with
his tools, he might, by onely pulling of fbmc little chords, either
apply the matter to any remote tool, or any of his tools to the
matter he would work upo.according as he findeth the one or the
other more convenient for perfbrmacc of the action he incedcth.

Whereas in the other,there is no variety of motions ; but one
and the fame goeth quite through the body from one end of it
to the other. And the paflage of the moyfture through it, from
one part to another next (which is all the motion it hath) is in
a manner but like the rifing of water in a ftill, which by heat is
made to creep up by the fides oftheglaflc; and from thence run-
neth through the nofe of the limbeke., and falleth into the re-
ceiver. So that, if we will fay that a plant livcth, or that the
whole moveth it felf, and every part moveth other ; it is to be
undcrftood in a farre more imperfect manner, then when \vc
fpeak of an animal!: and the fame words are attributed to both,
in a kind ofequivocall fcnfe. But by the way I muft note, that
under the title of plants I include not 'zoophytes or plantani-
mals : that is fuch creatures as though they go nor froirj phcc
to place, and focatife a locall motion ofti.cir whole kibfrahce,
yet in their parts, they have a dittinft and articulate motion.
But to leave comparifonsjand come to the proper nature of the

R 2

5 Co tX Tre*ti fi of B O D I ES. Chap. 2 j.

7. thingsrlet us frame a conception,that not far under the fuperficies
How pi ants arc of the earth, there were gathered together clivers parts of litcle
mixed bodies, which in the whole fumtnc were yet butlittle:and
that this little mafic had feme exccfie or" fire in it, fuch as we fee
in wet hay, or in mufteof wine, or in woort of beere : and that
\vithall the drought of it were in fo high a degree, as this heat
fhould not find means (being too mucli conipreficd) to play his
game.-and that,lying there in the bofome of the earth, it mould
after ibme little time receive its ex peeled and defired drink
through the benevolence ofthe hcavenjby which it being moift-
ned,and thereby made more pliable, and tender and eafie to be
wrought upon. the little parts of fire fhould break loofejand they
finding this moyfturc a fit fubjecl to work upon, fhould drive it
into all the parts ofthe little mafic, and digefling it there fhould
make the mafic fwel. Which action taking up long time for per-
formance ofit,in refpecl ofthe final increafeof bulk made in the
mafic by the fwclling of it ; could not be hindred by the prcfiing
ofthe earth, though lying never fb weightily upon it:according
to the maxime we have above delivered, that any little force, be
it never fo little;is able to overcome any great refi(tance,be it ne-
ver fo powerfull;ifthe force do multiply the time it worketh in,
fufficiemJy to equalifc the proportions of the agent and the
rcfiftant.

This increafe of bulk and fwelling ofthe little ma{Te,will of its
own nature be towards all fides, by reafonof the fire & heat that
occaiioneth it-(vvhofc motion is on every fide, from the center to
the circumference.-)' but it will be moft efficacious upwards, to-
wards the aire, becaufcthe refinance is leaft that way; both by
reafon ofthe little thicknes ofthe earth over it; as alfo by reafon
that the upper part of the earth lieth very loo'e and is exceeding
porous, through the continuall operation of the funnc and fal-
ling of rain cpon it. It cannot choofe therefore but mount to
the aire ; and the fame caufe that maketh it do foj preficth at
the fame time the lower parts of the' mafie, downwards. But
what afcendeth to the aire, muftbeofthc hotter and more moid
parts of the fermenting mafie; and what gocth downwards
iiiuft bcofhfs harder and drier parts proportionate to the con-
trary motions of fire and of earth , which predominate in
theft two kinds of parts. Now this that is pufhcd upwards,

coming

Chap. 23. ^ Treatife ^BODIES. 25i

coming above ground, and being there expofed to funne and
wind, contra&eth thereby a hard and rough skinneon its out-
fide ; but within is more tender ; in this fort it dcfendeth it
fclffrom outward injuries of weather whiles it mouHteth : and
by thrufting other parts down into the earth, it holdeth it felf
ftedfaft, that although the wind may fliakc it, yet it cannot
overthrow it. The greater this plant groweth, the more juice
is dayly accrcwed unto it, and the heat is encrcafed ; and con-
fequently, the greater abundance of humours is continually
fent up. Which when it beginneth to cloggc at the top, new
humour prefling upwards, forceth a breach in the skinnej
and fb a new piece, like the main ftemme, is thru ft out and
beginneth on the fides, which we call a branch. Thus is our
plant amplified, till nature not being able dill to breed fuch
ftrong iflues, falleth to works of lefle labour, and pufheth forth
the mott elaborate part of the plants juice into more tender fub-
ftances:bur efpecially,at the ends of the branches ; where abun-
dant humour, but at the firft not well concerted, groweth into
thefhape of a button ; and more and better concerted humour
fucceeding, it groweth fofter and fbfter ( the funne drawing the
fubtilleft parts outwards,) excepting what the coldnefle of the
aire and the roughncfle of the wind do harden into an outward
skin. So then the next parts to the the skin are tender ; but the
very middle of this button muft be hard and dry, by rcafbn that
the fun from without,and the naturaJl heat within,drawing and
driving out the moyfture and extending it from the center, muft
needs leave the more earthy parts much ftirunk up and hardned
by their evaporating out from them: which hardning, being
an effect of fire withia and without, that baketh this hard fub-
ftance, incorporated much of it felf with it,as we have formerly
declared in the making of fait by force offire. This button, thus
dilated, and brought to this pafle, we call the fruit of the plant :
whofc harder part enclofeth oftentimes another not fo hard as
dry. The reafon whereof is becaule the outward hardnefle
permitteth no moyfture to foake in any abundance through
it; and then, that which is endofed in it, muft needs be much
dried ; though not fo much, but that it ftill rctaineth the
common nature of the plant. This drought maketh thefe
inner parts to be like a kind of duft ; or at the leaft, fuch as

R 3 may

A TreAti/e o/B O DI E S. Chap. 23.

rmy be eafily dried into duft, when they are brufcd out of the
husk that inclofech them. And in every parcell of this dull,
the nature of the whole refideth ; as ic were contracted into a
finall quantity ; for the juice which was firft in the button, and
had patted from the root through the manifold varieties of the
divers parts of the plane, and had fuffered much conco&ion,
partly from the fun and partly from the inward heat imprifbn-
ed in that harder part of the fruit ; is by thele pafTages;ftraining$
and eonco&ions, become at the length to be like a tintfture ex-
tracted out of the whole plant ; and is at the laft dried up into a
iind of magiftery. This we call the {ecdrwhich is of a fit nature,
by being buried in the earth and diflblved with humour, to re-
new and reciprocate the operation we have thus described. And
thus, you have the formation cfa plant.

But a fenfitive creaturc.being compared to a plant,as a plant
" to a m*xe^ body ; you cannot but conceive that he muft be
formed, compounded as it were of many plants, in like fort as a plant is

of many mixed bodies. But fb> that all the plants which concur
to make oneanimall, are of one kind of nature and cognation :
and befides, the matter, of which fuch diverfity is to be made,
muft of necefftty be more humid and figurablc, then tint of an
ordinary plant : and the artificer which worketh and mouldcth
it, muft be more active. Wherefore we muft fuppofe that the
mafic, of which an animall is to be made, muft be actually li-
quid : and the fire chat worketh upon it, muft be fo powerfull
that of its own naturejt may be able to convert this liquid mat-
ter into fuch breaths and fteams, as we fee do ufe to rife from
water, whea the fun or fire worketh upon it. Yet if the made
\verealtogether as liquid as water, it would vanifhaway by
heat boyling it, and be dried up : therefore it muft be of fuch a
convenient temper, that: although in ibme of its parts it be fluid
and apt to run; yet by others it muft be held together ; as we fee
that un&uous things for the moft part are; which will fwell by
hcat,but not fly away.

So then if we imagine a great heat to be irnprifoned in fuch
a liqqor* and that it feeketh by boyling, to break out ; but that
the folidnefle and vifcuoufnefle of the fubftance will not p«rmic
it to evaporate : it cannot chufe but comport it (elfin fome fuch
ibrt as we fee butter or oyle in a frying pan over the fire, when

it

Chap, a 3. ^iTreAttfeof BODIES.

it rifcth in bubbles : buc much more efficacioufly ; for their body
is notftrong enough to keep in the heat: and therefore thole
bubbles fall again j whereas if it were, thofe bubbles would
rife higher and higher, and ftretch theinfelves longer and long-
er (as when the feap-boylers do boyl a ftrong unftuous lye
intofbap;) and every one of them would be as it were a lit-
tle brook, whereof the channell would be the enclofing fub-
ftance; and the inward fmoke that extcndeth it, might be com.
pared to the water of it : as when a glaffe is blown out by. fire
and aire into a long figure.

Now we may remember,how we have faid, where we treat-
ed of the production and refolution of mixed bodies, that there
are two forts of liquid fubftamiall parts, which by the opera-
tion of fire arc fent out of the body it worketh upon ; the wa-
tery, and the oyly parts. For though there appear fbmetimes
fome very fubtile and ethereall parts of a third kind ( which
are the aquae ardemcs, or burning fpirits ; ) yet in fuch a clofc
diftilling of circulation as this is, they are not fevered by them-
fclves, but do accompany the reft ; and efpecially the wa-
tery parts : which are of a nature, that the rifing Ethereall
fpirits eafily mingle with, and extend themfelves in it; whereby
the water bfcometh more efficacious, and the fpirits lefle fugitive.

Of thefe liquid parts which the fire fendeth away, the watery
ones are the firft., as being the eafieft to be raifcd : the oyly
parts rife more difficultly, and therefore do come laft. And in
the fame manner it happeneth in this emiflion ofbrcoks, the
watery and oyly fleams will each of them fly into different re-
fer res : and if there arrive unto them abundance of their own
quality, each of them muft make a fubftance of its own nature
by fettling in a convenient place,and by dueconcoftion. Which
fubftance after it is made and confirmed, if more humidity and
heat do prcfle it, will again break forth into other little chan-
nels. But when the watery and oyly parts are boyledaway,
there remain yet behindc other more folid and fixed parts,
and more ftrongly incorporated with fire then either of thefe :
which yet cannot drie up into a fiery fait, becaufe a conti-
nuall acceffion of humour fceepeth them alwayes flowing :
and fo they become like a couldron of boyling fire. Which
muft propagate k felf as wide as either of the others ; fince the

R 4 activity

DIES. Chap. 23^

a£Uvity of it muft needs be greater then theirs ( as being the
fource of motion unto them ) and that there wanteth not humi-
dity for it to extend it felf by.

And thus you fee three roots of three divers plants, all in the
fame plant, proceeding by naturall resolution from one primi-
tive fource. Whereof that which is moft watry, is fitteft to fa-
bricate the body and common outfide of the triformed plant ;
lance water is the moft figurable principle that is in nature, and
the moft fufceptiblc ofmultiplication ; and by its cold is cafieft
to be hardened} and therefore fitteft to refift the injuries of ene-
my bodies that may mfeft it. The oily parts are fitteft for the
continuance and fblidity of the plant: for we fee that vilcuofity
and oylineffe hold together the parts where they abound; and
they arc flowly wafted by fire, but do conferve and are an ali-
ment to the fire that confumeth them. The parts of the third
kind arc fittett for the confcrvadon of heat: which though in
them it be too violent; yet it is necefTary for working upon o-
ther parts, and for maintaining a due temper in them.

And thus we have armed our plant with three forts of ri-
vers or brooks to run through him, with as many different
ftreams ; the one of a gentle balfamike oyl ; an other , of
ftreaming fire ; and the third, of a connaturall and cooler
water to irrigate and temper him. The ftreams of water ,
(as we have (aid) muft run through the whole fabrick of
this informed plant : and becaufc it is not a fimplc water,
but warm in a good degree, and as it were a middle fub-
ftance betwixt water and aire ( by rcafon of the ardent vo-
latile fpirit that is with it ) it is of a fit nature to fwell, as
aire doth ; and yet withall to refift violence in a conveni-
ent degree, as water doth. Therefore if from its fource na-
ture fcndeth abundance into any one part; that part muft fwell
and grow thicker and fhorter; and fo muft be contra&cd that
way which nature hath ordered it. Whence we perceive a means
by which nature may draw any part of the outward fabrick,
which way foever fhe is pleafed by fct inftruments for fuch an
effect. But when there is no motion, or but little in thefe pipes,
the ftanding ftream that is in a very little.though long channel,
mnft needs be troubled in its whole body,if any one part of it be
preffcd upon, fo as to receive thereby any imprcffion: and there-
fore

Chap. 24* tsfTwt/feofEODlES. 265

fore whatfbever is done upon it, though at the very furtheft end
of it, maketh a commotion and fendech an impreffion up to its
very fource. Which appearing by our former difcourlc to be the
origine of particular and occafionall motions; it is obvious to
conceive how it is apt to be moved and wrought by fuch an im-
preflion to fct on foot the beginning of any motion ; which by
natures providence is convenient for the plant, when fuch an im-
preflion is made upon it.

And thus you fee this plant hath the virtue both of fenfe or
feeling; that is, of being moved and affc&ed by extern obje&s»
lightly ftrikiug upon it; as alib of moving ic felf, to or from fach
an object; according as nature fhall have ordained. Which in
fumme is; that this plant is a fenfitivc creature,compofed of three
fburces, the heart, the brain, and the liver : whofe off-fprings
are the arteries, the nerves, and the veins; which are filled with
vitall fpiritS) with animal fpirits, and with bloud : and by thefc
the animal is hcated.,nourifned, and made partaker of fenfe and
motion.

Now referring the particular motions of liying creatures, to
another time: we may obfcrye,that both kinds of them, as yvell
vegetables as animals do agree in the nature of fuftaining them-
felvcs in the three common a^ions, of generation, nutrition>and
augmentation; which are the beginning, the progrefle, and the
confervingof life. Unto which three vvc may addc the not fo
much action as paflton of death,and of ficknes or decay,vvhich
is the way to death.

CHAP. XXIIII.

ji more particular fttrvey of the generation of Animal s> in

which is difcovcred what part of the animal is

firft generated.

TO begin then with examining how living creatures are in- Jt
gendered : our main queftion fliall be,Whether they be fra- The opinion
med entirely at once; or fucceffiveJy , one part after an other? co^a^Mbr.
And if this latter way,- which part firft ? Upon the difcuffion of maiiy every
which, all that concerneth generation will be explicated, as JJu.0
much as concerneth our purpole in hand. To deduce this from
its origine,we may remember how our Mafters tell us,that when
any living creature is paflcdthe heat of its augmentation or

grow-

a$$ A Treatifi o/BODIES. Chap. 24.

growing; thefitpcrfl'ious nourifhmcnt fcttlcth it felf in fomcap*
pointed pJace of the body to {crve for the produftion of fome
other. Now it is evident that this fuperfluity comcth from all
parts of the body, and may be faid to contain in it after fome
fort the pe'rfe&ioivof the whole living creature. Be it how it
\villi it is manifeft that the living creature is made of this fupet-
fluous moytture of the parent : which, according to the opinion
of fome, being compounded of feverall parts derived from the
fevcrall limbs of the parent' thofe parts when they come to be
fermented in convenient heat and moyfture, do take their po-
Bure and fituation, according to the pofture and difpofition of
parts that the living creature had from whence they iflucd : and
then they growing daily greater and folider,(thceffe6ts of moy-
tfure and of heat; ) do at the length become fuch a creature as
that was, from whence they had their origine.

Which an accident that I remember, feemcth much to con-
firm. It was of a cat that had its tail cut off when it was very
young: which cat happening afterwards to have young ones»
half the killings proved without tails, and the other half had
them in an ordinary manner; as if nature could fupply but one
partners fide, not on both. And another particular that I faw
when I was at Argiers, maketh to this purpolc, which was of a
woman that having two thumbs upon the left hand j fourc
daughters that fhe had did all referable her in the fame accident,
and fb did a little child, a girl of her eldeft daughters; but none
of her fonnes. Whiles I was there I had a particular curiofity
to fee them allttnd though it be not eafjly permitted unto Chri-
ftians to fpeak familiarly with Mahometan womenjyet the con-
dition I was in there, and the civility of the BafTha, gave me
the oportunity of full view and difcourfe with them: and the old
woman told me, that her mother and grandmother had been in
the fame manner. But for them it refteth upon her credit: the
others I faw my felf.

a. But the opinion which thefe accidents feem to fupport,though

The former opi- at tjie firfl. vjew jt fccmcth fmoothly to fatisfieour inquiry, and

monrejtftcd. , i • r r • i •

fairly to compafle the making of a living creature : yet looking
further into it, we fhall find it fall exceeding fliortof itspromi-
fing; and meet with fuch difficulties, as it cannot overcome. For
let us caft about how this compound of fcycrall parts, that

fcrycs

Chap. 24. tsfTreAtife 0/BODIES.

ferves for the generation of a new living creature,can begather-
cd from every part& member of the parent; fo to carry with it in
little the complete nature of it. The meaning hereof muft be,
that this fuperfluous aliment, either pafTeth through all and eve-
ry little part and particle of the parents body, and in irs pafTagc
receivcch fomething from them : or elfe, that it recciveth onely
from all fimilar and great parts.

The former feemeth impoffible, for how can one imagine
that fiich j'uycc fhould circulate the whole body of an animali,
and vifit every atome of it, and retire to the refervc where it is
kept for generation; and no part of ic remain abfolutely behind,
flicking to the flefh or bones that it bedeweth; bat that ftill
fbmepart rcturneth back from every part of the animal ? Be-
/ides, confider how thofe parts that are moft remote from the
channels which convey this juyce; when they are fuller of noti-
rifhment then they need , the /uyce which overflowed from
them, cometh to the next part, and fettling there and ferving it
for its due nourifliment , driveth back into the channell, that
which was betwixt the channell and itfelf ; fb that here there is
no return at all from fbme of the remote partsjand much of that
juyce which is rejected, never went far from the channell itfelf.
We may therefore fafely conclude, that it is impoffiblc every
little part of the whole body fliould remit fomething impregna-
ted and imbued with the nature of it.

But then you may peradventure fay, that every fimilar part
doth. If fo,l would ask, how it is poffible that by fermentation
onely, every part fhould regularly go to a determinate placerto
make that kind of animal;5n which every fimilar part isdiffufed
to fo great an extent ? How fhould the nature of flefh here be-
come broad, there round,and take juft the figure of the pare it is
to cover ? How fhould a bone here be hollow, there be blady,
and in another part take the form of a rib, and thofe many fi-
gures which we fee of bones ? And the like we might ask of
every other fimilar part, as of the veins and the reft. Again, fee-
ing it rnuft of ncceflity happen, that at one time more i* remitted
from one part then from another;how coraeth it to pa-fTe3that in
the coIleSion the due proportion of nature is fo punctually ob-
ferved? Shall we fay that this is done by fome cunning artificer,
vvhofc work it is to fet all thefe parts in their due pofture; which

Ariftotle

a 58 A TriWif of BODIES. Chap. 24.

Ariftotlc attributeth to the feed of the male ? But this is impofli-
ble; for all this diversity of work is to be done at one time, and
in the fame occafions: which can no more be effected by one a-
gcnc, then multiplicity can immediately proceed from unity.

But befides that there can be no agent to difpofe of the parts
when they are gathered;it is evident that a fenfitive creature may
be made without any fuch gathering of parts beforehand frorn,
an other of the fame kind: forelfe,how could vcrmine breed out
of living bodies, or out o/corruption ? How could rats come
to fill fhips, into which never any were brought ? How could
frogs be ingendred in the aire ? Eels of dewy turfs, or of mud ?
Toads of ducks? Fifh of herns ? and the like. To the fame pur-
pofe; when one fpecies or kind of animal is changed into ano-
ther; as when a caterpiller or a /ilk-worm becometh a flic; it
is mamfeft that there can be no fuch precedent collection of
parts.

3. And therefore there is no remedy but we muft (eek out fbme

The Authoiirs other means and courfe of generation, then this. Unto which we
queft?en.° C may be lead, by confidering how a living creature is nouriQied
and augmented: for why fhould not the parts be made in gene-
ration of a matter like to that which naaketh them in nutrition?
If they be augmented by one kind of juyce that after feverall
changes turncth at the length into flefli and bone; and into eve-
ry fort of mixed body or fimilar part, whereof the fenfitivc crer-
ture is compounded; and that joyneth it (elf to what it findeth al-
ready made, why fhould not the fame juyce with the fame pro-
grefleofheat and moifture, and other due temperaments, be
converted at the firft into flefli and bone , though none be for-
merly there to joyn it felf unto ?

Let us then conclude that the juyce which ferveth for nourifh-
ment of the animaljbeing more then is requifite for that fervice;
the fuperfluous part of it is drained from the reft, and is referved
in a place fit for it: where by little and little through digcftion,
it gaineth ftrength,and rigour, and fpirits to it fclf, and becom-
eth an homogeneall body, fuch as other fimple compounds are;
which by other degrees ofheat and moifture, is changed into an
other kind offubftancc : and that again by other temperaments
into another. And thus, by the courfe of nature, and by patting
fueccfTiYcly many degrees of temper, and by receiving a totall

change

Chap. 24. *ATn*i{e 0/BODIES. 269

change in every one of them; at the length an animal is made of
fuch juyce as afterwards ferveth to nourifli him.

But to bring chis to paflfc a fhorter way, and with greater fa- 4.
cilityjfbme have been of opinion, that all fimilar things of what- Their opinion
fccvcr fubftnnce,are imdifcernably mixed in every thing that is: ^oiTtha^cverj
and that to the :r.nkihg of any body out of any thin? , there is th[n£ contain.

, / ° i • i erh formally

no more required but to gather together thole parts which are
of that kind,and to feparate, and caft away from them, all thofe
which are of a nature differing from them.

But this fpeculation will appear a very aiery & needleffe one,
if we confider into how many fcverall fubftanccj the fame fpe-
cies of a thing may be immediately changed; or rather how
many fcverall fubftanccs may be e.ncreafcd immediately from
feverall equal! individuals of the fame thing; and then take an
account how much of each individuall is gone into each fub-
ftancc which it hath fb increafed. For if we fumme up the
quantities that in the feverall fubftancesare thereby cncreafcd;
we fhall find that they do very much exceed the whole quanti-
ty of any one of the individuals : which fliould not be if the
fuppofition were true; for every individuall fhould be but one
totall made up of the feverall different fimilar parts , which en-
creafe the feverall fubftances,that extract out of them what is of
their own nature.

This will be better underftood by an example: fuppofethata
man, a horfe, a cow, a fliecp, and 500. more icverall fpecies of
Jiving creatures, fhould make a meal of letuce: to avoid all per-
plexity in conceiving the argument, let us allow that every one
did eat a pound; and let us conceive another pound of this herb
to be burned; as much to be putrified under a cabngc root; and
the like under 500 plants more of diverfe fpecies. Then cnft how
much of every pound of lecuce is turned into (he fubftances that
arc made of them, or that areencreafed by them; a&, how much
afhes one pound hath made;how much water hath been diftilJed
out of another pound; how much a man hath been exicreafcd by
a third; how much a horfe by a fourth; how much card) by the
putrefaction of a fifth pound;how much a cabnge hath been cn-
creafcd by a fixth: and fo go over all the pounds that have been
turned into fubftanccs of different fpecicfes ('which may be mul-
tiplied as much as you pleafe.) And when you have dimmed up

all

A Treat! ft »f BODIES. Chap.a 4.

all chefc feverall quantities, you will find them far to exceed the
quantity of one pound: which it would not do, if every pound of
letuce were made up of feverall different fimilar parts actually
in ic, that are cxtra&ed by different fubftances of the natures of
thole parts; and that no fubftance could be encreafed by it, un-
leffe parts of its nnture were originally in the letticc.
5- On the other fide, if we but caft our eye back upon the prin-

opinion c^cer- ciples we have laid, where we difcourfc of the composition of
ning the »enc- bodies': we fhall difcern how this work of changing one thing

ration oh am- . , ... ... . ° " .

mais Declared into another, either in nutrition, in augmentation, or in genera-
and confirmed. cjon. wji[ appear nOt oncly poflible, but eafie to be effected. For
out of them it is made evident how the feverall varieties of (b-.
lid and liquid bodies; all differences of naturall qualities, all
confidences, and whatfbever e!fe bclongeth to fimilar bodies j
refulteth out of the pure and finglc mixture of rarity and den-
fity; fo that to make all fuch varieties as are neceffary, there is
no need of mingling, or of feparating any other kinds of parts:
but onely an art or power to mingle in due manner, plain, rare
and dcnfe bodies one with an other. Which very action and
none other ( but with excellent method and order, fuch as be-
cometh the great Architect that hatli defigned it ) is performed
in the generation of a living creature : which is made of a
fubftance at the firft, farre unlike what it afterwards grovveth
to be.

If we look upon this change in groflTe, and confidcr but the
two extremes (to wit, the firft fubftance, of which a living crea-
ture is made- and it felf in its full perfection ) I confefle, it may
well feem incredible how fo excellent a creature can derive its
origine from fo mean a principle, and fo far remote and differ-
ing from what it groweth to be. But if we examine it in retail,
and go along anatomifing it in every ftep and degree that it
changeth by; we fhall find that every immediate change is fb
near, and fo palpably to be made by the concurrent caufes of the
matter prepared; as we muft conclude it cannot polfiby become
any other thing then juft what it doth become.

Take a bean, or any other feed, and put it into the earth, and
let water fall upon it; can it then choofe but that the bean muft
fwcll? The bean fwelling, can it cfioofe but break the skin? The
skin broken, can it choofe ( by reafon of the heat that is in it )

but

Chap. 24. -/

but pufh out more matter, and do that action which we may
call germinating? Can thefe germs choofe but pierce the earth
in fmall firings, as they are able to make their way ? Can tbefe
ft rings choole but be hardened* by the compreffion of the earth,
and by their own nature, they being the heavicft parts of the
fermented bean? And can all this be any thing clfe but a root >
Afterwards the heat that is in the root, mingling it felf with
more moifture, and according to its nature, Springing upwards;
will it not follow neceflarily3that a tender green fubftance(which
we call abudjor lcaf)muft appear a little above the earth; fince
tendernefle, grcenneflc, and afccnt, arc the effects of thofe two
principles, heat and moifture ? And muft not this green fub-
fhncc change from what it was at the firft, by the funnc and
aire working upon it, as it groweth higher; till at the length it
hardcneth into a ftalk? All this while, the heat in the root fub-
limethup more moifture, which maketh the ftalk at the firft
grow rank and encreafe in length. But when the more volatile
part of that warm juice , is fuflficiently depured and fublimed,
will it not attempt to thruft it fclf out beyond the ftalk with
much vigour and fmartneffe? And as foon as it meeteth with the
cold aire in its eruption, will it no: be ftopped and thickned?
And new parts flocking Mill from the root, muft they not clog
that ifTue, and grow into a button, which will be a bud ? This
bud being hardened at the fides, by the fame caufes which har-
dened the ftalk, and all the while the inward heat ftill ftream-
ing up, and not enduring to be long euclofed, ( efpecially when
by its being ftopped, it multiplyeth it felf) will it not follow
neceffarily that the tender bud muft cleave, and give way to
that fpirituall juice; which being purer then the reft ( throngh
it* great fublimation ) flieweth it felf in a purer and rrobler fub-
ftance then any that is yet made ; and fo bccometh a flower?
From hence, if we proceed as we have begun, and do weigh all
circumftances; we fhall fee evidently, that another fubftarce
muft needs fucceed the flower, which muft be hollow and con-
tain a fruit in it: and that this fruit muft grow bigger and hard-
er. And fo, to the laft period of the generation of new beans.

Thus by drawing the thrid carefully a-long through your
fingers, and ftaying at every knot to examine how it is tye».f;
you fee that this difficult progrefle of the generation of living

creatures,

A Trutifi of B O D I E S. Chap. 2 4.

creatures, is obvious enough to be comprehended; and that the
ftcps of ic are poffible to be let down; if one would but take
the pains and afford the time that is uecefiary ( leiTe then thac
Phiiofopher, who for fo many years give himfclf wholly up
to the finqle obferving of the nature of bees ) to note dilioentlv

cJ C7 S mJ w

all the cucumftances in every change of ic. In every one of
which the thing that wasjbecometh ablblutely a new thing; and
is endewed with new properties and qualities different from
thof? it had before, as Phyluians from their certain experience
do allure us. And yet every change is fuch, as in -the ordinary
and generall courfe of nature ( wherein nothing is to beconfi-
dered, but the neceflary erfeiis following out of fuch Agents
working upon fuch patients, in fuch circumftances ) it is impof-
fible that any other thing fhould be made of the precedent, but
that which is immediately fubfequent unto it.

Now if all tins orderly fucceffion of mutations be neeeflarily
mad; in a bean, by force of fundry circumftancej and externall
accidents; why may it not be conceived that the like is alfb dpne
in fenfible creatures* but in a more perreft manner, they befing
perfe&er fub<iances ? Surely the progreflfe we have fetdown is.
much more reafonable, then to conceive that in the meal of the
bean are contained in little, ieverall fimilar fubftances; as^ of a
a root, of a leaf, a ftalk, a flower, a cod, fruit, and the reft;
and that every one of thefe, being from the firft ftill the fame
that they diall be afterwards, do but fuck in more moifhirefrom
the earth, to fwell and enlarge themfelves in quantity. Or, that
in the ieed of the male, there is already in a&, the fubftahce of
. flefli, of bone, offinews, of veins, and the reft of thofc ieverall
fimilar parts which are found- in the body of an animall; and
that they are but extended to their due magnitude, by the humi-
dity drawn from the mother, without receiving any fubftantiall
mutation from what they were originally in the feed.

Let us then confidently conclude, that all generation is made
of a fitting , but remote, homogencall compounded fubftanec:
upon which, outward Agents,working in the dne courfe of na-
ture, do change it into another fubftanec, quite diffetcnt from the
firft, and do make it lefife homogeneall then the firfi was. And
other circumftances & agents do change this lecond into a third;
that third, into a fourth; and fo onvvards,by fucceffive mutations

(thac

Chap. 24. ATwtifeof BO DIES. 273

{ that ftill make every new thing become leffe homogeneall,ther»
the former was, according to the nature of heat, mingling more
and more different bodks together) untill that fubftancc be
produced , which we confider in the period of all theft mu-
tations.

And this is evident out of many experiences: as for example
in trees; the bark which is oppofed to the north wind, is harder
and thicker then the contrary.fide which is oppofed to the fbuth,
and a great difference will appear in the grain of the wood;even
fo much, that skilfull people will by feeling and feeing a round
piece of the wood after the tree is felled, tell you in what fitua-
tion it grew, and which way each fide of that piece looked. And
Jofephus Acofta writeth of a tree in America, that on the oue
fide being fituated towards great hills, and on the other being
expofed to the hot funne ; the one half of it flourifheth at one
time of the ycar> and the other half at the oppofite ieafbn. And
fbmc fuch like may be the caufc of the ft range effects we fbme-
times fee of trees, flourifliing or bearing leaf* at an unfeafbnable
time ofthc year; as in particular,in the famous okc in the New-
foreft,and in fome others in our Ifland: m which peradventurc
the foyl they grow in, may do the fame effect, as the winds and
funne did in the tree that Acofta raaketh mention of. For we
dayly fee how fbme foils arc fo powerfull over fome kind of
corn, that they will change the very nature of it ; fo that, you
(hall reap oats or ric, after you have fown wheat there.

Which Qiewcth evidently thatfince the outward circumftan-
ces can make the parts or the whole of any fubftance, become
different from what they were at the firtt; generation is not
made by aggregation of like parts to prefuppofed like ones: nor
by a fpecificall worker within; but by the compounding of a
feminary matter, with the juice which accructh to ft from with-
out, and with the fteams of circumftant bodies; which by an or-
dinary courfe of nature* arc regularly imbibed in it by degrees;
and which at every degree, do change it into a. different thing>
fuch an one as is capable to refult out of the prelent compound,
( as we have faid before ) untill it arrive to its full per-
fection.

Which yet is not the utmoft period of natures changes; for 6.

S from

4 ?4 «X TrMriji <?/ B O D I ES. Chap. 24.

That one fub- from thct, for example, from corn or an animal, ic carryeth
ieTbK>Can-n" " on C Ml changing ic J to be meal or a cadaver: from thence
•thcr. to be bread or durt: after that to be blond or grade. And fb,

ftill turning about her wheel ( which fufTereth nothing to re-
main lonp in the ftatc ic is in } flic changeth all fubftances from

Lr J &

one into another. And by reiterated revolutions, maketh in
time every thing of every thing : as when of mud flic maketh
tadpoles, and frogs of them ; and afterwards, mud again of
the frogs : or when flie runneth a like progrefle; from earth to
worms; and from them, to flies; and the like : ib changing one
animall into fuch another • as in the next precedent {rep, the
matter in tho(e circumflances is capable of being changed into;
or ratherf to fay better ) muft neceflarily be changed into.

To confirm this by experience ; I have been allured, by one
who was very cxa6l in noting fuch things ; that he once ob-
ferved in Spain, in the fpring feafon, how a flick lying in a
moifl place, grew in tradi of time to be mcfl of it a rotten dur-
ty matter; and that at the durty end of the flick, there began a
rude head to be formed of it by little and little; and after a
while fome little legs began to difcovcr themfelv<s near this un-
poliflied head, which dayly grew more and more diftinftly
leaped. And then, for a pretty while (for it was in a place
where he had the conreniencie to obfcrve dayly the progrcfle of
it, and no body came near to ftirrc it in the whole courie of it )
he could difcem where it ceafed to be a body of a living crea-
ture, and where it began to be dead flick or dirt ; ull in one
continuate quantity or body. But every day the body grew
longer and longer, and more legs appeared, till at the length,
when he law the animall almoft finifhed, and near feparating
it felf from the reft of the flick, he flayed then by it, and faw it
creep away in a caterpillar, leaving the flick and dirt, as much
wanting of its fiift length, as the worms body took up. Perad-
venturc the greatefl part of fuch creatures maketh their way by
fuch fleps into the world. But to be able to obferve their pro-
grefle thus diflinclly as this Gentleman did, happeneth not
frequently.

Therefore, to fatisfie our felves herein ic were well we made

t.oncernm™ . _ .

*c hashing of our remarks in fonae creatures that might be continually m our

pow

dap. 24. ^ Tret'.ife of B O D I E 5. 275

power to obfervc in them the courfo of nature every day and elevens, and

r" T i TT j LT- r L- »*•/!• j- the gcncracioti

houre. Sir John Heydon,the Lieutenant or his Majcfties ordi- of oeher ami-
nance ( that generous and knowing Gentleman; and centum- mals*
mate fouldier both in theory and praftife) was the firft thatin-
ftrufted me how to do this, by means of a furnace fb made as
to imitate the warmth of a fitting hcnnc. In which you may
lay fevcrall cggcs to hatch ; and by breaking them at fevcrall
ages you may diftin&ly obfcrve every houreJy mutation in
them, ifyou pleafe. The firft will be, that on one fide you (hall
find a great rcfplendcnt clearneffe in the white. Afcer a while,
a little fpot of red matter like bloud, will appear in the midft
of that clearnefle fattened to the yolk: which will have a moti-
on of opening and fliuttino; fo as fometimes you will fee i:, and
ftraight again it will vanifh from your fight; and indeed at the
firft it is fo little, that you cannot fee it? but by the motion of it;
for at every pulfe,as it openeth, you may fee it, and immediately
agiin, it fhuttcth in fuch fort, as it is not to bedifcerned. From
this red fpeck, after a while there will ftream out, a number of
little ( almoft imperceptible) red veins. At the end of fome of
which, in time there will be gathered together, a knot of mat-
ter which by little and little will take the form of a head; and
you will ere long begin to difcern eyes and a beak in k. All
this while the firft red fpot of bloud, groweth bigger and fo-
lider : till at the length, it becometh a flefhy fubftance; and by
its figure, may eafily be difcerned to be the heart : which as yet
hath no other enclofure but the fubftance of the egge. But by
little and little the reft of the body of an animal is framed out
of thofe red veins which ftream out all about from the heart.
And in procefTe of time, that body inclofcth the heart within it
by the cheft, which groweth over on both fides, and in the end
meeteth, and clofeth it fclf faft together. After which this little
creature foon filleth the (hell, by converting into feverall parts
of it fclf all the fubftance of the egge. And then growing wea-
ry of Co ftraight an habitation, it breaketh prifbn, and comech
out, a perfectly formed chicken.

In like manner: in other creatures; which in latine are cal-
led Vivipar* (becaufc their young ones are quick in their mo-
thers wombe) we have, by the relation of that learned and cx-

S a a&

8.

Fi-om whence
it happcncth
that thcdefi-

excrefetnces
of the parents
body are often
leen in their

A Tretiife of BODIES. Chap, 24.

a£ fearchcr into nature, Dolour Harvey : that the feed of the
male after his accoupling with the female, doth not remain in
her wombe in any fenfible bulk : but (as it feemeth ) evapo-
rateth and incorporated! it felf, either into the body of the
wombe, or rather into fome more interior parts as into the fe-
minary veflfels. Which being a folid fubftance, much refem-
bling the nature of -the fernaks feed, is likely to fuck tip, by
the mediation of the females feed, the males feed incorporated
with it, and by incorporation, turned as it were into a vapour:
in fuch fort as we have formerly explicated how the body of
a fcorpion or viper draweth the poyfbn out of a wound. And
after a certain time (Do&our Harvey noted the fpace of fix
weeks or two months in does or hindes) thefe feeds diftill
again into the wombe; and by little and little do clari-
fic in the midft, and a little red fpeck appeareth in the cen-
ter of the bright clearnefle : as we faid before of the egge.

But we fliould be too blame to leave our Reader with-
out clearing that difficulty , which cannot choofe but have
{prung up in his thoughts, by occafion of the relations we
made at the entrance into this point concerning the cat whofe
kitlings were half with tails, and half without : and the wo-
mans daughters at Argiers, that had as well as their mother
excrefcences upon their left thumbs, imitating another leffcr
thumb : and the like effects whcnfoever they happen, which
they do frequently enough.

Let him therefore remember, how we have determined
that generation is made of the bloud , which being difperled
into all the parts of the body to irrigate everyone of them-
and to convey fitting fpirits into them from their fource or
fliop where they are forged; fo much of it as is fuperabun-
dant to the nourifhing of thofe parts is fent back again to
the heart to recover the warmth and fpirits it hath loft by fo
Jong a journey. By which perpetuall courfe of a continued
circulation, it is evident that the bloud in running thus
through all the partt of the body mutt needs receive fomc
particular concodlion or impreflion from every one of them.
And by confequencc , if there be any fpecificall virtue in
. part which ii not in another, then the bloud retwrnin«

fre-M

Chap. 14. -* TreAtife of BODIES. 277

from thence muft be endued with the virtue of that parr. And
the pureft part of this blond, being extra&cd Jikc a quintcf-
fence out of the whole mafle, is refervcd in convenient recrpta-
clcs or vcflels till there be ufe of it : and is the matter or feed, of
which a new animall is to be made; in whom, will appear the
eflfeft of all the fpecificall virtues drawn by the bloud in its ite-
rated courfes, by its circular motion, through all the ieverall
parts of the parents body.

Whence it followeth, that if any part be wanting in the body
whereof this feed is made, or be fuperabundant in it; whole vir-
tue is not in the reft of the body,or whorc fuperabundance is noc
allaid by the reft of the body; the virtue of that part, cannot be
ki the bloud, or will be too ftrong in the bloud, and by confc-
quence, itrannot beat all, or it will be too much in the feed.
And the eflfecl proceeding from the feed, that is, the young ani-
mal/will come into the world favouring of that origine; unlcfTc
the mothers feed, do fupply or temper, what the fathers was
defective or fuperabundant in; or contrariwiie the fathers do
correct the errours of the mothers.

But peradventurc the Reader will tell us, that fuch a fpecift- p.

call virtue cannot be gotten by concoftion of the bloud, or by TfieJirference
any pretended impreflion in it ; unleffe fome little particles of Airhour< opt-
the nourifhcd part do remain in the blond, and return back ?lon* andthe

... ,.r . rt^ L n J J. former one.

\vith it, according to that maxime or Oebcr, ft^uod non tngredt-
tur, nonimmutat • no body can change another unlefle it enter
into it, and mixing it felf with it do become one wich it. And
thatfo in effect, by this explication we fall back into the opini-
on which we rejected .

To this I anfwer, that the difference is very great between
that opinion and ours ; as will appear evidently, if you ob'ervc
the two following aflertions of theirs. Firft, they affirm that a
living creature is made merely by the aflembling togecher of fi-
milar parts, which were hidden in thofe bo.iies from whence
they are extracted in generation : whereas we fay that bloud
coming to a part to irrigite it> is by its paflagc through it/and
ibme little ftay in it» and by its frequent returns tlvther, at the
length tranfmuted into the nature of that part: and thereby the
fpecificall virtues of every part do grow greater> and arc more
diffufcd and extended. S Se-

27$ JTrtatife of BODIES. Chap. 14.

Secondly, they fay that the cinbryon is a&ually formed in
the feed, though in fuch little parts as it cannot be dilcerned
untill eaeh part have enlarged and increa'ed it felf, by drawing
unto it from thecircumttant bodies more fubftance or their own
nature. But xve fay, that there is one homogeneall fubftancc,
made of the bloud, which hath been ir> all parts of the body ;
and this is the feed : which contained! not in it, any figure of
the animal from which it is refined5or of the animal into which.
it hath a capacity to be turned ( by the addition of other fub-
flances) though it have in it the vertues of ali the parts h harh
often run through*

By which term of /pccifike vertues, I hope we have faid
enough in fundry places of this difcourfeto keep men from con-
ceiving that we do mean any fuch unconceiveable quality, as-
modern Philofbphcrs too frequently talk of, when they know
not what they fay -or think, nor can give any account of. But
that it is fuch degrees and fuch numbers,of rare and denfc parts
mingled together, as conftitute a mired body of fuch a temper
and nature : which degrees and proportions ef rare and denfe
parts and their mixture together, and incorporating into one
homogeneall fubftance, is the effcdt resulting from the operati-
ons of the exteriour agent, that euttcth, imbibcth}kneadeth,and
boyleth it to fuch a temper : which exteriour agent in this cafe,
is each fcverall part of the animals body chat this juice or
Woud runneth through ; and that hath a particular temper be-
longing to it, refulting out of fuch a proportion of rare and
denfe p.arts, as we have even now fpoken of; and can no more
bewitheld from communicating its temper to the bioudthat
firft foaketh into it, and foon after draineth away again from it
(according as otherfuccecding parts of bloud drive it on;)then
a. minerall channcll can choofe but communicate its virtue un-
to a ft ream of water that runneth through it, and is continual-
ly grating of fbme of the fubiiance of the minerall earth, and
diflolring it into it fel£

But to go on with our intended difcourfe. The feed, thus im-
bued with the fpecificall virtues of all the fevcrall parts of the
parents body, meeting in a fit receptacle the other parents feed;
u«<f. Ac'" and being there duly conco&ed, bccometh fuft a. heart : which

heart

Chap. 24. v47>M///^/BODIES. 17P

heart in this tender beginning of a new animal containeth the whole body;

feverall virtues ofall the parts that afterwards will grow out of Confirmed the

it, and be in the future animal; in the fame manner as the heart d^ftrfjneof the

of acoplete animal concaineth in it the fpecifikc virtues ofall the

fevcrall parts of its own body, by reafon of the blouds concinu-

all relbrtjng to it in a circle fiom all parts of its body, and its

being nourished by that juice to fupply the continuall confuin-

ption which the extreme heat of it muft needs continually occa-

Cioa in its own fubftancc; wtareby the heart becometh

in a manner the compendium or abridgement of the whole

animal.

Now this heart in the growing Embryon, being of the nature
of fire, as on the one fide it ftrcameth out its hot parts; fo on the
other it fucketh oyl or fewel to nourifh it /elf out of the adja-
cent moift parts; which matter aggregated unto it 5 being fcnt
abroad together with the other hot parts that fteam from it;
both of them together do ftay and fettle as fbon as they are out
of the reach of that violent heat , that would not permit tkern
to thicken or to red. And there they grow into fuch a fub/rance
as is capable to be made of fuch a mixture, and are linked to
the heart by Come of thofe firings that fream out from it ( foe
thoic fleams do likewife harden, as we flicwcd more parti-
cularly when we difcourfed of the tender ftalks of plants )
and in a werd , this becometh ibme other part of th« ani-
mal. Which thus encreafeth by order, one part being made
after another, untill the whole living creature be completely
framed.

So that now you fee, how mainly their opinion diffcfeth
fromoursjfince they fay that there is actually in the feed a com-
plete living creature;for what elfe is a living creature,but bones
in fuch parts, nerves in fuch others, bloud and humours con-
tained in fuch and fuch places, all as in a living creature ? All
which they fay. But we make the feed to be nothing elfe but
one mixed body, of one homogeneall nature throughout; con-
fitting of fuch a multiplicity of rare and denle parts; fo ballan-
ced and proportioned in number and in magnitude of thofe
parts; which are evenly fliuffled, and aJike mingled in every
little parcel of the whole fiibftancean fuch forc,that the operati-

S 4 on

A Trutife //BODIES. Chap. 24.

on of nature upon this feed, may in a long time and with a due
proccife, bring out ftich figures, fituation.and qualities ( as flui-
dity, confidence, drinefle, and the like) which by much mixti-
on and con!equent alteration, may in the end become fuch as
con(titute a living creature of fuch a kind. And thusjt appcareth
that although other fubflances, and liquours, and fteams arc
from time to time mingled with the feed, and then with the
heart, and afterwards with the other parts, as they grow on
and encreafe; yet the main virtue of the enfuing animal , is firtt
in the feed, and afterwards in the heart.

Whence the reafbn is evident, why both defects and excre-
fcences do pafle fometimes from the parents to the children; to
wit, when nothing fupplyeth the defect or correfteth the exor-
bitancy. Rather after this which we have faid, the difficulty will
appear greater,m that fuch accidents arc notalwayes hereditary
from the parencs;but happen only now & then Come rare times.
But the fame grounds we have laid will likewise folve this ob-
jection :fbr feein™ that the heart of the animal, from whence the

* 7^

iced receiveth its proper nature (as we have- declared) is im-
pregnated with the fpecifick virtue of each feverall part of the
body; it cannot be doubted but that the heart will fupply for
any defect happened in any part. after it hath been imbued with
that virtue, and is grown to a firmnefle, and vigorous confi-
dence with that virtue moulded, and deeply imbibed into the
\ cry lubfrancc of it. And although the heart (hould be tin&ed
from its firft origine with an undue virtue from fome part ( as
it feemeth to have been in the mother of thofe daughters thac
had two thumbes upon onehand: ) yet it is not neceflfary thac
all the offspring of tlvu parent fhould be formed after that mo-
dell; for the other partners feed may be more efficacious, and
predominate in the geniture, over the faulty feed of the other
parent; and then it will fupply foramicorreft the others devia-
tion from the generall rule of nature. Which feemeth to be the
cafe of that womans male children; for in them the fathers feed
beeing ttrongcir3all their fingers imitated the regularity of their
fathers : whereas the daughters (\vhofc fex implieth that the fa-
thers feed was lefle active) carried upon fome of theirs, the re-
fcmblancc of their mothers irregularity.

A J

And

Chap. 24. i^Tretiife ^/BODIES. 281

And in confirmation of this doftrine, we daily fee that the
children of parents who have any of their noble parts much and
long diftcmpered, whereby there muft be a great diftemper in
the bloud ('which is made and concocted by their afltftance) do
feldome fail of having ftrong inclinations to the diftempers and
difcafcs that cither of their parents were violently fubjedt unto.
Scaice any father or mother dieth of the confumption of the
Jungs, but their children inherit that difeafc in fome meafure:
the like is of the ftone; the like of the gout; the likeofdjfeafes
of the brain, and of fundry others; when they infefted the pa-
rents with any notable eminency. For the bloud coming conti-
nually to the heart from fo.ch ill-affe<5ted parts, by its circulation
through the whole body,muft needs in prccefTeoftimcalter,and
change the temper o.'the heart : and then both the heart giveth
a tainted impreflion to the bloud that muft be boyled into feed;
and the parts thcmfelves do communicate their debilities and di-
ftempers unto it: fo that it is no wonder, if the feed do partake
of fuch depraved qualities; fince it is a maxime among Phyfici-
ans, that fubfequent concoctions can never amend or repair the
faults of the precedent ones.

Having waded thus farre into this matter, and all experience
agreeing that the whole animal is not formed at oncerl conceive Ir*
there can be no great difficulty in determining what part of it is js rhe'firft P!rc
firft generated: which we have already faid to be the heart: but gcneratedini»

, A }. . Jiving creature.

peradventuie the Header may expedt lome more particular and
immediate proof of it. It is evident that all the motions and
changes which we have obierved in the egge and in the Doe^do
proceed from heat: and it is as certain that heat is greateft in the
center of it: from whence it difpcrfeth it lelf to letfe and Icfle. It
muft then neceffarily follows that the part in which heat docli
moft abound, and which is the interiour fountain of it, from
whence ( as from a ftocV of their own ) all the other parts de-
rive theirs; muft be formed firft and the others fuccelfively after
it, according as they partake more or leffe of this heat; which is
the Architect that mouldeth and frameth them all. Undoubt-
edly this can be none other but the heart: whofe motion and
manner of working, evidently appears in the twinckling of the
firft red fpot (which is the firft change ) in the egge, and in rhc

firft

a 8 1 A Trfjtifi. e/ BODIES. Chap. 27.

fitft matter of other Jiving creatures. Yet I do notinrend ro fay,
that the heart is perfectly framed, and completely madeup^with
all its parts and intlruments, before any ocher part be begun to
be matte: but onely the molt vertuous part ; and as it were the
marrow of it; which fcrveth as a fhop or a hot forge to mould
fpirits in : from whence they are diiperfed abroad to form and
noiirifh ochcr parts that ftand in need of them to that effect.

The (Lootings or little red firings that ftream out from if,
mutt fu rely be arteries 'through which, the bloud ifluing from
the heart, and there made and imbued with the nature of the
feed . doth ru.nn* ; till encountering with fie matter, it en-
grofieth it felf into brain, liver, lights, &c. From the brain
chiefly groweth the marrow , and by confequent, the bones
containing ic, ( which ieem to be originally j but the out-
ward part of the marrow , baked and hardened into a ftrong
cruft by the great heat that is kept in : ) as alfb the
fincws ; which are the next principall bodies of drcngth,
after the bones. The marrow being very hot drieth the
bones; and yet with its aSuall moyfture it hume^eth and nou-
rifheth them too, in fome fort. The fpirits that are lent from the
brain do the like to the finewes. And Iaftly3 the arteries and
veins by their bloud do chcrifh and bedew the flefli. Andthu*
the whole living creature is begun, framed, and made up.

CHAP. XXV.

Hw a Plant or Animall cometb to that
figure it hath.

*• T) lit before we go any further, and fearch into the operations
of "J AnS D of this animaLI, a wonderfull cflfeft calleth our confidcrati-

orlinaf "Cf d bd on unto 'E '* w^1'c'1 '$1 '1OW a P^ant or animall comcth by the fi-
caufej, a$wdi gure it hath,both in the whole and in every part of it?Ariftotle,
corrorcai^ef a^ter ^c ^^ °caten his thoughts as far as Se could upon this que-
fca. ftion, pronounced that this effcft could not poMibly be wrought

by the virtue of the firft qualities j 'but that it (prong from a
more divine origine. And moft of the contcmplatours of Na-
ture fincc him do fccm to agree, that no caufe can be rendered
of it ; but tlaat it is to be referred merely to the (pecificall

nature

Chap. 2 ?. ^ TrcAtife of B O D I E S.

nature of the thing. Neither do we intend to derogate from
either of thefe caufes ; fincc that both divine providence is emi-
nently fhown in contriving allcircurnftanccs ncceflary for this
work • and likcwife , the firft tcmperamenc that is in the feed
muft needs be the principal! immediate caulc of this admirable

This latter then being fuppofed ; our labour and endeavour
will be, to unfold (asfarre as fo weak and dimme eyes can
reach ) the excellency and exaftnefle of Gods providence ,
which cannot be enough adored, when it is reflected upon,
and marked in the apt laying of adequate caufes to produce
fuch a figure out of fuch a mixture firft layed. From them
fo artificially ranged, we fliall ice this miracle ofnature to pro-
ceed; and not from an immediate working of God or nature
without convenient and ordinary inftruments to mediate and
effect this configuration, through the force and virtue of their
own particular natures. Such a ncceflicy to interert the chief
workman at every turn, in particular effects, would argue
him of want of skill and providence, in the firft laying of the
foundations of his defigned machine: he were an improvident
clockmaker,that fhould have caft his work fb, as when it were
wound up and going, it would require the matters hand at eve-
ry hourc to make the hammer ftrike upon the bell. Let us noc
then too familiarly, and irreverently ingage the Almighty Ar-
chitect his immediate handy -work in every particular effect of
of nature ; Talt non eft digntts -v 'indict noAus.

But let us take principles within our own kenning ; and
«onfider how a body hath of its own nature three dimenfions, ratt
( as Mathematicians ufe to demonftrate : ) and that the vari- j^ies proceed
cty which we fee of figures in bodies proceedeth out of the dc- Jnc^of Cthe '°
fecit of fome of thefe dimenfions in proportion to the reft. As thrcc di£cn£'
for example, that a thing be in the form of a fquare tablet ; is, the' concur- y
for that the caufc which gave it length and breadth, could not rancc of a«'-

• /•••L-i/r-Lr /-i_»-i dcntall cauics.

aJfogive it thicknefle in the lame proportion r for had it been
able to give prdftindity as well as the other two, it had macfe
a cube inftead of a tablet. In like manner, the forme of a la-
mine, ©r very long fquare it occafioned by fbme accident which
hindereth the caule from giving breadth and tFiidtnefle proper-

tiona—

o/BODIES.

tionable to the length. And Co, other figures are made, by rei-
ibn that their caules are feme wayes bound to give more of fbmc
dimenfion to one part then to another.

As for example, when water falhth out of the skie, it hath
all the little corners or cxtancies of its body grated off by the
aiicasit rollcth and tumbleth down in it, fo that it becometh
round ; and continueth in that form, untill that fettling upon
fome flat body, as grafle or a leaf, it receiveth a little plain-
nefle, to the proportion of its weight mattering thecontinuitie
of it. And therefore, if the drop be great upon that plain bo-
dy, it (eemeth to he half a fphere, or fome Idle portion of one :
b'.itifitbe a little drop then the flat part of it (which is that
next unto the graffe) is very little and undilcernable, becaufe ic
hath not weight enough to prcfle it much and fpreadit broad
upon the gralle ; and fo the whole feemeth in a manner co
be a fphere : but if the extern caufes had preffed upon this
drop, onely broad wayes and thickwayes (as when a turner
maketh a round pillar of a fqtiare one ) then it would have
proved a cylinder, nothing working upon it to grate oflfany
of its length, but onely the corners of the breadth and thick-
ncfle of ic.

And tbus you fee, how the fundamentall figures (upon which
all the reft are grounded) are contrived by nature ; not by the
work of any particular Agent that immediately imprinteth a
determinate figure inco a particular body, as though it wrought
it there at once, according to a foreconceived defigne or intelli-
p,enc aime of producing fuch a figure in fuch a body : but by
the concurrence of feverall accidentall caufes, that do all of
them j'oyn in bringing the body they file and work upon, into
fuch a fliape.

Onely we had like to have forgotten the reafon and catife of
the concave figure in fome parts of plants : which in the ordi-
nary courle of nature we fh all find to grow from hence, that a
round outfide being filled with fome liquor which maketh it
grow higher and higher, it happcneth that the fucceeding cau-
fcs do contract this liquor, and do harden the outfide r and then
of ncccflicy there muft be a hollow cylinder remaining in lieu of
the juice which before did fill it. As we fee every day in corn,

and

Chap. 2 j. 4 Treatifeof BODIES.

and in reeds, and in canes> and in the ftalks of many herbs :
which whileft they are tender and in their firft growcth, are full
of juice, and become afterwards hollow and dry.

But beeaule this difcourfe, may pcradrcnture feem too much
in common : it will not be amiflc to apply it to fome partial- T{,e for*roer d
Jars that fcem very ftrange. And firft, let us examine how the £ri"e is con-
rocking of concrete juices ( which feemeth to be fuch an admi-
rable myftery of nature ) is performed. Allom falleth down in
lumps, faltpcter iri long icicles, and common fait in iquares ;
and this, not once, or fbmetimes now and then ; butalwayes
conftamly in the fame order.

The reafon ofthefe cfFecls will eafily be deduced out of what
we have faid, for if all three be diflblved in the fame water,
allom being the grofleft falleth firft and fafteft : and being of
an unSious nature, the firft part which falleth doth not harden
till the fecond cometh to it ; whereby this fecond fticketh to the
firft and crufheth it down,and this is ferved in the fame manner
by the third ; and fb goeth on, one part fqueezing another, till
what is undcrmoft grow hard enoogh to refirt the weight of
new falling, parts ; or rather till no more do fall, but the liquor
they were diflblved in, is delivered of them all, and then they
harden in that figure they were cotnprefled into.

As for fait, which defcendeth in the feeond place : that fvvim-
meth firft upon the water ; and there> getteth its figure, which
muft be equally long and broad, becaufe the water is indiffe-
rent to thofe two pofitions ; but its thickneflfe is not equall to
its other two dimenfions, by reafon that before it can attain to
that thicknefle, it groweth too heavie to fwiinme any longer ;
and after it is encreafed to a certain bulk, the weight of it car-
rieth it down to the bottome of the water, and confecucnt-
ly, it can encreafe no more : for it encreafeth by the joyn-
ing of little parts unto it as it fwimmeth on the toppe of the
•water.

The faltpeter falleth laft : which being more difficult to be
figured then the other two, becau/c it is more dry then either of
them (as confitting chiefly of earthy and of fiery parts,) is not
equally encreafed, neither in all three, nor in two dimenfions/
but hath its length exceeding both its breadth and thidinefle :

and..

jTredtlfcof BO DIES. Chap. 25.

and its lightncfic maketh it fall laft, becaufc it requircth leaft
water co lultain it.

To give the caufcs of the figures of divers mixts, and parti-
cularly of ibmc pretious ftones, ( which feem to becaft by na-
ture in cxacteft moulds ) would oblige us to enter into the
particular manner of their generation : which were exceeding
hard, if not impoffible, for us to do, by reafon thac Authours
have not left us the circumftanccs upon which we m;ght ground
our judgement concerning them, Co particularly defcribed as
were necefiary ; nor our felves have met with the commodity
of making fuch experiences, and of fearching fo into their beds
as were requifice, to determine folidcly the reafons of them.
And indeed I conceive that oftentimes the relations which o-
thers have recorded of their generation, would rather miire-
Icade then afTift us : fince it is very familiar in many men, to
msgnifie the exadftncflc of nature in framing cffedts they phanfie
to themielves, when to make their wonder appear more juft ;
they will not foil to fet off their ftory, with all advantagious
circumttancc.sand help out what wanteth a little or cometh but
near the mark.

. 4. But to come clofer to our purpofe ; that is, to the figures of

The fame do- living things .• we fee that roots in the earth are all of them fi-
8lirccl almoft in the fame faflilon : for the heat refiding in the
middett of them, puHieth every way, and thereupon, Ibmc of
them do become round, but others more long then round, ac-
cording to the temper of the ground, or to the feafon of the
yeare, or to the weather that happeneth : and this, not onely
in divers kinds of roots, but even in fevcrall of the fame kind.
That part of the plant which mounteth upwards is for the moft
part round and long ; the caufe whereof is evident, for the
juice which is in the middle of it working upwards ( becaufe
the hardnefle of the bark will not let it out at the fides) and
corning in more and more abundance ( for the reafons we have
above delivered ) encrcafeth that part equally every way but
upwards ; and therefore, it muft be equally thick and broad,
and confequently round : but the length will exceed either of
the other dimenfions ; becaufe the juice is driven up with a
greater force and in more quantity then it is to the fides. Yet

the

Chap. 25. exf Treattfe of B O D I E S. 287

the broadnefle and thicknefle are not fb exactly uniform, but
that they exceed a little more at the bottom then at the toppe j
which is occafioncd partly by the contracting of the juice in-
to a narrower circuit the further it is from the Iburce ; and
partly by reafon of the branches ; which (hooting forth,
do convey away a great part of the juice from the main
ftock.

Now if we confider the matter W'ell ; we fhall find, that , ?•
what is done in the whole tree the very fame is likewife done in ftrinc <j«!are<d
every litde leaf of it : for a leaf confifteth of little branches in leafs of trets
/hooting out from one greater branch, which is in the middle :
and again, other lefler branches are derived from thofe fecond
branches : and fo ftill lefler and lefler, till they weave them-
lelves into a clofe work, as thick as that which we fee women
ufe to fill up with filkor crewell, when in tentwork they em-
broader leafs or flowers upon canvas : and this again, is co-
vered and as it were glcwed over, by the humour which ftick-
hig to thefe little thriddes, ftoppeth up every little vacuity, and
by the ayre is hardned into fuch a skinne as we fee a leafcon-
fiftcth of.

AndTthns it appearcth how an account may be given of the
figure of the leafs, as well as of the figure of the main body of
the whole tree : the little branches of the leaf, being propor-
tionate in figure to the branches of the tree it felf ( fo that each
leaf feemeth to be the tree in lirle ; ) and the figure of the leaf
depending of the courfe of thefe litrle branches, fo that if the
greateft branch of the tree be much longer then the others, the
leaf will be a long on : but if the lefler branches fpread broad-
wayes, the leaf will likewife be a broad one ; fo farre, as even
to be notched at the outfides, round about it, in great or lictle
notches, according to the proportion of the trees branches.
Thefe leafs, when they firft break out are foulded inwards, in
(uch fort as the fmalnefle and round nefle of the paflage in the
wood through which they iflue, conftraineth them to be : where
neverthelefle the drinefle of their parts keep them afunder, fb
that one leaf doth not incorporate it fclf with another : but as
foon as they feell the heat of the funne ( after they are broken
out into liberty ) their tender branches by little and little

grow

A Tr^/^c/BODIES. Chap. 15.

grow more ftraight : the concave parts of them drawing more
towards the funne, becaufe he extra&eth and fucketh their moy-
ftuve from their hinder parts into their former, that are more
expofed to his beams; and thereby the hinder parts are con-
trafted and grow fhorter,and thofe before grow longer. Which
if it be in excefle, maketh the leaf become crooked the contrary
way, as we fee in divers flowers, and in fundery leafs during the
fummers heat : witncfle, the Ivie, Rofes full blown, Tulips,
and all flowers in form of bells : and indeed all kinds of flow-
ers whatfocvcr, when the funne hath wrought upon them to
that degree we fpeak of, and that their joyning to their flalk,
and the next parts thereunto, allow them (cope to obey the
impulfe of thole outward caufes. And when any do vary from
this rule, we (hall as plainly fee other manifert caufes produ-
cing thole different effects, as now we do thefc working in this
manner.

As for fruits though we fee that when they grow at liberty
upon the tree, they ieem to have a particular figure allotted
them by nature : yet in truth, it is the ordered feries of natu-
rall caufes and not an intrinfecall formative virtue which, brccti-
eth thisefrec-t, as is evident by the great power, which a;rt hath
to change their figures at plcafurc : whereof you may fee ex-
amples enough in Campanella, and every curious gardner can
furnifli you with ftore.

£. Out of thefe, and fuch like principles a man that would make

The fame ap- it his ftuddy with lefle trouble or tcdioufncfle, then that patient
5ie$of°Anim^u contemplator of one of natures little w ork$ ( the Bees } .whom
we mentioned a while agone, might without all doubt trace the
caufes in the growing of an Embryoa, till he difcovered the
reafon of every bon.es figure ; of every notable hole or pat-
fage that is in them : of the ligaments by which they arc
tied together : of the membranes that cover them, and of all
the other parts of the body. How, out of a firft mafle ,
that was loft, and had no fuch parts diftinguifhable in it,
every one of them came to be formed, by contracting that
marfe in one place, by dilating it in another, by moyft-
ning it in a third , by drying it here , hardening it
there ;

Ut

Chap. * y. -A Truuife of B O D I E S.

• Ut bis exordia pr/nt if,
Omnit, & ipfe tcner hominis coHcrevcrit orbis.
till in the end this admirable machine and frame of mans body,
was compofed and fafhioned up by fuch little and almoft infen-
fible fteps and degrees. Which when it is locked upon in bulk,
and entirely formed, fecmeth impoflfible to have been made*
and to have fprung merely out ofthefe principles> without an
Intelligence immediately working and moulding it at every
turn, from the beginning to the end.

But withalhwe cannot chufe but break out into an exftafic of
admiration and hymnes of praile (as great Galen did upon the
like occafion ) when we reverently confider the infinite wife-
dome, and deep farre-looking providence of the all-feeing Crc-
atour and orderer ofthe world, in fo punctually adapting fuch
a multitude and fwarm ofcaufes to produce by fo long a pro-
greflc fb wondcrfull an effect : in the whole courfc of which, if
any one, the very leaft of them all, went never fo little a wry,the
whole fabrick would be difcompofcd and changed from the na-
ture it is dcfigncd unto.

Out of our fliort furvey of which ( anfwerablc to our weak
talents, and (lender experience ) I perfwadc my felf it appear-

IL rrriL- f /• • <e «tor

cth evident enough, that to eftect this workc of generation* d«thadmitof
there needeth not be fuppofed a forming virtue or Vis for- v* &
wttrix of an unknown power and operation, as thofe that
confider things fuddenly and but in grofle, do ufe to put. Yet
in dilcourfc, for conveniency and (nortneffe of exprcffion we
fhall not quite banifh that tcrme from all commcrcewith us;
fo that what we mean by it be rightly underftood, which is the
complex affemblement, or chain of all the caufes, that concur
to produce this effect, as they arc let on foot to this end by the
great Architeft and Modcratour of thcm,God Almighty, whole
inftrument Nature is : that is, the fame thing, or rather the
fame things fo ordered as we have declared, buc cxprefled and
comprifcd under another name.

CHAP.

A Trttifi *f BODIES. Chap. 2 6.

From whence
doth proceed
the piimary
motion and
growth in
\ ...-..:•>.

CHAP. XXVI.

motion bc&nneth in living creatures. And of the
tnethn of the he Art • circulation of the btottd •
Nutrition, <z/fttgmentAtio*) And cor-
ruption of death.

BUc we muft not take our leave of this fubjeft, untill we
have examined, how motion bcginncth in liring things;
as well plants as fcnfitive creatures. We can readily pitch up-
on the part we are to make our ebfervations in, for retriving
the engine of this primary motion : for having concluded that
the roots of plants, and the hearts of animals are the parts of
them which are firft made, and from which the forming virtue
is derived to all the reft, it were unreafonable to feck for their
firft motion any where elfe.

But in what manner^ and by what means, doth it beginne
there? for roots, the difficulty is not great : for the moyfture
of the earth preffing upon the feed, and foaking intt> it; the
hot parts of it which were imprifbncd in cold and dry ones,
are thereby ftirrcd up and fetoiVwork: then they mingling
thcmfclves with that moyfture, d'o ferment and diftend the
whole feed ; till making it open, and break the skinne more
juSte cometh in : which incorporating it felfe with the hear,
thofe hot and now moyft pares will not be contained in fo nar-
row a roome as at the firft ; but ftruggling to get otit'on all
fides, and ftrivifig to enlarge themfclves, they thruft forth lic-
tle parts : which, if they flay in the earth, do grow white and
make the root; but thofe which afcend, and make their way
into the aire, being leflc comprcfTcd, and more fuH of heat
and. moyftnre, do turn green : and as faft as they grow up,
new moyfritre coming to the root, is fent up through the pores
of it : and this faileth not, untill the heat of the root it felf doth
fail. For it being the nature ofhcat to rarifie and elevate,
there muft of necefTity be caufed in the earth a kind of fuck-
ing in of moyflure Into the root from the next parts unto it
to fill thofe capacities Which the dilating heat hath made that

clfe

Chap. 2^. jTredtifeof BODIES.

elfc would be empty , and co fupply the roomc* of thofe which
the heat continually fendech upwards : for the moyfture of
the root hath a continuity with that in the earth, and there-
fore, they adhere, together ( as in a pump, or rather as in fil-
tration ) and do follow one another when any of them are
in motion, and Ml the next murt needs come in, and fill the
roomc, where it findeth an empty fpace immediate to it. The
like of which happencth to the aire when we breathe : for
our lungs being like a bladder , when we open them, the aire
muft needs come in> to fill that capacity which elle would be
emptie : and when we (hut them again ; as in A pair of bellows
we put it put.

This may fufficej concern ing the primary motion of roots:
but in that of the heart; we fhall find the matter not alcogether cess -
fo plain, Monfieur des Cartes following herein the ftcps of the nion touching
learned and ingenuous Do&our Harvey, who .hath invented Je heart," "^
and teacheth that curious and excellent doctrine of the cir-
culation of the bloud; (as indeed, what fccret of nature can
be hidden from fb fharp a wit, when he applyeth himfelf to pe-
netrate into the bottome of it: ) expjjcateth the matter much
after this fort. That the heart, within, in the fubftance of it, is
like a hollow cavern; in whofc bottome, were an hot ftone; on
which fhould drop as much liquour as the fiery ftone could
blow into fmoke; and this fmoke or fteam fhould be more then
the cave could contain; wherefore it muft break out; which to
do, it preflcth on all fides to get an itfue or doore to let it out :
it findeth of two forts, but finely one kind of them will ferve it
for this purpofe ; for the one fort of the(e doores, opcneth in-
wards, the other outwards : which is the caufe that the more it
ftriveth to get out, the fafter it fliutteth the doores of the firft
Jcind ; but by the fame means, it beateth back the other doores,
and fo getteth out.

Now when it is gone quite out of this cavern, and confe-
quently leaverh it to its naturall diipofition ; whereas before it
violently ftrctehed it out; and by doing fo kept dole the doores
that open inwards : then all the parts of it begin to flackcn; and
thofe doores give way unto new liquour to drop in anew ;
which the heat in the bottome of the heart; rarifiech again

T 2 into

A Trutife ^/BODIES. Chap.26.

into fmoke as before. And thus lie conceiveth the motion of the
heart to be made, taking the fubftance of it to be ( as I may
fay _) like unto limber leather , which upon the filling of it
with bloud and fteam , openeth and dilateth it felf : and
at the going ef h out , it fhrinketh together like a blad-
der.

But I doubt, this explication will not go through the diffi-
cultv; for firft,both Galen andDodour Harvey do (hew, that
as foon as the bloud is come into the heart, it contra&cth it
fclf : which agreeth not with Monfieur dcs Cartes his fuppo-
fnion : for in his doSrine, there appearcth no caufcwkyit
fhould contract it felf when it is full : but contranwife5it fhould
go on dilating it felf, untill enough of the bloud which drep-
pcth inco the heart, were converted into (team, to force the
doorcs open ; that fo, it may gain an iflue thence, and a pafiagc
into the body.

Next, Monfieur des Cartes fuppoieth that the fubftance of
the heart is like a bladder, which hath no motion of it fclfi
but openeth and fhuttech , according as what is within it
ftretcheth it out, or permhteth it to fluink and fall together
again. Whereas Doclour Harrey provcth that when it is full,
it compreffeth it felf by a quick and ftrong motion, to expell
that which is in it : and that when it is empty, it returned) to
its naturall dilatation, figure and fituation, by the ceafing of
that agents working, which caufed its motion. Whereby it
appeareth to beef fuch a fibrous fubftance,as hath a proper.mo-
tion of its own.

Thirdly, I fee not how this motion can be proportionall :
for the heart muft needs open and be dilated > much farter
then,it can be fliut and ftirink together : there being no eaufe
put to fhut it and to bring it to its utmoft period of fhrinking,
other then the going out of the vapour, whereby it becometh
empty : which vapour not being forced by anything but by
its own inclination, it may peradvcncureatthe firft when there
is abundance of it, fwell and flretch the heart forcibly out;
b'-K after the firfr impulle and breach of fome part of it out of
thecavernc that enclofed it, there is nothing to drive out the
reft, which muft therefore fteam very leifurery out.

Fourth-

Chap. 2 6. \A Treatife of BODIES. 2pj

Fourthly, what fhould liindcr the bloud from coming in, be-
fore the hearc be quite empty and fhrunk to its loweft pi'tch ?
For as foon as ihc vapour yieldcth within, new bloud may
fall in from without ; and fb keep the heart continual,
ly dilated, without ever fuffering it to be perfe&Jy and com.
pletely fhut.

Fifthly, the heart of a viper layed upon a plate in a warm
place will beat fbure and twenty houres, and much longer, if
it be carefully taken out of its body, and the weather be warm
and moyft : and it is clear, that this is without fucceflion of
bloud to caufe the pulfes of it. Likewifc, the fevered members
of living creatures will ftirre for (bme time afcer they are part-
ed from their bodies: and in them, we can fufpcdr, no fuch caufe
of motion.

Sixthly , in Monfieur des Cartes his opinion, the heart
fhould be hardeft when it is fulleft ; and the eruption ofthe
fteam out of it , fhould be ftrongeft at the beginning , whereas
experience fhcwcth, that it is fbfteft when it is at the point of
being full, and hardeft when it is at the point of being empty j
and the motion ftrongeft, towards the end.

Seventhly, in Monfieur des Cartes his way, there is no a-
gent or force ftrong enough to make bloud gufh owe of the
heart : for if it be the fteam onely that openeth the doores,
nothing but it will go out ; and the bloud will ftill remain be-
hind, fince it lieth lower then the fteam, and further from the
iflfue that letteth it out * but Doctor Harvey findeth by expe-
rience ( and teacheth how to make this experience ) that when
a wound is made in the heart, bloud will gufh out by fpurts at
every fhooting ofthe heart.

And laftly, if Monfieur des Cartes his fuppofition were true,
the arteries would receive nothing but fteams ; whereas it is
evident that the chief filler of them is bloud.

Therefore we muft enquire after another caufe of this pri-
mary motion of a fcufitive creature, in the beatings of its heart. The Authfturf
Wherein we fhall not be obliged to look farre : for feeing we opinion con-
find this motion and thefc puliations in the heart when it is ie-
parated from the body , we may boldly and fafely conclude,
that it muft of ncceffity be caufed by fomething that is

T 3 within

304 A TVM///S0/BODIES. Chap. 2<5,

within the heart it felf. And what can that be elle, but heat or
fpirits imprifonect in a tough vifcuous bloud; which it cannot
fo prefemly break through to get out: and yet can ftirre within
it, and lift it up ?

The like of -which motion may be obferved, in the heaving
up, and finking down again of loofe mould thrown into a pit,
into which much ordure hath been emptied The fame caufe, of
heat in the earth, maketh mountains and fands to be caft up
in the very Tea: fb, in frying, when the pan is full of meat, the
bubbles rife and fall at the edges: treacle, and fuch ftrong com-
pounded fubftances; whiles they ferment, do life themfelves up
and fink down again , after the fame manner as the vipers
heart doth : as alfb do the bubbles of barm, and muft ofwiner
and fhort ends of lute firings baked in a juicy pie, will at the
opening of it move in fuch fort, as they who are ignorant ofthe
feat will think there arc magots in it : and a hot loaf, in which
quickfilver is encloied, will not onely move thus, but will alfb
leap about, and skip from one place to another, like the head
orlimbeofnn animall fvery full of fpirits) newly cut off
from its whole body.

And that this is the true caufe of the hearts motion, appear-
cth evidently. Firft, becaufe this virtue of moving is in every
part of the heart, as you will plainly fee if you cut into feve-
rall pieces a heart, that confervdth its motion long after it is
out of the animals belly : for every piece will move; as Doctor
Harvey afTureth us by experience, and I my felf have often fcen,
upon occafion of making the great antidote, in which vipers
hearts is a principal! ingredient. Secondly, the fame is feen in
the auricles and the reft of the heart; whofe motions are feve-
rall; though fb near together, that they can hardly be diftin-
guifbed. Thirdly, Doctor Harvey fcemcth to affirm that the
bloud which is in the ears of the heart, hath fuch a motion
of it felf, precedent to the motion of the cars it is in : and that
this virtue remaincth in it fora little fpace after the ears arc
dead. Fourthly, in touching a heart which had newly left
moving, with his finger wetted with warm fpittlc, it began to
xnovc again , as tcftifying that heat and inoifturc made this
motion. Fifthly, if you touch the vipers heart over with vineger,

with

Chap. 26. *4 Treatift of B O D I E S.

with fpiritof wine,with (harp white vvinc,or with any piercina
liqiiour; it prefcntly dycth: for the acutencffeof iiich fubftances
pierceth through the vifcuous bloud, and maketh way for the
heat to get out.

But this firft mover of an animall , muft have fomcthing
from without to ftirre it up; elfc, the heat would lie in it, as if
h were defcd; and in time would become abfolutely fo. In egges,
you fee this exteriour mover, is the warmth of the lienne hatch-
ing them. And in Embryons, it is the warmth of the mothers
wombe. But when in either of them, the heart is completely
formed, and isenclofed in the breafi; much heat is likcvvife en-
clofed there, in all the parts near about the heart; partly made
by the heart itfclf/and partly caufed by the outward heat,which
helped alfb to make that in the heart : and then although the
warmth of the hen or of the mothers womb, do forlake the
heart; yet this ftirreth up the native heat within the heart and
keepeth it in motion, and maketh it feed ftill upon new fcwcll,
as faft as that which it worketh upondecayctb.

But to exprefle more parriculai ly how this motion is effected;
we are to note, that the heart hath in the ventricles of it three
forts of fibers: the firft go long wayes or are ftraight ones, on pcnd«h
the fides of the ventricles from the thick bafis of the heart, to-
wards the little tip or cone of it: the fecond, go croffe or round-
Wayes about the ventricles within the heart : and the third, are
tranfverfall or thwart ones. Nexr, we are to remember,that the
bcart is fixed to the body by its bafe; and hangeth loofe at the
cone. Now then, the fibers being of the nature of fuch things
as will fwell and grow thicker by being moiftened, and confe-
quently fhrink up in length and grow fliorter in proportion to
their fwelling thicker ( as you may oblerve in a loofe wrought
hempen rope ) it muft of neceflity follow, that when the bloud
falleth into the heart ( which is of a kind of fpungie fubftance )
the fibers being therewith moiftened, they will prelently fwcll
in round nefle and flirink in length.

Nexr, we are to note, that there is a double motion in the
heart: the one of opening, which is called, Diaftole; the other of
'(hutting, which is termed Syftole. And although Dotftoiiv Har-
vey feemeth to allow the opening of the heart to be no motion;

T 4 buc

6.

An objcQion
anrwcrcd a
gainft the fot-
»cr doftrioe.

«xf TrcAtife of B O D I ES. Chap. i£.

but rather a relenting from motion; neverthelefle (me thinkcth)
it is manifeft, that it is not onely a eomplcat motion; but in a
manner the greater motion of the two, though indeed the lefle,
fenfible; becaufc it is performed by little and little; for in it the
heart is drawn by violence from its naturall pofition; which
muft be ( as ic is of all heavy things) chat by which it approach-
cth moft to the center of gravity; and fuch a pofition we fee ic
gaineth by the Shutting of it.

Now to declare how both thcfe motions are effected, we are
to confider how at the end of the fyftole the heart is voided and
eleanfed of all the bloud that was in it ; whence it followeth,
that the weight of the bloud which is in the auricles, prefling
upon the valvalas or doores that open inwards,waketh its way
by little and little into the ventricles of the heart, where it muft
ncceflarily fwell the fibers ; and they being fwelled muft needs
draw the heart into a roundifh and capacious figure, which the
more it is donejthe more bloud cometh in>and with greater vio-
lence.The following effeil of which muft be, that the weight of
the bloud joyned to the weight of the heart it felf, and particu-
larly of the conus or tip (which is more (olid and heavic in pro-;-
portion to its quantity,then the reft of the heart)muft neceilari-
ly fet the heart into the natural motion of deicending according
to its gravity : the which confequently, is performed by a lively
jerck, whereby it cometh to pafle that the tip of our heart doth as
it were Spring up towards our breaft:& the bloud is fpurted ouc
by other valvuU ('that open outwards)which are aptly difpofcd
to be opened upon fuch a motion;& do convey it to the arteries.

In. the oxide of which motion,we may note how the figure of
our heart contributeth to its fpringing up towards our brcaft;
for the line of diftance which is between the bafis & the tip being
longer on that fide which is towards the back,then on the other
which is towards the bieaft, it muft happen chat when the hcarc
fliuttcth and ftraighteneth it felf, and thereby extendcth it lelf to
its length, the tip will buttc out forwards towards thebreft.

Againft this doctrine of the motion, and of the fyftole and
diaftole of the heart, it may beobje&cd, that beafts hearts do
not hang like a mans heart, ftraight downwards; but rather
horizontally; and therefore this motion of gravity cannat have

pfeee

Chap. 16. ^4 Treatife of B O D I E S.

place in them : neverthelefle, \vc are fure they beat, and do
open and flint regularly. Befides , if there were no other
caufe but this of gravity for the motion of a mans heart,it would
follow that one who were fet upon his head or hung by his
heels, could not have the motion of his heart: which pofturene-
verthelerte, we lee men remain in for a pretty while, without
any extreme prejudice.

But the(e difficulties are cafily anfwcred; for whether beafts
hearts do lie directly horizontally, or whether the bafis be fa-
ftencd fbmcwhat higher then the tip reacheth, and fb maketh
their heart hang inclining downwards; ftill the motion of
gravity hath its effect in them. As we may perceive in the
heart of a viper lying upon a plate, and in any other thing that
of it felf fwelleth up, and ftraight again fiuketh down : in
"which we cannot doubt, but that the gravity fighting againft
the heat, maketh the elevated parts to fall, as the heat maketh
them rife.

And as for the latter; it is evident that men cannot ftay long
in that pofture without violent accidents; and in any little while
we fee that the bloud cometh into their face and other parts
which naturally are fituated higher; but by this pofition become
lower then the heart : and much time is not required, to have
them quite difbrdered and fuffocated; the bloud patting through
the heart with too much quicknefle, and not receiving due con-
co&ion there; and falling thence in too great abundance into
places that cannot with conveniency entertain it.

But you will infift, and ask, whether in that pofture the
heart doth move or no, and how? And to fpeak by guefle in a
thing I have not yet made experiences enough to be throughly
informed in; I conceive without any great fcruple that it doth
move. And that it happencth thus; that the heart hanging fbme-
what Joofe,muft needs tumble over, and the tip of it lean down-
wards fome way or other; and fo lie in part like the heart of a
beaft; though not fo conveniently accommodated: and then the
heat which maketh the vifcuous bloud that is in thefubftanceof
the heart to ferment will not fail ofraifing it up: whereupon the
weight of that fide of the heart that is lifted up,wil prelently preflTe
it down again. And thus, by the alternative operations of thefe

caufcs,

v

A Trettifi 0/B O D I E S. Chap, i 6.

eaufes, the heart wili be made to open and fhut ic (elf, as much
as is neceflary for admitting and thrufting out, that little and
difordcrly coming bloud, which maketh its courie through it,
for that little fpace \vherein the man continueth in thac poli-
tion.

7. Now from thcle effefrs wrought in the heart by the moiften-

circulation jng of the fibers, two other effects do proceed : the one is, that
& the bloud is pufhed out of every corner of the heart with ao im-

h at follow th; petijonindle or velocity. The other is, that by this motion the
"n° fpirits which are in the ventricles of the heart, and in the bloud

tint is even then heated there, are more and deeper prefled into
the fubftance of the heart/o that you fee the heart imbibeth frefli
vigour, and is ftrcngthened with new fpirits, whiles it feemeth
to reject that which fliould ftrengthcn it.

Again, tvvo other effects follow this violent ejection of the
bloud out of the heart. The one is,that for the prefent the heart
is entirely cleaned of all remainders of bloud, none being per-
mitted to fall back to annoy it. The other is,that the heart find-
ing it felfdry, the fibers do relent prcfently into their naturall
portion and exteniion, and the valvula; that open inwards, fall
flat to the fides of the ventricles, and confequently new bloud
droppeth in. So that in conclufion, we lee the motion of the
heart dependeth originally of its fibers irrigated by the bloud,
and not from the force of the vapour, as Monfieur des Cartes
fuppofcth.

This motion of the heart driveth the bloud (which is warm-
ed and fpiritualized, by being boyled in this furnace ) through
due paflages into the arteries, which from them runneth into
the veins, and is a main caufc of making and nourishing other
parts; as the liver, the lungs,the brains, and whatfocverelfe de-
pendeth of thofe veins and arteries through which the bloud
goeth. Which being ever frcfhly heated, and receiving the tin-
cture of the hearts nature-, by parting through the heart, whcre-
foevcr it ftaycth and curdleth, it groweth into a fubftaHce of a
nature conformable to the heart, thongh every one of fuch fub-
ftances be of exceeding different conditions in thcmfelves , the
very grolfcrt excrements not being excluded from fome par-
ticipation of that nature.

But

Chap. 26. esfTwttfecf&ODlES. 15*9

But if you defire to follow the bloud all along every ftep in
its progreffe from the heart round about the body, till it return
back again to its center, Do&our Harvey who mod acutely
teachech this dofhine, muft be your guide. He will {hew you
how it iflucth from the heart by the arteries, from whence it
gocth on warming the flcfli, untill it arrive to fome of the extre-
mities of the body : and by then it is grown fo cool ( by long
abfcnce from the fountain of its heat; and by evaporating its
own flock of fpirits, without any new fupply) that it hath need*
of being warmed anew; it fmdeth it felf returned back again to

O O

the heartland is there heated again, which return is made by the
veins , as its going forwards is performed oneiy by the arteries.
And were it not for this continuall circulation of the bloud,
and this new heating it in its proper caldron, the heart; it could
not be avoided but that the extreme parts of the body would
foon grow cold and die. For flefh being of .it felf of a cold na-
ture fas is apparent in dead flefli^) and being kept warm> merely
by the blond that bedeweth it; and the bloud likewile being of
a mture that foon groweth cold and congeaieth , unlefic it be
preferved in due temper by aclaall heat working upon it: how
can we imagine "that they two fingly, without any other aflj-
ftance; fhould keep one another warm fefpeci'ally in thofe parts
that are farre diftant from the heart ) by onely being together ?
Surely we muft allow the bloud., (which is a fubftance fit for
motion) to have recourfe back to the heart, ( where onely it
can befupplyed with new heat and fpirits _) and from thence be
driven out again by itpulfcs or ft rokes, which a re his fhmtings.
And as faft as it flicth out, (like a reeking thick fleam, which
rifeth from perfumed water falling upon a heated pan _) that
which is next before it muft flic yet further on, to maJvC way for
it; and new arteriall bloud ftill ifiu ing forth at every pulie, it
muft ftill drive on wh.it ifiued thence the laft precedent pulle,
and that part muft prtffe x>n what is next before it. And thus it
fareth with the whole mafic of bloud, which having no other
courfe but in the body, k muft at length run round, and by new
veflfcls ( which arc the veins ) return back unto the place from
whence it iffucd firft: and by that time it cometh thither, it is
grown cool and thick, andneedech a vigorous reftauration of

fpirhs.

ATrCAtifi of BO DIES. Chap. 16.

fpirits and a new rarifying- that then it may Warm the flefli it
pafiech again through: without which it would fnddenly grow
i.tone cold, as is manifeft if by tying or cutting the arteries, you
intercept the bloud xvhich is to nourifh any part: for then that
partjgroweth prefcntly cold and benummed.

8. But referring the particulars of this doctrine unto Do&our

ofNumnon. f-jarvey (\vho hath both invented afid perfected it) our task in
hand calleth upon us to declare in common the refiduc of mo~
tions that all living creatures agree in. How generation is per-
formed we have determined in the part diicourfe. Our next con-
federation then ought to be of Nutrition and Augmentation.
Between which there is very little difference in the nature of
their a£r,ion;and the difference of their names is grounded more
upon the different refult in the period of them, then upon the
thing it (elf; as will by and by appear. Thus then is the pro-
«refle of this matter : as foon as a living creature is formed, it
cndcavourcth ftraight to augment it felf; and employeth it felf
onely about that; the parts of it being yet too young and tender
to perform the other functions which nature hath produ-
ced them for. That is to fay- the living creature, at its fir ft
production* is in fuch a ftate and condition as it is able to do
nothing elfe , but (by means of the great hea* that is in it ) to
turn into its own fubftance the abundance of moyfture that o-
verflowcth it.

They who are curious in this matter, do tell us that the per-
formance of this work confifteth in five a&ions; which they call
Attraction, Adhcfion, Conco&ion, Affimilation, and Unition.
The nature of attraction we have already declared when we
explicated how the heart and the root fendeth juyce into the o-
ther parts of the animal or plant: for they abounding in thcm-
felvcs with inward heat, and befides that, much other circum-
ftant heat working likewife upon them; it cannot be otherwise,
but that they muft needs fuck and draw into them, the moy-
fture that is about them.

As for adhcfion, the nature of that is Jikcwife explicated,
when we fhcwed how fuch parts as are moift butefpecially ae-
reall or oily ones (Tuch as are made by the operation of a fbfc
tnd continuall heat) are catching and do cafily ftick unto any

bodj

Chap.ao*. t^rretizfeofRODlES. 301

body they happen to touch : and how a little part of moyfture
between two dry parts, joyneth them together. Upon which oc-
cafion, it is to be noted that parts of the fame kind "do joyn beft
together: and therefore the powder of glafle is u fed tocimenc
broken glafle withall (as we have touched fomewhere above: J
and the powder of marble to ciment marble with;andfo of other
bodies: in like manner, Alchymifts find no better expedient to
extract a fmall proportion of filver mixed with a great one of
gold, then to put more filver to it: nor any more cffec"tuall way
to get out the heart, or tincture, or fpirits of any thing they di-
itill or make an extra& of, then to infufe its own flegme upon
it, and to water it with that. Now whether the reafon of this
be, that continuity, bccau/e it is an unity, inuft be firmeft be-
tween parts that are moft conformable to one another, and con-
fequently are moft one among themfelves; or whether it be for
foine other hidden caufe,belongeth not to this place to difcourfe:
but in fine fb it is. And the adhefion is ftrongeft of fuch parts as
are moft conformable to that which needeth enereafe and nou-
rifhment; and that is made up by the other three actions.

Of which, concoction is nothing elfe but athickning of that
juyce which already fticketh to any part of the animals body,
by the good digeftion.that heat maketh in ir. And aflimilation
is the effeft of concoction: for this juyce being ufed in the fame
manner > as the firft juyce was that made the part whercunto
this is to be joyned; it cannot choofe but become like unto ir in
fubftance. And then, there being no other fubftance between, ic
is of it felf united unto it without any further help.

Hjcherto this action belongcth to nutrition. But if on the one 9.
fide, the heat and fpirituality ofthe blond; and on the other hde 9f A
the due temper and difpofition ofthe part be fuch, as the blond
is greedily fucked into the part'.which thereby fwclleth to make
room for it, and will not let itgoaway, butturneth itinto a
like fubftance as it felf is; and in greater quantity then what is
eonfumed and decayeth continually by tranfpiration tthen this
action is called likewife augmemation. Which Galen explica-
teth by a fport the boyes of Ionia ufed; who were accuftomcd
to fill a bladder with wind; and when they could force no more
into it, they^would rub the bladder, ancj after rubbing of it.rhcy

A Trtatife ^/BODIES. Chap. 2 6.

found it capable of receiving new breath ; and fo they would
proceed en, undll their bladder were as full as by ufe they knew
it could be made. Now ((aith he) nature doth the like, by fil-
ling our flefh and other parts with bloud; that is to fay , it
itreccheth the fibers r'but fhe hath over and above a power
.ichthcboyes had not; namely t© make the fibers as ftrong
ar'rcr they fire ltre:ched to their utmoft extcnfion, as they were
before they were extended : whence it happenech that {he can
extend them again as well as at the firft; and this without end,
•as far as concemech that part.

The reafon whereof is, becaufe flic extendeth them by means
ofa liqueur which is of the fame nature, as that whereof they
were macie at the fir ft: and from thence it folioweth, that by
concoction that liquour (cttlech in the parts of the fibers which
have moft need;and ib matath thofe parts as great in the length
they are extended umo, as they were in their ffiorrncffe before
they were drawn out. Whereby the whole part of the animal,
wherein this happencth,groweth grearer.-and the like being done
in every part, as well as in any one fingle one, the whole ani-
mal becomcth b'gger; and is in fuch fort aU^Tienred.
10> Out of all which difcourfe, we may collect that in the cfien-

0 ^a^ compolition of living creatures, there may pcradventure be
a phyficall poffibility for them to continue alwayes without de-
cay; and (b become immortall, even in their bodies, ifall hurt-
full accidents coming from without might be prevented. For
feeing that a man, bcfides the encrcafe which he makcth ofhim-
felf, can alfb impart unto his children a virtue, by which they
are able to do the like, and to give again unto theirs as much as
they received from their fathers: it is clear , that what maketh
him die, is no more the want of any radicall power in him, to
encreafe or nourish himlelf; then in fire, it is the want of power
to burn, which maketh it go out. But it muft be fomc accidcn-
tall want, which Galen attributed! chiefly to the drincfleofour
bones, and finews, &c. as you may in him fee more at large;
for drinefTe with denfity allowcth not eafrc admittance un-
to moyfture : and therefore it caufeth the heat which is in the
dry body, either to evaporate, or to be extinguished : and
Want of heat is that from whence the failing of life procecd-

eth

27.' 4 Trettife »f B O D I E S* 303

erh: which he thinkcch cannot be prcyentcd by any art or in-
duftry.

And herein God hath exprefled his great mercy and good-
neffe towards us: for feeing that by the corruption of our own
nature, we are fo immerfcd in flefh and bloud, as we flioukl for
ever delight to wallow in their mire , without raifing our
thoughts at any time above that low and brutall condition: he
hath engaged us by a happy neceffity, to think'of and to pro-
vide for a nobler and farre more excellent ftatc of living thac
will never change or end.

In purfuance of which inevitable ordinance, man ( as if he
were grown wtary and otit of love with this life > and (corned
any term in his farm here, fincehe cannot purchafe the fce-fim-
ple of it) hafteneth on his death by his unwary and rafh ufe of
meats, which poyfbn his bloud : and then his infected bloud
pa/Ting through his whole body,muft needs in like manner taint
it all at once. For the redrefle of which milchicf, the affiftance of
phyfick is made ufe of: and that pafling likewise the fame way,
pu nfieth "the bloud , and recovereth the corruption occafioned
by the peccant humour ; or other whiles gathering it together,
it thrufteth and carrieth out that evill guefhby the paflages con-
trived by nature to disburden the body of unprofitable or hurt-
full fuperfluities.

CHAP. XXVII.

Ofthf motions of fenfe', and of the fenfible e/Halttics in
genertll; Mid in particulars ft ho ft which belong
to Touch, Taft, and Smelling.

HAving thus brought on the courfe of nature as high as li- j.
ving creatures ( whole chief fpeciefes or divifion is thofe Th? connexion1
that have (enle) and having declared the operations which are ^'^ "haprcn
common to the whole tribe of them which includeth both plants wtHche P:«cc-
and animals; it is now time we take a particular view of tliole,
whofe action and pafiion is the reafbn why that chief portion of
life is termed fcnfitive; I mean the fenfes , and the qualities, by
which the outward world corr.eth into the living creature
through his fenfes. Which when we fhall have gone throrgh,

we

304. A Treatife o/B O D I E S. Chap, 27.

\vc fhall fcarce'ly have left any qualities among bodies, to plead
for a fpiricuall manner of being or working ; that is? for a felf-
ehtity, and inftantaneous operation : which kind of things and
properties, vulgar Philofbphy is very earneft to attribute unto
our fenfcs: with what reafbn,and upon what ground let us now
eonfider.

ef«Hefe*fc & Thcfe qualities are reduced to five feverall heads, anfwerable
feeble qtuii- to fo many different wayes , whereby we receive notice of the
And'of^hTend bodies that are without us. And accordingly, they conftitute a
for which they like number of different fenfes: ofevcry one of which , we will
dilcourfe particularly, when we have examined the natures of
the qualities that affect them. But now, all the consideration we
fhall need to have of them, is onely this; That it is manifeft the
organes in us, by which fenfiblequahties do work upon us, arc
coporeall, and are made of the like ingredients as the reft of our
body is: and therefore muftof necefifity be liable to fuffer evil
and to receive good ( in fitch fort as all other bodies do ) from
thofc active qualities*which make and marre all things within
the limits of nature. By which terms of Evill and Good^I mean
thofe effects that are averfe or conformable to the particular na-
ture of any thing; and thereby do tend to the prefcrvation or
deftruclion of that individual!.

Now we receiving from our (enfes the knowledge that we
have of things without us, do give names unto them according
tothepaffions and affections which thofe things caufe incur
fenfes : which being the fame in all mankind ( as lonr; as they
are confidercd in common, and that their effe&s are looked up-
on in groffe ) all the world agreech in one notion, and in one
name of the lame thing; for every man living is affected by it,
juft as his neighbour is, and as all men elfe in the world are. As
for cxamplcjheat or cold worketh the fame feeling in every man
compofed of flefh and bloud; and therefore whofbever ftiould
be asked of them would return the fame anfwer, that they caufc
fuch and fuch effects in his fen fe, pleafing or difpleafing to him,
according to their degrees, and as they tend to the good or evill
of his whole body.

But ifwedefcend to particulars, we fhall find that fercra 11
men of differing constitutions do frame different notions of the

fame

Chap.jy 'jtTrevifeof BODIES. 305

fame things, according as they are conformable or difagreeing
to their naruresrand accordingly they give them different names.
As when the fame liquour is fwect to fome mens taft, which to
anothers appcareth bitter : one man taketh that for a perfume,
which to another is an offenfive fme/1 : in the Turkifh bathj;
( where there are many degrees ofheat in divers roomSsthrougU
all which the fame perfon ufeth to pafle, and to ftay a while in
every one of them, both at his entrance and going out, to (eafon
his body by degrees> for the contrary excefle he is going unto )
that fcemeth chilly cold at his return; which appeared melting
hot at his going in; as I my (elf have often made experience in
thofc countreys. Beauty and lovelinefle will fhineto one man
in the fame faces that will give averfioii i^4nother. All which
proclaimed, that the fennble qualities of bodies are not any
pofitive reall thing,confifting in an indivifible^nd diftincl: from
the body it feif j but arc merely the very body , as it aflfecleth
our fcnfes : which to difcover how they do it, rnuft be our la-
bour here.

Let.us therefore begin with considering the difference that
is between fenfible & infcnfible creatures. Thcfe latter do lie ex-
pofed to the mercy of all outward agents that from time-to time
(by the continuall motion which all things arc in) do come
within diftance of working upon them: and they have no power
to remove themfelves from what is avcrfe to their nature; nor to
approch nearer unto what comforteth it. But the others having
within themfclves a principle of motion Casvve have already
declared ) whenfocver fuch effects are wrought upon them, as
upon the others; they arc able upon their own account and by
their own a&ion., to remove themfelves from what beginneth to
annoy them, and to come nearer unto what they find a begin-
ning of good by.

Thefc imprcflions are made upon thole parts of us, which we
call the organs of our {enfes; and by them do give us fcafonablc
advertifements and knowledges whereby YVC may govern and
order to the beft advantage, eur little charge of a body, accor-
ding to the tune or warnings of change in the great circumftant
body of the world, as far as it may concern ours. Which how
it is done, and by what fieps it proceeded^ #>*!! be in die fol-
io wing difcourfe laid open. V Of

A Trertife of BODIES. Chap. 27.

Of this great macliinc that environeth us, we who are but a
fmall parccll, are not immediately concerned in every part of it.
It importeth not us for the eonfervationof our body , to have
knowledge of ochcr parts then liich as are within the diflancc
of working upon us: tho'eonely within whole fpherc ofa^ivi-
t-y v\e arc planted, can ofTcndor advantage us: and of them (bine
are near us, others further from us. Thofethac arc next unto us,
we dilcern (according as they are qualified) euhcr by our
touch- or by our taft, or by our imelling; which three fenies do
manifestly appear to confift in a mere gradation of more or leffc
groffe ; and their operations are levelled to the three elements
that prcOe upon us, earth, water, and aire. By our other two
fenfes ( otir hearin<*HiTiH'Our feeing ) we have notice of things
further off: and the agents which work upon them, arc of a
more refined nature.

But we muft treat of them all in particular : and that which

wc wil1 bc§m with flial] be thc touch> as being the groflcft °f
that both it & them, and that which converfeth with none but the molt mate-
m quaruic, arc rialj znd m^ otycfat We fee it dealeth with heavie confident
bodies, and judgcth of them by conjunction unto them, and by
immediace reception of fomething from them. And according
to the divers impreffions they make in it, it diftinguiftieth them
by divers names; which ( as we faid of the qualities of mixed
bodies ) are generally reduced to certain pairs, as-hot and cold,
wet and dry, foft and hard,fmooth and rough,thick and thinne,
& fome others of the like nature; which we needlcflc to enume-
rate, fmcc we pretend not to deliver the fcience of them, but
oncly tofliew that they and their actions arc all corporeall.

And this is iufficiemly evident, by mere repeating but their
very names: for it is plain by what we have already faid, that
they are nothing elfe but certain affections of quantity, arifing
out of different degrees of rarity and denfity compounded toge-
ther. And it is manifcft by experience* that our fenfc rcceiveth
thc very fame impreffions from them which another body doth:
for our body or our fenfe will be heated by fire; and will alfo be
burned by it, if the heat be too great as well as wood : it will
bcconftipatcd by cold water, moyltened by humidc things, and
<hycd by dry bodies, in thc fame manner as any other body

what-

Chap. 27. A Trcattfeof BODIES. 307

whatfoevcr; likewifc, it may in fuch fort as they , be wounded
and have its continuity broken by hard things; be pleated and
poliflicd by thofethac are fofc and fmooch; be piefled by thole
that arc thick and heavie; and be rubbed by chofe that arc rug-
ged, &c.

So that thofc maflers who will teach us that the imprefsions ,

upon fenfe are made by Ipirituall or fpirit-like things or quali-
ties, which they call intentionall fpecicfes, muft labour at two
works: the oae to make it appear that there are in nature fuch
things as they would perfwade us; the ocher,to prove that thelc
iriateriall aclions we Ipeak of are not able to perform thole cf-
fefts, for which the fenles are given unto living creatures. And
untill they have done that, I conceive we fliould be much too
blame to admit fuch things, as we neither have ground for in
rcafon, nor can underftand what they arc. And therefore we
muft refblve to reft in this belief, which experience breedcth in
us; that thefe bodies work upon our {enfes no other waycs then
by a corporeall operation ; and that fuch a one is fufficient for
all the effects we fee proceed from them : as in the proccflc of
this difcomrfe wefhall more amply declare.

The clement immediately next to earth in grofTenefle, is wa- 4.
ter. And in it is the exercife of our taft, our mouth being per- 9fchr,taft and

ii • i • r c L- i n its qualities:

petually wet within; by means of which moyfture, our tongue that they arc
receiveth into it fome little parts of the fubftance which we
chew in our teeth, and which pafTeth over it. You may obfervc
how, if we take any herb or fruit, and having chopped or beat-
en it fmall, we then put it into a wooden difh of water and do
fqueeze it a little; the juyce communicating and mingling it (elf
Virh the water, infe&cth it with the taft of it (elf, and remain-
ing a while in the bowl, finkcth by little and little into the ve-
ry pores of the wood- as is nianifcft by its retaining a long time
after the taft and fmell of that herb. In like manner, nature
hath taught us by chewing our meat* and by turning it into our
mouthes and prefsing it a little (that we may the. more eafily
fvvallow it) to imbue our fpittle wtth fueh little parts as eafily
diffulethcmfclves in water. And then our fpittle bein»continu-
ate to the moyfrtire which is within our tongue, (in fuch (brt as
*ve declared of the moyfture of the earth that foakcthinto the

V i rooc

Trctitfe of B O D I ES. Chap. 27.

root of a plant ) and particularly in the finevvs of it; muft of
necefsity affe-.fl thofe little fenfiblc firings with the qualities
•which thefe petty bodies, mixed every where with the moifture,
arc thcmfelvcs imbued withall.

And ifyou ask what motions or qualities thefe be : Phyfici-
ans ( unco whom it bclongeth moft particularly to look into
them ) will tell you, that fome dilate the tongue more,and fomc
leflc; as if fbrr.c of thefe little bodies had an aercall, and others a
watry difpofition: and thefe two they exprefle by the names of
fweet and fatty. That fome do contrail and draw the tongue
together, as choaky and rough things do moftjand next to them
crabby and immature fharpncfTe. That fome do corrode and
pierce the tongue, as fait and fowre things. That bitter things
do fearch the CHitfide of it, as if they fwept it : and that other
things do as it were prick it, as fpices and hot drinks. Now all
thefe are fenfible materiall things, which admit to be explicated
clearly, by the varieties ofrarity and dcnfity concurring to their
compofuionsjand arcfo proportionable to fuch materiall inftru-
mcnts as we cannot doubt but that they may be throughly de-
clared by our former principles.

.~ The next element above water ij aire, which our noftrills,

That thefmei being our inftrurnent to fuck in, we cannot doubt but whaqaf-
^c^et^ a man ty nis no^e' mu^ come unto ^im in ^reatn or

aire. And as humidity receiveth groffer ami weightier parts, fb
thole which are more fubtile and light, do rife up into the aire:
and thcfc we know attain unto this lightnefle by the comrnixti-
on of Fre, which is hot and dry. And therefore we cannot
doubt, bin that the nature of fmell is more or Icfle tending to
heat and drought: which is the caufe that their commixtiop
with the brain, proveth comfortable unto it ; becaufe of its
own difpofition it is ufually fubjcft to be too moift and too
cold.

Whether there be any immediate inftrumentof this fenfe, to
receive the paflion or effeft, which by it other bodies make up»-
on us; or whether the fenfe it felf be nothing but a paffage qf
thcfeexhwlations and little bodies unto the brain , fitly accomr
modated to difccrn what is good or hurtfoll for it, and accor-
dingly to move the body to admic or rcj«<ft them , ' imparerth

not

Chap. 27. e^ Treat Jfe of BODIES*

not us at prcfent to determine : let Phyficians ami Anatomifts
relolve thatqueftion,whilcs it fufficeth us to undcrftand that the
operations of bodies by odours upon our fenfe,are performed by
rcall & folide parts of the whole fubftance; which are truly ma-
tcriall,though very little bodies; and not by imaginary qualities.

And thofe bodies, when they proceed out of the fame things *
that yield alfb taftive particles, (although without fuch materi- or the
all violence, & in a more fubtile manner) rnuft of necefsity have tTe^wo
in them the fame nature, which thofe have that affect the taft; of Tmciiing ani
and they muft both of them affect a man much alike, by his taft c'
and by his fmell: and to are very proportionate to one another;
excepting in thole properties which require more cold or liqui-
dity then can well ftand with the nature of a fhiell. And ac-
cordingly, the very names which men have impo(ed to exprefle
the affections of both, do many times agree: as favour, which
is common both to the finell and to the taft; and fvveet like wife:
the ftrongeft of which we fee oftentimes do make themfelves
known as well by the one as by the other (enfe ; and cither of
them inexcefle will turn amins (tomack. And the Phyficians
that write of thefe fenfcsfind them very confbrmablerand there-
fore it happeneth that the lofing of one of them, is the lofle alfb
of the other.

And experience teacheth us in all beafts, that the fmell is gi-
ven unto living creatures , to know what meats are good for
them, and what are not. And accordingly we fee them ftiU
fmell for the mott part at any unknown meat before they touch
it ; which feldome failech of informing them rightlyrnature ha-
ving provided this remedy againft the gluttony, which could
not choofe but follow th« convenient difpofition and tcm{>er of
their parts and humours j through whiqh they often fwallow
their meat greedily and fuddeniy, without expecting to try it
firft by their taft. Befides that, many meats are fo ftrong, that
their very tafting them after their ufuall mann<?f , would poy fon
or at the leaft greatly annoy them : and therefore nature hath
provided this fenfe to prevent their taft; which being far more
fubtile then their taft; the fmall atonies by which it i* performed
*re not fo very noxious to the health of the anim*l> as the other
grofler atomes are.

V 3 And

7-

The rr a on
vbv the fcrf'e
of fmcliing is
noc To petfcA
in man as in
w'tlt a
hi-

ftory of a man
tvho could
wmH a fcnt at
well as any
kcaft.

//BODIES. Chap. 1?>

And (loulxlcfTely, the like ufe men would make of this fenfc,
had they not on the one fide better means then it to know the
qualities of meats : and therefore, this is not much rcfle>fUd
upon. Aud on the other fide, were they not continually (luf-
fed and clogged with gro(Te vapours of fleamy meats? which
arc dayly reeking from the cable and their ftomacks ; and per-
mit not purer atomes of bodies, to be difccrned ; which require
cleare and nnirvfe&cd organes to. take notice of them. As we
fee it fare with dogges ; who have not fo true and ;enlible nofes,
when they arc high fed, and lie in the kitchin amidrt the fleams"
of meat; as when they are kept in their kenncll, with a more
fparc die*, fit for hunting.

One ft 11 example, this age affordeth us in this kind, of a
man- whole extremity of fear, wrought upon him to give us this
experiment. He was born in fome village of the countrey of
Liege: and therefore among ftrangers>he is known by the name
of John of Liege. I have been informed of this (lory by fcve-
rall (whom I dare confidently beleeve ) that hare had it from
his own mouth, and have queftioned him with great curiofity,
pnrticulaily about it.

When he was a little boy, there being warres in the countrey
( as that State is feldome without moleftations from abroad,
when they have no diftempers at home, which is an unfeparable
effect of a countries fituation upon the frontiers of powerfull
neighbouring Princes that arc at variance)the village of whence
he was, had notice of (bme unruly fcattered troups that were
coming to pillage them : which made all the people of the vil-
lage flie haftily with what they could carry with them, to hidev
themfelves in the woods: which were fpacious enough to afford
them fhelter,fbr they joyned upon the forrcft of Ardenne. There
they lay, till (bme of their fcouts brought them word, that the
fbuldiers of whom they were in (uch apprehenfjon, had fired
their town and quitted it. Then all of them returned home, ex-
cepting this boy; who, itfeemeth, being of a very timorous na-
ture, had images of fear fb ftrong in his phanfic ; that firft, he
ran further into the wood then any ou" the reft; and afterwards
apprehended that every body he law through the thickets, and
every voice he heard was the iouldiers: and fo hid him(cif from

his

Chap. 37. A Treatife of B O D I E S. 5

his parents that were in much diftrefle feeking him all about,
and calling his name as loud as they could. When they had
fpent a day or two in vain, they returned home without him,
and he lived many years in the woods, feeding upon roots, and
wild fruits, and mafte.

He faid that afcer he had been fometime in this wild habita-
tion, he could by the fmell judge of the taft of any thing that
was to be eaten : and that he could at a great diftance wind by
his nofe, where wholefome fruits or roots did grow. In this
ftate he continued ( ftill fliunning men with as great fear as
when he firft rannc away; fo ftrong the imprelfion was, and fo
little could his little reafoa mafteritj uncifl in a very fliarp
winter, that many beafts of the forrcft perifhcd for want of
food; neceffity brought him to fo much confidence, that leaving
the wild places of the forreft, remote from all peoples dwelling?,
he would in the evenings fteal among cattle that wcrefothercd;
efpecially the fwine, and among them* glean that which ferved
to fuftain wretchedly his miferable life. He could not do this fo
cunningly, but that returning often to it, he was upon a time
cfpied: and they who faw a beaft of fo ftrange a fliapc ( for fuch
they took him to be, he being naked and all overgrown with
hair) believing him to be a fatyre,or fbmefuch prodigious crea-
ture as the rccounters of rare accidents tell us of; laid wait to
apprehend him. But he that winded them as far re off, as any
beaft could do, ftill avoided them, till at the length, they laid
fnares for him, and took the wind fo advantagioufly of him,
that they caught him : and then, foon perceived he was a man;
though he had quite forgotten the nfeof all language : but by
his geftures and cries, he expreHed the greiteft affrtghcedneUe
that might be. Which afterwards he faid ( when he had learned
anew to fpeak ) was becaufe he thought, thofe were the fouldi-
ers he had hidden himfelf to avoid, when he firft betook himfclf
to the wood ; and were alwayes lively in his phanfie, through
his fears continually reducing them thither.

This man within a little while after he came to good keep-
ing and full feeding, quite loft that acutencfle of fmelling which
formerly governed him in his tafte; and grew to be in that par-
ticular as other ordinary men were. But at his firft liying with

other

JIE ATrutifetf BO DIES. Chap. 27.

other people,a woman that had companion ofhina to fee a man
fo near like a beatt; and that had no language to call for what
he wjlhed or needed to have; took particular care of him ; and
was alwayes very follicitous to fee him furnifhed with what he
wanted : which made him ib apply himfelf unto her in all his
occurrcnts, that whenfbever he ftood in need of ought, if /he
were out of the way, and were gone abroad into the fields, or to
any other village near by, he would hunt her out prefently by
his fent, in fuch fort as with us thofe dogs ufeto do which are
taught to drau dry foor. I imagine he is yet alive to tell a bet-
ter ftory of himlelf then I have done; and to confirm what I
have here fa id of him : for I have from them who faw him but
few years agone, that he was an able ftrong man, and likely to
laft yet a good while longer.

And of another man, I can fpeak afliiredly my felf, who
being of a very temperate or rather fpare diet, could likcwifc
perfe&ly difcern by his fmell the qualities of whatfbever was af-
terwards to "pafle the examination of his tafte, even to his bread
and bear. Wherefore to conclude, it is evident both by reafon,
and by experience, that the objefts of our touch, our tafte, and
our fmell , are materiall and corporeall things, derived from
thedivifion of quantity, into more rare and more denfe parts;
and may with cafe be rcfblved into their heads and fprings fuf-
ficiently to content any judicious and rationall man. Who if ho
be curious to have further fatisfaclion in this particular^ as farre
as concerneth odours and favours ) may look over what Joan-
nes Bra v us ( that judicious, though unpolifhed Phyfitian of Sa-
lamanca) hath written thereof.

CHAP.

OF BODIES.Chttp.XXVIII. 501

THE EIGHT AMD T WE NTIETB CH APTEK.
Oftktfe*(c efbfari*£t **4 9ftlocft*ftble qu

BUc to proceed with the reft of the fenfes : becaufe nature
faw that fome things came fuddenlyupon a living crea- Ofth/fcnfeof
cure ; which might do it hurt , if they were not perceived hearing / and
afar off: and diat other things were placed at diftance from it, *&« found is '
which would greatly helpe it, if it could come necre unto them ;
fhe found a meanes to give us two fenfes more, for the di/covery
of remote things. The one principally and particularly to defcfry
their mocion. The other to marke their bulke and Situation.

And fb to begin with the former of thefe ; we muft needs ac-
knowledge (after due examination of the matter)that che thing
which we call found is purely motion. And ific be objected that
many motions are made without any difcernabte found: We
ftiall not make difficulty to grant it 5 considering that many
motions die, before they come to touch the eare ,• or elfe are fb
weake, that they are drowned by other ftronger motions,whidr
round about befiege our eares in fuch manner, that notice is not
taken of thefe : for fo it fareth in what dependeth nieerelyof
quantity, e/pecially,concerningci!r lenfes, that not every thing
of die kind^but a terminate quantity or multitude of parts of it,
maketh an objccl fenfible.

But to come clofe to the point ; we fee that found , for the
moftpart,is made. in the tyre j and that to produce it, there is
required a quicke and finart motion of that Element, which, of
all the reil, is the mod moveable. And in motion, velocity or
quicknefle,is proportionate to denfity in magnitude (as wehavc
atlart^e declared.) Which maketh quantity become perceptible
in bulke.as this doth in motion. And as the one cohf tfteth in a
greater proportion of Jubilance to the fame quantity 5 fo the5
other doth in the paflagc of more parts of the medium in the
fame time.

And in the moderating of this , fuch of the liberal! Arts "are
employed,whieh belong to the cultivating mans vcyce- as Rhe-
toricke.meeteriijgjand finging. It is admirable how finely Ga-

Aa lileo

303

TREATISE

Of divers arts
beloogingjo

hearine* »U
which confirm
that found is
nothing L«j

motl9% . _~

^ »\rt» I • rii "Iv^?

Jileo hath delivered us the conibnances of Mulicke towards the
encj of his firft Dialogue ofmotion ; from the 95 page forward
oiv. pndhorc hq ha^ ftevve.4 thatintf t<tf cteecely unto the fight
(& making the eye,as \veJI as the eare judge ofit) in motions of
the vva^.r, up plants hangingloGJe in the ayre, ami in perma-
nent notes or races madeupon ietton.To the moderation ofthe

&&bWK*lim*£^apfV}ed.', «|s the tr^

^njakers^

f-

Neither can I iljp <?ve« vvich<)u£ menfjoning the two curious
a:rs of Echoing and of VVhii-psring.Tiiefirft of which, teachet-h
(oitvrac§ voyccs (e^rail times; aiiiis ^quenrly put inprac^ifit
by dWe. thgt are de..igfece4 with rtftfbflbW theijr gartlens. Anxi
ihe o^ier, ihe\ve£Ji !io\v to gather into a narrow roomc the mo-
tipm of ^ ay re , that are dirtuied in a great extent ; whereby,
one that inall put-ius care to that place , where all the feverail
motiorn ^pe n.iectb iJiali beare wfeflf is fppken fo. low, as no body
fa^cweejnbim^a&te he fj)ea,ker, can dui:srne any found ac all. Of
which kin^ , ft^rfe-*?e very fiae curiofities in fome Churches of
England : and my ielfe have feen , in an upper room of a capa-
qious round Tower vauted overhead., the walls fo contrived (by
chance I belfeve)thac two men ftandbg at die utmoll oppofite
points of the Diameter of it , could talke very currently and
qleerely with one and other; and yet none that itoodin the
middle could heare a iyJiable. And if he turned his face to the
wall and /poke againft that (though never fo loftly) the others
eare, at the pppo/ite point, would dilcerne every word. Which
putteth mg ip mind of a note made by one that was no rriend to
auricular confetficn ; upon his occasion of his being with me in
% Chprch that had been of a Monaltery ; where, in one corner
of it , one might fit and heare almott all that was whifpered
through the whole extent ofthe Church : who would not be
pcrfwa&d but that ic: was on punpofe contrived fb by the fubtil-
ty ofthe Friars ; to the end that the Prior or forae one of them,
might fit there and heare what/oever the ieverall Penitents ac-
cufed them/elves of to their ghoftly fathers ; Co to maJccadvan-
ug^ by this artifice, ofwhatthcconfeflforsdurft not of them-
ifelvej iromediat^Iy revealed

lie ajJovv^J better of the ufe in Rome of makiag voyces re-

bound

OF BODIES. Gfaap.XXVIII. 303

bound from the cop of" the cupuJa of St. Peters in die Vaticaa,
dovrn to the floore of the Church j when on great daies they
make a Quire of M ufike goe up to the very higheft part of the
arch, which is,iuto the Lanthorne: from whence while they fing,
the people below jtift under it are furpri/cd with the /mart found
of their voices, as though they flood clofe by them, and yet can
fee no body from whom thole notes fliould proceed. And in
the fame cupu Ja,if two men ftand upon the large cornifh or bord,
which circleth the bottom of it.they may obfer ve the like effect,
as that which I fpoke of above in the round Tower.

In the like manner , tliey that are called ventrilocjiii., do per-
fwade ignorant people, that the divel fpeakcth from within them
(deep in their belly ) by their fucking their breath inwards in a
certaine manner whiles they fpeakc : whence it followeth that
their voice feeuieth tecome.not from them.but from fomewhat
elfe hidden within them ; if (attheleatt) you perceive it com -
meth out of them : butifyoudonoc, thenitfeemethtocome
from a good way off.

To this art belongeth the making of Sarabatanes;or Trunks,
to helpe the hearing ; and of Echo glafles,that multiply founds,
as burning-glafTes do light. All which arts , and the rules of
them, do follow the laws of motion; and every effect of them is
to be demon/bated by the principles and proportions of mo-
tion : and therefore, we cannot with reafon imagine them to be
any thing die.

We fee likcwife^that great noifes,not onJy offend the hearing, ?
but even (Lake houfes and Towers. I have been told by inhabi- The fame is
rants of Dover , that when the Arch-Duke Albertus made his confirmed by
great battery againfl Calaisf which for the time rras a very furi- ff<fts cau"
ous one/or he endeavored all he coald to take theTown before
it could be relieved^) the very houfts were fliaker^and the glafle-
windows were fluvered^with the report of his Artillery. And I
have been told by one that was in Sevill, when the gunpowder,
houfeof thattowne (which was fome two miles diftant from
that jx'ace where he lived j was blown up, that it made the wood-
den fhntters of the windows in his honfe , beat and clapagainft
the walls with great violence , and did fpfit the very waJJs of a
fuire Church , that ftinding next it ( though at a good di-
ll ance) had no otlio: building bctwecne tofneJter it from the

A a unpetuo-

304

A TREATISE

impetuofity of the ay res fiidden violent motion.

And after a fight I once had with Tome Galleafles and Gal-
iioncs m the rode of Scanderone (vvhieh was a very hoc one for
the time , and a icarce credible number of pieces of Ordnance
were fliot from myfleete) the Englifh Conlull of that place
comming afterwards abord my fiup , told me that the1 report
of our guns had during all the time of the fight fliaken tkc drin-
king-glafles that ftood upon /helves in his houle; and hadiplit
the paper-windovYs all about ; and had fpoiled and cracke.l all
the egges that his Pigeons were then fitting upon : which lofTe,
he lamented exceedingly ; for they were of that kind , which
commonly is called Carriers, and ferve them daily in their com-
merce between that place and Aleppo.

And I have often obferved at fea, in fmooth water , that the
ordnance fhot of in a fliip Ibme miles diflant , would violently
make the glafle windows in another. And I have perceived this
effect in my owne , more then on€e , at the report of a fingle
gun from a (hip Co far ofl^that we could not defcry her.I remem-
. ber how one time upon fuch an occafion , vye altered our courfe
andlleared with the found, or rather with the motion at the
firft, obferving upon which point of the Compafle the fhaking
appeared(for as we heard nething; though foon after with much
attention and iilence we could difcerne a dull clumfie noile: and
fuch a motion groweth at the end of it fb faint., that if any ftrong
refining body checkeit in its courfe., it is prefently deaded , ana
will afterwards fhake nothing beyond that body : and therefore
it is perceptible onely at the outfide of the fhip , if fbme light
and very moveable body do hang loofely on that fide it eometh,
to receive the imprefTion-ofit^a.s this did at the gallery windows
of my cabin upon the pocpe.which were oflightMo/covia glafle
or talk:) and by then we had run fbmewhat more then a watch,
with all the fails abroad we could make.,£ in a fair loom gale, we
found our fal ves neere enough to part the fray of two fhip^thac
in a little whik longer righting would have funk oue another.

g^ bcfides themotions in the ayre (whrch received them ea-
fily by r.e!fon oft.he fluic!ity °riO we fee that even folide bodies
^° participate of it* As if you knock never fb lightly at one end
of the longe/t beam you can find, it will be diftin&Jy hard at the
oihec cod.'the trampling of men and horfes in a quiet night will

4*
That folid bo

othe ayre or
found to the
org^nc of he*-

OF BODIES.Chap.XXVIir;

'

be heard fome miles off, if one lay their eare to the ground j
and more fenfibly if one make a little hole in the earth, and pat
ones eare into the mouth of it; but moft of all if one fet a Drum
Jrnooth upon the ground, and lay ones eare to the upper edge of
it ; for the lower membrane of the Drum isihakedby the mo-
tion of the earth, and them mult iplyeth that found bythehol-
lovv figure of the Drum in the conveying it to the upper mem-
brane, upon which your care leaneth. Not much unlike the
tympane or drum of the eare ; which being fhaked by outward
motion, cau/eth a fecond motion on the infide of it correfpon-
dent to this firfi ; and this having a free paflage to the braine,
itriketh it immediately and lo informeth it how things move
without; which is all the myftery of hearing.

If any thing doe breake or fk>p this motion , before it make
our eare,it is not heard. And accordingly we fee that the found Where the mo.
of bells or artillery is heard much further if it have the conduct '

of waters, then through the pure ayre : becaufe in fiich bodies
the great continuity of them maxeth that one pa*» cannot
fhake alone, and upon their fuperficies, there is no notable un-
evennefTe, nor no denfe thing in the way to checke the motion
(as in the ayre,hils, buildings, trees, and ftich like;) fbthat the
fame making goetha great way. Andtoconfirmc that this is
the truereafon, I have feverall times ob(crvcd,that landing by
a river fide, I have heard the found of a ring ofbells,,mucn more
di/tinctJy and lowd,then if I went fbme diftance from the water,
though neerer to the tteeple from whence the found came.

And it is not only the motion of the ayre, that maketh found
in our eares : but any motion that hath accefTe to them in fiich
a manner as to fliaKe the quivering membranous tympane
within them, will reprefent unto us thofe motions which are
without, and fo make fuch a found there as if it were conveyed other motions
onelybytheayre. Which is plainelyfeen, when a man lying a comminj to
good way under water, rtiall there heare the fame founds.as are 8

made above in the ayre ; but in a more clumfie manner ; accor-
ding as the water, by being thicker^and more corpulent is more
unwieldy in its motions. And this I have tried often ; flaying
under water as long as the neceflity of breathing would permit
mc.Which meweth that the ayre being fmartly moved, moveth
the water gjfo, by mcanes of its ccntinwty with it -, vad that li-

Aa § quid

A TREATISE

quid element, being fluide and getting into the earc, maketh
vitiations upon the drum of it like unto thofe of ayre.
7> But all this is nc thing in refpe& of what I mi»ht in fome fort

Howonefenfc fay, and yet fpeake truth. Which is,that I have feerae one , . who
may fupply the could difcerne founds with his eyes. It is admirable , bow one
fenfe will oftentimes fupply the want of an other: whereof I
have feene an other ftrange example in a different ttraine from
this $ of a man that by his grofler fenfes had his want of fight
wonderfully made up. He was fb throughly blind , that his eyes
could not inform* him when the Sunne. mined ; for ail the
cryttalline humour was out in both his^yes: yet his other ienfes
intfrufted him £> eflficacioufly in what vyas their office to have
done 5 as what he wanted in them , feemed to be overpayed in
jother abilities. To lay that he would piay-at cards and tables as
well as moft men} is rather a commendation of his memory and
fanfie, then of any of his outward ienfes. Buttliatbefhould
play well at boules and flioveibord , and other games of ay me,
which iijftther men doe require cleare fight, and an exaefc level!
of the hand according to the qualities of die earth or table, and
to the fituation anddiftance of the place he was to throw- at,
feemeth to exceed poffibiiity : and yet he did all this.

He would vvalke in a chamber or long alley in a garden(after
he had been a while uled to them; as ftraight , and turne as ^fl-
at the ends, as any feeing man could doe. . He would goe up and
downe everywhere fb confidently, and demeane himfelfett
table fb regularly ..as Grangers have fittcn by him feverall meaies
and have feen him waike about t he houfe, without everobfer-
ving any want of feeing in him •' which he endeavoured what
he could to hide , by wearing his hat low upon his browes. He
' vvould , at the firft abord of a /traager , as foone as he fpoke to
him,frame a right apprehenfion of his ttature,bulke and manner
of making. And which is more, when he taught hi? Thallers to
decIarneCfbr he was fchoolmafter to my Conne*, and lived in«iy
hou/e) or to Mprefent fbme of Seneca's Tragedies, or the Jike,
hevirould by their voyce know their gefiure, and the fituation
they put their bodies in : fo that he would be able, asfbonas
they fpokejto judge whether they ttood or fate , or ui what po-
iJurc they were j which made them derneane thcmfelves as cfe-
ccutly before him whilcs.they ipofce , asif he hod &cn them per-
fcftly. Though

OF BODIES. Ghap.XXVIH.

Though all this he very ttrange, yet me thinks his difcerning
of light is beyond it all. He would feele in his body, and chiefly
in his braine (as he hath often toldme> certain effect by which
he did know when the Sunnc was up; and would di/cern exactly
acleare from a cloudy day. This I have known him frequently
doe without milling, when for triall lake he hath been lodged in
a cloie chamber, whereunto the deare light or Sunne could not
arrive to give him any notice by its aduall warmth ; nor any
body could come to him, to give him private warnings of the
changes of the weather.

But this is not the relation I intended , when I mentioned of OJ
one that could heare by his e\ es; (if that expreflionmay be per- cou\^ difcernr
tnitted me) I then reflected upon a Noble man of great quality founds of
that I knew in Spaine, the younger brother of the Conftableof words with
Caftile. But the reflexion of his feeing of words , called into *"* e7ef»
my remembrance the other that felt light : in whom I have of-
ten remarked fo many ftrange pafiages , with amazement and
delight ; that I have adventured upon the Reader^jBtience to
record Ibme of them , conceiving they may be of fome ufe in
our courfe of doctrine. But the Spanish Lord was born deafe ;
fo deafe, that if a Gun were fhot off clofeby his eare , he conld
not heare it : and confequently.,he was dumbe/or not being able
to heare the found ofwords, he could never imitate nor under-
ftand them. The loveliaefTe of his face.,and elpecially the excee-
ding life and fpiritfulnefie of hi j eyes,and the comelineffe of his
pcrfon and whole compofureof his body throughout, were preg-
nant fignes of a well tempered inind within. And therefore aft
that knew him, lamented much the want of meanes to cultivate
it, and to imbrue it with the notions which it feemed to be ca-
pable of in regard of its felfe ; had it aot been fo crofled by this
unhappy accident. Which to remedy Phyfitians and Chirurgi-
ans had long imployed their skill ; but all in vaine. At the laft,
there was a Prieft who undertooke the teaching him to under-
ftand others when theyfpokc, and to/peakehimfelfethato-
thers might under/land him. What at the firft he was laught at
for, made him after fome* yeeres be looked upon as if he had
wrought a miracle . In a word ; after ttrange patienee,conn\uicy
andpaines, he brought the young Lord to fpeake as diftiacl^
as any man whofoever j and to undetftand Ib pcrfe^Jy what

A a 4 otberj

3o8 A TREATISE

others laid that he would not lofe a word in a whole daies con-
verfation.

They who have a curiofity to fee by what Reps the mafter
proceeded in teaching him , may iatisfie it by a booke which he
him (elf hath writ in Spanish upon that fubje<ft,to inftrucl others
how to teach deafe and dumbe perfbns to fpeake. Which when
he /hall have looked heedfully over ; and fliall have confidered
what a great diftance there is betweene the Simplicity andna-
kednetfe of his firft principles ; and the ftrange readinefTe and
vaft extent of Jpeech refiilting inprocefleof time out of them;
he will forbeare pronouncing an impoflibility in their pedegree,
whiles he wondrerhat the numerous effects refulring in bodies
out of rarity and denfity y ingenioufly mingled together by an
aJl knowing Architect, for the production of various qualities
among mixrs, of ftrange motions in particular bodies , and of
admirable operations of life and fen/e among vegetables and
animals* All which are ib many feverall words of the myfHcall
languai^which the great mafter hath taught his otherwifc
dumbe ichoUers (the creatures) to proc:aime his infinite art
wifdome,perfec}ions,and excellency in.

The Prieft who by his booke and art. occafioned this dif-
courfe,! am told is ft ill alive, and in the ferviceof the Prince of
Carignan , where he continueth ( with fbme that have need of
his paines) the iame imploy ment as he did with the Con/tables
brother : with whem I hav c often difcoiurfed , whiles I waited
upon the Prince of Wales- (now our gracious Soveraigne) in
Spaine. And I doubt not but His Majefty remembrcth ail I have
/aid of him and much more : for His Majefty was very curious
t^oblerve and enquire into theutmoft ofir.lt is true, one great
misbecomingneife he was apt to fall into, whiles he /poke: which
was an uncertainty in the tone of his voyce j for not hearing the
found he made when he fpoke, he could not fteddily governethe
pitch of his voyce; but it would be /bmetimes higher, Ibmetimes
lower ; though for the moft part1, what he delivered together,
he ended in the fame key as he begun it. But when he had once
fiifferedthe paflage of his voice toclofe, at the opening them
againe , chance , or the meafure of his earneftne/Te to fpeake or
to reply, gave him his tone : which he was not capable of mode-
sating by fach an artifice , as is recorded Cams Oracchosufed,

OF BODIES,Ghap.XXVIII.

when paffion,in his orations to the people, drove out his voyce
with too great a vehemence or mrilnefle.

He couJd difcerne in an other, whether he /poke fh rill or low :
and he would rcpeate after any body, any hard word whatfb-
cvcr. Which the Prince tryed often ; not onely in Engjim, but
by making fomeWekhmenthat fervedhis Highneffe, /peake
words of their language. Which he fb perfectly ecchoed, that I
confeffe I wondered more at that, then at all the reft. And his
Matter himfelfe would acknowledge, that the rules of his art
reached not to produce that effect with any certainty. And
therefore concluded, this in him muttfpring from ether rules
he had framed unto himfelfe, out of his cwn attentive obferva-
tion : which, the advantage that nature had juftly given him in
the fharpenefle of his other fenfes, to fupply the want of this ;
endowed him with an ability andfagacity to do, beyond any o^
ther man that had his hearing. He expreffed it (furely)in a high
meafure, by his fb exact imitation of the Welch pronunciation:
for that tongue ( like the Hebrew ) empJoyethmncfi the gut-
tural! letters ' and the motions-of that part which frameth
them, cannot be feenenor judged by the eye , otherwife then
by the effect they may happily make by confent in the other
parts of the mouth, expcfed to view : for the knowledge hee
had of what they faid, fprungfrom his cblerving the motions-
they made ; fb that hee could converfe currently in the light,
though they he talked with,whifpered never fo fo/tly . And I fiave
feene him at the diftance of a large chambers breadth, fay words-
after one , that I ftanding clofe by the fpeaker could not heare a
fy liable of. But if he were in the darke, or if one turned his face
Out of his fight,he was capable of nothing one faid.

Butitistimethatwereturue to our theame, fromwhence •?

my blind Schoolemafter, and this deafe Prince ( whole defeds DfVcrs r'cafont
were overpayed an other way) have carried us with fo long a to prove found
digrelfion. Which yet will not be altogether ufelelfe (no more rjb,e nothing
then the former, of the wild man of Liege) ifweemakedue 'on o/fmC"
refleilions upon them : forwhenwefhallconfider, that odors reallbo<ty.
may be tafted ; that therelifh of meates may be fmelled ; that
magnitude and figure may be heard j that light may be felt j and
that founds may be feen ; ( all which is true in fbme &nfe ) we
may hy this changing the offices of the fenfes , and by looking

into

A TREATISE

into the caufes thereof; come to difcerne that thefe effects are
not wrought by the intervention of ayery qualities;but by reall
and material! applications of bodies to bodies ; which indif-
ferent manners do make the fame results within us.

But when I fuftefed my pen to bee Peered by my fanfie.that
pleafed it felfe, and noted in the remembrance of thefe two no-
table perfbns : I was fpeafong, how the ftrong continuity of the
parts of a thing that is moved,draweth on the motion, and con-
fequendy the fbund.much further then where that which is mo-
ved fuflfereth breaches , or the rarity of it occafloneth that one
part may be moved without an other 5 for to the proportion of
the fliakingjthenoife continueth. As we fee in trembling bells,
that hum a great while longer then others , a frer the Clapper
hath ftrucken them : and the very found feemeth to quiver and
fliake in oureares, proportionable to the making of the beJJ,
And in a Lute as long as a firing that hath been flrucken , fha-
keth fenfibly to our eye 5 fb long, and to the fame meafure , the
f(j>und mat eth in our eare. Which is nothing elfe hut an undu-
lation ofthe Ayre', caufed by the fhia'rt and thick vibrations of
the corde^and mukipiyed in the belly ofthe inftrument (which
is the reafbn that the concave figure is affected in moi\ ) andfo
when it breaketh out of the instrument in greater quantity,
then the firing immediately did make -y it caufeth the fame un-
dulations in the whole body of Ayre round about. And that,
ftriking the Drum of the eare, giveth notice therein what te-
nour the firing moveth : vvhofe vibrations if one flop by laying
his finger upon it^the found is inttamly at an end, for then there
isnocaufeonfoot, that continueth the motion of the Ayre :
which,without a continjation of theimpulfc, returneth fpeedi-
dily to quiet; through the refinance made unto it, by other parts
of it that are further off.

Out of all which itisplaine, that motion alone is able to
efteit and to give account of all things whatfbever that are at-
tributed to found ; and that found and motion , do goe hand in
hand together ; and that whatfbever is faid of the one , is like-
svile true ofthe other. Wherefore it cannot bedenyed but that
hearing is nothing elfe but the due perception of IBM*'** : and that
motion aud fo**d are in themfelves one and the fame thing,
r hcu t',h expreftcd by different name*, and comprifed in our un-

derftanding

OF BODIES, Chap.XXVIIII.

demanding under different notions. Which proportion feem-
erh to be yet farther convinced, by the ordinary experience of
perceiving mufike by mediation of a flick ; for how /Ttould a
deafe man be capable of mufick by holding a ftick in his teeth,
whofe other end lyeth upon the Vial! or Virginalls, were it not
that the proportional! fhaking of the ftick ( working a like
dauncing in the mans head) did make.a like motion in his braine,
without parting through hiseare ? and conieqiiently^vithont be-
ing otherwise /wiw^then as bare motion is found.

Or if any man will MI periirt in having found be fbme other
tiling then as wee fay ; and that it atfecleth the fenfe otherwife
then purely by motion :heemuft neverthelefleacknowkdge,
that whatibever i^be, it hath neither caufe nor crfect^nor breed-
ing, nor dying, that we eitiier know or can imagaine : and then,
if- he will let rea'bn fway, hee will conclude it unreafonable to
favorlu pe:tfb ill grounded a furmiie, againft fb cleareand
folid proofcs.'which our cares them/elves do nota little conffrm;
their whole figure and nature tending to the perfect receiving,
coniervijtig , and mn'.tip; ring the motions of ayre which happen
without a man : as who is<:ur ious, may plainly iee in the Anato-
books and difcourfes.

THE NINE AND TWENTIETH CHAP,

THere is yet left, the object of our fighr, vbtch •»: cd/n- i»
lonrt, to takeafurvey ofiforasfbr/^Af, wee have at Thai colour*
large diiplayed the nature and properties of it : from «e nothing but
which w! tether colour be different or no.will be the quettioa we JjftjJaStnfff..
fhali next dilcufle : for thofe who are cunning in Optikes , will or the difpofi-
by refractions and by reflexions make all forts of colours out of tionofabodies
pure light : as we fee in Rainebowes, in thofe triangular glaflfes fuperficie$ aPl
or prifmes which fome do call foolts <P*r*tifcs, and in other in- f° rc.flcf ^ghe
ventions for this purpofe. Wherefore, inbriefe.tofliewwhat lominge*
colour is, let us lay for a ground, that light is of all other things
in the world, the greateft and the rooft powerfull agent upon
our eye ; either by it leife, or by whatcommcth in with it : and

rhat,

3i7 A TREATISE

that, where light is not^darkenefle is ; then confider, that light
being diverfly to bcecaft, but efpecially , through or from a
tranlparent body , into which it finketh in part. and in part it doth
not : and you will conclude, that it cannot chooie but come out
from liich a body , in divers forts mingled with darkenefle :
which if it bee in a lenfible quantity, doth accordingly make
divers appearances : and thole appearances mull of neceflity
have divers hues ., reprefenting the colours which are middle
colours betweene white and black ; fince whire is the colour of
light, and darkeneffe ieemeth black. Thus , thole colours are
ingendred, which are callecfapparent ones. And they appeare
ibmetimes but in fome one pofition ; as in the rainebow ; which
chan^eth place as the looker en doth : but at other times., they
may DCC leen from any part ; as thofe which light maketh by a
double refraction through a triangular glafle

And that this is rightly delivered , may be gathered out of
the conditions requifite to their production : for that cryftall, or
water , or any refracting body , doth not admit light in all its
parts, is evident, by reafbnof the reflection that itmaketh,
which is exceeding great : and not onely from the fuperficies,
but even from the middle of the body within : as you may fee
plainly, if you put it in a darke p!ace,and enlighten but one part
of it : for then, you may perceive, as it were, a current of light
pafle quite through the body , although your eye be not op-
pofite to the paflage: fb that,manifeftly it reflefteth to your eye3
from all the inward parts which it Jighteth upon.

Now a more oblique reflection or refraction dcth more dip
psrfe the light, and admitteth more privations of light in its
parts,then a lefle oblique one : as Galileo hath demonrtrated in
the firft Dialogue ofhis lyfteme. Wherefore, a lefle oMique re-
flection or refratfion3may receive that in quality of light,which
a more oblique one maketh appeare mingled with darkeneffe ;
andconfequently, the fame thing will appeare colour in one,
which flieweth it felfe plaine light in the other ; for the greater
the inclination of an angle is , the greater alfb is the di/perfion
of the light.

And as colours arc made in this fort,by the medium through
nhich light pafleth, fo ifwe conceive the fuperficiei from which
the light refkaeth, to bedivecfly ordered in refpeft of reflexi-

on.

OF BODIES,Chap,XXVIIII.

313

2.

on ; it muft of neceifity follow that it will have * divers JuftrC
and fight . as we fee by experience in the necks of Pigeons , and
incertainepofitions of our eye, in which the Jight pafling
through oureye browes , maketh an appearance as though wee
(aw divers colours dreaming from a candle we looke upon. And
accordingly we may obferve how fome things , or rather moft,
doappeareof a colour more inclining towhite,whentheyare
irradiated with a great light, then when they (land in a lefTer.
And wee fee painters heighten their colours, and make them
appeare lighter by placing deepe fhadowes by them : even fo
much , that they will make objects appeare neerer and fur-
ther off, meerly by their mixtion of their colours. Bccaufe,
objects, the neerer they are, the, more ftrongly and lively
they reflect ligh^and therefore.appeare theclearer.as the others
do more dusky.

Therefore , if wee put the fuperficies of one body to have a
-better difpofition for the, reflection of li^ht, then an other f.. 5nrcer°1.n8

, /-&i J-/T • L thc aiipofition

hath ; wee cannot but conceive, that fuch difference in the of thofc bodies

Superficies , mutt needs beget variety of permanent colours in which produce

the bodies. And according as the iuperficies of the fame bo- white or black

dy, is better, or worfe difpofed to reflection: of light, bypo- colour$-

liining, or by comprefTure together, or the like : fb, the fame

body, remaining the fame in iubftance, will mew it felfe of 2

different colour. And it being evident that white ( which is

the chiefeft colour ) doth reflect moft light : and as evident,

that blacke reflected! leaft light , fothat it reflected! fhadowes

in lieu of colours ( as the Obfidian ftone among the Romans

doth witnefle. ) And it being Jikewife evident, that to be

dcnfe and hard, and of fmall parts , is the difpofition of the

object which is moft apt to reflect light : wee cannot doubt,

but that white is that difcofitionoFthefuperficies. That is to

fay, it is thcfuperficiesorabodyconfiftingofdenfe, of hard,

and of fmall parts ; and on the contrary fide , that black is the

difpofition of the iuperficies , which is moft fbfc and full of

greateft pores ; for when light meeteth with fuch a /uper ficies,

It getceth eafily into it; and is there^as it were abforpt and hidden

in caves , and commeth not out againe to reflect towards our

eys.

This doctrine of ours of the generation of colours, agreeth

exactly

A TREATISE

1 — i. ........ >. ..

3. exactly vvith*^r*/?rr/f.f principles, and fbJlovveth evidently out

The former of jlls definitions of light, and of colours. And for lumming

doarinc con- ^^ ,renerallfentiments of mankind in making his Logical!
firmed by An- ,r,, . P _ . . . L j -n j

ftotles autho- definitions, I thmke no body will deny his being the greateft
rity,reafcn,in<i Mailer that ever was. Hee defineth light to be *tlw Dtapftam :
experience. which we may thus explicate. It is that thing, which maketh a
body that hath an aptitude or capacity of being feene quite
through it in every interior part of it, to be actually feene quite
through, according to that capacity of it. And hee defineth
colour to be, Tke terme or tnding #/ 4 diapkMtsfK My : the mea-
ning whereof is : that colour is a thing which maketh a diapha-
nous body to reach no further j or that colour is the caufe why
a body is no further diaphanous, then untill where it beginnethf
or that colour is thereafon, why we can fee no further then to
fuch a degree, through or into fuel a body.

Which definition fitteth moft exactly with the thing it «i-
veih us the nature of. For it is evident, that when we fee a body,
the body we fee^hindereth us from feeing any other, that is in a
ftraigbt line beyond it; And therefore it cannot be denyed, but
that colour terminateth,andendeth the diaphaneity of a body,
by making it felfebe feene. And all men do agree in conceiving
this , to be the natnre of colour ; and that it is a certaine dii-
pofition of a body , whereby that body commeth to be feene.
On the other fide^nothing is more evident, then that to have u$
fee a body , Jight mult reach from that body to our eye. Then
adding unto this what Ariftot Je teacheth concerning the pro-
duction of feeing : which he fayth is made by the action of the
fecne body upon oar fcnfe : itfolloweth that'thc object muft
vyorkeupon oar ienfe, either by %ht, or at the Jea/t with
li^ht ; for light rebounding from the object round about by
ttraight lines,iome part of it mufr needs come from the ob/ec>
to our eye. Therefbre,by how much an object fendeth more
light unto onr tye^by fb much,, Lthat object worketh more upon
it.

Now leebig that divers objects do fend light in divers man-
ner* to our eyCjaecordij^ to the divers nature* of thofe objects
in regard of hardnefle, den/5ty , and littleneffc of parts: we
muft agree that fuch bodies do worke diverfly , and do make
different motions or imprefftoni upon onr eyerand confequent-

'r,

OF BODIES, Chap.XXVIIII. 3i5

Jy, the patfion of our eye born fuc'i objects mutt be divers. But
I ;iere is no other ducr.it y of paifion in the eye from the o'jject
wi regard of feeing , but that the object appcare di vers to us in
peint of colour. Therefore we mutt conclude, that divers bo-
dies ( I meane divers or different , in that kind wee here talke
of) uuifl necefliin.'y fceme to be of diver.? colours, mcerly b/
the ten Jing of light mno our eye in divers feiniom. Nay /the
very lame object mult appears of different colours, when foever
it happeneth that it reflected! light differently to us. As we fee
in c'otu, if it be gathered together in fouldes, the bottomes of
thole fouldes fhew to be of one kind of colour, and the tops of
them, or where the cloth is Wretched out td the lull percutfion
of light, it appeareth to be of an other much brighter colour.
And accordingly painters are fainc co ule almott opposite co-
lours to expreiTe them . In like manner if you looke upon two
pieces of the fame cloth, or plulh, whofe graines lye contrawife
to one an other, they will like»vife app^are to be of different
colours. Both which accidents, and many others like unto-
them in begetting various reprctentations of colours ; do all of
them ariie out of lights being more or lefle reflected from one
par^ th$n ftpm an other.

TiWlh^i you fee, how colour is nothing elfe, but the difpo- „ T .. '
fition pfa bodies fupperficks, as it is more or Jefle apt to reflect "tyW0f ^100"$
ligh.t;fithcnce the reflection of light is made from thefijper- do follow out
ficies of the feen body.,and the varictyjof its reflexion begetteth of various de-
variety of colours. But a fuperficies is more or Jefle apt to re- §rec
flc<ft light, according to the degrees of its bein^ more or lefle
penetrable by the force of light ftriking upon it } for tho/e rayes
of light that gain* no oatranee into a body they are darted up*
on, murtofneceffityflybackagaine from it. Butif light doth
get eac.ra.nce and penetrate into the body , it either pafl^tft
quite through it ;or elle it is fwallowed up and loft in that bocfy.
The former,conttituteth a diaphanous body ; as we have already
determined. And the femblance which the latter will have in re-
gajrd of colour.wc have alu> mewed mult be black.

£ut let us proceede, a little further. Wee know that two
things render a body penetrable, or ea/ie to admit an other bo-
cJyiatoit.Holes,(fach as we cailpore$)and/«ftneflfe or humidity j
fothat drynefTc, hacdnefle, aBdcompattedneOe^multbethe

properties

3i6 A TREATISE

properties which render a body impenetrable. A net according-
ly we fee, that if a diaphanous body ( which fuftereth light to
run through it) be much comprefled bevond what it was ; as
when water is ccmprefled intoyce;it becometh more vifible,
that is, reflecieth more light : and confequendy , it becometh
more white; for white is that, which refle&eth moft Jight.

On the contrary fide, foftnefle, unduoufneflc, and vifcouf-
nefle , encreafeth blacknefle : as you may experience in oyiing
or in greafing of wood ; which before was but brown, for there-
by it commeth more black ; by reafon that the unctuous parts
added unto the other, do more eafily then they fingle, admit in-
to them the light that ftriketh upcn them ; and when it is got-
ten in, it is fo entangled there (as though the wings of it were
birdlimed over) that it cannot fly out againe. And thus it is
evident,how the origine of all colours in bodies, is plainly dedu-
eed out of the ?arious degrees of rarity and density , varioufly
mixed and compounded.

$. . likewise, out of thisdiicourfe, the reafon is obvious why
VVhy forac bo- fome bodies are diaphanous and others are opacous : for fith-
ence lt feMcth out m the constitution of bodies, that one ij com1-1
P°^ec^ ^SKSLtcr Parts f^en an oc^er : *c mu^ nee<^$ haflpeiri that
light be more hindered in paffing through a body Corcfjlofed of
bigger parts.then an other who/? pirrs are ic/fe. Neither doth
it import that the pores be iuppoiecf as great as the parts, for be
they never fo large , the corners of the thiclcc parts they belong
unto, muft needs break the cour/c of what will not bow, but
goeth all in ttralght lines ; more then if the parts and pores
were both JefTer ; fince, for fo fubtile a piercer as light,no pores
can be too little to give it entrance. It K true (ucn great ones
would better admit a Jiqaid body into them, fach a one as wa-
ter or ayre j but the reafon of that is, bffcaufc they will bow and
take any ply, to creep into thofe cavities,ifthey be large eneugh,
which light will not do.

There/ore it is cleare, thatfrecdomcofpaflagecan happen
unto light, only there, where there is an extreme great multi-
tude of pores and parties in a very little quantity or bulke of
body (which pores and parts muft confeouently bccxtreme lit-
tle ones) for,by reafon of their multitude, there muft be great
variety in their (ituation : from whence it will happen that

many

OF BODIES,Chap.XXIX. 317

many lines mult be all of" pores quite through ; and many o-
thers all of parts ; although the moft, will be mixed of both
pores and parts. And Co we ice that although the light do paffc
quite through in many place* , yet it refledeth from mere,
not onely in the fuperficies , but in the very body it felfe of the
Diaphanous fub/Uncc. But in an other fubfhnce of great
parts, and pores there can be but few whole lines of pores , by
which the light may pafTe from the objeci to make it be /eene j
and confequently it mutt be opacons ; which is the contrary
of Diaphanous thaLadmitteth many rayes of light, to pafle
through it from the objecl to the eye , whereby it is feene,
though me Diaphanous hard body, do inter vene-betweenc
them.

Now if wee confider the generation of thefe cnro colours 6.

(white and black ) in bodies ; we fhall find that likevvife to ;u- J*"? for?cr '
ftifyand iecond our doctrine: for white things are generally j^^n&m-
cold and dry ; and therefore , are by nature ordained to be re- ca by the gene-
ceptacles, and confer vers of heat, andofmoyftu-re ; as Phyfi- ration of white
tiansdo^note. Contrariwife, black, as alib greene, (which is. and black in
neere of kinne to blackjare growing colours, andarethedieof
heate incorporated in aboundance ofwet.-as we fee in ffnoake^in
pitcoale.,in garden ground , and in chymicali putrefactions . all
which are buck ; as aifb in yongherbes; which are generally'
greene as, long as they are yong and growing. The other co-
lours, Beeping their Handing betwixt thde, are generated by the
mixture of taem ; and according as they partake me re or lefie
of either oft lem a v neerer or further off from it.

So that after all this diicourle.wemay conclude in fhort ^that
the colour of a body , is nothing eife,but the po^ve • which that
bo i , hatn of refining lig'it unto the eye , in a cert aine order
andpoiition : and conlecjuently , is nothing elf e bur the very
iuperficies ofit^vit'i its afperity,or imoothneffe ; with irs pores,
or inequalities; with its hardnefle, or fbfinefle; and "fucn like.
The rules and limits whereof , if they were duly obfer ved and
ordered.the whole nature and fcienee of colours would eafily
be knowjie and be delcribed. But out of to is little which we >
havedelivered of tVs (ubjecl it may be rightly inferred that re-
all colours do proceed from rarity and den^ity,(as even-now we
touched;andh«ve their head & fprjng thererand are not ftran.ge

B b qualities

3i8 A TrVhATISE

qualities in the Ayre : but are erasable bodies on the earth,
as all others, are, .which as yet wee have fbimdand havemed-
died withall : and are indeed, die, very bodies themfeives.eau-
f;ng fucheffecls upon our eye by reflecting «f light, which wee
exprefleby the names of colours.

,

THE THIRTIETH CHAP.
Of luminous or afferent Ctlow*,

t> A S for the luminous colours , whole natures art hath

Apparitions /-\ made more maniabie by us, then thofe which are called
of colours JL Areall colours, and are permanent in bodies : their ge-
throBgh apnO ^ration is'cleercly to bee feene in rheprifme or triangular
SfSafie wof 8jaf]fe wee formerlv mentioned. The confidering of which,
wvoforw, will confinnc our (Io6irine, that even the colours of bodies,
are but various mixtures of light and madorves , diverfly re-
flected to our eyes. For the right uaderftanding of them,
wee are to note, that this glafle makcth apparitions of colours
in two forts : the one, when looking through it there appeare
various colours in the objects you looke upon ( different from
their rcall ones ) according to thepofitionyou hold the glafle
in when you looke upon them. The other fort is, whea the
beames of light that pafle through the g'afle, areas it were
tinned in their paflage , and are caftby theglaffe upon fbme
fblid objecl: , and doe appeare there in fuch and fsch colours,
which doe continue liill the fame, in what pofitionfbever you
ftand to look upon themjeither before, or behmd^r on any fide
ofthe glafle.

The fcverall Secondly,we are to note that thefe colours are generally made

parts of the ob- by refraction (though fometimes it may happen orherwife, as

jcamakefcve- above we have meunoned. ) To difcpverthereafonofthefir/f

rail angles at lert of colours , that appeare by refaction when one looketh

»eir en"a«c through the glaile : let us fuppofe two feverall bodies the one

c black, the other white, lying clofe by one an other andinrhe

fame horizoDtall parallcle : but fb, that the black be further

from us then th« white ; then, if we hold theprifme through

which we are to fee thefe twooppefitely coloured bodies fome-

what

OF BODIES, Chap.XXX.

what above them ; and chat fide df'it at which the colowreci bo-
dies mufl enter into the glalTe to come to our eye, paralteic un-
to thofe bodies .; it is evident, iliac the Uack will come into the
pri/me by iefler angles dien tli€ white : I meanest ;n the
jine ofdiftance ironi th.it face of the gJajffe at which the
colours do come in, a longer line or pa;t of black \viJi iuhtend
an angle, no bigger then a ieiicr Jine or part of white doth
/iibteod.

Thirdly, we are to note, that from the fame point of the ob- -

ject, there come various beames of light to that whole fuper.- The rcafon
ficies of the giafle ; fo that it may, and fometimes doth happen, why Comet imcs
that from the lame part of the object, beames may be reflected thc fame °b-
to theeye/rom feverail parts of that fuperhc;es of the glaflfe at ^ appearcth
which they enter. And whenlbever this happeneth, theobjed priS^ in twp
mult neceifarily be feenein divers parts : thttis, thepiducec/ places .-and in
it will at the fame time appeare to the eye in divers places. And °°e plac« mocc
particularly, we may p^inely obfervetvvopictures,onealivdy h'vely, iathe

and li:ron» one j the otaer a fame and dim one.Of which the dim ! ?!/ J
•ii i- i j • /• j i n^oredinU:..-

one will appearc neerer us.,then the lively one : ana is cauied by

a iecondary ray :or rather .1 iliouid fay, byaloogecray, that
f trilt ing neererjto the hither edge oftheglaffes fuperficies (which
is the furtheft from the obj'edjmaketh a more acute angle then
a (hotter ray doth, that, ftnketh upoiija part ofthe giaflfe farther
from our eye, but neerer the obje A. And therefore the image
which is madeby this Iecondary or longer ray, muft appcareboth
neerer ind more dusky , then the image made by die primary
and ihorrer ray. And the further from the object tjiat the glafle
through which it reflecteth is fituated (ke*pmg itiii in che lame
parallel to the horizon ) the further the place-where the fecond
ausky picture appearcth, is from the place where the primary
iirong picture appeareth.

Ifaaymanbavtamindtofatisryhhnfelfeby erpericace, oj
the truth of this note,let him place a flieet of white paper upon
a black carpet cohering a table/o as the papei may reach within
two or three fingers of theedge of the -cacpet, •( under- which,,
kt there be nothing to fuceeed the biack of the carpet, but the
empty dusky Ayre ) and then let hiaa-fethiraieUc at a con-
venient diitance, ( the mcafure of whi«h is, that tsbc-papar
appearc at his fecte^when hee i«oketh through the gtefle ) and

Bb a looke

A TREATISE

looke at die paper through 'his priffne fituatcd in fuch fcrc as we
haveabovedetermined,andhe will perceive a whitim or light-
fome {hadovv proceed from the lively picture that he feeth of
white, and moote out neerer towards him then that lively
picture is, and he will difcerne that it commeth into the glaflc
through a part of it neerer to his eye or face, and further from
the object then the ttrong image of the white doth. And fur.
ther^if he cauCeth the neerer part of the paper to be covered with
ibine thin body of a ladder colour , this dim white vamfheth :
which it doth not if the further part of the paper be covered.
Whereby it is evident, that it is a fecondary image. proceeding
from the hit her part of t/ie paper.
4* Nowti.tn •••> nriakculeofwhat we havcfaidro the finding out

J of the reafon why the red and blew and other colours app^are
ot the various • , , , J t . , ,

colours that when one lookerh tf rom, < a orilme : let us proceed upon our

appeare in former example, in w ! ic. j a w ire paper lyeth upon a black car-
looking pet(ibr,the diamerrall oppotition o 'tuoiL co.ours maJceth them
through a mo^ remarkable) ii. fuch iort tt at there be a rarcell of black rn
jprifmc. , the hither fide of the paper : and rhtreln, let us examine accord*
ing to our grounds , what colours muit appcare at both tnds
of the paper looking upon them through the triangular
glafle.

To begin with the furthelt end , where the black lyeth be-
yond the white : we may confider , how there mutt come from
the black, a fecondary darke miflyfhadow (be/ides the tfrong
black that appeareth beyond the paper ) wliich muft /hoore to-
wards you(in fuch (brt as we (aid of the whinth light fome ilia-
dovy) andconfequently, rnu(Uyover the hrong picture of the
white paper : now in this cafe, a third middling colour mutt re-
fult out of the mixture of thefe two extremes of black and white;
fince they come to the eye, almoft in the fame line, at the leaft
in lines that make fo little a difference in their anglesas it is net
difcernable.

The like whereof happeneth in Clothes, or Stuft«,or Stock-
ings, that arc woven of divers coloured but very fmall thredsi
for you ftand fo far olffrom /uch a piece of S ruffe, that the little
threds of different colours which lye immediate to one ano*
ther may ccme together as in one line to your eye ; it will
appearcofa middling colour, duferent from both thole that it

refulrcth

OF BODIES. Cbap.XXX. 331

refulteth from : but if you ft and foneere that each thredfend-
cth rayes enough to your eye , and that the bafts of the triangle
which commcth from each thred to ycur eye,be long enough to
make at the vertex of it ( which is in your eye ) an angfc big c-
nough to be feene fingly by it fclfe ; then each colour will ap-
pcare a part as it truly is.

Now the various natures of middling colours we may learne
of painters ; who compoie them upon their palettes by a like
mixture of the extremes. And they tell us.that ifa white colour
prevailc ftrongly over a darke colour , reds and yeJlowes refalt
cut of that mixture : but if black prevaile ftrongly over white,
then blewes, violets, and feagreenes are made. And accordingly,
in our cafe, we cannct doubt but t! ;at the primary lively picture
of the white, mutt prevaile over the faint dusky fable mantle
with which it commeth mingled to the eye : and doing jb, it
muft needs make a like appearance as the Sunnes beames do,
when reflecting from a black cloud , they fringe the edges of it
with red and with yellow ; and the like he doth, when he look-
eth through a rainyorawindycloiade : and much like hereun-
to, we fhall fee this mixture of ftrong white with a faint /had-
dow of black, make at this brim of the paper., a faire ledge of
red ; which will end and vanifh, in a merelightfomconeof
yellow.

But at the hither edge of the paper, wfaere the fecondary
weake picture of white is mingled with the ftrong black picture,
in this mixture , t he blackc is prevalent, and accordingly (as
we faid of the mixture of the paintsrs colours ) there muft ap-
pcarcatthebottomeof die paper, a Lembe of deepeblew :
which will grow more and m«re lightfomej, the higher it go-
eth : and fo, pafTmg through violet and leagreene it will vanish
in light, when itreacheth to the maftering field of primary
whitencfle,that iendeth his ftronger raves by direcl lines : and
this tranfpofaion of the colours at the icverall ends of the paper
fheweth the reaibn why they appeare quite contrary, if you put
a black paper upon a whitecarpet. And therefore , we need not
add any thino particularly concerning that.

And likewiie, out of this we may underftand, why the eo-
lours appeare quite contrary (that i«, red where before btev?
appeared; and blew, where red) if wee lookc upon the fame

Bb 3 object

A TREATISE

r object through the glafle in an other pofition or fituation ofit r

The rcafon namely, if we rayfe it fo high , that we muftlooke upwards to
whythcprifme fee the object ; which thereby appeareth above us .-whereas in
pofcuon, tne former fitnation, it came in through the lower fuperficies,
rea pcare ^ we ^°°^cc^ downe to it, and it appeared under us:fbr in this
'contrary fecond cafe, the objects comming into the glaiTe by a fuperficies.
to whar they not parallel as before, but (leaping, from the objectwards : it
did , when it g)jioweth,that the neerer the object is, the lefler mud the angle
was in an other be^^h jt maketli with the iitperficies ; contrary to what hap-
pened in the tormer cafe : and likewise, that if from one point
of the neerer .object, there fall two rayes upon the glaffe, the
ray that falleth uppermoft, will make a lefler angle, then the
other that falleth lower : and to, by our former difcourfe, that
point may come to appeare in the fame place with a point of the
iiirther objed;and thereby make a middling colour.

So that in this cafe, the white which is neerer, will mingle his
feeble pidture with the black that is further off : whereas before
the black that was further off , mingled his feeble fhadow with
the ftrong picture of the neerer white. Wherefore by our rule
we borrowed of the painters, there will now appeare a blew on
the further end of the paper, where before appeared a red ; and
by coufequence on the neerer end a red will now appeare, where
in the former cafe a blew appeared. Thiscafewehavecho/en.,
as the plainefl to fhcw the nature offuch colours : out of which
he that is curious , may derive his knowledge to other cafes,
which wee omit ; bccaufe our intent is onely to give a gene-
rail doctrine , and not the particulars of th« Science : and ra-
ther to take away admiratioa.then to inftruct the Reader in this
matter.

6. As for the various colours,which are made by ftrayning lioht

The reafon through a glafle, or through ibme other Diaphanous body ; to

olours V?"°e- ^ovcr ['ie ca"fes an<^ variety of them, we muft examine what

neraUby "pure things they are that do concurre to the making of them : and

light paffing frhat accidents may arrive unto thofe things, to vary their pro-

through a duct. It is cleare,that nothing interveneth or concurreth to the

prifmc. producing of any of thelecolours,bcfides the light it felfe which

is dyed into colour, and the glafle or Diaphanous body through

which it paflcth.In them therefore,and in nothing elfc,wc are to

make our enquiry.

To

OF BODIES.Chap.XXX. 323

To begin then., wee may obferve,that light patting through
2 pjifme, and being caft upon a reflecting objects not alwayes
colour ; but in fbme circumtfances it Itill continued! light,
and in others it becommetk colour. Withall wee may ob/crvc
that thofe beames which continue light, and endure very little
mutation by their paflage , making as many refractions, do
make much greater deflexions from the ftraight lines by which
they came into the glafle, then thofe rayes doe which turne to
colour ; as you may experience, it you oppofe one fiurface of
thegJaffe perpendicularly to a Candle, and let a paper (not ir-
radiated by the candle; cppofite to one of the other fides of the
glafle : for upon the paper , you fliall fee faire light fnine with-
out any colour : and you may perceive., that the line by which
the light commeth to the paper, is almoft perpendicular to that
line by which the light commeth to the Prifme.^But when li^ht
becommetli colour , it ftriketh very obliquely upon one fide
of the glafle ; and commeth likewife, very obliquely out of the
other, that fendeth it in colour upoh a refle&ent body •> fb that
in conclusion, there is nothing left us whereupon to ground the
generation of fuch colours , befides the litdenefle of the angle
and thefloapingnefleof the line, by which theilluminant Itriketh
one fide of the glafle and commeth out at the other, when co-
lours proceed from fuch a percullion.

To this then we muil wholly apply our felves : and knowing
that generally , when light falleth upon a body with fo great a
floaping or inclination, fo much of it as getteth through , muf i:
needs be wcake and much diffufed ; it folio weth that the reafbn
of fuch colours , muft neceflarily confift inthisdflFufion and
weakene/Te of light ; whichthemoreitisdiffuied, the weaker
it£roweth;and the more lines of darkncffe are between thelines
onight^and do mingle themlelves with them.

To confirme this, you may obierve, how juft at the egrefle
from the prifme of that light which going on a little further be-
commeth colours, no colour at all appeareth upon a paper op-
pofed clole to the fide of the glaflejuntill removing it further off,
the colours begin to fliew themfelves upon the edges : thereby
convincing manifeftly, that it was the excefTe of light which
hindered them from appearing at the firft . And in like manner,
if you put a burning glafle betwcene the light and thcprifme,

B b fo

A TREATISE

fo as to multiply the light which goetfcthrowgh the prifme
to the paper , you deftroy much of the colour by converting it
into light. But on the other fide, if you thicken the ayre, and
make it dusky with fmoake, or wich duft ; you will plainely fee,
that where the light commeth through a convexeelaflc ( per-
pendicularly oppoied to the illummant) there wiliappeare co-
lours on the edges of the cones that the light maketh : and per-
adventure the whole cones would appeare coloured if the dark-
ning were conveniently made : for if anopacous body be let
within either of the cones , its h'des \viir~appeare coloured,
though the ay re be but moderately thickned : which Ihevveth
that the addition of a little darknefle , would make that which
otherwiie appeareth pure light, be throughly dyed into colours.
And thus you have the true and adequate cau/eof the appea-
rance of fach colours.

^ Now.,to understand what colours, and upon which fides, will

Upon what appeare ; we may coniider , that when light pafleth through a
fide etery co • glafle,or other diaphanous body, fo much of it as fhineth in the
lout appetreth ayre)Or UpOn feme reflecting body bigger then it fclfej, after its
pureTght paflagethrou^h the glaflfe , muft of necerHty have darknefle on
ng through both lidcs of it ; and fo be comprised and limited by two dark-
c. neflfes : butiflbmeopacousbody,that isJeflcthen'theligh^ be
put in the way of the lightathen it may happen contrariwi/e, that
there be darknefle ( or the madow of that opacous body ) be-
- tween two lights.

Againe , we muft con(ider3 that when light falleth fb upon a
prifme as to make colours, the two outward rayes which pro-
ceed from the light to the two fides of the faperficies at which
the light entcreth , are fo refracted that at their commiflg out
againe through the other fuperficies , that ray which made the
lefle angle with the outward fuperficiesof the glaflfe, going in,
maketh the greater angle with the outfide of the other fuperfi-
cies,commingout : and contrariwife , that ray which made the
greater angle, going in, maketh the lefler,at its comming out :
and the two internall angles, made by thofe two rayes , and the
outfide of the fuperficies they ifiue at,arc greater then two right
ingles : and fo we fee that the light dilatcth it felfe at its com-
mingout.

Now, bcciuic rayes chat i^fuc through a f»pcrficics,ihc neerer
\ they

OF BODIES, Chap-XXXi. 325

they arc to be perpendiculars unto that fupcrficie:, fo much the
thicker they are : it fblloweth, that this dilatation of light at its
comming out of the glaffe, imirt be made and muft encreafc
from that fide where the angle was leaf i at the going in, and
•jreatcftat the comming out : fothat,theneerer to the contrary
fide you take a part of light, the thinner the light muft be there:
and contrari\vile,the thicker it irmffbe, the ncercr it is unto the
fide where the angle at the rayes comming out is the greater.
WhercfbrCjthc ftroageft light, (that is,the place where the light
is leaf I mixed with darknefTe)mufi: be neercr that fide then the o-
ther. Confequently hereunto,if by an opacous body you make a
iliadow comprehended within this light, that fliadow muft alib
have its ftrongefl part , neerer unto one of the lights betwixt
which it is comprifed, then unto the other : for , fliadow being
nothing elfe , but the want of light , hindred by fbme opacous
body; it muft of nccefTity lie averfed from the illuminant , jutt
as the light would have laine if it had not been hindred. Where-
fore, feeing that the Stronger fideof light , doth more impeach
the darknefle,thca the feebler fide dotfi ; the deepeft darke muft
incline to that fide, where the light is weake/t j that is,towards
that fide on which the fhadow appeareth , in refpe& of the opa-
cous body or of the illuminant , and fo be a caufe of deepnefTe
of colour on that fideof it happen to be fringed with colour .

THE ONE AND THIRTIETH CHAPTER.

T'kt C4nftJ if cert Mine nfpetntncti in lttm*9Vtt ctUurs ; with 4
concltt^ntflkt Mfcsttrfe touching the fertfes tndtht

I

Ut of thele grounds we are to fecke the reiblution of ail The rcafon of
luchfymptoms as appear unto us in this kind ofcoloun. cach feverall
Firrt therefore calling to mind, how VYC have already SSS«Jfol
declared, that the red colour is made by a greater proportion of ^y \{^ paffing
light mingtedv^ithdarkneffe, and the blew with a leflc proper- through a
tion : it mult follow, that when light pafleth through a glaic in prifmc.
fuchfbrtas to make colours 5 the mixture of tiac light and -dark-
»cflc on that fide where the light is ftrongeft will cnciinc to a

red:

326 A TREATISE

red: and their mixture on the other fide,where the light is wea-
kelr, will make a violet or blew : and this we fee to tall cut ac-
cordingly , in the light which is dueled by going through a
prifme ; for a red colour appeareth on that fide from which the
light doth diiarc or encreafe , and a blew is on that fide towards
which it decreafeth.

Now if a darke body be p'aced within this light/o as to have
the light come on both tides of it : we fhall fee ihc contrary
happen ahout the borders of the picture or iliadow of ue darkc
body : that is to lay, the red colour will be on that fide of the
pidure which is towards or over againfl the blew colour ti,at is
made by the glafle : and the blew of the picture will beontkat
fide which is towards the red that is made by rhc gJafte , as you
may experience if youp'acca fknderopacour body a'ongthc
prifrne in t!je way of n,c .'igijt either before or behind the
prilme. The rcaion whereof is t; .at the opacous body /landing
in the middle. environed by ii^tn ,.!:ud:-ii. ti,e 'i^nt.andmaketh
two lights of that which was bur M--C : each of which lights 3 is
comprifed between twodarkneflcs, fo wit, between each border
of fliadow that joyneth to each exiream of the light that comcth
from the glaffe, and each fide of theopacous bodies /hadovy.
Wherefore, in each of theie lighcsjor rather in each of their com^.
mixtions with darkncfle, there mutt be red on the one fide, and
blew on the other; according to the courfe of light which we
"have explicated.

And thus it frlleth out, agreeable to the rule we have given,
that blew commeth to be on that fide of the opacous bodies fha-
dow on which the glaffe cafteth red, and red on that fide of it-on
which theglaflecafleth blew: likewise when light going through
a convexeglafle maketh two cones , the edges of the cone be-
twixt theglaffe and the point of concur fe will appeare red, ii t':e
roome be darke enough : and the edges of the further core, will
appcarcblew, both for the reafon given 4: for in this^cafc the
point of concoarfc is the firong light betwixt the two cones :
»f which , that betwixt theglafTc and the point, is the flrorger.,
that bcy«nd the point the weaker : and for this very reafbn , »f
a* opacous body be put in the axis of theie two cones . both rhc
fides of its picture will be red, if it beheld in the firft ccne which
is next to the glafle^and both will be blcrv ifthe body be Ctuated

•a

OF BODIES,Chap.XXXI. 327

in the further cone 5 for both fides being equally fituated to
the courfe of the light , within its ovvne cone , there is nothing
to vary the colours, but onely the f Jrength and the vveakneflc of
the two lights of the cones , on this fide , and on that fide the
point of concurle : which point , being in this cafe the ftrong
and cleare light whereof we made general! mention in our
precedent note, the cone towards the glafle and the illuminanr,
is the Wronger fide^and the cone from the glafle.is the weaker.
In thofecafes,where this reafbn is not concerned, we fhall fee
the viciory carried in the queftion of colours , by the ihady fide
of the opacous body: that is, the blew colour will ftill appeare on
that fide of the opacous bodies Shadow that is furthest from the
illuminant. But where both caufes doe concurre and contra/I
for precedence , there the courle of the light carrieth it : that is
to fay_,the red will be on that fide of the spacous bodies fliadow
where it is thicker and darker, and blew on the other fide where
thefliadow is wot fo ttrong; although theftiadow becaft that way
that the red appeareth : as is to be feen, when a (lender body is
placed betwixt the priimeand the refle&ent body, upon which
the light and colours are call; through the prilme : and it is evi-
dent, that this caufe of the c*urfe of the fliadow,, is in it felfa
weaker caufe,, then the other of the courfe of light , and muft
give way unto it whenfoever they encounter (as it can not be
expedlccf,but that in all circumtfanees.fiiadows fhould be light^)
becaufe the colours which the glafle cafkth in this cafe, are much
more faint and dusky then in the other.

For effects of this latter caufe , we fee that when an opacous
body lyeth crofle the prilme^ whiles it ftandeth end-waies, the
red or blew colour will appeare on the upper or lower fide of its
picture,, according as the illuminant is higher or lower then the
tranfverfe opacous body : the blew ever keeping to that fide of
the picture, that is furtheft from the body , and the illuminanc
that make it: and the red the contrary ; likevvile if an opacous
body be placed out of the axis,in either of the cones wehave ex-
plicated before, the blew will appeare on that lide of the picture
which is furtheft advanced in the way that the fliadow is
caft: and the red,on the contrary : and fb, if the opacous body
be placed in the firft cone ( befide the axis) the red will appeare
on that fide of thepi&nre in the bafis of the fecond cone, which

is

3»8 A TREATISE

is next to the circumference j and the blew, on that fide, which
is next the a\ii : but if it be placed on one fide of the axis it\ the
fccond cone, then the blew will appears on that fide thepJciure
which is next the circumference; and thered,on that fide,which
is next the center of the bafis of the COJKT.

*« There remaincth yet one difficulty of moment to be detcrtni-

b! diffiCUfolPed liet* : vvfl'ck ** why*wn€n through a glafle,tvYO colours (namely,

touching! he6 ^lew am^ reci ) are ca(t from a canclle "P°n a PaP€r or wall , "if

prifmc, you put your eye in the place of one of the colours that fhineth

upon the wall., and fo that colour commeth to fliine upon your

eye, in fuch fort that another man who looketh upon it, will fee

that coJour plainly upon your eye , nevertheJeffe, you fhali fee

the ether colour in the glaflfe ? As for example, if on your eye

there fhmeth a red.you (hall fee a blew in the glafleiand ifa blew

ftiineth upon your eye,you mall fee a red.

The rcafon hereof is , that the colours which appeare in the
glafle.,are of the raturc of thofe luminous colours which we firrt
explicated,that arife from looking upon white and blacke bor-
dering together : for a candle ftanding in the ayre, is as it were
a white fituated betweene two blackes : the circumftant dusky
ayre , having the nature of a blacke : fo then , that fide of the
candle which is feen through the thicker part of the glafle , ap-
peared red ; and that which is feen through the thinner,appea-
rethblew: in the fame manner as when we lonke through the
* glaiTe ; whereas^the colours fhine contrarywile upou a paper or

reflefting objed5as we have already declared, together wuh the
rcafom of both thefe appearances ; each fitted to its proper cafe,
of looking through the glafTe upon the luminous object fur-
rounded with darknefle, in the one ; and of ebierving theeffecl
wrought by the fame luminous object in fome medium or upon
fome refle&ent fuperficies,in the other.

And to coafirme this, if a white paper be let ftanding hollow
before the glafTe ( like halfe a hollow pillar, whoie flat ftandcth
edgcwaies towards the glafle, fo as both the cd^es may be feen
through it) the further edge will feem bJew, and thencerer will
be red; and the like will happen , if the paper be held in the free
ayreparallell to the lower fuperficics of the glafle, without any
bdackecarpet to limit both ends of it (which ferveth to make the
colour* the fmartcr) 16 that in boch cafc5,thc ayrc ferveth manj-

feftjy

OF BODIES.Chap.XXXI.

feftly for a blacke ; in the firft, betwecne the two white edges ;
and in the fecond , limiting the two white ends : and by coufc-
quence } the ayre about the candle muft iikewiie fervc for two
blackes, including the light candle berwecne them.

Sevcrall other delighfiill experiments of luminous co/ours I
might produce, to confirme the grounds I havelayd,for the na-
curc and making of them. But I conceived that thefe I have
mentioned,are aboundantly enough for the end I propofe unto
my fclfe : therefore I will take my leave of this fuppleand nice
fiibjedt ; referring my Reader ( if he be curious to entertaine
himlelfe with a full variety offuch fhining wonders)toour inge-
nious Countrcyman, and my worthy friend, Mr. Hall : who at
my laft being ar Liege,mewed me there mort of the experiences
I jiairement oned ; togetherwith feverall other very fincand
remarkable curiohties concerning light^which he promifcd me
he would ihortly pubji h in a worke,that he had already caft and
aimoit hr.iOied upon that iubje& : and in it, I doubt not but he
will give entire iatisfadliou to all the doubts and Problems that
may concur in this iubje£ : whereas my little exercife formerly.
in making experiments of this kind , and my lefle conveniency
or attempting any now, makcth me content my lelfc with thus
ipinning ot a courie thred from wooll carded me by others, that
may rurne through the whole doctrine of colours, whofe caufcs
ha e hitnerto been fb much admired : and that it will do fb,! am
ttrongly periwaded botiibecaufe if I look upon the caufes which
I have aliened * yw> i, me tlnnkes they appeare very agrecab'e
to nature and to reafon ; asd if I apply them to the feverall
Phxnomens which Mr. Hall shewed me. and to as many others,
aslhaveotherwife met with, I findethey agree exactly with
them and render a full account of them.

And thus, you hare the whole nature ofluminous coi'ours,re-
iblved into the mixtion of light and darknefle : by the due orde-
ring of which ,who have skill therein , may produce any middle
colour he pleafeth : as I my ielte have feen the experience of in-
finite changes in fiich (brt made ; fb that.itleemeth unteme,
nothing can be more manife/t, then that luminous colours are
generated in the way thacis here delivered. Of which how that
gentlc,and obedient Pniloibphy of Jt»*litus (readily obedient
to what hard taskc ioever y OH aifigne it) will render a rational 1

account;

A TREATISE

account ; and what difcreet yertue , it will give the fame things
to produce different colours , and to make ditferent appearan-
ces , meerely byfuch nice changes of fituation, I do not well
underftand : but peradventure the Patrones of it, may fay that
every fuch circumtfance-rs a fondiiiofint qtm nan: and therewith
(noioubt) their Auditors will be much the wifer in compre-
hending the particular nature or" light , and of the colours that
have their origine from it.

3- . The Rainebow, for whofe fake moft men handle this matter

'anyhow °^ummous colours , is generated in the firft of the two wates
byThecolour we have delivered for the production of fuch colours : and hath
of any body its origine from refraction, when the eye being at a convenient
we may know diftance from the refracting body , looketh upon it to di.-cerne
thcconopofiti- ^^ appear^ 'm'ltt The ipeculation of which may be found
Ufdfe. C ° ^ in that exceilenc diicourfe of Mounfeurdes Cartes which is the
/txt of IHS Meteors ; where he hath with great accuratenefie de-
livered a mofl ingenious doctrine of this myftery : had not his
bad chance of milling in a former principle(as I conceive) fbme-
what obfcured it. For he there gi veth the caufe fo neat , and ib
juftly calculated to the appearances, as no man can doubt but
that he hath found out the true reafon of this wonder of nature,
whiQh hath perplexed Ib many great wks : asmayalmoft be
feen with our very eyes ; when looking npon the frefli deaw in
a Sunfliiny morning,we. may in due portions perceive the rain-
bow colours, not three yards diftant from us : in which we may
diftingwifli even iingle drops with their effects. Jut he having
determined the nature of light to confift in motion , and pro-
ceeding consequently, he concludeth colours to be but cerraine
kinds of motion; by which I fearc it is impo/Tible that any good
icceunt mould be given of the experiences we fee.

But what we have already iaid in that point,! conceive is (uf-
ficicnt to give the Reader fatisfe&ion therein : and to iecure
him, that the generation of the colours in the rain-bow, as well
as all other colours, is likewife reduced to the mingling of light
and darknefle : which is our princijwll intent to prove : adding
thereunto byway of advertisement, for others whofe lei/ure
ipay permit them to make uCe thereof, that who mail Hal lance
i^e proportions of luminous colours, may peradventure make
afteptp iu<%c of the natures ofthoitbocfics, which

really'

OF BODIES. Chap.XXXI.

really and conftantly doc vvcarc like dyes; for,thc figures ofthe
Icaft parts of fuch bodies, jovntly with the connexion or ming^
ling of them with pores.mufi of nece/Iity be cbat which maketh
chem reflet light unto our eye*3 in fuch proportions, as the kj-
minoiis colours of their tincture and femblance do.

For two things are to be confidered in bodies, in order td TCA
fleiiting of light : either the extancies and cavities of them ,- or
iheir hardnefle and fbftneffe. As for the firft ; the proportions
of light mingled with darknefTe will be varied, according as the
extancies or the cavities do exceed, and as each of them is great
or fmall : fince cavities have the nature of darknefle, in reipect
efextancies, as ourmoderne Af ironomers do fhew, when they
give account of the face (as feme call it) in the orbe of the
Moone. Likewise in regard of toft or of refillent parts, light
will be reflected by them, more or lefle ftrongly, that is , more
or lefle mingled with darkneffe j for whereas it reboundeth
fmartly backe,if it ftriketh upon a hard and a refiltent body, and
accordingly will (hew it felfe in a bright colour : it muft of ne-
ceiTity not reflect at all, or but very feebly if it penetrateth into
a body of much humidity, or if it loofeth it felfc in the pores df
it 5 and that little which commeth fo weakely from it , muft
confequently appeare of a dusky die rand thefe two, being all the
taufes ofthe great variety of colours we fee in bodies according
to the quality of the body, in which the reall colour appeareth,,it
may eafily be determined from which of them it proceedeth :
and then by the colour, you may judge of the compo/idon and
mixture of the rare and denfe parts , which by reflecting light
bcgettcthit.

In fine , out of all we have hitherto faid in this Chapter , we 4;
may conclude the primary intent of our fb long difcouriejvvhich Thar all the
ij.that as well the fenies of living creatures, as the fenfible qua« tofibJe quali-
lities in bodies, are made by the mixtion of rarity and dertlity, [^ "jCreful.
as well as the naturall qualities we fpoke of in their place : for it nngout of fc-
cannot be denied but-that heate and cold, and the other couples veral mixture*
or paires.whichbeate upon our touch , are the very fame as vve of rarity and
fee in other-bodies : the qualities which move our taHe and
fmell,aremanifcftly a kin and joyned with them: light we have
concluded to be fire: and of motion (which afFecleth our care)
it is not difputable : fo that it is evident, how til fenfibie qua-

lities,

A TREATISE

qualities, arc as truely bodies, as thole other qualities which we
call natural!.

To this we mayaddc, that the properties of thefe fenfible
qualities are fuch as proceed evidently from rarity and denfity ;
for (to omit thofe which our touch taketh notice of^as too plain
tobccjuefHoned) Phyfitianf judge and determine t ie natura/I
qualities of meats, and of medicines , andofhmp'es by their
talks and fmels : by thoie ijua iti« they fin Je out powers in
them to do material! opera t ions , and iucn as our mftruments
for cuttingjfiling.brufhiiig.and the like do unto ruder and grof-
fer bodies. All which vertues.being in thcie instruments by the
different tempers of rarity and denlity , is a convincing argu-
nient,that it mufl be the fame caules,whic'i muft produce ef&c'rs
of the fame kind in their fmels and tattcs : andasfbrlight^itis
known hew corporeally it worketh upon our eyes.

Againe if we look particu'arly into thecompofitionof the or-
ganes ofourfenfes,wenial mtet with nothing but iiich cjualitics
as we finde in thecompofition ofall other naturall bodies. If we
fearch into our eye , we fliali di'cover in it nothing but diapha-
neity, foftnefle , divers colours , and confiftencies ; which all
Anatomies, to explicate, do paralleiJ in other bodies: the like is
of cur tongue our noiethrils,and our eares. As for our touch ;
that is ib materall a fenfc, and fo diifufed over t^e w'iole body,
we can have no difFculty about it.Seemg then that ail the qua;i-
ties we can discover in riie organes of our fenles^are made by the
various minglings of rarity with deBfity,how can we doubt,buc
that the aili ve powers over thefe patients , muft be of the fame
nature and kind?

Againe, /edng that examples ahove brought, doe convince,
that the objects ofone fenie , may be known by another $ who
can doubt of a community among them,if not ofdegrec,at the
leaft of the whole kind? As we fee that the touch, is the ground-
workeofallthere.fr; and confequently , that being evidently
cprporeall and confifting in a rtmper of rarity and denfity, why
fliould wema.kedillncuit} ma< lowing the like of the reft ?

Befides.letuscompoieot rarity and denfky, fuch tempers as,
we finde in our fenft's j and let us againe compofe of rarity and
denfity , fuch adors ,as we have determined the qualities , which
Wccaiilenfiblc, to be; andwilliinotnianifeftly foJloyy, that

thefe

OP BODIE$,Ghap.XXXL

_

thcfe two applied to one another, : muft produce fuch effeds , is
we aflRrme our fenfes have ? that is,to pafTe the outward object,
by different degrees, unto an inward receiver.

Againc, let us cart our eyes upon the naturall rcfblution of j
bodies , and how they move us, and we mall thereby difcover, Why the fenfcs
both what the fenlcs are , and why they arc juft fb many , and «" "^TJ fire

that they cannot be more. For an out ward body may move us, in . Jumber /

• i • • i_,i • t L witnac®nclU'

either in its ownebuJkc or quantity | or as it worketh upon an- fionof sllchc

other. The firft is dene by the touch , the fecond by the care, former dodria
when a body moving the ayrc, makcth us take notice of his mo- concemijg
tion. Now in refblution.there are three adive parts proceeding t^lcm?
from a body,which have power to move us.The fiery par£,which
you lee worketh upon our eyes,by the vertue of light. The ayric
paT which we know moveth our nofcthrils, by being fucked in
with the ayre. And Jaftly.the fait, which difTolveth in watcr^and
(b moveth our watry fenfe; which is our tafte.

And thefe being all the adive parts , that mew themfelves in
therefblutionofabody; how can we imagine there mould be
any more fenies to be wrought upon ? for what the flablc body
iheweth of it felfe,vvill be reduced to the touch : what as it mo-
? eth,to hearing : what the refolntions of it^according to the na-
tures of the refolved atomes that fly abroad j will concerne the
other three fenfes,as wehave declared. And more waies ofvyor-
king3or of adive parts, we cannot conceive to fpring out of the
nature of a body.

Finally, if we caft our eyes upon the intention of nature : to
what purpofc are our fenfes , but to bring us into knowledge of
the natures of the fiibftances we converge withall ? furely , to
cffcd this , there cannot be invented a betrer,or more reafbna-
ble expedient, then to bring unto our judgement (eate the like-
neffes or extracts ofthofefubftances, in Co delicate a model/,
that they may not be often/we or cumbcrfbme ; like fb many
patternes prefented unto us , to know by them. what the whole
piece is: fbrallfimilitude is a communication betweene pro
things in that quality , wherein their likenefle confifteth : and
therefore we cannot doubt , but that nature hath given us by
the meanes we have explicated , an eflay to all the thingt in the
world, that fall under our commerce, whereby of judge whether
they be profitable or nocivc unto us j and yet in To delicate and

Cc fubuli

334

fubtile a quantity's may in no waies be oftcnlive to us , whiles
we take our meafures to attract what is good,and avoyd what is
noxious.

Mounficttr da
Cartss his opi-
nion touching
fcnfation.

THE TWO AND THIRTIETH CHAP TER.

Of f«nf*tle»tcr the motint rtkerebj fe*fi it property txcrciftd,

OUt of the considerations which weha-ve delivered in
thefe lafi Chapters,the Reader may gather the unreaib-
nableneffe of vulgar Philofophers _, whoro explicate
life and fenfe.,are not content to give us termes without explica-
ting them ; but will force us to believe contradictions : telling
us,that life confined in this, that the fame thing hath a power to
wcirke upon it felfe : and that fenfation , is a working of die
active part of the fame feufe,upon its paflive part ; and yet will
admit no parts in it : but will have the lame indivifible power
workeupon it lelfe. And this ., with liich violence and downe-
bearing ofall oppofition, that they deeme him not con/iderabie
ia the lchooles,who ihall offer only to doubt of what they teach
him hereabout; but brand him with the cenfure of one who
knoweth not, and contradi&eth the very firft principle* of
Philofophy. And therefore, it is requifite we fliould looke
fomewhat more particularly into the manner how fenlation is
made.

Mounfieut des Cartes ( who by his great and heroike au
temprs > and by /liewing mankind how to iieere and husband
their realbn to bcft advantage , hath left us no excufe for be-
ing ignorant of any thing worth the knowing) explicating the
nature of ienfe, is of opinion, that the bodies without us^ in cer-
taine circumftances.doe give a blow upon our exterior organes:
from whence, by the continuity of the parts, that blow or mo-
tion-is continued , till it come to our brainc and feitc of know-
ledge ; upon which it giveth a (boke anfvverable to that j which
iJ^c outward feniefirft received: and there this knockecaufing
'g^rtkulareffc<Stjaecordiiig to the particular nature of the mo-
r/ which depwieth ef the nature of the ob;«# that produ-
om foule aodl mind hath notice by this mcanes, of every

OF BODIES, Chap,XXXII. 335

thing that knocketh at our gates : and by the great variety of
knocks or motions that our braine feeleth (which rifeth from as
great a variety of natures in the objects that gaufe them) we are
enabled to judge cf the nature and conditions of every thing we
converfewithall.

As for example : he conceiveth light to be nothing elfe but a
pcrcuflion made by the illuminant upon the ayre , or upon the
ethercall fubftajnce , which he putteth to be mixed with , and to
runne through all bodies : which being a continuate medium
between the illuminant and our-ienfe ; thepercuiTion upon that,
ftriketh alfo our fenfe • which he calleth the nerve that reacheth
from the place ftrucken (to wit , from the bottome of our eye)
unto the braine. Novv,by reafbn of the continuity of this firing
or nerve, he conceiveth that the blow which is made upon the
outward endof it by the ether, is conveyed by the other end of it
to the braine ; that end, firiking the braine in the fame meafiire
as the ether f Irucke the other end of it : like the j'acke of a Vir-
ginall, which rtriketh the (bunding cord, according as the Mu-
iitians hand prefleth upon the <iop. The part of the braine
which is thus tf rueken , he fuppofeth to be the fantafie , where
he deemeth the fbule doth refide ; and thereby taketh notice
of the motion and ob/c& that are without. And what is (aid
thusof/ight, « to be applied proportionally to the relt of the
fcnfes.

This then is the fumme of Monfieur des Cartes his opinion,
which he hath very finely exprefled , with all the advantages
that oppofiteexamples , fignificant words , and cleare method
can give anto a witty dilcourle. Which yet is but a part of the
commendations he deferveth , for what he hath done on this
particular. He is over and above all this, the firft that I have ever
-met with, who hath publifhed any conceptions of this nature,,
whereby to make the operations of fenfe intelligible. Cer-
tainely , this praife will ever belong unto him , that he hath
given the firft hint offpeaking groundedly , and to the pur-
pofe upon this fubjeft , and whofbever fliall carry it any rur-
ther ( as what important myftery was ever borne and perfe&ed
at once?) muft acknowledge to have derived his light ftora
him.

For mypart, I fhill fo Arre agree with him as to allow mo-

Cc a tion

3)6 A TREATISE

* cion alone to be f ufficient to w or ke feniation in us : and not one-
Th« Autk°jl ty to allow it fufficient, but alfo to profeflc, that not onely this,
' but that no other effec* whatfoevcr can be wrought in us, but
motion, and by meanes of motion. Which is evident oat of
what we have already delivered, (peaking of bodies in gencrall 5
that all tftion among them , either is locall motion,or elfe fol-
Icwcth it : and no IdTe evident , out of what we have declared
in particular , concerning the operations of the outward fenies,
and the objects that worke upon them : and therefore , whoib-
ever fhall in this matter , require any thing further then a dif-
ference of motion , he muft firtt feeke other inf truments in ob-
jc&stocaufeit. For, examining from their very origine, the
natures of all the bodies we converfe withall ; we cannot finde
any ground to believe they have power or meanes to worke any
thing beyond motion.

But Ifliall crave leave to differ from him, in determining
what is the fubje& of this motion , whereby the braine judgeth
of the nature of the thing that caufeth it . He will allow no locall
change of any tiling in a man , further then certaine vibrations
of firings , which he giveth the objects to play upon from the
very fenfe up to the braine : and by their different manners of
Shaking the Draine,he will have it know, what kind o ' "thing it 1$
that ftriketh the outward fenfe, without removing any thing
within our body from one p!ace to another. But I fhall goe the
more common way 5 and make the fpirits to be the porters of
all newcs to the braine : onely adding thereunto that thele
newes which they carry thither, are materiall participations of
the bodies, that worke upon the outward organes of the (enfes ;
and patting through them,do mingle themfelvcs with the fpirits,
and fo doe goe whither they carry them , that is, to the braine ;
unto which, rrom all parts of the body, they have immediate re-
f©rt,and a perpetuallcommuncation with it.

So that, toexercifefenfe (which the Latincs doe ezllftMtir*,
but in English we have no one word common to our fevcrail
particular notions of divers perceptions by fenfe) is, Our brd*e
t* rtttntc ** tmfr*J[i»* fitm tkcexttrne tfy& fytluff<r*tic*er
mtfatun of *n orgAniceiifvt mttdt fur that fttrf»(et **d frm*
•** of tkoftyphicb wt term* an txtcr** fenft j fern wkUJt rwfref-
» , *f**Bj fawttk fim motim frtfnr r» tht tivhf

OF BODIES,Chap.XXXII. 337

. And thus you fee that the outward icnfei , arc not truly
i'cs as if the power oftenlation were in them : but in another
meaning, to wit, fo far re as they are inftruments of qualifying
or conveying the obiecl to the braine.

New, that the fpirits are the inrtruments of this convey-
ance, is evident, by what we daily fee, that if a man be very at-"
tentive to fomc one extcrne object ( as to the hearing or (eeing
offbmething that much deli^hteth or dilpleafeph him ) henci-
ther heareth or feethany thing but what his mind is bent upon;
though all that while, his eyes and eares be open, and fevcrali of
their objects be prefent,which at other times would afte>ft him.
For what can be the reafon of this, bat that the braine emp.'oy-
ingthe greateft par t of his ttore of Ipirits about that one object,
which fo powerfully entertaineth him the others find very fevy
free for them to imbue with their tin&ure ? And therefore,
they have not ftrength -enough to give the braine a fuflkient
tafte of thcmfelves^to make it be obferved; nor to bring them-
ielves into a place where they may be diftin&Iy difcerncd :but
ftrivingtogetuntoit, they lofe themfelves in the throng of
the others, who for that time doe be/lege the braine clolely.
Whereas, in Monfieurdes Cartes his way ( in which no ipirits
are required ) the apprehenfion muft of necetfity be carried pre-
cilely according to the force of the motion of the externe

This argument I confeffe, is not fo convincing a oneagainft
his opinion, but that the neceffity of the confequence may be a-
voidedj and another realbn be given for this efFec^inMounfieur
des Cartes his doftrine : for he may fay, that the affection be-
ing vehemently bent upon fome one objeft, may can fe the mo-
tion to be fo violent by the addition of'inward percuflions , that
thcother comming from the outward fenfe,being weaker, may
be drowned by it;as lefler founds arc by greater, which doe for-
cibly carry our eares their way,and doe fill them fo entirely^that
the others cannot get in to be heard : or as the drawing of" one
man that pulleth backevvards , is not felt when a hundred draw
fbrvr ards. Yet this is hard to conceive , confidering the great
eminency which the prefcat obje& hath over an abfent one , to
make it ielfbe felt : yvhenee it followeth , that the mnltiplica-

creafcdwilhin^to overtop
3 ana

358 A TREATISE

and beare downe the motion^cauled by apreient objeft Actually
working without.

But that which indeed convinceth me to beleeve I goe not
wrong in this courfe, which I have fet downe for externe bodies
working upon our fenfe and knowledge : is firft , the conveni-
ence, and agreeableneifc to nature , both in the objects and in
us, that it fhould be done in that manner : and next, a difficulty
in Mounfieur des Cartes his way, which methinketh maketh
itimpotfible that his mould be true. And then, his being abfb-
lutely the befl of any I have hitherto met witha 11, and mine fup-
plying what his falleth fliort in, and being fufticient to perform
the effects we fee : I ftiall not thinke I doe amifle in beleeving
my owne to be true, till fome body elfe fLew a better.

Let us examine thcfe considerations one after another. It is
That wtaU manifest by what we have already eflab'ifhed , that there is a
fpirits are the perpetuall fluxe of little parts cr atomes out of all fcnfible bo-
immediate dies , that are compofed of the foure Elements, and are here in
iaftrumentsof the fphere ofcontinuall motion by adion and paifion : and fiich
fcnfationby it is, that in all probability thele little parts cannot chu(e but
get in at thedoores of our bodies, and mingle themfelves
with the fpirits that are in our nerves. Winch if they doe,
it is unavoydable , but that of necelfity they mutt make
fome motion in the braine ; as by the explication we have made
of our outward fenfes, is manifett : and the braine being the
fource and origine ofall fuch motion in the animal, as is termed
voluntary; this ftroke of the object , will have the power to
caufe fome variation in its motions that are of that nature : and
by confequence, mud be a fenfation, for, that change which be-
ing made in the braine by the object, is caufe of voluntary mo-
tion in the animall, is that, which we call fenfation.

But we /hall have beft fatisfaction, by confidering how it fa-
geth with every fenie in particular. It is plain, that our toucji or
feeling is affected by the little bodies of heate, or cold, or the
like, which are fcjueefed or evaporated from the object; and
doe get into our flefh , and confequently , doe mingle them-
ielves with our ipirits ; and accordingly,our hand is htatedwith
tfae flond of fubtile fire, which from a great onervirhout, ftrea-
meth into it ; and is benam«ncxlwichjanulcituiies of little bodies
ofooid, that ftitk ink. All which little bodies, oi heatc, or of

cold

conv«yang
fcnfible qua-
litiestothc
braioe.

OF BODIES, Chap.XXXII. 339

cold,or of what kind foever they be, vrhen they are once got in,
mult needs mingle chemfelvei with the fpirits they meet with in
the nerve:and confequont ly, mult go along wirh them up ro the
brainerfbr the channeil of the nerve being fb littlc,that the molt
accurate infpe&ours ofnature cannot diltinguiili any Jitlc cavity
or hole running along the fiibftance of it : and the /pints which
ebbe and flow in thole channells, being fo infinitely fubtill, and
in fb (mall a quantity,as luch channells can containe : it is evi-
dent,that an atotne of infenfible bignefTe, is fufficicnt to imbue
the who!e length and quantity of /pint that is in one nerve : and
that atome,by reafon ofthe fubtilty of the liquor it is immerled
injsprefcntlyandas it were inftantly, dirf'uied through the
wholelubitanceofit : the Iburce therefore of that liquor being
in the braine, it cannot be doubted, but that the force of the ex-
terne ob/eft muft needes affeft the braine according to the
quality ofthe faiciatome : th«t is, give amotion^or knock, con-
formable to its owne nature.

As for our tafte, it is asplaine,that the little parts exprefled
out ofthe body which affe&eth it , doe mingle themlelves with
the liquor,thac being in the tongue, is continuate to the Ipirits :
and then^by our former argument it is cvident.,they mult reach
uuto the braine. And for our fmelling, there is nothing can
hinder odour.? Irom having immediate palTage up to our brain,
when by our nofe, they are once gotten into our head.

In our hearing, there is a little more difficulty : for (bund be- 5.

ing nothing but a motion ofthe Ayre, which ftriketh our eare ; How found
it may leem more then needeth, to fend any corporea'l iub- isconreycd
ft ance into the braine : and that^it is fufficient, that the vibrati-
ons ofthe outward aire, making" the drumme of the eare, doe
give a like motion to the ayre within the eare , that on the in-
side toucheth die tympane.'dnd fo this ayre thus moved,maketh
and beateth upon the braine. But this, I conceive, will not
ierve the turne; for if there were no more, but an aSual motion,
in the making of hearing ; I doe net fee, how founds could be
conferved in the memory ; fince of neceliity, motion muft al-
wayesrefide in fbmc body; which argument, wee /hall prefle
aoone^againft Mounfieur des Cartes his opinion for the reft of
thefenfes.

Qut of this difficulty^ the very infpe&ion of che pares vrithin

C c -f the

340 A TREATISE

the eare, feemeth to lead us : for had there been nothing .necef-
farybefides motion, die very ftriking of the outward ayre a-
gainft the tympanum, would have been fufficient without any
other particular and extraordinary organization, to have pro-
duced Ibundes , and to have carried their motions up to the
braine : as wee fee the head of a drumme bringeth the motions
of the earth unto our eare, when we lay it thereunto, as we have
formerly delivered. But Anatomies find other tooles-and in*
flruments;, that feetn fit to worke and forge bodies withall ;
which we cannot imagine nature made in vaine. There is a
hammer and an an viJe • whereof the hammer, ftriking upon
theanvi-Ie, muftofnecelTity beateoff fiich little parts of the
brainy frames, as flying about, doe lightand flick upon the top
oftheanvile:thefebythe trembling of the ayre following its
courfe, cannot mifle of being carried up to that part of the
braine, whereunto the ayre within the eare is driven by the im-
pulie ofthe found : and as foonas they have given their knocke,
they rebound back againe into thecells cf the braine, fitted for
harbours to fuch winged meffengers : where they remaine
lodged with quietneffe, till they be called for againe , to renew
the effect which the found did make at the fir/I : and the various
blovves which thehammer ttrikcth, according to the various vi-
brations of the tympanum (unto which the hammer is fatte-
ned ; and therefore is governed by its motions ) mult needs
make great difference of bigneffes, and caufe great variety of
fmartflefles of motion, in the little bodies which they forge.

The laft fcnfe is of feeing ; whofe action wee cannot doubt^
How colours is performed by the reflection of Jight unto our eye , from the
are conveyed bodies which we fee : and this light commeth impregnated with
a tincture drawne from the fuperficies ofthe obj'eit it is refleit-
ec^ ^rom > that is-,- it bringeth along with it, feverall ofthe little
afomes, which of themielves doe ftreame, and it -cutteth from
rhebody it flruck upon, and-reboundeth from; and they, ming-
ling themfelves with the light, doe in company of it get into
the eye; whofe fabrick, is fit to gather and unite thofe fpecies,
as you may fee by the anatomy of it : and from the eye , their
journey is but a iliort one to. the braine : in which , wee cannot
fdpect that they fhould lofe their force 5 confidering, how
other* thu cpme from organei further pflF^oeconferve ihcirs:

and

OF BODIES. XXXII. 341

and likevyife confidering the nature of* the optick /pints , which
preconceived to be the moft refined of al that are in mans body,

Now,that light is mingled with fuch little atomes ifluing out
of the bodies from which it is reflected ; appearcth evidently
enough, out of what we have Saved , of the nature and operatr-
ons of fire and light : and it feemeth to be confirmed , by what
I have often obferved in fbme chambers where peop'e feldomc
come : which having their windows to the fbuth , Co a* the iunne
lyeth upon them a great part of the day in his greareft ftrengtbj
and their curtaines being continually drawne over them, the
gJaffe becomes dyed very deepe of the fame colour the curtaine
is of: which can proceed from no other caule, but that the beams
which moot through the glafle, being reflected back from the
curtaine,doe take Ibmething alon^ with them from the fupcrfi-
cies ofitj which being ofamore foiide corpulence then they, i*
left behind (as it were in the {trainer ) when they come ro preffo
themfelves through paflages and pores, too little fork to ac-
company them in.: and Co thole atomes of colour, doe flicke up*
on the glafTe, which they cannot penetrate.

Another confirmation of it is, that in certaine portions, the
funne reflecting from flrong colours, will cart thac.vcty colour
upon fome other place ; as I have often experienced in lively
fcariet, and cloth of other linart colours : and this 3 not -in that
gloating wife, as it maketh colours ofpure light, but like a trus
reall dye; and Co, as the colour will appeare the lame to a many
whejefbever he (taodedi.

Having thus mewed in all our fenfes, theconveniency and a- ~
greeablenefTe of our opinion with nature; (which hath been de- Reafons a-
duced,put of the nature of the .objects, the-nature of our /piritsj gainft Mon.
tfic.nature and fituation of our nerves, and Ja(i!y from the pro- fi£Ur d«.
perty ofour braine : ) our next con/ideration fhall be , of : the Ca.rt.cs hj* '
dilHculfy that, occurreth inMr..des Cartes his opinion. Firft we °?ln
know not how to reconcile the repugnancy s appearing in- his po-
fition of themodon of the ether ;. eipecially in iight,fbr that E-
thereal fubftance,being extreme rare,mull perforce be eitherex-
treme liquid,or extreme brittle; if the fir/t^it cannot choofe but
bow andoeprefTed into fbulds^and bodies of unequal! motions,
fwimming every where in itjand fo it is impoflible that it fliouki
briijg unio the «yc auy conUant apparition of the fjr/t mover,

But

24.2 A TREATISE

?T ... .. . -. .„. • - ••••••_•... i

But -let us fuppofe there were no fuch genera/1 interruptions,
every where encountring, and diiiurbingthe conveyance of the
firft fimple motion : yet. how can we conceive that a pufl^givcn
fo forre offy'nfo liquid an element., can Continue its force fo
farre ? We fee that the-greateft thunders and conculfions, which
at any time happen among us , cannot drive and impart their
rnpulfe the ten thoulandtn part of the vaft diftance, which the
Sunne is removed from our eye; and can we imagine., that a lit-
tle touch of that luminous body, fliould make an imprdfion
upon us , by moving another ib extremely liquid and fubtile,
as the Ether is luppoied; which like an immenfe Ocean , tofTed
with all varieties of motion , lyeth between it and us ?

But admit there were no diiHculty nor repugnance ia the
medium,to convey unto us a ftroke, made upon it by the fannes
motion : let us at the le'aft examine, what kinde ofmotions wee
murt allow in t he funne, to caufe this effect. Certainely^it muft
needs be a motion towards u?, or elle it cannot (trike and drive
the medium forward, to make it ftrike upon us. And if it be fb,
either the fiinne mutt perpetually be comming neerer and neer-
er to us ; or elle it mult ever and anone be receding backwards,
as well as moving forwards. Both which, are too chymericall
for Ib great a wit to conceit.

Now, if the Ether be brittle, it muft needs reflecT: upon every
rubbe it meeteth with in its way, and muft be broken and flii-
vered by every body that moveth acrofle it: and therefore,muft
aJvvayes make an uncertaine and moft diforderly pereuflfion up-
on the eye.

Then againej after it is arrived co the ienfe, it is no waycs
likely it fliould he conveyed from thence to thebraine , or that
nature ir tended fuch a kind of inrtrument as a nerve, to con-
tinue a precife determinate motion : for if you confider hovy a
lute ftring, or any other fuch medium conveveth a motion
made in it; you will finde,that to doe it well and clearly,it muft
be ftretchcd throughout to its full extent, with a kinde of ftiff-
ncfle : whereas our nerves are not ftraight , but lie crooked^ in
«ur body ,-and are very lfther,till upon occafion fpirits comming
into themadoe fvvell them out. Eefides,they are bound to fle/h,
and to other parts ofthe body; which being cefliblc, muft needs
dullth»itroakc; andnotpCttnit ii to (ft ' -carried ftnc, And

OF BODIES. Chap.XXXIl. 343

Ja/tJy3the reives arefubjecl: to be at every turne contracted $nd
d'i'ated, upon their cwne account, without any relation to the
flroakes beating upon them frcni an externe agent : which is by
no meanes, a convenient difpofition /or a body,that is to be the
porter of any fimple motion^which /Lould alwayes Jie watching
in great quietncfie^ to obfcrve fcrupulcufly, and exactly the err
randhee is to carry : fb that for my part, I cannot conceive., na-
ture intended any fuch eflfe6t,by mediation of the finews.

But Mounfieur des Cartes endeavourcth to confirme his 8.
opinion, by what ufeth to fall cut in palfies, when a man Jofeth That the f^m-
the ftrength ofmoving his hands,or other members^and never- ptomes of the
thelefle retaineth his feeling : which he imputeth to the remain- Pa^ie(i oeno
ing intire of the firings of the nerves, whiles the fpirits are fome MounficurdS
way defective. To this we may anfwer,by producing examples cartes his
of the contrary in fbme men, who have had the motion of their opinion,
limbesinrireandnowayesprejudicedjbuthavehad no feeling
at all, quite over their \vholecafeofskinneandfleili : as parti-
cularly a fervant in the Colledge of Phyfuians in London,
whom the learned Harvey ( one of his Matters ) hath told me,
was exceeding ftrong to labour, and very able to carry any ne-
Ceflary burthen , and to remove things dexteroufly , according
to theoccafion : and yet he was fo voyde of feeling, that he ufed
to grind his hands againft the walls, and againiicourfe lumber,
when he was employed to rummage any; in fo much, that they
would runne with blood ^ through grating of the skirme, with-
out his feeling of what occafioned it.

In our way_,the reafon ^ fboth thefe conditions ofpeop'e/the •
paralytike^ndtheinfenfible) is eafy to be rendred : for they
proceed out of the divers diipofition of the animal fpinrs in
thefe parts : which if they thicken too much , and become very
grofle, they are not capable of tranfmitting the fcibtile meflen-
gers of the outwarfl world , unto the tribunall of the braine, to
judge of them . Qn the other fide, if they be too fubtile t the^
neither have, nor give power to fwell the skin , and fb to draw
the muskks to their heads. And furely Motmfienr dcs Chartes
taketh the wrong way , in the reafon hegiveth of the Palfierfbr
icproceedeth out of abundance of humours j which clogging the
nervesj^endreth them wamy, and maketh them lofe their dry-
, and become iither,and conJeqaent ly, unfit and unable, in

his .

344

A TREATISE

Thar Monn-
fieutdesCartcs
his opinion,
cannot give a
goodaccounr,
how things arc
conferred in
the memory.

his- Opittion. for lenfation(which requireth /tiffenefle) as well as
tor morion.

Yet befides all-, thefe , one diflicu !ty more rema;neth againft
-thU doctrine, moreinfiiperable ( if I mi/lake not ) then any
-thingjOr all together wee have yet faid .* winch is, how the me-
-mory (houldcohfcrve anything in it , and reprefent bodies to
•us; when bur fartfie calleth for them , if nothing bat motions
do come into the brame. For it is impolfible,that in fo divifible
afubjectas the fpints, motion mould be- conferved any long
time :-as we lee evidently in the ayre ; through Jwhich move a
flaming taper never fo twiftiy, and as fbone as you let it down,
almoft in the very inftant, the flame of it leaveth being driven
or fhaken on one fide, and goeth quietly and evenly up its or-
dinary courfe •' thereby (hewing, that the motion of the ayre,
which for the time was violent., is all of a foddaine quieted and
..at reft : for otherwile, the fiame of the taper would biaze that
way the Ayre were moved. Afluredly , the bodies that have
power to conferve motion long, mult be dry and hard ones.
Nor yet can fuch confer ve it very long , after the caufe which
made it,cealeth from its operation. How then can we imagine,
that luch a multitude of puremot ions, as the memory mult be
itored withall for the ule and fervice of a man, can be kept on
foote in his braine, without confufion 5 and for ib long a time
as his memory is able to extend unto ? Confidera lefibnpJaid
upon the Lute or Virginalis ; and thhik with your felfe, what
power there is, or can be in nature, to conferve this leflbn ever
continually playing : and reflect, that if the impretfions upon
tlie common fenfe are nothing elfe but fuch things, then they
muft be actually conferved.alwaiej actually moving in our head
to the end they be irnmediatly produced, whenloever it pleafeth
our will to call them.

AMdifperadventureitniouIdbereplyed, that it is norne-
ceflarvtheTTioticnsthemfelves iliould ahvaies beconfervedin
actiiall feeing-; bur that it is finficlent there be certainecanfes
kept on foot in our heads, which are apt to reduce thefe motions
into acl, whensoever there is occafion of them : alllfliallfay
hereunto is, thatthisismeerclyavoltuitarypoljtion, and that
there . appeareth -no ground for thefe motions to make
eon/Ututefuchcaitfes ; fificcwenehherroe«tvt^hnjy

OF BODIES. Owp.XXXII.

ments,nor di cover any fignes, whereby we may be induced to
believe or underftand any fuch operation.

It may be urged, that divers founds a re by dileafes often-
times made in our eares, and appearances of colours in our fan-
tafie. Butfirft, thefe colours and founds, arenotartificiall
ones,and difpofed and ordered by choice and judgement; for no
flory hath mentioned, that by a difeafe any man ever heard
twenty verfes of Virgill,or an ode of Horace in his cares : or
that ever any man faw faire pictures in his fanfy, by meanes of a
blow given him upon his eye. And fecondly, fuch colours and
founds as are objected, are nothing elfe, but (in the fir ft cafe)
the motion of humours in a mans eye by a blow upon it ,• which
humours hive the vcrtuc of making Jight, in fuch fort as we fee
Sea-water hath, when it is dafhed together : and ( in the fe-
cond cafe) a cold vapour in certaine parts of the braine, which
caufeth beatings or motion there ; whence proceedeth the imi-
tation of founds :fb that thefe examples do nothing advantage
that party thence to .infer that the fimilkudes of obje&j may
be made in the common fenfc, without any real! bodies referred
for that end.

Yet I intend not to exclude motion from any commerce
with, die memory no more then I have done from fenfation.
For I will not only grant, that all our remembring it perform-
ed by the meanes of motion ; but I will alfb acknowledge, that
(in men) icis, for the moftpart.of nothing elfe but of mori-
on.Fcr what are words, but motion? And words arc the chicfeft
objects of our remembrance. It is true, we can, if we will, re •
member things m their owne fhapes , as well as by the words
that exprcfTe them ; but experience telleth us, that in our fami-
liar converfation, and in the ordinary exercifeof our memory,
we remember and make ufe of the words, rather then of the
things themfelves.

Befides , the impreflions which are made upon all our other
ienfes, as well as upon our hearing, are likewiie for the mofi
part of things in motion ; as if we have occafion to make a con-
ception of a man, or of a horfe., we ordinarily conceive him
Walking, or Speaking,or Eating^or ufing fbmemotion in time;
and as thefe impreflions are fucceffively made upon the outward
Organesj fo are they fuccefllyely carried into the fantafze., aad

A TREATISE

by like fuccetflon, are delivered over into the memory : from
whence, when they are called back againe into the fantafie,they
move likewiie fucceiftvely ; ib that in truth, all our memory
will be of motion ; or at the leaft, of bodies in motion : yet it is
not chiefly of motion, but of the things that are moved ; urr
lefle it be, when we remember words : and how thofe motions,
do frame bodies which move in the braine, we have already
touched.

THE THREE AND THIRTIETH CHAP.

i: TT\Uthow arethefe things conferred in the braine ? And

How things fr-C how do they revive in the fantafie, the fame motions 4>y

•rV m rv *^vhich they came in thither at the firft ? Monfieur des

10 y Cartes hath put us in hope of an explication : and were I Ib hap-

£y,as to have feen that worke of his, which the World of learned

men Co much longeth for 5 I aflure my felfe , I fhould herein

"receive great helpe and furtherance by it. Although withall, I

muft profefle, I cannot understand how it is poflfole.,tfiat any

determinate motion fhould long be preferved untainted in the

brainc j where there muft be fuch a. multitude of other morions

in the way ..to mingle with it^and bring all into confafion. One

Hay I hope this Jewell will be expofed to publik view, bcrh to do

the Author right.and to inftruft the World.

In the meane time , let us fee what otft- own principles afford
us. We have refblved , that fenfation is not a pure driving of
the anifnall fpifits , or of fome penertrable body in which they
fwim, againflthatpart of thetraine, vyhcre knovvledge re-
fideth : but that it is indeed the driving thithet of folid materi-
all bod:es ( exceeding little ones) that come from the ob-
je<fh themfelves. Which pofition, if it be true, itfbUoweth
that rhde 'bodies muft rebound from thence upon other part j
oftbebraine j where at the length they find ibme vacant ceW,
in which they keepe their ranks and files, in "great quiet and
; all fuch flicking together, and keeping company with
thacejitcream together '• and th«e they JyetfWH

tod

OF BODIES. Cbap.XXXIlI.

and are at reft, until 1 they be itirredup, either by the narurGll
appetite, (which is the ordinary courfe of beafies) or by chance,
•r by the will of the man in vyhom tJiey are, upon the occasions
fce jneetethwith of fearching into them. Any of theie three cauies
rayfeth them op, and giveth them the motion that is proper to
them ; which is the fame with that , whereby they came in .at
the firli : for ( as Galilaus tcachcth us) every body hath a par-
ticular motion peculiarly proper to it, when nothing diverteth
it : and then they flide iucceillvcly, through the fantafiein the
lame manner, as when they prefented themfelves to it the firfjt
time. After which, if it require them no more ; they returne
gently to their quiet habitation in fome other part of the braine,
from whence they were called and fummoned by the fantafies
meflengers, the ipirits : but if it have longer ufe of them, and
would view them better then once paffin* through permitted] ;
then they are turned back againe , and lead anew over their
courfe, as often as is requifite : like a Hor/e, that a Rider
paceth fundry times along by him that hee fheweth him to -,
whiles he is attentive to marke every pare and motion in
him. z;

But let us examine a little more particularly, how the cautes How things
we have aligned, doraife thefe bodies that re/Hn the memory, conferved in
and do bring them to the fantafie. The middlemoft of them {^chm
( namely chance ) needeth no looking into , becaufetheprin- i™o 8thc
ciples that governeit, are uncertainc ones. But the firft, and tafic,
the laft , ( which are , the appetite , and the will) have a power
(which we will explicate hereafter) of moving, the braine and
the nerves depending of inconveniently and agreeably to their
difpofition. Out of which it followcth, that the little fimili-
tndes, which. are in the caves of the braine wheeling and /wim-
ming about ( almoft in fuch fort , as you fee in the wafhing of
Currants ©r of Rice /by the winding about and circular tur-
ning of the Cooker hand ) divers forts of bodies do go their
courfes for a pretty while ; fo that the moft ordinary objects
cannot choofe but prefent themielves quickly, becau/e there ace
many of them, and are every where fcattered about : but otlaers
that are fewer , are longer ere they come in view : mucji like as

a paire of ,bcades> that containing more little ones then
'o yo«, the tfring .they all hang

A TREATISE

upon, you (hall meete with many more of one forr, then of the
other.

Now, as fbone as the braine hath lighted on any of tho/e it
feeketh fbr.it puttcth as it were a flop upon the motion of that ;
or at the leaft, it moveth it fo, that it goeth not far away, and
is revocable at will : and feenrieth like a baite to draw into the
fantafie others belonging unto the fame thing , either through
fimilitude of nature , or by their connexion in the impre/Hon :
and by this rrt-anes hindereth other objects,, not pertinent to
the wo k the fanfie hath in hand, from offering t hemfel ves un-
feafbnably in the mu.ii udes that othcrw *x r ,r vvould do. But
ifthe fanfie mould have miftaken one object for an other , by
reafbn of fome relemblance they have between themlelves ;
then it fhaketh againe the liquid medium they all floate in, and
roofeth every fpccics lurking in remote/1 Corners., and runneth
over the whole beadroulc of them : and continueth thisin-
quifition and motion, till either it be fatisfyed with retrivin<*
at length what it required , or that it be grownc weary with
tofling about the multitude of little inhabitants in its numerous
empire, and fo giveth over the learch , unwillingly and di£
pleafedly.

3; Now, that thefe things be as we have declared, willappeare

A Confirma- out of the following confiderac ions , firft, we fee that things of

ttoaofthefor- quite different natures, if they come in together, areremem-

met doftrine. jj^j together : upon which principle the whole art of memory

dependcth :/iich things cannot any way be compriled under

certainc heads , nor be linked together by order andcon/e-

qucnce, or by any refemblance to one an other : and therefore

all their connexion mutt be, that as they came in together into

the fantafic, fo they remaine together in the fame place in the

memory : and their iirft coupling muft proceed from the action

that bound them together,in driving them in together.

Next, we may obler ve , that when a man feeketh and turn-
bleth in his memory for any thing he would retrive, he hath
firftfbme common and confiifcd notion of it : and fbmetimes
behathakihdofflaskiflgorfadinglikenefle of it : much what,
as when in ftriving to remember a Name, men ufe to lay, it is
at their tongues end : and this meweth,that he attracteth rho/e
things he defirctb, and hath uleo£ bythclikeDefleoflbme-

OF BODjES>Clpp.XXXIU. 349

thing belonging to t^cm. In like manner, when, Jiuugrr ipa-
keth one think of meat, or thirft maketh on* dreame of drink,
orinotherfiich occafions, wherein the natural! appetite ftir-
reth objecb in the memory and bringeth them to the fanta/ie }
it is maniteft, that die fpiri^s informing the brajne of die defeat
and paine, vyhich ieyeraJi part* of the body do endure,for yvant
of their due nourillimentjit giveth a motion to dap heart., which
iendeth other 1 pirif s up to fupply the braine, for what iervice ic
will order them : by which , the braine being fbrtifyed, itfbl^
loweth the purfuite of what the Jiving creature is in want of j
untill the dilkmpered.parts be reduced into thci^jiue ^ate^by 4
more folid enjoyim; ofiti

No\v,why ob/eds'that are drawn ont of the memory, do u/e ^

to appeare in the fanrafie-, with all the fame circumftacces - How things
which accompanied them at the time when the fenfe did fend renewed in the

them thither, fas when in the remembrance of a friend we con- fama{!c» r"ar"'
rj LI , - ,. * nc with the

fiaer him in fomeplace, and at a certame time, and doing iome faln<. fl-rrtlft

i t ,-, • \ i '/••'? i /• I i i °. • " iaH«c ciicuni-

determinate action) the reafon is.that the fame body, being in ftmces thu
fhe fame medium, muft aeceffarrfy have the fame kind of mo- they hadat firf
tion^ andibconfequently, muft make the fame imprciTionn p-
»n the fame fubjed. The medium which thefe bodies move in
(that ij,the memory ) ^s aliq*idvaporou5iubfiai]ce_, in which
they floate and fwim at liberty.

Novv,in fuch a kind of medium., all the bodies that are of one
nature,, will eafily gather together , if nothing ditf urbe them :
foras vyhen a tuned lute firing is flruckqn, that firing by com-
municating a determinate fpecies of vibratiow to the Ayre
round about itjfhaketh other firings, within thecompafle of die
moved ayre ; not all, of what extent fbever , but oncly fuch,
as by their naturall motion, would caufe like curlings, and
fpuldes in the Ayre, as the other doth ; according to what
Ga iileus hath at large declared: even fo,when fbme atomein the
braine is mpved,all the reft there abont,which are apt to be waf-
ted with a like uncfulation,muft needs be moved in chiefe : aod
fo they m ovingjwbiles the others of ditferent motions, that lia-.
vingnotningtorayfc them, do either ly quiet or move very
little in reipecl: of the ; former ;. it if no wonder if they aflemble
togetherjand(by the proper courle of the braiae) do meet at the
common rendezvous of chcfaataiic*

Dd And

350 ATREATISE

, | — ' n

5. And therefore the more imprefltons, that are made from the

How Ac me- feme obje& upon the fenfe, the more participations of it will
Bicry of things be gathered together in the memory : andtheftrongerimpref-
?&* acd0/ ^?n$^t w*^ upon occafion make in the fantafie : and themfelvc*
and how it i ^ ^ t^7C ftronSer to rcfift any caufe that fnall ftriye to de-
repaircd fecethem. For we fee that multitude of objects overwhel-
med! the memory j and putteth out, or at the leaft,maketh un-
profitable, thofe that are feldcmeft thought on. The reafbn of
which' is^that they being little in quantity, becaufe there are but
few fpecies of them; they can never ftrike the feate of knowledge,
fcitt in company ©f others; which being more and greater, doc
make the impreilicn follow their nature againft the leflcr : and
In trad of time,things ieldome thought of, doe grow to have
but a .maimed aadconfuicd Inape in the memory; and at length
tre quite forgotten. Which happencth , beeaufe in the liquid
medium, they are apt to moulder away, if they be hot often re-
paired : which mouldrihg arid defacing, is helped on by the
(hockes they receive from other bodies : like as in amagazin, a
thing that were not regarded, bit were carelefly tumbled up
thddowne, tomakefoome for others, and all things were
promifcuoufly throwne upoft it ; it would fbone be bruifed and
cruflied into a miHiapen forme, and in the end be broken all in
pieces.

No\v,the repairing of any thing in the memory , is done , by
receiving new imprelfions from the obje<ft; or in its abfence, by
thinking ftrongly of it : which is an aflembling.and due peecing
together ofthe feverallparticles of bodies , appertaining to the
fifcne matter. But fometimes it happeneth.that when the right
one cannot be found intire^nor all the ©rderly pieces of it,be re»
trived with their juft correipondence to one another • the fan-
fie maketh up a new one ia the place of it : which [afterwards,,
upon piefence of the object , appeareth to have beenc mi-
ftaken : and yet the memory, till then, keepeth quietly and
unqueftionedly for the true obje£ , what either, the thought,
or chance, mingling feverall parts, had patched up toge-
ther.

•

And from herice,Vf emay'difcern,how,the loofing or confoun-
ding of ones memory, may happen either by fickneffes, that di-
fiemper the fpirits in the btaine,& diiorder their motions,or by

fome

OF BODIES, Chap. XXX IV.

loraeblowesonthehead, whereby a man is aftosied, and all
things fecme to turnc round with him. Of all which eflfe&s,
the caufes are eafy to be found ifl thele fuppcfitiom wee have
layed.

THE FQURE AND TH IRTIETH CHA^P.

moti»n}

Hitherto vye hare laboured to con very the ob/c£ into the t ;
brainc : but when it is there , Jet us fee what further cf- Of what
feels it caufcth : and how that action, which we call w- nutter the
l**t*rj »# *wr,doth proceed from the braine. For the difcorery bra"" »«
irhereofj we arc to note, chat the braine is a fubftance com-
pofed of watry parts mingled with earthy ones : which kind
of fubftanceswefee are uliiaUy full of ftriBgs : and fo in
ftronghardbeere,, andin vinegar, and in other liquors of the
ike nature, we fee ( if they be expofed to the Sunne ) littte
long flakes, which maucan appearance of Wormes or Mag*
gats floating about. The reafon whereof is, that fomc dry pant
otTuch liquors, are ofthemfclves as ic were hairy or Heafy, that
is,! ja ve little doway parts,fuch as you fee spon the legs of Flies,
or upon Caterpillars, or in littlelocks ofwooll ; by which the/
cafily catch and Itick to the other little part; of the like nature,
that come neer unto them : and if the liquor be moved, (as it is
intheboylingofbeere, or making of vinegar bytheheateof
the Sun) they become Jong ftrings ;becau(e the liquor breaketh
the ties which are croiTe to ksmotion.'butiuch as lie along the
ftreamc,or rather the bubling up,do maiutaine themfelves in u-
nity,and peradvcmure grovy lironger, by the winding or ibnld-
ingof the end of one part with an other : and in their tumb, ing
and rouling ftill in the fame courfe, the downy haires are trufh^
ed in, and the body groweth long and round, as happeneth to a
lump of dough, or wax, 01 wool!, rouled a while in one uniform
.-ccurie. And fo , eomming to our parpofe, weieethatt{ie
braineiand all that isma^e ofit,is ibtingyjwitneife, themena.
branes,the flem,the bones,&CtBut of a|l the reft,thoie which be
called n1bersiaie moft Hringy :and the nerves fecm to be but an

Dd a aftcsobly

A TREATISE

: for although the nerves be but a great mul-
titude offerings lying in a clutter; neverthelefle, by the confent
of Phyfitians and Anatomiftefr, they are held to be of the very
fubttance of the braine , dryed to a firmer confi (knee then it is

iathe-head.

This heape of ftrinet ( as.vyee may call ^t ) Is encloied in at
oatfidcfmade of membranes; whofe frame , wee need not here
difplay : only we may note,that it is very apt and fit te ftretchj
and after ftretching, to returne againe to its owne juft length .
Next, we are to conhder , how the braine is of a nature apt to
,t fwefland'to fin-ke 'againe : even io much, that Fallepifas

reporteth ', it doth ;.i\vell according to the encreafe of the
moone : which vthether it be true or no ; there can be no
.deubt , but-' that it being of ;a fubftance which is foil of skinnes
and Brings, is capable'of beff%; ftretched, and of dwelling upon
light occasions • 2nd. of /ailing or fin'kihg againe upon as ligh'ti
•as being ca/iiy penetrable by vapoiifs and by liquors 3 whole
nature it is, to fivell and to extend .that which they enter into.
Out of which it fofloweth, thatitmnftbe the nature of the
'nerves todoethe like': and indeed, 'fotrtdSA the mote, by;hdw
i#iii^h;rh6re dry tHcy!are rtheti t?ie braTric : for wee iee that ( to a
certain ineafure) drier things arembre capable of extenticn by
the ingreflfion of wet.thenmpift things are ; becaufe thefe are
not capable of receiving much more vyet into them.
3 Thefe-things being premifed 5 'fct'tis inSaginc that the braine

Wbatis volun- being firit fvvelledj it doth aftervvards cbntraift it felf-vand it
tary motion, rnuft ofneceflfity follow., that feeing tfic nerves are all open to-
wards the braine (t-hough their -concavities cannot be difcer-
ned) thefpiritsandmoyfture which, are in the braine, muft
needs be preffed into the nerves : wfeich being; already ^ored
with Jpirity/ufficiently to the proportion of their hard skicnes ;

ntly to the Proportion
nakc them ivveirand gr
eh being competently full of ayfe, hath1 nererthelefie

this addition will make' them ^vell 'and grow hari as aballbdne
dotff,\\hich being competently full of ayfe', hatF "
mote ay re prefled ihro it.

Since therefore, the matters of Anatomy doe teach us , that
in every mufcle there is a nerve, whigh is /preadujto a number
of little branches along that mu/clefjit frfuft rpllovy, that if thcfc
Uttle branches be fwollen, the flefli likewise o'fthat mufcle mutt
alfi? needs be iwolkn-. Now the mufcte /raving bQth its^endes

OF BODIES, Ghap.XXXIV. 353

fattened , the one in a greater bone , the other in a leffer ; and
there being leaft refinance on that part, where the boneKlc.'l
ier, and rnorcmoveable; the flvelling of the mufcle cannot
chnofe, but draw the little bone towards the great one;and by
confequence, move that little bone : and this is that, which
Philosophers ufiially call Voluntary motion •• for fince our know-
ledge remained! in the braine, whatfbever is done by know-
Jedge.muft be done by the braine ; and moft of what the brainc
workth for the common fervice of the living creature, proceed-
eth alfo from know ledge; that is/rom the motion of the fanfy,
VThich we have exprefled.

This matter being thus far declared, wee may now enter w $•
upon the explication ofcertaine efteds ; which peradventure WH^M
might have challenged roome, in the precedent Chapter ,• but Jyhlch'are «1-
indeed, could not well be handled without fir/tfuppofing this "led natural!
lad diicourfe : and it is, what is meaned by thofe powers , that faculties.,
are called naturall faculties : the which howfoever in their par-
ticulars they be manifold in a living creature , yet whenfbever
any of them is reiblved, it appeareth to be compounded of fbme
ofthefefive; to wit^the attractive, theretentive,thefecretive
the conco6tive,and the expulfive faculty.

Of which, the attractive, the fecretive, andtheconcoftive
do not feeme to lielong unto the nerves , for although we may
conceive that the part of the animall doth turne it felfe towards
the thing which it attrafteth ; neverthelefle , that very turning
feemeth not to be done by vertue of the mufcles , and of the
nerves, but rather in a naturall way, as the motion ofthe heart
is performed, in fuch fort as we have formerly declared : as for
example, if the ttomack when it is greedy of meate , draweth
it felfe up towards the throate, it feemeth ratherto be a kind of
drynefTe and ©f warping, fuch as we fee in bladders or in leather
either by fire or by cold, which make them flirivell up and grow
hard 5 then that it is a true faculty ofthe living creature to leeke
after meate.

-Nor need we extend our difcourfe any further about thefe
three faculties ; feeing that we ha,ve already declared in com- „ J\ie >;
rnon,hovv attraction, drying,and mixture ofactive bodies with traaive and fc-
pafTiye one$,is per formed} which needethbut applying unto thefe cretive facul-
to explicate faUy their natures.'ts for exampte ; tio worke.

if the Kidneyes draw the matter of* Vrine unto them out of the
Veines, it may be by any of the following three manners , to
wit, either by draught, wet,crby fteame. For if the ferous
parts that are in the bloud which runneth in theVeines,do toucti
fbme dry parts conformable to their nature, tending towards
the Kidneyes ; they will infallibly adhere more to thofe dry
parts, then to the reft of the bloud. Which if they do info
great a quantity, that they reach to other further parts more
dry then thefe,they will leave the firft parts to go to the fecond :
and thus by lit tie, and little, will draw a line of Vrine from
the bloud, if the bloud do abound with it : and the neerer it
qommeth to the Kidneyes, theftronger ftill die attraction
will be.

The like will happen, if the fcrofity which is in the bloud, do
touch fome part wetted with a like ferofity , or where fuch hath
lately parted $ for as we fee that water will run more eafily upon
a wet part of aboard or a ft one then upon a dry one ,- foyou
cannot doubt, but that if the ferous part , which is mixed with
the bloud, do light upon a current of its own nature,it will ft ick
more to that, then to the-current of the bloud^and fo part from
the bloud, to goe that way which the current of its own nature
goeth.

Befides, it cannot be doubted, but that from the Kidneyes,
and from the pafTages between the Kidneys and the Veines , in
which the bloud is conveyed, there arifeth a fteame •• whofe na-
ture is, to incorporate it felfc with ferous matter, out of whofe
body it hath been extracted. This fteame therefbre,flying ftilj
to the ferous bloud which pafTeth by , muft of necedky precipi-
tate ( as I may fay ) the ferous parts of that bloud ; or rather
muft filter them out of their maine f tcck ; and fo will make
them run in that current, from which it felfe doth flow. And
thus, you fee how Attrtftieu and Secretttn are made : for th«
drawing of the ferofity without drawing the bloud, is the part-
ing of the Urine from the bloud. And this example,ofthe Kid-
neys operation , may be applyed to the attractions of all the o-
- t her parts.

Concerning Now the concocli vc faculty ( which is the laft of the three we
« conwiUye took together) confifteth of two parts : the one if, as it were a
«**• drying of the hmnour, whieh is co be conceded ; the other is,

OF BODIES. Chap. XXX IV.

i mingling the fubHance of the vefleli in which the humour is
conceded, with the humour it felfe : for as if you boyk divers
kinds of liquors in brafle pannes, the pannes will tay at the ia-
quor with the quaky of the brafle ; and therefore Phyfi dans
forbid the ufe of fuch, intheboylingof feveraJl medicines ; fo
much more in a living creatures body, there can be no doubt,
but that the vefleli in which any humour is concoded, doth give
t tin6ture thereunto. Now concoction confining in thefe two,
it is evident, what the concodive vertue is; to wit, heate,and the
ipecificall property of theveffcll which by heate is mingled with
the humour.

There remainc yet, the retentive and the expul five faculties ^

to be difcourfed of 5 whereof one kind, is mani tcilly belonging Concerning
to the voluntary motion whish we have declared : namely that the retentive
retention, and that expulfion, which we ordinarily make of the and
grofle excrements either ofmeate, or of drinke, or of other
humcurs , either from our head , or from our ttomacke, or
from our Lungs ; for it is manifestly done, partly by taking
in of wmde , and partly by comprefling of fbme parts and
opening of others : as Galen fheweth in his curious book dtttfk

An other kind of retention and expulfion : in which we have
no fenle when it is made (or if we have,it is ofa thing done in us
without our will, though perad venture we may voluntarily ad-
vance it ) is made by the fwelling of fibers in certaine parts,
through the confluence of humours to them, (as in our ttomack'
it happeneth,by the drink and the juice of themeate that is in ir}
which fwelling , clofeth up the paffages by which the contained
iubftance mould go out (as the moy ftening of the (trings, and
mouth of a purfe, almoftfhuttethit) until! in fome C for ex-
ample,the rtomack,after a mealej the humour being attenuated
bylittleand little, oetteth out fnbtilely ;andibleavinglefTe
weight in the ftomack ^the bag which weighcth down lower,then
thencather Orifice at which thedigefted meate iflueth , rifeth
a little : and thh rifing of it is alfb furthered i>y the wrinkling
up and mortiring of the upper part of the ftomack ; which ttij
returneth into its naturall corrugation, as the mafle of liquid
meate leaveth foaking it(whi<*li it doth by degrees, ftill as mr re
and more ?;octh out : and fo what remaineth fillcth leffe pi =»ce,

±j * _-, . * •

Dd 4 and

A TREATISE

andreacheth not fb high of the ftomacke : and thus at length^
the refidue and thicker fiibftanee of the meat , after the thinneft
is. got out infteame, and the middling part is boyled over IJQ
liquor , commeth to prefl'e and gravitate wholly upon the ori-
fice of the ftomackci which being then helped by the figure
and lying of the reft of the ftomacke , and its firings and
mouth relaxing, by having the juice which fwelled them,iquee-
zed out of them; k openeth it felfe, and giveth way unto
• that which lay fo heavy upon it , to tumble out. In others (for
example, in a woman with child ) the enclofed fubftance, (re-
tained firft by iuch a courfe of nature as we have let downjbrea.-
keth it felfe a pafTage by force , and openeth the orifice at which
it is to goe out by violence , when all circumftances are ripe ac-
cording to natures inftitution.

7^ But yet there is the expulfton which i« made by phyficke.

Concerning that requiretha.little declaration. It is of five kinds: vomit-
cxpvlfion made t jng purging by ftoole, by urine, {"wearing, and fa'ivation. E-
Vy Pajrfckc. very one Qf ^[^ ^ feemeth to confift of two parts , namely.,
the diipofition of the thing to be purged, and the motion of the
nerves or fibers for the expulfion : as for example , when the
Phyfitian giveth a purge , it worketh two things : the one is, to
make fome certaine humour more liquid and purgeable then
the reft ; the other is> to make the ft omacke or belly, fucke or
vent this humour. For the firft, the property of the purge muft
be to precipitate that humour out of the reft of the blood; or if
' it be thicke, to diflblve it that it may runne eafily. For the fe-
cond, it ordinarily heateth the ftomacke ; and by that meanes
it cauieth the ftomacke to fucke out of the veines , and fo to
draw from all parts of the body. Be/ides this j, it ordinarily
filleth the belly with winde , which occafioneth thote ^jripings
men feele when they takcphyfickj and is caufeoftheguts
difcharging thofe humours, which otherwise, they would
retaine.

The like of this happened in {alivation; forthenumoursare
by thefamemeans brought to the ftomack,and thence /iiblimed
up to be fpitten out : as- we {ee in thofe , who faking Mercury
iflto their body , either in fubftance or ih-fmoke, or by applica-
tions doe vent cold humours from any pact; the Mercury rifing
/com all the body up to the mouth of the patient, a$ to the kelm

V

OF BODIES. ChapJCXXlV. 357

of a fablimatory : and the like fome /ay of Tobacco.

As for vomiting,it is in a manner wholly the operation ofthe
fibers , provoked by the feeling of fome inconvenient body,
which maketh the ftomacke wrinkle it ielfe^and work andftrive
to caft out what oftendeth it.

Sweating feemeth to be canted , by the heating of fome in-
trous body oy the ftcmacke; which being of fubtiie parts , is by
heat dilper/ed from the middle to the circumference -y and earri-
erh with it light humours, which turne into water as they come
out into the ayre. And thus you fee in generall, and as much as
concerneth us to declare,what rhenaturail faculties are .-and this,
according to Galen his owne mind : who affirmeth , that the/e
faculties do follow the complexion,or the temper ofthe parts of
a mans body.

Having explicated how voluntary motion proceedeth from 8
the braine : our next consideration ought to be.to examine what H°w the brain
it is., that fuch an object, as we brought,by meanes ofthe ferries, 1S m®vcd to
into the braine from without . doth contribute to make the
braine apply it felfe to worke fuch voluntary motion. To which
purpofe,we will goe a f tep or two backe, to meet the object at its
entrance into the fenfe 5 and from thence accompany it in all its
journey and motions otiwards. The object which flriketh at
theienfesdore, and getting in , minglethit felfe with the fpi-
ritsit findeth there; is either conforme and agreeable to the
nature and temper of thofe fpirits , or it is net : that is to fay,
in fhort.,it is either plea/ing or di/pieafing to the living creature:
or it may be of a third kind, which being neither of thefe , we
may terme indifferent. In which fort foever the object affect
the fenfe,the fpirits carry it immediately to the braine t unlefle
fome diftemper or ftrong thought , or other accident hinder
them.

Now , if the objeft be of the third kind ; that is , be indif-
ferent; as foone as it hath ftrucken the braine, it reboundeth
to the circle of the memory : and there , being fpecdily joy-
ned to others of its owne nature , it findeth them annexed to
feme pleafingor dHpleafing thing, or it doth not : if not., in
beafts it ferveth to littleufe : ana in men , it remaineth these
' untill it be called for : but if, either in its owne nature, it
be pleating or difpleafing; (pr afterwacds iuth« memory ir-

bccamc.

ATREATISE

became joyned to fome pleafing or annoying fel
prefently, the heart is fenhbleofit i for the heart oeing joyned
to the braine by Straight and large nerves, full of ftrong fpirits
which afcend From the heart; it is impofT*bIe, but that it mufl
have fome communication with thole motions, vyhich paffe in
the braine : upon which the heart, or rather the fpirits about it,
is either dilated or comprefled.

And thefe motions, may be either totally of one kind, or
moderated, and allayed by the mixture of its contrary : if
of the former fort; one of them wee call ;«; , the other
griefe ; which doe continue about the heart (and peradven-
ture doe opprefTe it , if they bee in the utmoit extre-
mity ) without fending any due proportion of fpirits to
the braine 3 until! they lettlc a little, and grow more mode-
rate.

Now, when thefe motions are moderate , they immediately
x fend up fome aboundance of fpirits to the braine : vyhich if they
be in a convenient proportion, they are by the braine thruft in-
to fuch nerves as are fit to receive thenrand fwelling them,they
give motion to the mufcles and tendons that are faftned to
them : and they doe move the whole body , or what part of it is
under command of thole nerves, that are thu« filled and /welled
with fpirits by the braine.

If the object was conformable to the living creature, then the
braine fendeth fpirits into fuch nerves , as carry the body to it :
but if otherwife, it caufeth amotionofaverfion or flight from
it. To the caufe of this latter, we give the name of Few : and
the other, that carrieth one to the purfuit of the object, we call
Hope* Anier3 or AudMttj, is mixed of both thefe ; for it feek-
eth to avoide an evifl by embracing and overcomming ic : and
proceedeth out of abundance of fpirits.

Now, if the proportion of fpirits fent frcm the heart, be too
great for the braine, it hindereth or perverteth the due opcrati-
9 . on both in man and beaft.

•Why pleafiflg • All which it will not be amiffe to open,a little more parxicw-
s do <Ji- larjy : an(l faft^ Vvhy painfull or difplea^qg .ob/efts , da&con-
' fraft the fpirits, and gratefull ones, doe contrary wife dilate
t[}em < It is, becaufe the good of the heart confiitethi* life, tliat
^n hcar & moy flurerand it is the nature ofheat, to dilate it felf

in

OF BODIES. XXXII. 359

i n moyiture; whereas co-Id and.dry things, doe contraft the bo-
dies they vvorke upon : and fuch are enemies to the nature of
men and beafts: and accordingly experience, aswelJ as reafbn,
t eachethus,that all obje&s, which be naturally good, are fuch
as be hot and moyft in the due proportion to the cieaturc that
is affected and pleafed with them.

Now,the living creature being compofed of the fame prin-
ciples as the world round about him is j and the heart being an
abridgement of the whole fcnfible creature; and being more-
over full of blood, and that very hot; it commeth topafle,thatif
any of thefe lit tie extra&s of the outward world, doe arrive to
the hot blood about the heart, it workcth in thi* blood fuch like
an efFeft, as we fee a drop of water falling into a glaffe of wine,
which is prefently difperfed into a competent compafle of the
wine : id that any little object mail needs make a notable mo-
tion in the blood about the heart.

This motion, according to the nature of the obj'eft , will be
either conformable or contraryjunlefTe it be fo little a one , >as
noeffect will follow of it ; and then, it is of that kinde , which
above we called indifferent. If the enfuing eftecl: be conna-
turall to the heart, there rifeth a motion ofa certaine fume a-
bout the heart j which motion we call flc*f»rc*t and it never fay-
leth of accompanying all thofe motions which are good , as /«/,
L*ve9 Hffft and the like : but if the motion be di/pleafing 5 there
is Ukewiiea common ienfe ofa heavinefle about the heart^ which
weeall^rt//*:anditisccmmonto/frr«jr,/r^/, katt, and the
like. ^*»

Now it is manifeft by experience , that thefe motions are all
of them diiferent ones , an i doe ftrike againft divers of thofe
parts of our body which encompafTe the heart : out of which
Jftriking fblloweth that the ipirits fent from the heart , doe a£-
fe& the iMraiae diverfly ; and are by it it, conveyed into di-
vers nerves : and fb doe fet divers members in action. Whence
fblloweth , that certaine members are generally moved up-
on the motion of fiich a paifion in the heart, especially
in beajftes , who have a more determinate courfe of wor-
king , then man hath : and if fometimes wee (ee variety,
even in beartes , upon knowledge of the circumftances , wee
nuycafily gueffcat the aufes of thai variety ; che particula-

A TREATISE

,0

Concerning
the five fenfes

rides ofali which motions, we remit to Phyfitians and to Ana-
tomilts : adverdilng onely 3 that the fume of pleasure , and'
theheavinefleofgriete, doe plainly mew , that the firft mo-
tions dee participate of dictation, and the latter of com-
prelfion.

Thus you fee, how by the fenfes , a. living creature becommeth
judge of what is good, and of what is baa for him : which ope-
pation, is performed more>perfe6tly in beafts ; and e/pecially in

tn°k> vvh° ^ve m c^e free ayre > remoce from humane conver-
fation (for their fenfes are Freili and untaynted, as nature made
them) then in men. Yet without doubt nature hath heen as fa-
vourable in this particular to men , as unto them : were it not,
that with difbrderand excefle, we corrupt and opprefle our
fenfes : as appeareth evidently by the ftory we have recorded of
John of Leige:as alfb by the ordinary practice of feme Hermites
in the deferts,who by their tafte or frnell, would presently be in-
formed whether the herbes, and roots,and fruits they met with-
all.were good or hurtful for them^though they never before had
had triall of them.

Of which excellency of the fenfes, there remaineth in us one-
ly fome dimme fparkes , in thofe qualities which we call fym-
pathies and antipathic J : whereof the reafcns are plaine, out of
our late difccur/e: and are nothingelfe, but a conformity or
oppofitioriof a living ireature, by fome individual! property
of it, unto fbme body without it : in fuchfort,as its conformity
or oppo/ition unto things by its fpecifiall qualities^is termed na •
turall or] againfi uature. But of this we lhall difcourfe more at
large hereafter.

Thus it appeareth , how the fenfes are feated in jus, principally
for the end of moving us to, or from obje^s, that are good for
lister hurtfull to us. But though our Reader be content to al-
low this intent of nature, in our three inferiour fenfes ; yet he
may perad venture not be fatisfied, ho\v the two more noble
ones ("the hearing and the feeing) doe caufe fuch motions to, or
fromob/e&s, asarerequifiteto be in living creatures fbr the
prefervation of them : for (may he fayThow can a man.by onely
feeing an object , or by hearing the found of it, tell what quali-
ties it is imbued withall ? Or what motion of liJcingor difli-
king^an be caufcd in hi« heart, by his meere receiving the vifi-

ble

OF BODIES. Chap.XXXV.

ble fpecies of an objed at his eyes, or by his eares hearing feme
noife it makcth ? And if there be no fuch motion there , what
fhould occasion hinn, to profecute or avoyd that objeft ? When
he tatfeth, or fmclleth,or toucheth a thing,hc findeth it (weet,or
bitterer ftinking or hot, or cold ; and is therewi th either pica-
fed or di /pleafect ; bnt when he ooely ieeth or heareth it, what ii-
king or diflik ing on he have of it, in order to thepreferyatiou
of his nature ?

The folutiofl of this difficulty , may in p»rt appeare out of
what we have already faid.. But for the molt part.the ob/efts of
thefe two nobler fenles doe move us , by being joyned in the
memory with fame other thing that did either p.'eafe or dffl
pleafe fome of the other three fenfes. And from thence it is, that
tkemotion of going to imbrace the object, or aver/Ion from it,
doth immediately proceed:. as when adog feeth a man that ufeth
to give him meat.the fpecies of the man coming into his fanfie,
ealleth out of his memory the others which are of the fame na-
ture, and are fanner participations of that man, as well as this
frelli one is : but tkefc are joyned with fpeciefes of meate j be-
caufe at other times they did ufe to come in together: and
therefore the meatc being a good unto him, and caufmg him (in
the manner we have faidjto move towards it; it will follow that
the dog will prefently move towards that man, and expreflea
eontentednefTe in being with him. And this is the ground of all
affuefa&ion.in bcatts,and of making them capable of receiving
any inftruclions.

THE FIVE AND THIRTIETH CHAP TER.

Of the ntatcrt*ili*jltttmexts ff Knowledge andPajfitn ; of the fiver «&
tffifls of Ptfwitt ; if Paine *nd Plr«f*re 5 -and bow tkc vitdl
fpiritt are fint from the train intt the intended ftrtt
mif*ki»g the

TO conclude this great bufinefle , whichconcerneth all i

the mutations ana motions, that are made by outward Ttac Septuta

Agents in a living «eature,it will not be ami/Te,to take 1£"*af!* £f

a fhort aad gcneraJl ikrvcy of the mateoall jjafirum^uts, which gc" °

concur

ATREATISE

corcur to this effect Whereof the braine being the principal!,
oratleaft, tlie tirtt and next of the principals ; we may take
notice that it containeth , towards the middle of its fubftance,
fourc concavities, as feme doe count then : but in truth J thefe
foure, are but one great concavity , in which foure, as it were,
divers roomef ,may be diftinguifhed. The neather pact o f theie
concavitiesjs very imeqtxaJU, having joyned unto it,a kind of net,
wrought by the entangling of certain little arteries^nd of {mail
emanations from a5Va/«,which areinterwoven together.Befides
chis,it is full of kerncls,which do make it yet more uneven.

Now,two rooms of this great concavity ,are divided by a little
body, fomwhat Hkea skin, (though more fryablc ) which of it
felfe is cleare ; but there it is fbmewhat dimmed, by rea/bn that
hanging a little flacke,it fbmewhat flirivekth together:and this,
AnatomiftsdocallJ/pfirw/WMiw*, orfptculum; and is aa in-
different body from all the reft that are in the braine.This tran-
fparent body hangeth as it were ftraightwards from the fore-
head towards the hinder part of the head : and dividcth the hoj-
lovr of the brain.ai far as it rcachcth,into the right and the left
ventricles.

This part feemeth to me, (after weighing all circwnftanc**
and confideringall the conveniences, and fi tneffes ) to be that,
and onely that , in which the fanfie or common fenic rcfideth t
thoagh Monfieuc des Cartej hath rather chofen t kerneil to
place it in.The reaibns of my aflertions are ; firft.that it is in the
middle of the braine, which is the moft convenient fituatiom
to receive the meffages ftom all our body, that doe come by
nerves ,,{bme from beforehand fbme from behind. Secondly, that
with its twojfides., it lecmeth to be conveniently-oppoiecj to all
fuch ofour fenfes,as are double; the one of them fending itg lit.
tie mcl&ngers or atomes , to give it adyertilements on one
fide, the other on the other fide ; fo that it is capable of tccei.
ving impreflion indifterently from both. A gaine, by the nature
of the body, it feemeth more fit to receive ail diffcrencej of
motion,then any other body neer it. It is alfb moil conformable
to the nature of the eye; which being our principal outwar^ fenfe
rnuft needs be in the next degrc to that, which is clevarcd a /?rain
above our outward fen/es.Fiftly,h is ofa finele and peculiar na-
ture, whereas the kernels are many,and allot them of the fame

con-

OF BOD I E S. XXXI I. 363

«_.... ' ' iii —••*•• ' »•

condition, quality and appearance. Sixtly, it is feared in the ve-
ry hollow of the brainej vyhich of nece/Tity muft be the place and
receptacle where the /peciefei and fimilitud^s of things doc re-
{ideiand where they are moved and tumbled up and do.vn^when
we think ofmany things. Aadla/IIy, the fituation wee put cur
head in, when we think earneftly ofany thing, fa voureth this opi-
nion : for then we hang our head forwards^* it were forcing the
(pccieies to fettle towards ouf forehead, that from thence they
may rebound, and worke upon this diaphanous fubttance.

This then fuppofed.let us confider.that the atomes-or likeneA ,
fcs of bodies, having given their touch upon this S<f turn orSpe- Whtc oiufecli
<*/tav,doe thence retire back into the concavitics,and doe fticke as to remem-
(as by chance it happeneth)in Come of the inequalities they en- ternot only
Counter wfch there.But iffome winde or forcible ftearne,rfuould '? i^c*i?
breake into theie caves.and as it were brufli and f, veepc them o- £J[' ^"Sve
f erjit muft follow,that thele little bodies wii loofen themfelves^ thought of it
and begin to play in the vapour which fiileth this hollow place •* before,
tnd fo floting up and down, come anew to ftrike and worke up-
on the Spfctt/ttm or ^ntafy:which being alib a foluble body'ma-
ny times thefe atomes ftriking upon it.do carry.lbme little cor-
porcaUlubftance from it flicking upon them : whence enfueth.,
that they returning again with thole tinftures or partkipations-
of the very (ubitance of the fintafyido make us remember, not
only the objects themielves , but alfb that wee have thought of
them before.

Further we are to know,that all the nerves of the braine.have ^
their beginnings not farre from thi$Jpec*litm: of which we /hall How the mo-
take 2 more particular confideration oftwo.,that are called the J.ions °f ^c
fixt paire or couple:which pair hath his fingularity. that it be^in- Tn.ta f » are,

• r. t- i I i i r I ° ccnvedtotnC

neth in a great many little branches , that prefently grow toge- heart.
ther^and make two great ones contained witfiin one skin. Now
this being the property ofa fen/e(\vhich requiretfi to have many
fibers init , to the end that it may be eajily and vigoroufly
flruckcn, by many parts of the object lighting upon many
parts ofthofe little fibers ) it givethus to under/land, that this
iixt couple hath a particular nature, conformable to the nature
of an externe fenfe, and that the Architect who placed it there,
intended by the icverall conduits of it, to give notice unto (bme
part they goe tinto, of what pafTeth in the braine : and accor-
dingly

A TREATISE

dingly one branch of this nerve, reacheth to the heart; cot on-
ly to the Pericardium, as Galen thought, but even to the very
fub/tence of the heart it Cdf, as later Anatomies have difcover-
ed ; by which we plainly fee how the motion which the ienfes
doe make in the Sfccultim, may be derived dovvne to -the
hearr.

Now therefore let us confider , what effects the motions Co
^ . conveyed from the braine, will worke in the heart. Firiire-
leffurT. * membrbg how all that moveth the heart, is either paine or
pleafure (though we doe not ale to call it painc,but grief, when
the evill of ienie moveth us only by memory , and not by being
a&ually in the fenfe) and theia calling to minde, hovv paine (as
Naturalises teach us Jconfifkth in ibme divifion of a nerve,
(which they call Solntiocontixui: and muft be in a nerve;. for
thatnofoliitioncanbetheeauleof paine, without fenfe, nor
fenfe be without nerves; and therefore t.his folution muft needs,
be in nerves, to have ic prove painfii II,) wemay conclude, 'that
the effect which we call.pame.is nothing die but a comprelTion:
for although this fclution of continuity may ieeme to DC a diia-
tationj yet in truth, it is a compreflTion jn the part where the
evill is, which happeneth unto it in the lame manner as wee
fiiewed (when welpoke of the motion ofrertrtution )it doth to
ftifte bodies, that by violence are compretfed and drawne into
a lefTe capacious figure, then their nature affedteth, and returne
into their owrieftate, asfoonasthc maltring violence Jeavcth
them a,t liberty.

P Jeafure therefore, muft be contrary to this, and confift in 9,
moderate dilatation; for an immoderate one, would caufe a
compreflion in fbme adherent parts ; and there would become
paine. And conformable to this, we experience, that generally
they arc hard things which breed paine unto us ; and that thcfc
which breed pleafure, are oy ly .and fof t •> as meates, and odours,
which are Iweet to the tafteand fineiljand fbft fubftances, which
a're'gratefulltothetouch : the exceffe of all which proveth pf-
tl-nfi ve and painfull; fo that from the extremity of pleasure, one
fafitrethpfe/ently upon the confines of paine.

Now then let us cenfider, how the little fimilitndes of bo-
dies, whieh from without dee come into the /antafy, muft of
nccefttywprkeihexe, according tp their little power, effects

pro-

OF BODIES, Chap,XXXV. 365

proportionable to what they wrought firft in the outward fen-
ie^from whence,they were conveyed to the brainc ; for the fen-
Ccs (chat is the nerves ) and the StftiimjMcibmJiwingbQth of
them their origine from the very fubfiancc of the braine , and
differing only in degrees of purity and refinement, the fame ob-
ject mult needs worke like effeds in both, compreflfng or diJa-
ting them proportionably to one another :which compreffion or
dilatation, is not paine or p!eafure,,as it is in the outward fenfe ;
but as it is reported to the heart .• and that,being the feat of all
paines or pJea/ures wrought in other parts,and that (as it were)
dyeth them into thole qualities, is not capable of feeling either
it felfe : Co that the ftrokes of any little fimilitudes upon the fan-
tafy,do make only compreflfions or dilatations there, not paines
or pleasures.

Now their bodies or fimilitudes ,if they be reverberated from 5»
the fantafy or (cftum Lucidum. upon the littl« roots of the nerves Of Paffiom
of the fixt conple,which go to the heart, they muft needs worke
there a proportionable impreffion to what they wrought upon
t he fanf y, either compreffing or dilating it -t and the heart being
extremely pafsive, by reafbn of its exceeding tendernefleand
heat ,• cannot choofe but change its moticaat the leaf* in part,if
not in whole:and this with reJation to twocaufesrthe one difpo-
fition of the heart it ielf ^the other,the vehemency of the ftroak.

This change of motion and different beating ef the heat , is
that which properly is called pafsion : and is ever accompaincd
with pleafiire or with grief, according to the nature of the im-
prefsion, that either contraiteth or diiateth the heart and the
ip-rits aboutit : andisdifcovered by the beating of the arteries
and of the pulfe. Conformable whercunto,Phyfitians do tell us,
that every pafsion hath a diftinft pulfe.

Thefepulfes are divided in common, by aboundance, or by $.
want of fpirirs : yet in both kinds, they may have common dif- of (eTcrali
ferences ; for in aboundance , the pulfe may be quick or flow, p»U«8 cauf«l
regular or irre^ular^uall or unequalltand the like may happen °y paffions.
in defeat of ipirits ; accordingly to the motions of the heart,
which are their caufcs. Agame, the objeftbybein^prefent or
further otf, makcth the iiroak ^rtrater or lefler : and according-
ly vaneth the motion of the heart.

let us then call to mind , how wee have formerly declared,

E e that

ATREAT1SE

that lifeconfifteth in heat and humidiivjand that the/e two ;oy-
ned together, doc make a thing great : and wee may conclude
thatotnecefllty the motion which is moft lively,, mutt havea
great, full, and large ftroake; like the even rolling waves of a
wide and imooth lea; and not too quick or fmart, like the brea-
ches ofa narrow Fr<mw,agitated by tempeftuous windes.From
this, other motions may vary either by excefle,orby deficiency:
the firfl maketh the (Ireake bcccme iinart, violent and rhfcke :
the other fiackeneth it, and maketh it grow little., flow^veake,
and thinnCj or ieldome.

And ifwelookeinto the motions ofour heart, wee ftiaJl fee
thele three differences of them follow three feverall chiefe pal-
(ions.The firfl, followeth thepaffion of joy : theforond^hepaf-
fion of anger : and the third,thepaffion of griefe. Ncrnecde we
lookeany further into the caufes of the leverall motions ; for
we fee that joy and griefe , following the ftroake of fenie.the
one of them muft confilt in an oyly dilatation: that is^the fpirirt
about the heart mult be dilated by a gentle, large, great, and
fwcet motion,in a ir.oderation betsveen velocity and flownefle :
the other contrariwife, following the ftroak of fenfe inpaine, as
thefirftdidin pleafure, mult contra^ the fpints; and conll-
quently make thtir motion or ftroak become littie.and deficient
nrom all the properties we have above fet down.

As fcr anger,the motion following that palJion, is, when the
aboundance of fpirits in the heart ha. little checked by the con-
trary ftroak of fenfe, but prefently ovrccomrmt'i that oppofi-
tion : and then3as we fee a hindered water, or a man, that fiicf-
dainly or forcibly break through what withtiood their motion,
go en with a greater violence then they did, and as it were pre-
cipitately : fo the heart , having overcome the contraction,
which the fenfe made in it, diatethit felfewichafuiy, and
maketh its motion imart and vehement .Whence alfb it follow-
eth, that the fpirits grow hotter then they were:and according-
ly,it is often feen,tnat in the fcouldmg of a woman , and in the
irritation of a dog5il ex er now & then, one thwart them,and in-
terpofe a litt.eoppofition, their rury will be fo fliarpened and
heightened , that the woman will be tranfported beyond all li-
mits of reafcn, and the dog will be made maJ with nothing
cJfc done to him, but angring him at convenient time* : and

fbme

OF BO DIES, Chap. XXX V. 367

tome men likewife, have by Height oppc fit ions, iterated fpee-
dily uponthem,before their fpints cou.'d rvJent their vehement
motion (and therefore, mufUtiil encrcaf. it ) been an^red in-
to t tavern.

This paflion of anger, fbemeth a'moft to be foiirary on the
fide ofexceUe beyond joy : which is, as it were the ffandardaud
perfection of all pallions; as light or whitenefle, is ofalJ co-
lours : but on the other fide, of deficiency , there are feverall
middle paflions.which participate more or lefle of joy and grief;
as particularly thole two famous ones , which governe mans
life, H^randF^irf. Concerning which, Phyfitianstelf us,that
the pulle or Ideating offeare, is quick, hard, and unequal! : un.o
which I conceive we may fafely adde, that it muf* a.'fb be fma/1
and feeble; the perfection of joy, decreafing in it on one /idey to
wit from greatnefTe and largeneflc; but not intirely; i'o that a
kind of quicknefle fiipplyeth in part the other defect. Hope on
the other fide, is in fuch fort defecii vc from ;oy, that neverthe-
leife it hath a kind of conftancy,and moderate quantitie.and re-
gularity in its motionrand therefore is accounted to be the Jcaft
rmrtfullofallthepafliom , and that which moft prolongeth
mans life. And thus you fee ho\v thofe motions, which wee
call pafTrons.are engendered in the heart and what they are.

Let us then in the next place confider, what will follow in the 7.
reft of the bod^out of thefe varieties of paiTions, once rayfed in Of fcvcrall or-
the heart, and fent into the braine. It is evident , that accor- j!jje|f*as
ding tothe nature and quality of thefe motions, the heart muft turai|y ^"
needs.in every one of them, voyde out of if felf into the arteries, the body by
a greater or leffer quantity of blood.and that in divers fafluons:
and the arteries which lie fitreft to receive thefe fudden egefti-
ons of blood are thofe which goe into the braine : whofe courfe
being drre&ly upwards, we cannbt doubt, but that it is the hot-
tert and fubtiteft part of the blOdd and the fulleft offpirits, that
flyeth that way. Thefc fpirits then running a long and perp.'ex-
cd journey up and down in rhe braine, by various meanders
2nd anfraduofities, are there mingledwitli the humid?' ftearn^
of the braine ir felfe, and are therewith coo.'ed ; and doe come
at the Jaft, to fmoa^'e at liberty in the hollow ventri$e$ of the
braine, by reeking out cf the little arteriall branches , that doe
\ye.ivc the pkxn c hirtMtt , orntt wefpokeofere;vhilc r and

Ee 2 they

§68 A TR& ATI8E

they being now growne heavy , doe fall ( by their natural!
courfe) into that pare or proccfle of the braine, which is called
mt4ttli4$i**lij, or the marrow of the back bone : which being
all befet by the nerves that run through the body, it cannct hap-
pen otherwifc, but that thefe thickened and defending fpirits,
muft either fall thcmfelves into thofe nerves, ©relfepreflc into
them other fpirits which are before them, that without fuch
new force to drive them-violently forwards,, would have flided
downe more leifiirely. Now, this motion being downwards,
and meeting with no oblttcle till it arrive unto its utmoft pe-
riode that way,the loweft nerves are thefe, which naturally doe
feele the communication of thefe fpirits firft.

But it is true,ir~ the flowing tide of them be great andplemi-
full, all the other nerves will alfo be fb fuddenly filled, upon the
filling of the lowermoft, that the fucceflion of their fuellings,
will hardly be perceptible: as a fiidden and violent inundation
of water, feemeth to rife on the fides of the channell, as it doth
at the miil-damme; though reafbn afTureth us k maft beginne
tliere, becaufe there it isfirft flopped.

On the contrary fide,iCthe fpirits be few,thcy may be in fuch
a proportion, as to fill only the lower nerves, and to communL-
cate little of themfelves to any of the others. And this is the
cafe in the paflion of fear : which being ftored with fewer /pints,
then any other paflion that cauieth a motionin the bodyjt mo-
veth the legges moil; and fb carrieth the animal that is aftrayd,
with violence from the object that aftrighteth him. Although
fn truthjt is a faiat hope of elcaping,mingled with fear, which
begetteth this motion : for when fear is fmgle^and at its height,
it Soppeth all motion by contracting the fpirits-, and thence is
called//»/«'; as well as grief/or the fame reafomandaccording-
ly we feeextreame cowardes in the extremity of their fear,have
not the courage to runne away, no more then. to defend or help
themfelves by any other motions. .

But if there be more abundance of fpiricsrthen the upper-
pacts are alfbmoved, as well as the legges ; whofe motion eojn.
tributeth to defenfcrbut the brain it ielf, and the fenfes which are
in ; the head , being the firft in the courfe of this flood of fpirits,
it har is fent from the heart to the head ; it is impoflible but that
, (hould be preflcd imo the nerve* of thofe

QF BODlES*Chap.XXXV.

fenfesjand Co will make the animal vigilant and attentive to the
caufeof its feare or gricfe.

But if the feare be ib great, that ircontradcth all the fpirits,
and quite hindcreth their motion (as in the cafe wee touched a'
bo ve ) then it leaveth aiib the nerves o f the fenfes dcftuute of
fpirics 5 and fo by too fbrong apprehension of a danger, the ani-
mal neither fcethnorapprehendeth.it .-but a* eaiily predpira-
tcth it felf into it, as it happeneth to avoydc it ; being meerly
governed by chance ; and may paradventurc feeme valiant.
through extremity of feare.

Ana thui you fee in common, how all the naturall operations
of the body, doe follow by naturall confequence our of the pa£
fions ofthe minde : without needing to attribute difcourie or
reafbn, either to men or beaftcs to perfbrme them. Although
at the fir/I iight/ome of them may appearc unto thofe that look
not into their principles and true cauies,to flow from a fburce of
i iteliigcnce t whereas it is evident by what we have layed open,
t'ley all proceed from the due ranging and ordering of quantita-
tive part i, fb or ib proportioned by rarity and den/ity. And
there is no doubt , but who would follow this fearch deeply,
might certainly retrive the reaibns of all thofe externall moti-
ons which we fee u(e to accompany the feverall paflions in men
andBeaftes. But for our intent, we have faid enough, to /hew
by what kind of order and courfe of nature, they may be effect-
ed ( without confining our (elves over icrupuloufly to every
c'rcumttance that we have touched ) and to give a hint, where-
by others that will make this inquiry their taske, may compile
an intire, and well grounded and intelligible doctrine of tl.is
matter.

Only we will adde one advertifement more ; which is , that
thefe externall motion's caufed by pafsion, are of two kindes :
for fbme of them are as it were the beginnings of the actions,
\vhichnatureintendethtohavefollowoutof the pafsions that
cau/e them : but others are not onely bare fi^nes of palfion that
produce them, aad are made by the conneixon of parrs unne-
ceflfary for the maine action that is to follow out of the patfion,
with other parts that by the paflion are neceffarily moved: as for
example , when an hungry mans mouth watercth at the fight of
goodmeate, it is a kinde of beginning of eating, orofprepa-

E e 3 ration

g68 A TREATISE

ration for eating : for when we eate, nature drawcth a moy fture
into our mouth , to humeftate cur meate , and to convey the
taft of it into the nerves of the tongue , which are to make re-
port of it unto the braine : but when we laugh , the motion of
our face aymeth at no further end, and fblJoweth only by the
connexion of thofemufcles, which draw the face in fiich a fort,
unto fome inward parts, that are moved by the pailion, out of
which laughing proceedeth.

But we muft not leave this fubjecl: without fbme mention of
the diaphragma : into which the other branch of thofe nerves,
that are called of the fixt conjugation, doth come : forthefirft
branch we have faidgoeth into the heart , and carrieth thither
the objects that come into the braine : and this , we fhail find,
carrieth back to the braine the paflion or motion, which by the
ob jecl: is rtyfed in the heart. Concerning this part of our bo-
dy, you are to note, that it is a mufculous membrane,, which
in the middle of it hath a finewy circle ; whereuntois fattened
the cafe of the heart, called the pericardium. This Dia-
phragma is very fenfible, receiving its vertue of feeling from the
above mentioned branch of the fixt couple of nerves : and being
ofa trembling nature, is by our refpiration kept in continuall
motion : and flappeth upon all oceafions, as a drum head would
«io,if it were flack and moyft ; or as a fay le would do, that were
brought into the wind.

Outofthisdefcriptionof it, it is obvious to conceive, that
' all the changes of motion in the heart, muft needs be exprefled
in the Diaphragma. For the heart beating upon the pericar-
dium, and the Pericardium being joyned to the Diaphragma ;
fach jogges and vibrations muft needs be imprinted and e-
choed there , as are formed in the heart : which from thence,
cannot choofe but be carried to the braine by the fixt couple of
nerves. And thus it commeth about, that we feele and have
ienfation of all the paffions,that are moved in our heart. Which
peradventure is the reafon , why the Greekes do call this part
««•$ ; and from it derive the verbe f f»*i> , that in latine /igni-
fycth Stprrc , with us , to favour or to like » for by this part of
tmrbody, ^re have a liking of any object , cramotionofindi-
aaticn towards it :from whence <r*tfv*' w derived, by compo/iti-
oa.of f f«*«vvich <«»'©• ; for a prudent man is he^chgc lijketh,andis

moved

OF BODIES, Ghap.XXXV.

moved to compafTe wholefome and good things.Which Etymo-
logy of the word leemeth uncome more natural!, then from the
phrenefy/rom whence fbme derive hjbecaufea great diftemper
or inflammation in the Diaphragma.ofcen caufeth thatdifeafe.

Now , becaufe the object is conveyed from the braine to the
heart fbme part of its way ..by the fame pafTage., as the motion of
the heart is reconycyed back to the braine , it muft of neceifity
follow, that who is more attentive to outward fenfe, doth Jefle
confider or refleft upon his paffion;and who is more attentive to
obferve , and be governed by what pafleth in his heart, is lefle
wrought^ upon by externall things. For if his fantafy draweth
firoiagly unto it,, the emanations from outward agents upon the
fenies, the ftreame of thole emanations will defcendf© ttrongly
from the overfilled fantafy into the heart,, that it will hinder the
afcent of any fewer and weaker fpirits by the fame pipe. But if
the current do fet ftrongeft upwards, from the heart by the Dia-
phragma to the braine, then it will fo fill the pipe by which it aC-
cendeth,that little of a weaker tyde can mike a contrary eddy
water in the fame channel!.

And by this meanes , nature eflfe&eth a fecond pleafure or
painc in a living creature, which movethit ( oftentimes very
povverfully)in abfence of the primary objeft.-as we may obferve,
when thinking ofany pleafing or difpleafingaftion, we find about
our heart a motion which enticeth us to it or averteth us from
it : for as the firft pleafure was oceafioned by the jftroake^ which
the object applyed to the outward fenfe, made upon the fantafy,
(which can judge of nothing without being ftrucken by it jfo the
fecond pleafure fpringeth from the fpirits moved in the heart,
by meflengers from the Braine , which by the Diaphragma do
rebound a ttroake back againe upon the fantafy. And from
hence it proceedeth , that memory delighteth or affli^leth us ;
and that we think of patt things with fwcetnefle or with remorfe :
and thereby afliiefadion is wrought in beatts, as farrc as the
appetitive part doth contribute thereunto, to perfeft what was
begun in their cognofcitive part,1 by the ingreffion ofcorpo-
real fpcciefes into their fantafy,in order to the fame eeffec\as we bodio as atot
have toothed before.

But now let us examine,how fo final! a quantity ofa body, as
comcth from ao objc^ utto our fenfe.caa be the uufe ofib great

A TREATISE

t motion about our heart. To which purpofe we arc to remem-
ber, that this motion is performed in the moft fubtile and thin
fubftance, that can be imagined: they are the vitall fpirits, that
do all this work $ which are fofubtile,fo agile, andfo hot, that
they may in feme fort be termed fire. Now ifwe reflect how
violent fire is, we need not wonder at the fnddaine and great
motion ofthelepaffions.

But we mult further take notice, that they are not in the-
greateft cxcefTe , but where the living creature hath been long-
inured and exerci/ed unto them,either directly or indireiMy : io
that they arrive not to that pitch fo much out of the power of the
agendas out of the preparation and difpofition of the patient j as
when cold water hath been often heated by extinguishing red
hot irons in it, after fome repetitions a few quenchings
will reduce it from cold to boyling,that at the firft would fcarce
have made it Jukewarme : and accordingly we fee a heart , that
for a long time hath loved,, and vehemently hath defired enjoy -
ing, is tranfported in a high degree, attheleaft fight and re-
nuance of flrcaks from its beloved object 5 and is as much de-,
jefted, upon any the leaft deprivation of it : for to fuch an ob-
jcc^the living creature is hurried away by a force much refem-
bling the gravity or celerity of a denfe body, that is fet on run-
ning down a iteepe hill ; unto which, the onely taking away of a
weake let or thelcaft ftop.giveth a precipitate courfe,not out of
the force of what is done to it, but out of the force which was.
formerly in the thing, though for theprefent it lav there un-
difcovered : and fo likewi/e in thefe cafes, the objeft rather
giveththeoccafionof the violent motion, then the force or
power to it.

Thefe things being thus determined, fome perad venture may
aske, how it commeth topafie, that the fpirits whkh caufemc-
tion,being fent on their arrant by the brain e, do alwaycs hit the
right way, and light duly into thofe very finewes, which move
th^ living creature according as is requifite for its nature ?
Since all thepaflages are ope^what is it that governerfa them/o
as they never mifiake , and the animall is never driven towards
harme in fteedofflying from it? Who is their guide in thefe ob-
/cure paths ? But it were to impute ignorance to themaker, to
Think that he framed all the pajlages alike , and fo every one of

them :

OF BODIES> Chap. XXXV.

rhem,promifcuoufly apt to receive into ihcm.all forts offpirits,
hovvfocver they bemoved.'and therfore,we may aflure cur felvcs
that fince in thefe div erfities ofoccalions , there are likewife di-
vers kinds of motions from the heart;either there is proportio-
nable unto them, divers kinds of patfages fit to receive and enter-
uinc the fpirits, according to the conairion they are in, fo as the
paflages which are ajnftedto one kind of ipirits , will not admit
any of an other nature: or elfe,the firft motions of* liking or dif-
liking in the heart., which(as we have faid) do caufe a fweJling or
a contraction of it againft this or that parr; doth flop and hinder
the entrance of the Ipirits into fome finews , and doth open o-
thers.and driveth thc/pirits into themric as in the end, by a re-
fukofachaineof fvycllings and con fractions of feverall parts
•iucceflively one againft an other, the due motions cf profecuti-
on or averlion are brought about.

As for example;an objedt that affecleth the heart with liking,
by dilating the fpirirs abour the hear^fendeth feme into theoptik
nerves, and maketh the living creature t«rne his eye towards it
and keepe it lieady upon what he defireth : as contrariwile, if he
diflikeand feare it ..he naturally turneth his eye and head from
it. Now,, of this motion of the eye and head, may depend the
running to the thing in one cafe, and the running from it in the
other : for the turning of the neck one way, may open a paflage
for the fpirits into thole iinewes^vhich carry the reft of the bo-
dy towards the object : and the turning of it to the other fide,
may open other finewes_which fhall work a contrary effect, and
carry the animal! from theobjed rand the moving of thole fi-
ne\ves,,which at- the firft do turne the neck, dotb-proceed from'
the quality and number of the fpirits that afcend from the heart,
and from the region of the hearr from whence they arc fent :
according to the variety whereo^there arc divers finewes fitted
to receive them.

To make up which difconrfe^ve may call to mind,what we have
faid a little above,concerning the motions cau/ed in the external
parts of the body,by paflionmoving withinras when feare ming-
led with hope, giveth a motion to the legs, anger to the armes & -
ha-nds,and all the reft of the body , as well as to the legs ;and all of
thcm.ajnattention in thecutward fenfesiwhichncvertheleffe per-
everyoBC of their ftuitf ions,if the paflionbe in extremity

And;

And then furely , we may fatisfie our felves, that either this.,or
ibme way like it (which I leave unto the curious in Anatomy to
fettle with exactneffe ; for it is enough for my intent, to ihew
ingrofTehovv thefe operations may be done, without calling
in ibme incomprehenhble qualities to our ayd) is the courfe of
nature in motions , where no other :caufe in terveneth, beftdes
the object working upon the fenfe : which all the while it doth,
it is the office of the eye of fantafic or of common fenfe , to lie
ever open ; (till watching to obferve what warnings the out-
ward fenies doe lend unto him ; that accordingly he may di-
rect and change the motions of the heart and of the whole

.
How men are But if the object do make violent impreflions upon the fcnfc ;

blinded by paf- and the heart, being then vehemently moved, doe thereupon
fion. fendaboundance of fpirits up to the braine ; this multitude of

fpirits thronging upon the common fenfe , oppreffeth it (as we
have already laid ) in iuch fort , that the notice which the fenfe
jgiveth of particular circumtiances.cannot prevaile to any effect
in the braine : and thus by the mifguidance of the heart , the
worke of nature is dif ordered : which when it happeneth, we
expreffe in fhort , by fayine that palfion blindeth the creature,
in whom fiich violent and diiorderly motions have couriei
for paflion is nothing elfe , but a motion of the bloud and
^irits about the heart ; and is the preparation or beginning
of the animals^ working ; as we have above particularly di£
played.

And thus you fee in common ,, how the circuit is made from
theobjeS to the fenfe j and from it by the common fenfe and
fantafie , to the heart * and from the heart backe againe to the
braine; which then fetteth on worke thefe organes or parts
the animal is to make ufcrof io that ocea/ion : and they cither
bring him to , or carry him from the object , that at the fir/1
eaufed all this motion, and in the end becommeth the period
of it.

THE

OF BODIES. ChapJCXXVi. 374

THE SIX AND THIRTIETH CHAP TER,

rr«ifi*i*t

rtjtlvingi inventing

IN the laft Chapter the foundations are lay d, and the way is '
opened, for the difcovering how all operations which pro- Tbe or^er ail
, c ' ,-r0 connexion of *

cecd from nature and palnon, are performed among Jiving the fubfequcnt

creatures : and therefore,! conceive,! have thereby fiiflficientjy chapters,
complyed with the obligation of my intention : which is but to
expreile and fhew [in common , how ail the actions of fcnfiblc
bodies may be reduced to Jocall motion , and to material! ap-
plication of one body unto another, in a like manner (though in
a different degree) as thofe motions which we lee in livelieft bo-
dies. Yet becaufe among fuch animals aspafle for irrational!,
there happen fome operations of fb admirable a ftrainc , as re-
iemble very much the higheft effects which proceed from a
man: I thinke it not amifle, to give fome further light, by exr-
tending my difcourle to fome more particulars then hitherto I
have done j whereby the courfe and way how they are perfor-
med, may be more clearely and eafily looked into : and the ra-
ther, becaufe I have met with fbme men , who either wanting
patience to be/iow on thoughts of this kind ib much time as is
neceflary for the due {canning of themjor elfe through a promp-
titude of nature, palling fwiftly from the effect they looke upon
in groffe , to the moft obvious feeming caufe j do fuddenly and
itrongly refblve, that beattsufe di/courle upon occafions^ and
areendewed with reafbn.

This I intend not to doe quite in particular, for that were to
write the hiftory of every particular animal : but will content
my felfe with touching the caufes in common ; yet in fitch fort,
that the indifferent Reader may be fatisfied of a poffibility, that
thefe effects may proceed from materiall caules : and that I
have pointed out the way, to thofe who are more curious , and
have the patience and leifure to obferve diligently what palTeth
among beafts,how they may trace thefe effects from Rep to ftep,
ttmill gt length they dilcovet their true caules,

To

575 A TREATISE

To begin then ; I conceive we may reduce all thofe actions
of beafts , which feeme admirable , and above the reach of an ir-
•rationa II animal, unto three or fbure feverafi heads. Thcfirft
may be of foch , as feeme to be the very practice of reafon, as
donbting,refolving, inventing, and the like. 1 he next fhall be
of fuch , as by docility or pra&ife beaft s doe oftentimes arrive
unto. In the third p 'ace , wewillconfidercertainecontinuate
aliens of a long trait of time , fo orderly performed by them,
as that difcGurie and rational! know ledge feem clearely to fhine
through them. Andlaftly, we will caftour eye upon fomeo-
thers , which feeme to be even above the reafon that is in man
himfelfe as the knowing of things which the fenfe never had im-
. preffion of before , a preference of future events, providences,

and the like.

x As for the firfl : the doubting of bearts,, and their long \vave-

Fr«m whence ring fometimes between objects t hat draw them feverali waies,
proceedeth the an<j at tjie ]aft their refbiving upon fome one of them, and their
°f< ^eacty pw^^ia^ce of that afterwards j will not be matter of hard
digeltion to him , that/hall have well relifhed and meditated
^ipon the concents of the Jaft Chapter : for it is evident, that if
feverali objects of different natures do at the fame time prefent
rhemfei ves unto a li ving creature , they mutt of nece/Iky make
divers impreffions in the heart of it, proportionable unto the
cauies from whence they proceed: fb that if one of them be a
motion of hope,and the other be of feare; it cannot choofc but
follow Jthence, that vyhat one of them beginneth , the other will
prefently breake off : by which meanes it will come to pafle,,tbat
in the beafls heart there mutf needs be fiich waverings , as we
may obferve in the fea. when at the beginning of a tide of flood,
it meeteth with a banke that checketh the comming in of the
waves and for a while, lieateth them backe as faft as they preiTe
upon it ,- they offer at getting over it, and by and by retire back
againe from the fteepnefTe oHt , as though they were apprehen-
fi vc of fome danger on the other fide ; and then againe attempt
it a frefh -• and thus continue labouring, one while one way, an-
other while another ; untill at the length the flood increafing,
the water fcemeth to grow bolder, and breakethamaineover
,-ihe banke and then floweth on,tiJl it meeteth with anothcr^that
refifkthit, asthefirftdid: and chits you fee, honr thcfeacan

doubt

OF BODIES. Chap.XXXVi. 977

doubt and refolve, without any difcourfing. In the like manner
it fareth with the heart of a beaft (whpfe motions do fteere the
reft of the body) when it beateth betwixt hope and feare, or be-
tween any other two contrary paflflonj , without requiring any
other principles from whence to deduce k, then thofewehave
already explicated.

But now to fpeafcc of their invention ; I muft confefle , that ?.
among feveralJ of them, there appeared} fo much cunning in Concerning
laying of their plots (which when they have compafled. they the invention
feem to grow careleflfc,and to unbend their intention, as having °^ beafts"'
obtained what with earncitneflethey defired) that one might
think they wrought by dehgne.andhada ditfmd: view of an endj
for the effecting ofwhich,,they ufed dilcourie to choofe the like-
lieft meanes.

To this purpofe the fubtilties of the fox are of moft note.
They fay he ufeth to lie as if he were dead ; thereby to make
hennes and duckes come boldly to him. That in the ni^ht when
his body is unfeen, He vyill fix his eyes, open-poultry, and fo make
them come downe to him from their rooft. That to rid him*
felfe of the fleas that afHid him in the fummer, he will finke his
body by little and little into the water , while the fleas creep up
to his head (to fave thcmfelves from drowning) and from
thence to a bough he holdeth in his mouth ; and will then
fvvimme away , leaving them there. That to cofen the badger
of his earth , he will pifle in it $ as knowing that the raake
fhiell of his urine , will drive the other cleanlier beaft to quit
it. That when dogges are clofe upon him ., and catching at
him, he will pifle upon his taile, and By firking that up and
downe t. will endeavour (you may beleeve) to make their eyes
fmart , and fo retard their purluit , that he may eicape from
them.

And there arc particular fiories, that exprefle yet more cun-
ning then all thefe : as of a fox, that being fore hunted, hanged
himfelfe by the teeth among dead verminein a warren ; un-
til! the dogges were pafled by him, and had loft him. Of ano^
ther, that in like dilf refle , would take into his mouth a broome
bufti growing upon a fteepe cJhfe on the fide hand neere
his denne ( which had another way to it , eafie enough of ac-
cefle ) and by hclpe of that , would feciurc caft himlcife into

hi* >

A TREATISE

his hole ; while? the doggcs that followed him haflily , and
were ignorant of ths danger , would breake their necks downc
the rt-ckes.

It is faid, that in Thracii, the Count rey-people fo know whe-
ther the rivers that are frozen in the winter, will beare them or
no, by marking whether the foxes venture boldly over them, or
retire arter they have layed their eares to theyce, to lifien
whether or no they can heare the noyie of the water running
under it: from whence you may imagine they collect, that if
they heare the current of the rtreame , the yce mud needs
be thinne; and conlequently dangerous to truft their weight
unto it.

And to kufie my felfe no longer with their fubtilties , I will
conc'ude with a famous rale of one ofthefe crafty animals $ that
having killed a goofe on the other fide of the river, and being
defirous to fwim over with it, to carry it tohis dcnne, before he
would attempt it ( left his prey might prove too heavy for him
to fwim withal I , and fo he might loie it) he fir/I weighed the
soofe with a piece of wcod t and then tryed to carry that over
The river , whiles he left his goofe behind in a fafe p/aee ; which
when he perceived he was able to do with eafe , he then came
backe a°aine.and ventured over with his heavy bird.

TheyVay it w the nature of the lacatray to hide it felfe , and
imitate the voyce of fuch beafts, as it ufeth to prey upon ; which
maketh them come to him as to one of their own fellows ; and
then he fei/eth upon them and devoueth them.

The laccall.that hath a fubti'e fent, hunteth after beads ; and
In the chafe, by his barking guideth the lyon, (whofe nofeis not
fb good)till they overtake what they hunt} wh?c'i peradvent ure
would be too ftrong for the Taccall ; but the Lyon killeth the
quarry, and having firft fed himlelfe, Icaveththelaccall his
riiare : and fo between them both , by the ones dexterity , ard
by the others ftrength^they get meate for nouri&ment of them

both.

Like ftories are recorded orfome hfhCs. And every day we
fee the invention of kafts to fa\ e themfelves from catching :
as hares , when the;/ are hunted , feekc alvvaie* to confound the
/cm ; fometimcsby taking hedges, othenv!:i!es waters ; fome-
times running among fheepe and other bealfe of Wronger fent ;

OF BODIES. XXXVI. 379

fomctiines making doubts, and treading the fame path over
and over j and fomctimes leaping with #reat jumpes hither
and thither , before they betake themleJves to their rdt ; that
fc thecominuatenefTe of the lent may not kad dogge$ to their
forme.

Now to penetrate into the cau/cs of theie and of fiich like <•
actions; we may remcmbe^how we fhewed in the Jaft Chapter,
tiiat the beating of the heart worketh two things : the one is,
that it turneth about the fpcciefcs , < r little co-poreities (mrec- their rooft, md
ming frorooutwardobjeds) which remaire in the memory : by gazing upon
the ether is , that itisalwaies p:ef]ing On to fcnie motion cr th m.
other : out of which it hapreth, that when the ordinary waies of
yetting vi&uals,or of efcaping from enemies, doe faile a crea-
ture whofe conflitution is a^ive,- it Jighteth fometimesCihouc h
peradventure very ieldome ) upon doing iomething 3 out of
which the defired cffe& foJloweth ; a? it cannot choofe but fall
out now and then, although chance onely doe governe their
actions : and when their adion proveth fuccesfuJJ,it leaveth fuch
an impreflion in the memory^that whenfoever the like occaficn
occurreth , that animal will fbUow the iame method ; for the
lame fpeciefes doe come together from the memory into the
fantafie. But the many attempts that milcarry, and the ineffe-
c^uall motions whicfe ftraights doe catt beaffsupoh, are never
obferved , nor are there any iior.es recorded of them : no
more then in the Temp'e of Neptune, were kept upon the rc-
gifiers , the relations ofthoie unfortunate wretches , who ma-
king v owes unto that God in their dilhrelfe, wereneverthelefle
drowned.

Thus peradventure, when the fox feeth his labour in chacing
the hens, to be to no purpofe ; and that by hispurfute of them,
he dnveth them Hirther out of his reach j he layech himlelfc
downe to reft , with a warchfall eye , and perceiving thofe filly
animals to grow bolder and bolder, by their not feeing him ftir,
he continueth his lying ftill, untill fbme one of them commeth
within his reach, and then on a fudden, he ipringeth up and cat-
cheth her-' or peradventure fbme poultry might have ftraycd
within his reach whiles, he was afleepe, and have then wakened
him with fbme noife they made : and fb he hapned to feile upon
one of them , without cither defigne or paines taking before-
hand:.

389 A TREATISE

. hand: byfuch degrees he might chance to catch oncthcfirft
time : and they being, fctled in his memory , together with the
efte& ; it happened that anothertime when hunger preflfed him,
and fcnt up to his brainelikc fpirits unto thofc which afccnded
thither whiles he lay watching the hens j thefe fpirits brought
the other from his memory into the fantafie (in fiich fort as we
have (hewed in the Jail Chapter) and fb drove him to the fame
courfe , untiil by frequent repetitions , it became ordinary and
/amiliar with him : and then they that looke onely upon the per-
formance of the artifice, are apt to infer difccurie and a defigne
of reafbn, out of the orderly conduct of it.

But how can we conceive the fox hath judgement to know
when the henne is come within his Jeape , and accordingly ofte-
reth not at her till then ; unlefle we refbrt to fbme ether prin-
ciples, then what is yet declared ? The anfwer unto this ob;edi>-
on I thmke will not be hard to finde j for if the motion , which
the pretence of the obje& maketh in the heart, be proportioned
out by nature ( as there is no doubt but it is ) it will not be fb
jgreat" and powerful! , as to make the fox leapeat it, until! it be
arrived fb ncere him , that by his nimblenefle he can reach it ;
and fo without any ay me, further then by the meere fluxe of his
pafifion conveniently railed, he doth the feate : but if his pafTion
be too violent, it maketh him mifle his aynsc ; as we may fre-
quently obferve bpth in men and beafts : and particularly.when
feare prefleth either of them to leapc over a ditch , which being
too broad Jielighteth in themiddeft of it.

The fame watch fulncfle and defiretohavethe poulen, that
fit upon a tree out of his reach , maketh him fix his eyes upon
them,when they are at roofk : and at length either the bright-
ftefle and fparkling of them.daze'eth the birds^and maketh them
come downe to them , ( as flyes do in the night about the flame
ofa candle ; or as fiilies doe to a light in a boates head;) or elfe
they are affraid ; and their feare increafing, their fpirits returne
to the heart, which thereby is opprefled, and their outward parts
are bereaved of ftren^th andmotion ; from whence it fblloweth
neccflarily , that t i ,eir footing loofeth their hold faft , an J they
tumble downe hai& dead with feare , which happeneth alfb fre-
quently to catrs when they locke wiftly upon little birds that
fit quietly. Or peradv ensure, their feare maketh theaa giddy ;

as

OF BODIES, Cfaap.XXXVI. 381 "

as when fome man looking dovvne a precipice from a danger-
ous ftanding, hefalleth.bythe turning ofhrs braine, though
nothing be behind him to thruft,him forwards. Or it may be,
fome tame commeth from the Fox, which dravveth fuc'i
creatures to him ; as it is reported that a great and verypoy-
ibnous Toade will do a Weafell, who will run about the Ttwde
a great while, and ftill make his circle letter and lefler, till at
length he perifheth in the center, where his foe fitteth ftill, and
draweth him to him : which he doth in flich fort, as animated
Mercury will draw leafe-gold duly prepared, or as dfbJoad-
ttone attrafleth Iron : and yet it is apparent, the Weafell com-
meth not with his good will ; but that there are Ibme power full
chaines,fteaming from the body of the Toad , which pluck bim
hither againft his liking ; for by his motions and running ,he wii
cxpreflc the greateft fearc that can be.

The method which Foxes do pra&ife, to ridde themfelves'of ^.
their fleas ( if it be true) is oovious enough for them to fall' Ffom whence
upon ; for in fummer ,their fleas together with their thick furred proccedcth the
coate, cannot choofe but caufe an exceeding great itching and F°x« «wn-
heate in their bodies ; which will readily invite them to goe into *'Q
the water to coole themfelves ; as the Merchants at the Ifles of
ZanteandofCephaloniatoldme (when I wasthere)itwasthe
curtome of our Englifh Doggs ( who were habituated unto
a colder clime ) torunne into the Sea in the hcate of Sum-
mer, and lie ;here moft part of the day , with onsly their nofes
out of the water, that they might draw breath,, andwould fleep
there with their heads layed upon fome ftone, which ray/e^
them up, whiles their bodies were covered with the Sea : and
thofe Dogs which did not thus, would in one fummer ufually be
killed with heate and Fleas.

Now when the Fox feeleth the cafe that the coolenefle of the
water affordeth that part of him which fitteth in it, hegoeth
further and further ; yet would not put himfelfe to fwim, which
is a labour., an. I would heate him, and therefore he avoideth
it ; ib that whiles he thus cooleth hi.nfelfe in fome fhady
p'ace ( fbritisjiaturalluntohim, in flich an occafion , tore-
fort unto the coole fhade,, rather then to lie intheSunne )
and in fuch there being for the moft part fbme boughes hanging
over the water, it happeneth naturally enough , that he taketh

F f fome

382 ATREATISE

fomeoftheloweftinhismouth, to fupport him, andfavehim

the labour of fivimming, vyhiJes he lyeth at his eafe, foaking and

cooling himielfe in the River. By which meanes it commeth to

paffe, that the Fleas finding no part of him free from water,

do creepe up to the bough to refcue themfelves from drowning :

ancifo, when he is cooled enough, hegoeth away and leaveth

then- 1 icre.In all which finding a benefit and fatisfa&ion.vvhen-

foever the like occafion bringeth thofe fpecies, from his memo-

ry into his fantafy. he betaketh himfelfe to the famecourfe,

and tUferein finding his remedy , at length it groweth familiar

to him.

In the like manner, ThaleshisMule.,thatwasheavilyloaden
with Salt, happening to tumble, and to fall in a River me was
going over, the Salt melted by the water foaking into the
i acks, and io me was eafed of her burden ; which fuccefTe made
her, whensoever me came to a river , and was troubled with
her loading , fhee would lie downe in the water ; and could
not be reclaymed from it, till they charged lacks of wooll
upon her backe, which growing heavier by their imbibing
of water , weaned her from her former crafty habit. By which
itisapparent,thatit was memory and not judgement , which
made her for a while behave her felfe fo fubtilly.
$t For the Foxes driving the Badger from his earth , you will

An cxplica- not thinke it needful! to allow him a forecaftand defigne in pif-
tion of twoo- fing init rbutas it is naturall for him, toreftinaplacethathe
thcrinvcncions meeteth with fit for that purpofe j fo it is for him to piffe in it,
•f Foxt-j. jf t|je j|^ raj(e fam w[1i;es j-,e js there; which in all likelyhood it
will, if he flay any time there, and give a relaxation to all his
parts by fleep.

And when he pifleth in his taile , and OiaJceth it in the Dogs
eyes,, it -is evident that frare^not craft caufeth this effect • for it
avayleth him little, and therefore is not likely to proceed from
judgement. And of the other ,it is a natural! effect in all beafts
(when it is violent ) to contract their tailes betweene their legs,,
and to make their urine come from them, ( by compreffing the
. Ipirits in their heart } which mould fupport their outward parrs,
and ftrengthen their fplmfter mufcle ) which their being fnap •
ped at and ieifed upon by the Dogs > maketh from their bufshy
( fit to retaine it) and then JightingiatheDogseyes^

OF BODIES,Cba^XXXVI. 383

the acrimony of it hurteth them, andmaketh them flmt their
liddes.

The ftory (if it be true) of the Fox,that to fave himfelfe from
the Dogs that he heard following him in full cry , did hang by
his teeth among dead vermine in a warren js a very ftrange one
I confeffe : but it is conceivable , how feare and wearinefle
might caud- him tofeekeamelter tohide himlelfe : and in lb
plaine a tract, of ground as warrens ule tobein, without any
buili orhiiltohaverecour/e unco for reliefer, there appearing
nothing but a gallowes hanging full of vermine ; hisfantaly
might be moved (he being able to run no further,) tothrufi
himfelfe among ^thofe dead bodies , that he (aw reitcd quietly :
and having no way to mingle himfelfe with them , but hanging
by his teeth ; he might continue in that poliure, till the Dog*
not fufpe&mg him in the ayre, might run under him, and
over/hoot the (eat : which whiles they call about to recover,
by running to beate the next wood or flicker in view (as is their
cuftome in lofles of their chance ; unto which they arc brought
by their matters hunting them in that method at thefirlt )
the wily animall ftealeth an other way,and recovereth him(elf.

This overrunning of the fent by Dogs in the earneftnefle of
their chace, putteth me in mind of Montagues argument., out 7.
of which he will infer, that Dogsufedi/courfe, and do make Concerning
fyllogifines in their hunting : for (laith he)when they have fol- Mouniagucs
lowed their chace downe a Lane, that at length divideth it (eife movr^Ve0
into three others ; they will carefully (meli at the firft and at Dog$ mike
the lecond , and not finding that it hath gone in eiiher of
thole, they boldly runne upon the third, without ever lay-
ing their Nofes to the ground ; as being afTured by their dif-
courfe and realbn , that fince k went not in the two firft , and
there being but one remaining , it muft ofneceflity have gone
there.

But this needeth no other caufe, then that their eagernefie of
hunting having made them overmoote the fent, (which for a
while remaineth in their nofes, after they are parted from the ob-
ject that caufed it) they caft back agajne (as they are accu/tomejd
tobemade to do in like 'occafions by the hunters that train theirj
up ) an^ with their nofes they try the groijnd all the way they
goe; ciil comming ncerc where the chace went indeed, the

F f 2 fent

fent ttriketh their Notes ( that by this time are grovvne emp-
ty of it ) before they come at the place : and then they run
amaine in purluit of it , with their heads held up, ( which is
their convenientett pofture for running) and all the way, the
fent filleth them at that diltance without their needing to fmeli
upon the Earth, to fetch it from thence.

- That Fox which uled to caft himielfe by the advantage

Adcc'arm- of a bough into his Denne , was fo clofely purlued by the
n how Come Dogs the fir (1 time hee ventured upon thisfeate, that he had
•kks are pa- not .time to goe into his Earth ( his ordinary retreate, when
>rmecl by heeis neerer it ) by the eafy and accetfible way ; but on the
oxes, which on ^^ ^ tOoet thither being ftrang in his fantafy, and on
the other fide, the precipice which he had often feene, com-
ming likewise thither from his memory ; theie two con-
curring could not choofe but make him goe warily thi-
ther : and info dangerous a leape, it is naturall for him , to
helpe himfel.'e by any thing in the way that can advantage
him : which happening to bee by catching in his mouth a
bough that hung over his Den, ( the onely iuddaine meanes
hee had to take hold of any thing ) and from thence ta-
king as it were anew rile for a fecondleape, he findethhim-
felfe in fecurity : while* the Dogs unacquainted with the
place , runne violently on , as in the reft of their chace :
and fo are upon the brim of the precipice, before they perceive
it ; and then it is too late for them to (top their courfe , and
confequently, they break their necks. Which milchiefe tc them
the Fox neecleth not have in his defigne ., and accordingly tolle
them that way ; but chance begetting this deliverance or him at
the firrt,when he was lb hard prefTed,his memory teacheth him to
follow, the famecour(e,whenioever the like occafionoccurreth.
But how many Foxes do there per,ifh in attempts., which if they
fucceeded, would have beene accounted by flight judgers to be
notable fubtiiities. ; but mifcarrying are efteerned tumultuary
motions without defigne , caufed by that animalls fantaiy and
fpirits f when he is in extremity ? I remember how upon a
time, when I was hunting one, hee being hard fet, and but
a little before the Dogs and the Hunters caught in his mouth
the bough of a crooked Afh-tree he runne up a prety way ;
flr&ch being in a hedge,he thereby hung down aloog the fide of

the

OF BODIES, Chap.XXXVI. 385

tne hedge, and when we flruck him over the ribs with our poles ,
he would not quit his hold, ( foftronglythefearcofthedogs
wrought in his fantafy ) till greater blowes knocked him on
the head. Which fheweth evidently that this action , was the
effect of chance prefltng his fantaly to do fbmething ; and not
any reafbn or diicourfe providing for his fafety : as we have al-
ready faid upon occafion of the others hanging among the dead
vermine in the warren.

Thofe in Thracia> that will not goe over a frozen River,
when the yce is too thin to beare them, arc by their memory,
not by their judgement taught to retire; for ac other times
they have been wetted , when they have heard the noife of the
(hreame running under the yce ; or the very running of the
water calleth the fpeciefes of fvvimming out from their me-
mory, along with it into their fantafy (neither of which is plea-
£ant to them in thewintejr ) and fb difliking the noife for the
other e6:ec"ts fake , that ufed to accompany it, they avoyde that
which begetteth it, and fb retire from the jriver. And the rea-
ibn of their lifkning to the noife , proceedeth frcm the fpirits,
that their paflfion upon appreheniion of a danger prefleth into
the nerves of their fenfes, as well as into the other nerves of
their braines j which accordingly maketh them fb vigilant and
attentive then to^ outward 'objects and motions.

That the Jaccatray or Hyajna , when he is hungry, mould of tf *I
have his fantafy call out from his memory, the Images of thofe ^^ invent
Beafts, which ufe to ierve him in that occafion, is the ordinary in calling
ccurfe of nature : and that together vvith 'thofe images, there bcaft»tohim.
fliould likewife come along the actions and founds which ufed
to accompany them, and are lodged together vvith them in the
memory,, is alfb naturall ; then, as little ftrangeins, that by
his owne voyce he fliould imitate thoie founds, which at that
time do fo powerfully poffefTe hit imagination : and having a
great docility in thofe Organs which forme the voice, like a
Parrat he reprefenteth them fb lively , that the deceived beafts
flock to him , and fb are caught by him : which at the fit A hap-
peneth by chance y but afterwards by memorwv3and grovveth fa-
miliar to him.

', Norcanweimagincl, that the Jaccall hath a defigne of fcr-
ving the Lyon 5 but hi$ nature bcmg(like a dog) to bark when ™j

Fff§ he

. ATREATISE

he fecleth the (cnt hot ( which he purfueth for his owne fake }
the Lyon that dwelleth in the fame woods.with him , meeteth
with the noife,and tblioweth it; and perad venture would kill the
Jaccall himfelfe, as well as what he hunteth , if hecouldover-
wke him : but he being too nimble for the Lyon , keepeth out
of his reach ; till having wearied the beaft he chaceth the Lyon
that folioweth by the cry , oommeth in when he is zt jabay,
and foone teareth in pieces what the other had not ftrength e-
nough Co fuddainly to mailer , and feedeth himfelfe upon the
Qnarry till he be full. All this while the Jaccall darethnot
come neerethe Lyon,bnt ftandeth at a dittance with feare wayt-
ing till he have done, and then after he is gone away, hee
taketh his turne to feede upon what his furly matter hath
left.

i r . The like reafon it is probable we misfit find out among thofe

Of fevcrall Fiflies that ferve one an other, if we had the conveniency of

ivemions of obferving particularly how they behave themfelves j as when

;i(hcs. the \vhale hath fervice from his little guide ( if the report be

true i which is a neceflary circumftaace to be inferted in every

fuch ta!e)and others of the like ftaine.

The futtlety of the Torpedo ( who hideth himfelfe in the
mud to behum Fiflies , that may afterwards ferve him to feed
upon ) will not require to have its origine from reafon, and be
donehydefignejwhenyoufaalJconfiaeritisnaturall for fiach
coJd Creatures to immud themfelves : and then the Fifties
thatfwim withh«herjcach of! his benummiug faculty , will be
ftaydand frozen, there: which becaufe they fee him not , they
apprehend not, tillit be too laic for them to avoid it : andthen^
when the Torpedo commeth out,he feedeth upon what he findi-
eth lying ready in his way.

And in like manner, the Scntrie-fiiTi, when heis in ftraights

of being taken by the Fimerman , cafteth out a blackenefle that

is within hini , and fb making the water become like Inke, he

oftentimes efcapeth their hands in the darkened Element :

*** which arifeth from no difcourfeofhis, but feare maketh him

ofdivewthilS V°^^ lIlIS IlqU°r tiiat i$1 Jn h*m (a$ ltmade theFoxvoydhis
done by harti, ^^nf )*nd in ccnfequence thereunto,the effect folioweth.
whkh fccwe te La|Hy, when Hares do ufe thofe meanes we have mentioned
to coo&und the fcm., and to lave themfeJves from the dogs

that

OF BODIES,ChifrXXXVL

that hunt them , we may obferve , that ;thcy take therein the
readied wayes , and the molt obvious unto fenfe, to avoid the
evill they flie from. For what can be .more direft to thatetfe«5t,
then to hide themfelves in hedge bottomcs, or in wood* ? Or
to fwim over a River, when that is the moft immediate way to
nirmefromthedogges ? Andwhentheyareinaplaine, where
there is no other fheiter but flocks of fheepe or heards of deere,
what can be more natural!, then for them to hide themiclves
among them, and run along with them, till the cry of the ap-
proaching hounds fright them away , whiles thofe tamer beafh
abide it neerer ?

Their doublings backward and forward, may proceed from
their feare, that diverteth them fHll from the way they are in
at prefent, till the dogs commjjig neer, do put the hare out of
thofe waverings , and ao make her run ttraight away : for they
never double but when they are a great way be fore the dogs,
anddonothearethem. Or elfe it may be, that not hearing or
feeing the dogs, their feare may be aimoft patted ; and then the
agitation which their fpirits are in, govcrneth the motions of
their body, and will not lei them reft until! they be more ap-
peafed, ( as you fee weary people , that at their firft ceafing
from running , cannot fit itill : the like of which happeneth al-
fb frequently in the motions of joy or of an^er ) and fb it ma-
keth them walke backwards and forwards, in a pace proporti-
onate to the agitation of the fpirits within : and fometimes
thofe moved fpirits doe make them bound and leape to and fro
( like the leafe with quickefilver , we have heretofore fpoken
of) as they iflue from the heart by pulfes and ftroakes ; which
happeneth when they begin to fettle towards reft. Or elfeper-
adventure their forme is fo framed, that if they fhould get into
it otherwiie then by a jumpe, they would difbrder fbme part of
it, and fbbe unfencedandacold , or otherkvife at uneafe du-
ring their rcpofe rand therefore their jumping to and fro, be-
fore they leap plump in, i* to rake their aime ; not much un-
like to dogs t turning about feverall times before they lie
down : for hare-finders (who ufe to watch them ) fay they will
do thus, though they be notpurfued. And tbus thefe actions
which are imputed to craft . thereby to confound the dogs, or
to wifedom , to walke themfelves untill they be growne into a

F f 2 fitting

A TREATISE

fitting tamper to fit ilillj may all of them be reduced to thpfc
material! and corporeal! causes, which make them do their other
ordinary motions,wherein we find no difficulty.
1? If that of the Foxes weighing his Goofe , before he would

©fa Fox re- venture to c^rry it over the ri vex , were plainly true .as itif.lct
down j I avow I mould be hard fet to find the principles from
whence that difcretion in him proceeded : but I conceive this
tale may be paired with that , which telleth us of an other Fox.
who having his prey taken from him by an Eaele , brought the

jivmuj *• v » . J . . , •> '7°!fA ? i • •

oraRiverjand next day anewpnzein the fame p:ace, having hm rolleditin
'f fabulous the fire , fo that fome burning coales ftuckupon it -, which the
Eagle comming againe and fhatchiag from him , carried to
herNeft, which was thereby fet on fire ; and the vcungones
falling down, became the Foxes fhare, infteedot what their
damme had robbed him of. Such ftories fo .quaintly contrived,
are fitter fora moral! then for a natural! Philofopher :j£fope
may entertaine himfelfe and his Difciples with them ; whiles all
the reflection I fliall make upon them, is, that whenlheare
any fuch finely ordered Tales^ I cannot doubt but they are well
amended in the relation, by thefe that teH them : it being ihe
JHclinationandcuftomeofmott-men, ( partly through axiefire
of having ftrangethisgs come firom them ; and partly out of a
care that what they fay may appeare like truth , and fo be
the eafier believed } to add circumttances beyond the truth
ef the matter : which increafing at every new mans relation
of the fame accident ( for this humour raigneth very gene-
rally ) at the length 3 fo handfome, and yet fo firange a
Tale is compofed , tha:t the firil author or teller of it^vvooder-
eth a tit as well as ocherSiand cannot difcerne that hisfiorybe*
got this latter*

Therefore, when one of thefe fine tales is propofed to fpecu.
late upon, and that I have no light to guide me in determining
what part of them to allow, and what to reject • I thinke it bet-
ter to CKpec-t. an authenticke record of it, thenbetoohafiyat
guefles : leaving fiich as pretend-ability in reading of Riddles,
todefcant ofthewayes how fuch actions may be effected •• but
for others^that have a fennblance of truth, or do happen ordina-
rily ,be they at the firft fight never fo like the operations ofrea-
I doubt not but that the caufes of them may be reduced to

the

OF BODIES. Cbap.XXXVI.

the principle* we have already eliabliflied ; and the waies of per-
forming them may.! be pitched upon by fuch difcourfes about
them , as we have made about thofe examples we have above
produced. Efpeciallv if the actions them/elves \vereobferved
by one that could judge of them.and were reported with a dc/are
of exprdfing the truth iwkedly as in it felfe it iicth ; for divers
times it hapneth,that men fay ing nothing but truth, docxpreffe
it in fuch amanner^and with liich terras.,! hat the ignorant hearer
conceiveth the tiling quite another way, then indeed itis.meerly
for the too emphaticaJl exprefs ions : e/pccially if the rclatour
himfeliemkleth in conceiving the true caules of what herepor-
teth_, and foexppefTeth it proportionate to thofe which he ap-
prehendcth.

To conclude then this firft branch, we fee how the doubting,
the refolvmg.,the aymio&the inventing, and che like, which we
experience in beafts.,may byiheveftigiaeswehave traced out,
be followed unto their root , as far as the divifionafTanty and
deniity ; without needing to repaire unto any higher principle,
laving the vviiHoarie of the orderer and Architect of nature , in
fb admirably diipofing and mingling thefe materiall, groffe, and
lifelefTe bfidies , djar Grange effe&s and incomprehenitble unto
Lhem,who will not looke into their ieverall /O}i5ts, may follow
out of them, foe the good of the creature in \vhofe behalfe they
are fojordered.

But before we go to the next point, we cannot forbcare men-
tioning their vanity as well as ignorance , who to purchaie the of the feveraft ;
cftimation of deeper knowers of nature, would have it believed, ayings and
that bealh have compleat languages, as men have, to diicourle to™ of beafts: :
with one another in; which they vanted they had the intelligence with a refuta-

f T • L • r i • ii •" f tion'of thufe

of. It is true , that in us /peaking or talking is aii operation of aHthors who
reafon ; not because it is inreafora ^ but becaufe i:is the w»r/e of mainrainthem
reafon^y another inliruinent; and is no where to be found with- to 'We com- 5
out reafon: which thofe irrational! Phiioibphers , that preten- Plcat
ded to underftand the language of bealk, allowed them . as well 8C$*
a$ the ability of talking to one another : but it was becaufe they
had more pride then knowk;dge. Of which ranke one of che chief
was Apollonius, furnamed from Thy ana 5 for if he had knowne
how to looke into the nature of beafts, he would have perceived
the reafbn of the cfcvejrs voyces whiich the (fame beaii in divers
eecafiom formeth. This

59°

A TREATISE

This is evidentjthac an animals lungs andcheftjying Co nccre
as they doe unto his heart ; and all voyce being made by the
breathes commingout of his mouth,and through his windpipe ;
ipmult nece$arily follow , that by the divers ordering of thefe.
inftruments , his voyce will become divei* ; and thefc inftru-
taents will be diver fly ordered in him , according to the divers
motions ofhis heart : that is, by divers pailiom in him ( for fb
we may oblerve in our lelves / that our breath is much changed
by our being in patfion;) and confequently, as a betft is agitated
by various palliom, he muft needs utter variety of vovces,which
cannotchoofe, but make divers impreffions in other beatts, that
ha v,e commerce with him; whether theybe of the Tame kind'as he
is, or of a different : and ib we lee , that if a dog fetteth upon a
hog, the bitten hogs crymaketh an impreffion in the other
hogs, to come to their feJIows refcue, and in other dogs to runne
after the crying hog : in like manner, anger in a dog makcth
fnarling or barking i paine, whining; defire, another kind of
barking; and his ;oy of feeing a perfbnthatheufeth to receive
good by,willbreakeout in another kind of whining. So in a
henne, her divers pafsions worke divers kinds of clocking ; as
whenmefeeth a kite, /he hath one voyce , when /he meeteth'
with meate, another ; when fhe defireth to gather her chickens
under her wings, a third : and ib, upon divers occafions , a di-
vers found} according to the divers ordering of her vocall in -
ftruments.by the paffion which prefleth her heart. So that who
would looke curioufly into the motions of the difpofitions of a
beafts vocall inftruments , and into the motions of the fpirits
about his heart (which motion we have (hewed is paffion)
would be able to give account , why every voyce of that beait
was fuch a one , and what motion about the heart it were that
caufedit.

And as much may be obferved in men , who in paines and
griefes,and other paflions, doe ufe to breake out into thofe voy-
ccs , which we call interjections . and ^which fi^nifie nothing in
the under/tending of them that forme them , but to the hearer
arefigns ofthepaffion from whence they proceed: which if a man
dee heedfally markem himfelfc, he will perceive, that they are
nothing elfe, but the fudden eruptions of a great deale of breath
.together, caiifed by fome^ompre/lion made within him, by the

painc

OF BOD I ES. XXXVI. 391

paine he is in. Which is the reafon that the Driving aijim ft
groanings in certaine occasions, doth ficke per/bus much harm ;
for it diibrdereth the natural! motions of fbme principall parts
within him , that are already too muc'i agitated ; and the
counter-morion by which they are checked , putteth them fur-
ther into a more violent agitation. In the obfervation of thcfe
naturall eruptions of mens breath _, cauledby pa'lion, our fore-
fathers of old were fo induftrious , as to transferre the imita-
tion of nature in this particular intoMuficke, fo that their
kinds of Muficke were diftin^uifhed according to the divihon
of mens palfions ; and by fimilitude would -raife them in the
hearers.

Out of this difcourfe alfo reifon may be given, why birds are
more muficall then other creatures , to wit, beeaufc they are of
a hotter complexion 5 and therefore, to their bigneffe, doe re-
quire more breath and ayrc to coole them $ and confequently
doe make more noife^nd more variety of it. Likewiie,among
beafts,,dogs are the molt vocal of any that converfe with us; who
by their ready anger appeare to be the hotteft. Among men,
thole that arc merry, or (bone become heated with a little wine,
are given to talking or finging : and fo are children^and women
Jikcwifc $ not fo much through aboundaace of htatc, as becaufe
f heir heat doth-eafily vent.

And thus it is evident , that there is no true language among
beafts: their voices not being tokens of divers things or concep-
tions, but meerely the effecU of divers breathings, caufed by di-
vers paflions. Wherefore, lince both breathing and paflion.,are
eafily reduced to the common principles of rarity and denfity ;
we need not trouble our felves any further,to fceke into the ori-
gineofthis vocall faculty of bcarts.

[THE

A TREATISE

THE SEVEN AND THIRTIE TH CHA P TEH.

How hiwkcs
and other crca*

are brought up
to.

Of the docility of fame irratiixaS Animals } and tf

of a. long tr*Q «/ time fo orderly ferfwmeA kj
them% thist they fame to trgftf
in them,

A
L\
j£ J

kS for docility , ( which is onr iecond head ) Apes and
Elephants are mott famed. Though peradventure, the
cunning and obedience of our hawkes and dogs , is no
whir inferionr to what is reported of them j and would be as
much admired , were it not fo common . I have by fundry per-
fons who have fecnhinij been told of ababoone, that would
play certainc feflbns upon a guittare. The Indian hiftories make
mention of Apes, that will goe to the Taverne and fetch Wine
for their matters ; as Lipfms his dog would bring his matter as
much meat from the market , as he carried money to his but-
cher to pay for. O f Elephants Jikevviie, ftrange things are told:
but becauie we canno: ealily judge how to underhand reports,
whereof we have not feen the experience , nor how farre to be-
lieve them , I intend not to infift upon the examining of them ;
for by looking into the nature and art of our hounds that fol-
low a iiiite of blood.or that draw dry foot ; and of our hawkes,
efpecially of the decoy ducks and cormorants j a fcantling may
be given at all the rett. And although thefe things told at ran-
dome , may juttly feeme very admirable to any man the firlt
time he heareth of them , yet to him that underftandcth how
they are taught 3 there is no one paflage but will appeare plaine
enongh.

The frrft degree is to tame the hawke by watching her from
fleepe , and to acqua int her wkh the man, by -continually carry-
ing her upon his fitt , and ufing her to take her meat quietly.as
Hie fitteth upon his hand. Then he maketh her hop a little wayto
it in a paire of cranes : and after a whilc,kill a feeled pigeon; from
which he taketh her when me is growne fteady in her leffbn Co
farre and feedeth her up with other meate : and thus in time he
bringeth her to flic at what he will have her , and to be content

with

OF BODIES.XXXVII. 39?

With a /mall reward , leaving her quarry to her mailer ; fb
that a ipedatour^who underftandeth not the myftery, nor ever
6\v hawking before , may well admire to fee a bird fo dutifully
and exa&ly obey a mans command : and may conceive fne
hath areatbnable fbule, whereby to underhand him , anddif-
courfe of themeanes to bring his purpole to eft-eel. Whereas
indeed , all this is no more , then to make her doe for you and
when you pleafe , the fame which (lie doth by nature to feed
her felfe.

The cunning of dogs is begotten in the fame way. Coyduc&s
are beaten and whipped to what they are taught , like letting
dogs. Cormorants have their throats tied , that they may not
(vvallo.v the fifli they catch , but be conftrained to bring it to
the man that imployeth them; fb chat looking along ftep by
ftep , you mall meet with nothing but what is plaine and eafie
to be taught , and to be performed by fenfe and memory ;
without needing to attribute any difcourleor reafoningunto
beafts.

Apes are likewise taught as dogs may be, to carry things to a
certaine houfe 5 where receiving what is given them , they re-
turne home with it : and you may be confident, this lerviceable-
nefle of the Ape , grew out of his being carried firft to the ta-
verne by the mayd or boy , who there gave him Ibmewhat that
pleaied him ; and then being made to carry the pot along by the
boy; and afterwards being made to carry money in 0ne hand,
and the pot in the other ; whereof Ibme drawer discharged him
of the one,and filled the other, and withall gave him a reward;
which alfb was repeated to him at his returnehome with his foil
pot: till at thelaft, when he was.fuftkiently ufed to this exercife,
he would of himlelfe goe ftraight thither^ as foon as he was har-
nefTed in fuch-fort as he ufed to oe for this fervice. Which appea*.
reth tobeafliiefeiHon and cuftome,not judgement^by his recei-
ving indifferently whatfoever is put into his pot.

And by the tale of Lipfius his dog; from whom other JeflTe
doss, fnatehing as he trotted along, part of what hung out of his
basket (which he carried in his mouth) he fet it downe to werry
one of them • whiles in the meane time, the others fed at liberty
and at eafe upon the meate that lay there unguarded; til he com-
ming backe to it, drove them away 3 and Iiimfelfe made an end

ef

TREATISE

of eating it up. Whereby we may conceive that the fpccies of
carrying his basket to his matter ( which cuttome had fetled in
his memory) was diibrdercd, and rhruft out of his fantafic, by a
Wronger, of fighting for his meat with the other curres : after
which it followed naturally in his fantafie , to cate what he had
fought for. And that lending then fpkits into his nerves,
agreeable ro the nature of it, and governing the parts depen-
ding of the braine , a motion and action en faed,, which was
futable to the objeft in the fanrafie ; and this could be none
other, but of eating what the/amalie found conformable unto
its nature,

t. The baboone we have mentioned, might be taught fome

of the Baboon lefTons trade on purpofe with very few Hops , and upon an in-
that played on ^rumcllt: whereon all the firings may be firucken with one
blow , and but one fret to be yfed at a time , and that fret to be
/topped with one finger : ofwhich much labour and timemight
beget a habit in him : and then , imitation of the found/ might
make him play in due meafare. And if we will marke it in our
felve$,we mail fee, that although in the firft learning of a leffcn
upon the Lute, we imployour reafonand difcour/e about it ;
yet when we have it very perfeft, our fingers (guided by a flight
fantafie) doe fall by cuiiome , without any reflexion at all 3 to
play it as well as if we thought never fb carefully upon it. And
there is no companion, bctweene the difficulty of a. guittarre
and of a lute.

I have been told that at the Duke of Florence his marriage,
there was a dance of horfes , in which they kept exa(ft time of
mufickc. The meanes ufed for bringing them to it,, is faid to
have been by tying and hampering their legs in fuch a fort, that
they could lift the n up but in a determinate way :. and then fet-
ting them upon a pavement, that was heated underneath ib hot
that they could not endure to ftand ftill 3 whiles fuch mnficall
ayres were played to them, as fitted their motions. All which
being often repeated, the horfes tooke a habit , that in hearing
3. thofe ayres.they would lift up their legs in that fa/liion ; andfo

Of the reaching danced to the tune they had been taught.
of ElcPhan" O f t he E lephants, it is &id that they may be taught to write ;
to doe diras t$ ^^ ^at Purel7 »P°n vvor£fc and commanding tliem , they will
tricks, cioe what they are bidden ; and that they are able to kcepe ac-

count,

OF BODIES.Cbap.XXXVil.

count,, and will leave working at a precife number of revoluti-
ons of the fame a#ion , which meafureth out their taske tinto
them. All which (as I faid before) if it were plainely and lite-
rally true,, would require very great consideration : but becaufe
the teachers of beafts havccertaine fecretsin their art, which
Zanders by doe not reach unto j we are not abJc(npon fuch fcan-
ty relation* as we have of them) to make fufficient judgement
how fuch things are done j unleffe wee. had the managing of
thofe creatures , whereby to try them in /everall occafions.and
toobfervewhat caufe produeeth every operation they doe; and
by what Heps they attaine urito their inftrudtions andfervice-
abienefle.

It is true,the uncontrolled reports of them, obliege us to be-
leevefome extraordinary matter of their docility,andof firange
things done by them : but withal 1., theexampleof other taught
beafts among. uf, ando-f the ftrange judgements that are made
of them by perfons , who doe not penetrate into their cau/es,
may inftrud: us how eafie it is to miftake the matter ; and allure
KSj that the relations which are made us , doe not alwaies pun-
ctually agree with the truth of what paffed. He that fhould tell
an Indian what feats Bankes his horle would dee^how he would
rettore a g love to the due owner, after his matter had vvhifpered
that mans name in his eare ; how he would tell the jufi number
of pence in any piece of filvercoyne barely fhewed him by his-
mafter ; and even obey preiintly his command , in diicharging
himlelfe of his excrements whenfoever he bade him (ib great a
power art may have over nature:) would make him believe, ad-
mire moreat this learned beaft , then we doe at their docile E-
lephants, upon the relations we have of them. Whereas every
oneoFus knoweth 3 by what rneanes his painefall tntor brought
him to doe all his tricks ; and they are no whit more extracrdi-
nary, then a fawkners manning of a hawke , and training her to
kill partriges.and to flic at the retrive: but dee all of them (both
thefe.,andall other jugling artificies ofbea/h) depend upon the
iamCjOr like principles ; and are knowne to be but directions of
nature, ordered by one that compofeth and levelleth her opera-
tions to another end further off ( in thole adtions-J then fhe of
her felfe would aime at. The particulars of which, we need not
trouble our fdves :o meddle with.

But

394

A TREAITSE

breeding their
yong ones.

4. B ut it is time that we come to the third fort of aftions per-

Of the orderly formed by beafts, which we promiied to dilcourfe of.Thefe feem
tramc °^m^ to«be more admirable , then. any we have yet touched : and are
by Sbeaft°sr in chiefely concerning the breeding of their yong ones. Above all
• ' others, the orderly courfe of birds in this aftaire, is moil re-
markable. After they have coupled they make their neft ,, they
line it with mofTe,ftravv and feathers } they lay their egges, they
fit upon them, they hatch them, they feed their yong ones, and
they teach them tofiie: a II which they doe with focontinuate
and regular a method , as no man can direct or imagine a
better.

But as for the regufarity,orderlineiTe,and continuance ofthefe
aclions , the matter is eafie enough to be conceived * for feeing
that the operation of the male, maketh a change in the female ;
and that this change beginning from the very firrt , groweth by
time into divers proportions •• it is no wonder that it breedeth
divers difpofitions in the female, which caufeher to doedifte-
rent actions.,correlpondcnt to thole divers difpofitions. Now,
thole actions muft of neceifity beconftant and orderly , becaufe
the caufes whence they procced,are fuch .

But to determine in particular how it commeth to pafle, that
every change in the fern ale, difpofeth her to fuch and fiich acli-
ons, there is the difficulty ; and it is no fmall one : as well , for
that there are no careful! and due obfervations , made of the
cffeds and circumflances which fhou.'d guide us to judge of
their caufes ; as becaufe thefe aclions are the mof t refined ones
of fenfitive creatures j and doe flow from the top and perfecli-
cn of their nature ; and are the Jafl frraine of their utmoft vi-
gour, unto which all others are fubordinate. As in our enquiry
into the motions and operations of the bodies of a lower crbe
then thefe, we meet with fome (namely the loadflone and fuch
like) of which it is very hard to give exact and plaine account ;
the Author of them refer v ing fomething from our cleare and
diftinct knowledge ; and fuffering us to looke upon it bnt
through a mifte: in like manner we cannot but expccb.rhat in the
depth of this other perfecler nature, tlieremuit befomewhat
wliereot" we can have but a glimmering and imperfccl notion.
But a? in the other, it /crved our nirne to trace out a way,
how thofc operations might beefle5ted by bodies, and by locall

motion

OF BODIES.Chap.XXXVrL 397

motion (though perad venture, we did not in every circumftance
hit exactly upon the right ) thereby to defend our felves from
admitting thofe chymericall qualities, which we had already
condemned upon all ot her occai ions.

So I conceive, it will be fuilicient for us in this, to mew how
the (e actions may be done by the fenfes , and by the motion of
corporeal! Ipirits and by material! impreflionsupon them; with-
out being conftrained to relbrt unto an immateriall principle,
which muft furnifti birds with reafbn and dilcourfe : in which, it
is not neceflary for my purpofe, to determine precifely every
f iep,by which thefe actions are performed , and to fettle the ri-
gorous truth of them : but leaving that unto thofe , who fhall
take pains to deliver the hifiory of their nature , I will content
my felfe with the polTibility and probability of my conje&utes.
The firft of which qualities,! am obliged to make plain; but the
latter concerneth thisTreatife no more, then it would do a man
to enquire anxioufly into the particulars of what it is that a beaft
is doing, whiles looking upon it at a great diftance,heperceiveth
plainly that it moveth it felfe : and his arrant is,but to be aflured
Whether it be alive or dead: which the moving ofit felfe in com-
mon, doth fufficiently demonftrate, without defcending into a
particular fearch.of what his motions are.

But let us come to the matter : firft I conceive no man will
make anydifficulty in allowing.that it is the temper of the blood
and fpints in birds (brought thereunto by the quality of their
food,and by the fealbn of the yeere) which maketh them couple
with one another; and not any ayme or defire of having young
ones, that occafioneth this adion in them. Then it foliowcth
that the hens eg^.eswill encreafein her belly ; and when they
grow big, they cannot choofe but be troublefbme unto her ; and
therefore mutt of neceflity breed in her an inclination to refl in
fbme fbft place, and to be rid.ofnenu >fcnd as we fee a dog or a
cat preffed by nature,fearcheth about to findea convenient place
to disburden themfeives in, nor onely of their young ones, but
even of their excrements ; fo do birds,whole egges within them,
making them heavy and unfit to flic, they hcijm to lit much
and are pletied in a fbft and warme place r and thereupon they
arc delighted with ftrawi and moffe, and other gentle fub-

Gg

fiances jand fo carry ttiem to their fating place: which that they
do not by defigne,is evident by the manner of it; for when they
havemet with a ilravv or other fit inateriall, they flie not with
it directly to their neft, butfirUtoaboughofiometree, or to
the top of a hcule ; and there they hop and dance a while with it
in their beakes ; and from thence skip to another pJace , where
they entertaine themielves in like manner : and at the Jaft, they
get to their ne(t : where if the ftraw fhould lie confufediy, their
ends would prickeand hurt them : and therefore they turn and
liter their portions till they lie Imooth : which we that looke
upon the effeft., and compare them with our performing of like
acKons (if wehadoccafion) mayca'.la judicious ordering of
them, whereas in them, it is nothing but removing iuch things
ts prefTe upon their fenfe, untill they caufe them no more paine
orunquietneflfe.

Their plaftering ortheir nefts, may be attributed ro the great
heat raigning in them at that time • which maketh them ftiil be
dabbling in moid clay, and in water, and in gra veil , ( without
which , all birds will foon grow ficke, blind, and at length die)
which (for the coolneffc of it) they bring home to their nefts in
their beakes and upon their feet ; and when it groweth dry, and
confeauently troublefome to them , they wipe it off, and rubbe
their dirty parts upon the place where they ufe to fit j and then
flie for more to refrefli themfelves withall.

Out of all which adtiom (fet on foot by the wife orderer of
nature, to compaffe a remote end^ quite different from the im-
mediate end that every one of them is done for) there refulteth
a fit and convenient place for thefe little builders(that know not
what they doe.whiles they build themfelves houfes)to lie in, and
to lay theiregge? in. Which the next yeere, when the like occa-
fion occurreth, they build againe ; peradventure then, as much
through memory of the former,as upon their temper and other
circumftances, moving their fantafie, in fuch fort as we have fee
downe.

In like manner, that whiles the Halcyon layechand batchetfi
her egges, the fea is calme, needeth no more be^ttributed to the
wifdome and providertceof that bird , mehooftng a fit feafoir,
then to any good mature or difeowrfe'in that ronling and merci-

lelft

OF BODIESjChap.XZXVll. 599

lefle Element ; as though it had a pious care ofprefcrving the
cgges commicted to his truft •• no fuch fupplements arc requifite
to DC added unto the diftributions of nature, who hath fet mate,
rial caviies on foot , to produce a con jundure of both thofeeftecH
at the fame period of time , ior the propagation of this animtls
fpecies.

In fine, both the time and the place of the Ha'cyons breeding,
and the manner and order, and icafbn of all birds making their
ce/h, proceedeth from lecret motions, which doe require great
observing and attention to under/land them } and doefervefor
directions unio every bird according to her kind, to make her
fleft fitteft for her ufe. Which fecrer motions^ we cannot doubt
but are material] ones and doe arife out of the conftitutionand
temper of their bodies and fpirits j which in like arcumftances
are alike in them all: for all the birds of one kind, do make their
nefts exactly alike; which they would not doe,if this worke pro.
ceeded from reafon in them , and were governed by their owne
election and dei:gne : as we fee it happen among men upon all
occafions eii her of building houfes, orof making clothes or of
what action foeveris guided by their reafon governing their
iantafie; in all which we fee fbgreat variety and inconftancy*

And therefore this invariability in the birds operation*, muft
proceed from a higher intellect , that hath determinately and
preciiely ordered a complexc or aflembly of fundry caufes , to
meet infallibly and by «eceflity,for the production of an effecl
that he hath defigned : and fb, the birds are but materiall inflru-
ments to performe without their knowledge or reflexion, afu-
periour reafbns counfels : even as in a clocke , that i j compofed
of feverall pieces and wheeles, all the parts of it doe confpire to
give notice of the feverall effluxes and periods of time, which the
maker hath ordered it for.

And although this be a worke of reafon and difcourfe in him,
that did fet it together ; yet the inttrumentaJJ performance of
it dependeth meerely of local! motion, and of the revolutions
of bodies , fb orderly proportioned to one another , that their
effects cannot faile , when once the engine is wound up ' in like
manner then, the bird is the engine of the Artificer , infinitely
more perfect, and knowing, and cfextericus then a poore clock-

Gg 2 maker |

A TREAITSE

maker ; and the plummets which doe make it goe, are the row
and order of cauies chained together , which By the defigne of
thefupreame workman, do bring topafiefucheffe&s, as we fee
in the building of their nefts, and in doing fuch other actions, as
may be compared to the itrikings of the eiocke, and the ringing
of the alarme at due times.

And as that King of China , upon his firtt feeing a Watch,
thought it a living and judicious creature, beeaufe it moved Co
regularly of it felfe , and believed it to be dead when it was run
out; till the opening of" it and the winding it up,difcovered wnto-
him the artifice of it : 10 any man may be excuied , that looking •
upon thefe ftrange actions , and this admirable oeconotny of
fome living creaturesfliould believe them endewed with reafon,
untill he have well reflected upon every particular circumftance
of their nature and operations: for then he will difcernehow
thefe are but material! intf ruments of a rationall agent working
by them; from whole orderly prefcriptions,they have not power
to fwarve in the leaf t circumftance that is. Every one of which
confidered fmgly by it felf,hath a face of no more difficulty3then
that (for example) an engineer fliould fo order his matters, that
a mine (hould be ready to play exactly at fucfa an houre , by lea-*
vine fiich a proportion of kindled match hanging out of one of
the oarrels of powder, whiles in the meane time., lie either fleep-
etb, or attendeth to fomething elfe.

And when you have once gained thus much of your felfe , to
greeuntoan orderly courfeand generation of any fingle efFe^,-
by the power of a materiall caufe working it ; raife but your dif-
courfea ftraine higher.,and looke with reverence and duty upon
the immenfity of that provident Architect, out of whole hands
thefe mafterpieces iffue,, and unto whom it is as eafie to make a
chaine of caufes of a thoufand or of a million of Jinks as to maKe
one Jinke alone : and then you will no Jonser fticke at allowing
the whole oeconomy of thofe actions , to be nothing elfe, but a
produ&ion of materiall effefts.by a due ranging and ordering of
materiall caufes.

But Jet us returne to our theame : as we fee that milke com-
ming into the breafts of live-bearing female creatures , when
grow very bigge , heatetb.and maketh then fecke the

mouthes

OF

401

mouthes of their young ones, to disburthen and coolethem:
fo the carriage and bignefle of the egges, hcateth exceedingly
the breafts and bodies of the birds ; and this caufeth them to
be /till rubbing of their breafts againft the fides of their nefts
(whereumo their unwieldinefTe then confineth them very
much) and with their beakes to be ftill picking their feathers ;
which Heing then apt to fall off and mew (as we lee rhe haire of
women with childe, isapttofhed) it happeneth thatbythtn *
they are ready to lay their egges , they have a fbft bed of
their owne feathery made in their netts, over their courier mat-
trafle of ftrawcs they firft brought thither : and then, the egges
povverfu'l artra^ing of the annoying heat from the hens breafl
(whole imbibing of the warmth, and ftone-like (hell, cannot
choofe bur coole feer much) inviteth her to fit conttantly upen
them unriUhtdnghatcheththem; and it is evident, that this
fitting rnuit proceed from their temper at that time, or from
fome other immediate caufe, which worketh that eflfeft, and
not from a judgement that doth it for a remote end : for houfe-
wifes teJl us, that at fiich a (eafbn, their hennes will be fitting in
every convenint place they come untOj as though they had eggs
to hatch, when never a one is under them : fo as it feemeth
that at fuch time^ there is feme inconvenience in their bodies,
which by fitting is ealed.

When the chickens are hatched, what wonder is it ,, if the
little crying of tender creatures, of a like nature and language
with their dammes^do move thole affections orpafsionsin her
bofome, which caufeth her to feed them, and to defend, and
breed them, till they be able to fliift for thcmlelves ? ForaU
this there needeth no difeourfe or reafon ; but onely the mo-
tion of the blood about the heart (which we have determined to
be pafsion) ftirred by the young ones chirpings, in fuch fort, as
may carry them unto thefe aftions which by nature (the fii-
preme intellect) are ordered for their prefcrvation. Wherein
the birds (as we have already (aid) are but pafsive inftruments,
and know not why they doe thole actions • but doe them they
mufr, whenfbever fuch and fueh ©bje&s (which infallibly work
in their due time?) doe make iuch and (uch imprclsions upon
their fantafies, like the allar urn that neceflarily (rriketh, when

Ggj the

A TREAITSE

the hand of the diall commeth to fuch a point ; or the gun-pow-
der, that neceffarily maketh a ruine and breach in the wall^when
the burning of the match reached to it.

Now this love in the dam, growing by little and little weari-
fome and troublefome to her ; and at Jatt , fading quite away ;
and me not being able to fnpply their encreafed needs , which
they grow every day ftronger to provide for of themselves;
the /trait commerce beginneth to dye on both fides: and by
thefe degrees the damme leaveth her yong ones to their owne
conduct.

And thus you fee how this long fer'ves of actions , may have
orderly caufes , made and chained together ., by him that knew
what was fitting for the worke he went about. Of which, though
it is likely I have miffed of the right ones ( as it can not choole
but happen in all difquifitions , where one is the firft to breake
the yce , and is fb flenderly informed of the particular circum-
Hances of the matter in queltton., as I profefie to be in this) yet
J conceive this dilcourie doth plainly fhew, that he who hath
done mere then we are able to comprehend and under/land,
may have let caufes lufficient for all thefe etfeits , in a better
order, and in compleaterrankes, then thofc which we have here
exprefled : and yet in them ib coutleiy hewed out , appeareth a
polfibiiity of having the worke done by corpcreall agents. Sure-
Jy it vvcre very well worth the while, for fomc curious an.i judi-
cious perlbn, to obferve carefully and often, the feverall fteps of
nature in this progrefle : forJamlironglyperfwaded, that by
fuck indullry, we might in time arrive to very particular know-
ledge of the immediate and precile caufes , that worke al' thefe
efteifis. And I conceive, that fuch obfervation needeth not be
very trouMeibmej as not requiring any great variety of crea-
tures to mititute it upon ; for by marking carefully all that paf-
feth among our homebred hens, I believe it were eafie to guefle
very neerely at all the reit.

THE

OF BODIES. Chap. XXXViir. "403

THE EIGHT AND THIRTIETH CHAPTER,

Of preference of future tvfntstfrovidenciftt the lowing of things

never feene before j and fitch ethtr aftionst obftrvtdi*

feme living creatures ; which fam to be even

Above the reafon thut it in

man himfr/ff,

T He fourth and laft kind of adtions , which we may with la
aftoniiliment obferve among beafts, I conceive will Whybeaftcar*'
availe JittJe to infer out of them, that the creatures which affuid ofmca*
doe them,are endewed with reafon and under/landing : for fuch
they are, as if we mould admit that, yet we mould ftili be as far
to leeke for the caufes whence they proceed. What mould move
a lambe to tremble at the firft fight of a woolfe ? or a hen at a
kite never before feene ? neither thegrimmeft malUffe , or the
biggeft owicr, will at all affright them.

That vvh ich in the ordinary courle ofnature.caufeth beafts to
be afraid of mentor of other bcafis, i* the hurt and theevill they
receive from them : which comming into their fantafie, toge-
ther with the Idea of him that did it , is alib lodged together
with it in the memory ; from whence they come linked or glew-
ed together , whenfbever the ftroake of any new ob/ed caileth
either of them backeimo the fantafie. This is confirmed by
the tamenefle of the birds and hearts, which the firft difcoverers
oflflands not inhabkated by men , did finde in thofe they met
withall there. Their ftories tell us .that at their firtt arrivall upon
ihoie coafis, where it ieemeth men had never been , the birds
would not flic a;vay, but fuftered the mariners to take them in
rheir hands : nor the beafls.which with us are wild, would runnc
from them ; but their difcourteous guefts ufed them fb hardly,
as they foone changed their confidence into diftrurt andaverfi-
on , and by little they grew, by their commerce wit/i men, and
by receiving injuries from thereto be as wilde^as any of the like
kind in our parts.

From the darrtmes and fires , this apprehenfion and feareac

Gg 4 thc

404 A TREATISE

the fight of men., ib deeply rooted in them, is doubtleflely tranf-
mitted to their young ones ; for it proceedeth out of the dif-
pofition of the body, and cut of the paision which is immediatly
made in the heart j and that is as truly a material! motion, as
any whatfoever can be ; and muft have fetled material! inftru-
menrs fitted to it, if it be conftant, as well as any other natural!
operation vvhatibever : and thi? pafsion of the heart, procee-
deth againe from a perpetual! connexion of the two obje&s in
the memory : which being a perpetually conftant thing, is as
true a quality of that beaftsbraine in whom it is, as the being
of a quicke or dull apprehension, or the being apt to know one-
kinde of meat from another (which is natural! to the whole
fpecies ) or any other quality whatfoever , re/iding in that
beaft.

Wherefore it is no wonder, that it pafieth by generation to
the off-fpring : which is a thing fo common, even in mankinde,
as there can be no doubt of it : and is at the firft made by a
violent caufe, that greatly altereth the body : and confequently
their feed muft be imbrewed with a like difpofaion ; and fo it
paffeth together with the nature of the fire, or of the dam,
into the brood. From hence proceedeth, that children do love
the fame meates, and exercifes, that their fathers and mothers
were affected with, and feare the like harmes.

This is the reafbn, why a grand-childe of my Lord ofDorfet
(whole honoured name muft never be mentioned by me, with-
out a partkular refpeft, and humble acknowledgement of the
noble and fteady friendship, he hath ever been pleafed to honor
me with) was alwayes extremely fick, if but the Nurfe did eate
any Capers (againft which my Lords antipathy is famous)
whiles fhee gave fuck to that pretty infant. The Children of
great Mathematicians, who have been u/ed to bufie their fan-
tafies continually with figures and proportions, have been o£.
tentimes obferved, to have a naturall bent unto thofe Sciences.
And we may note, that even in particular geftures, and in little
futgulariries in familiar conversion, children will oftentimes
fefetnble their parent s, as well as in the lineaments of their fa-
ces. The young ones of excellent fetring dogges, will have a
notable aptitude to that exerciie j and may bee taught with

half?

OF BODIES.Chap.XXXVill. 40$

halfe the paines, chat their fire or dam was, if they were chofen
out of a race of fpaniels not trained to letting. Ail which effects
can proceed from no other caufe, but (as we have touched a!-
ready) that the fantafie of the parent, altereth the temper and
the difpofitionof his body and feed, according as it lelfeis
tempered and diipofed : and confequently, iuch a creature mutt
be made of it, as retained) the fame qualities : in fuch lort as it
is faid that fulHcient tartar put at the root of a tree, will make
the fruit have a winy carte.

But nothing dorh confinne this ib much, as certain notable
accidents, whereof though every one in particular would fceme HOW the pa-
incredible, yet the number of them, and the weight of the re- rents fantafie
porters, who are the witneffes, cannot choofe but purchafe a doth often-
generall credit to the kinde of them. Thcfe accidents are, that Jimts works
out of fbme fhong imagination of the parents, but efpecially
of the mother , in the time of conception, the children draw
fwcK maine differences, as were incredible., if the testifying au-
thority were not Co great : bui L -^gtrue, they convince be-
yond all queftion the trurh wee have propofed, of the parents
imagination working upon ana making an imprefsion in the
feed, wiiercof children or "ourig ones of their kinde are made.
Sojne children of whit j parents are reported to have been black
upon occafion of a Macke moores picture too much in the mo-
thers eye. Others are faid to have been born with their skins
all hairy, out of the fight of St. loha Btftifts picture as hee was
in the defart, or of (bme other hairy image. Another childe is
famed to have been borne deformed, infachfbrr asDivelsare
painted, becaufe the father was in a Divels habit when hee got
the childe.

There was a Lady a kinfwoman of mine, who ufed much to
weare black patches upon her face (as was the fafliion among
young women ) which I to put her from, ufed to tell her in
j'eh\ that the next chilcfe me mould goe with, whiles the fbllici-
tude and care of thofc patches was fb ftrong in her fantafie,
would come into the world with a great black fpor in the mid/I
of its fore-head : and this apprehenfion was ib lively in her
imagination at the time ftie proved with childe, that her daugh-
ter was borne marked ;utt as the mother had fanfied, which

there

A TREATISE

there are at iiand witncifes enough to confirm ; but none more
pregnant then the young Lady her felfe, upon whom themarke
is yet remaining. Among other creatures, it is laid that a hen
haic'ied a chicken with a Kites bill, becaufe face was frighted
with a Kite, whiles the Cocke was treading her. The ftory of
JUc<?£jfheepeisknowne to all : andibme doe write, that the
painting of beautiiull coloured pigeons in a dove-houfe, will
make the following race become like them •' and in Authors
rtore of fuch examples may be found.

To pive a reafonable and fully fatisfy ing caufe of this great
effect, I confelfe is very difficult ; feeing that for the moft part,
the parents feed is made long time before the accoupling of the
male and female : and though it were not, we mould be mainly
to (eeke for a rational! ground ro ducourfe in particu ar upon it.
Yet not to leave our Reader without a Kmte which way to drive
hisinqui/ition we will note thus much, that Anftotle and o-
ther natural! Pniiofbphers and Phyfitians doe aflirme, thac in
fome perions the pafsion is fo great in the time of their accou-
pling . that for the pre/ant it quite bereaveth them of the ule of
reafonjand that they are for the whiie,in a kind of fhort fit of an
epilepfie. By which it is manifeft, that abcundance of animall
fpirits doe then part from the head, and defcend into thole parts
which are the inftruments of generation. Wherefore, if there
be aboundance of Ipecieles of any one kind of ob/eci then ftrong
in the imagination, it mufl of necelsity be carryed dovvne toge-
ther with the ipirits into the feed: and by confequence, when
the feed infected with this nature begirneth to feparate and di-
flribute it felfe, to the forming -of the leverall parts of the Em-
bryon, the fpirits which doe reibrt into the braine of the childe
(as to their proper Element) and from thence doe finifh all the
outward ca.il of its body (in fuch -fort as wee have above defcri-
bed ) doe Ibmetimes. happen to fill certaine p'aces of the
childes body , with the infedion and tincture of this object ;
and that according to the imprefsion with which they were in
the mother? fantafie : for fo wee have faid, that things which
come together into the fantalie , doe naturally fiicke toge-
ther in. the animall fpirits. The hairinefle therefore will he
occasioned in thofe parts, where the Mother fan/ied it to

be:

OF BODIES, Chap.XXXVlII. 4°7

bs •• the colour likewise, and fuch extancies or defers, as
may any way proceed from fuch a caufe , will happen to be in
thole parts, in which they were fanfied. And this is as farre,
as is fit to wade into this point, for fo generall a diicourfe as
ours is; and more then was neceflary for our turne : to the
ferving whereof, the verity of the fad onely, and. not the
knowledge of the caufe, was required: for wee were to fhevv
no more, but that theapprehenfions of theparents,may defcend
to the children-.

Outofthisdifcourfe, the reafcn appeareth, why beaftshave
an avcrfionfrom thole, who ufetc doe them harme : and why
this averfion defcendeth from the old ones to rheir brood ;
though it mould never have happened that they had formerly
encountred with , what at the n'rft fight they flye from and
avoid.

But yet the reafon appeareth not, why (for examp'e) a
fiieep in England (where r.here are no wolves bred, nor have *•.
been thefe many ages) mould be afraid , and tremble at fight jjj[ sAnnp3'
of a Wolfe, fince neither he , nor his damme or fire, nor theirs
in multitudes of generations, ever law a wolfe, or received hurt
by any. In like manner, how mould a tame wea/ell brought
into England from Ireland (where there are no poyfbnous-
creatures ) be afraid of a toad as foone as he leech one ? Nei-
ther he, nor any of his race, ever hadany imprefTions- following
harme; made upon their fantaiies : and as little can a Lyon re-
ceive hurt from a houiliold Cocke : therefore we mu(l ieeke
the reafons of thefe and fuch like antipathies a little further and
we mall find them hanging upon the fame fixing, with iympa-
thies proportionable to them.

Let us goe by degrees : wee daily fee that dogges will have
an averfion from Glovers, that make their ware of dogs skins -*
they will barke at them , and be churlifh to them, and not en-
dare to come neere them , although they never fa w them be-
fore. The like hatred they will exprefle to the dogge killers in
the time of the plague , and to thofe that flea dogges. I have
kno,vnofaman that ufed to be imploved in fuch aftaires, who
palling fbm^times over the grounds neere my motheri
houfe (for hee dwelled ac a village not farre off) the dogges

would

ATREATISE

would winde him at a very great diftance, and would all runne
furioufl y out the way he was, and fiercely fall upon him ; which
made him goe alwayes well provided for them : and yet hee
hath been ibrnetimes hard put to it, by the fierce Maftifes there,
had ic not been tor Tome of'the fervants coming in to his re/cue;
who by the frequent happening of iuch accidents, were warned
to looke out when they obierved fo great commotion and fury
in the dogges, and yet perceived no prefentcaafe for it. War-
reners oblerve,that vermin will hardly come into a trap where-
in another of their kinde hath been lately killed : and the like
happeneth in Moufe-traps, into which no Moufe will come to
tate the baite, if a Moufe or two have already beene killed in ;
unlefle it be made very cleane, fo that no (cent of them remaine
upon the trap : which can hardly be done on the fudden other-
wile then by fire.

It is evident, tkat thele eftefts are to be referred to an tcli-
vity of the object upon the fenfe ; for fome frnell of the skmnes,
or of the dead dogges, or of the vermine, or of the Mice, can*
notchoofe but remaine upon the men and upon the traps j which
being altered from their due nature and temper, muft needs
offend them. Their conformity on the one fide (for fbmthing
of the canine nature remaineth ) makcth them have eafie in-
greflion into them ; and fb they prefently make a deep imprefl
fion : but on the other fide , their diftemper from what they
fliould be, maketh the imprefsion repugnant to their nature,
and be difliked by them, and to affed them worfe, then if they
were of other creatures, that had no conformity with them : as
we may oblerve, that ftinkes oflend us more, when they are ac-
companied with fomc weake perfume, then if they fet upon us
fingle j for the perfume getteth the ftinke eafier admittance in-
to our lenfe: and mlike manner, it is faid that poylbrs are
more dangerous, when they are mingled with a cordiall that is
not able to rcfift them : for it ferveth to convey them to
the heart , though it bee not able to overcome their malig-
nitie.

From hence then it followeth, that if any heaft or bird doe
prey upon fome of another kinde, there will be fbme fmell a-
boutthem., exceedingly noy fome to all others of that kinde:

and

OF BODIES, Ghap.XXXVlII. 40*

and not onely to beafts of that fame kinde ; but (for the fame
reafon ) even to others likewifc, that have a correfpondcnce
and agreement of temper andconftitution with that kinde of
beaft, wHofe hurt is the originall caufe of this averfion. Which
beifig aflemed unto, the fame reafon holdeth to make thofe crea-
tures, whofe eonftitutions and tempers doe confi/t of things
repugnant and odious to one another, be at perpetuall enmity,
and flye from one another at the firft fight, or at the Jeaft, the
furferer from the more ad^ive creature : as we fee among thole
men , whofe unhappy trade and continuall exerafes it is to
empty jakefes, fiich horrid ftinkes are by time growne fb con-
formable to their nature, as a ftrong perliime will as much of-
fend them, and make them as ficke, as fiich ftinkes would doe
another man bred up among perfumes : and a cordiall to theiir
fpirits, is fbnne noyfbme Imell, that would almoftpoyfbn ano-
ther man. And tfius, if in the breath of the Wolfe., or in the
fteame comtning from his body, be any quality oflfenfive to rhe
Lambe (as it may very well be, where there is fo great a con-
trariety of natures) |t is net ftrange, that at the firft fight and
approach of him, he fliould bed! tempered and flye from him ;
as one fighting cocke will doe from another, that hath eaten
garJike : and the fame happeneth between the weafell and the
toad, the lyon and the cocke, the toade and the fpider,
and feverall other creatures., of whom like enmities are re-
ported.

All which are caufedin them, not by fecret rnftincls, and
antipathies, and fympathies, whereof we can give no account ;
(with the bare found of which words, molt men doe pay them-
ielves, without examining what they meane;) but by dovvne-
rightmateriall qualities, that are of contrary natures, (as fire
and water are ) and are either begotten in them in their ori-
ginall con/tttution , or are implanted in them afterwards by
Bieir continuall food, which noari/riing thern, changeth their
confiitution to its complexion. And I am perfwaded this
would goc fb farre, that if one man- were nouriflied continually
with fuchmeate (and greedily affected it) which another bact
averfionfrom, there would naturally follow much diflike b«-
cwccnc themj'imleifefeme iupcriouc regard ihould m after

this

4IO ATR.EAT1SE

this averfion of the fenfe. And I remember to have feene two
notable examples of it : the one in Spaine, of a Gentleman that
had a horroiir ro garlike, who (though he was very fob/eft to
the impreiiiom of beauty) could never weane himlelfe from
an averfion he had letled him to a very hand fomewoman, that
uled to eate much garl&.though to win him,fhe forbore the ufc
of that mcate, which to her was the moft favoury of all others.
And the like I knew in England between cwo; whereof the one
did extreamly love cheefe, aud the other as much hated it,
and would fall into a ftrange agony, and be reduced (one
would thinke ) to die point of death, if by inadvertence or
orherstrya!! of him, he had fwallowed never fb little, of
what the other would have quitted all meates el/e to live
upon.

And not onely fuch averfiom, asfpringfrom differences of
complexions in the constitutions of leverall animals; doe caufe
thele effe^s of feare, and of trembling, and of ft /ing from tf jofe
that do make fuch impreflions ; but even the feeing them angry
and in fury doth the like : for iuch pafTions do alter the /pints ;
and they iffuing from the body oftheanimall inpaflton, cannot
choofe but l)e received by another in a different manner, then if
they were of another temper. Then if the one kinde be agree-
able to their nature, the other mu ft needs be difpleafing. And
this may be thereafbn why Bees never fting fach as are of a
milde and gentle difpofition ; and will never agree with others,
that are of a froward and angry nature. And the fame one
may obierve among dogges : and peradventure, a mans fcntafie
may bee raifed to lueh a height of fiiry, that the fierceft beafls
miy be afraid to look upon him ; and cannot endure that thofc
mastering fpirits, which ftreame out of the mans eyes, (howld
come into his j fb much they diliemper his fantafie : and there-
fore he will turne away from the man, and avoid him. Which
difcourle may be confirmed by fiindry examples of Jyons and
beares,that have runne from angry and confident men, and the
Jike. Since then, a man that is in his naturall hew giveth no
diitafte, doth fo much affright fierceft beafles, when hee
putteth on his threatning lookes j it is no wonder , that
bcatfes of a milder and foftcr nature, fhould have feare of

him

OF BODlES.Ghap.XXKViti. . 411

him fettled in them , when they never faw him othervyife then
angry, and working milchiefe to them. And fiiicetheirbrcod
do receive from their parents, a nature ealily moved unto fcare
or anger.by the fight of what moved them.,it is not ttrange^thac
at the firft fight they fhould tremble or fwell, according as the
inward motion of the ipirits afforderh.

Now if this hadi renJered the Birds in the wiide Iflandes af-
fraideofmen, who othervviie would be indifferent to them, it
isnomarvailetofeemoreviolentetfeds intheLambes aver-
fion from ttie Wolfe, or in the Larkes from the Hobbey ; fince
they peradvemure have over and above the hurt they ufe to do
them , a diifbrmity in their confutations : and therefore,
though a Larke will flic as well from a man as from a Hobbey,
yet becauie there is one caufe more for hisdiflikeagaintt the
Hobbey ,then again fi the man (namely the dirfbrmity of their
constitutions ) hee will flic into the mans hand, to avoid the
Hawkes talons.

Unto fome of thefe caufes all antipathies may be reduced:and $•
the like reafon may be given for thefympathieswefeebetween OfSympi*
fome creatures. The little corporeities which iflue from the thic5'
one, have fuch a comformity with the temper of the other^that
it is thereby moved to joyn it ielfe unto the body from whence
they flow,and affe&eth unionwith it in that way, as it receiveth
the imprelfion. Ifthefmell dopleafeit, the beaft will aiwayes
be fmelling at it : if the taft,nothing (hall hinder it from feeding
upon it when it can reach it. The fifhermen upon the banke
over a<*ainft Newfound Land, do report that there flocked] a-
bout them a kind ot Bird , fo greedy of the fillies li vcrs which
they take there , as that to come at them and iced upon them;
they will fuffer the men to take them in their hands; and will
not flie away, as long as anyoftheirdefiredmeateis in their
eye : whence the French men that fifh there , do call them
Htfft Fejtt* The like power, a certain^ Wormehath with
Nightingales.

And thus, you fee,how they are ftrong impreffions upon fen/e,
andnot any difcourle of reafon , that do governe bearts in their
aftions : for if their avoydin** men , did proceed from any faga-
cityia their nature , furely they would exerciic it , when imf _

fee

A TREATISE

fee that ror a oit or m.ucc tue/ incurre their deftrudtion :and

yet neither the examples of their fellowes killed before their

eves in the /ame purfuite , nor the blowes which themfelves

ao feele ; can-krve them for warning, where the fenfe is fb

ftrongly afte&ed •' but as foone as the blow that removed

them is pafTed . ( if it miffe killing or laming them ) and they

be gotten on wing agame, they will returne to their prey as

eagerly and as confidently , as if nothing were there to hinder

them.

This then being the truereafon of all fympathy and antipa-
£. thy , we cannot admit that any beafts fhould love or hate one

That the An- another, for any othei caufe , then fome of thofe wee have
tipathy of touched. AH which are reduced to Jocall motion , and to ma-
Beails towards rtrja]j application of bodies of one nature, to bodies of an o-
waybc Taken t^ier ' anc^ are ** we^ tranfmitted to their young cnes , as be-
away by affue- gotten in themfelves : and as the fatisfying of their fenfe , is
more prevalent in the Happe fojes , then the feare which from
other grounds is begotten in their fantafy ; and fo wia«
keth them approach to what the other would drive them
from.

In like manner, any averfion ofthe fantafy may be mattered
not onely by a more powerfull agent upon the prefent fenfe,
but alfo by afTue faction , and by bringing into the fantafy
with pleafing circum fiances that object which before was dif-
pleafing and affrightfull to it : as we fee that all fort* of Beafts
or Birds, if they be taken young may be tamed and will live
quietly together. Dogges that are uled to hunt and kill Deere,
will live friendly with one that is bred with them 5 and that
Fawne which otherwife would have bin affraid of them, by fuch
education groweth confident and playeth boldely with them.
Of which we can no longer remaine in doubt, if we will be-
lieve the flory of a Tyger ( accounted the cruelieft beaft of all
others) who being fhut up with a Deere, that had bin bred with
him from a Kid and from his being a whelpe j and no meate
given him, ufed meanes to break prifbn,when he was halfe ftar-
ved , rather then he would hurt his familiar friend. You will
not fufpeci . that it was a moral! conhderation , which made
him fo Jdnde : but the Deere had never come into /us ian«

tafy

A TREATISE 4l?

tafie accompanied with other circumstances , then of play or
of warmth : and therefore hunger ( which calleth onely
the fpecies of meate out of the memory into the fantafy )
would never bring the Deere thither, for remedy of that
paflion.

And that which often happeneth to thole men', In whom
the fantafie onely worketh, is no' much unliJc-e to this : among
whom I have feene fome frenticke perinns, that if they be per-
fwaded they are tyed, and cannot ftirre from the p 'ace where
they are; they will lye ft ill, and make great complaints for
their imprifbnmeht -, and not goe a fteepe, to reach any meate
or drinke, that flionld lye in fightneerethetn, although they
were never fb much preffed with hunger or with thirft. The
realbn is evident, for the apprehenfion of being tyed, is Co ftrong
in their fantafie, that their fantafie can fend no Spirits into other
parts of their body, whereby to cauie motion.

And thus the deere was beholding to the tygars fantafie, not
to his difcourte of morall honefty, for his life. The like of this
tygar and decre, is to be feene every day in the tower of Lon-
don ; where a little dog^e, that was bred with a lyon from his
birth, is fo familiar and bold with them, that they not onely
•fleep together, but fbmetimes .the dog will be angry with him,
and will bite him ; which the lyon never refTenteth from him,
though any other dogge that is put to him, he prefently teareth
in pieces.

And thus weplainely fee, how it commeth about, that beafts
may have ftrangeaverfions from things, which are of annoying
or deftruclive nature to them, even at the firft fight of them :
andagaine, may have great likings of other things, in a manner
contrary to their nature, without needing to allow them reafon,
whereby to difcourfe and judge what is hurtfull to them or to
inftruft the tyger we have fpoken of, or Androdus his lyon, the
duties of friendship and of gratitude.

The longing markes which are o ftentimes feen in children, of longing
and doe remaine with them all their life, feeme to bee an oft- mar kes feen in
fpring of the fame root or caufe : but in truth, they proceed children,
from another, although of kinne to this : for the operation of
the feed ispaffed, whenthele longing markej arc imprinted;

H h the

A TREATISE

the childe being then already formed and quickened ; and they
-feeme to be made fuddenly, as by the print of a feale. There-
fore to render the caufe of them. Jet us confider another fym-
pathy which is more plain andcommon. We fee that the laugh-
ing of one man, will fet another on laughing that feeth him
laugh, though he know not the caufe why the firft man laugh-
eth : and the like we fee in yawning and flretchmg, which bree-
deth the like effect in the looker on. I have heard of a man,
that feeing a rotted piege, after our Englifh fafhion with the
mouth gaping, could not fhut his owne mouth as long as hee
looked upon the pigges : and of another, that when he law any
man make a certaine motion with his hand , could not choofe
but he muft make the fame : fo that, being a tyier by his trade,
and having one hand imployedwith holding his tooles. whiles he
held himfelfe with the other upon the eaves of ahoulehee was
mending, a man flanding below on the ground, made that fign
or motion to him; whereupon he quitted his holdfeft to imi-
tate that motion, and fell downe, in danger of breaking his
necke.

All thefe effects, doe proceed out of the action of the feene
object upon the fentafie of the looker on : which making the
pifture or JikenefTe of its own action in the others fantafie, ma*
keth his ipirirs runne to the fame parts ; and confequently,
move the fame members, that is., doe the lame actions. And
fience it is, that when we heare one fpeake with love and tender-
neffeofan abfent perfon, we are alfo inclined to love that per-
ibn, though we never fawhim, nor heard of him before: and
that whatfoever a good Oratour delivered! well, (that is, with
a femblance of pa/lion agreeable to his words) raifeth of its
owne nature, like affection in the hearers : and that generally
«nen learne and imitate ( without defigne) the cuftomes and
manners oft he company they much haunt.

To apply this to our intent, it is eafie to conceive, that al-
though the childe in the mothers wombe, can neither fee nor
heare what the mother doth , neverthelefle there can not pafle
any great or violent motion in the mothers body , whereof
fome eftect doth not reach untothe childe, which is then, one
sontinuate piece with her : and the proper effect of motion or

of

OF BODIES.Chap.XXXVII. 4,15

of trembling in one body, being to produce a like motion or a
trembling in another, ( as wee Ice in that ordinary example of
tuned firings, whereof the one is moved at the finking of the
other, by rcafbn of the firoake given to the ayre, which rinding
amovcableeafiiy moved with a mdtion of the fame tenour,
communicateth motion unto it) it followeththat the famafie
of the childe , being as it were well tuned to the fantafie of the
mother, and the mothers fantafie making a Ipeciall and a very
quicke motion in her owne whole body, (as wee fee that fud-
den paflions doe) this motion or trembling of the inother,muft
needs caufe the like motion and trembling in the childe, even
to the very fwiftneHe of the mothers motion. Now as we fee
when one blufheth, the blood cometh into his face, fb the blood
runneth in the mother to a certaine place, where flie is ftrucken
by the thing longed for : and the like happening to the childe,
the violence of that fudden motion, dyeth the marke or print of
the thing in the tender skin of it : the blood in fome mea-
fure pierting the skin, and not returning wholly into irs natu-
rallcourle: which effect is not permanent in the mother, be-
caule her skinne being harder , doth not receive the blood into
it, but icndeth it backe againe , without receiving a tindure
from it.

Farre more eafie is it, to difcover the fecret caufe of many gt

antipathies or f) mpathies, which are ften in children } and en- wiiy divers
dure with them the- greateft part, if not the whole terme of men lute fomc
their life, without any apparent ground for them : as fome doe Circamc »«t$»
not love cheefe, others garlike, others ducks, others divers o- "'

ther khides of meate, wiiich their parents loved welJ j and yet
in token that this averhon is naturall unto them, and not ari-
fiag from ibmedinike accidentally taken and imprinted in their
fanrafie, they will be much harmed if they chance to eate any
fuch meate ; though by the much dilouifmg it, they neither
kno.v, nor fb much as fufpecl they have doue fb. The flory of
the lady HtH*age (who was of the bed-chamber to the late
Qneene Elintbetio) that had her cheeke biiftered by iaying a
rofe upon it wliiles fliee was afleepe, to try if her antipathy a-
gainft that flower, were fb great as ilieu led to pretend, is fa-
mous in the Court of England. A Kiniman of mine, whiles

Hh2 he

OF BODIES. Chap.XXXVI II .

he was a child, had like to have died of drought, before his nurfe
came to underftand , that he had an antipathy againfi Beer or
Wine ; untill the tender nature in him , before he could /peak,
taught him to make earneft flgnes for water.that by accident he
lavvjthe greedy drinking of which, cured prefently his long lan-
gui/liing and pining fickneffe: and fuch examples are very fre-
quent.

The caufe of thefe effects many times is , that their mothers,
upon their firft fuppreifion of their ufuall evacuations ,by reafbn
of their being withchild)took fbme ftrong diflike to fuch things,
their ftomacks being then opprefled by unnatural humors,vvhich
overflow their bodies upon fuch retentions } and which make
them oftentimes nek and prone to vomiting, (especially in the
mornings, whiles they are fafiing)and fometimes to defire ear-
nef tly(which they call /*»£«»£) to feed upon fbme unwholefome,
as well as fbme particular wholefome things; and other whiles,
totakeaverfionagainftmeates, which at other feafons they a P~
fe&ed well. Now the child being nourifhed by the fo imbued
bloud of the mother , no wounder if it taketh affeciiom or dif^
likes, conformable to thofe which at that prefent raigne in the
mother : the which for the moftjpart ufed to be purged away, or
are overwelmed by the mattering qualities of better aliments
fucceding : but if by fbme mifchance, they become too much
grafted in the childs ttomaclc , or in fbme other part, through
which themafle of bloud muftpafTe ; then the child getteth an
a\ er/ion from thofe meats :and we often fee, that people retaine
a f^rong conver/ion to fuch meates or drinks , as their mothers
affeckd much or longed for, whiles they bred child of them.

And thus we will leave this particular; adding only one note,
why there are more perfbns generally , who have antipathy a-
gainft cheefe,then againft any one fort of meate befides wfeatfb-
ever. A principall reafon of which fymprome ( vy here the prece-
dent oneharhnotplace)! conceiv e to be,that their nurfes proved
with child, while* thev gave them fuck : for I have by experience
found it to have been Co in as many as-I have made inquiry into.
And it is very conformable to reafon; for the nurfes mi'k crud-
liflg in her breft upon her breeding ofchild,and bccotnming ve>
r.yoffeafive to the childc* tender ftomacK , (whofe being fick,

O F B O D I E SjChap.XXX V11L

417

Concerning,
the ptovidcoct
of Aunts ta
laying up in
ftorc fat trip*

ten

obligetii tne parents to change the Nurfe, though peradven-
ture they know nothing of the true reafon that makcth her
milke unnatural!) he hathadiflikeofCheefe (which is ftrong
curdled milk)ever after fetrled in him ; as people that have orcc
fur felted violently ofanymeate, IcJdomc arrive to brookeic
againe.

Now, as concerning thofe Animals who Jay up in Hore for
wimer,and Teem therein tc exercilc a rational! providence jwho
teeth not_, that it is the lame humour, which mcveth rich mifers
to heap wp wealth,even at their Jaft Jafp^when they have no child
nor friend to give it to, nor think or making any body tbeir
heires ? Which actions becaufe they have no reafbn in them, are
to be imputed to the paflion or motion of the material! appe-
tite. In the doing of them , thefe fteppes may be observed ;
firtt theobjed: preienring it f^Ife to the Eye.provoketh !oveand
dehre of it 5 efpecially if it be joyned with the memory of for-
mer want : then this defire fljrreth up the animall (after he hath
fedhimfeJfe) to gather into the place of his chief residence, as
irrachofthatdefiredohjeclashemeetcth withall ; and when-
foever his hunger returning, bringeth back into his fantafy the
memory of his meate, it being joyned with the memory of that
place (if he be abient from it ) heprefently repaireth thither,
for relief of what prefleth him : (and thus D o«s when they are
Imngry, do rake for bones they had hidden when tbeir bellies
wer.2 full. ) Now if this food., gathered by fuch providence
(which is nothing cl/e, but the conformity of it, working upon
him by his lenfe ) and layedupintheplace, where the owner
of it refideth, (as the corne is,which die Aunts gather in dim-
mer ) be eafily portable, lie will carry it abroad with him the
firtt time he fHrreth after a long keeping in ; for then nothing
worketh fb powerfully in his fantafy, as hisftore;and he will
not eafily part from it , though other circumftance* invite him
abroad. From hence it proceedeth, that when a faire day com-
meth after long fowlc weather, the Aunts, wlio all that while
kept clo/e in their denncs with their corne lying by them, do
then conoe abroad in the Sun, and do carry their ^graine along
with t 'lerri : or perad v enture k happeneth, becauie the prece-
dent wet weather, bath made it grow hot, otmufty,orother-

H h 3

4i8 _ OF BODIES. Chap.XXXVIIl •

wile oflfeniive vyithin ; and' therefore they carry it out , as loon
as tiemielves dare peepe abroad ; wh:c'a is, when the faire wea-
ther and heate of the day.inviteth them out into the open ayre :
and before night that they returne into their holes , the often-
five vapors of the come are exha'ed and dryed up, and move
their fanrafies no longer to averfion, whereupon they carry it
back agame;having then nothing but their Jongcontra^ed love
unto it to work upon them. The like whereof men doing by
dilcourfe.to ayre their come, and to keep it fwect, and the fame
effect following herein, they will prefently have it, that this is
done by the Aunts,for the fame reafon.and by defigne,Then the
moylhireoftheea;th fwelling the graine, and conlequently,
making it begin to fhoot at the ends (as we declared , when we
/poke of the generation of plants, and as we lee in the moy-
ftening of corne to make malt of it)thofe little creatures , find-
ing that part of it more tender and ;uycy then the reft,do nibble
upon it there, and do feed themfelves firft with that,which con-
fequently hiniereth the groweth of the corne. And here a-
gaine, men will contend that this mutt be done by providence
and dilccurie,to prevent that their ftore mould not grow out of
their reach, and changing nature, become ufelefle to them ia
their need.
Jo. To conclude, the foreknow ing of beaft sis nothing elie, but

their timely receiving impre/Tions , from the firft degrees of
; *?t£mQ* mutation in things without them; which degrees are almoft im-
* perceptible to us,becaufe our fantafies and fpirits, have otherwise
fuch violent agitations, more then theirs , which hinder them
from drfcerning gentle impreflicns upon them. If you be at Sea,
after a long ca|me , a while before a gale bloweth to fill your
failes,or to be difcernable by your fenfe in quality of wind , you
(hall perceive the Sea begin to wrinkle his fciooth face that way
the wind will come ; which is fo infallible a fignc that a gale
will come from that coaft , as mariners immediately fall to
trimming their (aile? accordingly ; and ulually before they can
have done, the wind is with them :mall we therefore fay that the
Sea hath a providence to fbrefee which way the wind will blow ?
Or that the comes upon our toes, oreallufes, or broken Hones
t>r ;oynts that have been diflocated.have diicourle.and can fore*

_ A TREATISE _ 41?

teil che weather > It is nothing eile, but that the wind rifmg by
decrees, the fmoorh Sea is capable of a change by it, before \ve
can feele it : and that the Aire , being changed by the forerun-
ners of worle weather, worketh upon tlie crafiel* parts of out
body^when tfie others feeie not fo imall a change : 16 bcafts are
more fenfible then we (for they have leffe to difiraft them ) of
the fir/t degrees of a changing weather: and that mutation of
t!ie Aire v\ it ,out them,maketh fbme change within them ,which •
they exprefle^by lome outward actions or geltures.

N, ow they who •bierve, how fuch mutation? and a-ftions are .
conflantly in them, before fuch or iiich weather, do think they
know beforehand,that raine(for example,) or wind, or drought
is comming, according to the feverall fignes they have marked
in them : wiiidi proceedeth out of the narrowncfle of their dil-
courie , that makech them refort to the fame caufes, whenfo-
ever they meet with Iikeeife<£s:and fo they conceive,that things
mult needs pafie in beafts , after the fame tenour, as they do in
men. And this is a genera II, and maine errour, running through
all the conceptions of mankind, unlefle great heed be taken to
prevent it, that what (ubjecl foever they fpeculate upon , whe-
ther it be of fubftances , that have a (uperiour nature to theirs,
or whether it be of creatures inferiour to them, they areftilapc
to bring them to their own ftandard, and to frame iuch concep-
tions of them , as they would do of themfelves : as when they
will have Angels difcourfe, and move,, and be in a place, in fuch
fort as is naturall to men j or when they will have beafts rati-
onate and underftand, upon their obferving feme orderly afti-
ons performed by them, which in men would proceed from dif-
courfe and reafon. And this dangerous Rock (againft which
many fine conceptions do fuffer fhipvrrackjwhofbever ftudietfa,
iruth,muft have a maine caution to a-voyde.

4w irnnunfnm ffttiit eotftcimiu tqtttr :
ft j*

THE

CONGLVSION

OF THE

FIRST

atthelaft (byGodsa/Iiftance) we have climbed
up to thegtopof the hill ; from whence looking downe
aver the whole regionof bodies, we may delight out
felves , with feeing what a height the weary fteps we af-
cended by, have brought us unto. It is true ., the path we have .
walked in, is of Jate fo untrodden, and fo overgrowne with bry-
ars, as it hath not been without much labour,that we have made
our way through. And perad venture , it may feem toylefbme
unto others to follow us, efpecially fiich as are not much enured
to like journeys : but 1 hope, the fruit which both we. and they
are now arrived to gather of our paines, in this generall view
we have taken of rhe,empire of matter,and ofcorporeall agents,
is foch ., as none of us hath reafon to be ill fatisfied with the
imployingof them. For what can more powerfully de'ii^t,
or more nobly entertaine an under/landing foule, then the
fearch and difcoycry of thofeworkes of nature a which being in
their effects fo plainly expofed to our eyes, are in their caufes
fo abftrufe and" hidden from our comprehenfion , as (through
defpaire of fiicccflc) they deter rnoft men from enquiring into
tbem?

Andi

~" CONCLUSION. 42I

And I am perfnraded, that by this fummary difcour/e (more
indeed., in regard of fo large a fcope , how ever my lame ex-
preflions may peradventure make itappeare tedious) itappea-
reth evidently, that none of natures greateft /ecrets^hereofcmr
fenfes give us notice in the effeds , are ib overloaded with an
impenetrable vei!e,but that the diligent and wary hand of reafon
m tghtunmaske them and fhew them to us, in their naked and
genuine formes , and delight us with the contemplation of
their native beauties ; if we had as muc'i care and conftancy in
the purfuit of them, as wee daily lee men have in heaping
up of wealth, orinftnvingto latisfie their boundlefle ambi-
tions ; or in making their fences fwimme in the muddy lake of
bale and contemptible plea fores. For who fliall throughly
confider and weigh what we have hitherto faid , will plainly fee .
a continuall and orderly progreffe , from the fimpleft , highett,
and moft common conception.that we frame of a body in gene-
rail, unto the furtheft and moftabftrufeeffofb, that in particu-
lar are to be found in any body vyhatfoever: I meane.any that is
meerely corporeall , without mixture of a nobler nature ; for
hitherto we have not moved., nor Ib much as looked out of
that Orbe : He/hall finde one continued thread, /punne out
from the beginning to the end. He will fee , that the various
cwiHing of the two fpeciefej of Boditsf Rare,z.n& Pcife, do make
rheyarnej of which all things and aiHons within the fphere of
matter are woven,-

And although peradventurejn the drawing out of the thread,
there may be fbme little brackes , or the flu rife made of it be
not every where fo c!ofe wrought , as a better workman at
more leifure might have done ; yet truly , I believe , that the.
very confent of things throughout' is fiicfi, as demonflrarct'?.,
that the mame contexture of the doctrine I have here touched,.
is beyond quarrelling at. It may well be that in furuiry parti-
culars , I have not lighted upon exad truth : and I amEb farre
from maintaining peremptorily any thing I have here laid , as
I mall moft readify hearken to whatfoever fhall beob;e»5lej
againft it ; and be as ready upon caufe , to defert my owne opi-

mom

•. and to yeeld untobatet reafon. B« wichall , I co,,.

4»v*"C«-

CONCLUSION.

c-'i'C, t'<at as iheraun^uia bricke here a,*! there m t^erca-
ring of the walls ot a houfe , doth nothing at aH prejudice ihc
itrength and iecurity of the fabricke ; no more (I hope) ivill
the (light clcap^s, which fo difficult a taske as this is .ubjec\
unto, endamage or weaken the maine Vdy of what I have
here delivered. I have not yet !een an) piece upon th's fubjeci,
made up with this met! ;od, beginning from the fimpeft anJ
p'a ndi notions , and compofmg them orderly, till all the prin-
cipal! variety which their nature is capable of , bee gone
through : and therefore ir cannot be expected, but that tne hrft
model! of this kinde ( and moulded by one diffracted with con-
tinual! thoug' tsofa much different lira ine"; and whole exer-
ci/e as well as profellion, ha thai lowed him but little commerce
with bookes and tfudy ) mutt needs be very rough hewed, and
require a great deale ofpoiifihing. Which whofbever fhall do,
and be as exa& and orderly in treating of PhLofbphy and Ihe-
ologv. as Marhemarcians are in deiiv^xing their iciencies, I
doe aflure my felfe t^at D> mu* fictions might be made, and
would proceecf in them as currently, and the concufions be as
certaine and as full, as in the Mathematickes themielves. But
that is not all : thele demonftrations would have the oddes
exceedingly of the other , and bee to us . inellimably more
advantagious : for out of them . doe /prrng much higher and
nobler eftcds , for mans ufe and life , then out of any Mathe-
maticall ones 5 especially when they extend themfeives to the
^overnement of A4*n as he is Mtn : which is an art, as farre
beyond all the rules of Phy/kke , or other government of our
body, or temporall goodf , as the end is beyond the meanes
ivee employ to gaine it ; for all the others t doe but lerve in-
ftrumentally to this end. That wee mq live JHU; whereas thefe
doe immediately teach it.

Thef| are the fruits in generail, that I hope may in fbme
measure, grow out of this di/courfe, in the hands Qfe^ualland
judicious Readers: but the particular ay me of it, is to /hew
what aftions can proceed from a body , and what cannot. In
the couduft whereof, one of our chiefe endeavours hath heene
roilscw, thatthofe actions which feeme to draw fhohgly in-
to

CONCLUSION

to the-order of bodies , the unknown nature ofcerutne-entiucs
named Quditift • either doe or may proceed , from the lame
cautes, which produce tho!eknowne effects, that all fides a.
gree, doe not (land in need of any fuch myfticall Pliiiotbphy.
And this being the main hinge upon which hangeth and moveth
the full and cleare relbl ving of our maine , aoa great queition,
Of the immortally oftkefottk $ I allure my feUc.the paines I have
taken in this particular, will not be deemed iuperHuou* or te-
dious : and withall, I hope I have employed them with lo good
fuccefle, as hence forward, wee fhali not DC any more troubled,
with objections drawne from their hidden and incomprehenfl-
ble nature : and that we ftand upon evenground, with thofe of
the contrary opinion : for fince we have Jhewedjiow all adVtom
may be performed among bodies, without having any recourfe
to fach E»tit$esa.nd j^t4lities as they pretend and paint out to us,
it is now their parr (if they will have them admitted) to prove
that in nature there are fuch.

. Having then brought the Philofophy of bodies unto thefe
termes ; that which remaineth for us to pcrforme, is to /hew
that thofe aftions of our fbule, for which we call herafpirit,are
cf /kch a nature, as they cannot be reduced into thofe princi-
ples, by which all corporeall afhons are effc&ed. For the proof
of our original! intent, no more then this3 can be exa&ed at
our hands ; fo that if our pofitive proofes^lliall carry us yet be. -
yond this, it cannot be dcnyed, but that we five over meafire,
and doe illuttratewitha greater light, what fs already fuflfici-
ently difcerned. In our proceeding, we have the precedence of
nature : for laving for our ground , the naturall conceptions
which mankuide maketh of quantity 5 we finde that a body is a
meere paffiye thing confining of divers parts, which by motion
may be diverfly ordered j and confequently, that it is capable
of no other diange or operation , then fuch as motion may
produce, by various ordering the divers parts of it : and
then , feeing that R^rt and Petf* , is the primary and ade-
quate diviflon of Bxiiet -t k fblfoweth evidently that what
cannot bee effected by the various difpofition of rare and
denie parts , cannot proceed or bee effected by a pure

bejy

CONCLUSION.

body : and con/equently , ic will bee fuffcient for us co
fhevy , that the morions of our foules are fuch •• and they
who will riot agree to this conc'ufion , mutt take upon them
toflitw, that our firtt: premise is defective; by proving thac
other unkno.vnewaies are neceflary /or bodies to be wrought
upon, or to vvorke by : and that the motion . and various
ordering of rare and den'e parts in them , i; not cau.e fufficient
for the effects we fee among them. Which vvholoever ihalJ at,
tempt to do, muft remember that he hath this diJadvanrage he-
fore he beginneth_, that whatfbever hath been kitherto diicove-
red in the fcience of bodies, by the help either of Mathematicks
or Phyficks.it hath all been relblved.and hath falnc into this way
whieh we declare.

Here I mould fet a period to all further difcourfe concer-
ning this firft Treatife of bodies, did I not apprehend , that
the prejudice of Ariffotles authority , may diipofe many to a
harfli conceit of the draught we have made. But if they knew
how little reafon they ha.ve to urge that againft us , they would
not cry us downe for contradicting that Oracle of nature:
not onely becaufe he himfelfe , both by word , and by exam-
ple,, exhorteth us , when verity leadeth us another way ,. to
fbrfake the trackes which our forefathers have beaten for us,
Ib we doe it with due reJpecl: and gratitude for the much they
have left us: nor yet becaufe Chriltian Religion, as it will
not heare of any man (purely a man ) fireefromfinne, ibit
inclineth to perlwade us , that no man can be exempt from
errour ; and therefore it favoureth not well ,to defend pcremp.
torily any mans fayings (efpecially if they be naany) as being
uncontroMable ; howbeit I intend not to prejudice any per/on,
that to defend a worthy Authors honour, fnall endeavour to
\indicate him from afbfurdities and grofTe errours:nor lafyy,be.
caufe it hat!; ever !>eeh the common pradife of all ^rave Peripa-
teriks and Thomiits, to leave their Mafters^fbrnc in one article,
Ibme in another: but-indeed, becaufe the very truth is, that the
way we take , i$ directly tlie fame folid way , which Arillotle
walked in before Us : and they who are fcandalifed at us for lea-
ving him , are exceedingly niiftaken in the matter •* and out of

the

CONCLUSION- 425

the found of his words(not rightly underwood) do frame wrong
lenfe of the doctrine he hath left us, which generally we follow.
Lee any unpartiall A riftotelian anlwer , whether the concep-
tions we have delivered of j?*4»r»/jr, of Rarity and Dtnjitj , of
the few* firfl Q^htics , of the combinations of the EUmtntt, of
the repttgntnceof-vtcititits, be not exact1 y and rigoroufly Ari-
ftotles? Whether the motion of weighty and light things, and
ef iuc!i as are forced, be not by him, a? well as by us, attributed
to cxterne cau(es ? In which all the difference betweene us K,
that we enlarge our (elves to more particulars then he hath
done. Let any man read his bookes of Generation and Cor-
ruption , and fay whether he doth not exprefTely teach , that
mixcion (which he deli vereth to be the generation or making
of a mm body) is done ptr minim* ; that is in our language
and in one word, by atomes ; and %nifyeth , that all the qua-
lities, which arc naturall qualities following the compofition
of the Elements , are made by the mingling of the leaft parts or
atomes of the faid Elements; which is in effect to fay; that all the
nature of bodies , their qualities , and their operations , arc
Gompalfed by the mingling of atomes : the fliewing and ex-
pJicatingof which , hath beene our labour in this whole Trea-
tiie. Let him read "his bookes of Meteors , and judge whe-
ther he doth not give the caufes of all the effects he trea-
teth of there, by mingling and feparating of great and little,
grofle and fubtile, fiery and watery , ayery and earthy parts,
juft as we doe. The fame he doth in his Prrilims , and in.his
7*rv* mMtttraii* , and in all other places , wherefoever he hath
occasion to render Phyfically , the caufes of Phyficall effecls.
The fame doe Hippocrates and Galen : the fame, their Matter
Democritus; and with them the beft fort of Phyfitians : the
fame doe Alchymifles, with their mafter Geber •> whofe
maxime to this purpofe, we cited above : the fame doe all
naturall Pfiilofbphers,either ancient commentatours of Ari-
ftotle, or el e mooerne enquirers into naturall effe&s , in a fen-
/ibleand undeiilandableway : as who will take the paines to
look into them, will eafil/ perceive. Whereforejet any judicious
Reader diac hath looked further into Aritfotle then onely

uporu

4i6 CONCLUSION.

upon his Logical! and Meiap.iyficail workcs, judge whether
in bulk? our Doctrire bee not confbrmab.'e to the courfe
of his , and of all the belt Phiioiophers that have l)eene and
are; though in dctatltor particulars, we fomettmes mingle
therewith.,, our owne private judgements : as = every one of
them , hath likewife fliewed us the way to doe , by the liberty
thcmlelves have taken to diflent in ibme points from their pre-
deceflburs.

And -were it our turne, to declare and teach Logikeand
Metaphifickes, we iliould be forced to goe the way of matter,
and of fotmti , and of privations ', in fuch fort as Arittotle hath
trodden it cut to us , in his workes of that ftrainc. But this
is not our taske for the prefent • for no man that comtempla-
teth^ nature as he ought, can choofe but ice that theie notions
are no more neceifary , when we confider the framing of the
elements, then when we examine the making of compounded
bodies : and therefore, thefe are to be fetapart^as higher prin-
ciples, and of another ftraine, then need be made ufe of for
the aduall compofition of compounded things , and for the
refolution of them in their material! ingredients , or to.caufe
their particular motions ; which are the fubje&swenowdif-
courfe of.

Upon this occafion, I thinkeitnot amifTeto touch , how
the latter (e6latours , or rather pretenders of Arif lot le, (for
truly they have not his way) have introduced a modell of do-
clrine (ot rather of ignorance) out of his words , which he
never fomucbas dreamed of; howbeit theyalledge texts out
pf him to confirme what they fay, as Heretickes doe out of
Scripture to prove their aflertions: for whereas he called cer-
taine collections or portions of things, by certaine common
names (as the -art of Logicke-re^ureth) terming fome of
them gtMliti<st dtliers AR'uns, otlwrrs Places , or HMes, or
RfUtivtf; or the like : thefe his latter followers, have concei-
ted that thefe names did not dvfi^ne a concurrence of fundry
things, or a divers difpofition of the parts of any rhino , me
of which fomeeffeci: refulted j which the urkkrrtanding con-
all together/ haife 'exprefled the : not ion* -of 4t' by one

name

CONCLUSION. 417

name : but have imagined, that every one of thefe name? hai
correfpodcnt unto it, ibme realJ pofhive entity, or thing,
jeperated (in its ovvne nature) from the maine thing or fiib-
(iance in which it was , and indifferent to any other fubftance ;
but inall unto which it is linked, working ftill that efred"r,which
is to be expe&ed. from the nature of fucli a quality > or <•&'*#,
&c. And thus, to the very negatives of things, as to the
names of points, lines, infants, andthelike, iheybaveima-
gined pofitive Entities to correipond : hkewife , to the names
of .«£?«•>" , f laces , aifd the like , they have framed other Enti-
ties : as alfb to the names oftolourj, founds, *«/?/, fnul^ tfttchttt
and the reft of the fenfibk $*4/;//e/ , they have unto everyone
of them, allotted fpeciall Entities, and generally to all. qua-
lities whatfoeven Whereas nothing is more evident, then
that Ariftotle meaned by qualities no other thing , butthat dif-
pofition of parts , which is proper to one body, and is not
ipundmall: as you will plainly ice, i: you but examine, what
ic*w^,fc<4//^, Agilitjtfcunct^and fiich other qualities are j (for
by that name he calleth them ; an i by fuch examples giveth us
to underltand what .hemeaneth by the word Qtnd*j ) the firft
of w^iich is-nothing elfe but a composition of ieverall parts and
colours , in due proportion to one another : the next, but a due
temper ofthe humours, and the being of every part of the body,
in the ftate itfhould be : the third ., but a due proportion of the
ipirits and ftrength of the tinews: andthelatt, but ordered)
Phantafmes.

No,v when thefe perverters of Arifiotle have framed luch
Entities , under that conception which nature hath attribuv
ted to fubflances , they doe immediately upon the nickc, witfv
the fame breath that defcribcd them as fubftanccs , deny
them to be fubftances : and thus they confound the firfl appre*
henfions of nature j by feeking learned and ftrained definitions
for p'ame things. After which,they are faine to looke for glew
and patte to joyne theie entities unto the fubftance they accom-
pany : which they finde with the fame facility , by imagining a
new entity, whofe nature it is to doe that which they have
need of.

And

CONCLUSION.

And this is the general ieourie of their Philolbphy; whofe

great fubtilty , and queint {peculations in enquiring hovv things

doe come to paffe afford no better fatisfaction then to Ca.y upon

every occafion , that there is an entity ^ which maketh it be fp.

As if you aske them , hovv a w*M it white, or HM\$ ? They will

tell you , there is an Entity or Quttitj , vvhofe effence is to be

whitcHtft or bltckfufe , diftuled through the wall. If you con-

tinue to aske, hovv doth whiteneffe Iticke to the wail ? They

reply, that it is by meanes of an Entity called Vatv*t whofe na-

ture it is actually to joyne whitenefle , Ind thewalaogether.

And then if you enquire hovv it commeth to paffe , that one

white is like another ? They will as readily anfvvtr that this is

wrought by another Entity , whofe nature is to be/^wj^f and

it maketh one thing like another. The confideration of whiek

doctrine , maketh me remember a ridiculous f a'e of a trewant

fchoolboyes latine : who upon a time when he came home to

fee his friends , being asked by his father , what was latine for

bretd ? anfwered kr+blfttt • and for fan? hmbtu j and the like

of all other things he asked him , adding onely a termination in

btu , to the plaine Englifh word ef every one of them : which

his father perceiving,, and (though ignorant of Latine) yet pre-

fently apprehending , that the myfferies his fbnne had learned,

deferved not the expence of keeping him at fchoole , bad him

immediately put off his k»pbw and fhotfibnt , and fall to his old

trade of treading Mortcribtu.ln like manner,thefe great Clerks

do as readily finde a pretty Quality or mood.vvhereby to render

the nature orcaufes of any effect in their eafie Philofbphy^s this

Boy did a But to ftamp upon any English word,andcoyne it into

his mocklatine.

But to be ferious, as the weight of the matter requireth , let
thefe Co peremptory pretenders of A riftocle , &evv me but one
text in him , where he admitteth any middle diftin&ion (foch
as thofe modcrne Philofbphers doe., and muft needs admit, who
maintaine the qualities we have rejected ) betwixt that which
he calleth Numerieall^d that which he calleth oFRiafi* , or of
Hction^r ofDtfinitio* , (the firfi of which we may terme to be
of, or in things ; the other to be M our bcadt, or 4fco*rfct : or the

one

CONCLUSION. 419

One Nutnrtllfht other L9gtc*ll'.)tn& I will yeeld that they have
reafon, and that I have groflely mi (taken what he hath written,
and that I doe not reach the depth of his lenfe. But rhis they will
never be able to do.

Be/ides the whole fcope of his doftrine, and all hisdffcour-
fes and intentions, are carryed throughout , and are built upon
the fame foundations, that we have Jaid.for curs. Which being
fo, no body can cjuareli with us for ArilMtles fake ; who as he
was the greatest Logician y and Metaphyficun , and univer/all
Scholler peradventCre tfiar ever jiv e*d ; and was fo highly efke-
med, that the good turne whkh Sjtia did the world in laving hb
workes, was thought to recompence his many oucragious cruel-
ties and tyranny ; fo his name mutt never be mentioned among
/chollers, but with reverence , for his unparalleled worth; and
with gratitude, for the large ilccke of knowledge he hath en-
richedus with. Yet withali we are to c on/ider.thac fince his rayn
was but at the beginning of fciences , he could not choofe but
have fome defects and mortnefles > among his many ^reat and
admirable perfe^icns.

Ii

be
fttt
\one

THE SECOND

TREATISE

DECLARING,

THE NATURE

AND

OPERATIC NS

MANS°SOULE;

OUT OF WHICH,

THE IMMORTALITY;

O F

REASONABLE SOULES,*
IS CONVINCED.

•

PrecaptnLeSlorh, babent fna fatalibclli.

Printed in the y eere

8 3HT

38 IT A 3311

3J]UTAM 3H1

O I T

.HDIHW to TUG
7 T IJL AT >I O M M 13 H I

-! 0

. '•

^

4 b i s

THE PREFACE.

tkeyeatttht Powers of Seeing, 0f Hearing,
&t. *nd the likf of mamy Others Eut iatttr
being very difpntative, and dtfring tofeeme ignorant af no*
thing ( 0r rrtker , tofeetne to knm> more then any that are
gene before them^ind.tortfine tktr concept ions') htve /«% *
the notions, vbicbtyiwftrft M^fiert m&ft*fii*c»t*wi>H
and wnfitfid explications tf the ntturesfto feri&forcon-
vtnhocv And frccinftenejft ofdifcourfi' ) to bee truly and
really particnl if Entities^ $r. things ef themfelves : and fo

out of™ hid no account of nature

worfe^hemayoffettrchinon^ it
tvothtr*$40daiuifchievo*tem>r is gr

that nothing can beknowne.By thic nteant ifay h
tke moft y lame *nd evident ^defitiit km 0f*
bringing fa many inftaxfts again ft it 3 that mWHy 'me* ate
forced to defer t And deny the very frft notion t of nttttore and
r*<tfe# ;for itttvvth+ they tumeaUJjodier intofpirits , mar
king \ for exit*?!**) he*te\ or cold, tobeofitjelfeit*'
divifible, 4 thing -hy itftlfe, whofe nature if not conceivM*?
not tie difyofition or froportion of the parts of that body
which if faid to be hot or cold , but a reatt thin?, that Iwtk
a proper ftc'iBg <tnd nature fesnliar to itfilfei whereoftty
can render you no a f count : and fo way as well be againfi
the notion of a body as not :for if light jht vertue oft fa lutih •
fione, the power of feeinfrpebng^&c. betkrngt that wor^e
without time y in an inftant ; if they bs not the difpefitionj
of partt as parti, ( nhojt nature is, to-bemo^eor^h^to
he next or fane ojf> &c!) how canit be trukfoid, t&tt the
notie* of a body, if to be of parts t For if this be a true
definition of A body, itjoBoweth that alt corforealJq* jlittes
and &jons tnnft likewise be fo*te difpofino* and order of
pirts at parts : and that whMis net fofiwbodyjft&'foibly
ropriety. Thtf

THE PREFACE.

Thu then WAS tt that obliged me to go foftrre about ^
tofiewin common , how all thofe effc&s which are jo much
Admired in bodies , are , or may be m<de and continued by
tbefole order of qntntitative parts and locaU motion : thit
forced us J.o atJAtom.T*' nature , and to beginne our

body. In doing which, out of the fir ft and moflft 'tuple noti-
on 0/Biggtntiie or Q/jantiry , wtjoundout theprimedi-
vifio* of Bodies, into, rare and D n(e .* then finding them
to be the Qualities of dividing and of being Hjvfded . (thjt
i^ of lt>ca.U irofion) n>ee gtined knowledge of thr cow
mon properties oj Gravity andLf vuv *fn*n$kr#oi*bjn4~
lion o\ theft , nee retrived tb foure fi r ft Qu -» I irie^ .• and
bjthem, ihe Elements, when -nee had agrttd how tte
etementt were wadejve extmineahoce tbvr,Mwn and com*
pojttion raifeth thofeiecond q i.iliries, which are feene in
all tnixt bodut)*nd do makg their divipons. Thence .pro-
ceeding into the operations cf li^e, v>te rtfahted they an
Tcowpofedand Ordered meerely by the varieties of the fifrntgr :
,^», that, fc ofe and tentaiy (the hig^fit thingt we can diC-
cerne out of man ) have no other fvurce , but atefutyttto
the Lawe* of part/ and of A ;rity andDenfttj 5 fo that in
the end we became afured of this important Maxim :T hat
nothing whaifot ver wee know to bee a Body , can be
exempted from the declared Laws, and orderly mo-
tions pf Bodies : unto which, let v* add* two oiler po~
jition/) which fettaljo within our difcovtry : the firfl: that
it tt confta* tfy founded tn natu •- e, that none of i he bod i ?s
Wt kno w,do move tberaielves, but their motion muft
be founded in fome thipg without th^m :
that no body moveth an other, unlt-fTe it felfebe
moved - in-ati will fottow evidently out ofthe

) thatfome 9ther Principle

THE PREFACE.

beyond bodiet, if required to be the roote andjt'ft ground of
motion in them : as Mr. W hite hath MO ft acute/9 andfolid-
ly demonftratedyin that excellent wor^e I havefo often cited
in my former Treatrfe.

. But it it time wejhould fall to omr intended difcourfe^ lea- Dialog.*. •.
ving thif point fettled by *»kat wee hive already faid, that if Nodo * *•
wejhew our foule , andher operations* lobenot covtpofedof
parttjope al(o therein concludejhtt fke is arpirituMfubftance,
andnotabodj. Which it our defigneAndinientionJnthit
Trcatifi. »

And for thif intent jere mu$ look, upon thofe 4&iont ofnteu^
which are peculiarly hit : and upon thoCe thmgs which rcfult
out ofthe0i,artdarecalled,OpersL or labores hommutn ^ as
Houfeftf0n>*e/.> Tillage, Hdndicraftj^Armet^ Shipper ', Com*
mon-wealthes.) Artnies^Bookejt and the lik§ 5 in which great
mens lifts and t bought t have beene Jpent. In attthefe n>ee
find one generalltbred^ to fun quite through them } and that
all of them are compojid of thefotneftuffe>and ar? built upon
the ftme foundation • which /'/, a long chaine of di[courftt9
vpberefffeverj little part ot linkjt that which fcbollers do call
a Syllogifbac .• *«WSvllogifmes«>e ^»an? are framed of e-
Buntiations^ they °j Jingle or *«^/w/?<?/9^apprchenfions.
All which are a&ion' wrought by ike under ft ax ding of a man*
tut beyond tbeft^ we ctnnot proceed to any farther fubdivifi-
on fff pa^tf, and continue our felves within the Or be of hu-
man A&ions ^forfmpk apprehends cannot be further re •
fblveet into other part t ) beyond the degree of apprehenfionty
and yet ft ill rcm tine a&iont peculiar to* man :fo that wee
mtybe fitre, we /ball have left nothing out of enquiry Concer-
ning Mans n&inQsashe jtrMao, if we begin with anatomi-
zing his fr ft lire apprebenpo*j\andfogoonby degrees^com-
founding thtm, till we come tofaddome thole great and ad*
miraMe UMcAtttet ofbookj and WOT kj which he(*t I may fay)

THE PREFACE.

ttt aj hit crm bomllt ynnd tbe Itfatfntockit -but
by no vthtr creature wfafiever , tipo* tbe fife ifenr cm-
tcvtfliik&anh.

Theft then ( which are all comprijed under the ttawctof
Apprchenfions, vf£nuntiations^r Judgemeutj, atdof
pk^u^feij^lbJd^^

it 9we willfitft conftder theje operation* in tbentfehet j which
leing dene, we will endeavour to prove out o] 'thebdure and
mtmner of performing then, that the fattkt ttn

wg^n Immatenall tmd Immortall.
'

va^i. fcttb-. 9

•

.«u s«»Vl -

t W«M imV^^^^V ^ •'•

^» 5^^«^t«i**^ri c\V<b^t^

, M»4^tfeEIi

•

>'•,:; B

v» i»- '

THE SECOND TREATISE:

DECLARING

The nature and operations of Mans Soule.

THE FIRST CHAPTER.

Ofjtmflt

THat we may duly underftand,what a right Apprehenfi- j.
on isjlet usconfidcr the preeminence that a man who What i* aright
apprehendeth a thing rigntly, hath ever himwhomif- apprehenfion
feth of doing To. This latter can but rove wildly at the
nature of the thing he apprehendeth; and will never be able to
draw any operation into aft, out of the apprehenfion he hath fra-
med of it. As for example : if a man be to work upon gold, and
by reafon of its refemblance unto brafle, hath formed an appre-
henfion of brafle, ioftead of an apprehenfion of gold, and then
( knowing that the aftion of fire, will refolve brafle into its leaft
parts,and fever its moift from its dry ones,) will go about to cal»
cine gold in the fame manner as he would do brafle ,• he will foon
find that he lofeth his labour ; and that ordinary fire is not an ade-
quate Agent to dcftroy the homogeneall nature, and to fever the
minute parts of that fixed mettall: all which happencth, out of
the wrong apprehenfion he hath made of gold. Whereas on the
other fide, he that apprehendeth a thing rightly-, if heplcafethto
difcourfe of what heapprehendeth^findcth in his apprehenfion all
the parts and qualities, which are in the thing he difcourfeth of:
for example, if he apprehendeth rightly a knife, .or a beetle, or
a five,or any other thing whatfoever; in the knife he will find haft
and blade ; the blade of ir»n, thick on the back, and thin on the
edge ; tempered to be hard and tough ; thus beaten, fo ground,in
fuch manner foftned,thus quenched, and whatfoever elfeconcer-

A a a ncth

A TREATISE

neth the Being or the making of a knife : and all this he dra weth
out of his notion or apprehenfion of a knife; which is, that it is
fin inftrxment fitted to cut fuch andfttch things, in fuch a manner:
for hence he findeth, that it hath an haft, fit to hold it by in ones
hand, to the end it may not hurt the hand, whiles it preflcth up-
on the knife ; and that the blade is apt to flide in betwixt the
parts of the thing which is to be cut,by the motion of being prcC-
fed or drawne by the hand : and fo he proceedeth on, defcending
to the qualities of both parts; and how they are to be joyned,and
held raft together. In the like manner,he difcourfeth of a beetle,
of a five, erofwhatfoeverelfe commeth in his way. And hce
doth this, not onely in fuch manufactures as are of mans inventi-
on ; but (if be be capable,) hedoththelikcinbeafts, in birds, in
trees, in herbes, in fillies, in folfilcs, and in what creature foever
he meeteth withall, within the whole extent of nature. He find-
eth what they are made for : and having difcovered Natures time
in their produftion, he can inftruft others, what partsandman-
. r.er of generation they have, or ought to have : and if he that in
this manner apprthendeth any thing rightly, hath a mind to
work upon it, cither to make it, or to ufe and order it to fome end
of his owne ; he is able by h s right apprehenfion, to compare it
unto other things; to prepare what is any way fitting for the
making of it ; to apply it unto what it will work its erkct upon;
and to confer ve it rroan what may wrong or deftroy it : fo, if he
have framed a right apprehenfion of a five, he will not employ it
in dra wing water; if of a beetle, he will not goe about to cut
with it ; neither will he offer, if he have a due apprehenfion of a
kniftfjtQCutftoneorfteele with it, but wood, or what is foftcr.
He knoweth what will whet and maiatain the edge of it;tnd un-
dtrftandeth what will blu.t or break it: In fine, he ufcth it in fuch
fort,as the knife it felf (bad it knowledge and will) wonld wifh
to be ufed ; and moveth it in fuch a manner, as if it had power ef
motion,it would move it f Jf : he goeth about the making it,even
as nature would do, were it one of her plants : and in a word, the
knife in this appsehenfion made in the man, haththofecaufcs,
proprktieSjand'tffefts, which are naturall unto it $and which na-
ture would give it,if it were made by her ; and which arc propor-
tionable to thofe parts,caufes,proprieties,and effeds, that nature
beftoweth on her children and creatures, according to their feve-
rall eflence*. What

OF MANS SOULE. Chap.II. 3

What then can we imagine, but that the very nature of a thing 2.
apprehended, is truly in the man, who doth apprehend it ? And 7he very thing
that ta apprehend ought,is to have the nature of that thing with- !c ff!fc |^tnjly
in ones felfe ? And that man,by apprehending, doth become the Jbnding who
thing apprehended ; not by change or hjs nature unto it, but by rightly apprc-
afliimption of it unto his ? hcndcth it.

Here ptradvemure forne will reply .that we prcflfc our inference
too far : and will peremptorily deny the things rcall being in our
mind, when we make a true and full apprehenfion of it -3 account-,
ingitfufficientforourpurpofe, that fomelikenefle, or image of
the thing be there; out of which, we may draw all thefe, whe-
ther centemplations, or woi kes, or difpofals of the thing. But by
that time this objection is throughly looked into, and that lo
much as they allow is duly examined, I belceve we (hall find our
.quarrelltobe onely about the word, not about the matter: and
that indeed, both of us do mean the fame, howbcit diverfly con-
ceived :and that in fubftance their cxprefiion,in what they grant,
importeth the fame as ours doth : which,it is true, they firft deny
in words ; but- that may be, becaufe the thing is not by them
rightly underftcod.

let us then difcuflc the matter particularly. What is likenefle,
but an imperfect unity between a thing, and that which it isfaid
to be like unto? If the likenefle be imperfed, it is more unlike
then it is like unto it: and the liker it is,the more it is one with it;
untill at length, the growing likenefle may arrive to fuch a per-
fedion, and to fuch an unity with the thing it is like unto ,
that then, it (hall no longer be like, but is become wholly the
fame, with that forracrlyithadbutarefemblance of. For ex-
ample, let us confider , in what confifteth the likenefle unto a
man, of a picture drawnc in black and whitereprefentinga man:
and we (hall find, it is onely in the proportion of the limbes and
features ; for the colours, the bulke, and all things elfc arc unlike ;
but the proportions are the very fame, in a man and in a pi-
fture;jretthatpidureisbutalikencfle, bccaufe it wanteth big-
nefle and colour : give it them, and neverthelefie it will bee but
a likenefle , becaufe it wanteth all the diiuenfions of cor-
poreity or bulk, which are in a mans body; adde alfe thofe to it; &
mil it will be but a likenefle or reprefentation of a man , bccaufe
it wanteth the warmth , the foftnefle, and the other qualities

A a a i of

A TREATISE

of a living body, which belong to a man : but if you give it all
thefe,then it is no longer a Hkenefle or image of a living creature,
but a living creature indeed ; and if perad venture this living crea-
ture doe continue ftill to be but the likeneflc of a man, it is becaufe
it wanteth fome perfections or proprieties belonging to a man*
and fo in that regard, is unlike a man; but if you allow it all thofe,
fo that in nothing it be unlike, then your taking away all un-
likenefle, taketh awaylikenefle too: and as before of dead, it
became a living creature, fonow of another living creature, it
becommcth a man, and is no longer like a man. You fee then
plainly the reafon, why that, which wee call * likf thills
iiQtthffame- for in fome part it is diflike : but if the likeneffe
were com pleat in every regard, then it were no longer to be
called//^, but the very thing it felfe: and therefore wee may
conclude, that if the Hkenefle of a thing, which the objcdion ai-
leweth to be in our knowledge, doe containc all that is in the
thing knowne, then it is in truth,no more a likenefle, but the vcj
ry knowne thing it felfe : and fo what they grant, ameunteth to
as ranch as we require ; though at the firft they goe about to ex-
clude it.

3. •* Having thus concluded, that when we apprehend any thing,
The apprchen- t]jat verv ^jpg js jn us . \ct us jn the next place examine, how it

ramming "So commeth thither, and what it is there. Which we (hall bett doe,
us by our fen- by anatomifing,and looking narrowly into the nature of fuch ap-
res,are refolva- prehenfioni, as we daily make of things. It is true, we faid even
ble imo other now, that we cannot divide the aftions of mans mind, further
more funple ^g jnto apprchenfionS; and therefore we called them fimplc
ipprchenfions. rr r , '. » •, n n.

and uncompofed ; and with good reafon ; tor it we reflect upon

the operations of our rnind,wc (hall evidently perceive, that our
bare apprehenfions,and onely they,are fuch : but withall we muft
acknowledge,that all the apprehenfions we make 6f things com-
ming unto us by our fcnfes,are compofed of other more finglc ap-
prehenflons, and may be refolved into them: all which are as it
were the limbs and parts,that make up and constitute the other

4. totall one.

The apprehen- Let us make ufe of our former example, and diflefl the appre-

S™^ fag hcnfion we make of a knife : I find in my undemanding that it is
js the molt urn- ,. /., f . ./•/, /. < J tr \ \

pie and bafi a thlng »° *ongi f° broad, fo marp,fo heavy , of fuch a colour, to
•f all ihe reft. roouldcd,fo tempered, &c. as is fit to cut withall. In this totall

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. I. j

apprehenfion, I difcover three kinds of particular apprehenfions,
every one mere fimple and refined then the other. The higheft of
them,and the foundation upon which the others arc built, is the
notion of Being : which is of Co high, and of fo abftrtfted a na-
ture, that we cannot retrivc words toeypreffein what manner
we conceive it ; but arcfainc to content our felvcs with the out-
ward found of a word, by which, without dcfcribing our own e,
we ftir up the like conception in another: and that is the word
Is • by which we intimate the Being of the thing we apprehend.
And this notion can be in our mind, without inferring any other ;
and therefore is thefimpleft of all others : whicruot nec.flity,
muft imply it, and cannot be without it, although it can be with-
out them.

Our next apprehenfion is of that which hath Being : and is ex- 5 .
prefled by the word Thing. This is not fo fimple as the former;for The aprchcn-

it is compofcd of it, and of what receiveth it ; of Being t and of .
•H>h«t bath Bein? .-yet it is much fimpler then the next degree of 's

L r i • i • r i • 'it i ™ 5 &ICC lo ln<lt °*

apprehenlions, which is cauied in our mind by the great variety Being, and it is
of things,that come thither through ourfenfes; and can be con- the Bj/?5 of all
ceived without any of them, though none of them can without the fre
it; for I can have in me the motion of a f/Mw^abftrafting from all 01
accidents whatfoever; as of magnitudcjof figure, of colour, of re-
femblance, or the like : but I cannot conceive it to be long, or
fharp, or blew, &c. without allowing it firft to be fomevtItAt or
[0metbingj\ux. is in fuch fort affecTred : fo that the apprehenfion of
a tk'mgjx of that which hath Being, is the Bafiscf all our other
futf.quent apprehenfions; as the apprehenfion of Being, is the
bafis of the apprehenfion of a thing : for had it not Beingy it were
not a thi*g • and were it not a thing , it could not be faid to be a
lo »g thing or ajktrp thing ; nor indeed that it were long or fiarp:
for to be I0»doth include Being ; and what hath Beingjs a Thing.
And thus we may obferve,how the bulke of our apprehenfions is
compofed of fomething adventitious, andoffomething former-
ly within us, which is of a very different nature from all the o-
thers j and yet fo fitted and neceifary to them, that none of them knownc w u$
can be without it, although it not oncly can be,but is beft eoncei- by our fenfev,
ved without relation to any ef them. doch c°nfift i

We (kail cafily difcerne,fof how different t ftraine this concep-
tion of J^m^jisrrom all other$,that enter by our fcnfes, (as from t 05.

A a a 3 the

A TREATISE

the conceptions of colours, of founds, and the like) if wee but re-
flect upon that aft in us, wi.ich makcth it; and then compare it
with the others : for we (hall find, that all they do confift *», or of
certain refpefts betwixt two things; whereas this of Being, is an
abfolute and fimple conception of it felf, without any relation to
ought it elk; and cannot be defcribed or exprefled with other
words, or by comparing it to any other thing : only wee are fure,
we undtrftand and know what it is.

But to make this point the clearer,it will not beamiffc,to fhew
more particularly, wherin the other forts ofapprehenfions are dif-
ferent from this of Being • and how they confift in certaine re-
fpecls between different things,and areknowne only by thofe rc-
fpefts : whereas this knowne only in it felf ; abftrafting from all
other things whatfocver. An example will doe it beft: when I
apprehend the whitexefe in the wall , I may confider how that
white, is a thing which maketh luch an impreflion upon my fan-
tafy; and fo accordingly, I know or expreffe the nature of white,
by a refpcct or proportion of the walljto work upon my fantafy.
I n like mancrjf we take a notion that arifeth out of what entrcth
immediately by our fenfes,(for by joyning fuch alfo to the notion
©ftff/fljTjWe make ordinary apprehenfions) we fhallfind the fame
nature : as when I confider how this white wall, is like to ano-
ther white wall, the apprehenfionof Hkeneffe that I have in my
mind, is nothing elle, but a notion arifing out of the impreflion,
which both thofe walles together, do make upon my fantafy ; fo
that, this apprehcnfion is as the former , a certain kind of refpecl:
or proportion of the two walles to my imagination : not as they
make their imprefiions immediatdyupon it,but as another notion
arifeth, out of comparing the feverallimprefilons, which thofe
two white walks made in it.

Let us proceed a little further, and examine what kind of thing
* or re- t^iat IS> which wecall rejpett or proportion, and where it refideth.
lation hath net We ftial find, that there is a very great difference, between what
really any for- ft js jn ft fdff, or in its owne eflence, and what it is in the things
o^l ^n"! '^ that arc re^Pe<a^ve ; f°r in them> i{ ^ nothing elfe but the things,
apprehcnfion bciag plainly and bluntly what they are really in thernfelves : as
•fman. for example, two white walls to be like, is in them nothing elfc,
bat each of them to be white : and two quantities to be halfc and
whole,is in thcnothing elfe,but each quantity to be jaftwhat it is.

But

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. I. 7

But a rejpe tt in its owne niture, is a kind of rye, comparifon , ten-
ding, or order, of one of thofe things to another;and is no where to
be found in itsformall fubfiftence,but in the apprehenfion of man :
and therefore it cannot be defcribed by any fimilitude , nor be ex-
prefled by any means,but(like Being Jby the found of a word,which
we are agreed upon to ftirre up in us fuch a notion; for in the things,
it is not iuch a thing as our notion of it is: (which notion is tha%
which weufetoexprefle by Proportions and con/un<5tions , and
which Ariftotle and Logicians exprefle in common , by the word
#&<toTa4) and therefore there is nothing out of us, to paint it by :
as Icould doc-whitf or fi]H<ire,oi: round , or the like; becaufethcfe
have a beirg in the things that are white, or fquarc, &c. and confe-
quently they may be exprefled by others of the like nature .• but the
Hkentftc that one white hath to another, or the resell that either of
them hath to mans imagination's only in Manjwho by comparing
them, giveth birth to the nature and Being ofrejpeEt.

Out of'thisdifcourfe, we may colled* two finguhritics of man; 8.

which will much import us, to take particular notice of: the That£x//?«//c
one is, that 2? «»£ or a *&/#£• (the fermall notion ofwhichismeer- or betn*> isthc
ly Bfiff?) is the proper affjdion of man ; for every particular thing Pr°P^r a Teft

.°/ , , _ . N 9. on of man:

js in him , by being (as I may fay) graned upon the Itocke of an(i that mans
Exigence or of Being : and accordingly we fee , that whatfoever foule is a com-
wefpeakof , we iay it Isfomething: and whatfoever wee cen- p^'ng power,
ceivc'jwegiveitthenatureofa^w^jaswhen we have fatd, the
wall is white, we frame vrhiteneffc as a thing : fo did we immed'.-
att-ly before fpcaking of Rejpett, we took rtjpeft as it were a thing
and enquired, where it is : lo that it is evident, that all the negotia-
tion of our underihnding, tradtth in all that is apprehended by if,
as i" they were things.

The other fingularity we may obferveinman is, that he is acow-
f tiring power -, for all his particular knowledges, are nothing elfe
but rejpeth or comparifons betweene particular things : as for
example, for a man to know heat, or cold, &c. is to know, ,9'
what effects fire or water, &c. can worke upon fuch or fuch A .& ty

, ,. ccmmme into

bod^S. t!i. u:,dcrftan-

Out of the firft of thefe proprieties it followeth, that what afLft- dh.g o. man,
cthaman,ormakethi rpreffion uptdn his understanding, doth not lopiethnp-
ethereby loofe its owne peculiar nature , nor is it modified to jj ; "?.
the recipient; the contrary of which, wee fee happeiieth per- nature^'

Aaa 4 petually

8 A TREATISE

pctually in bodies ; obfcrvethe fuftenance we take ; which that it
may be once part of our body, is firft changed into a fubftancc like
our body, a ndceafeth being what it was: when water or any li-
quid body is received into a veflell, it loofeth its«owne figure, and
putteth on the figure of the veflell it is in .• if heat cntreth into a
body that is already hot, that heatbecommeth thereby more hear,-
if into a cold body, it is converted into warmth:& in like manner,
all other corporeall things are accommodated to the qualities of
the recipient; and in it, they loofc their owne proper termcs and
confiftences .-but what commeth into the underftanding of a man,
is in fuchibrt received by him or joyned to him, that it ftill rctain-
eth its own proper limitations and particular nature; not withftan-
dingtheaflumptionofituntohim: for Being is joyned to every
thing there; fince (as wehavefaid) it is by Being that any thing
cc mmeth thither : and confequently this ftock of Being, maktth
every gtaft that is inoculated into it, Be what of its own nature it is;
for Being joyned to another notion, doth not change that notion,
but maketh it be what it was before; (ithence if it fhould be chan-
ged , Being were not added to it : as for example , adde Being to
the notion ofkftfe, and it maketh a knife, or that notion , to Be a
knife: and if after the addition, it doth not remaine a knife it was
not Beingy that was added to a knife.

10. Out or the later of the Angularities proper toman, it folio weth,

A multhude of that multitude ofthings may be united in him, wi hout fuffcring

things may b:e tny confufion among thcmfelvcs; but every one of them, will

derftTndir115 remaine with its proprieties, and diftind limitations: for foofne-

without^'ml ceffity it muft be , when that which uniteth them to him, is the

mingltdor & comparing of them to fomething befidesthemft-lves: which work

confounded to- could not be performed , unlefle what is to be compared , doe re-

gcthcr. taine exactly its owne nature, whereby the comparifon may bee

made: no more then one can weigh two quantities one againft

another , unlefle he keep afunder what is in each fcale , and keep

all other weights from mingling with them: and accordingly

we fee that we cannot compare black to white, or a horfc to an

oxe , unlefle we take together, the properties by which black

diftereth from white, or an oxe from ahorfe: and confequently,

they mutt remaine unmingled and without confufion, precilcly

what inthcmfehresthcy are, and 'be different in the fight of the

comparer.

But

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. I. 9

But indeed, if we look well into the matter, we fhall find , that
fetting afidc the notion efExiftettct or of Being, all o'?r other no-
tions arc nothing elfe, but comparifons and refaftt ; tnd that by
the mediation of rejpeftf, the natures of all things arc in us : and
that by the varying of them, we multiply our notion* : which in
their firft divifion , that reduceth their fevcrall kinds into gcnertll
heads , doe increafe into the ten famous tribes , that Logicians
call Predicaments : and they dot comprehend under them , all the
particular notions that man Iruh ,or can have , according to th?
courfe of knowledge in this life. Of which PrfMcamexts the
feven laft arc To manifeftly refpeclive , that all men acknowledge
them to be fo. Subftance we have already fhewed to have a rcfpeft
unto Bein^^HAHtity we proved in the firft Chapter of the former
Treat i le of th.- nature and of the operation of Bodies, to confift in
a rdped unto parts, ^jtality is divided into foure branches :
whereof fower is clcarely a refpectto that over which it hath
poWc r, or from w hich it may fuffer. Habite is a refpecl to the fub-
ftance wherein it is; as being the property by which it is well or
ill, conveniently or inconveniently affrcled, in rcpardofirs owne
nature; as you may obferve in health , or fickncfle , or the like.
Jhepajfibie^ti'ilitie* are thofc which we have explicated, in dif-
courfing of thv Elements and of Mixt5;ind whofc natures we have
there ("hewed do confift in rtfpecls of idling or of '(uffering. Figure
cry&*;><?(whic'\ is the laft branchof the divilion of thePredicament
of Qaality ) is nothing elfe,but a certain difpofition of one part of
t body to another. Anafo you fee, how all the ten Pre4icame*ts
doe confift purely in diversity of Rejpefls: and by cenfequence,
all our conceits and notions ( excepting that of Being , which
is the ftock, upon which all the reft are grafted ) are nothing
elfe, but various refpeds; finceall of them whatfoevtr, are
cotnprifed under thofe gencrall heads. Concerning which, wee
(hall not need to dilate cur fcives any further ; feeing they are
to be found in AriftotletK\& in his Commentators , largely dif-
courfod of.

In the next place, let usobferve, how our understanding be- u
havcthitfclfc,in confidering and in apprehending thefe refpec^F.
We have already declared, that the variety of our notion?, doth a-
rife out ofthe refpeds which diverfcthings have to one another :
hence will follow, that of the fame thing , wee may have various

notions

10 ATREATISE

notions: for comparing it to different things,we (hall meet with
different refpects between them ; and confcquently,we ftial con-
fider the fame thing,under different notionsus when we confider
an apple,under the notions of greennefle, of fweetnefle, of round-
neflc: of mello wnefle,&c. in fuch fort,as we have amply declared
in the firR:Trcatife,and therefore need not here enlarge our felves
any further upon this particular. Now thefe notions are fo obfo-
lutely fevered one from another, and every one of them hath fuch
a compleatnefle within it"felte,that we may ufc any one of them,
without medling at all with any of the others. And this we doe
two feverall wayes : the one, when our manner of apprchenfion
determineth us to one precife notion, which is fo ftimmed up
within it fclfe, as it not'onely abftraclcth from all other notions,
but alfo quite excludeth them, and admitted no fociety with
them. The other way is, when we confider a thing under a deter-;
ininatenotion,yet\vedoeitinfuchamanner, that although we
abftrad from all other notions, ncverthelefie we doe fo, rather by
neglecting then by excluding them : and even in the manner of
our expreflion of it, weinfinuate that there are other notions
(without fpecifying what) belonging unto it.

Of the fitft kind of notions, are whiteneffc , weight, heaf,
and fuch like, (whofe names are called ab$r*&t4 termes)
which although they arife out of our comparing of the things
that are white, heavy, hot, &c. to our fantafie, or to othtr
things ; yet thefe notions are fo precife, and (hut up within
themfelves, that they abfolutely exclude all others, (asoflong,
{hurt, fquare, rough, (harp, or whatfocver dfe) which may in
the things accompany the whitencffe, weight, heat, &c. that our
confederation is then bufied only withall. Of the fecond kind of
abftrafled notions,are white, heavy,hor, &c. ( whofe names, ex-
preffing them, are called concrete terines:) which although they
caufe in us no other apprehenfions then of whitenefle, of weight,
of heat,&c. yet they arc not fo rigoroufly paled in, as the others
are, from admitting fociety with any bcfides ; but doe imply ta-
citely,that the thing which 'is white,heavy,hot, &c. hath befides
^ that, fomc other confideration belonging unto it Cwhatfoever it
be) which is not exprefled.

No win this later abftradion, it happeneth fometimes, that

the

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. I. n

the notion e%preifed,hath but an accidental! connexion with the
other notions,that are in the thing unexprefled : as for example ;
it is meerely accidcntall to the white wall as it is white, to be high
orlow,offtone,of plafter,or the like. Butotherwhilcs,the ex-
preffed notion is fo eflentiall to the concealed ones,that they can-
not be without it: as when we apprehend a cloven foot, al-
though this apprehenfion doe abftract from all other notions be-
fides clovenfootedneffe ( if fo I may fay) yet, (as above we have de-
clared) it is infuch a manner, that itimplyeth other conliderati-
©ns,not yet expreffcd, in that cloven foot : among which, fome
may be of that nature,that they cannot have a Being without prc-
fuppofing clovenfootedncfle ; but others may be meerly acciden-
tal! to that notion : as (Tor inltance fakej let one be, that the foot
if cloven into three parts -t and let another be, that it it blacker
hairie ; of th*fe,this later notion of black or htirie, is of the Hrft
kindofabftradlionSjWhich we faid had but an accidentall conne-
xion with that which comprehended them without exprefling
them : for other things befides the cloven foot,, may be black c r
hairie ; in fuch fort as height or lowiieffc, to be of ftone or of pla-
fter,may belong unto other ftraftures befides the white wall : but
to be cloven footed into three parts , doth fo neceflarily depend of
being cloven footed in general!, (which implyeththisparticularj
and fo diredly includeth it,as it cannot fubfift vj\thc>\&clovenfoot-
H/4*ejfe:fat though we may conceive a foot to be cloven, without
determining in our apprehenfion, into how many toes it is clo-
ven ; yet we cannot conceive it to have three, foure, or five tots,
without appre hending it to be cloven : fo that in fuch like appre-
henfions, the notion which is expreffcd , is fo eflentiall to the no-
tion that is concealed and added unto it, as the concealed one
cannot be conceived without theexprefledone • and whenfoe-
ver it is mentioned, the other is neccffarily alfo brought in, and
affirmed with it.

Now, fome of thefc later kinds of notions, (in which what is I2<
cxpn fled is eflentialto what is concealed)may be of fuch a nature Ofuniverfall
as to be capable of receiving the addition of fundry other notions, notions.
fo repugnant unto one another,that they cannot agree together in
one fubjcft;& yet that general! notion,without determining any
of the othcrs,be indifferent to the contrary additions that include
it,and belong as much to any one, as to any other of them : and

fo

12 A TREATISE

fo confcquentljr, whatfocver may be affirmed, and istruc, of the
prinairy notion, taay as well be affirmed, and is as true, of the
leverall particulars ,arifing out of the repugnant additi©ns. Such a
notion,Logitianstermetnr»«/rr/*#one : that is, one that rea-
cheth indifferently and equally to all the particulars comprifed
under it. As for example : to the notion of a living creature , may
be added the notions ok Reafewtblc and unretfanable : which firlt
notion,whcn it is barely exprcfli-d, it detcrmimth no one of the
t wo fecondary notionSjinorc then it doth the other ; but is alike
indifferent to either ; and whatfoevcr bdongeth to a living crea-
ture,belongeth entirely both to a man and to a beaft : yet no one
thing, can be both reasonable and utreafonable. In like manner
when I fay, a man is a difcurftye creature ; under this word man>
there lyeth a notion, by which may befignifyed any particalar
man, as Thomas, lebn, Witiiamt6cc.- though of it fclfe, it deter-
mine no one man whatfcever : and confequtntly, every one of
thefe particular men, muft be allowed to be a difcurfive creature,
becaufe the being liich, belongeth unto the notion of man , and
that notion unto all the particulars of Thomas John, wi&iam&t.
and yet no particular man can be both Th9mas and lehn , or lohn
and William ,&c.

In this kind of notion, we may obferve yet one propriety more :
which is, that of itfelfe, and in its common terme, it doth not
caufe ones thought to range unto feveral ob/eds jnor doth itimply
that there arc many particulars comprifed under it: yet if there be
never f o many, that conceit will fit them every one ; and if there
be but one.ftill it will be no lefle accommodated to that one. As
for example: He that maketh a right apprehcnfion of a/#*»*,doth
not by that conception determine, whether there be many funs
or but one : and \\ every one of the ftars ( which we call fixed )
be funs to other earths, it fitteth them all; and if there be no o-
ther funne,then that which fhineth to us, it is fatisfyed and taken
up with that : fo likcwife, before the production of Eve, the
notion of a man was as folly taken up by Adam alone, as it is
now by his numerous progcnie that filleth the world : nor doth
X3' oar* underftanding, when that terme is pronounced, confider
din a aPmuk-" (out °* ^ *orce °* l^e terme>) whether there be many men, or
m^uLfcr one Wiety one-
notion. Another propnty in mans apprehcnfion not much unlike

to

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. II. ij

to this, is»that he is able to comprife a multitude in oneindivifi-
ble notion i and yet, that notion cxprcfle the multiplicity of what
itcontaincth : as we fee in numbers, where the indiviftblc con-
ception of ten, * hundred^ thoftfttn^Scc.doth plainly exprefle the
fubj'eft to be many ; and yet that notion of the number bindeth
them up (as I miy fayj into one bundle, that in it fdfeadmitleth
no divifion, nor will permit that the leaft part be taken from it ;
for if it be, the whole bnndle is dtftroyed and vaniflieth : as
when I take ten, if one be diminifhed from it, it is no longer
ten, but nine. It farcth in like manner with the conceptions we
frame of ^f//,and Every *ne, as it doth with numbers j for if but
one be deficient ,it is but a part, and not all, or every »ne : fo that
thefe notions doe invifibly terminate a multitude. And like te
this notion,isthc name orterme whole ^n refpecT: of things which
as yet have not divifion,but are capable of being divided ; for it is
fo rigorous,that if the leaft atome or thoaght be wanting, it is no
longer the wW#,but onely a part.

And this is as much as at prcfent appeareth unto me needfull 14.
to be faid, concerning (ingle apprehenfions : unlefle I b: permit- The power of
ted to adde for a conclusion, this little note, (which peradven- tl?e imderftan-

ture might have been more properly fet downe in another place. dinj? rcach^th
i ° j • r r j c n • L L j if ' as f ar as the

where we difceurfed or Being , but that it occurred not then to txtent Of ^;w

me) that apprehcnfion being rooted in the nature of Sting, the
power of it (preadeth it felfe as farre as the extent of Being : and
confequently reacheth to all things whatfoever ; for whatfoever
is a *£w*g;,hath Being; and that unto which Being doth not reach,
is nothing. Nay, it is not limited there, but grafpeth even at »«-
thingt and ay meth to make a notion of it, and planteth its gene-
ration, by multiplying it felfe by negations of whatfoevcr is.
Hence we have the notions of deafnefle, ofdumbneffe, of blind-
nefle, of lanaencfle, of baldncffe, of dcath,of finne, and of all evils
whatfoever, by the want of fuch goods,as are fcnfiblc unte us«

THE

I4 ATREATISE

THE SECOND CHAPTER.
Of Thinking find Knowing.

j. TTAving thus declared the nature of fingle apprehenfions, the
How a judge- JTl method we have prefcribed our ftlves, requireth that wee
mem is made examine in the next place, what effed the joyning of them to-
by the under- ' gether may have ; for from thence doe fpring Enunciations or
lutgements j which are in the next rank after fitnple apprehen-
fions, and are the materials whereof difcourfes are immediately
framed : as when of the two apprehenfions of knife and of
fiarf>f,we may make this enunciation, the knife itfiarfe. In this
enquiry the firft thing that occurreth unto us, is to confider, in
what manner two differing fitnple apprehenfions, doe become
/oyned to one another : and we (kail find, that they are not tyed
together like feverall diftind things in one bundle, or like ftones
in a heap, where all that are comprifed under one multitude, are
yet circumfcribcd within their owne limits, and thereby are
wholly diftinguifhed from each other j but that they are as it
were grafted upon one ftock; which being common to botfej
giveth the fame life to both j tndfobecomming one with each
of them, maketh them be one and the fame thing between them-
felvcs. And this is the notion of Being or Exigence, in thefub-
jed wefpeakof: which (as we have already fhewed) is the
Bafis and foundation of all other apprehenfions ; and by being
common and indifferent to all, is the fitteft glew to unite thofe
that are capable of fuch con junction ; and accordingly we lee,
that moft of our fpeech runneth upon this ftraine, that this it that,
ex doth that, (which is as much to fay as u doing that) thitSe-
cratcsisaman, or that Socrates runneth, (which fignifyeth, u
running) and the like : and fince our fpeech proceedcth from the
conceptions of our mind ; it is clearc, that as the words which
exprefle Being or Exiftenct, doe joync together the other words
that weufe, (or at lcaft,thegreateft part ofthcm) fo like wife in
our mind the apprehenfion of Be »»/,is the glew that jayneth our
apprehenfions correfponding to our words.

All which will appcare to be faid with great reafon , if we re-
flccT; upon it ; for when diverfe apprehenfions may be thus joy ned
together, it is indeed, that one and the fame thing aftlding us fe-

tertli

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. II.

vcrall wayes and under different confiderations ; thofe indifferent
crpreflions doe beget different apprchenfions in us : and io, till
we examine the matter, every one of them fcemeth to be a dif-
ferent thing : but when we trace thcfc ftreames up to the foun-
taine head, we difccrne that all of them doe belong to one and the
fame thing ; and that by being in that thing, they are among
themfelvesthe very fame thing,howeverthey affect us varioufly;
and therefore may truly be faid to be one,is indeed they are : and
confcquently,nothing is more fit to joyne together in our mind
thofc different apprehenfions, then the apprehcnfion of Being •
which maketh us apprehend as one thing, thofe notions which
really, and in the thing it felfe, arc bat one, as we have often
touched, both in the former Treatife, and lately in this : for this
is the way tojoyne things in the mind intelligently, and ac-
cording to the proper nature of the mind; which receiving im-
prcfiior.s from things exiftent, ought to confider thole imprefli-
ons as they flow from the very things, and not as they are in the
mind it felfe ; and by mediation of thofe impreffions, mutt take a
furvey of the things thcrnfelves ; and not ftay at the intellectuall
imprefiions they make in her : and confequently, muft appre-
hend thofe things to be one in them felves, (although in us they
be not fo) according to the courfe of our onginall and legitimate
apprehsnfions of things ; which is, as they are exiftent ; that is,
as they are in their owne nature, and in thcmfelvcs; and not ac-
cording to the difcourfes and fccondary apprehe.nfions we make
of the images we find of them in our mind. Andthus thingsare
rightly joy ned by apprehenfion ; without caution in which par-
ticular, we (hall run into great errors in our difcourfe : for if we
be riot very cartfull herein, we are apt to miftake the ufe of the
impreflions we receive from things, and to ground our judge-
ments concerning them, according to what we find of them in
our mind, and n®t according to what they areinthemfelves:
which two ie verall confederations, have quite different faces ; al-
though fit is true) thofe impreflions arc made by the things, and
are the onely meanes by which we may rightly judge of them ;
provided,that we confider them as they arc in the things,and not
as they are in us.

Now this con junction of apprehenfions, by the mediation and
theglew of Bci»gjs the moft natuull and fitting, not onely in

regard

16 ATREATISE

regard of the things, but even in regard ef us: for (as we have
already {hewed,) it is of all others the moft common and univcr-
fall, the raoft fimple or uncornpofed , and the moft naturall and
deepeft rooted in man .- out of all which,it is evident, that this u^
nionof apprehenfions by the naeanes of Beings in truth an Iden-
tification of them : for Unity being a negation of multiplicity,
it folio weth, that what is one, is the fame : and this identificati-
on is truly and naturally exprefled by faying , that the o»e u
the other.

5. Butinfifting a little further upon thisconfideration, howdiffe-

Howthc not!- rent apprehenfions become joyned and united together, by the
onsof a fub- notion of Being ; we may obferve that this happeneth, not oncly
adfcftivcarc" totw°fing^oncsi ^ut to more \ according as more then two,
united in'thc0 maV belong unto one thing : and it may fo fall out, that more then
foule,by the one, be on either fide the common ligament. Thus when we fay,
common ftock A Man if A difcottrjive creature ; or a Rationattfott/e, u an immor-
ttllfftbfttnce, the two apprehenfions, of difcsurfeve, and of crea-
ture, are J oy ncd together in a third of Man, by the tye of one Be-
ing : and the two apprehenfions of ImmertaU, and of Sttbflance,
are united to the two others of &0*MMf jrnd ©f Soule, likcwife
by the ligament of one tingle Being. Evident it is then, that the
extremes are united by one Being : but how the two apprehen-
fions that are ranked together on the fame fide of the ligament
(as in our former examples, the apprehenfions okdifcottrjive and
of creature, of RationAlliu& of Sonlet ofJtnmortaMgLndQfSub*
pance) are betwcene themfelvcs joyned to one another, is not fo
eafietoexpreflc. It isclcere, that it is not done by ineere COH-
globation ; for we may obferve, that they doe belong, or arc ap-
prehended to belong, unto the fame thing ; and the very words
that exprcfle them, doe intimate fo much, by one of them being
an adjective ; which (heweth, they are not two things; for if
they were,they would require two fubftantives t© defcribe them:
andconfequently it folio weth that one of them muft needs ap-
pertaine to the other : and fo both of them make but one'thing.

And there is no doubt, but in the inward apprchenfion, there
is a variety correfpondent t© the variety of words which expreflfe
it ; fince all variety of words that is made by intention, refulteth
out or fomefuch variety of apprehenfions. Therefore, fince the
words doe import, that the things have a dependence the one of

the

OF MANS S O U L E. Chap. II. 17

the other, we cannot doubt, but that otir apprehenfions havefo
too : which will be conceived beft,by looking into the ad of our
mind, when it framethfuch variety of- apprehenfions belonging
to one thing, corrclpondent to the variety in words of an tdjettive
glcwed unto his /*£/*»/«/'; and attending needfully to what
we meane, when we fpeak fo. The HebrcwesdoetxprefTc this
union, or comprifing of two'TTTfterent apprehenfions under one
notion, by putting in the gcnetive cafe, the word which cxpref-
fcth one of them, (much like the rule in LiBies Grammar , that
wherrtwo fubftantives come together, if they belong to the fame
thing, the one is put in the genetive cafe.) As when in the Scrip-
tyre we meet with thcfe words, the jttAge of ttnjuftice , t he /pence
ofreickedneffe,thcmaxof(inneiG>r»fde*tk', which in our phrafc
of fpeaking, doe fignify anunjuft judge, a wicked fpence , and a
finfullor dead man. In which it is evident, that as well the man-
ner of underftanding, as of fpeaking, taketh each paire of th«fe
notions to belong unto one thing; that is , to hive both of them,
one and the fame Exiftencct although there intervene not the for-
mall expn. flion of their being one. Thus we fee, how one Being
fervcth two different waycs to joyne and utiitc ftverall apprehen-
fions : and if we will examine all the negotiations of our under-
ftanding, we (hall hardly find any notions fo farrediftant, but
mafy be brought together, cither by the one of thefc wayes, or by
rhe other.

But this compofition and joyning of feverall apprehenfions by 4.
the git w of Being, is not fufficient to make us deem a thing to be That a fctlcd
really.' fuch, as their union painteth in the mind, er as tfie words fo judgement b
tyed together doe exprcfle in fpeech.Well may it catife us to think
ofthething;buttothink,or to deem itfuchan one ( which word
of deeming, we (hall1 bee obliged henceforward to ufe frequently,
becaufe the word thinkjng is fubjecT: to equivocation) requireth
the addition of Ibtacthing mere, then barely this compofition of
tpprchenfionsj which unlc ffc they be kept ftraight by fome levell,
may as well fwarve from the fubj eel, as make a true picture of it.
Here then we are to examine, what it is that raaketh us thinkc
any thing to be' fuch as wee apprehend it : this wee arc furc
of , that when we doc fo, our actions which proceed upon rca-
fon, and which have relation to thtt thing , ire governed and
ftecrcd in every circumftancc, jaft as the thing were truly fo:

Bbb as

as for example, if a man doe really deem'the weather to be cold,
or that his body rs diftempered, heputtefli on warmer cloathes,
or taketh phyfick; although peradventure he is iniftaken in both :
for his deeming them to b?fo,maketh him demeane himfelfc in
fuch fort, as if really they were Co. It is then evident, that by fuch
thinking or deeming, the nature conceived, is made an aftive prin-
ciple in us : unto which if we adde , that all the knowledge we
have of oar fouie, is no more, but that it is an aflive force in us , it
feemeth, that a thing, by having apprehenfions made of it in our
mind, and by being really thought to be agreeable to fuch appre-
henfions, becometh (as it were,) a part or affection of our foule,
and one thing with it. • And this peradven'ure is the caufe ; wby
an underftanding man cannot eafily leave an opinion once deeply
rooted in him; hut doth wreftle andftrive againft all arguments
that would force him from it, as if apart of his foulc or unier-
ftanding were to be torne from him : in fuch manner as a bcaft
will cry and druggie to fave his body , from having any of his
'lirnbes disj jynted or pulled in peices.

5' But this obferving the efrecl which followeth of ourdeem-

^ou e ingathingtobethusorfo.is not fufficient to informeus, what
deem or fettle it is that caufcth that deeming. We muft therefore take themat-
ic judgement, ter a little higher , and look into its immediate principles : and
there we fhall find , that it is the knowing of what we fay to be
true , and the aflurance , that the things are as wee deem them,
which quieteth our foule, and maketh it confent unto them , and
proceed to a&ion upon th at confent. Now this knowledge, is
the moft eminent part of deeming ; and of all our acquisitions,
is the moft inseparable from us ; and indeed in rigouf, it is ab-
folutely infeparable by direct mcanesj however peradventure
by indirect mtanes it maybe feparated.

Let us then confider bow wee attaine unto it , and how
fometimes wee f aile in the purchafc of it ; and what degrees of
affurance or of probability there are betweenitandtrroor. To
this intent, wee may obferve that the greateft affurance , and
the moft eminent knowledge wee can have of any thing, is of
fuch Propositions, as in the Schoolesare called Identical! • as
if onefhouldfay, lohn it lohn t or a mA* it a m*n : for the
truth of thcfe Propofitions is fo evident arid clcarc, as it is im-
pofliblc any man ihould doubt of them , if hce uoderftand what

he

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. II. 19

hee faith ; .and if wee- fhould meet with one that were not Sa-
tisfied of the verity of thejn , wee would not goe about to
prove them to him , bat would onely apply our fdvestomake
him reflect upon the words hee fpcaketh, without ufing any
further induftry togainc his aflent thereunto : wHich is a ma-
nifeft figne, that in fuch-Propofitions, the apprehending or
underftanding them , is the fame thing as to know them and
to confent unto them; or at the Icaft, that they are fo necef-
farily conjoyned , astheoncfolloweth immediately out of the
other, without.needing any other caufes to promote thiscf-
fecl, more then that araanbedifpofed, and willing to fee the
truth : (b as wee may conclude , that to wnderftand a Propc-
fition which onely carrieth itscvidence with it, is to know it.
And by the fame reafon , although the evidence of a Propo-
fition , (hould not at the firft fight bee prefently obvious unto
us, yet With unfolding and explicating of it , wee come at
length to difcerne it ; then like wife the apprehending of it , is
the knowing of it.

We muft therefore enquire, what it is that caufeth this evi-
dence : and to that purpofe , reflecting upon thofe inttances wee
have given oflsteMtica/lPropijitions, we may in them obferve,that
evidence arifeth oat of the plaine Identification ot the extreames
that are affirmed of one another; fo that , in what Propofition foe-
ver,"the Identification of the exrreames is plaine, the truth of it is
evident unto us, and our mind is fatisfied and at quiet; as being
aflured that it knoweth it to be (o as the words fay it. Now all af-
firmative Proportions doe by the forme of them import an Iden-
tification of their extreames, (for they all agree infaying Thuit.
that) yet they are not all alike in the evidence of their Identifica-
tion : for infome it ftieweth it felfe plainly, without needing any
further help to difcover it; and thofe are without any more adoc
knowne of themfelves , as fuch ldeHtic*tt fay ings, wee even
now gave for examples ; others require a journey fomcwhat
further about to fhew their Identification ; which if it bee
not fo hidden , but that it may in the end bee difcovered and
brought to light, as foon as that is done, the knowledge fetled by
them in the loulea is certainc and fatisfaftory as well as the o-
ther : but if it be fo obfcure, that we -cannot difplay the Iden-
tification of it , then our mind fufpcndcth his aflent , and is

Bbb 2 unquiet

20

A

unquiet about it, and doubteth of the truth of it : in fpme Propo-
(itions, whiles he fcarcheth and enquiretK after the identification
of their extremes; pcradventure he difcerneth, that it is impoffi-
ble there Qiould be any between them; and then on the other fide,
he is fatistyed of the falfity of them : for if a Propofition be affir-
mative, it muft neceflarily be a falfe one, if there bee no Identifi-
cation between the extreames of it.

By this difcourfe, wee have found two forts of Propofi-
tions, which beget knowledge in us. The one, where the
Identification of the extreames, is of itfelfe fo manifeft, that
when they are • but explicated , it needeth no further proofe.
The other, where though in truth they be Identified, yet the
Identification appeareth not fo cleare, but thatforae difcourfe
is required to iatisfy the undeiftanding therein. Of the firft
kind , are fuch Propofitions as doe make one of the ext reams
the definition of the other whereof it is affirmed : as when wee
fay, a man is A reasonable creature-, which is fo evident, if we ut>
derftand what is mianed by a /Wrf»,and what by x reafonable cren-
t*re,zs it netdeth no further proofe to make us know it: and
knowledge is begotten in us, not onfy by a perfect Identification
of the extreanieSj but as well by an imperfect one : as when what
is faid.ot another, is but part of its definition ; for example, if one
iliould ky,a man « a creature, no body that knoweth him to bee
a ration*!! creature, (which is his compleat definition) could
doubt of his being a creature; becaufe that the being * creatnre t is
partly identifyed^q being a r*tion*.ll creature. In like manner,
this obvious evidence ef Identification, appeareth as well where
a compleat divifion of a thing is affirmed of the other extreame,
as where that affirmation is made by thetotall or pirtiall defini-
tion of it .- as when we lay, number is even or odde : an cnuatit-
tion is true or falle , and the like : where t beoiuie what is faid,
coEoprifeth the differences of the thing whereof it is faid, it
is plaine that of them muft ncedes bee that whereof wee
fpeak.

•Peradventure fome may expert, that we fliould give Identicall
Prppofitions (among others) for examples of this plaine evidence:
but becauie they bring no acquifiticn of new knowledge unto
the foulc, (the doing of which, and the reflecting upon the
manner 3 is the fcopc of this Chapter J I let them paile with-
out

OF MANS SOULE. Chap.II. 21

out any further mention, upon this occafion having produced
them once before, onely to fhew by an undeniable example, what
it it is that makcth our loule confent unto an enunciation, and how
knowledge is begotten in her, that we might afterwards apply
the force of it to other Proportions.

Let us therefore proceed to the fccond fort of Propofitions,
which require fome difcourfe,to prove the Identification of their
extreames. Nowthefcopeof fuch difcourfe is, by comparing
them unto fome other third thing, to (hew their Identification
bit ween themfclves; for it (hewttb, that each of them apart is
identified with that new fubjeft it bringeth in : and then ourun-
derftanding is fatisfied of their identity, and our foule is fecure of
that knowledge it thus acquireth, as well as it is of that which
refulteth out or thofc Propofitions, which beare their evidence in
their firft afpecl.

This negotiation of the underftanding todifcover the truth of
Propofitions, when it is fomewhat hidden, (which we call dif-
courfe} as it is one of the chieftft and nobleft actions cf the foule,
io doth it challenge a very hcedfull infpc<5tion into it : and there-
fore we will allow it a peculiar Chapter by it felfe, to explicate
the nature and particularities of it. But this little wee now have
fdid concerning it, is furh'cient for this place; where all we ayme
at is to prove (and I conceive we have done it very fully ) that
when Identity between two or more things,prcfenteth it fclfe to
our underftandingjit maketh and forceth knowledge in our foule.

Whence it is manifeft, that the fame power or ibule, which in
a fingle apprchenfion is poffcfled with the Entity or Vnitj of it , is
that very power or foul, which applycd to an £»#*c/*tt0»,know-
ethordetmeth;fince£»0W;*£ is nothing elfe, but the apprehen-
ding of manifeft Identity in the extremes of a Proportion, or an
effect immediately conic quent out of it, in the foule that apply-
eth it felfe to apprehend that Identity. Which apprehcnfion is
made, either by the force of the extremes , applytd immediately
to one another, or elfe by the application of them to fome other
thing : which peradventure may require yet a further application
unto new apprehenfions, to make the Identity between the firft 6.
extremes appeare evidently. How opinion Is

Now, as when Identity truly appeareth , it maketh evidence
to our underftanding , and begetteth affured knowledge in our d

Bbb3 foule;

2*

A TREATISE

foule ; fojWhen there is onely an apparent Identity ,but not a real!
one, it happeneth that the undeiftanding is quieted without evi-
dence \ and our foule is fraught with a wrong or flight belicfe, in-
ftead of certaine knowledge : As for example, it is for the meft
part true,that what wife men affirme, isfoas they fay ; but be-
caufe wife men are but men (and confequently not infallible) it
may happen that in fome one thing, the wifeft men that are may
miflejthough in moft and generally fpeaking,they hit right.Now
if any body in a particular occafion, fhould (without examining
the matter) take this propofition rigeroufly and peremptorily,
that what wife men affirme is trtte ; and fhould thereupon lubfutne
withevidence,f^w wife men fay fuck ap*rtict4ar thing,and (hould
thereupon proceed to belceve it ; in this cafe he may be deceived,
bccaufe the firft propofition is not verily, but onely feemingly
evident.

And this is the manner how that kind of deeming, which is
eit her oppofed,orinferiour to knowledge, is bred in us: to wit,
when either through temerity,in iuch cafes where we may, and it
is juft we fhould examine all particulars fo carefully 3that no eqai-
vocation or miftake in any part of them, be admitted to pafle up-
on us for a truth,and yet we doe not : or elfe,threugh the limited-
neffe and imperfection of our nature, when thr minutcneflfe and
variety of petty circumftances in a bufinefle is fuch» as we cannot
enter into an exaft examination of all that belongeth to that mat-
ter, (for if we fhould exactly difcufle every flight particular, we
fhould never get through any thing of moment J we fettle our
underftanding upon grounds that are notfufficient to move and
determine it. Now in fome of thefe cafes, (and particularly in
the latter) it may happen, that the underftanding it felf is aware,
that it neither hath difcovered,nor can difcovcr evidence enough,
to fettle its aflent with abfolnte affurance : and then it judgeth
the belief e it aflfordeth unto fuch a propofition,to be but probable;
and inftead of knowledge,hathbut opinion concerning it. Which
opinion appearcth to it more or lefle probable, according as the
motives it rclyeth on,are ftronger or weaker.

There remaincth ytt another kind of deeming for us to fpeakc
ofj which though it ever faile of evidence, yet fometimes it is
better then opinion, for fometimes it bringeth certitude with it.
This we call Frith; and it is bred in this fort: when we meet

with

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. II. 23

With a man,who knoweth fomething which we doc not,if with-
all we be perfwadedthat he doth not ,nor will not tell a lye; we
then beleeve what he faith of that thing to be true ; now accord-
ing to the perfwafion we have of his knowledge and veracity,
ourbelicfeis ftrong, or mingled with doubt : fothat if we have
abfolute aflurancc and certainty , that he knoweth the truth and
will not lye, then we may be aflured, that the faith which wee
yeeld to what he faith, is certaine as well as evident knowledge
is certaine,and admitteth no cemparifon with epinion,be it never
fo probable :butfoitmay happen, that we may be certainly at-
fured that a man doth know the truth of what he fpeaketh of, and
that he will not iye in reporting it to us; for feeing no man is
wicked without a caufc ; and that to tell a lye in a {erious matter,
is a great wickednefle; if once we come to be certaine that he
hath no caufe, (as it may fall out we mayj then it followcth^hat
we are afiured of thfc thing which he reporteth to us.

Yet (till fuch faith falleth fhort of the evidence of knowledge
in this regard, that its evidence fticketh one degree on this fide the
thing it fSfc : and at the pufh ,in fucha cafe we fee but with ano-
thers eyes ; and confequent Jy, if any oppofition doe arife againft
our thought thereabout, it is not the brames, and the light ofthe
thing it felfe,which ftrengthen us againft fuch oppo{ition,but the
goodnefle ofthe party upon whom we rely.

Before I goe any further, I muft needs remember one thing, 8.
that our Matters teach us : which is, that tmth and falfehood are Why truth is
ft>ft found mfayings or £»#*f*W*W.r; and that although finglc ^c perfca™
apprehcnfiens are in our mind before thefe judgements, yet are fouaier;aandwhy
they not true or falfe themfelves, nor is the underftanding fo by it is not Lund j
them. Tocomprehend thereafonofthismaxime, Ittusconfider infmipleap-
>vhat truth and falfehood are : furely truth is nothing elfe, but the prchenfipns as

confirmity of our understanding, with the thincs that make im- well.as.mE-

ff. J i £i/-Lj-jr - nuntiations.

prtm-jn upon it : and coniequently , ralfchood is adifagreemg

bet ween our mind and thofc things : if the exiftcnce which the
things hav« in us, be agreeable to the Exiftcnce they have in
themfelves ; then our underftanding is true ; otherwife it is falfe.
Now the naturall perfection of our Soule or underftanding, is to
be fraught with the reft of the whole world, that is to have the
knowledge of all things that arc ; theknowlsdge of their cflen-
ces, of their natures, gf their propricties,of tbcir operations, and

Bbb 4 of

A TREATISE

of whatfoever elfc bclongeth to them all in general!, and to every
one of them in particular : bat our foule cannot be ftored or
fraught with any thing,by other meanes then by her aflent or dee-
ming : whereupon it rollo weth, that (he cannot have her perfe-
ction, untillher deemings or judgements be perfect j which is,
that they be agreeable unto the things in the world : when they,
are fo,then are they true. And this is the reafon why truth is the
aime and perfection of the foule. Now then, trutfc refiding onely
in the aflents and judgements of the foule,( which are the traffick
whereby (he enricheth her felfe with the reft of the world ) and
they peing framed by her difcerning an identity betweene two
ihings; which (he cxpreffeth by affirming one of them of the e-
ther; it followeth, that nothing can be true orfalfe, but where
there is a compofition of two extremes , made by the ones being
affirmed of the other ; which is done onely in Enuntiations or
judgements : whiles fingle apprehenfions aflent to nothing, and
therefore fettle no knowledge in the foule ; and confequently are
not capable of verity or falfity , but are like pictures made at fan-
lie, fomc one of which may happen to be like fome Pcrfon, but
cannot be faid to be the picture of him, becaule it was not drawn
from him : fo thefe bare apprchcnfions,becaufe there is not in the
man union of the foule to the outward world,or to the Exiftence
which actuateth its objecljtherefore they make not the foule to
be the image of the things exiftent : but the judgement, which
ftill taketh a thing exiftent,or as exiftent,in the fubjeft of the pro-
poiuion,drawethitspicT:ure from the thing it felfe: and there-
fore it maketh the Ibule to be well or ill painted, in refpecl of the
thing that is true or falfe.

And this is the reafon, why in one fenfe doubtful! propofiti-
ons, which the underftanding (not being yet refolvedj maketh
inquiringly to informc it felfe of the truth of them, cannot be faid
to be true or falfe ; for all that while, the foule yecldeth no aflent
unto them, either one way or other; yet in another fenfe they
may, which is, taking them asfubjefts that theundcrftanding dc-
termineth unto it felfe to treat of: for there being two extremes
in them, and the propofition confiding in this, whether thefe
extremes be identified or no, it folio weth, that fince one part
muft of neccflity be , fuch a propofition fpoken at randome,
or written by chance without defigne , is of neceflity cither

true

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. II. a?

trueorfalfe; according as the extremes ofit, arc or are not one
thing.

There occurrcth no more unto my confederation to be faid in <?.
this place, concerning the aflents and judgements of the mind: Whatisafolid
unlefle it be, to explicate in a word or two, thefcverall qualities J
of them, which are found in feverall Perfons ; and to point at the Onc.
rcafon why they are called by thofe names, which they are uni-
verfally knowne by. To which parpofe we may obferve, that
judgement or deeming, being a quieting of the mind, it folio wcth
that the mind muft needs be at difquiet and at unreft, before it
commeth to j'udge : fo that we may conclude, that judgement or
thinking, is a good attained by a former motion. Now according
to the quality of this motion, the j'udgementor aflent, is quali-
fy ed and denominated. Wee muft therefore confider what
belongeth to motion; which when wee have done, wee
{hall in judgements find fomething proportionable there-
unto.

We know there is a beginning and an ending in motion; and
that there are parts by which it is drawn out in kngth : all which
muft be particularly confidered,in our comparing of motions un-
to judgements. Now then, as he that would know precifely the
nature of any motion, muft not begin his furvay of it, after it
hath been fome time in fluxe ; nor muft give over his obferving it,
before it kave arrived unto its utmoft period; but ought to carry
his attention along from its firft origine, and pafle with it through
all its parts, untill it ceafing, give him leave to doe fo too (for
otherwife,it may happen that the courfe of it be differing in thole
parts he hath not obferved, from thofe that he hath, and accor-
dingly, the picture he (hall make of it by that imperfect fcant-
Hng, will prove in erroneous one;) fo in like manner, when a
man is to make a;«J£«»<wofanyjnatterin queftion, to give
a good account of it, he muft begin at the root, and follow fuc-
cefli vely all the branches it dividcih it felfe into, and drive, e-
very one of them to their utmoft extremity and period: and ac-
cording as in judging he behaveth him felfe well or ill, in the fe-
verall circumftances that are proportionable to the beginning, en-
ding,and parts of motion ; fo his judgement is qualify ed with the
names of feverall vcrtues agreeing thereunto, or of their oppo-
fitedefeclfi.

If

If he begin hisconfiderations very low,and from the very bot-
tome and root of the affaire, which is from the firft and all com-
prehending principles of the qaeftion ,and proceed on orderly ta-
king all before him j iiis judgement is accounted deep, frofeund,
4»^/W*W;f©rh«thttcaftethl6farre, as to leave behind him no
part of the matter he if inquiring ab»uts& then driveth his coarfe
fteadily and fmoothly forwards, without any leaps over rugged
paflages, or interruptions, orloofe breaches; rauft of neccffity
make a well grounded judgement j and fuchan one, as cannot
cafily be overthrown,or he be cafily removed from it.

And this is indeed the full reafon, of what a little above we on-
ly glanced tt : namely, why underftanding men are ufually ac-
counted obftinate in their tenets,and are hard to be removed from
their opinions once fetled in their minds : for when other men
oppofe them,they urge nothing (for the moft part) againft thefc
jaditious mens refolutions or beliefes^but what they have alrea-
dy throughly forefeen .- but thefe on the other fide, doe fee a great
deale, that their oppofers reach not unto ; fo that notwithftand-
ing all fuch oppofition,they continue ftill unfhaken in their )*&gt-
ments : for which,the others which fee not as much as they , doe
ifoinke them obftinate, and not led by reafon, becaufe they fol-
low not that ftiort reafon, beyond which themfelves cannot
reach.

The contrary vice to this, is called a fright judgement: and con-
fifteth herein, that a man out of a few, and an inlufricient num-
ber of circurnftanccs,refolveth the whole cafe: which temerity
and fliort fightednefle of judgement, is fignificantly taxed in our
EflgHfh proverb,that tfoolcs bolt isfoonefiot.

Thus much for the beginning of a judgement : the next confi-

What h°an a- ^crtt^on may ^ concerning the end of it ; in regard whereof,if it

cure judgment, reach to the utmoft extent and period of what is confidcrablein

and what a duf a hard queftion propofedjitgaineth the title of Jkarfc, or rff*b~

OK- tile, and acute ; for the iardnefle of the matter that perplexeth

oncsj'udgemcnt, confiftethfn the involution of things, which

looked upoii in gro0e, doe fteme to have no diftinftion or oppo-

fition among themfelves; and yet are in truth of very different

and contrary natures. Nowagoodj'udgmentdivrdethandcut-

tcth through them, and allotted unto every particular thing its

proper limits and bounds ; wherefore, as incorporcattfnbftan-

cefj

OF MANS SOULE. Chap.II. 17

ccs, the vertue of dividing is fharpndTe and edge, by tranflation
from thence, fuch a judgement as pierceth neatly and fmartlybe-
tweene contradictories that lie clofe together, is called fiarpe
and acuttr In like manner ,fnl>tilitj is a vertue, whereby a liqaor
er other body fearcheth every little hole and part of what it wor-
keth upon, till itga through it ; and from thence, it is afed in
judgements to fignifie the fame: whofc oppofite vice is caliji
dulntffe.

In the laft place we are to examine, what proportion a jadge- 1 1 •
ment holdeth with the parts of motion : in thefe , two things are J.11 w£ar c.°"-
to be confidered, namely the quantity or multitude of thofe parts, jJcffeanSfclcai-
and the order of them. As for the quantity in a motion, it belon- ncfl<. ot judgi»-
geth either to long or (hort, or to quick and (low: now, where mem rand their
the beginning and ending are already knowne and determined, pppoficc vices*
and consequently where the length is determined, and dependeth
not at all of the judge to alter it, (for he muft take it as the matter
givtth it) there a judgement can acquire no denomination of
perfection or deficiency, from length or from fliortnefle; for they
belong originally to the matter of the judgement; and the judge-
ment muft accordingly fit it felfe to that ; and therefore is liable
neither to commendations rj°r to reproach , for being long or
fhort : it ivmaincth then, that the vertue in judging anfwerable to
the quantity of motipn,muft confift in quicknesand celerity j and
the contrary vice, in (lownefle and heavinefle.

As for order in the feverall parts of motion, wee know that if
they be well ordered , they are diftindjand eafily difcernable.
Which vertue, in our fubjed, is called clcarneffe o
as the contrary vice is confufun.

THE

28 ATREATISE

THE THIRD CHAPTER.

OfDifcourfixg.

I. TN the laft Chapter we have QieWed, how two apprehensions
How difcourfe J| j'oyned together doe make a judgement ; now in this our
a c* firft employment will bee, to fliew how three of thefc

thoughts or judgements, well chofen and duely ordered, doc
coropofe the firft and moft fimple of perffft difcourfes ; which
Logicians call a Syllogifme : whofe end and effect is to gaine the
knowledge of fomething, before hidden and unknowne. The
meant s whereby this is comparted, is thus. By the two firft
judgements, we joy ne the extremes of the proportion we defirc
to know, untofomc third thing; and then, by feeing that they
both are one third thing, and that one canbebutone, we come
to difcerne, that truly one of them is the ether ; which before we
faw not ; fo that,the identity, which firft made an identicall pro-
pofition be knowne and agreed unto, and afterwards caufed
the like aflent to be yeelded unto thofe maximes, whofe identifi-
cation prefently fhewed it felfe, now by a little circuit and
bringing in of a third terme, maketh the two firft ( whofe iden-
tification was hidden and obfcure, whiles we looked upon the
termcs thcmfelves) appeare to be in very truth but one thing.
2 The various mingling and difpofing of thefe three terrnes in

Ofthe'tiguref the t wo firft proportions, begetteth a variety in the fyllogifmes
and moods o: that are compofed of them : and it confiftcth inthis,that the af-
Syllogifmcs. fumed t^rme unto which the other t wo are interchangeably joy-
ned, is either faid of them, or they are faid of it: and from hence
fpring three different kinds ©ffyllogifmesj for either the aflumed
or middle terme,isfaid of both the other t wo j or both they are
laid of it; or it is fa id of one of them,andthcotherisfaidof it:
neither is there any deeper myfterie then this, in the three figures,
our great Clerkestalkefo much of: which being broaght into
rules, to help our memory in the ready ufe of this tranfpofition
of the termes ; if we fpm our thoughts upon them into over
fmall threds , and thereof weave too intricate webs fmcane
while not rtflecling upon the folid ground within our felves,
whereon thefe rules are built,nor confideringthe true cpd why;)

we

OF MANS SOULE. GhapJII. 19

we may fpcnd our time in triviall and ufeleflc fubtilitiei : and at
length, confound and mifapply the right ufe of our natural! .
dtfcpurfe , with a multitude of precepts drawne from artificiall
Logick>

Bat to returne to our matter in hand; under this primary three-
fold variety, is another of greater extent, growing ont of the di-
vers conapefition of the three termes, as they are qualify ed by af-
firmttien or negation, and by univerftlity or particul*ritj:tor that
unity, which the two termes , whofe identification is enquired
after, muft hare by being joyned with the third, becomincth
much varied by (uch divers application: and from hence fhoot- .
ethup that multitude of kinds of fyllogifmes , which our Logiti-
anscall Meeds. All which 1 have thus particularly exprtffcd,
to the end we may obfcrve how this great variety hangeth upon
the fole firing of identity.

Now thefe Sy llogifmcs,being as it were interlaced and woven 3 .
one within another, (fo fhat many of them do make a long chain, That the life'of
whereof each of them is a'lizak) doe brced,or rather are all the va-"la" 3S man»
riety tf mans life : they are the fteps by which we walk in all S~jf fnjn
our conventions and in all our bttfineflcs : manasheisman,doth0ft^eva^ ex_
nothing elfebut weave fuch chaines : whatfoever he doth,! war- cent of :t.
ving from this woMte , he doth as deficient from the nature of
man : and if he doe ought beyond this, by breaking out into divers
fbrtfrofexteriour actions, he fmdcth nevertheleffe in this linked
fcquel of fimpk diicour&s,the art, the caufe, the rule}the bounds,
and the model! of it.

Let us take a fummary view of the vaft extent of it, & in what
an immenfc Ocean one may fccurely faile,by that never varying
Com pafle, when the needle is rightly touched, and fitted to a
Well moulded boxe; making ftillnew difcoveries of regions,far
out of the fight and beliefe of them, who (land upon the hither
{here. Humane operations are conrpriled under jhc two gene-
ral! heads of Knowledge and tfAftion : if we looke but in grofle,
upon what an infinity of divHions thefe branch themfelves into,
we fli»U become giddy, our braines willturne, our eyes will
grew weary and dimme, withaymingondy ataiuddame and
roving meafurc of the naoft confpicuous among them, in ths
way of knowledge.

We fee what mighty works men have extended their labours

qntoj

3o . A TREATISE

unto; not onely by wild difcourfes,of which huge volumes are
._* ' compofed, but even in the rigorous method of Geometry, Arith-
mctick,andAlgepta; in which, an Euclidc, inAp0!lo>tiut> an
ArchlmedtSy a DiophaMtw, and their followers, have reached
fuch admirable heights, and have wound up fuch vaft bottomes,
iometimes Shewing by eftcftSjthat the thing propoftd muft needs
be as they have fet downe, and cannot poffibly be any otherwife;
otherwhiles, appayingtheunderftanding (which is never truly
•at reft,till it hath found the caufes of the effects it teeth ) by expo-
fing how it commeth to be :fo that the Reader calling to mind,
how fuch a thing was taught him before, and now finding ano-
ther unexpectedly convinced upon him, eafily feeth that thefe
two put together, doe make and force that third to be, where-
of hee was before in admiration how it conld be effected :
which tvvo wayes ofdifcourfe, are ordinarily knowne by the
names of Dcmonftrations; the one called a priori, the other
a pofteriori.

Now if we look into the extent of the deductions out of thefe,
We (hall find no end. In the heavens5 we may perceive Aftrono-
" my meafuring whatfoever we can imagine; and ordering thofe
glorious lights, which our Creator hath hanged out for us; and
(hewing them their wayes, an^i pricking ctot their paths, and
prefcribing them ( for as many ages as he pldafeth before hand)
the various motfons they may notfwarve from irTthe leaft cir-
cumftancc. Nor want there fublime foules, that tell us what me-
tall they are made of,what figures they have, upon what pillars
• they are fixed , and upon what gimals they move and performe
their various perious : witnefTe that excellent and admirable
Dialo: de worke, I have f o'often mentioned in my former Treatifc. If we
look upon the earth, we (hall meet with thofe, that will tell us
how thick it is, and how much-roome it takethiip: they will
(hewushowipenandbeafts are hanged unto it by theheele*;
how the water and aire doe cover it ; what force and power Fire
hath upon the mall ; what working is in the depths of it j and
of what compofition tie maine body of it is framed .• where nei-
ther our eyes can reach, nor any of our fenfes can fend its meflen-
gcrs to gather and bring back any relations of it. Yet are not
our Matters contented with all this: the whole world of bodies
is not enough to fatisfve them : the knowledge of all corpo-

reall

OF MANS SOULE. Chap.III.

reall things, and of this machine of heaven and earth, with all
that they enclofe, cannot quench the unlimited thirft of a noble
mind, once fet on fire with the beauty and love of Truth.

infceltXy angvfto limite nwndi,
Vt GJATA clauftuffofulis, pArvaqttfferipho.

But fuch heroick fpirits , caft their fubtile nets into another
.world,after the winged inhabitants of the heavens; and finde
meanes to bring them ilfo into account, and to ferve them (how
imperceptible ioever they be to the fenfes) as dainties at the
foules table. They enquire after a maker of the world we fee,and
areourfelves amainepartof ; and having found him, they con-
clude him (out ohhc force of contradidion) to be eternall, infi-
nite, omnipotent, oirnifcienr, immutable, andathonfand other
admirable qualities they determine of him. They fearch after his
tooles and inftrumer.ts, wherewith he built this vaft and admira-
ble pallace, and feeke to grow acquainted with the officers and
ftcwards, that under him go verne this orderly and numerous fa-
mily • They find them to be invifible creatures, exalted above us
more then we can eftimate , yet infinitely farther fhort of their
and our Maker, then we are of them. If this doeoccatlon them
to caft their thooghts upon man himfelfe, they find a nature in
him (it is trae) much infer four to thefe admirable Intelligences,
yet fuch an one, as they hope may one day arrive unto the like-
Tiefle of thecn :and that even at the prefent, is of fo noble a mould,
as nothing is too big for it to faddome, nor any thing too fmall
for it to difcerne.

Thus we fee knowledge hath no limits ; nothing efcapeth the
toyles of fcicnce ; all that ever was, that is, or can ever be, is by
them circled in : their extent is fo vaft, that oar very thoughts and
ambitions are too weak and too poorc to hope for, or to ay me at
what by them may be compared. And if any man, that is not
inured to raife his thoughts above the pitch of the outward
objects heconvcrfeth dayly with, fhoukl fufpeftthat what I
have now (aid, is rather like the longing dreames of paffionate
lovers, whofe 'defires feed them with impoffibilities , then
that it is any reall truth ; or (hould imagine that it is but a
Poctikeldeaof fcience , that never was nor will be in-acT: : cr
if any other, that hath his difcouriing faculty vitiated and

ATREATISE

perverted, by hiving been imbued in the fchoole* withunfonnd
and umbratile principles, (hould perfwade himfelfe, that howfc-
ever the pretenders unto learning and fcience, may talk loud of
all things, and make a noife with Scholaftick termes, and per-
fwade their ignorant hearers that they fpeak and unfold deep
myfteries , yet in very truth, nothing at all can be knowne : I
fhallbeiecch them both to fufpencJ their conjectures or belieres
herein, and to rcfcrve their cenfure of me, whether or no I 'have
(trained too farre, until! the. learned Author ofthe Dialogues of
the world, have enriched it with the work he hath compofedof
Metaphyfikes : in which, going orderly and rigoroufly by con-
tinued proportions, infucfafort as Mathematicians demonftratc
their undertakings, he hath left no fcope for wrangling braines to
make the leaft cavttl againft his doclrine: and caftlnghis (harp
fighted thoughts over th^ whole extent of nature, and driving
them up to the Almighty Author of it, he hath left nothing out
of the verge of thofe rules, and all comprehending principles he
giveth of true fcience. And then I doubt not, but they will
throughly ablolvc me from having ufed my amplification, in ay-
mingat the reach of this allgrafping power. For my part, the
beft expreffion that I am able to make of this admirable piece,
I muft borrow from witty Gcililcu* , when hee fpeaketh of
Archimedes his long mifled booke of glaflcs; and profefle, that
having fome. of the Elements or bookes of it entrufted in my
hands by the Author, I read them over with extream amaze-
ment, as well as delight, for the wondcrfull lubtility, and folid-
neffc of them.

4< Thus much for knowledge. Now let us cafl an eye updn hu-

Of humane ^anc actions. AU that we doe Cir we doe it as we fhould dee,

aftions,and of and like men) is governed and fteired by two forts of qualities..-

thofe that con- the one of which, we call Arts ; tie other Prudences. An art, is a

ccrneur fclvcs. {-0}]^^ of generall rules,comprehending fome one fubjecl-jup-

on which we often werke. The matters we work upon (out of

which the particular fab/efts of arts doc fpring) arc of 3 . kinds :

our felves* our neighbours, and fuchdumbe or infendble things,

as cempofe the red of the world .

Our aftions upon our klres, are thehigheft and thenoblcft of
all the reft, andthofe by which we lire and work as men : or
to cxpreflemy fclfe better, they are thofe by which we perfect

tbat

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. III. 35

that part of us , which makcth us men , and by which wee di-
recl and levell all wee doe , according to the rule of reafon ; not
(uttering our actions to fwarve From what fhce diftateth unto us.
This is done, by multiplying and heightning the thoughts of
thef'e things, which maintain us in reafon; whether themc-
tivcs bee morall , as the examples of worthy pcrfons, and the
precepts and pcrfwafiors of wife- men, andthelil^, or whe-
ther they be naturall, as the consideration of the fwcet and con-
tented life 9 wh:ch vcrtue giveth us here , by good convention,
honour, profit, quiet, plealure, and what clfe foever growcth out
of fo excellent a root : as alto , of the beatitude and happy ftate
iibringethustointhenext ; and of the contrary effects which
fpring from vice. Againe, by obilrving the motives and waves of
our paflions and animall defirts , we learn how to prevent tht m ;
how to terrify them; and how to wear them gently away by li'-le
a::d Htle,throt5ghibmetimes giving them diverfions, through o-
thcrwhilesK-ftrainingthein with moderation,and through often-
times cuttingot the occafions, and abridging them of their natu-
rall encreafings. All thefe things are brought into art and rule;
whofelcUbns.wcremenbutascarefulland induftrious to ftudy,
as they are to become Maftcrs in vaine and rriv iail things , they
would enjoy happy lives.

In the ntxt place , we are to conlidcr the actions whereby we $•'
work upon cur neigiibours.They arcchitfly^oz/?r»«w»r and nego- Of humane
tiation : both which arc of ene kind; *nd have but th-s difference, aai

, ' . . .' concernc out

that the one is done in common, the other is performed in parti- ne;0hbour$. '
cular. The means by which we command,are rewards and punifh-
mtnts; which who hath in his hands, may aiTurcdly by wife ufing
thtm, bring to pafle whatfoever he hath a mind unto.

Uponoccafion of' mentioning thefe two powerfull motives,
which have fo mainc an influence in mens actions , we may note
by the way, that many of them, and that work moft forcibly up-
on mens minds,are things whofefabiiftence we know not where
to find; as honour, praile, glory, command, fingularity , cmincn-
cie,(hame, infamy, fubjeftion, reproach, and the like: unto my
of which, none of our knfes can reach; and yet they govern mans
life, in a manner wholly and perfectly.

In ncgotittion , wee prof>»fe t» finglc men their owne inte-
r efts and profits ;not toch as the propolercan , or willerftcl ; but

Ccc iuch

A TREATISE

fuch as are likely to arife out of the aftion wee endeavour to
draw him unto with whom we treat. In both thefe , the ufuall
labour is , to make our neighbours willing to leave feme prefent
good, in hope of a greater to come ; or to be content to under-
goe fome prefent harme, for feare of a greater to enfue. The ge-
nerall instrument which they ufe, is <difcoHr(lng • whole vertue
confifteth paply inourownemind, and partly in delivering our
mind to others : for firft we muft know what we ftiould fay ,
and next in what manner we {hould fay it.
6. The art which direcleth our owne mind, and teacheth us what

OfLoglck. to fay, is Logic ke : whofe parts are two; according as the af-
faires falling into difcourfe, are likewife of- a twofold nature : the
one inftrafteth us how to manage and order our reafon, when it
dealeth with fuch fubjecls as wee may attaine to certainty in.
And here the rules of Demon fir atio* take place; teaching us to de-
fine, to divide, and to conclude. The'Qthcrinftrudeth us how to
behave our felves, when we meet with fuch fub/e&s, as a good £
probable guefle is the fartheft wee can reach unto towards the
knowledge of them :and for thefe ; the Toficall part of Logick
ferveth; the which, taking a view of all the accidents belonging
to any thing prupeunded , (heweth how to draw probabilities
from every one or them.
7« Our dilcourfing to others, is either to open our mindes barely

Of Grammar, unto them ; or to perfwade them of fomewhat our felves believe;
ortowinnrthemtofomtwhatwee would have them doe. For
the bare delivery of our minds to others, we have Grammar', the
fCopc of which att, confiftcth firft, in teach us to deliver our con-
ceptions plainly and clearly, ( which is the siaine intent of fpea-
king) next, in making, our difcourfe bee fuccindt and bhefe,
( which is the meafure of our fpeaking , both for our felves tnd
others ; ) and laftly , in forting our words , fo as what wee
fay, may bee accompanied with fweetnefle; both in com-
mon, in regard of the eare, by avoyding fuch harfh founds as
may offend ii; and iti particular , in regard of the cuftomcot
the language wherein we fpeak, and of the perfons to whom
we fpeak.
9. The art whereby we may perfwade others, and winne them to

Of Rhetorick. aflfent unto what we would have them, is RlretorickfMci rules in-
flruft us how to difpofe and order with beft adyintage, in regard

of

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. III. 35

°f the Auditours difpofition, both the rcafons which Logickf
•ftbrdeth us, and the words which Grammar Rotcth us with: as
«lfo, how to give life and motion to what we fay , by our aftion
*nd gefture ; that fo we may perfwade our Auditory, fuch pafli-
ons raigne in us , as we fcek to ftirre up in them .* for as we may
obferve, that one who yawneth , maketh another likewife
yawne; and as our feeing others laugh, provoketh laughing alfo
in us (the reafons whereof wee have touched in the former
Treatiie;^) after the fame manner, what paflion foever weexhi-
bite in our felvcs , the fame ftealeth infenfibly upon thole wee
fpeak unto j whiles their mind attending to the words they hearc,
is not aware of the fubtilc fpirits motions , that by a kind of con-
tagion rife and fwell in their hearts : according to which natural!
inclination in all men, the Mafter of Poets and excellent obfenrcr
of mens humours faid pafling well :

Si vis me flerc , doUndujn eft
Primum if ft tibi.

Hence grow thofe encreafes by metaphors, hyperboles,
and other tropes and figures : hence thole fervors by inter-
rogations, exclamations, apoftrophes, and the like; which
when they are fitly placed , t hey carry the Auditour even agtinft
his will.

Poetry, is not a governour of our Aftions , but by advantagi- />.
ous exprefling fome eminent ones , it becomcth an ufefull dire- Of Poetry,
clour to us ; and therefore challenged a place here. . The defigne
of it is , by reprefenting humane adions in a more auguft and
admirable hew, then in thcmfelves they ufually have ; to frame
fpccious Ideas , in which the people may fee , what is well
done, what amiffejWhat ihould be done, and what bycrrouris
wont to be done : and to imprint in mens minds a deep conceit
of the goods and evils, that follow their yertuous or vitious com-
portment in their lives.

If thofe who aflume the title of Poets, did ay me at this end, and
would hold theinfclvcs ftridtly to it, they would prove as profi-
tableinlhumentsasany the common wealth had ; fortheddight-
falneife and blithnefleof their compofitions , invitcth moft men
to be freq«ently convcrfaat with them; (either in fongs, or upon
the ftige, or in other Pecmesj whiles the foberafpe<5tandfe-
verity of bare precepts, deturncth many from lending a pleafed

Ccc 2 care

ATREATISE

eare to their wholefomedocTrine; and what men fwallow with
delight , is converted into pun.iftiment •• fothat, ifthcir drift were
to fettle in mens minds a due valuation of vertue, and a deteftati-
on of vice, no art would doe it more univerfally, nor more eflkctu-
ally:and by it,mens hearts would be fet on fire to the purfuit of the
one, and be (hrunk up withdiflike and horrour againft the other.
But unto fuch a Poet as would ay me at thofe noble effcds, no
knowledge of Morality , nor the nature and courfe of humane
actions and accidents muft be wanting : he mud be well verfed
in Hiftery ; he muft be acquainted with the progrefle of na-
ture, in what (he bringeth to pafle ; he muft be deficient in no
. part of Logicket Rhetoricket or Grammar : in a word , he muft be
confumtnateinallartsandfciences,if he will be excellent in his
way.

*°' But whiles we thus entet tain our fclves with thofe arts, which

Of the power ferveusindifcour(ing with others, it were a great overfight to
"ng* forget that faculty , which is the bafis and ground-work of all
thofe : and that is, tl e power of fpeech , which nature hath be-
ftowcd upon us. It confifttth in t wo actions : the one outward,
the other inward : the outward, is the giving of various founds to
our breath, as it paifcth through our mouth, by divers conjuncti-
ons of our tongue, teuh, and lips, to themfelves, or to divers
parts of our mouth, orby their feparations from them : in which,
we fee that birds arc able to imitate us, and I am perfwaded , the
like might b«efK ctcd by infenfible creatures, if a dexterous man
would employ his time, in cornving and making aninftrument
to eyprefle thofe different founds; which, not having more then
ftven fubftantiall differences btiides the vowels (as fomewho
have carefully noted them , doe arh'rme) it would perad venture
be no hard matter to compofe fuch an engine.

The in ward action cf locution, is the framing of convenient
anfwers to what is asked j of fit reply es to what is faid ; and in
a word,tofpeak appofitcly, and to the purpofe : whereunto, nei-
ther beaft nor dead inftrument can be brought , unlcfle the artifi-
cier be able to endue it with undei Handing.

All other arts, inftrucT: us how-to work orderly upon beafts
>farts do* b an<^ in^en^eD0^es •' ^ ^ome of them, we cultivateliving crea-
° turesJas when husband-men nouriQi (beep, oxen, foule, and
^ like, for flaughter : by others, we difciplinc thcm,as when we

teach

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. II. 37

teich horfes, dogges, apes, hawkes , parrats , and Come kind ot
fifties, to hunt, to play,and in a word, to doe fomewhat either tor
our profit , or for our plcafure : and again, by others we ufe their
natures to our ends; as when wee lay baits to catch them , when
when we fetegges under hennes, to have the chickens, and the
like : by other arts, we Work as powerfully upon iofenfible crea-
tures; among which, by knowing the natures of divers trees,
herbcs, minerals, &c. we are able to bring any of them to whit
ufefoeverwefind moft expedient for our fervice: from hence
grow all thofc arts and trades , in which we fee men dayly fpend
their whole lives ; fo as it is needlefle to infill upon the par-
ticulars of them, fince Townes and the Cities are cornpofcd
of the fcverall Tribes of perfons that profeflc them and live by
them.

But we muft not leave this fubj'cft , without noting how ad-
mirably mans wit turneth it felfe to fo different forts , and to
fachan infinite variety of things.For what man is there,(if he be
a manj but might have become Mafterin any of thefe fo differing
trades, in cafe he had applycd himfelfe as conftantly to that , as
he hath done to fome other he is perfect in? Agiine , let us confi-
der how it happcneth often , that hee deth not the fame thing
twice the fame way, but according to his own , or another mans
fanfi«,changeth his work at will, now doing it after ene fafhion,
now after another; as having no law or determination from na-
ture, but being wholly left to his own: direction.

There remaineth one art, not yet fpoken of; which knoweth * *•
not where to challenge a place, whether among the moderatours?^ r
of our owne actions, or among thofe whereby we to vern things:
and that is Arithmetickf : which fcemeth to belong unto things,
and yet it medleth not with them: andagaine, it feemeth to be a
maine direftour of our internall actions, and yet beloageth nei-
ther to Mards, ner to Logicke. Whercfoever its due be to place
k, I am furc its not to be forgotten ; feeing it is fo principall an
one, as our life can hardly confift without it. It worketh upon
notions that are no where ; for every thing that is in the world,
is but one; and to be, or to make a number, cannet happen with-
out an underftanding .- the affeftions likcwife of them , are as the
fubjecT:, all in vifible; as to be even or odde, to be cubes , fquares,
rootes, &c. and yet how1 great the power and extent of this

Ccc 3 art

A TREATISE

art is, none can rightly underftand or believe, but hee that
hath the knowledge of it , or hath feenc the vertue and efh'caci-
tyofit.

15. All thefearts, confift in common rules , which require thefe-

Of Prudence, cond of thofe qualities, whereby we laid humane actions are go-
verned, to apply them to their particular matter : and that is
Prudence; which we may define to be , a quality or power , by
whofc afiiftance we apply unto the matter we are to work upon,
fuch initruments, as in our prefent judgement appeare fitteft to
bring it to that parte, which ferveth beft for our intentions, when
by our fenfes, or by other guefles, we know the particular difpo-
fitions of the matter, and of the inftruments wherewith we are
to change ir. Now howbeit this occurreth generally in all arts,
yet its Ipeciall place and necelfity , is in governing and mo-
derating our owne or other mens Morall actions ; and ac-
cordingly, itsnameisefpecially addicted thereunto : and that
man is laid to be prudent or difcreet, who governeth hiinfelfe
and others well.

This quality of Morall Prudence in generall , is divicfeJ into
three particular ones: thefitft of which belongeth to a gover-
nour in a (late or common wealth : the" next may be affigned to
t© him that isskilfullinthelawes : and the third concerneth the
managing and conduct of military actions. The reafon of this
long received diftribution peradventure is, becaufe in thefe oc-
currences, our pafiion Avayeth us generally more then in any
others : and the operation and effect of ?r#«fe*c<?,{whofe Pro-
vince is to curbe and moderate our paffions by reafon) is greateft,
and appeareth moft in thofe fubjects, where paflion raigneth ufn-
ally with greateft impetuofity.

14 Thus have we runne over the maine parts of difeourfe, and

Dbfcrvatlons the generall heads of mans action as maa: which peradventure
at/- -j may through their nameroufnefTe, appeare to bee as it were but

n laid '

f ri r /• t 11

indisChap- loofclylcatteredrromourpenne j (as happeneth unto all mate-
rials, that muftferve for after buildings ; and that till they bee
employed, require no more but forting, and laying together in
feverall heapes, to the end they may bee ready foruftf: ) and
therefore before wee goe any further, it will not bee amifle to
make reflexions upon what wee have (aid ; and to draw it nearer
our intended fcope ; and to fquare out and give fome figure and

poliftiing

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. III. 39

polifliing to thefeftones, here where we dig^c them out of the
quarry, whereby they may hereafter with leflt-adoe, tit the pla-
ces we have afligned them, in the ftrufture we intend : and fo, a
little trouble here, whiles our tooles are ftill in our hands, and our
matter lyeth ready for our ftroakes, and our thoughts are warmth
with working upon them, may fave us a great dcale there , where
our maineimploymtnt will bee, tolay artificially; and to joync
clofely,whatnowwcbut hew out : and then fore will require
finer inftruments, and a fharper edge, then what at pre fent frrveth
our turne.

Let us then bring back to account all we have faid in thisChap-
ter ; and when we have well reflected upon every particular, we
(hall find they all agree in this , that they are nothing tlfe but a
due ordering of one thing with another: a fyllogifme is an orde-
ring of foine few notions : a fcience is an ordering of fyllogifmes,
in fuch foi t, as a new Propofition may follow out of thofe which
went before : and as we fee that when by our thoughts divers fyl-
logifmes are well ordered , hidden things come to be difclofcd
in our underftanding ; even fo among bodies, if things whofc pro-
prieties are knowne, be likewife ordered and put together , thofe
very effects, which were difcovercd by the ordering of notions
in our head, will fpring forth in nature: as for example, if by
knowing the natures of fire and oftowe, ourdifcourfefindeth
that towe put to fire will prefently become fire, the fame will
happen in nature , if we put materiall towe , or fome other
body that hath the qualitiesof it, to reall fire , or to fome other
fnbftance that is endewed with the vertues of fire : in like
manner, if by knowing that -"colours are nothing elfe, but vari-
ous mixtures of light and of darknefle in bodies, our difcourfc
afliircth us, that by feverali compoundings of thefc extremes,
reds, blewes, yellowes, greenes, and all other intermediate
colours may be generated j accordingly wee (hall find in ef-
fect , that by the feverali minglings «of black and white bo-
dies ( becaufe they reflecl: or drowne light moft powerfully )
or by interweaving ftreames of pure light and of (hadowes
one with another , wee may procreate new colours in bo-
dies , and beget new luminous appearances to our eyes : io that
kence it apppeareth clearly , that the fame nature is in our under-
ftanding, and in the things ; and that the fame ordering, which in

C c c 4 the

A TREATISE

theonemakethfcience, in the other caufeth naturall trtnfmu-
tations.

Another reflexion, which will be fit for us to make upon thefc
long difceurfes, is this, that of neceflity there muft be a joyning
of feme things now aftually in our knowledge, unto other things
we think not of; for it is mamfeft, that wee cannot at the fame
timeaftually think of a whole book of Euclide, and yet to the
due knowledge of feme of the lair. Proportions, the knowledge of
almoft all the former is required: likewife it is impoffible we
fliould at the fame time think of all the multitude of rules belong-
ing to any art, as of Grammar, of Metering, of Architecture; and
yet when we write in Latine, make a Poemc , or lay the defign
of a hoafe, wepraftife them whiles we think not of them 3 and
areafliired we goe not againft them, however wee remember
them not.

Nay, even before we know a thing, we feem to know it; for
fincc we can have a defireof nothing, but of what weknow,how
could we defire to know fuch or fuch a thing , unlefle wee know
both it, and the knowledge of it ? And for the moft part we fee
a horle, or man, or herbr, or workmanfhip, and by our fenfe have
knowledge that fucfy a thing it is, before we know what, or : who,
or how, it is: that groweth afterwards out of the diligent obfer-
vationofwhatwefee; which is that, whereby learned men dif-
fer from the anlearned, for what ftriketh the fenfe , is knowne a-
like by them both; but then here is the difference betweene them,
the latter fort fitttth ftill with thofe notions, that are made at
the firfr, by the beating of our fenfe upon us, without driving
them any further : and thofe that are learned « doe refolvc
fuch com pounded notions , into others made by more common
beatings, and therefore more fimple : and this is all the odd es
in regard of knowledge, that a Scholler hath of an unlettered
man.

One obfervation more wee will draw out of what wee have
faid, and then end this Chapter : it is,how a man doth oftentimes
enquire among his owne thoughts, and turncth up and down the
itBtges hee hath in his head , and beateth his brains , to call fuch
thipgs into his mind, as are ufefull unto him, and are for the pre-
fent out of hij memory : which^as we fee it fo necefliry,that with-
out it no matter of importince can bee performed in the way

of

OF MANS SOULE. Ghap.IV. 41

of difcourfe (whereof I my felfe have too frequent experience
in the writing of this Treatifc^ fo on the other fide, we cannot
perceive that any creature befides Man, doth it of fct purpofeand
formally as Man doth.

THE FOURTH CHAPTER.

»

How a man proceedeth to Attion.

HAving thus taken a fummary view of the principall Qu^ali- If
ties a man is endued wiihall, Apprehending, Judging^ and That humane
Difcourfing ; and having (hewed how he is inriched in and by aftions proceed
them with the natures of all things in the world ; it remaineth fr°m r\vo .fcve-
for our laft work in this part, to confider in what manner hee undSSSSbe
makethufe ©fthistreafure in his ordinary actions : which it is and Senfe.
evident are of two different kinds, and conftqucntly have two
ftvcrill principles, Vnderitanding and Senfe, they fway by
turnes, and fometimes joync together, to produce a mixed acti-
on of both.

If onely Senfe were the fountaine from whence his actions
fpring, we (hould obferve no other ftraine in any of them, then
ineerely that according to which Beafts peiforme theirs: they
would proceed evermore in aconftant unvaryable tenour , ac-
cording to the law of materiall things, one body working up-
on another , in fuch fort as we have declared in the former
Treatife.

On the other fide, ifamanwereallunderftanding, and had
not tfeis bright lampe enclofed in a pitcher of clay, the bcames
of it would (hine without any allay of ditnneffe, thorough all he
did ; and he could doc nothing contrary to reaion, in purfuit of
the highcft end he hath prefixed unto hioifelfe ; for he neither
would, nor could doe any thing whatfoever, untill he had firft
confidertd all the particular circumftances, that had relation to
his action in hand ; and had then concluded, that upon the whole
matter, at this timc,and in this place, to attaine this end, it is fit-
ting and beft to doe thus or thus : which conelufion could be
no foonermade, but that the action would without any further
difpofition on his fide, immediately enfue, agreeable to the

prin-

principles itfpringcth from, Both parts of this aflertionare
jnanifeft : for the firft, it is evident, that whenfoercr an Agent
worketh by knowledge., he is unrefolved whether hee fhall
worke or not worke, asalfo of his manner of working, untill
his knowledge (that ought to dircft and governe his working)
be perfeft and complete : but that cannot be, as long as any
circumftance not as yet considered, may make it fceme fit or
unfit to proceed : and therefore, fuch actions as are dene with-
out exaft confidcration of every particular circumftance, doc
not flow ftem a pure underftanding. From whence it fol-
loweth , that when an underftanding is not fatisfyed of eve-
ry particular circuinftancc , and confequently cannot deter-
mine whathemuft immediately doe, but apprehendeth that
Ibmeofthecircumftances net as yet confidered, may (or ra-
ther muft) change fome part of his action, it mutt of necefli-
ty be undermined in refpeft of the immediate action; and
confequently, it muft refraine abfolutely frena working. The
other part is cleare ;to wit,that when the underftanding, upon
consideration of all circumftancefi, knoweth abfolutely what
is beft, the action folio weth immediately fas farre as depen-
deth of the underftanding) withont any further difpoftion on
his behalfe : for feeing that nothing bat knowledge belongeth
to the under ftandtug^ he who fuppoleth all knowledge in it, al-
loweth all that isrequifite or poflible for it to worke by : Now
if all be put, nothing is wanting thatfliould caufe it to worke:
but where no caufe is wanting , but all requifite caufes are a-
clually being, the eftecT: muft alfo actually be, and follow imme-
diately out of them : and confequently, the aftion is done, (in
as much as concerneth the underftanding, and indeed abfolutely,
unkfle fome other caufe doe faile) as loon as the underftanding
knoweth all the circumftances belonging to it : lo as it is mani-
feft out of this whole difcourfe, that if a man wrought oneiy by
his underftanding, all his actions would be difcreet and ratio-
nal!, i0 refpecl: of the end he hath propofed to himfelfe ; and till
hcwereaflured whatjwere beft, he would k«epe himfelf in fuf-
penfe and doe nothing ; and as foone ts he werefe, he would ad-
mit of no delayes, but would at the inftant proceed to aftion ac-
cording to his knowledge •• the contrary of all which, we dayly
fee by experience in every man.

We

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. IV. 43

We may then fafely conclude3that in humane nature thereare a.
two different centers, from whence crofle actions doe flow : the How our gene-
one he hath common with beafts.and whofc principles and laws ral
we dc li vercd in the former Treatife, where we difcourfed of life,
and the motions of life and of paffions: the other is the fubjcct manc
of our prefent enquiry ; which in this place, expecteth at our
hands, that we&ould confid«.rhow it demeaneth it felfc, and
what it doth in us, when by its guidance we proceed to any acti-
on. Experience muft be our informer ingcnerall : after which,
our difcourfe (hall anatomife what that prcfenteth us in bulkc-She
giveth us notice of thr< e efpeciall effects of ourunderftanding:
firft, that it ordereth aright thofe conceptions which are brought
unto it ; (econdly,that when they appeare to be not fufficientfor
the intended worke, it cafteth about and feeketh out others:
and thirdly ,that it ftrengthncth thofe actions which fpringfrom
it j and kcepeth them regular and firme and conftant to their be-
ginnings and principles. Unto which laftfeemeth to belong,that
it fometimes checktth its own thoughts,andbringeth back thofe
it would have, and appeareth to keep as it were a watch over its
owne waves,

As for the ordering of the prefent notions, it is eleare that it
is done by afccretdependance from the rules of difcourfe, and
from the maximes of humane action : I call this dt pendance a
fecret one, becaufe a man in his ordinary courfe, maketh ufe of
thofe rules an dmaximes which ferve histurne, as though they
were inftilled into him by nature, without fo much as ever thin-
king of them, or reflecting upon them to fquare out his actions
by them : nay,fomeofthem fo far out of the reach of moft men,
as they cannot think of them,though they would ; for they know
them not : as in particular,the rule#of difcourfe j the nfc of which
isfonece(Tary,aswithoutitnomancan converfe with another,
nor doe any thing like a man, that is, reafonably. From whence
then can this procced,that fo familiarlyfand readily a man maketh
ufe of what he is not confcious to himfelfe that he hath any ac-
quaintance withall ? It can be nothing elfe,but that the foule,
being in her owne nature ordered to doe the fame thing ,
which Scholars with much difficulty arrive to know what it
is by reflection and ftudy, and then frame rules of that afterwards
carry their difcourfe tea higher pitch, fheby an inborne vertue

maketh

44

A TREATISE

maketh a man doe it orderly, conftantly, and certainly.

5. The like may be obfervedin the dayly ufe men make of the

That the rules i^aximfsof humane action : which are certain knowledges that

andmaximesofformeriy they have gotten, but that they ufually think not of,

pofot^iyT us whiles they work agreeable to them; yet it fecmeth they work

though wee by them ; for if their action flaould jarre againft any of thcm,they

think not of would prefently reflect upon their Maxime, and by it correct

them. what they were about : for example, one who is skilled in the

rules of Grammar, or of accenting his fpeech,or hath his eare ufed

to Mufak^i whiles he heareth true conftruction, or even verfe,or

confonant long,never reflefteth how it is made ; or at moft doth

but confider in grofle that it is right : but if a folecifme, or falfe

quantity ,or difcord intervene, he prefently is a ware, not onely

that it is amiffc, but remembreth the very particular precife rule,

againft which the breach is made.

This at the firft fight might occafion us to imagine, that the
rules by which any competition is made,doc worke onely nega-
tively in us, whiles we are bufie about it : that is, that they con-
tribute nothing to the making of the thing, but oncly hinder us
from committing errors : but if we confider the matter well, we
{hall find it irnpoflible,but that they fhould work even pofitive-
}y in us ; for we know that when we firft learne any of thefe
things,we look indwftrioufly for fuch a gender,ornumber,or cafe,
or tenfe, for luch a foot or quantity, fuch a note, or confonance ;
and we are fure, that ufe and practice of the fame thing, doth not
change, bat onely facilitate the worke : therefore it folio weth of
neceflity, that weftillufe thofe very inftructions, by which at
the firft we could but (lowly creepe, but now manage them with
fuch celerity, as our fancie cannot keep pace with what we do.
And this is the reafon why wt do not perceive that we think of
them,butmay peradventureat the fame time think of a quite dif-
ferent matter ; as when a Mufitian playeth voluntary divifion up-
on a giound he never faw before, and yet hath all the while fome
other thought in his head -y or when a Painter dra weth a picture^
and all the while difcourfeth with a by-ftandcr.

This truth may be convinced by another argument: as thus;
it cannot be doubted, but that a verfc or fong is made by the
p0Bwef taking fuch compositions: but that power is the art of
them ; and that art is nothing elfe but the rules whereby they are

made:

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. IV. 45

made : and accordingly we fee , that who hath not the art,can-
not make fuch compositions : but who hath, can when he plea-
feth : and if any man would be able to make them, he prefently
ftudycth the art : fo that it cannot be doubted, but that artificiall
things are alwayes madeby»the ufe of thole rules which teach
the making of them ; although for the moft part we arc not able
to perceive how fuch rules are ufed ; and bcfides this, we are
furethat we doe notoncly make ufe of thofe rules we learned at
the firlr, but when we are arrived to Ma ftery in any art, we make
ule of them in a qaite different manner tHcn we did in the begin-
ning, and then we doe in any other thing, wherein we find pair;e
and difficulty.

In the fecond cfrccT: that we experience of our under Handing, 4.

( which is,our calling about for new conceptions, when thofe it How the. tm-
alrtady hath,appear not fufficient to direct what it hath in hand) jerfanding

the force and working of it, is very evident: for this effect pro- tc.aabouc
,, , • - - wncnitwant-

,, , L r • t n.- jf-ii

ceedeth out or a want or latisracrion : and this belcngcth proper- eth

ly to the underftanJ ing ;ror if evidence and fatlsfaction be quali- grounds for
tics of it,thenof n.ceflity the privation of thefc qualities, muft aAion.
likewife belong unto it ; as alio to difcerne that privation, and
to ufe meanes to avoid it : and in the very cafting about, we fee
a choice made : and that things are not taken promifcuoufly as
they come of a ro w,bnt t hat feme of them are fet afide, & others
advanced for ule .* which argueth plainly the knowledge and go-
vernment of the understanding,

But the third operation, is that which giveth cleared evidence r

of the peculiar and diftincT: working of the understanding : for if HOW reafon
we mark the contestation and ftrife within us,between ourfenfu- doth rule over
all part and his antagonift which maintaineth the refolution fet jenfc and pal-
by reafon.and obfcrve how exceedingly their courfes and procee- '
dings differ from one another; wefliall more plainly difcern
the nature, and power, andefficacieofboth of them. We may
perceive that the motions againft Re*f0nt rife up iuibulently,
as it were in billowes, and like a hill of boy ling water (as truly
Prf^ofl is a conglobation of fpiritsj doe put us into an unquiet
and diftempered heat and confulion; on the olher fide, Rcafon
endcftvoureth to keepe us in our due temper, by fometimes
commanding downe this growing fea ; otherwhiles, by con-
teating in fome aicafare the dcfires of it,and fo diverting another

way

46 A TREATISE

way its unruly force : fometimes Qie terrifyeth it, by the pro-
pof all of oftenfive things joyncd unto thofe it is fo earneft to
enjoy; Agairie, fometimes (hee preventeth it, by cutting off
all the caufes and helpes that promote on its impotent defires,
and by engaging before hand the power of it in other things, and
the like.

All which doe evidently convince, that as Rttfo* hath a great
ftrength and power in opposition of fenfe, fo it muft be a quite
different thing, and of a contrary nature unto it : we may adde,
that the worke ofRetfon can never be well performed, but in a
great quiet and tranquillity ; whereas the motions of P*JJt9*t
are alwayes accompanyed with diforder and perturbation : foas
it appcareth manifeitiy that the force ofReafcn, is not purely the
force of its inftruments, but the force of its inftruments as they
are guided, and as the quantities of them are proportioned by it:
and this force o(Rf^fent is different from the force of its inftra-
ments in themfelves,in fuch fort as the force of a fong,is different
from the force of the fame founds, whereof it is compofed, taken
without that order which the Mufitian putteth in them:fbr other-
wife the more fpirits that arc raifed by any thought ( which fpi-
rits are the inftruments whereby /^/0» performeth all her ope-
rations in us) the more ftrongly &*/c» Lhould worke j thecon-
traryofwhichisevidentjforwefeethat too great abundance of
fpirits confoundeth R eafon.

6. This is as much as at prefent I intend to infift upon, for proofe

How we recall that our underftanding hath its proper and diftind operati©ns,and
our thoughts worketh in a peculiar manner,and in a quite different ftrain from
from diftrafti- a^ that jg (jone ty our fenfes. Perad venture fome may conceive,
that the watchfalnes and recalling of our thoughts back to their
en/ eyned work, when they break loofe and ran aftray, & our not
letting them range abroad at randome, doth alfo convince this af-
fertion: but I confefle ingenioufly, theteftimonyofitfeemeth
not cleare to me ; and therefore I ranke it not with thofe, that I
wouldhavefintrnay bej folidly weighty, and undenyable to
who (hall confider maturely the bottome and full efficacieufnes
ofthem. Of fuch,afew,or any one,isenough to fettle ones mind-
in the beliefe of a truth : and I hope, that this which we have la-
boured for in this Chapter ,isfofafficiently proved, as we need
not make up our evidence with number of testimonies.

But

OFMANS SOULE. Ghap.IV. 47

But to fhew the exceptions I take againft this argument^ct us
examine, how this ad within us which we call watchfulm fle,
is performed : truly, me thinketh it appeareth to be nothing elfe,
but the promptitude and recourfe of fome fpirits, that are proper
for this cried1, which by a mans carneftnefle in his refolution,doe
take aftrong impreflion, and foare ftill ready to knock f requent-
lyatthedooreofourundtrftanding, and thereby enable it with
power to recall our ft rayed thoughts. Nay, the very reflexion it
felfe, which we make upon our thoughts, fcemeth unto me to
beonely this, that the objicl: beating upon the fanfie, carryeth
back with it at its retyring from thence, fome little particle
or atome of the braine or Septum Lucidun»t againft which it
beateth,ftickingupon it; in like manner as upon asother occa-
fion, we inftanced in a ball rebounding from a grcene mudde
wall, unto which fome of the matter of the wall muft needs
•dhcre: now this efcjVft, together with the addition it getteth
byitsftroake upon the fanfie , rebounding thence, and having no
more to doe there at prcfcnt , betaketh it fclfe to reft quietly in
fome cell it is difpofed into in the braine, as \ve have delivered
at large in our former Treatife , where we difcourfed sAMcmo-
rie : but whenfocverit is calledforagaine by the fanfie, or upon
any other occafion returneth thither, it com meth as it were cap-
ped with thisadditionall piece it acquired formerly inthe fanfie;
and fo fnaketh a rcprefentation of its own having been formerly
there.

Yet, be thefe actions performed how they will, it cannot be
denyed, but that both of them arefuch, as arc not fit, nor would
beany wayes ufefull to creatures, that have net the power of
ordering their owne thoughts and fanfics, but are governed
throughout meerely by an uniform courfe of nature: which or-
dering of thoughts, being an operation fcafible onely by ratio-
nall creatures, and by none others, thefe two actions ( which
Would be in raine, whert fuch ordering is not uled) feeme to
be fpecially ordained by nature, for the fervice ofReafottzndof
the Vnderftanding ; although peradventme a precifc proper wor-
king of the undemanding, doe not cleerely ftiine in it. Much lefie
can we by experience finde among all the aclions we have hither-
to fpokcn of, that our Retfon or V»Aerftanding worketh fingly
and alone by it fclfc, without the afliftancc and confortftiip of

the

48 A TREATISE

the fantafie •• and as little can I tell how goe about to feeke any

experience of it.

7. But what Rctfon may doe in this particular, we fhall hereafter

How reafon enquire : and end this Chapter, with collecting out of what is
is fcmctimcs faj j jlow itfarctfj wjth Us,when we doe any thin[» againft Rea-

overcome by r • n i j -,L i '• •- i_ L r

fenfc and paf-/**'01 ag>inftour ownc knowledge. If this happen byfurpnfe,
Hon. it is plaine that the watch of Reafen was not fo ftrong as it

fhould have been, to prevent the admittance or continuance ef
thofe thoughts, which worke that tranfgreffion. Againe, if it be
occasioned by Pajfiott, it is evident that in this cafe,the multitude
and violence of thofe fpirits which Pajfion fendeth boyling up
to the fantafie, is fo great, as the other fpirics, which are in the
jutifdiction and government of Reafon, are not able for the pre-
fent to ballance them and (lay their impeuiofity , whiles fhc raa-
keth truth appeare. Sometimes wee may obferve, that Reafen
hath warning enough, to nuifter together all tar forces, to en-
counter, as it were in fct battaile, the affault of fome concupi*-
fcence, that fendeth his unruly bands to takepofle/fion of the
fanfie, and conftraine it to ferve their defircs, and by it to
bring Reafon to their bent. Now if in this pitched field fhee
loofe the bridle, and be carryed away againft her owne rcfo-
lutions , and be forced like a captive to obey the others lawes,
it is cleare that her ftrength was not fo great as the contrary
factions.

The caufe of which is evident ; for we know that (he can
doe nothing, but by theaffiftance of the fpirits which inhabit
the braine: now then it followeth, that if flic have not the
command of thofe fpirits which flock thither, (he muftof ne-
ccfllty be carryed along by the ftrcarne of the greater and ftronger
multitude ; which in our cafe, is the throng of thofe that are fent
up into the braine by the dcfired object ; and they come thither
fo thick and fo forcibly, that they difplace the others which
fought under Reafons Standard : whichif they doe tetally, and
excluding Reafons party, doe entirely poffefle the fanfie with
their troupes , (as in madnefle and in extremity of fudden pafiion
it happencth^ then muft Retfon wholly fellow their fway , with-
out any ftrugling at all againft it ; for whatibever beateth on the
fanfie, occafioneth her to worke I and therefore when nothing
beateth there but the meffcngers of fome ienfuall object, {he can

make

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. IV. 49

make no refinance to what they impofc : but if it happen that
thefe tumultuary ories,be not the only fpirits which beat there,but
that Rfafon hath likewife fome under her jurisdiftion,which keep
pofleflionfor her, though they be too weak toturne the others out
ofdoores;thenitistrue,fhec-in ftill direct fairely , how in that
cafe a man fhould govern him(Ufe;but when he cometh to exe-
cute,he findeth his finews already poffeflcd^and fwelled with the
contrary fpirits ; and they keeping out the frailer and weaker
number, which reafon hath ranked in order, and wculd furnifh
thofe par: s withall,he is drawne even againft his judgement and
R M*/0»,toobey their appetites,and to move hirnfclr'm profecution
of w hat they propofc; i n fuch fort as the Poet exprcflfcth that Mc-
dca found in he rfelfc-, when (he ccraphined and bemoaned her
fclfe in thefe words; Video mtliora froboque , Deteriora fcqttor :
and in this cafe, a man forefeeth his mifery all the way he roalcth
towards it, and kapcthinto the precipice with his eyes open:
which fheweth that the Army ofr thoughts on Reafons fide,fhould
be encreafed in number, to have her ftrong enough to wage battle
withtherebellictisadverfary : orelfe, that her adverfjry foould
befo much wcakned, that (he, though not grown ftronger in her
felfe, yet might,through the others enfeebling, be able to make her
party good; (and hence is the ufe of corporeal! mortifications , to
iubjvcl our Pajfions to the beheaft of Reafon) even as when wee
fee, that when we are in health, our armes, and legs, and all our .
limbts, obey our will, reaching what we command them , and
carrying us whither we dcfire , becaufe the fpirits which are fent
into them from our brainc, are ftrong enough to raife and move
them as they are directed; but if our line wes be fo fteeped in fome
cold and watry humour, that the fpirits coming do wne , find net
means to fwell and ha; den them ; well we may with and itrire,
but all in vaimtor we (hall not be able to make them perform their
due functions.In like manncr,if>^yi» doe fend her emiflaries into
the fame arm or leg or other member, and no other fpirits doe
there ftrive againft them,then that liinb is moved and governed ab-
folutely according to her directions :but if at the fame time, a grea-
ter multitude of others , do hinder ReAfens fervants from coming
thither,or flocking into other fincws,doe carry that limb a contra-
ry way ; in vain &othJR.e*fon ftrivcto move them to her by as ; for
thofc obeying parts muft obferve the rules which the violent con-
queror prcicribeth, D d d THE

A TREATISE

THE F I F T CHAPTER.

Containing p roofes out of our (irtgular apfrekenjiotts , that ottr
fettle is incorporeal/.

i. A S in our firft Treatife we diflefted nature, and (hewed, how

The conneAI-XjLOUtofthenotion and firft divifion of Quantity, arifeth that
on of the fob- vaft multiplicity of things, which filling this world , falleth un-
fequent chap- ^ ^ confideraticn of our fenfes : fo in the bednnine of this fe-
ters with the IT- •/• L r L j • .. r

precedent. cond Treatife, we have learched into thole operations of a man
(attributed to.his foule) by which he is conceived to excell all
- other living creatures: and there difcevered, that the admirable,
and unlimited variety of works, which is feen in mens writings
and actions, doth all flow from the fource of fingle apprehenjie»s>t
and even from one bare notion of Being : which is the root and
principle, from whence all others derive their origine; and into
which all may be refolved; works proceeding from refolutions,
they from difcourfes,thefe being compofed of judgements , and
judgements of fingleapprehenfions, This part we muft now re-
view, and enquire what we can find in mans operation t arguing
tint £tt*litj rf his Soul, whether it be corporeal! or ne. For if thcfe
fingle apprehenfions,and the precedes compounded of them,may
be performed by the ordering of rare and denfe parts (as the other
works of nature are) then they will be corporeall, and of the fame
kind withthofe, which we opened in the firft Trcatife : but if we
{hall prove, that they cannot poflibly be deduced from multipli-
city ,and order of Quantitative parts, when we may confidently
refolve our/elves,that in the caufe from which they flow, is a na-
ture wholly discrepant from that which refideth among bodies,
and among corporeall things.

This we fhall htre labour to doe: and to that end , we will be-
gin our work with reflecting upon what we have delivered of a
fingle apprehenn"on,in the firft Chapter of this fccond Treatife :
whole nature we there firft explicated in common ; and thence
proceeded to fome particular apprehenfions ; and laftly fhewcd
the extent they comprehended. Thefe then muft be the fub jeft of
our prefent fpecujation.

As

OF MANS S O U LE. Chap.V. 51

As for their nature, we may remember, how we refolved three 2.
things; firft, that by apprehcnfion, the very thing apprehended ™e incx1'
is by it felfein our foule : next, that the notion of Being , is the ^^^g,
firft of all notions, and isrefumed in all others : and thirdly , that m the foulc by
what is added to the notion ofBeingjs but refretts to other things, the power ot
Nowthenletusconfider, what kind of Engines they muftbe, apprchcnfion,

that may have the power to make things themlelves to beinour;°L^

.. -r t i * • it -y .7 n- 11 to be immatc-

fcule , if they were to bee there materially ? How mall the riaii.

place, or the time paflfcd, be removed, and be put in another place,
indin another time ? How (hall the quantity of the heavens , of
the whole world, nay of bignefle exceeding all that by millions of
proportionall encreafes , be fliut up in the little circuite of mans
brame? And if we examine our (elves ftriftly, we fhall find
nothing wanting; all is there. How (hall the fame thing, bee
corporeally in two, nay in two thousand places, at the frme
time.? And yet, in fo many is the funne, when two thouland
men think ot it at once. We muft then allow, that things are there
immaterially; and confequently, that what receiveth them, is im-
materiall ; fince every thing is received according to the meafure
and natare of what receiveth it.

B at I eafily conceive, that the ftrangenefle and incredibility
ofourpofition,may counterballancetheforceofit : for who can
perfwade himfdf e, that the very thing he apprehendeth , is in his
mind ? I acknowledge, that if its being there, were to be under-
ftood corporeally, it were impoflible : but on the other fide, who
fhall eontider, that he knoweth the thing he rightly apprehendeth,
that it worketh in him , and maketh him work agreeable to its
nature , and that all the properties and fingularides ef it may
bee difplayed by what is in him , and are as it were unfolded
in his mind , hce can neither deny nor doubt, but that it is
there in an admirable and fpirituall manner. If you askc me
how this cometh to pafle ? And by what artifice, bodies are thus
fpiritualized ? I confeffe I fhall not bee able to fatisfy you :
but muft anfvver, that it is done, I know not how, by the
power of the foule: (he wine a foule,and I will tell you how it
worketh:but as we are fure there is a foulc, (that is to fay, a Prin-
cipktrom whence thefe operations fpring) though we cannot fee
it : fo we may, and doe certainly kno ws t h a t this my ftery is as we
fay; though beca ufc we underftand not the true and complett na -

D d d a ture

52 ATREATISE

nature^f a foule, we can as litle exprefle the manner, how it is
done by a foule. Yet, before we take our leave of this matter of
Apprehcnfions, we will in due place endeavour to fay foraething
towards the clearing of this obfcure point.

5. Our fecond confutation upon the nature of Apfrehcnfion, was,

The notionof that our primary and maine notion, is of Being. This difcove-
.£> . r1 1S reth fome litle elympfeof the nature of the foule : for it is mani-

mnatc m the , n f n , , * • • n

foule doth fell that the applyeth this notion, as well to no parts, astoparts:
prove'thcfamc. which we proved in the firft Trcatife, when we QIC wed that we
have a particular notion of /»£/?*»f£,diftincT: from the notion of
Quantity- for quantity and parts being the fame, it followeth that
if there fee a notion fuppofcd by quantity , (as in fubftance there
is) it muft of neceflity abftracT: from parts: and confcqaently,
wee may conclude, that the notion of Being, which is indiffe-
rently applyable either to quantity or to fubftance, doth of its
owne nature wholly abftraft either from Parts , or from no
Parts. I then inferre : that fmce this notion of Being , is the
very firft and virgin notion our foule is imbued with or is capable
of, and that it is the root of all other notions 3 ajid into which
fhec refolveth every other notion, in fuch fort , as when we have
fjfted and fearfed thceflfence of any notion whatfoever , we can
difcovcr nothing that is deeper then this,or precedent to it, and
that it agrecth fo compleatly with our foule, as fhe feemeth to be
nothing clfe but a capacity fitted to Being , it csnnot be denied ,
but that our foule muft necdes have a very neare affinity and
refemblance of nature with it : but it is evident , that Being
hath not of it fclfe any parts in it, nor of it felfe is capable
of divifion : and therefore it is as evident , that the foule which
is framed fas it werej by that patterns and Idea, and is fitted
for Being as for its end , muft alfo of it felfc be voyde of parts,
and be incapable of divifion. For how can parts be fitted to an
indivifiblc thing? And ho wean two fuch different natures ever
meet pi oportionably ?

If it bi objected, that the very notion of Being , from whence
wee eftimatethe nature of the foule, is accommodable to parts :
as for example, wee fee that iubftance is endewed with quan-
tity. Weanfwer, that eventhisdothcorroborateourproofe: for
feeing that the fubftances, which our icnfes are acquainted with-
all, have parts, and cannot be without parts; and yet neverthe-

lefle

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. V. 53

leflein our foulc , the notion of fuch fubftance is found witheut
parts; it is clcare , that fuch fubftance hath this meerly from our
foule: and becaife it hath this indivisibility from our foule, it
folio wet h that our fonle hath a power and nature to beftow in-
divifibility upon what coincth into her. And fincc it cannot be
denyed , but that if any fnbftancc were once exiRent without
parts, it could never after have partf ; it is evident , that the na-
ture of the foule is incapable of parts , becaufe it is exiftent
without parts. And that it is in fuch fort exiftent, iscleare:
for this erfcft of the fouks giving indivifibility unto what fhee
rec'.iveth into her , proceedeth from her as (hee is exiftent.
Now fince this notion of Being , is of all others the firft and
Original! notion that is in the foulc , it muft needs abore
all others, favour moft of the proper and genuine nature of
the foule: in which, and by which , it is what it is, and hath
its indivifibility.

If then it be preffcd; how can fubftance (in reality or in things)
be accommodated unto Quantity , feeing that of it felfe it is indi-
vifible? Weeanfwer, that fuch fubftance, as is the fub/cft of
Quantity, and that hath .Quantity , is not indivifible ; for fuch
fubftance cannot be fubfiftent without Quantity ; and when we
frame a notion of it, as being in^voiJUlt^i it an cf&ft of the force
of our foule, that is able to draw a notion out of a thing that hath
parts, without drawing the notion of the parts : which (heweth
manifcftly , that in her there is a power above having of parts:
which being in her,arg«eth herexiftence to be fuch.

Our laft confideration upon the nature of apprehenfion , was, 4.
hew all that is added to the notion ot Being , is nothing elfe bat The fame Is
refretls of one thing to another j and how by thefc refptttst
the things of the world come to be in our foule. The evidence we
may draw from hence of our foules immateriality , will be not a
whit lefle,then either of the two former: for let us caft oar looks
over all that commcth into ourfcnfes, and fee if from one end
to another , we can meet with fuch a thing as we call a refpctt :
it hath neither figure , nor colour , nor fmell , nor motion ,
nertafte, nor touch; it hath no fimilitude tobedrawne out of
by meancs of our fenfcs : to be like, to be h*lfct to be cxttfc , or ef-
feftt what is it? The things (indeed) that are fo, have their refem-
blanccsand pictures; but which way (hould a Painter goe about to

Ddd 3 draw

54

A TREATISE

draw a likene^e ? Or to paint a halfe, or a cAnfe} or an t
haveany undeiilanding, we cannot choofe but underftand , that
thefa not ions are extreamiy different , from whatfoevcr cometh
in unto us by the mediation or our f<.nfts: and then if we reflect,
how the whole negotiation of our undcrftanding is *», and fey re-
fyttts; muft it libt follow ntceffarily,that our loule is of an ex-
treame different nature from our fenies, and from our Imaginati-
on? Nay, if we look well into this argument, wee fh all fee,
that whereas Ariftetle pretendeth, that Nihileft in intetttttu quod
*on f rifts fait infenftt ; this Maxime is fofarre from being true,
(in rigour of the words ) that the, quite contrary followeth un-
deniably out of it ; to wit, thitNihit eft in intellect* quodfuit pritu
in fenfa. Which I doe not (*y to contradict Anftotle (for his
»• words are true in the meaning he fpoke them; ) buttofhew,how

things arc fo much changed by coming into the underftanding and
into the foule,that although on the one fide, they be the very fame
things, yet on the: other fide there rcmaineth no likenetfe at all
between them in themfelves as they are in the underftanding;
which isa moft evident proofe, ( when the weight of it is duely
confidercd) that the nature- cf our foule, is mainly different from
the na'urc of all corporeal) things, that corne into our fenfe.
- By this which we now come from declaring, tke admiration,

'hat corporc- how corporiall things can be in the foule, and how they are fpi-
11 things are ritualized by their own being fo, will in part be taken away : for
"ritualized in reflecting that all the notions of the foule, are nothing but the ge-
ic underftar.- neraj[ j-;Otion of a fubftancHyOi of a thin? joyned with fome parti-
me by means __ „ ., ,J *r, , &- r a

tthc lou'-os cu-*r re}re"> " tben we conhder, that the reipects may be fo orde-
orking in red, t hut one refped may be included in another, we fhall fee, that
nd by re- there maybe fome one refpe&, which may include all thofe refpecls
jcfts. t fa explicate the nature of fome one thing : and in this cafe, th«

generall notion of a thing coupled with this refpecT:, will contain
h b- *^ whatfoever is in the thing : 85 for example , the notion of a
;rafting of ^n^f» **>** ** ** * ^"g *° CH* witkttt , includeth fas we have for-
otions from merly declared) all tnat bclongtth unto a knife. And thus you
H particular fee, how that myfticall phrafe,x>f cerporeall things being ipintti-
nd individual iaiiEedln the iouje> fignifieth no more , but chat the fuuilirudes
cr^ee^se'.doth which arc of them in the foule, are RtfreKs.
lateriality^f ^^u$ ^^5 collected out of the nature of Apprfhevjion in
^ foule. common, as much as we conceive needfull in this place to provs

our

* OF MANS S O U L E. Chap. V.

our aflertion, our next work muft be, to try if we can doe the
like, by reflecting upon particular tpprchcnfions. We confidercd
them of two forts, calling one kind,*»#vr/ktf ones ; and the o-
thcr, colle fliv e ones : in thy univerfall ones, we took notice of
two conditions, the abftrAftion, and the ttniverfality of them:
now truly if we hid no other evidence, but what will rife from
the firft of thcfe, that alone would convince and carry theconclu-
fion: for though among corporeall things, tfce fame may be now
in one place, now in another ^or fometimcs have one figure,fbme-
titnes another,and ftill be the fame things, as for example wax or
watcr;yct,it is impoffible to ionagin any bodily thing whatfoever,
to be at any time without all kind of figure.or without any plact
at ail.or indifferent to this or to that; and neverthelefll1, all things
whatfoever,when they are unmrfally apprehended by thefoule,
have this condition in her by reafon of their abOraclion there,
which in themfelves is impotfiblc unto them. When we fay, wa-
ter, fire,«old,filvt r,bread, &c, doe we m«an or exprcffc any deter-
minate figure? If we doe, none but that precife figure , will fervc
or content us: but it is evident, that of a hundred different ones,
any and every one doth alike intircly fatisfy us ; when we call f«r
mony, if we reflect upon our fanfy , peradvemure wee (hall find
there a purfe of crowns : neverthelefle, if our meflengcr brings 'us a
purfeof piftols, we fhall not except a«ainft it , as not being what
we intended in our mind,becaufc it is n<ft that which was painted
in.our.1 fanfy : it is therefore evident, that our metning and our
fanfy were different; for other wife,nothing would bnvefatisfyed
us,but that which was in our fanfy. Likewifs in the: very word
(which is the picture of our notion ) we fee an indiffcrencyjfor no
dictionary will ttll us, that this word Monj doth rot fignify as
"well piftols as crowns: and accordingly we fee, that if our mean-
ing had bin precifely of crowns, we {hould have blamed our felvcs
for not having named crowr.s,and not him that brought us piftols*
when we fpoke to him by the name of mony : and therefore it is
moft cleare,that cur undcrftanding or meaning is not fixed or dc -
termined to any one particular; but it is equally indifferent to all • 7
tndconfequentlyjthatitcanaotbelike any thing which entret h Ttar the uni-

by the fenfes; and therefore not corporeall. Xcrfilj7 of^b"

•--"-- Itraftcd non-

vgrfalitj which addeth unto their abftradion, one admirable par- ihc fame.

The fccond condition of VnivcrfallApfrehenfiont, is their now- or
3 their abftradion, one admirable par-
Dd(| 4 ticularity

S<* A TREATISE

cularity , and it is , t hat they abftraft^n fuch fort, as to exprefle at
thefametiine even the very thing they abftrad from. How isit
ppdible that the fame thing can be, and not be in the fame notion.*
Yet let a man confidsr what he mtaneth when he faith,*zwjr ma»
kath two ejesfmd he (hall fee that he expreflcth nothing, whereby
any one man is diftinguiihed from another: and yet the force of
t his word Every , dothexprcfle that every man is diftinguifhed
from another/o that in truth, he exprefleth particularity it felfe in
common. Now let our imarteft and ingenioufeft advcrfary, fhew
or imagine if he can,how this may be done in a pidure,or in a fta-
tue, or in any rcfetnblance of a body or bodily thing: but if he can
not, kt him acknowledge an eminent and fingular propriety in
the foule, that is able to doe it.

Letusreflcdjthat particularity in a body, is a collection of divers
qualities and circumftancesjas that it js white, of fuch a figure, in
iach a place, in fuch a time, and an infinitude of fuch like conditi-
ons,c0nglobatcd toget her: then if our foul be a body,the exprtffion
of the particularity of a body in the foulr muft be a participation in
her of fuch a conglobation , or of fuch things conglobated. Now
let us imagine if wt can, how fuch a participation fhould be in
cooimon, andfhould abftrad from all colour , all place , and all
thofe things of which the conglobation confifteth,adn yet we fee,
that in the foul this is done j and he who faith Every mantdoth not
expnrfle any calour,place,or tirne,and nerercheles he doth by fay-
ing fo exprcflfejthat in every man there is a conglobation of colour,
plice,and time: for it could not be Every o»r,unlcs there were fuch
congloba ions to mikeEverj tne^ne: & if any conglobation were
exprefled in this termEverj onejt would not beEvcry «»?,bHt on-
ly one *hne. No w if any coordination of parts can unfold and lay
open this riddle, I will renounce ail Philofophy & underftanding.
&• . Coilcfti've A^rehcn^ens will afford us no meaner tcftimony
r J°u^lve then the other two, for the fpirituality of our foule: for although it

ipprcncnhcns .. . . n ** I t < i i

ioe prove the may ^eem unto us,bt:rore we reflect throughly on the matter, that
fame. we fee, or otherwife difcern by our fenfe,the numbers of thingsjas

that the men in the next roome, arc three ; that the chaires there,
arctennejandthelikeof other things j yet after due confidera-
tion, wefhallfind, thatoureyt-,orfenfetelleth us but fingly of
each one, that it is one-, and fo runneth over every one of them;
keeping them ftill each by thcmfclves, under their owne feyerall

nnitiet ;

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. V. 57

unities : but then the undemanding commeth;and joyncth under
one netion,what the fenfc kept afunder in fo many fcverall ones,
as there are things. The notion of three, oroffr*, is not in the
things, but in our mind -, for why three rather then fire, or ten ra-
ther then twelve, if the matter of which we fpeak were not deter-
inincu ? and fuch determination ofthe matter, is an cffcft of the
underftanding.If I had fpeken of things, as I did of men, or of
chaires,therc had been more then three or ten : it is then evident,
that what determined my fpeecb, made the number be three
ortenne.

Aguine,we fee that the notion of ten, is but one notion ; for as
the name of tcn,is but one figne,fo it argueth, that there is but one
notion,by which it is the figne often things. Bcfides,we fee that
Arithmetitians doe find out the proprieties and particular nature
of any determinate number:and therefore we may conclude,that
eve.ry number hath a definition, and a peculiar nature of its owne,
as it is a number. If then this definition, or nature, or notion of
tfn,bt a corporeall one, it is a corporeall fimiiitude of the object.
But is it like to any one of the thirrgs,or is it like to all the ti.jn ? If
to any ©nf,then that one will be ten ; if it be like to the whole
made of ten,thcn that whole being but one, ten will be j'uft on*,
and not ten things.

Befides,tobe^»,dothexprcfly imply tobenotone : how then
can that be a materiall thing, which by being one reprefenteth
many ? Seeing that in materiall things, one anJ awtfjareop-
pofite, and exclude one another from the fame fubj^cT: ? And
yet, this notion could not reprefent many together, but by be-
ing one.

Againe, if it be a materiall notion or fimilirade, it is cyther
in an indif ifiblc of the braine, or it is in a divifiblc part of it ; I
meanc,that the whole eflence ofthe notion be in every part never
fo little ofthe braine,or that one part ofthe eflerce, be in one part
ofthe braine, and that another part of the eflknce , be in another '
part ofthe brain. If you fiy,that the whole efllncs is in every part
of the brainc,though never fo little; you make itimpofliblcthat
itfhoald bcabody; for you make it the likenefle of ten determi-
nate bodies, in an indtviiiblc manner ; feeing that what by divi-
fion groweth not u-fle, hath the nature of an indivifible •• but if
yon lay , that divers parts of the cffcnce , ire in divers parts

of

A TREATISE

of the braine, then you make it impoflible that the notion of
tenne, fhould be indivifible ; fince it felfe iscompofed of feve-
rall parts.

In a word, tenne things cannot be reprefented materially, but
by ten other;things : and therefore it is moft evident, that the
foulc which reprdcnteth ten by one thing or notion, doth not
reprefent the tenne materially : and confequently , that her felf
isimmateriall.

What we have now faid, will be confirmed by confidering the
termes,^andw>6*/<?: foritiscleare,thatthefetermesalfo, are
of the nature of numbers j bntwithall, doe expreffe particularly
that no part is wanting. If then the notion of AH or wholefie faid
tobemateriallorquantirative,itmutt: bedivifible : but if you di-
vide it, nopartremaincthy^^or whole: it is not therefore divifi-
ble ; and confequently it is not materiall. And as this argument
is rmnifeftlyapplyable to numbers, fo if'we looke into the argu-
ments concerning numbers, you will fiad all them likcwife ap-
ply able to thefe termes, AH and whole.

T1 9' , Out of what hath been hitherto difcorered, we may gather
onsof Sefoulc ^is note .' that it is the nature ot the foule,to draw from divifibi-
drawmgal- lity,to indivifibility ; from multitude, to unity j from indeter-
wayes from minatencfle and confufion, to a clarity and deter mination : as ap-
e to peareth evidently in this laft example of Collections ; in which,
whether we take numbers, or other collective termes, we fee
that throughout their natures doe confift in fuch a perfect indivifi-
bilitysas no part can be feparatcd without dt.ftroying the.effencc
of the notion .- nay, things which in thtmfelvesare many and
confift in parts, doe in the mind get ati impartible nature 5 for ten,
is nolonger/r»,ifitbedivided : nor*#, is *U> if any thing be
taken away. In the fame manner, though Philofophy teach us,
there be neither points in bignefle, nor inibnts in motion or
time, yet nature maketh us expreffeall bignefle by points, and
all time by inftants ; the foule ever fixing it felfe upon indi-
visibility.

Andthisisthereafon , why we attribute the nature of fub-
ftance to all our notions : if we fee a thing white, or blacker doe,
or fufTcr, or be in a place, or in time ; prefently in our apprehenfl-
ons we conceive thefc modifications of the thing,like fubftances;
and accordingly we call them by fubftantive names,

OF MANS S O U L E. Ghap. V. 55

, ybicAtion, Dur/ttion&c. Now the reafon of this is, be-
caufeafubftance, (that is terminated within it fclfe) is a fit and t
fteady ground for the foulc to fixe it (life upon, whereas thefc Q-
thtr Appendixes of fubtlance, would not afford her cafie footing
tobuild her ftruclures upon, if the confidered them astuily they
are in thetnfelves: and therefore in her notion, (He giveththem
the qualities of fubftance : but withall it happeneth many times,
that by her doin^ thus,iPfhe be not very wary,{he is deceived and
falleth into grofle errors,

rXiething more we muft renumber to take notice of; and it ic.
iSjthatifvve will compare the notions in our underftanding,with Thc difference

the (isnes which beatinq in our finfic doe beget thofcnotions: we b.ctwixt lhc "°-
n 11 £ i i e- j i « • uunoc a thinr

ihall find, that thtk are but bardy ngnes: and doe not in their jn cur uncjcr.&

owne nature cxprefle, eyther tht notions they raife,or the things ftandingjand
they are fignes of. This is evident in the images of the founds we ^ imprefllon
callwor<r>:foriti$cleare,thty have noliUenefli* either with the 'hatcorrefpoa-
things they fignifie, or with the thoughts they beget in us:smd we ^ie [hin/in
fliall find it no lefle true of other images; for example,in the ex- our t"anfic,,doth
teriour imprt-filons of fenfible qualities, which feernc by them- provcthefamc.
fclrestobtintheunderrtanding ; for if we confidcr the matter
well, we (hall perceive that we underftand nothing more by
them, then we doe by meere words ; and that to worke, or to
difcourfeout of them, we muft feek into the < bjtcrs, and their
definitions; whereof we learnenorhing bythoie firft impreffi-
ons : for it feemeth, that (for example) hot, or red, or fweet, to a
man thatfiiftfeeth, orfeelcth , or taftcth them , fignifyeth no-
thing elfe, but a thing w hich maketh fuch an apprt'henfion in his
lfoule,or Tuch a phantafme in hisinteriour fenfejand neverthelcfle,
as yet the man knoweth not that he hath a foule , or an interiour
fenfe; nor doth reflect fo farteas to confidcr, that this motion
paflethbyhisexteriotirfenfc;but hi? apprebenfion is immediate-
ly carried to the thing without him; and het'imagineth that the
imprefllonheftelcth, isinthethinghefeelcth • ar.d fo hec that
ftieuld f .'de himfelfe heated by a burning glafTf, and wert net ac-
quainted with the vertue of fuch aglaft- , would think the glaffa
were hot: yet certainly, his firft apprehenfion is of the motion
made in hisfanfie, (though he imagineth it dfewherc) which he
conceiveth to be the natnre of the thing that maketh it. And thus
wefeethatthecoBverfionofthefoule, is immediate to a thing

without

6o A TREATISE

without the man : which alfo is the effect of her being fixed to
Exigence ; for by reafon of that, fhe ftill apprchendeth every im-
preflion as a thing.

But noWj whether her apprehenfion doth include the very im-
preflion , which is in the fenfe or in the fanfie,fo that by its own
likentffc it be in the foule, er whether the impreflion in the fan-
fiemaketha change in the foule, which we cannot difcerne in
it felfe,but conceive it to be the imprefiion which is in the fan-
lie, becaufethatimpreffionisatthe firft continually prefent at
the faid mutation ; is more obfcure and hard todifcover. But
when we reflect that after fome time, words doe fuccecd in lieu
of this impreflion, aud doe performe the fame effect as the ©rigi-
nall imprefllon,in what language foever they be ottered, fo they
beunderftood; we may conclude out of this evident figne, that
the impreffion is in the underftandingnot in its owne likeneffe,
but in another fhape, which we doe not difcover ; and which is
excjtated, as well by the naine.as by the impreflion, in a man that
is uled to the names,

Againe, in a man that learneth things by himfclf,thefeimpref-
{lonsferve for words, and not for things; for fuch a man never
looketh into his fanfic to difcoarfe upon any thing,but onely up-
on the mutation heconceiveth is made in theexterne (cnG. : out
of which he gathereth by little and little, the nature of the thing,
whofe notion was raade at firft in him by this impreffion. Oat of
which it is manifeft, that our knowledge is as different a thing,
from the Phantafmes which beat at the ibules doore,as the thing
fignifycd is from the found of the word,or as the wine in the cellar
is from the bulh : and therefore, it is impoffiblethat thefeule (in
which that knowledge rciideth, and which indeed is that know-
ledge) (hould be a corpereall or bodily thing : fince of all bodily
things, the motions that arc made by the fenfible qualitics,arrivc
nc-ereft to afpirituall nature.

It remaineth now,that we fhould argae for the immateriality
Theapprcbn- °? thcfoulc,OHtof thecxtcntof o\x AftrchcnfHH : whichTeemeth
fion of negati- to be fo exceffive,as not to be comprehenfible by the limitations
ons and priva- of bodies ; and therefore cannot belong unto a body : but bccaufe
tions do prove anthat needeih to be faid in this particular, ,followeth plainly out
of grounds already urged,and that this point containeth not any
notable particularity dcferving mention here; we will not en-
Urge

OF MANS SOULE. Chap.V. 61

large our felves any further upon it, but will paflc on to the next
line of operations proper unto our mind.

Only we may not omit taking notice of the expreffions which
our mind maketh of**tH*fjM as Logitians terme it, of Negati-
ons and Privations: which doe argue an admirable power in the
fouk-,and of a quite different ftraine from all corporcall things;
and doe evidently com incc the immateriality of it : for it can-
not be doubted , but that thefoule knoweth what (he meaneth,
when fhe dircourftth of Nothing. Now if all her knowledge,
were not hingtlfc but corporeall phantafmes, or pictures made
by corporcall things, how (houldlhe come to have a notion of
Nothing ? for fince it is moft cleare, that fomcthing cannot be like
Nothing, and that there cannet be a participation of what is not;
how can we cor. cave that thtre fhould be a fimilitude made of
Nothing ?

The way therefore that the foule takcth in this operation, is,
that comparing wo things together, and findingthat the one of
them is not the other ; flic rtflccleth upon her owne aftion, and
dividing in it the thing faid,froia the laying, (he taketh the thing
faid for a quality, or property, or predicate (as Logitians call it)
of that thing which (he denyeth to be the other thing; and then
fnegivethit apofitivenarr.e, after ihehathfiift madeapofitive
notion, unto which the name may agree: as for example, when
the foul confidereth a man that hath not the power to fee,as fbon
as fhehath to her fclfe pronounced,that he hath not fuch a power,
fhe takcth the not fewer to fee, for a quality of that man ; and then
giveth the name ot blindnefie to l hat not power of feeing • which
though of it fdfc it be nothing, yet by being that which fatisfy-
ethheracl, when (heiaith that he hath not the power of feeing,
itfeemeth to be rank.d among thofe things, ur.to which names
are due: for it hath a netion j a«d the having a notion, is the
clay me, or merit, or dignity, in vertuc whereof things are prefer-
tedtonamesi .

Now thenjet us enquire how the power of rarity and dcnfity,
or the multiplication and order of parts, can be raifed and re-
fined to the tlate of being like nothing, or effacing the firniiitude
of a negation-, or whatoperatien of rarity or denfity,can forge out
this notion Qtblindnefte, which we have explicated : and when
we find, it is beyond their retch to compaflc, we muft acknow-

ledge.

A TREATISE

ledge , that the foule is another kind of engine, then all thofe
which are in the ftorehoufe of bodies.

THE SIXT CHAPTER.

Containing prtofes out ofottr fettles operations in knowing or
deeming any thingy thatjbe if ofafyirituall nature.

OVr next confederation {hall be to fee what teftimony our
manner of Judging faih yecld us of the nature of the foule :
jVdging er^dce- concerning which, three things offer themfclves, worthy the re-
mingby appre- flefting on ; which are, our manner of thinking j the opposition
bending two which frequently occurreth in our thoughts , and the nature of

i o I ' As f°r the firft, we may remember how

prove theVoulc wc haveftiewed,^thtt all judgement 01 deeming is but anappre-
tobeimmatc- henfion of identification, orfomething immediately following
mil. out of it : and that a fetled judgement or aflcnt of the mind is as it

were a limbe, or branch, or graft in our foule; fo that we findc
that our perceiving of identification between two things, or our
feeing that the one is the other, is that by which our foule encrea-
feth. NoWjbccaufe when two things arc identified, the one rea-
, cheth not further then the other,it is clear that thisincreafe of the
foule is not made by parts, which being added one to another do
caufeittobe greater.- and therefore, fince this latter courfe is
the only means of incre'afe in bodies and in quantity, it is as clear
that the nature ef the foule, is quite different from the nature of
all corporeallor Quantitative things.

Againe, it is againft the nature of identification, to be of parts;
and therefore, they who take quantity to be one thing, and not
many things tyed togethcr,doe acknowledge that truly there are
no parts in it: and this is fo rigoroufly true,that although wee
fpeak of two things that in reality ire identified one with ano-
ther, yet if our words be fuch, as imply that ourunderftanding
confidereth them as diftinft parts,and by abftraftion giveth them
the nature of partsjthen they are no longer identify ed,but in good
Logick, we ought in this cafe to deny the one of the other. As for
example: though the hand and the foot be the fame thing, (as
we hire declared in our firft Treatife) yet becaufr in the name

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. VI. 63

hand, there is a fecret exclusion of any thing that is not in the defi-
nition oUhand.it followcth that in ourfpeechwemuftfay, that
a hand is not a foot. Likcwife though it be conk fled, that the
thing which is rationality is alfo rifbility, neverthtleflc , it is a
folecifme in Logick, to fay that rationality is rifibilitj • becaofe it
is the nature of thefe abft rafted names, to confine their fignifyca-
tionstoone definition; and the deiinitions of thefc two termcs
aredivers. Out of this confederation it followeth clearly , that
feeing the nature of parts, is contrary to the nature of identityjand
that the foule in her judgements worketh altogether by identity,
itisimpofliblcthat her operations fhould confift of parts, or in
any fort rtfemble any proceeding of Quantitative things.

The like will be convinced out of the oppofition we finde in 2.
our thoughts. In it we may confidtr two things : firft the ge- The fame is
neration of it : next,the incompofllbility of oppofites in the foul, proved by the •
To begin with the firft : we tee that in our fpeaking,oppo(ition is ma"n" ; °f aP"
produced by the addition of this word Not : as when we fay, net {^fiti"n jjfa ^
a HUM, not * penny, not A word : and therefore it followeth, that negative judg-
in our foule there is a notion of it, correspondent to the word mem.
thatexprefltth it. Now, feeing that a notion is a thirg, and
that it is the, likenefle ofits objtft, or rather the fame with the
object : let us caft about, how wefhould of parts andot quan-
tity, make a nothing, or an identification to not : and when we
find, that it is ridiculous and abfurd to goe about it, let us con-
clude, that the manner of working, which our foule ufeth, is far
different from that which is ufed in bodies, and among materiall
things.

And if you objecT1, that not oncly abcdy, but even any other
fubftance whatfoevcr (fuppofe- it as fpirituall as you willjcannot
be either like,or identifyed tonothisg; and therefore this argu-
ment will as well prove that the foule is not a thing or fubftance,
as ti at it is not a body : we anfwer,that it is evident out of what
we have already faid,that the understanding is not the objects it
underftandeth, by way of fimilitude, but by a higher meancs ;
which we have (hewed to be by. way offtejpefts. Now then^he
rcfpecl: which the thing hath to another thu;g, by not having (uch
a refpeft unto it, as a third thing formerly confidertd hath there-
unto, may be exprefled in way of Re/peffs, though it cannot in
wayoffiHulitude: and fo our understanding is able toexprefle,

what

ATREATISE

what ncyther our fanfie, nor any corporeall thing can arrive to
the expreflion of : as when firft we finde, that one man hath
arcfpecT: to the will, which we call the power of feeing it5if af-
terwards we find that another man hath a refpeft unto the wall
of impotence, that he cannot fee it,this focond refpecl the under-
ftanding hath a power to exprefie as well as the firft : as we have
touched above.

g. As for the oppofition that occurreth in our thoughts, we may

That things in confident of two kinds : the one is of the things cr ob/efts that

thcmfelvcs op- COme into our thoughts or into our foule and this is not proper-

hahyvlMP no ^ an opp0^011 m the ^GU^e J * or although the things be oppofite

oppofidon m ° by their owne nature in themlelves, yet they doe- not exercifc

thefbule, doth their oppofitionin theknile : nay 5thongh the oppofition be even

prove the fame, in the fuule it felfe, if the foule with this oppofition, beconfidc-

redasanob/ccl, it maketh no oppofition in the foule; for fo you

may confideryonr foul learned and unlearned, ignorant & know-

ing, good and bad, and the like: all which are oppofitions in a

foule fuppofed to be fo qualify ed, but arc no oppofitions in a foole

that confidcreth them : no more then fire and water,heavy things

and light, white andtblackj being and not being, an affirmative

propolition and its negative, and the like : all which are in them-

felves fo contrary and oppofite to one another, that they cannot

confitt together in one fubjecT: ; they have an incompoffibility

among themfelves, whereieevertheoneofthemis, by its very

entrance it drivcthout its oppofite : and yet in the foul they agree

together without reluctance: ilieknowcth and cenfidereth and

weigheth both fides of the fcale at the fame time, and ballanceth

them evenly one againft another : for unlefle both the oppofites

were in the fame inftant in the fame comparing power, that po-

wer could not by one aft whofe beginning implyeth its ending,

judge the difference tnd oppofition ©f them: as when we fay

blacky is contrary to white, or darkneffe is the want «f light ,we pre-

nounce one common not being of both extremes.

We may then boldly conclude, that fince no body whatfbevcr
can entertaine atthefametime,andin the fame place, thefe quar-
relling Antag«nifts,but that by their conflicl, they prefently de-
ftroy one another, and peradvcnture the body too, into which
they prefle for entrance, and the entire pofleflion of which each
of them ftriveth for ; (thofe of them I meane, that are propor-

tioned

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. VI. 65

tioned to the reception of bodies ) and that the foulc imbibeth
them together without any difficulty or contrail , and prefervcth
them alwayes friends even in the face of one another, and lodgeth
them together in the fame bed; and that (in a word) thefe oppo-
fite things doe enjoy an admirable and unknowne manner of Be-
ing in the ioule , and which hath no parallel nor argument in
bodily things : wee may ( I fay ) boldly conclude , that the
foulc it felfc , in which all thefe are, is of a nature., and hath a
manner of Being altogether unlike the nature of bodies, and their
manner of Being.

Out of this agreeing of all objects in the foule, and their having 4.
no oppofition there, even whiles (hee knoweth the oppofition That the firft
that is between them in theinfelves , there followeth anoth
confideration , of nolcflfc importance : which is , that the am- .1 to
plitudcofourfoukinrefped: of knowledge, is abfolutely infi-
nite; that is to fay , (hee is capable of knowing at the fame time
objects without end or meafure. For the explicating whereof,
we are to confider, that the latter conclufion^, which the foul gai-
ncth knowledge of, doe hang to the former by identification , or
by the foules feeing that twonotions are identified, becaufethcy
are identified to a third, as is before exrn-efled; and the firft princi-
ples which feem to be immediately joyned unto the the feule,
have the identity of their termes plaine and evident, even in the
very termes themfelves. Nay, if we infift further , wee fliall find
that the firft truths muft have an identification to the very foule it
felfc; for it being evident that truth or f alfhood, is not in the foule
but fofarre forth, as (he doth apply her felfe to the externall ob-
jeft, ortotheexiftence of things in themfelves; and that we
find that the foules knowing with evidence that any thing it or
hath being, implyeth her knowing that her felfe #; (forfliee
cannot know that a thing feemeth fo to her, or maktth fuch
an impreflion in her , without knowing that her felfe /*;
though peradventure fhe may not know what her felfe is , but
taketh her felfe to bee no other thing then the body of the
man in which ftiee is) it is evident that the firft truths which
enter into the fcule, to wit , that this or that feemeth fb
or fo unto her , ( and thefe truthes no fcepticke ever doub-
ted of ) are identifyed with the foule it felfe ; feeing that an

E c c objeft

67 A TREATISE

objecl fecming to be fuch or fuch, is nothing elfe , but the (bale is
fo qualified.

And in this we find, that the certainty of the firft Principles,
as for example of this Proposition , That the whole is bigger then
the Part, will depend in a particular foalc of her certainty of her
owne Being : for although this Propofition would have a necef-
lity in the very connexion of the termes , ndtwithftanding th^re
were not in nature any whole or Part- yet this neceffity would not
be a neceflity of Exiftence or of Being in the object , but a ne-
ceffity ofcenn^xion , as it were of two parts of the foule : and
fo, if verity and f alfity be not perfectly in the foule,but in the com-
parifon to actuall exiftence, the foule would not be perfectly true,
or (to fay more properly) would not have the perfection of truth
in her, by having or knowing this PropoStion , unletie withal!
(he were certain, that there were exiftent, an object of this Pro-
pofition: of which (as we have faidj fhe cannot be certain, with-
out being certain ©f her owne Being-, fo that in ef&ct, the identi-
fication of other things among themfelves, by which fuch things
areknowne, dothcomeatthelaft toberetrived in the exiftence
of the foule it felfe, and to be in the foule, by the identification of
thofe other things unto her fclfe.

5* Now then to proceed 'co the proof e of our propofed conclufi-

rh?t th<: ^oule on , it is ckare , that the adding of one thing to another, doth out
caapacaky =nd of the force of this addition, perfedl the thing unto which the
confcquemly is addition is made, if the advenient thing be added in fuch way , as
theformeris apt to receive it : but it is evident, that the foule is
made fit by former Propositions , to be identifyed to latter ones;
for wee fee that the former ones draw on, and inferrc the lat-
ter ones.- and therefore it folio weth, that the more is addedto
the foule , the greater is her aptitude to have more, or to bee
more encreakd : andcoi.fequcntly, that the more is added un-
to her, the more may ftill bee added; and the more capable
and more earneft fhee is , to have more. Wherefore it cannot be
denyed , but that fn ceinthe nature of the objects there is no
impediment to hinder their being together in the foule, ( as
wee have proved a little above ) and that in her by receiving
new objects into her, there is a continuall encreaife of capa-
city to receive more -t fliee hath an amplitude to knowledge

abfoiutdy

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. VI. *?

abfolutely intinite , in fuch a manner as we have above cxprcfcd.

Now to apply to our purpofe what we have gathered by this
difcourfc , it is cleare, that thefe two conditions of »nt thing n*t
driving out another , and of infinity of acctjjions , doe openly dif-
claimefromqaantity, and from matter; for we fee that what
hath Quantity , or is a body , cannot admit a new thing into it,
unLfle iome other thing doe firft goe cut of it, to make roome
for the advenient one : and as for infinitude , it breedeth a fea of
contradictions, if it be but thought of in Quantity: and there-
fore we may conclude, that the foul, unto whom thefe two con-
ditions doe belong , is not quantitative or corporc all, butimma-
teriall, andofafpirituallnature.

The fecond kind of oppofition, that occurreth in our thoughts, 6 .
or in our foule, is of Contradictory Proportions : it hath its origine ^hat the opp*.
intheoppQfitionof#«^tonot£«»£: and is when a thing is iJ^S^J0^.
identifyed unto the foule, in fuch fort as we have faid, that a ludg- p0fitionsm the
went or Df«w/»£ maketh the object become as it were a limbe, Soule doth
or pirt of the foule : and becaufc the conflict of two fuch Propo- prove her im-
fitions, if they were together in the foule, would make her bee matcualicy'
fomething contrary to the nature of Bevtg Cif any thing can bee
contrary to Being) which in the fchooles thty call en s & non t»i-
the impoflibility of her admitting into her fdfc twofuchPro-
pofitions together, doth teftify her firmc cleaving and her fix-
ednefle to Being : and fo doth confirme and bring new evi-
dence to that argument forthefouksfpirituality, which in the
fith Chapter of this part, we drew from the nature of Being.

As for truth and falftiood , they fpring from the fame root as
the laft ; as being qualities confequent &> the oppofition of affir-
mative and negative PropofitionS; whereof if the one be true,
the other muft neceflarily befalfe : and therefore, we need not
fpend time in fetting down any particular confiderations of thefe;
fince what we have faid of the other, is apply able unto them : but
it is fufficient , that we thus note them, to give the Reader occa- j.
HOB to refleft upon them . Hov^Propofi-

Atnong Proportions, there ire fome which Logitians doe term ti*ms of ***-
if Ettr nail truth : and out of thefe, there are ingenious men, who "Jovc'ui m£
imagine that the immortality of the foule may be immediately materiality »f
ffafucctf* Herein they rove not quite from the marke; though the foule.

Ece i withall

68

withall I muft needs fay, they doe not direftly hit it, To under-
ftand the utinolt that may be inferred out of fuch Propofitions,
we may note two conditions in them : thefirft is, that general-
ly thefe Propofitions ire univerfall ones ; and thereby have that
force to convince the fpirituality of the foule, which we. have ex-
plicated and fhewed to belong unto univerfall termes : the fecond
is, that in thefe Propofitions, there is a neceflity of connexion be-
tween their termes ; fuch an one , or at the leaft very like there-
unto , as we explicated in thofe Propofitions , which beare their
evidence plaine in their very termes. And out of this wee may
draw another argument for the fpirituality of the foule: for wee
fee that all corporeall agents and patients, are defc&ible and con-
tingent; that is to fay, fometimes, or if (if you will) tnoft times,
they attaine their effeci; but withali,fometimes (be it never fo fel-
dome) they mifie of it : and accordingly, it happeneth foraetimes
that our eyes, our ear es, our touch, and the reft of our fenfes are
deceived; though for the moft part, they give us true informations
of what they converfe with : but thefe Propofitions of eternall
verity doe never faile : they have in themfelves an indefcftibili-
ty infuperable ; and confequently , they give evidence that the
foules nature is of a higher degree of conftancy and certainty ,then
what talleth within the compaflc of bodies : and is of a nobler
and different ftraine , from all corporeall things : for this certain-
ty is entayled upon fuch Propofitions by the force of Being; which
is the proper ob/ edl of the foule : and they have their Being ; as
limbes and parts of the fouie.

As f or the tcrme of Eternall verity tlt is not to be taken pofi-
tively , as if thefe Propofitions, or their objects, had any true eter-
nity or perfeverance, without beginning or ending : but only ne-
ganvely ; that is , that there can be no time , in which they arc
italic : and therefore, we cannot out of their having fuch a kind of
Eternity belonging to them, argue a capacity of infinite .time or
duration in our foule that comprehended them.

THE

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. VII. 69

THE SEVENTH CHAPTER.

Thtt our difconrfing doth prove our fettle to bee
incorporea/t.

HAving thus runne over thofe proofes for the immatcri- j.
ality of our foule, which arifc out of her manner of That mdif-
working when fhee judgeth ; in the next place , wee are to cowfing the

enquire what others , her manner of difceurfine will afford foul c?"^10^

r r _ST f • i j /.moremuat

us. Wee are lure , that fince our difcourfe is ctmpoied or the f-amc lim.

judgements, and of (ingle apprehenfions, it cannot choofe then is in the
but furnifh us with all thofe pregnant arguments, that wee tancafie,which
drew from them. But that will not ferve our turne : wee proveth lc.r lo
look after new evidence : and wee fhall fee it .will give it us cm
with full hands. It confifteth in this : that when wee dif-
courfe, wee may tafily perceive there is more at one time in
our mind , then we can difcover to be in our fantafie ; for we
find, that in our fantafie, as one Proposition commeth, ano-
ther is gone : and although they that are gone, ftcme to bee
ready at a call, yet they are not in prefence; as being things
which -confift in motion , and that require place ; and there-
fore the one juttleth the other out of the place it poflefled.
But if it fared in like manner in our inward foule , we could
never attain unto knowledge: for it ismanifeft,ithat our foule
is not afluredof a conclufion, but by her feeing the premifles : if
then the premifles betaken away,thecorclufion that refteth upon
them,falleth to the ground : bat they are taken away, if they be out
ofcvjr mind: therefore, when our underftanding yeeldeth its affent
to a conclufion,it jnuft of neccflity have the premifles (till in it.

B ut we muft not reft here; this confideration'will carry us on
a wonderous dealc further : wee know , that who fo goeth to
frame a new demonftration in any fubjeft, muft be certain he ta-
keth nothing contrary to what he bath learned in many bookes :
likcwife,that who willmakealatine verfe,or readeth a Poeme,
knoweth there is nothing in all that Poeme contrary to his Pro-
fodia : doe we not then manifeftly perceive a certame remain-
der of all thefe in his foule ? The like is in til arts: in which he

Ecc 3 that

7o

A TREATISE

that goeth about any work according to art, (hewcth hee hath
in his head all the rules of that art, though he doe not diftinftly
remember them , or call them to mind whiles he worketh : for
if he have them not, how doth he work by them .? Since then it
isclcare that hethinketh not of them at that time , it is as cleare,-
that more is in the foule at one time, then is in his fantafic,or then
can be there by materiall bodies, ( which wee have (hewed is
the way , whereby all things come into the fantafie) although it
bcthenimbltftand thefubtileft Agent of ail corpereall things
what foe ver.

2. Another confideration whereby to evince the immateriality

That the na- of the foule , concerneth the proceeding of fyllogifmes by linkes,
turc Pof ,dlf" faftned one to another : whence we may .take notice , that every
prove the foule one of them is a ftcp to another: and confequently , it is mani-
to be ordered ftft l^at according to the nature of the foule , they muft bee alto-
co infinite gether in her : fince , if any one were abfent , all the reft that fol-
knowlcdgesan(l lowed and depended upon that one , would have no ground-
tobehiraatc- inS' nor fixedneflc in the foule. Now it to this we adde , that
riall. ' what is to be knowne, is abfolutely and liquidly infinite, there

cannot be brought or expefted a more pregnant and homc-wit-
neifc of our ioules fpirituality : it folio-wing out of thefe grounds^
that the foale by its nature , is not only capable of, but is ex-
preffely ordered to an infinite knowledge of infinite objects alto-
gether; for thefetwo,/**^ indi*fi*ite fcience,are fo vaftly dif-
ferent from one another, that if the fame fubjeft bee capable of
both, it muft of neceflity be ordered to infinite, as to its chief eft
aft and end : and thus out of capacity in this fubjecl, its being orde-
red is well inferred ; though in other matters peradventure the
confequence may not be good. And accordingly who looketh
into Geometry, Arithmcticke, Z«£*V4f,orcvcn nttttreit felfe,will
evidently fee that the objefts of Knowledge, are every way , and
Th ^i moft ^n every fcicnce, multipl) able without end.
naturall ob- Neither ought this to bee neglected , that a great part of the
jjftsofthefoulfbules objects , and indeed of thole that are meft naturall to
arc immateri- her , is above the capacity , and out of the reach of materiall
aH5andconfc- things. All Met aphyficks abft raft from quantity ; th« inve-
Lr felfc ^8at^on of God , of Angels, of the foule it felfe , either
concludetb immateriality, or at the l«aft worketh about it.

What

OF MANS S O U LE. Chap. VII. 71

What (hall I fay of Logicall notions , of thofe which are
called the fccond intentions ; about which there is fo much bu-
finefle both in the fchooles and in the world ? It is fufficient
that wee have already exprefled , how all our notions tre re-
Jpcftivt. But in particular the motives of humane actions arc
very abftracled confident ions : asfbr example, hope of things
to come, memory of things paflcd , venue, vice, honour,
{hamc, and the like. To thtfe let us adde, that when wee
teach or explicate any thing to ignorant perfons , we rauft frame
ourowneapprehenfions to their capacity, and wee muft fpeak
fuch things as they may comprehend: which capacity or extent
of comprehenfion wee cannot fee nor perceive by any fenfc, but
weejudgeitmeerelybyourReafon, and by our undemanding.
Wherefore , feeing that our opentien is mainely and chiefly
on and by fuch motives , as are not lyable to materiall princi-
ples and compofitions , it is evident , that the fpring-head from
whence fuch an operation floweth , muft alfo bee immateriall
and incorporeall.

I am not ignorant, that this argument ufcth to be anf were J
by urging, that the foule likcwife knoweth Dctfeneffe , Dttmb-
nefe , Blindneffc', and fuch other notions of Nothings; and yet
is not from thence inferred to be nothing : it conceiveth God and
Eternity ; and y tt it is neither from it felfe , as God is , nor eter-
nall. In like manner (fay they) it may know incorporeall things,
and yet not be therefore it fclfc incorporeall. To this I reply, firft
wHhing them not to miftake me , but to give my argument
its full force and weight : for there is a very great difference be-
tween the knowing of a thing , in a drained , toylcfome , and
confuted manner, and the having a thing for its ordinary matter
and fubjecT: of negotiation : this argueth connaturality between
the foule and what it is in fuch fort con vcr fan t about; but that
doth not. Now what is inferred out of whole fciences and arts,
concerneth a maine ftock of the foulcs bufinefle, and not feme ex-
traordinary vertue or powers (he hath.

But to come up to clofe to the anfwer : I fay , that if wee be-
ing throughly acquainted with materiall things , can find that it
is not in the poflibility of any fuch to be the likeneflc o! an imma-
teriall thing; and from thence doe inferre that our foule , for being

£ e e 4 fraught

A TREATISE

fraught with imrmteriall notions,is not materiall; our conclusion
is well colleftcd , and a very good one ; for the premides out of
which we doe gather it , are within our kenning ; and therefore
if there were any defect in the confeqtience, wee (hould eafily
perceive it. Whence it appeareth clearly , that there is no parity
bet ween the deduction of our conclufion ,^bnd that other which
the objection urgeth, that our loule, becaufe it can know etcrnall
things , is alfo eternall ; for eternity is a thing beyond our com-
prehenfion: and therefore it ought ought not to be expected at
our hands, that wcfliouldbeabletogive an account where the
brack is. And to fay the truth, '^knowledge be taken properly, we
doe not know eternity; however by fupernaturall helps we may
come to know it: but in that cafe, the helps are likely to bee
proportianable to the tflftct. Neither are negations properly
knowne, feeing there is nothing to bee knowne of them. And
thus we fee that thefe objections doe proceed from the equivoca-
tion of the word knowledge >y fometimes ufed properly, other-
times applyed abusively.

THE EIGHT CHAPTER.

Contalningfroofesout ofow manner of proceeding t9*£lioxt
our foule is incorp&reall.

I . T Doubt not but what we have already faid , hath fufficiently
That the.fculcsj^ convinced our foulcs being immateriall, unto whomfoever
being a power • a^e to penetrate the for ce of the arguments wee have brought

to order things , • •,. t t /~j «.L

proveth her to ^or Pr°ofe thereof, and will take the paiEics to cenlider them
£e immaterial], them duely : C which muft bee done, by ferious and continu-
ed reflexion , and not by curfary reading , or by interrupted at-
tempts ) yet fince wee have ftill a whole field of proofes un-
touched , and that in fo important a matter, no evidence can be
too clear, nor any paines be accounted loft, that may redouble the
light, although it fhine already bright enough to difccrn what we
feek, we will make up the concert of unanimous teftimonies to
this already eftablifhed truth , by adding thofe arguments wee
fhall colleclout of the manner of our foules proceeding to action,

unto

OF MANS SOULE. Chap.VIII. 73

unto the others we have drawn from our obfervations unto her
apprchcnfions, her judgements,and her difcourfcs.

Looking then into this matter: the firft con fi deration we meet
withallis, that our understanding is in her owne nature an orde-
rer ; and that her propc r work is to rank and put things in order:
for if we reflect upon the workes and arts of men, as, a s^ood life,
a common- wealth, an army, a houfe, a garden, all artefacts;
what arc they, but compofitions of well ordered parts ? And in
every kind, we fee that he is the Mailer, and the Architect, and is
accounted the wifcft,and to have the belt undcrftanding,who can
beft> or moft, or further then his feMowes, let things in order. If
then to this we joyne, that Quantity is a thing whole nature con-
fifteth in a capacity of having parts and multitude, and confe-
quently is the fubject of ordering and ranking; doth it not evi-
dently follow, that our foule, compared to the whole mafle of bo-
dies,and to the very nature of corporeity or quantity, is as a pro-
per agent to its proper matttr to worke upon ? Which if it be, it
inuft neceflarily be of a nobler ttraine5and of a d ffcrent and higher
nature thcirit ; and confcqucntly, cannot be a body,or be compo-
led ot Quantity : for had it matter in it felfe, whit it expeclcth
and requireth from the agent}it would not need the agents help,
but of it felfe it were fit to be an Agent. Wherefore if the nature
of corporeity, or of body, in its full latitude, be to be ordered,
it followeth that the thing whofe nature is to be an ordcrer,
muft as it is fuch , be not a body, but of a fuperiour nature,
and exceeding a Body : which we expreficby calling it gjpiritit-
a/l thing.

Well then, if the ibule be an orderer, two things belong necef1 2.
farily unto htr: The oneis, that ihe have this order within her That the foulcs
felre ; the other is, that (lie have power to communicate it uHto ^'"f ^out
fuch things, as are to be ordered. The firft Ihe hath by fcience, of ^°ng ^ovcd,
which enough already hath been faid towards prjving cur in- doth prove her
tent. Next, that her nature is communicative or this -order, is to be iinmate-
evidejnt out of her action and manner of working. But whether na^«
of her felfe fhe be thus communicative, or be fo by her conjuncti-
on to the body (he informeth, appeareth not from thence1. But
where Experience fulleth fhbrt, Reafon fupplyeth, andihcw-
eth us that of her owne nature (he is communicative ot order ;

for

74

A TREATISE

for feeing that her idion is an ordering, and that in this line there
are but two forts of things in the world,namely, fuch as do order,
and fuch as are to be ordered ; it is mamfeft,that the aftion muft
by nature and in the univerfall confideratien of it,begin from the
crderer (in whom order hath its life and fubfiftence) and not from
that which is to receive it : then, fithencc ordering is motion,
it followeth evidently that the foulc is a mover and a beginner of
motion.

But fince we may conceive two forts of movers; the one
when the agent is moved to move j the other, when of it felfe
it beginneth the motion without being moved j we are to en-
quire, unto which of thefe two the foule belengeth. But to ap-
prehend the queftion rightly, we will illuftrate it by an example:
let us fuppofe that fome aftion is fit to begin at ten of the clock :
now we may imagine an agent to begin this aftion in two dif-
ferent manners ; the one,that the clock {hiking ten, brcedeth or
ftirreth fome what in him, frem whence this adHon followeth j
The other manner is, that the agent may of his own nature, have
fuch an acluallcomprchenfion or decurrence of time within him-
felfe, as that without receiving any warning from abroad, but as
though he moved and ordered the clock as well as his owne in-
ftruments, he may of himfelfebe fit and ready, juft at that hcure
to begin that adion; not as if the clock told him what houre it
is, but as if he by governing the clock, made that houre to be, as
well as he caufeth the adion to begin at that houre. 3 n the firft ©f
thefc manners, the agent is moved to move; bat in thefecond,
he moveth of himfelfe, without being moved by any thing elfe.
And in this fecond way, our foulc of her owne nature communi-
cateth her felte to quantitative things, and giveth -them moti-
on : which followeth oat of what we have already proved,
that a foule, in her owne nature, is thefubjecl: of an infinite
knowledge , and therefore is capable of having fuch a generall
comprchenfion, as well of time, and of thecourfe of all other
things, as of the particular aftion (he is to doe; and confequent-
ly, ftandeth not in need of a Monitor without her , to dircft her
when to begin.

If then it be an imprevaricablc law with all bodies, that
none whatfoever can move unleffe it bee moved by another;

it

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. VIII. 75

it followeth, that the foule which moveth, without being
ftirrcd or excitated by any thing clfe, is ot a higher race then
they i and confequently is immateriall and voyd of Q^anti-
ty. But let me not bee miftaken in what I come from fay-
ing ; as though my meaning were, that the foule excrcifeth
this way of moving her fclfe , and of ordering her actions,
whiles fhee is in the body : for how can {hee j feeing (he is
never endewcd with compleate knowledge requifite for any
action ; never fully comprehending all the circumftances of
it ? But what I intend, is that the nature of the foule, con-
fidcred in it fclfe, is fuch, as hath a capacity and may reach
to this manner of working, (whence I inferre that (hee is not
a body but a fpirit) without determining, whether fhe worke
thus in the body,or out of it : that enquiry bclongeth not to this
place ; it will follow by and by.

But for the prefent, having confidered unto what kind of wor-
king, the natnreor the foule in abftraft, is capable of attaining ;
we will cor elude this Chapter with reflecting upon thofe afti-
onsofhers, which fall daily under our remarke, as being ex- univerfality,&
crcifed in the body. In all of them we may obferve,that fhe pro- indifftrcncy*
ceedeth with a ccrtainc univerfality and indifferency, beyond the j!oth Prove
practice of all other creatures whatfoever. For example, if t a
man be fpoken to, or asked of a hundred feverall things that he
never thought of before in all his life, he will immediately fhape
pertinent replycs, to all that is faid, and returnc fitting anfwers
to every queftion : As, Whither fttch a ntangatk? HOTV l«ng
thvftaffe is ? What ctlottr th*t mans clothes are oj ? &c. To all
which,and to as many things more as you will,(fothey be with-
in the compafle of his knowledge J he ftraight anfwereth difTe<
rcntly, and to the purpoie. Whence it is manifeft, that his anf-
wers doe not proceed upon fet gimals or firings, whereof one
being ftruck, it naoveththe reft in a fet order , (which we have
(hewed, is the courfe in all actions done by beafts) but out of a
principle within him, which of it felfe is indifferent to all things;
and therefore can readily apply it fclfe te the anfwer, accor-
ding as by the queftion it is moved: and the like maybcobfer-
ved inhisiftions; which he varyeth according tothcoccafi-
onsprcfcntcd.

76 A TREATISE

I remember how Sir Philip Sidney (the Phoenix of the age he
lived in, and the glory of our nation, and the patterne to poftcrity
of a compleat, a gallant, and a perfect Gentleman) aptly calleth
our hands,thc instruments of inftrurnents ; from Ariftotlet who
ttfmeththemOrgaxaorganorttm, oruniverfall inftruments, fit-
ly moulded to be employed in any fervice ; whereas nature hath
to all other creatures appropriated their inftruments to determi-
nate actions, but to man, (he hath fin thefe) given fuchjas might
beapplycdtoany kind of work whatfoever: and accordingly
we fee, that the fame kind of bird, ftill buildeth her neft,and bree-
deth her young ones, in the fame wayj without any the lead va-
riance at all : but men do build their houfes as they plcafe, fome-
times upon hils, fometimes in vales, fometimes under the earth,
and fometimes upon the tops of trees : and the manners of bree-
ding or inftruding their children, are as divers, as thecuftoracs
of nations and townes: and in all other actions, our Mafters
note it for a property peculiar to Man , that hee ufeth to ar-
rive unto the fame end by divers means, as to transport our
febes unto fome place wee would goe unto, eyther by wa-
ter, or by horfe, or by coach , or by litter, as we pleafe:
whereas we fee no fuch variety im like actions of other living
creatures.

All which being fo, we may conclude, that the foules procee-
ding either to anfwers, or to action, argueth cleerly that fliee
hath within her felfe fuch. an indirTercncie, as is joyned with a
meants to determine this indif&rencie : .the contrary whereof
we fee in all corporeall engines; for they have every ftep in the
whole courfeef their wayes, chalked out unto them, by their ve-
ry framing, (as hath been amply declared in the firft Treatife)
and have the determination of their worke, from end to end fet
downe, and given them by their artificier and maker : and there-
fore it is moft evident, that the foule cannot be a thing compo-
fedor framed of materiall and quantitative parts, feeing ihec
hath not her wayes fet downe unto her, but frarncth them of her
4. felfe, according te the accidents that occur.

That the quiet The fame nature of the foule, difeovereth it felfe in the quiet
proceeding of proceeding of Reafen, when it workcth with greiteft ftrength
v^gour» »s well knowing, that its cfficicioufnefle cenfifteth

not

OF MANS S O U L E. Chap. VIII. 77

not in the multitude of parts,which Ptjfion breedeth, but in the
wel ordering of thofe it already hath under its command. Where-
as the ftrength of Quantity, and the encreafc of its ftrength, con-
fifteth in the multitude of its parts; as will evidently appefre to
•whom (hall confider this point deeply.

Thus we have in a fummary manner gone through all the ope- j.
rations of the foule, which in the beginning of this latter Trca- A conclusion
tife, we heaped together as materials, wherewith to raifcan ofwhachaih
immateriall and fpirituall building. Neither, I hope, will our b^cn f*id **r
Reader be offended with us, for being more fuccinft and con- "
cifcinallour diTcourfe concerning our foule, then where wee
delivered the doctrine of Bodies : forthedifficultnefeof this'ub-
jeft, and the nicety required to the exprefiingoor conceptions
concerning it, wherein fas the proverb is) a haire is to be clo-
ven, would not allow us that liberty of ranging about, as when
we treated of Bodies. What occurreth among them, may be il-
luftrated by examples within their owne orbe, and of their owne
pitch ; bat to difphy the operations of a foule, we can finde no
inftancesthat arc able to reach them ; t.ley would rather em-
broile and darken them : for the exaft propriety of words, muft
be ftriftly and rigoroufly obfervcd in them : and the Reader fhall
penetrate more into the nature and depth of them, by ferious me-
ditation and reflection upon the hints we have here given, (effica-
cious enough, I hope, to excite thofe thoughts he fhould have
for thispurpofe,andt© fteere them the right way) then by much
and voluminous reading, or by hearing long and polifhed dif-
courfcs of this fLbjeft,

Formypart, if what I have here faid, (hould«ro any man ap-
peare not fufficient to convince that our foule is of a fpirituall
and far different nature, from all fuch things as in our firft Treatife
we have difcourfed upon, and taken for the heads and rnoft gene-
rall kinds of Bodies, Cunto which all other particular ones, and
their motions may be reduced) I fhall become a fuitortehim,
In entreating him to take this fubjeft into his handling, where it
beginneth to be unwieldy for mine, and to declare unto us, upon
the principles we have fctlcd in the firft Treatife, and upon con-
(idcring the nature of a body, (which is the firft of all our
notions) how thefe particulars wee have reflected upon in

mans

78 A T R E A T I S E

transactions, can be drawne out of them j for I canfindeno
poflible meines to linkethem together : a vaft and impenetrable
Ocean, lyethbetweenethedifcoverics we have made on each
fide of its fhores, which f orbiddeth all commerce between them;
at theleaft, on the darke bodies fide, which hath not wings to
foare into the region of Intellcttuall light. By thofe principles,
we have traced out thecourfeand progreffe of all operations be-
longing to fcnfe ; and how beafts doe or may performe all their
actions, even to their moft refined and fubtileft operations :bat
beyond them, we have not been able to carry thefe grounds, nor
they us. Let him then take the pains to (hew us,by what figures,
by whatfirft qualities, by what inixtion of rare and denfe parts,
an univerfall apprehenfion, an evident judgement, a legitimate
confequence is made •• and fo of the like ; as, of a mans determi-
nation of himfelfe to anfwer pertinently any queftion j of his
choofing this way before that, &c. Which if he can doe (as I
am fure he cannot) I (hall allow it to be reafon, and not obftina-
cie, that worketh in his mind, and carryeth him agaiaft our do-
ctrine : but if he cannot, and that there is no apparance nor pof-
fibility Cas indeed there is not) that thefe actions can be effected
by the ordering of materiall parts, and yet he will be ftillunfa-
tisfyed, without being able to tell why, (for he will be unwil-
ling to acknowledge, that thefe abftractcd fpeculations, dee not
finke into him, and that nothing can convince him, but what his
fenfes may be judges of, and that he may handle, and turneon
every fide like a brick or a tilej and will be ftill importune with
cavillous fcruples, and wild doubts, that in truth, and at the bot-
tome doe fignifie nothing, we will leave him to meditate at
his leifure upon what we have faid ; whiles we proceed on to
what folio weth out of this great principle, Th/tt our f attic isin-

THE

OF MANS SOULE. Chap. IX. 79

THE NINTH CHAPTER.

That 9ur Settle u a Subftance, and Immortall.

HAving concluded that our Souls is immateriall and indivi-
fible ; to proceed oneftep further, it cannot be denyed, but That Mans
that it is either a fubftanceor an accident ; it the latter, it muft be S^ulc is a
©f the nature of the fubftancewhofe accident it isj for fo we fee fubftancc.
all accidents are : but in man when hisfoule is excluded, there is
no Ipirituall fubftarce at all, whereof we have any notice : and
therefore if it be an accident, it muft be a cerporeall accident,
or fome accident of a body ; as fome figure, temperature, harmc-
ny, or the like : and cor.fequcmly, it muft be divisible : but this ~~
is contrary to what is proved in the former Chapters: and
therefore it cannot be a corporeall accident. Neither can it
be a fpirituall accident ; for unto what fpirituall fubftance
fhould it belong, when as nothing in man can be fufpefted tu be
fpirituall, but it felfe. Seeing then that it can be no accident, a
fubftancc it muft be, and muft have its Exiftcnce or Beingm
itfeUe,

Here we have puffed the Rubicon of experirnentall knowledg: 2.
we are now out of the bounds that experience hath any jurifdi- That Man is
ctionover-- and from henceforth, we muft in all our fearchss and j^.p°Jj,ndcr uf
conclufionsrclieonely upon the fingle evidence of Reafon. And ftanccbcfide«"
even this laft conclufion we have been faine to deduce out of the h:sbody.
force of abftraded reafoning upon what we had gathered be-
fore; not by icnmediate reflexion upon fome aftion weobfcrve
proceeding froai a man : yet withal), nature flallaeth out by adi-
red beame, fome littleglimmering ofthe verity ofit, to the eye
of Reafon that is within us : for as when we fee a deck move,or
a milljor any thing that goeth by many wheels, if we mark that
there are two contrary motions,in two divers parts of it,wc c anot
think that thofe contrary motions, do belong to one and the fame
continued body, but ihall prefently conclude, that there muft be
in that engine two fcverall bodies compacted together ; fo in
man, though his body be the firft mover that appeareth unto us,
yet feeing that in his actions, fome ef&fts doc ihewthcmfelves,

which

That the

go ATREATISE

which it is impoflible'fliould proceed from a body, it is evident,
that in him there is feme other thing befides that one which we
fee : and confcquently we may conclude, that fee is compofed of
a body and of fome what elfe that is not a body : which fomerehat
tlfey being the fpring from whence thofc? actions flow, that are of
a different ftraine from them that are derived from the body,tnuft
neceflarily be a fpirituallfubftance.

- 1 But whiles we arc examining, how far our prefent confielera-

i nai the foulc tions, and fhort difcourfes may carry us, as it were expcrimen-
dothfubfiftofit tally to confirme this truth, we muft not omit what Avicenna'm
felfe indepsn- |jjs b00k J)e Anim* & Almahad, and Monficur dcs Cartes in his
Me hod, doe prefle upon the fame occafion. Thus they fay, or to
like purpofe : If I caft with my (cite, who I am that walk, or
fpeak,or think, or order any thing; my reafon will anfwer me,
that although my legs or tongue were gone, and that I could no
longer walk or fpeak, yet were not 1 gone, and I ftiould know &
fee with my underftanding, that I were ftill the very fame thin^,
the fame Ego as before. The fame as of my tongue or legs, would
reafon tell me of my eyes5my eares,my faielling, tafting, and fee-
ling, eythcr all of them together ,or every one of them fingle,that
were they all gone,ftill fliould 1 resiaine : As when in a dreame,
( where I ufe none of allthefe) I both am, and knew my felfe to
be. Reafon will tell me alfo, that although I were not nouri&ed,
fo I were not wafted, (which for the drift of the argument may
be fuppofedj yet ftill I fhould continue in being. Whence it
would appeare,that my heart, liver, lungs, kidney s,ftomach,
mouth,and what other parts of me foever, that ferve for the nou-
rifament of my body,might be fevered from me,and yet I remain
what I am. Nay , if all the beautif ull and ayrie fantafmes, which
fly about fo nimbly in our brain,be nothing elfe but fignes unto in
our foule,of what it is without us • it is evident, that though pcr-
adventnre fhe would not without their fcrvice, excrcife that
which by errour we mif-nanae Thinking; yet the very lamefbulc
and thinker mightbe withoutthem all : and confequently, with-
out braine alfo • feeing that our braine is but the play-houfe and
fcene,where all thefe faery masks are acted : fo that in conclufion
Reafon aflureth us,that when all body is abftracted in us,there ftil
remaineth a fuftancc,a thinker, an Eg9s or 7, that in it felfe is no
whit diminifhed,by1}cing(as I may fay)ftrippcd out of the cafe it
wasinclofcdin. And

Chap, x. OF MANS SOVLE, 81

And now 1 hope the intelligent Reader will conceive I have
performed my protnif^and haveftcvred the Souleofman to be Two
an Iramortall fnbftMce: for fince it is ifo/anc*, ic hath a Be- arguments to
in 9 ;and finccit is immateriall fubttance., it hath a B.-iug ot iti P'ove the
ovvne force; without needing a con lore body* tohelpeic to fu- J?mc:
ttainc its£v//te*.-for to be a /ubttance. is to be theiub;eit of
Exigence-, and confequently,eo be an immateriall liibttance, is to
be a fabject capable of £*//fc«c<r, without ths hdpe of matter or
of Quantity. It can not therefore be required of me , to ule
any farther induttry^o prove fuch a Ibulc to be imtnortall : but
who will comradict her being fo, is obliged to (hew that foe is
mortall : for it fbiloweth in rea(bn,that Oie will keepe her bci»g%
unles by ibmc force (lie be bereaved ofit;it being a ruieihac who.
foever putteth a thing co bejs not bound,fbr the continuation of
chat things being, to prove that it is not changed : but on the
other fide, he that averrcthit is changed, is bound «o bring in
his evidence of a (uflhcient cauie to change it: for to have a tiling
remaine,'"s natures ownedictamen^nd tbiloiveth out ofthe cau-
ies which gave it being: but to make an alteration , fuppoieth a
cfiange^in the cauies; and therefore the obiigation of proofs ly-
cthonthitfide. f.

NcvertheleCfe.togive iatisfavftion to thofe,whoare carneq to The fame ii
fee every article positively proved, we wiii make that.part coo our
Province. Let us then remember ,that Immortality fignifyeth a h
negatian , or a not having of Mortality : and that a pofitive not
termejs required to expreife a change by; fince nature teacheth cus to the
us,that whatibever is^ will rc-maine with c >c Being it hath:unlcfrc «ofe of
it be forced out of it: ifthen we fimv, that Mans foule harh not mortali£y«
thofe groundesin her, which makcth all things we fee tojbe
mortal V^emurt be allowed to have acquitted our fejvcs of the
cHifgc,of proving her Immvr tali ^.For thii end let us looke round
about us, and inquire of all the things we meetewith.by what
meanc s they are changet^ and come to a period and are no more.
The pure elements will tell you, that they have their Change by
rare&ftion and condemnation, and no otherwise.- mixed bodies,
by alteration of their mixture.- fmall bodies, by theaclivity of
working upon them; and by the meanesof rare-

Fff facldcn

82 ATREATISE

n and-condenfation-entering into their very constitution,
and breeding another temperament, by Operation of Tome of
their parts, and in their ft ead mingling others. Phntes^nd tree*
and otr e: living creatures will tell you,that their nourifbmcnt ,
being iniinuated through their whole bodies, by /ubdJe pores,
and blincfepaffageSjiftriey either beftopedby any accident , or
e-liebe fiJLdvvith bad nourishment, the mixture of the whole
failethofit feife.and they corne to dye. Thofe things which are
violently deftroyed, we &e are made away, for the moft part by
divifion; ib fire by divifion deiiroyeth aJlthat commethinits
way; To living creatures are de^royed^y their parting of their
<bloud from their flsfh, or of one membir from an other, or by
*-he evaporation or eytin&ion of their natural 1 heat. In fine,wa
are fure that all things, which within our knowledge loofe their
£*/»* do fo by reafon of their Qiiantity;which by divi/ion,rr by
rarefadion, and comprefiion , gainetJi fome new temperature,
that doth not confift with theirformer temper. After thefepre.
mifles, I need lay no more: the conclufion difplayeth ic.felfe rea--
ciily and plainly ,wichout any further trouble; for ifourlaboure
hath beene hitherto , to fliew that- our fouleis indivifible, and
ihat her opperations are fuch as admit not quantitative parts in
her;it is cieare,that (he can not be mortall^by any ofthofe waycs-
whereby we fee ihrngs round about us to perifli,

The like argument we roay frame out of locall^notion; for
feeing that alJ the alterative actions we are acqua nted withall,
be performed by locall motion ( as is delivered.both in groflc,
and by detaile,in our Mrft'TreatifeJand that Aridole.and all un--
derftandin« Phylo/bphers doe agree , thers can be n& locall mo
lion inan radivifible thing ( the reafon whereof is evident-, to
whomsoever refledeth upon the nature of PUee, and of locall
*v*tte*)itfaauatik&:, that there can be no motion to hurt I he
foulefince /liee is concluded to be/W/w/T^,

The common argument likewife -aleclin this matter, ammoun-

^•^ tet h to the fame effeclrr-owir, thacfince things are deftroyed on_

Tlie feme is ty by their contrariesjthat thing which hath no contrary, is not

proved be- •$&)&. to deflru^ionrfwhich Principle both Fteafon and expe-

«<iufc!thc foule . J ,

h«h >no con- nence,do every whereconfirme: )but a humane louie is not lub-

»wry, jccl to contrariety; and therefore fuch an one can notbede-

Chap.lX. QF MANS SOVLE. 8y

Grayed. The truth oftheafTumptio^may be known two wa>e$ :
fifft, bccaule aJJ the contrarieties that are found within our cog -
nifance,do file out of theprimary oppofition of^r/^and Dc»-
/tftfrom which the foule being abiblutly freeze likew ife is fo,
rromall that grovveth out of that rout: and fecondly,wemay b;
iiire.that our (bule can receive no harme from contrariety; fince
all contraries are fo far from hurting her } a$ conra ry wife, the
one helpeth her in the contemplation ofthe other •• &as for con.
tradition in thought*, which at different times our fbufc is ca.
pablc of admitting^experience teacheth us, that fuch .thoughts
do change in her,withouc any prejudice to her fubttancc, they •
b;ing accidents and having their contrariety only betwixt them
(elves within her5but no oppofition at aJl to her; which only is
the contrariety that may have power to harme her:and therefore ,
whctherfbever of fuch contrary thoughts be in the fbule , pertai-
neth no more to her fubfiftence,then it doth to the fubfi'tence of
a body, whether it be here or there, on the right hand, or on the
left. 7

And thus I conceive my taske is performed ; and that I am The fame h
difcharged of my undertaking to (hew the foules Immortality , j*o ved from
which importeth«o more, then to (hcvv, that the caufes ofother the end foe

>- '

things mortality. do not reach her. Yet being well perfwaded, w>l- '

i n~ j j • L. j !• • was crcatca.

that my reader will not be otrenaea with the addition of any

•new lighr,in thisdatke fubjecl; I will rtrive to difcover (if it b«
pofrib^lpmepoficiveproofe^rguefle^utofthc property and
nature of the foulc ic lelfe,vvhy fh: mu(t remaine,and enjoy ano-
ther life-after thi*, To this end let us ca(t our eye backe, upon
what hath beenealready faid^oncerning her nature. We f.und
tliM.tr»tb is thenarurall pcrfeilion of Mans foule; and that fhe
can not be aflared oftruth naturally, other wile then by evidence:
& therefore it is manifcft,tnat evidence oftruch,is the fill com-
pleat. perfCvfh'on^at v^hich the Soale dorh ayme. We found aKb,
that the foule is capable of an abfblure inanity oftruth or evi>-
denc'\ To thefe two^e will ad only oce thing morc.which otlt
felfeis part queftion.,and therefore needeth noproofe ana then
we will deJuceourconclufion^ndthisis^hatinaman his foule
is afarre nobler,.and per/eiler part of him,, then his body: and
thereforc,by th^ rules of nature and of wiledome, his body was
made for his fbule.and nor his foule finally for his body.

Fffi Thdc

84 ATREATiSfi

Thele groundes being thus lay ed, let us examine, whether our
fouie doth in this life arrive to the end fhe was ordained for , or
no: and if (he do not then it muft follow of necetfity, that our
body WiS made but for apaflage, by which our foule fhould be
ferried over into that ftate, where flie is to auaine unto that end
for which her nature is framed and fitted : the great skill, and
artifice ofnaturc/hewing and a/Turing us that fhe never faileth
of comparing her end,even in her meaneft workes: and therefore
without doubt wonld not breake her courfe in her greateft ,
whereof «?<*» is abfblutely the head and ehiefe., among all thofc
that we are acquainted with No»v.,whattheendif3 unto which
our foule doth ayme,is evident; fince the perfection of every
thing, i s the end for which it is made , the perfection then, and
end of the foule b'ing evidence , and (he being capable ofinfinit
tvide»cc;\&. us inquire, whether in this life flic may compafic it
or no» To determine this question, let us compare infinite rv/«
^wc-^tothat evidence, which the greatett and mort knowing
man that ever Jivedjhath acquired by the worke of nature alones
or to the evidence, which by aime we may imagine is poflfiblc
ever to happen unto any one man to arrive unto: and balancing
them well together let us judge whether all that any man can
know herejs not in refpec~l of what a mans fbule is capable o£to
be filled as nothing , and defervech not the name of evictence3
nor to-be accounted of that narur. : and if our fenrence do con-
clude upon thi5,let us acknowledge that our fbule arriveth not
to her perfection } nor enjoyeth her endjn this world, and there,
fore, muft have infaillibly an other haHitation in the next world,
ttntowhich nature^dorh intense R Experience teacheth us that
we can not fully comprehend any one of natures workes: and
thofe Philofophers , who in a difciplinable way fearch intona.
ture, (and therefore are called Xlathematiciansjafter they have
writren large voliirnes of Ibme very (lender fubjfdjdo ever find,
that rhey have lefcuntouckedanendleffe abifle of know ledge, for
wiiomibever n^.all pic afe to build upon cheir foundations ana that
they can never arrive neere faying all that maybe faid ofthat
fubj eel Chough they have faid never fo much ofir 0 We may not
t hen make difficulty to beJeeve,th2t the wifert and learnedcft
men in the worid,havereafon to profefTe with the father of Phi-
ioibphers.thar indeed they know nothing, Antf if fo,ho\v /arare

•I hey

Chap- x. OF MANS SO VLB «5

they from that happinefle& perfe$ien,which confiftcth in know-
ing aH things? Of which full lea, v»e never theleflcfindc even in
this low ebbe,that ourfouleisa channcllcapable,and is framed
a fit veffell andinltrumcnt to receive ir,when the tide fliall come
in upon it, which we are fure it can not do, JimiJl the bankes of
our body which hinder it.be broken cfowne0

This laft con fi deration, without doubt, hath added no finaJI
corroboration to our former prooferjvyhich are fo numerous and Tfcc feJBC
fodeare,a$paradventure itmayappeare fupcrfluous, to fay any provcd
more to this point; fince one convincing argument eftablifteth bwa
the verity of a corclufion,as efficatioufly as a hundred;and there- c««
fore Mathematicians nfebut one fingle proofe in all their Propo- v Ith°Jc
ficion s; afcer which other fupernumerary ones, would be but te-
dious ncvcrthehSjfinceal thefeveral wayes,by which we may look
into the nature of our foule(the imporranteft fubjeft we can bu-
fy our thoughts upon ) can not faileof being pleafing and de-
lightfull tous> wemuttnot omit to refleit alittJeupon that
great property of our foule,by which Hie is able to move and to
worke,without her felfe being moved or touched. Vnto which
adding, that all Life confifteth in motion, and thar all motion of
bodies commeth.from feme other thing without them; we may
evidently conclude, that our fbule^who can move without seceu
ving her motion from a bread, hath in her felfe a fpring of life; for
the which fhe is not beholding (as Bodies are^to fome extrinfe-
cal caufc of a nature like unto her;but only to him,who gave her
to be what fhe is. But if (lie have fucfi a Spring of Life within her,
it weare unreafbnable to irragine, that fhe died upon the occafion
ofthe death of another thing,that exercife.thno a&ion of Jife,but
as it is caufed by another.

Neither may we ne^lecl that ordinary confederation, which 9t
taketh notice.ihat our fouie maketh ufe of Prdp^fitions of eter- The Cune u
nail truth, which we have above produced .among our proofcs for Fovcd from
her being of a (pirituail nature; and (hall now employ it for the "er manncr-of
proving her Jmmortfilh by confi dcring, that the notion of Bti»g, JJJ"^"
which tculeth thtfe Propofitionsfo, as they fcareno mutation or troimdcd in
shaking by timejs the very robte of the ibule; and that which gi- being.
vetii her her nature,and which flicwceh ic fclfc ia all her operaii-
ons: fo that, if from Being, arriveth unto thefePropofr.i )ns to
fjaie no time, the Jikemuft of neccdity betide alfo rhc fub-

F r.f • 3, ftance

S6 A TREATISE

-

ftanec of (he fculc. And thus we Tee, that her nature is out of the reach
of time : that fhee can comprehend time, and, fee it limits, and tnat
fiiec cap thinke of things beyond it, and caft about for them. All
which aie cicare testimonies, that fee is free and fccure from the.al-
dcvouring and dcftroying tyranny of that Saturniall Conquer-
out ef the whole w orW of matter and of bodks, whofc fcrvant is
death.

10 . After all thefe proofes drawn from the nature of the fbule it fclfe.

LtftlyJt Is every one of them offeree to convince her immortality,! rnuft crave
'h° fC^ fr°mf leave to a4dc one confidcration more, though it feererh to belong
MorSicT'tir UIKO an ot^er$ h*1*6^ **iKely to the fcience of Moralls : and it is •
mnciples l "if tne portion of Mortality in the SouJc, take th away all moral i-
vhcrcof wouU ty. and changeth men into hearts ; by taking away the ground of all
>e deftroicd if difTcrence in thofc things, which arc to governc our actions. For
W"C fuPP^fing 0«"hc foule dyeth with the body ; and feeing that man
hath a comprchcnfion or notion of time without end ; it is e vUenr,
that the fpanne of this life, muft needs appearc contemptible u*to
him that well cou/idcicch and wcigheth it againft the other infini:e
duration •* and by confequcncc, all the goods, andcvills which are
parts of this Jifc, nauft needs become as defpicable and inconfidera-
ble : fo that better or worfc in this life, hath not any appearance of
difference betweene them ; at the lea ft, not enough to make him la.
hour with pane to compafle the one, and efche w the other, and for
chat end . to erode his prefent inclination in any thing, aid engage
himfclfe in any the leaft difficult taske : and fo it would cnfue, that
if to an underftanding man, fome courfe or aiSioa were prepofed
unto him, as better then that he were going about, or for the inftanc
had am'mde unto, he would re lift it, as a great raarchant, or a Bin-
quier would cfoe, who dealing for Milions, oneniouldpreflchirn
with earncftncfle, to. make him change his refolved courfc. for the
gaine of a farthing mote this way then the. other; which being in-
cdnfiderable he would not trouble his head witb.ir,nor ftopat what
he was in hand with. In like manner, whoibcveriiperfwaded,that
for an infinite of time he fnal! (KG nothing, and without fcnfe of all
things, hee fcorneth for this jittle twinckling of his life, to talte any
jjrefent paincs. to be in the next monient wcll^or to avpyd being ill ;
'Hnce in this «ft dying is a fecure remedy to any prefen: evAl ; and
bre iiasreadytoclyen^w, as a hundred yeares hence ; nor can he
tftcemc the Lfle pf a hundred yeare$;ito bee a matter of moracnt :

and

Clup. X. OF MANS SOVLE.

and therefore he will, without any further guidance or difcourfe be-
take himfclfc to doe wha-.foercr his prcfent inclination beateth Kim
to with nto ft facility ; upon this resolution, that if any thing c: offc
fiim, he will prefcml/ fofgce his life, asa trifle not we rch the keep-
ing: and thus, neither Vertue, nor honour, nor more plca/ure then
what at the prefetx tickleth him, doth fall into his account : which is
the orcrthroi? of the whole bcdyof Moralrtj, that it of mans
action and nature. But all they who lookc into fcicnces, doe crofie
that for an erroneous and a-biiird pofition, whichtakethawaytht
Principles of any fcience t and conftquently, the petition ot the
foulei Monthly, is to bee efteeraed fuch. There remai.-.cr h yet one
confideratton more, and perad venture more important, then any we
have yet mentioned, to convince the foulei immortality : which if,
that fpirituall things are in a ftate of bctu^ But we (hall hot be able
tadeUf e this untill we have proceeded a littk further.

CHAP. X.

Vitcfrringwhattkc fottkofAnutft, (eperstri from
is : and of her knowtcdgt &ndmanntr of working.

V

N Fappy man \ now long wilt thon be inquifitiveandcurr- ^
w out to thine ownc peril] ? Haft then* not already payed too That the fbufc
deare, for tfiy knowing more ihan thy (hare ? Or haft-*h»u not » one fimplc
heard, that who will prye into'Maj'cfty, fliall be opprefted by the k?°>Ii"g aft
glory of it ? Some are Id curious f Hi all I fay) or fo ignoarnt, as JubSnee^aad
ro demand, what a humane fbulewiU bee, after fheeb delivered nothing bu«
trom her body; and unkfle they tnay jfee a-piclurc of her, awJ fubftance.
have whe eby to fanfic her, they will not be perfivadcd, but that
all are dreames, which our former difcourfe* have concluded •* as
if hee, who findcth 'himfelfe da2eted with fooki-og opon the Sun,
had reafon to complaiue of that glorious body, and not of his 6\vn
weake eyes, that can riot enteiraine forefplencfent a light.

Wherefore to frame forne conceit of a fepcrated fbote/I wil en-
deavour for their fatisfaftidnjo fay fomewhat of her future ftare :
lee us then firilconfiderwhata-thou&hcis.(I donotmeane,that
r.orporail fbirii. which beateth ac our common fen fe ; bntthac

Fff^ -.

88 A TREATISE

which is within, in the inward fouie, whofe nature wcefinde by
difcourfe and efte&s, though wee cannot fee it in it felfe.)To this
purpofe we may obferve, that if we are todiicourfe, or 10 doe;any
thin<7, wee are guided the right way in that fubjeft wee have ia
band, by a multitude of particular thoughts; wh'ch areailof
them terminated in that di/courfe or action : and confequently
every aft of our minde, is as it were an a&uall rule or direttion_,
for fome pai t of fuch difcoude oration : fo that wee may con.
ceive a compleate thought ( compounded of many particular
ones) to be a thiug, that ordereth on entire difcourfe or a&ion of
our life.

A thought being thus described,, let us in the next place trye,
if we can make an apprehenfion, what n Science or an Art is : as,
what the Science of jlftronomy is ; or what the art of playing on
the O^4»jis,when the Aftronomer thinketh not of the motions
of the Heavens, nor the Organift of playing onhisinftru-
ment : which fcjence and art., doe neverthelefle even then refide
in the Aftronorner, and in the Organift .• and wefinde^that theie
are but the refultesof many former compleat thoughts ; as be-
ing thofe very thoughts in remainder; wfeatibever this may fig,
uifie,

Laftly, Let us conceive (if we can) & power or capacity to be-
ing : Vnto which capacity, if any Being be broughr.that it is tsn-
feperably glewed and riveted unto it, by its very being a being .•
a»d if any two things bee brought unro it by the vertue of one
being, common to both thofe things, that both of them, by this
one^mg doe become one betwixt themfelves, and with this ca-
pacity; and that fo there is no end or period of this addition of
things, by the mediation of being • but that by linkesand rings,
all the things that are in the world, may hang,together betwixt
themfelves, and to this power; if all of them may bee brought
unto it by the Glew and vertue of being : ih fueh fcrt as we have
formerly declared, pafleth in the Soule.

Now let us put this together, and make up fuch a thing, as
groweth out ©f the capacity to Being ,thus a^uared.and cleaving
to all things that any way have -being • and tvee fliall fee, that it
|}ecommeth a whole entire world, ordered and clinging together
vrith a great ftrength and nece/fity, as can proceed from the na-
tnre of bcin and of co*traditthn - and our reafon wfll tell us

Chap, .x OF MANS SO VLB, 89

tnat iucU a thing,ifit be aitive>can frame a world, fuch an one as
we Jive inland arc a irnall parcell of jit" it have matter to workc
upon; and caa order whatloever hath Sti^tny way that ic i$
capable of being ordered, to do by it, and to make of it, whatfoc-
vex ean be don by,and made of fuch matter.

All thefe conceptions (especially by the affittance of the laft)
may ferve a litle to iliadow out a perfect foulc, which is,« ^«ow
ledget*Hart)*rule,adire8;io*,of(ttl things: and all this by being
all things^in a degree & ftraine proper and peculiar to it fcHe.- 8c
an unperfed foule}is a participation of this Idea : that i », a know-
ledge , a rule, and a direition/or as much as it is, and a$ it attai-
nech unto. N w as in our thoughts it is the corporeaJl part only
which maketh a noife^and a fhew outwardly, but the fpirituall
thought, is no otherwifc perceived then in its effect, in ordering
trie bodily ads;in like fort,wemn(t not conceive this knowledge
to be a w0f/0»;but meerely to be a thing or Being, out of which
the ordering and moving of other things doth flow; it /elfe re-
maining fixed and immoveablc; and beaanfe all that is ;oyned
unto it,is there riveted by Bci>*g,or identification*, and that when
one thing is an other, the other is againe it; it is impoflible that
one fliould exceed the other,and be any thing that is not it: and
therefore., in the foule there cao be noparts,no accidents, no acj-
ditioas^noappcndances^othing that Hicketh to it and is not if
but whatloever ,'$ in her is/o«/c,and the foule,isall that which is
within her; fo that all that is of her, and all that belongcth unto
her,is nothing but one pure fimple fubftance, peradventure Me-
taphyfically,or formerly diviiibl?;(in fuch fort as we have explica-
ted in the firtt Trcatife.of the divifibility bctweene quantity and
fobRance)but not quantitatively,a$ bodies are divifible. In fine,
it is, and nothing but fubttance; all that is in it, being

joyned and imped into it,by the verw nature of JJf/^wc ma-
keth fubftance.Thisthenjs the fabrtantiall conceit of a humane
fouie ftripped of her body. .2

Now, to conceive vhar proprieties this fubftance is furniflied That afepc-
withjlet us refie^ upon the notions we frame ofthings,when we r*«d foule i«
confider them in Common: as when we think of a man,of bread, inn^°.^"'nct
ofiome particular vertue, ofavice,orofwhatfoeverelfe]and let abfcn"from°
»s note, how in fuch3ourdifcourfc determinetft no f/^r,nor t imc\ any piac«,
aay,lf it fhoul^ic would marre the difcourfc;as Logitians ffiew,

9o A TREATISE

_- - i

when they teach us that fciemificall fyllogifmej can not be made
•without univcriaJl propofit ions :fb that we fee^unles thefc things
be if ripped from PUc e and Time^hcy arc not according to our
meaningraudyctBeverthckfle, we give them both the name
and the nature ofa Thixgjex of ayW/?*w/,or of a Itvixg Tht*fo
or of wiiaifeever elie may by our manner of conceiving orenm
deavours, be freed from the lubjc&ion of time and PUcr. Thus
then we plainely lee^that it is a very different thing;/* 4*, and to
be in a Place und thereforc,out of a Tkixges being in no fUcty it
can not be inferred, That it isnot^tthtt it is no fnbftanc e' nor
con trar iw ife,out of its foi*g£UL it be inferred,^*/ it iri» a y/ace :
thcreisnomanbutofhimfetfepcrceivetfi the raJfe consequence
of this argument,* thing ;is; therefore ft fa hot, or it iscolcf: and
the reafon is, because hot and cold, are particular accidents of a
body; and therefore a body cao be without cither of them. The
like proportion is betweene Being in genera 11, & &*'*£ * -^*^,or
Befog in A JWjcfor both thefe-, are patticuJars in refpecl of Sting:
but to be in af>bce± is nothing eife, but to be in a circttmftMit Bo-
^:and fo what is not in a Bodyjs not in a Place: therefore, as ic
•were an absurd illation to kyjt ^therefore it is in a Body ; no
]e{Te is it toiay^ it /^therefore // is-fomnvhcrt* which is cquVa-
knt to , in fome "Body : and fo a great Matter ( Peradvenmre
one of thegreateft,andt judiciou(eft that eifer havebeenej teJletfi
us plainly, that of k felfe ie is evident, to thofe who are truly lear-
ned., that incerporedl fubfoMccs tire not tn -P/afe^Tid Arirtotlc
teacheth US/^ the Vnivtrfeis not i* P/art.

But now to make ufc of this dilcourfe^wc muft intimate what
it is we ' .»ell at in it.' we direft it to two ends^fTrft, to lead on
our t noughts, and to helps our apprehention ,» in framing iome
conception of a ipiriruall fiibftance, without refidenccin Place,
and to prevent our fancies checking at fen abftraftion j fince
we fee that we ufe it in our ordinary /peech^when we think not
©n it,nor labour for it,in all univerfali antfiadefinire tertresmext
to trace out an eminent propriety of a Operated foule.- namely,
that fhe is no where«andj(yet upon the matter,) rhat flic is every
wheretthit (he is bound to noplacc^nd yet remote from none .-
that fhe " s able to worke upon aJj,without fliifting from one to
another, or comming neere any : and that fli e is/free from al',
or palling from any one.

A

Chap.IX. OF MANS 5OVLE. n

A fccond propriety, not muchunlike the firft, we fiiall diico- 3.
ver ID a feparatcd foule, if we compare her with time. Wee have **«« fope»*-
heretoforc explicated, how time is the motion-of the heavens ; ^cod[ouic"
which giveth us our motion ; which meafureth all particular mo- nw' fubj5t t«
tions; and which compprehendetfo all bodies, and maketh them ic.
awaite his icifure* From the large Empire of this proud Com-
mander, a feparateJ foule is free .-For although fhce doeconfift
with time, (that is to fty, fiiec is, whiles time is ; ) yet is (hec
not in trme ; nor doth (ice in any of her a&ions, expect time ;
but flic 14 able to frame time,to Ipinne or weave it out of fccr ielfc,
and to matter it.

All which will appeare mankeftly, if wee confer what h is t»
be in time. Ariftttle fliCWCth US ; that, to be comprehended, under
time, or to be in time, is, to be one of thofe moveables, whofe be-
ing conhfting in motion, caketh up buc a part of time ; and bach
its termes, before, and behind^ in time ; and is tneafured by time •
and mutt exprcl: the flowing of Time, both for bcing&A for *8i.
0». Now all this manifcftly belongeth unto bodies, whofcboth
j&ion and being, is fubjed to a perpetual! Jocall metion and ake-
ration : and confequently, a feparated fouJe, who is totally a be-
ing, and hath her whole operation all together (as being nothing
but her felfe when we fpeake of her perfective operation; ) can
not be laid to bee in time, but is abibiutely free from it ; though
time dccgliefe by her, as it deth by other things : and (b, all th .t
(he know*th or can doe,<Tie doeth and knoweth at once,wi:h one
a£ of the underftanding, or rather, She is, (indeed and really,)
all that : and therefore fhee doth not require time to manage, or
order her thoughts, nor doe they fucceed one an other,by fiich vJ-
ciffimdes as men arc forced to thinkeof tningsby, becaufe their
fcnfie, and the Images in it which beate upon the foule to make
her thinke, whiles foe is in the body, are corporall, and therefore
doe require time to move in, and to give way to one an dot her •*
hut fliee thinketh of all the things in the world, and of all that
fhee can thinke of) .together and at once ; as hereafter we intend

A third propriety we may conceive to be in a feparatcd foufe, h *• f f
• by apprehending her to bee an A3iviy~ which that wee may itana(cJ|Vga
rightly underhand, let uscompare her, in regard of working, with fubftanceanvf
.abojy : rifleiVmg then upon the nature of bodies, we£hall-find,all in itisadi'

that*kic«

92 A TREATISE

chat not any of them will doe the functions they are framed for,
unlefle fome other thing doe ftirre them upland caufe them to to »
doe. As for example; a knife, if itbcthruttorprcfled, will cue,
otherwife,ic will lye (till and have no efreft rand as it tereth with
a knife, fo it doth in the fame manner with thole bodies, which
feeme molt to move themfelves j as upon a little consideration,
willappeare plainly. A beatt feemeth to move it fejfe : but if we
call to mind, what we have del vered upon trrsfubjeft in the firft
Treatife, wee fliail finde that whenfoever he beginnethto move,
he either perceiveth fomething by his fenfe, which caufeth his mo-
tion^r elfe he remembreth ibmething that is in his braine, which
worketh the likeefte&. Now iffenfeprcfentethhim anobjecl:
that caufeth his motion, we fee manifestly, that it is an external!
cauie which maketh him move : but if memory doe it, wee fliall
find that ttirred by fome other part • as by the ftomack, or by the
heart, which is empty, or heated, or hath received ibme other im-
preffion from an other body, fo that/opner or latter, we fhall dif.
caver an outward mover. The like is in naturaJl motions ; as, in
heavy things, their eafie following (if they bee fucked) an other
way then downwards, tettifyeth that their motion downwards
hath an extriniecall motor, as is before declared : and not only
in thcfe, but throughout, in al 1 other corpora Jl things. So that in
a word, all bodies are of this nature.that unlefle fome other thing
prefle them and alter them, when they are quier.theyremaine foj
and have noa<ftivity,otherwifethen from an extnnfecall mover :
but of the foule, we have declared the contrary • and that, by its
nature, motion may proceed from jr, without any mutation in ir,
or without its receiving any order, direction, or impulie, from an
extrinfecallcaufe.

" So that, now fummiDg np together, all we have /aid upon this
A fcefcriotion occafion, we, finde a foule exempted from the body 5to be ; An in-
• if the 5oulc. divifible fubftance, exempted from place 4x4 time, jetfrefcvtt*
both i an AftHatt and, prefent knowledge of all things that may hee
And. a. sailor rate, even fy ivhat it felfeis, to all things
er. This fheis, if fliebe perfect : but if (he be imper-
; then, is fre all this to the proportion of her growth, (if fo I
may fay) and face is powerful! according to the mcafure of her
knowledge, and of her will. So that in fine, a feparated foule, is
®f a nature to have, and to know, and to govcrne all thing?.

I may

Chap. x. OFMANSSOVLE 9-

I may reafonably fuipaft, that my faying how imperfcd foules g,
are rules to the proportion of their growth^ may have occafioned Th« *f .
great reflection, and tnay have bred fome trouble in the curious ^ f0"'6
and hcedefull Reader. I confefle this expretfJon was delivered by ^™{J| JMA
me, only to free my felfe for the prefent from the labour of fhcw- kncvT whilft *
ing what knowledge every feperated foule hath : but upon fecond ihc wa$ in bcr
thoughts, I find that fuch fliding over thi's difficult point will not
ferve my turne, nor favemc the paines of untying this knot : for
unlcfle I explicate what I meane by that fpeech, I fliall leave my
Reader in great doubt and anxiety ; which to free him from, I
muft wade a littlt further in this queftion of the extent of afipe-
rated foules fyajvledgf, into which, I have thus, upon the by, en.
gaged my felfe : but let him firrt be advertifed, that I doc not here
meddle, with what a feperated foule may know by revelation, or
by fupernaturall meanes : but that I doe only tracke out her na-
turall paths • and doe guefleatwhatflicis,orknoweth, by that
light which her converfation in her body afYorderb us.

Our entrance into this matter muft be, to confider what mu-
tation in refpeft of knowledge, a foules firft change out of hef
body, maketh in her ,• for it is not unlikely, but that nature may
fome way enlighten us fo farre, as to let us underftand what muft
follow out of the negation of the bodies con fort fhjp, added unto
what we lm/v of her and other works in this world. This then
firrt occurreth t hat furely flic can nor choofe but ftil know in that
ftate, all that i"he did kn'o'.v wh;les fhe was in the body ; fince we
are certain that the body hath no part in that which is true know-
ledge : as is above declared, when we fliewed ; firtt, that all true
knowledge is refpe^ive ;' fecondly, that the firft impreffio.ns of
the fancb, doe not reach to the interiour fbule,and laftly, t£at
fKe workcth by much more, then what hath any a&uall correC
pondence in thefancie, and that all things are united ro her by
the force of Being : from which laft, it fbllowcth chat all things
fhe, knoweth, are her fftfe; and fhe, /'/, all that foe kyotveth :
wherefore > if ftiee keepeth tier filfe sad her owne^w/**-,
Oiee muft needs keepc the knowledge of al' that flic knew in this
world,

94

A TREATISE

7. Nextj fhe mult undoubtedly know then f bmewhac more.,thera

That the leaft (he knew in the body ; for feeing that out 01 the things flaee al-
knowledge ready knowerh,other« will follow by the meer ordering and con-
acquiiethin ntxion of them ; and thac the foules proper worke, is to order
her body of tling* : we can not doubt, but that, both the things (He knoweth
any one tiling in Luis world, muft of necetfity bee ordered in her to the bdt ad-
doih cjufe in vantage ; and likcwife, that all ihac,will be knowne, which wan-
her, when fhce teth no other caufe for the knowing of it, but the ordering of
fromher'body ^ e^ things : For ^ l^c natu*c of a thing, were Order, whocan
a compkat doubt but what were put into that thing, were put into Order ?
knowledge of NOW, that the nature of thefbuleis fuch,wecoile& eafily; for
al things what- £e\ng that all order proceedeth from her, it mutt bee acknow-
focver. ^dged that Order is fidt in her : but what is in her, is her na-

fure, her nature then is Order 3 and what is in her is ordered. In
faying of which, I doe not meane that there is fkch an order be-
tvveene the notions of a feparated (bule, as is 6etweene materiall
things that are ordered by the /bole whiles (heis in the body; for
feeing that the foule adequate caufe of fuch order ; (that is to fay,
• a caule which can make any an fuch, and die whole kindeof it •')
it foiloweth.that fuch order is not in her ; for if it were, (he would
be cau'e of herfejfe, or of her owne parts. Order theretbre,in \ e",
mi>!t fignifie a thing more eminent, then fuch infedour orderj in
which refideth the power of making that in&tiout Order: and
this is nothing elfe, but the connexion of her notions by the
receflicy of^/w; which we have often explicated. And out of
this eminent or fuperiour kinde of order,our conclu'Ton fotioweth
no lefle then if the in/eriour order which wee fee in our fan'ies,
whiles our fbule is in our body, did refide in our interiocr fbule ;
for, it is the necelTity of identification, which doth the effec^-and
maketh the foule know ; and the order of iantafmes, is but a pre-
cedent condition in the bodily ^gent, that it may work upon the
jf>ule ; and if more famafmesthen one could be together, this or-
der ivoulj not beneceflary.

Out of this, a notable aad a vaft conclusion mani/cftJy fbllovv-
eth : towif>thatif afbule, can know anyone thint; mere when
{he is out the &^ then what fa did know whiles lh; wasin the
body ; without any manner of doubt, &seknoweth all that can

be

Chap.IX. OF MAMS SOVLE.

bee drawne, an j forced out of thole knowJedges, vvhich fliec had
in her body, How much this isjand how farre it will retch, I am
tfraid to fpeake : only I entreate Mathematicians, and fuch as arc
acquainted with the manner how fcicnces proceed j to confider
how feme of their definitions are made : to wit by compofing
together fundry knowne termes, and giving a new name to the
compound that refulteth out of them :. wherefore clear e it i\that
out of reiver notions had at the firrr/hc foul can make many more
and the more fhee hath, or maketh, the more fliec can multiply.
Againe, themaximies, which are neceflary to be added unto the
definitions for gaining of knowledge, wee iee are alfo compoun-
ded of ordinary and knowne termes ; fo that a feparated foulc,
can wane neither the Definitions, nor the Maximies,out ofwhich
the bookes offciences arecompofed: and there/ore, neither can
the fc'tenccs themfel^es be wanting unto her. Now if wee confi-
dcr, that in the fame fafhion as demonttrat ions are made, and
knowledge is acquired in one fcience, by the fame meanes, there
is a transcendence from fcience to fcience: and that there is a con-
nexion among, all the fciences, which fall into the consideration
of man, and indeed among all, at the leaft corporall things ; (for
of ipirituall things, wee can not io afiuredly affirme it ; although
iheir perfection i-nay perfwadeus, that there is rather a greater
connexion among them, then among corporall things) it wiJtiol-
low, that afoule vvhich hath but any indifferent knowledge in
this world, fhall be replenifhed with all knowledge in the next.
But how tnuch is this indifferent knowledge that for this pur-
poie is required in this world.? Vpon mature confideration of
ihis point, it is true, I finde it absolutely necefTary, 4:hat the foule
muft have here fo much knovvledge, as to bee able to determine
that forne one thing, vvhich hath connexion with all the reft, is
in fuch atime : but then, why out of this very conception, (he
{hould not bee able to clymhe .up by degrees, to the knowledge of
all other thUigsvvhatfoever (fince there is a connexion bet ween

that, and all rhe reft, and no untranfible gappe, or Chaos to fever
them) I profeflel doe not f.-e. Wnich if'it be: fb, then thefbule
of an abortive in his mothers Wombe, if hee once arrive to have
^arja ftornitj to receive any impreflion in his foule, may for

«f . "i M ' "* ' "" " '"' ^ ' ' ' "

ought I know.or can fufped to the contrary, be cndewed in the
next world with as much know ledgers the foule of the greateft
Clerke that ever 1 ;ved/ and if an abortive do not arrive ib farre,
as to the knowledge of fome one c hingj know no reafon 9 why
we fhould beleeve it arrived to the nature of man.

Whence it fblloweth , that this amplitude of knowledge, ic
common to all humane fbules/of what pitch Ibever they feeme
to be herej.vhen they are feperated from their bodies .• as alfo,
that if any error have crept inroa mans judgement., during this
Hfe3whether it be offome uni verfall conclusion , or of fome par-
ticular thing.all fuch will be abolifhedthen.by the truth appea-
ring on the oppofitefidejfl thence two contradi&ory judgements,
can not poilefle our fbule together: as even in this worid,as well
e\perience,as reafon teacheth us.

But unawares I have engulfed my felfe into a fea of contra -
diclion/rom no meaneadverfarie*:'br Alexander, Aphrodifeus,
.5 Pomponatious and the leranedefi of che Peripatetike fchoole.wii

An anfwer coajj of them rife up in maine oppofition againfi this do&rine of
ehe objcaion$mjne; f]ievvjng novv fn t^e body , all our fbules knowledge is
^~ made,by the work;ng of our fanfie ; and that there is no ad of
: the our fbule, without fpecularion of fantafmes refiding in our me-
topcrifhmory: therefore, feeing chat when our body is gone, allthofe
with the body.]{tt]e bodyes offantafmes are gone with it; what figne is there ,
that any operation can remaine? And hence they inferre , that
feeing every fubftance hath its Eeing for its operations fake. and
by confequence were vaine and fuperfluous in the world, if it
could not en joy /and exercife its operation; there is no neceflity
or end, why the foule of a man fliould furvive his body /and con*
fequently^there is no reafon to immagfne other, then that it pe.
riflieth when the man dieth. Thisisthefubftance of their Ar.
gument| which indeed is nothing elfc , but to gueffe without
'•«round,or rather again/tall ground.- but how foe ver, this com-
fort I have,that I have to doe with Peripatetics; men that will
heareabd anfwer reafon.-and to fuch I addrefle my fpeech.

To joyne ifTue then with them,and to encounter them with
their owne weapons,let us call to minde^hat Ariftotle holdeth
light to be. He^faith^f^ it is a fftddaixe and momentary

Chap. X. OF MANSSOVLE. ~

nation of what it isy following the precedent motion of fame bt^
die, but without motion in it fe/fc. As for example r when
*he Sunnecommeth into our horifon, (faith he) the illumi-
nation of the Horilbn, is an effect man in/tent, foJlowin»
from the motion which the Sunne had, fince his fetting in
the other Hemiiphere, untill hee appeare there againe : fb
that (according to himj the way of making this light, is the
Sunnes local! motion; butthzzfto&orthebciffgenlfghtnedi
is a thing of a very different nature, done without begin -
nog, and continuing untill the Snnne depart againe from
our Horifon. And as hee explicated? this a«ib"on of illumi-
nation, in the fame manner, doth hec the actions of fenfe
and of undemanding. Vpon all which I urge, that no Pe-
riparetike will deny mee, but that as in every particular fen-
fation or thinking, there proceedeth a Corporall mow
tion , out of which ic enfacth, fo this generall motion ^.
which wee call the life of man , prccedech that twinkle or
moment, in which fhee becornmeth an abfoJute /pirit, or i«-
habitart of the next world. Wherefore h cannot bee faid,
tliat wee introduce a doctrine aliene from the Peripatetike
way of Philofophifing, if wee put a momentary effect or
rnotion ( according to their phraie of fpeaking) to follow
out of the courfeof mans lire ; fihce they put diverfe fuch
effecl:s^ to follow out of particular parts of it.

Now, this momentary change, or what thev pleafe to call
it, is that which maketh at one blow, all this knowledge we
fpea^e'of : for, if we rememberthat kro vledge isnot a do.
ing or a motion, but a Being; as is agreed betwecne the Pe-
ripatetikes and us ; rhey cannot, for the continuing it, re-
quire inftraments and morars : for they are neceflary onely
for change, not for being. NOVY, all this mighty change,
which is madeat thefoules efelivery, we conceive fo.'low-
«3th precifefy out of the change of \\<K%cing: for feeing ic
is fuppofed, that her Being was tebre in abodyx but is now
out of a body ; it mull of necdTity follow, that all impe-
diments, which grew out of her being in a body, muft bee
taken away by he* being freed from it. Among which im-
p:diments, one is, thac time is then required betwixt her

A TREATISE

knowledge of one thing, and her knowledge ot an other
thing ; and fo her capacity, that of it fejfe is infinite,hecom-
ath confined to that imall multitude of objects, which the.
divihon and ftraigfitnefle of time giveth way unto. Now
tbar, whi:h length of time could in par* worke in the body,
the fame is entirely done fnamotrent, by the-changing of
her manner of being: for by taking .away the bondes, by
which flic was enthralled in the body,& was kept in,to appre-
hendfcut according to thcmeafure of the body^and wascon-
conftrainedto-bCjand to enjoy her fcJ&(as it were)but at the
bodies pefmilfion ;(he « put in free pofleffion of her felfe, and
of alkbat is in her. And thi* is nothing elfe.but to have that,
-large knowledge, wee haveJpoken of, for her knowing all
that, is no other thing but her being her felfe perfectly.
Which will appeare evident, if we confer that her nature
is, tt bee * Knowcr, and that Knowledge is nothing cl/e but
a Bring of the objctt in the Knower • for theneejt followeth,
that to know all things is naught elie then to bee all things-c
•fince then, wee concluded by our former difcourfe, that all
things were to bee gathered out of any one ; it is cleare that
to be perfe#ly her felfe^and any one thing,is in truth to know
all thing;.

-^nd thus wee fee, *hat for the fouks enjoying all tfeis
knowledge when fHee is out of the body, Ovee needeth no
objeSs without her, no phantafrnes, no inftrumenrs, no
helpes; but'that all that is requifitejs contained abroiutciy in
her being her felfe perfectly. And fo wee retort our A iver-
(aries OSj'edion on themfelves \ by representing to them,
that fince in their owne doclrine, they require no body nor
inftruments.for that precifea&ion which they call underftan-
ding : it is without all ground,fbr them to require bodies and
inftrumenn in the next Jife, that the foule may there be that,
which • they acknowledge fhee is in her body without any
fuch helpes.

And as for that jfxiome or experience, that the Soxti doth
not under ft and, ttnleffc (bee f peculate pha»tA,fmes : as on the
one fide I yeeld to it, and confefle the experience, after the
belt and feriourefi tryall I could make of it ; fo on the other

fide,

Chap- x. OFMANSSOVLE

fide, when I examine the martet co the boctorue,! find that
itcommethnot home toour adversaries intention. For as
when we looks upon a thing, we conceive wcworke upon
that thing, whereas in truth we do buc lee our (elves in fuclra
po-fition that the thing fcene mty workc upon uj : in like
manner our looking upon the phantafmes inourbraine ; i*
notourlbules atfion upon them, but it is our letting thecn
beat at our common icnfe; that is.our letting them workc
upon our fbulc. The effect whereofis^hat either onr foalc is
bettered in her lelfe-as when we (hidy and contemplate : or
el(e,that (he bcttereih Comcthing-without us, as when by this
thinking,wc order any a& ion. «

But,if they will have this Aviome a\rayle them,they (hold
fliew that the fbule is not of her felfe a knowledge ; which if
they be able to do,even then when to our thinking, (he fee-
msth not fo much as to thinke, we will yeeld they have Tea-
ton : but that will be impoflible to them to do ; for (h: is af-
-wayes, of her lelfe, a knorvledge.though in the body (he ne-
ver expreflcth fomuch, but when (he is put to ir. Or clfe
they fliould fbew , that this knowledge which the foule is of
iier felfe^win not by changing the manner of her Evidence t
become an aftuall know ledge ,inft cad of the habituall know-
ledge which now appeareth in her*

But as thefc Ariftotdiam embrace and fticke to one .Axi-
+m* of their Patroncjlb t hey fbregoe and prevaricate againft . '9 •
an other: for as it is Ariftotles do£rine,that a fubttance is for Tilc .forracr
irs operation 3 and were invaineand fuperfiiiousifit could
not prac^ife it;fo Irkewife it is confeflctf doclrinejthat C^/<«r-
ter is for it* forme and not the forme forthewattfr. And yet
ihefe men pretend that the (bule/erveth for nothing but the
governing ofthe body :whereas contrafiwife,both all ArUio-
ties doclrinc ,and common (en fe convinceth, that the body
mu'* be for the (bulc. WMchifit t>e, nothing can be more
Cf nfenraneous to Reason, then to conceive that the durance
which the foule hath in the body.is affigned her.ro worke and
mould in henthe future ftate, which (heiitohsvi after thfs
life : andihat no more operations are to be expected from her

Gi after

ioo A TREATISE

after this Jife,but inttead o* them,a fetled /fate of£«/»£,feeing
thac,even in this life,according to Arift. do&rine, the proper
operations of the fouleare butcertaine Beings: fothat -we
may condude.that ifa foule were growne to the perfedion,
which her nature is capable of,(he would be nothing elfebut
a conftant #?/>£, never changing from the nappineffeof the
beft Being.

And although the texts of Ariftotle which remaine unto
as.,be uncertaine (peradventure , not fo much becaufe they
were originally fuch,in themfelves, as through the mingling.
of fome comments into the body of the texr^yet if we had
his bocke which he wrote of the foule upon the death of his
freind Eudemus, it is very likejy we fhould there fee his evi-
dent aiVertion of her Immortality^ fince it had beene very im-
pertinent to take occafion upon a friends death to write of
the fbule.if he intended to conclude, that ofa dead man there
were no foule.

Out of this difcourfe icappeareth how thofe Adions which
the operations of we excrciie in this life^are to be underftoocf , when we heare
a fcparated Soule them attributed to the next.^or to thioke that they are to be

compare* to her tato in their direct piaine meaning,and.inthatway ,
operations in her ^fah t^ey are performed in this world ; were a great fim-
-plicity, and were to immagine a likecefTe betweene bodies
and fpirits,. wemuq therefore, elevate our mindeSj when we
wouitfpenetrate into the true meaning offueh cxpreffions,
andconfider how all the actions of our fouleare eminently
comprehended in the univerfality of koowledgesvs c have al-
ready explicated.. And lb, the Apprehensions, judgements,
difcouries^refleclions, talkings together , and all other fuch
a^ions of ours^whea they are attributed to feparated fouks ,
are but inadequate names and reprcfe»tations of their in-
llantaneall fight of all things,for,ui that, they can notchoo/^
but fee others mindes, which is .that we call talking, and like-
wife their owne,which we call reflexion : the reS are pJainc
partes. and are plainely contained in know ledge ; di^courfe
being but the falling into it; judgement the principles of it;
sod ftngle apprehensions the components of judgements.

fheo

Chap- x. OFMANSSOVLE

/or

then for fuch adions as arc the Beginning of operation, there
can bee no doabt but that they are likewife to be /bund, and
are refused, in the fame Vniverfality 5 as, love of good^con,
fultation, refolution, prudential! ele£tion? and the fail mori-
on; for who knovveth all things, can nor choofe but knorv
what is good, and that good, is to beeprofecuced : and vvhor
feeth compleatly al the meanes of cfFeAiug & attaining to fai$
intended good; hath already confaJted & refolvcd ofthc beft:
& whounderftandeth perfect Jy the matter he is to work up-
on,hath already made his prudential election :fb that there re-
malndh nothing more to be don but to give the tirtt impulfe.
And thus you ice, that this univeriality of knowledge in
the fouie, comprehended a)l,isalljperfbrmeth all ; and no
imaginable good or happinefle, isout of her reach. A noble
creiture^and not to becatt away upon fiich traCb as moit mep
employ their thoughts in. Vpon whom it is now time to re-
flet; and to conficfer.what effeAs the cfivers manners of liv-
ing in this world, do work upon her in the next ; if firft wee
acquic our felves of a promile wee made at the end of the
laft Chapter. For it being now amply declared, that the ftate
of a Soule exempted from her body, is a iiate of pure bcing-jx.
follOiVeth manifertly, that there is neither aiUonnor pa/Jion
in that fhte rwhich being fo, it is beyond all oppo/ltion that
the ibule can not dye: for ic is evident that all corruption,
mutt come from the aft ion of an other thing,upon that whicft
is corrupted; and therefore that thing muft be capable of being
made better and of being made worie.Now then.ifa feparated
foule be in a finall ttate, where fhe can neither 6ee bettered,or
wof fcned,(as fhe muft be,if flie be fuch a thing.as we have de-
clared) it iblloweth that fheecan not poflfibiy loofe 'thcllfixg
which fli3 hathnnd fithenceher paflfageout ofthcbody,doili
not change her nature,but only her ftatc;:t is cleare, that Hie
is of the fame nature(even in the body .'though in this her du-
rance, flie be jubj'eA to be forged (as it werejby the hammers
ofcorporeall object beating upon her;yet fo, that of her lelfe
(lie Mill - s what flie is. And therefore as foone as (he is out of
the partible core, in which fliee fuftereth by rcalbn ofthat
Cj fliee present Jy becommeth impaflible^as being purely of

G g g 3 her

102 A TREATISE

her owne nature, a fixed fubHance3that is^ pure being. Both
wh'-ch ftates ofthefouie, may in iotne fort be adumbrated by;
what we fee pafleth in the coppelling ofa fixed mettall; for
i s long as any Jead,or drofle,or aJJay remainetfi with ft,it con-
tinueth melted, flowing, and in motion under the muffle :
fcut as foone as they are parted from it, and that it i s become
pure, without any mixture,and fingly it felfe ; it contra&eth
it felfe to a narrower roome, and at that very indant, ceaferh
from all motion, groweth hard, permanent,re/7ftent unto all
rperanons of fire, and fuffereth no change or diminution in
its instance by any outward violence we can ufe unto it.

CHAP. XI.

Skewing tvbft e/efls,the divers manners of living In this world ^dse exult
in a fouls, after fie ii feparated fimbtr b«dy.

•

That a fo'ule in f\^c l^l*6' m*^ Peradt enture feeme of hard digeflion in
this lifeisfubjcd V»/ourp*ft difcoutfe; and it is, that out of the grounds wee
to mutation, and have laid, it fcemeth to follow that all fculcs will have aft equa-
»ay be pcrfefted lity;fincc we have concluded, that the greateft fliall /ee or know
io knowledge. no mi>re ^^ t^€ jea^ . antj jntfeed,iherc apcarcth no cau/e why
this great and noble creature, {hold ly iroprifojied in the obfcurc
dangeon of r oyfome fle&jif in the firft iniiant, in which it hath
its hrft k; owledge it hath then already gained all wha:fbever it
is capable of gaining i» the whole progrefle ofa long life after-
wards. Truly, the Platonikc Philofophcrs ('who are perfwadcd
that a human foule doth nor profit in tt is lif^nor that (he acqui-
red any knowlcdg here; as being of her fclfc corr-pleately perfcft,
and that all our difcouifis, are but her remcmbrings of what /he
h ad f^r gotten) will find themielves ill belied to render a Philcfo-
phicall and fufficirnt caufe of her being locked into a body : for
to put forgetfulnes in a pure fpirit; fo palpable an etltdt of corpo-
reity and fogreat acorrupdon,in refped ofa creature whofc ca-
tuie i*,to know of itfclfe,i«an unfurTetableerrour.Befides,whcn
drey tell us, that fhce can not bee changed, btcaufe all chang*
would prejudice the fpirit uall nature, which they attribute to
heijbut that well Hie may be warned and cxciated by being in a

hocfy;

Chap. X. OF MANS SOVLE.

JO/

body ; they tneeily trifl: : for either (here is forac irucmura(io»
made in her by that if hich they call a warning ,or there i> not; if
there be not how becommcrh ic a warding to her? Or what is it
more to her then it* a ftraw were wagged at the ^ncipcdes?Buc
if there be fomc mutation (b: it never fo lictlcj trade in her by
a corporcall motion ; what (hould hinder, why (he may not by
means of her bo jy,actainc unco fcic nee (he never had ; as we I a$
by ic receive any the Icaft i itrinfeoll mutarion wimlcc'. cr >
For if once we id nit auy mutability in h« from any corporea 1
motion i c is far more conformable unto rraion to fuppofc it in
regard of that which is her naturall perfection, & of thac, which
by her operations wcc fee flic haih immediately after fuch cor-
poreill motion?, and whcrof before them there appeared in her
nomarksat a!l;the»to fuppofeit in regard of a dark intimation,
of wch we neither know.it if nor how it is petformed. Surely ,n«
Rationall Philofopher fecing.a thing, whofcnatvre is to k»oirt
have a £<r/«jr,whercas formerly it cxifted not; & cbfcrving^how
that thin^ by Imlc and little giveth fignes ot more and more
knowle !ge3cin doubt but that as (he could be changed from not
£-•/«£ to being ; fe, may flice like wife bee chingcd from leflc
knowing, to more knowing.

This then being i rcfragably fetled, that in tf-cbody flic doth _

* . . ,° J ,-n- , . That the know-

cncreafc mknowJedgc.-er us co-netoourdimculty Scexitrine Ie(J which i

what tris encreafe in the body availeth her j feeing that asfoorc foulgctteth in this
25 fh: partech from it^fliefball of her own nature enjoy, and be life will make her
replemfhed with the knowledge of all things : why iliouldftc knowledge in the
laboiioufly ftrive to anticipate the getting of a few drops which lfe '"
b ji enc'eafe her thirft and anxiety ; when having but a iirtlc pa-
tience,, fhe finll a: one full and cvcrlafting draught drink i-p the
tfho'e fez of it ? We know that the ioule is a thing, made pro-
p-rtionab'y to the making of its body ; feeing, \r is the bodies
compartccr : and wee have concluded, that whiles it is in the
body, ic acquireth perfection in that way, which the nature of it
is capaSl'eof: that ii, in knowledge: as the body acquireth
perfection its way; which is, in ftrcngth and agility. Now then
let us compare the proceedings of the cne, with thole of the o-
ther fubftancej and peridventure wee may gaine force light to
difcerhc what advantage it may prove unto a loulato remain long

i»

A TREATISE

_ * — —

m its body jit it ir.a'Ke i ight ute ol its dwelling chcre, Let us coo-
fidcr the body of a man,wcU »nd ixa&ly fttped in all Ms mem-
bcrs;yet if he never ufe care nor pains to excrcife thofe welifia-
med 'limbcs ot his ; t* w ill want much of ihofc corporeall per-
fections \vhich others *ill have, *ho employ themfedulotflj^
Though his legges, armes,and handes, be'oi an exact fymme-
try^yet he will not be able to rufine,to wre(tJe,or to throw a
dart, with thofe who labour to perfect themfelves in fuch
exercifes: though his fingers beneverfo neatly moulded or
<x>mpofed to all advantages of quick and /mart motion; yet if
he never learned and praclifed on the Jute^he will not be able
with them to make anymufike nponthatinftrument^even
after he fecth plainly , and comprefiendeth fully all that the
cunningefi Lutenift dothjneither wiJl he be able to play , as
he doth with his fiagers,which of themfelves are paradven-
ture Ic 5 apt or thofe voluble motions then his are-That which
maketh a man dexterous in any of thefe arts , or in any o.
ther operation s,proper to any of the partes or Jimbes of his
bodyjsthe often repetitions of the fame A6b; which do a-
mend^and pet feel thofe limbes in their motions, and which
make them fit & ready for the a&ions they are defignedunto.
In the fame manner it fareth with the fbule; whole ef-
fencerst-hat w-hkrh fiieknoweth : tier feverall knowledge*
may be cotrpared^o arme^hands^ngersjegges^hights &c^,
in a body: and ail her knowledges taken together , do com-
pofe(as I may layjand make her up,what fiie is. Now 3 thofe
Jimbes of hers though they be, when they are at the worft,
entire,and well fliaped in bulke ( to ufe the comparifon of
bodiesjyet they are fufceptible of further perfection , as our
corporeall limbes are, by often and orderly u£ge of them.
When we iterate our afts of our understanding any object,
the fecond acl: is of trie fame nature^ as the flrft, the third as
the fecond.,and fo.of the reft : every -one-of which perfe&eth
the underftanding of that thing . and of all that dependeth
upon the knowledge of it3and maketh it become more vigo-
rous and ftron£;even the often throw ngofa boule at the
fame marke.begetteth ftill more and more ilrength and juli
aefie in the Arme that delivereth it •• for.rr can not be denyed -

€

but

Chap, xj. OF MANS SO VLB, 105

but that the fame canfc which makech afiy thin£,muft of nc-
ceflity perfect andftrengthen it, by repeating its force and
itroakes. We may then conclude that the know ledge of our
foule/which is indeed herfeife)will be in the next life more
perfect and ftrong,or,more flake and wcafce, according as in
thi* life flic hath often and vigproufly.or faintly and feldome,
bufied her idte about thole things which be^et fuch know-
ledge*

Now thofe things which men beftow their paines toknow, ~, ,X
we fee are of two kindcs : for fbme thirft after the knowledge of mc^ 'Jj1:
of nature,and of the variety of things , whkh either their ro fcicnce viuft
fenfes,or their difcourfe, telJ them of: butothcw Jooke no they lircd here
higher then to hare an inlight into humane aclion,or to gain fr« more pcrfcft

skill in iome arr,whereby they may acquire meanes to live. !? .£! r!L,uor!J
_. .., • f ' i J /* -. i • /»/- tncn tue iouie> ot-

Thefe tatter curibfities.are but of particulars; that is,of feme uniearaei

on€3orfew fpecies_,or kinder, whole common that compre.
hendeth them.fallcth within the reach of every vulgar capa-
city; ami confequentlyjhc things which depend upon them,
are low jtneane.and contemptible :• whereas the beauty> vaft-
ne(Te,and excellency of the others^is fomuch beyond themes
they can be brought into no proportion to one another .Now
then,i* weconfider, what advantagethe one fort ofthefe
men, will in the next world have over the other ; we fliall
find,that they who ipend their life here in the (^udy and eon.
templation ofthe firtt noble ob/ecls, will, in the next , have
their univedall knovvledge(that is their foule)ttrong and per-
feel: whiles the others, that played away their thoughts and
time upon triflcs,and feMome railed their, mindes above the.
pitch of fenfe,will be faint through their former lazineftejikc
bodies benummed wfch thepalfty,and fickely through tbeir
ill dyet,as when a well (haped virgin , that having fed upon
trafh infiead .of nouri/hing meatcs langaifheth under a wear-
r-f >me burthen of thegreeneficknefle.

To make this poict yet more cleare, we may eonfider how vertuci *>
the things which we gaine knowledge of, do affecl us under world will bcraoft
the title of good and convenient, in two jfeverall manners, pcrfcainthe
The one is, when the appearance of good, in the abrtra(5lcd n^xtnd !hofc
naiure ofir>& after examination of al circurnftaiKe?,carryeth ^

our r»ble.

A TREATISE

our heart. co the deflre of the thing,tnat appeareth i'o unto Us :
the other is, when the iembiance of good to our owne parti-
cular perfons without carting any further, or quettioning
whether any other regard may not make it prejuditiaU,dotri
caulqtn us a longing for the thing wherein fuch /cmblance
fhineth. NOW for the moft part the knowledges which
fpring out of the latter obje&s, are more cultivated by us,
the'n chofe which arifeout of the other ; partly by reafon cf
their frequent occurring^either through neceflky^ or through
judgementjand partly,by the addition which patfion giveth
to the impre/fions they make upon us: forpafKon multiply-
eth the thoughts of fuch things, moreftheni of any others, if
reafon do not crofle and fupprefle her tumultuary motions,
which in moft men, (he doth not. Tne foules then of fuch
perfons, as giving way to their paffion , do in this life buiie
themfelves about fuch things as appeare good to their owne
perfons, and caft no further, mutt needes decede from their
bodys3unequally builded:(ifthat expreilion may be permitted
me;)and will bee like a lame unwieldy body , in which the
principall limbes, are not able to governe and move the o-
thersjbecaufe thofe principall ones are fainte,through want
of (pnits and exercife; and the oehers. are overgrowne with
hidropicall and nocive humours. The reafon whereof is that
in fuch foules their judgements will be difproportioned to
one another^one of them being unduely Wronger then the o-
ther. What erTecl: this worketh, in regard of know ledge, we
have already declared, and no leffe will it have in refpecl of
action: for fuppofe two judgements to be unequalI5ardfuch,
'as in the action one contradicleth the other/or example, lee
oneofmy/udgement$be,that it is good for mete care be-
becaufe I am hungry; and let the other be, that it is good for
metoftudy, becaufelam fhortlyto give an account of my
ielfvf the one judgment be ftronger then the other,as if that
ofeacing beftronger then thatofiiudying,ic importeth not
that there be more reafon Call circumstances con/idered^for
ftu dying: becau/e^reaibns^do move to aclion according to the
mcafure in which the refolution that is taken upon them , is
or weakc ; and therefore, my aftion will follow the

ftrongeft

Chap.XI. OF MAMS SO VLE.

ftrongeft judgmenc,and I (hall leave my booke to go co my
dinner.

Now, to apply this to the (tare of a feperated foule; we are
to rememher how the Ipi-rituall judgements, which fl\e col-
lected in the body, do rcmainc in her after /lie is diverted of
it.- and likevvifc,we are to confider, how all her proceeding in
that ftatejs built,nor upon pa/fion. or any bodily caufes or
difpofitions; but meerely upon the quality and force of thole
fpirituall ju Jgmems.- and then.it evidently /blloweth, that if
if there were any fuch a&ion in the next life, the pure foule
wouM apply it ielfe thereunto,according to the proportion
of her jadgements,and as they are graduated and qualified*
It is true,thereijnofuch action remaining in the next life ;
yet neverthelefle there ramaineth ?'n the ibule a diipofition
and a promptitude to fueh action; and if we will frame a right
apprehenfion of a feperated fbule, we muft conceit her to be
of fuch a nsture(for then all is nature with her , as hereafter
we (hall difcoHrfe.)as if (he were a thing made for action in
that proportion and efficacity,whieh the quartering of her bv
th:s variety of judgements doth afford; that is that fiie is^ fo
muc^ tne more fit for oce aftion then for another, (were flie
to proceed to aftion,) as the judgment of the goodneiTe of
one of thefe adions is rtronger in her, then the jadgment of
the others goodnefle,which is in eff;d,by how much the one
is more cultivated then the other. And out of this we may
conclude,that what motions do follow in a man, out of diC
courfe.the like will in a feperated fonle,fbllow out of fcer fpi-
rituall judgments. Sothat as he is joyedjfhedo pofTelfehis
Weired good; and is difcontented anddifpleafed,ifhe mifle of
it and feizeth greedily upon it when it is prefent to him,and
then cleaveth faft untoit,and whiles he wameth it, no other
good affefteth hirn^ut he is ftill longing after that Mafic r.i
wifh ofhis heart : the like in every regard.but much more ve-
hement ly.be falleth unto a feperated feule. So that in fine (he
will be happy, or miferable, according as (he hath built up ner
felfe,br her fpirituall judgments and affections in this life. If
knowledge and intellectual oHjefts be the good < fhe thirfieth
after, what can be happier then (he, when ihc poirefleth th e

ATREATISE

fulJneffe of all that can bcdefircd in chat kindc? But if in this
world a man fettlethhis heart conltantly upon any traniitory
end;as upon wealth corporeal] delights, honour,power, and
the like,fwhich are too fliort breached attendants to follow
him ib long a journey as into the nexr; )thenj all the powers
of his foule,cven after flie bath 1 ft her body,will be ttilj long-
ing after that deare Idoll of her affections ; and for the wan t
ofit,fhewill not value the great knowledge fhefhallchen'be
imdued wit hall t nor care for any other good flie poflefleth,
4ike a man who being forrounded,withafull fea and fwolne
tide of all fpeeious objects that may pleafe and delight him,
hath by linluckly chance flittered his violent affections , and
his impotent cjefires ro be inrangled in fome meane love,chat
either negle&eth him^or he is hindered from enjoying ; an d
thereby,that lit ledrope of gall,or rather that privation of a
meanecomemment (which truly in it felfe,is nothingjinlect-
eth and poyfoneth the whole draught of happinefie that buc
for this, would fwe*l him up to the height of his wiflie*.
Theftateofa vi- But no comparifonsof fbrrowes^ griefes, or anguillies in
tioas foule in the this life (where our earrhly dwelling doth fo alog, and allay,
aext life* and dull the ienfe of oar /bu'c, which only feeieth and reli-

fheth. either delight orwoe^ can arrivetofliaiowoutthe
mifery of a feparated foule fb aflfecled ; whofe ftraines are fo
exce/Tivcly vehement,and whofe nature is a pure a£ivity,and
her fclfe, all fenfe, all knowledge. It is true, Icon/efTe that in
a man, fuch motions doe in part proceed from paflion : and
therefore, I wi/1 allow, ehat fo much of them, as have their
origine meerely and onely from thence, fhall dye with the
body, and fhall not have madeany impreffion io the fepara-
ted /bule : but befides the ftreame of paflfion wee may in fuch
motions ob/erve alfo, t he work of reafoa, for flie, both appro-
veth and employeth her powers, to compaTe and gaine what .
the other prefenteth, & by legitimate dilcou!e,draweth con-
fequences out of that principle or judgment,wfiichmaketh
thebyas, it then leaneth unto r andthefe,are undeniable ef-
fecls of a fpirituall judgment fetled in the foule. And there-
fore, as farre as thefe motions proceed from fpirituall judge-
ments, fo far, it is clearethey rnuft remaine in the leparated
foule. » parad venture

Chap.XI. OF MAMS SOVLE.

Po:ad venture, what Ihavcfaid, may bee ly able to ami.
Sfakc ; as chough I conceived that thcfe Spiritual! judgments
are made in the ibuie according to right rea/bn, and to legiti-
mat diicour/e : wnercas,! meane nothing leflc j bat eStcem-
ing an overitrong judgement in the Operated Sbuie,tobcpro-
portionaWe onto a paflion in the body; Iconceitcthat as
paffion ietteth reafon on work to findeout meancs , whereby
ihce may arrive unto her ends; fo in like manner, may this
judgment . f«t realbn on floate, with thofe ads which follow
consequently upon it (though inconsequent to thewhote
body of reafon .• ) becaufe the disorder thereby, in the cxcefle
et this judgment-over others, whofe force (According to na-
ture) ought to be greater than it. So that, if we would frame
a conception of a disordered foule,when it is out of the body ;
wee may imagine it correspondent to a body, whofe one part
were bigger then could ftand in proportion with an other, as,
if the hand (to uie the example wee brought before) were
greater than the arme could manage, or the foote were larger
and heavyer, then the leg and thigh could wield : nnto which
adde that every part were active and working of it felfe : fo as,
though it could not bee governed, yet would it continually
have its owne operation, which would'bee contrary to the o-
peration of the arme, or of the legge, and consequently, it
would ever bee tending to incompoSTible operations : and by
chat meanes^ both one member would alwayes disagree from
the other, and neither of them atraine any effect at all ; nnc
unlike to the fanfie of the Poets, who fained a monfter,which
they termed ScytU, wiiole inferiour parts, were a company of
dogget, ever Snarling and quarrailing among themfelves;and
yet were unSeverable from ore a» other, as being comparte*
of the fame iubSiance.

But to declare this important doftrine more dogmatical-
ly ; let us coniider that of neceSTity a difordcred Sbule hath
thefe following judgments fetled-in her. Namely, that fhee
is npt well ; that fhce cannot bee well without her defired
g ood ; that it is impoSTible for her to compafle that good ;
and laftly, that this ftate (lie is in, is by all meanes poSTible to
k avpyded -y not , by changing ber judgment (for that is her

fclfe)

IJO ATREATISE

but by procuring the fatisfatfion (he defireth ; and this
with all the power, and totall incl (nation of her adivity and
poffibility. This then, being the temper of a difordered iepa-
jaced foule, it is eafie to conceive, what t fad condition luch
an one reroaineth then in; which is infinitely more, rhen
any afflkiion that can happen to a man in this world : for
finee, even here, allourjoyes arid griefes, doe proceed from
qur foule; wee muft needes-allow, that whemfhee (Kail bee
from, the burthen of her body (which doth exceedingly im-
peach,, and Jimit her operations, .and activity,) all her teutons
will be then farre greater and more efficacious.
€ But becaufe this point is of higheft confequence, wee may

The fundamental not (lightly paflTe it over ; out we will endeavoar, if we can,
rcafon why as wcl to difcovcr che woflderfull efncacie and force of a Separated
happinefle a« mi- (o]1\cs operations ; that from thence wee may the better coi-

five ta iVncxe le^> hovv ^rear her haPPincfle or mifery will bee in the next
life. life. Let twthen confider, how .an a6V or judgment of the

fbule, may bee more forcible , cither by it fcife, or by the
multiplication of fuch hejpes, ,as doe coccurre with it. To be-
gin with confide- ing the AcVin itlelfe , weknow that the
ccrtainett way to meafure the^rength of«,is to take a furvey
of the force which (hevvcth it feifc inks effect : for th« being
relatives to one an other, each of them ailcovereth the others
nature, Notv,this we will doe after our ordinary rnanner,by
comparing the Cpmtuall effects ifluing from a judgement in
the foule, to materiall effects proceeding ftom the operations
and motions of bodies. In thefe we may obfervethreethings,
by which we may eftimate their cfficacioiifnefle : fbmc acti-
ons dure a longer time ; others, take up a greater place, and
others againe^worke the like effect in a greater place, and in a
fliorter time : which laft fort, of all others, do proceed from
the mott powerfull, and moft forcible agent?. If then in tbefe
confiderations. we compare a fcparated foule taa bociy ; what
an infinity of ftrengthfc efficacity^will the meaneft of thofe
pure fiibftancc? have, beyond thcmoft power/iilJ and acliv-e
body that can bee imagfned in nature ? For wee have already
(hewed how a feparated foule comprr hendeth at once, all
pfa;e, and all times : fo that , her activity requfrech no appli-

cation

Chap.xr. OFMANSSOVLE, /7I

• • _

cation to place or time ; but, flic is, of her felfe, miHreflcof
beth, comprebemding all quantity whacfocvcr, in an indivi.
fible apprchenfion ; and ranking all the parts of motion, in
their compleate order : and knowing at once, what is to hap*
pen in every one of them. On the other fide ; an incorpora-
ted foule, by reafon of her being confined to the ufe of her
fcnfes, can tooke upon but one fingle definite place, or time,
at once; and needeth a long chainccf manydifcourfcsto'
comprehend all the circumftances of any one action : and yet
after all,how fhort (he is of comprehending all ? So that com-
paring the one of thcfe with the other, it is evident, that in
refpcct of time and place ; and in refpccl of any one fingular
a&ion; the proportion of a feparaied foule, to one in the bo-
dy, is as all time, or all place, in refpe& of any one piece, or
leaft parcellof them; or as the entire abrolutecdmprehen-
der of all time and all place i is to the dilcovcrer ofa fmall
meafareoftherru For whacfbevcr a foule vrilleth in that ftatr,
free willeth it tor the whole extent of her duration j becaufc
fhe is then out-ofthe ftate or capacity of changing: and wifli-
eth for whatfoever (he wifheth, as for her abfolutegood ; and
therefore cmployeth the whole force of her judgment, upon
every particular wifh. Likewifethe eminency which a Sepa-
rated foule hath over place, is alfothen entirelyemployed up^-
on every particular wifh of hers; fince in that ftate there is no
variety of place left unto her, to wifh for fuch good in one
place.and to refute it in an other ; as, whiles Ih6 is in the body
hapnetti to every thing^fhe defircch* Wnerefote, whatfoever
fhe then wiflieth for, fhe wiflieth for it according to hercotn-
parifon unto place : that is to fay ; that as fuch a foule hath a
po.ver to worke at the fame time in all place by the abfolute
compretienfion, which fhe hath of place in abftra& : fb every
wifh ofthat foule ifit were concerning a thing to be made in
place,wcreable to make it in all places; through the exceffive
force Sccfficacy wch/he emploiethupon everjrparticurJar wifti

The third eff<& by which aiiong bodycs we gathtrthc vi-
gour,and energy of the caofe that producetlvit, (to vf htc , the
doing of the like aclion, in a leflcr ti jie andia a larger excent,)
is but a combination cf the two former? and therefore it rcq ii-
reth no fimhfr particular infi fiance upon it, to fhevv, that like,
t? Lre in this , the proportion^ a feparated to an incorporated

A TREATISE

ioulc,mutt needs be the Iclfc lame as in the others ; (eeing chat a
feparatedfoulcs aftivity,is upon ail place in an mdivifiblc of time .
Therefore to (hucc up iris point; theie rcmaincth only for
us to confidcr,what addition may be made unto the efficacity
of .a judgement^/ the concurrence of other extrinf;call helps.
Vfc fec that vfhen an underllanding man will i'cttle any judge-
IIH nt.or eonclufion in his mind.e,he weigheth throughly all that
follovreth out of fuch a j adgement;and-confidereth like wife all
the antecedents that lead him unto it:and if after, due reflection,
and examination, of what&evcr concerneih this conclufion
which he is eitablifhing in his mind , hefindcth nothing to.
crofle it, but thai every particular and circumftance goeth
frnoothiy along withit^and (trengtbenethit;heis, then fa»
tisfied, and quiet in his thoughts , and yeeldeth a fuU affenc
thereunto: which aflTcnt is the ftrocger 3 by how many the
more concurrent teftimonyes he hath for it. And although
he fhould have aperfe& demondraron or fi^ht of the thi-nj;
in it felfc.yet every one ©fche.otfaer extrinlecall proofcs.,be-
ing as it were a new perfwaiion^hath in it a further vigour to
ttren^then and content his mind in the forehad demonftra*
tion ; fo^if every one of thefe be in it felfe Sufficient to make
chething evident ; it can not happen that any one of them,
fbould hinder the o;hers : but contrariwife^every one of them
muft needs corcurre with all the re/1, to the eftecluall quie-
ting ofhis underfianding , in its aflent, to that judgement..
No AT then.according to tbis rate,Jet us calculate, (if we can)
what concurrence of proofs and wirneflfes a feparated ibule
will have to feitle and tfrengthen her in every one of her
judgements. We know, that all verities are chained and con-
nected one to another; aod that there is no true conclufion
fo far remote from any other, but may by more,or Jeffs cor-
lequences and di/couries , be deduced evidently out of it .- it
folloAr.eth then that in the abftracled ibule, where all fuch
cpniequences are ready drawne, and /cene in them/elves
without extemionjoftimeor employing of painesco collefl
the,m;every panjicular verity,bearerh tefh'mcny to any othe?,
fothac every oneofthemis beleeved,andworketh in the
fenceand venue ofaJI. Out of which it ism2nifeft,that every
JH Cement in fuch a /eparated fbute, hath an fnfinit ftrength
andefFccaciry over any^made b^ an embodyedoac. To

OF MANS SOVLE, Chap. XL

To {umme all up in a few words : we fiode three rootes of infi-
nity in every a&ion of a fcparatcd foule.in refpeft of one in the bo-
dy : firft, the frecdome of her effence or fubftance in it (elfe : next,
that quality of hers, by which (he comprehendeth place and time;
that if, ail permanent and fucccdivc quantity : and hftly , the con-
currence of infinite knowledges to every aft ion of hers. Having
then this meafure in our hands,let us apply it to a well ordered,and
to a diiordercd foule parting out of this world : let us conlidcr the
one of them, fet upon thofe goods, which fhee(hall iherc have prc-
fent, and (hall fully enjoy : the other, languifhing after, and pining
away for thofe, which are impoflible for her ever to obtaine. What
joy, what content, what exultation of mind, in any living man, can
be conceived fo great5as to be compared with the happinttfeof one
of thefe foulesj And what griefe, what difcontcnt, what mifcry
can be like the others?

Thefe are the different effects, which the divers manners of living

in this world, doe caufe in foules after they are delivered from their

bodies: out of which, and out of the difcourfe that hath difcove-

red thefe effects unto us, we Ice a cleare refolution of that fo maine to bee in a bo-

and agitated queftion among the Philofophers , why a rational! dy, and to live

foule is imprifoned in a grofle body of fltfti and bloud > In truth, or r°mc .

the queftion is an illegitimate one ; as fuppofing a falfe ground:

for the foules being in the body, is not an impdibnmeni of a thing £

that wasexiftent,beiore the foule and body met together j but her

being there, is the naturallcourfe of beginning that, which can no

other way come into the lifts of nature : for mould a ioule, by the

courle of nature, obtaine her firft beeing without a body , eyther

ftw would in the firft inihnt of her being.be perfeft in knowledge,or

(he would not : if (he were,then would (he be a perfeft and compleat

immateriall fubftance, not a foule ; whofe nature is to bee a corn-

partner to the body, and to acquire her perfection by the mediati-

on and fervice of corporeal! fenies : but -if (hee were not perfect in

(cience, but were only a capacity thereunto, and like unto white pa-

per, in which nothing were yet written ; then unit (Te (hee were put

into a body ,(he could never arrive to know any thing, becaufe mo-

tion and alteration areeffccV peculiar to bodies : therefore, it muft

be agreed, that (h is naturally defigned to be in a body : but her

being in a bodyjs her being one thing with the body, fhe i« faid to

(Hhh; be

ii4 A TREATISE

be in : and fo flic is one part of a wholej which from its weaker part
ij determined to be a body.

Againe, feeing that the matter of any thing, is to bee prepared,
before the end is prepared, for which that matter is to ferve v accor-
ding to that Axiome.^^orf^ vrimttmininteKti>>net eft ultimumi*
execution • we may not deny, but that the body is in being , fbme
time before the fbule : or at the lesft, that it extfteth as foone as fhe
doth : and therefore, it appeareth wholy unreasonable, to fay,thac
the (bule was firftmadeoutofthe body, and was afterwards thruft
into it ; feeing that the body was prepared for the foule before, or
at theleaftj as foone as (he had any beginning : and fo we may con-
clude, that of neccilky the foule muft be begunne,. layed, hatched*
and perfected in the body.

And although it bee true , that fuch foules, as are feperated from
their bodies, in the firft inttant of their being there, are notwithi
ftanding imbued with the knowledge of all things 5 yet is not their
longer abode there in vaine : not onely, because thereby the fpe-
cies is multiplyed; (for nature is not content with barely doing
that, without addition of fome good to the (bule it (elfe ) but as we
' for the wonderfull , and I may fay infinite advantage* that may

thereby accrew to the foule, if (he make right ufe of it : for, as any
a& of the abftra&ed foule is infinitjn comparifon of the afts which
men exercife in this life, (according to what we have already (hew-
ed) fo by confcquence, muft any increafe of its be likewife infinite :
and therefore we may conclude, that a long life well fpent, is the
greatcll and moft excellent giftj which nature can bcttow upon a
man.

8. The unwary reader may perhapps have difficulty .at our often re-'

That the mi- peating of the infelicity of a miferable foule ; finceweefay that it
jery of the proceedeth out of the judgements, (hee had formerly made in this
next world ^e ; w^'lctl without all doubt were falfe ones : and neverthelefle,
proceedeth ' it is evident, that no falfe judgements, can remaine in a foule , after
out of inequa- (h« is feparated from her body •, as we have above determined. How
lule, and not then can a foules judgements, be the caufe of her mifery ? But the
of faliny of more hcedefull reader, will have noted, that the mifery which wee
•v-m" 8U" put in a foule, proceedeth out of the inequality, not oat of thefal-
fity, of her judgements : for if a man bee inclined to a lefler good,
more then to a .greater., he will in ac>ion betake himfelfe to the lefler

good,*

OF MANS SOVLE. Chap.XI. xij

good, and dcfert the greater, (wherein, neither judgement it falfc,
nor eittes inclination is naught)mecrcly out of the improportion
of the two inclinations or judgements to their otjc&s: for that a
foulemay be duely ordered, and in a fhte of being well, fliee nmft
have a lefler inclination to a lefler good, and a greater inclination
to a greater good •• and in pure fpirits , thefe inclirutions are no-
thing elfe, but the ftrength of their judgements .: which judgements
in foules, whiles they are in their/bodies, are made by the repetition
of more afts from ftrongercaufes , or in more favourable circuni-
ftances. And fo it appeareth,how without any falfity in any judge-
ment, a foule may become miferable, by herconverfadoninthis
world ; where all her inclinations generally are good , unlcfle the
disproportion of them, do make them bad.

THE TWELFTH CHAPTER.

Of the yerfcverance of a foule , in the flate Jhee findeth hey felfe it?y
at her firfl fepartion from her body.

THus wee have brought mans foule, out of the body (he lived in ,.
here, and by which me converted, and had commerce with the Theexplica-
other parts of this world : and we have affigned her, her firft array «on,and
and ftole, with which (he may be feene in the next world : (othat ^°[^°f
now there remaineth onely for us to confider, what (hall betide her ^ \^e ^^ t
afterwards j and whether any change may happen to hers and bee jn aft, the cf •
made in her, after the firft initant of her being a pure fpiritj (epara- feftmuft alf»
ted from all confortfljippc with materiall fubftances. To deter- ^c<
mine this point the more clearely, let us call to minde, an ax:.ome
that Ariftotlc giveth us in his logicke ; which teacheth us That as
it is trttc^if the effett be, there isacatt/e; fo likewife it is mo ft true»
that if the caufe be in aft. or c*ufi»gt the effeft muf alfo be. Which
Axiome may be underftood two waies : the one, that if the cau(e
hath its cflfeft, then the efFeft alfo is: and this is no great miftery §
or for it, are any thankes due to the teacher; it being but a repeti-
tion, and laying over againe of the fame thing. The other way is,
thatifthecaufe bee perfect in the nature of being acaufe* then
theeffe&is: which is as much as to fay, that if nothing be wanting
to the caule, abftra&ing precifely from the effect ; then neither is

fHhha; the

A TREATISE

the cffeft wanting. And this is the meaning of Ariftotles Axiome .•
of the truth and evidence whereof in this fenfe, if any man Ihould
make the leaft doubt, it were cade to evince it : as thus, if nothing be
wanting but the effec^ and yet the effect doth not immediatly fol-
low, it mu(t needs be, that it cannot follow at all; forifitcan,and
doth not, then fomething more muft bee done to make it follow:
which is againft the fuppofition, that nothing was wanting but the
cffefl: •, for that which it is to be done 9 was wanting. To fay, ic
will follow wichoutany change, is fenfelefle : for if it follow with-
out change, if followeth out of this, which is already put: but
if it doe follow out of this which is precifely put, then it followeth,
againft the fuppofition, which was.thatitdidnot follow, although
this were put.

a This then being evident, let usapply ittoourpurpole; and lee

;hc effcfts of. us put three or more things, namely A. B. C. and D : whereof
li fuch agents^ione can worke otherwife, then in a inftant or indivifibly : and I
i woike in- fayj tfat whatfoever thefe foure things are able to doe, without re-
:antaneoufly , ^^ £Q A^ Ql^T tfrwg kefcies them, is compleady done in the firft
i^h^fn-fUn- inftant of their being put : and if they remaine for all eternity,
ant that the without communication or refpcft to any other thing, there (hall
gems are . never be any innovation in any of them, or any further working a*
ut? mong them •• but they will al waies remaine immutable, in the fame

ftate they were in,at the very firft inftant of their being put:for what
foever A- can doe, in the firft inftant, is in that firft inftant actually
done; becaufe he worketh iudivifibly : and whit can be done pre-
cifely by A, and by his aftion joyned to B. doth precifely follow
out of A. andhisaflion, and out of -B, and hisacVion,ifB. have a-
nyaftion independent of A. and becaufe all thefe are in the fame
inftant, whatfoever followeth precifely out of thefe, and out of any
thing eHe that is in the fame inftant, and that worketh indivifibly as
they doe -v is neceffarily done in that very inftant ; but all the acti-
ons of C.and D. and of whatfoever by refleftion from them may be
done by A. and B. being all of them indivifible,and.following pre-
cifely out of fome of the forenamed aftions ; they doe follow ouC
of things being in this inftant: and becaufe they are indivifible,
they may be in this inftant : and therefore.all is done in this inftant.
Now, fuppf Gng all to be e done that can bee done by them in this
inftant ; and that nothing can follow from them, unlcfle it follow
precifely out of what is in this inftant ; and that it is all indivifible;

1C

OFMANSSOVLE. Chap. XI. 117

it foJloweth clearely , chat whatfoever (concerning them) is not in
this infant, can never be.

Thefe two conclusions being thus demonftrated jlet us in the next 3;
place determine, how all actions of pure fpirics, which have no re- All pure fpi-
fpeft to bodieSjmuft of nectffity be indivilible ; that is,muft include"1^0 woril*
no continuate fucaffion : by which, I meane fuch a fucceffion, as^^
may be divided into parts without end : for if wee looke well into
it, wee (hill finde, that a continuate fucceffion cannot bee a thing,
which hath in it felfa Being: and the reafbn is,bccaufe the cffence of
fuch a fucceffion,confifteth in having fom of its par tsal ready pa fled,
and others of them yet to come : but on the other fide, it is evident,
that no fuch thing can bee, uhofe eflentiall ingredients are not ic
felfe : and therefore it followeth evidently, that iucha thing as we
call fucceflion, can have no being in it felfc : feeing that one cflen-
tiall part of it, never is with the other : therefore, fuch a fucceflion,
muft have its being in fome permanent thing, which mult bee divi-
iible • for that is eflentially required in fucctflion : but permanent
divifibility i* that, which wee call Biggenefle or Quantity ; from
which pure fpirits are free : and therefore, it is moft evident,
that all their actions in refpeft of thernfelvcs, are abfoluicly iu«
divifible.

Now, to make ufc of this doftrine to our intent : we'fay, that
fince our foule, when it is feparated from our body, is a pure fpirit That a'foule
or undcrftanding ; and that all her aftions are indivifible 5 and that feparated from
all acYions of other fpirits upon her muft likewife be fuch ; and by ha body can
tonfequence, that there can benoconiiauat.e.fucccflicn of action a- ^ fe ^"J
mong them : wee rauft of neceflicy conclude , that according to the tfje £$ ^
private nature of the (bule, and according to the common notion of ihnr of her
fpirituall things ; there can bee no change made in her, after the reparation,
firft inftant of her parting from her body ; but, what happinefle or
mifcry betideth her in that inftant,continueth with her for all eter-
nity. Yet it is not my mindetofay* that by thecourfeoftheuni-
verfall refolutions,from which fix is not wholy exempr3& from (u-
pernaturall adminiftration of corporall things ,there may not refult
fbme change in her. But the confederation of that matter, I remitt
to thofe treatises, unto which it belongcth; as not depending, nor
enfuing from tfae particular nature of the foule : and therefore, not
falling under our difculfion in this place.

Thw fame condufion may bee proved by an other arpu-

(Hhh 3)

A TREATISE, &c.

ment, befides this which we have now ufed j and it is this. Wharfo*
ever worketh purely by underttading and minde, cannot bee chan-
ged in its qperationSjUnlefie its understanding or minde be altered :
but this cannot happen, unlefle eytherit Icane fomewhat, it knew
not before j or forgetting a foreknowne truth, it begmne after-
wards to thinke a falficy. This fecond part, is itnpoffible, as wee
have already ihewed, when we proved that falfehood could have no
admittance into a fepa rated foule : and the former is as impcffiWe ;
it being likewife proved, that at her firft inftant of her reparation,
(he knoweth all things : wherefore, we may hence confidently con-
clude, that no change of minde, (that is no change at all jean hap-
pen to an abftra&ed foule.

And thus, by difcourfe, we may arrive, to quit our felves eafily
of that famous objection , fo much peftering Chriftian Religion;
howGod,can in juftice impofe eternall paines upon a foule,for one
juftly punifhed finne, afted in a Chore (pace of time. For we fee.it folio weth by the
with eternall neceflary coucfe of nature, that if a man die in a diforderly affection
to any thing, as to his chiefe good , hee eternally remaineth by the
neceffity of hi* owne nature, in the fame affection: and there is no
imparity, that to eternall finne, there fuould bee impofed eternall
punifhmcnt.

THE

THE CONCLVSION.

Nd now I hope, I may confidently fay, I have been
as good as my word : and I doubt not, but my
Reader will finde it fo,if he fpend but halfe as much
time in perufing thefe two treaties, as the compo-
fing them hath coft me. They are too nice (and in-
deede, unreafonable) who expect to attainc with-
out paines, unto that, which hath coif others, yeares of toylc* Let
us carefully puiiuethe hidden bounties, he hath treafured tipforus.
Let them remember the words cf holy ^,that wifedome it not fouud
in the hand ofthofcjhat live at their eafe.Let them caft their eyes on e-
very fide roundabout them, and then tell me, if they meet with any
employment, that may bee compared to the attaining unto thefe,
and fuch like principles; whereby a man is enabled togoverne
himfelfe underftandingly and knowingly, towards the happinefle,
both of the next life and of this ; and to comprehend the wifemans
theme ; what is good for a man in the dajes of his vanity, whiles he play-
etb the granger under thefunne. Let us feare Gods Judgements. Let
us thanke him for the knowledge he hath given us : and admire the
excellency of Chriftidn Religion; which fo plainely teachcth us
that, unto which it is fo extreme hard to arrive by nauirall meanes.
Let us blefle him, that we are borne unto it. And let usfing to him ;
That it is he, itvh o pre ache th his doftrinetojacoh, and gi-veth his loft es
to Jfrael. He hath not done the My to allnations 5 norhath hee ntitnife-
fled his fecret truths unto thein^

BUt before J cut of this thread , which hath coftmee fomuch
paines to fpinne out to this Length •, I mult crave my Readers
leave, to make fome ule of it, tor my O'» ne behoofe. Hitherto my
difcourft hath beene directed to him : now I (hall entreate his pa-
tience-" that I may rtflift it in a word or two upon my ftlfe. And aa
I am lure I have profited my feli'e not a little, by talking all this
while to him, that obliging me to pulifli my conceptions with more
care, and to range them into better order , then while* they were
but rude mcditatk ns within my owne brt.it ; (o I hope, that * little

con-

THE CO NCT.VSION.

convention with my felfe upon this important fubjeS, (which is
to be ftudicd for u(e, and practice ; not for fpeculat've fciencO may
prove advantagious unto him •. if his warmed thoughts have turned
his (bule to fuch a key,as I am lure thefe confederations have wound
up mine unto.

Tothee then my foule, I now addrefle my fpeech. For fince by
long debate, and toy Jefome rowing againlt the impetuous tydesof
ignorance, and hde apprehenfions, which overflow thy tjankes,
& hurry thee headlong down the ftreame, whiles thou art imprifo-
ned in thy clay ie maniion-,we have with much adoe arrived to ayme
at fome litle atome of thy vaft greatnefie ; and with the hard and
tough blowes of ftrift and wary reafoning, wee have ftruckenout
fome few fparkes of that glorious light , which invironeih and
fwelleth thee, or rather, which is thee.: it is high time, I fhould re-
tire my felfe out of the turbulent & flippery field of eager ftrife and
litigious difputation, to make my accounts with thee ; where no
outward noifemay diflra&us, nor anyway intermeddle between
us,excepting only thateternall verity, which by theefhineth upon
my faint and gloomy eyes •, and in which I fee, whatioevcr doth
or can content thee in me. I have difcovered,that thou (my foule )
wilt furvive sie : and fo furvive mee» as thoa wilt alfo furvive the
mortality, and changes which belong to me •, and which are but
accidentary to thee , meerely becaufe thou art in me. Then (hall
the viciifitude of time, and the inequality of di( petitions in thee, be
turned into the conftancy of immortality •, and into the evennefle of
one being, never to end, and never to receive a change, or fuccelTion
to better or worle.

When my eye of contemplation hath beene 6xed upon this
bright funne, as long as it is able to endure the radiant beames of
it ; whole redundant light veyleth the looker on, with a darkc
mid : let me turne it for a little fpace, upon the ftraight paiTage,
and narrow gullet, through which thou ftriveft ( my foule ) with
faint and wearie fteppcs, during thy hazardous voyage upon the
earth, to nuke thy felfe away : and let me examine, what compa-
rifbn there is, between thy two conditions ; rhe prefent one, where*.
in thou nowfindefl thy felfe immerfed in flefli and blood -, and the
future fUte that will betide thee, when thou (halt bee melted out of
this grofle oare, and refined from this meane alloy. Let my terme
of life., be of a thoufand long yeares • longer then ever happened to
our aged forefathers, who ftored the , earth with their numerous

orocenv.

THE CONCLVSION.

progeny, by outliving their skill to number the diffufed multitudes
that (warmed from their loynes: let me, during this longfpace,
be folc Emperour and abfolute Lord* of all the huge globe otland
and water, encompafled with Adams offspring : let all my fubJ€&s
lye proftrate at my feet, with obedience and awe , dialling their
aftiveft thoughts, in tludying day and night to invent new plea-
fures and delight for me: let nature confpire with them, to give
me a conftant and vigorous health; a perpetuall fpring of youth,
that may to the full, reli (h whatfoever good all they can fancy : lee
graved Prelates, and greateft Princes, (erve in ftead of flatterers to
highten my joyes j and yet thofe joyes3be railed above their power
of flattery : let the wifedome of this vaft family ( whofe fentiments,
are truxiraes and oracles, to governe the worlds beliefes and acti-
ons ) eiteeme, reverence, and adorne me in the fecreteft,and the mod
icclufe withdrawings of their hearts : let all the wealth, which to
this very day, hath ever beenetorne out of the bowels of the earth ;
and all the treasures, which the Tea hideth from the view of greedy
men, fwell round about me; vvhilft all the world btfides, lyeth ga-
ping to receive the crummes, that fall neglefted by me, from my full
loaden table : let my imagination bee as vaft, as the unfathomed
University ; and let my felicity be as accompli (hed, as my imagi-
nation can reach unto ; fo that following in pleafare, I be not able
to thinke how to increafe it, or what Co wifh for more> then that
which I pofiefle and enjoy.

Thus when my thoughts are at a (land, and can raife my prefent
happinefle no higher ; lee me call to minde, how this long lea fe
of pleafant dayes, will in time come to an end : this bottome of a
thoufand joy full yeares, will at length bee unwound, and nothing
remaine of it : and then (my foule) thy infinitely longerlived Im-
mortality will fucceed ; they never ending date, will beginne a new
account, impoflibleto befummedup, and beyond all proportion
infinitely exceeding the happineffe, we have rudely aymed to ex-
prefle : fo that no comparison can be admitted betweene them.For,
fappofe fir ft that fuch it were, as the leafi and (horteft of thofe ma-
nifold joyes, which fwell it to that height we have fancyed, were
equall to all the contentment thou ftiould'it enjoy in a whole mil-
lion of yeares 5 yet millions of yeares may be fo often multiplyed,
as at Icngthjthe Gender and limited contentments fuppofed in them,
may equalyfe , and outgoe the whole heapc of overflowing blifle,

lij ray fed

THE CONCLVSION.

raifcd fo high* in the large extent of thefe thoufard hap^-ie ycares.
Which when they are cad into a totall furame 5 and that 1 compare
it, with the unmeaftn able eternity , which onely meafureth ihee ;
then I fee, that all this huge produft of Algebraical! mul tiplycati-
on, appearcth as nothing, in refpeft of thy remayning, and never
ending furvivance ; and is lefle, then the leaft point in regard of the
immenfe Vniverfet But then, if it bee true (as it is moft true) that
thy leaft (paike and moment of reall happincfle, in that blefled e-
ternity thouhopeftfor, is infinitely greater, and nobler, then the
whole mafic of fancyed joyes , of my thoufand yeares life here on
earth j how infinitely will the value of thy duration,exceede all pro-
portion, in regard of the felicity, I had imagined my felfe ? And
feeing there is no proportion bet wcene them, let mee fadly reflecV
upon my owne prefent condition : let me examine what it is , I fo
bufily,and anxioufly}employ my thoughts and pretious time upon:
letmeconfider my ownecourfes, and whether they leademe: let
me take a Cut vay of the lives, and actions, of the greateft part of the
worldywhich make fo Joudc a noyfe about my eares : and then may
I juftly figh out fromthebottomeofmyanguifhedhart ; to what
purpofe have I hitherto lived } To what purpofe are all thefe mil-
lions of toylefonae auntes, that live and labour about me > To what
purpofe wereCefars and Alexanders ? To what purpofe Ariftotles
and Archimedes 1 How miferably foolifh are thole conquering ty-
rants, that divide the world with their lawlefle fwords.? AVhaC
fenfeleffe idiots thofe acute Philofophcrs, who teare mens wittsin
pieces, by their different waies, and fubtile Logicke j.ftrivingto
fhew men beatitudes fn this world , and feekingfor that, which if
they had found, were but a nothingof a nothing in refpeft of true
beatitude ? He onely is wife, who neglecting all that flcfh and blood
defireth, cndeavoreth to purchafe at any rate this felicity, which thy
furvivance promifeth : the leaft degree of which, fo farre furmoun-
teth all the heapes, which the Gy ants of the earth are able to raife ,
by throwing hils upon hils, and (triving in vaine to fcale and reach
thofe eternities, which rcfide about the skyes. Alafie how fondly
doth mankind fuflfer it felfe to be deluded ? How true it is, that the
onely thing necef&ry, proveth the,only that isneglefted ?Looke up
ray foule, and fixe thine eye upon that truth* which eternall light
makethfocleareuntoth.ee, fhining upon thy face with fo great e-
j a* defyeth the noonetyde funne,in its gretteft brigntnefle.

And

THE CONCLVSION.

Aiid this it is, that every aftion of thine, bet it never (b flight, It
mainely mifchievou? ; or bee it never fo bedeckt, with thole fpcci-
eusconiiderations, which the wife men of the world judge impor-
tant, is foolifh, abfurd, and unworthy of a man ; and unworthy of
one that under {tandeth, and acknowledged thy dignity • if in it
there be any fpeckej or it through it , there appeareany fparkeof
thofe meane and flu motives, which with afalle byas, draw any
way afide, from attaining that happinefle, we expcft in thee. That
happim-fie, ought to bee the end, and mar ke wee Jevdl at : that, the
rule and model of all our actions: that, the meafurc of every cir-
cumlhnce, of every atome, of whatfoever we beftow (o precious a
thing upon, as the employment of thee is.

But we murt not 10 flightly pafle over the intenfentfle and vehe-
mence of that felicitie which thouf my foulejfhalt injoy,when thcu
art fevered from thy bcnumming compartner. 1 (ee evidently, that
thou doft not fqrvive, a firnple and dull eflcnce ; but art rcplenifhed
with a vaft and incomprehenfible extent of riches and delight with-
in thy felfe. I fte that golden chayne, which here by long difcour-
(es, filleth huge volumes of Bookes, and diveth into the hidden na-
tures of feverall bodies: in the relumed into one circle or Jinke,
which containeth in it felfe the large fcope of whatfoevei (brewing
difcourfe can reach unto. 1 fee it comprehend * and matter the
whole world of bodies. I fee every particular nature, as it we e ;m-
bofled out to the life, in thy ccleftiall garment. I fee eve- y (olitary
fubftancc ranked in its due place and order, not crufhed or thron-
ged by the multituic of its feliowes ; but each of thqm in its full
extent, in the full propriety of every part and effect of it; anddi-
ftinguiflicd into m< -re divisions, them ever nature fevered it into. Jn
thee I (ee an infinite multitude enjoy place enough. I fee, that nei-
ther night, nor profundity, nor longitude enough, nor latitude, are
able to exempt them ;e!ves from defused powers: they faddomeall ;
they comprehend all ; they matter all, they inrich ihce with the
fljckeofall; and thou thy felfe art alLand fome what more then all;
and yet, now hue one of all. I fee, that every one of this all, in thee
cncreafeththeuVength , by which thou knoweft any other of the
lame ail : and all, encreafeth the knowledge of all, by a multiply-
cation beyond the skill of Arithmeticke ; being (in its kindej io-|
folutely infinite; by having a nature, that is incapable of being ey-
ther infinite or finite, J fee againe, that thofe things which have

(lij 2) not

I24 THE CONCLVSION.

not knowledge, are fituated in the lowcft, and meaneft ranckeof
creatures ; and are in no wife comparable to thofe which know. I
fee, there is nopleafureatalhnohappinefle, no felicity, but by
knowledge, and in knowledge. Experience teacbeth me, how the
purer) and nobler race of mankind, adoreth in their hearts, this
idoll of knowledge , and (corneth what ever elfe they feeme to
court, and to be fond of. And I fee, that this cxcefTe of tea of know-
ledge which is in thce,groweth not by the fucceflion of one thought
after another ; but it is like a full fwolne ocean, never ebbing on a*
ny coaft, but equally puftYmg at all its bounds, and tumbling out its
flowing waves on every fide, and into every creche; fo that every
where it maketh high tide. Or like a pure funne, which from all
parts of it fhooteth its radiant beames with a like extreamity of vi-
olence. And I fee likewise, that this admirable knowledge, is not
begotten & con ferved in thee, by the accidentary helpe of defective
caufes ; but is rooted in thy felfe$ is fteeped in thy owne eflence,
like an vnextinguiftiable fourfe of a perpetually dreaming fire ; or
like the living head of an overrunning fpring 5 beholding Co none,
out of thy felfe,faving only to thy Almighty Creatour 5 and beg-
sing of pone 5 but. being in thy felfe all that of which thou fhouldeft
begge.

This then (my foule) being thy Ibtt; and fuch a hieght of plea-
fure being referved for thee ; and fuch an extremity of felicity ,withr
in a fhortfpace attending thee; can any. degenerate thought, ever
gaine ftrength enough, to (hake the evidence which thefeconfidera-
tipns, implant and rivet in thee ? On .any dull oblivion deface this
fo lively and fobeautifull image? Or can any .length of time, draw
ia thy memory a veyle betweene it, and thy preient attention > Gan
any pervcrfity, fo diftort thy ftraight eyes, that thou ftiouldeft not
looke alwaies fixed upon this marke ; and levell thy ayme direftly
at this white ? How is it poffible, that thousand brooke to live,
and not expire prelendy , thereby to in gulfe thy felfe, and bee
throughly imbibed with fuch an overflowing blifle ? Why doft^
tbou aot brcake the wallea andthechaynesofthy flefli and bloud ,
and leapeinto this glorious liberty / Here Stoickes, you are to ufe
ypurfwords. Vponthefeconfiderations, you may /uftifie the let-
ting out the blood, which by your difcourfes, you feemc fo prodi-
gall of. To die upon thefe termes, is not to part with that, which
ypu fondly call happie life ; feeding your felves,and flattering your-

hearts

THE CONCLVSION.

hearts with empty words : btr rather it is, to plunge your felves in-
to a felicity, you were never able to imagine, or to frame it to your
mifguidcd thoughts any (bantling of.

But nature pulleth me by the cares, and warneth me from being
fo wrongful! to her, as to conceive, that fo wife a governefte fhould
to no advantage , condemns mankinde fo long a banimment, as
the ordinary extent of his dull life, and wear-Home pilgrimage here
under the funne reacheth unto. Can we imagine, (bee would allow
him To much lay fie time, to effeft nothing in ? Or can wee fufpeft
that (bee intended him no further advantage^hen what an abortive
child arriveth unto in his mothers worabe? For wlwtfo ever the
netts and toyles of difcoufe can circle in \ all that he, who but once
knoweth that himfelfe is, can attaine unto as fully, as hee that is en-
riched with thcfcience of all things in the world. For the connex-
ion of things, is fo linked together, that proceeding. from any one,
you reach the knowledge of many ;.and from many, you cannot
fai'e of attaining of all : fo that a feparated foule , which doth but
know her felfe , cannot chufe but know her body too -r and frorn-
her body > (hee cannot miflie in proceeding from the caufes of them
both, as farre as immediate caufes doe proceede from others over-
them : and as litle can (hce bee ignorant , of all the effects of thofe
caufes (he reacheth unto. And thus , all that huge mafic of know-
ledge, and happinefle which we hive confidered in our laft reflecti-
on, amoumeth to no more, then thefilliefi foule buried in warme
bloud,can and will infallibly attaine unto,when its time commeth.
We may then aflure our (elves, that juft nature hath provided and
dtfigned a greater meafurc of fuch felicity for longer livers: and
fo much greater, as may well be worth the paines and hazards, of
fo miserable and tedious a paffage, as here ( my foule ) then drug-*
gleft through. For certainely, if the dull persecution, which by
natures inftitution , hammereth out a fpirituall foule from groffe
fitfh and bloud, can atcheive fo wondrous an effeft , by fuch blunt
instruments, as are ufed in the contriving of a man : how canitbee
imagined, but that fifty or a hundred yeares beating upon far more
fubtile elements, refined in fo long a time, as a child is becomming
a man, and arriving to his perfect diicourfe , muft ncceflarily forge
out in fuch a foule, a ftrange and admirable excellency* about the
unlicked forme of an abortive embryon ? Surely , thofe innumerable
Urokes (every one, of which oiaketh a frrong imprcffion in the foule,

I i j 3 upon

THE CONCLVSION.

upon whom they beate ) cannot choole but worke a mighty diffe-
rence, in the fubjeflt chat receiveth them.changing it ftrangely from
the condition it was in, before they begun to new mould it. "What
if I (hpuld fay 3 the odds be weene two fuch foulet , may peradven-
ture bee not unlike the difference, betweene the witts and judge-
ments of the fubtlieft Philofopher that: ever wasr and of the dulleft
childe or idiote Jiving. But this comparifon fatkth too fhort by
krrej even fo much, that there is no rcftmblance or proportion
betweene th.? things compared : for a* theexcefle of great numbers
over one another, drowneth the exceffe of fmatl ones s and maketh
it not confidcrable, in refpeft of theirs , although they mould bee
in the fame proportion; fo the advantages of a foule, forged to
its higheft 'perfection in a mans body, by its long abode there^and
by its making right ufeof that pretious time allowed it; mult needs
Cin pofitive valew} though not in geometrical! proportion) infinity
ly exceede, when it (hall be delivered out of pri(bn, the advantages*
which the newly hatched foule of an abortive infant (hall acquite,
at the breaking of its chaines. In this caie, 1 beleeve no man would
be of Ociars minde •, when he wiflied to bee rather the firft man in
a contemptible poore village, hee palled through among the deferc
mountaines, then the fecond man in Rome. Let us fuppofe , the
wealth of the richeft man in that barren habitation, to be one hun-
dred Crownes ; and that the next to hirn in fubftance,had but halfe
fo much as he : in like manner, in that opulent 0tie, the head of
the world, where millions were as familiar as pence in other places,
let the exceffe of the richeft mans wealth, be but ( as in the former )
double over his, that commeth next unto him ; and there you (hall
finde,thatifthepooreftofthetwo) be worth fifty millions, theo*
(her hath fifty millions more then he : whereas the formers petty
treafure, exceedeth his neighbours but by fifty crownes. What pro-
portion is there, in the common eftimation of affaires , between that
trivial! fumme,and fifty millions 1 Much lefle is there, between the
excellency of a (eparated foule, firft perfected in its body, and an o-
ther that is fet loofe into compleate liberty, before its body arrived
in a naturall courfe, to be delivered into this world, and by its eye
to enjoy the light ofit. The change of every foule at its (eparation
from the body, to a degree of perfection, above what is en joyed in
the body , is in a manner infinite : and by a like infinite proportion,
every degree of per/e&ion it had in the body, is alfo then multiply-

cd:

THE CONCLVSION. 1*7

rd : what a vaft product then of infinity, ruuft neceflarily be raited,
by this multiplying inftant of the foules attaining liberty, in a well
moulded foule ; infinitly beyond that perfection , which the foule
of an infant dying before it be borne, arriveth unto ? And*yet wee
have determined that to bee in a manner infinite. Here onr skill of
Arithmeticke and proportions fayleth us. Herewe find infinite cx-
ctiTe, over what we alfo know to bee infinite. How this can bee the
feeble eyes of our limited underftanding, are too dull to penetrate
into: but that it is (b, we are fu re: the rigour of difcourfe, com/in-
ceth and necefTirily concludeth it. Thit affureth us, that fince eve-
ry impreflion upon the foule, while it is in its body , maketh a
change in it ; were there no others made, but meerely the iterating
of thofeac*b, which brought it from ignorance to knowledge; that
foulej upon which a hundred of thofe afts had wrought, muft have
a hundred degrees of advantage over an other, upon which onely
one had beaten ; though by that one, it had acquired perfeft know-
ledge of that thing : and then in the reparation, thefe hundred de-
grees, being each of them infinitely multiplyed,how infinitely muft
fuch a foule exceed in that pa rticular, (though wee know not ho w )
the knowledge of the other foule ; which though it be perfect in its
kind, yet had but one a& to forge it out > When we arrive to under-
ftand thedifference of knowledge, betweene the fuperiourand in-
feriour rankes of intelligences 5 among whom, the loweft knoweth
as much as the highft ; and yet the knowledge of the higheft, is in«
finitely more perfect and admirable.then the knowledge of his infe-
riours : then, and not before, we (hall throughly comprehend this
my ftery. Tn the meane time, it is enough for us, that we are fare, that
thusitfaircth with foules : and that by how much the excellency
and perfection of an all-knowing and all comprehending foule,
delivered out of the body of a wretched embryon> is above the vi!e-
nefle of that heavielumpeof fiem, it lately qulted in his mothers
wombe ; even by fo much, and according to the fame proportion,
muft theexcdlencyof a compleate foule ( compleated in its body )
be in a pitch above the adorable majeftyj wifedome,and augaftnefle,
of the greatcft and moft admired oracle in the world, living embo-
dyed in flelh and bloud. Which as ic is in a beigfft , and cminency
over (uch an excellent and admirable man, infinitely beyond the ex-
celfe of fuch a man, over that filly lumpe of fleflh, which compofeth
the moft contemptible idiote or cmbry on; fo like wife, is the cx-

128 THE CONCLVSION.

celfe of it, over the foule of an abortive embry on, (chough by the
(eparation, growne never fo knowing, and never fo perfect) icfinit-
iy greater, then the dignity and wifedcwne of (uch a man, is above
the feebleneffe and miferie of a new animated child. Therefore have
patience my foule : repine not at thy longer day here in this vaile
ofmifery, where thoa art banilhedrVorn thofeunfpeakeablejoyea
thou feed at hand before thee. Thou (halt have an overflowing re*
ward for thy enduring and patienting in this thy darkfome prifon.
Deprive not thy felfe through mifchievous haft, of the great hopes
and admirable felicity that attend thee, canft thou but with due tent-
per (lay for it. Be content to let thy (lock lye out a while at intered;
thy profits wil come in v »ft proporcion?;and every yeare,every day,
every houre, will pay thee intereft upon intereft : and the longer it
runneth on, the more it muhiplyeth: and in the account thou (Ink
finde, if thou proceeded as thou (houldeft, that one moment often*
times bringeth in a greater increafe unto thy itocke of treafure,then
the many yeares thou didit live and trade before : and the longer
thou lived, the thicker will thefe moments arrive unto thee. In like
manner as in Arithmeticall numeration, every addition of the lead
figure, muldplyeth the whole fome it findeth. Here thou wilt prove
how true that rich man faid 3 who of his -gaines pronounced ,
that hee had gotten little with great labour , and great
fummes with little : fo if thou bedowed well thy time, thy latter
fummes will bring thee in huge accounts of gaine , upon fmall tx-
pence of paines or imployments ; whereas thy firft beginnings are
toy lefome and full of paine, and being in but (lender profit.

By this time,my (oulej am fure thou art fatijficd,that the excefle
of knowledge & of pleafure,which thou (halt enjoy, is vaftly beyond
any thou art capeable of here. But how may we efteeme the juft pro-
portion they have to one another ? (Or rathe/ is not the pleafure of
a Separated foule, fo infinitly beyond all that can be relifhed by one
embodied here in clay t that there is no proportion betweene them .?
At the lead, though we are not able to meafure the one, let us doe
our bed to ay me and guefie at the improportion betweene them,
and rejoyce that we finde that it is beyond our reach to conceive or
immagine any thing, nigh the truth & the huge excefle of thy good
( my foule ) over the mod I am capeable of in this world. It is a-
greed, that the • vehemence and intenfentflc of any pleafure, is pro-
portionable to the adivity,power,and energy of the fubje£, which

is

THE CONGLVSION. 119

is affefted wkh fuch pleafure; and to the gravitation, bent, and
ereatnefle, that fuch a fubjeft hath to the objed that delighteth it.
Now tp rove at the force and activity, wherewith a feparated fotile
weighetti and ftriveth to joyne it felfe, to what its nature carrieth ic
ucto ; let us beginne with confidcring the proportions of celerity
and torcibleneffe, wherewith heavic bodies move downewards, f
fee a pound weight in one fcale of the ballance, weigheth up the o-
ther empty one with great celerity. But if intothat you imagine a
million of pounds to be put, you may well conceive, that this great
exccfle, would carry up the tingle pound weight with fo much vio-
lence and fpee^, as would hardly afford your eye liberty to obferve
the velocity of the motion. Let me multiply this million of pounds
by the whole globe of the earth ; by the vaft exctnt of the great
orbe , made by the fonnes , or earthes motion about the center
of the world; by the incomprehcnfibility of that immenfeftore-
houfe of matter and of bodies, which isdefignedinlumpe by the
name of the Vniver (e • of which we know no more, but thai it is be-
yond all hope of being knowne,during this mortall life.Thus when
I have heaped together a bulke of weight, eq'iall to this unwieldy
machine ; let me multiply the ftrength of its velocity, and preflfure
over the lead atonic imaginable in nature, as far re beyond the limits
of gravity, as the ingenious skill, wherewith Archimedes numbred
the lead graines of fand that would fill the world, can carry it : and
when I have thus wearied my felfe, and exhaufted the power of
Arithmetick, and of Algebra, I finde there is ftill a proportion be-
tweene chat atome and this unutterable weight : I fee it is all quan-
titative; it is all finite; and all this exccfTe vaniffoth to nothing,
and becommeth inviiible (like twinkling fta r res, at the r ifing of the
much brighter funne ) as foone as the lowed and the meaneft fub-
ftance fhineth out of that orbe, where they refide that (come divii:-
bility 5 a nd are out of the reach of quantity and matter. How vehe-
ment then mu(l the activity and energy be, wherewith fo puiflant
a fubftance (hooteth it felfe to its di fired obje£t > and when it enjoy-
eth it, how violent tnuft theexfafic and tranfport be, wherewith ic
is delighted > How is itpofliblethen for my narrow hart, to frame
an apprehenfion of the infinite exctfle of thy pleafure (my foule) o-
ver all the pleafurc this limited world can afford, which is allniea-
fured by fuch petty proportions ? How Ihould I ftampc a figure of
thy irnmenfe greacnefle. into mv materiall imagination ? Here I

loofe

,3o THE CONCLVSION.

loofe my power of fpeaking> becaufe I have too much to fpeake of-;
I muft become filent and dumbe, becaufe all the words and language
I can ufe, expreifc not the thouiandeth, nor the millioneth part, of
what I evidently fee to be true. All I can fay iss that whatfoever I
thinke or imagine, it is not that : and that it is not like any of thole
things; unto fome of which unltfie it belike, itisimpoffiblefor
me to make any proportion or fimilitude unto it. What then mall
I doe, but lay my felfedowneinmine owncihadow, and there re-
joyce that thou art a light fo great , as I am not able to endure the
dazeling fpendour of thy rayes : that thy pleafure is fo exceffive, as
no part of it can enter into my circumfcribed heart, without dila-
ting itfo wide, that it muft breake in funder : and that thy happi-
nefle is fo infinite, as the higheft pitch I can hope for to glut my
(elfe withall, during this darke night of my tedious pilgrimage here
on earth, is to fee evidently, that it is impoffible for me in this life,
to frame any fcantling of it j muchkfle, to know how great it is.
Shall I then once againe prefume to breake out into impatience, at
my delay of fo great bliflfe, and cry out that I am content with the
meaneft (hare of this exuberant felicity?! care not for the exaggera-
tions which a longer life may heape up unto it. I am fure here is fuf-
ficient to fwell my heart beyond ic felfe, to famfie my thirfty foule,
to diffblve and melt all my powers > and to transforme me totally
into a felfe bleffed creature. Away, away all tedious hopes , not
only of this life, but even of all increafein the next. I will leape
boldly into tbat fountaine of blifie3and caft my (elfe headlong into
that fea of felicity 5 where I can neither apprehend (hallow waters,
nor feare 1 (hall be fo little immerfed and drowned^s to meete with
any (helfe or dry ground, to moderate and ftint my happinefle. A
felfe a&ivity , and unbounded extent , and efience free from time
and place, aUure me fufficiently , that I neede dcfirc no more. Which
way foever I looke, I loo(e my fight, in feeing an infinity round a-
bout me. Length without points: Bteadth without Lines: Depth
without any furface. All content, all pleafure, all reftlefle reft, all
an unquiet nefie and transport of delight , all an cxtaiie of frui-
tion.

Happie forgetfulne(!e,how dcepely am I obliged to thee,for ma-
king roome for this foule raviftiing contemplation, by removing
this whiles all other images of things farrefromme? I would to
God thqu mighteft endure, whiles I endure ; that fo 1 might bee

drowned

THE CONCLVSION. 131

drowned in this prefcnt thought, and never wake againe, but into
the en joying, and accompletionof my prcfent enfhmed defires. But
alas, that may not be. The eternall light whom my fouleand I
have chofen for Arbiter, to determine unto us what is molt expedi-
ent for us, will not permit it. We muft returne ; and that into teares
and miferies : For as a good life breedeth encreafe of happinefle, (b
doth an evill one, heape up Iliads of woe. Fii ft ( my foule ) bsforc
I venture, we fhould be certaine,that thy parting from this life,waft
thee over to allured happinefle : For thou well kno weft, that there
are noxious a&ions, which deprave and infeft the foule, whiles it is
forging and moulding here its body , and tempering for its future
being : and if thou (houldeft (ally hence in fuch a perverfe difpofi«x
tioiijunhappinefle would betide thee in ftead of thy prefumed blifle.
f lee fome men (b ravenous after thofe pleafures , which cannot bee
enjoyed out of the body, that if thofe impotent defires accompany
their fbules into eternity, I cannot doubt of their enduring an eter-
nity of mifery : I cannot doubt of their being tormented with fuch
a dire extreamity, of unfatisfiable define and violent greife, as were
able to toare all this world into pieces > were it converted into one
heart; and to rive in funder, anything lefle then the necefficy of
contradiction. How high the blifle of a well governed foule is above
all power of quantitie, fo extreme muft the ravenous inclemency,
and vulturelike cruelty, bee of fuch an uncompaflable defire gnaw-
ing eternally upon the foule j for the fame reafon holdeth in bot'h :
and which way loever the gravitation and defires of a Separated
foule doe carry it, it is hurried on with a like impetuoufity and un-
limited activity. Let me then caft an heedfull and warie eye, upon
the acVions of the generality of mankind,from whence I may gueflfe
atthewealcorwoe, of their future ftate: and' if I finde that the
greateft number weigheth downe in the fcale of mifery, have I not
reafon to feare leaft my lot (hould prove among theirs ? For the
greateft part fweepeth along with it every particular, that hath not
fome particular reafon to exempt it from the general! law. In
ftead then of a few that wifely fettle their hearts on legitimate de-
fires, what multitudes of wretched men doe I fee •, fome hungry
after flelh and blood ; others gaping after the empty winde of ho-
nour and vanity Bothers breathing nothing but ambitious thoughts;
others grafping all, and grovelingupon heapes of melted earth ? So
that they put me all in a horrour, and make me feare, leaft very few

(Kkk i) they

THE CONCLVSION.

they be , that are exempted from the dreadfull fate of this incorn-
prehenfible mifery, to which I fee, and grieve to fee, the whole face
of mankind defperately turned. May it not then be my fad chance,
to be one of their unhappy number ? Be content then, fond man,to
live. Live yet , till thou haft firft fecured the paflage which thouart
but once to venture on. Be fare before thou throweft thy felfe in-
to it , to put thy foule into the fcales : ballance all thy thoughts 5
examine all thy inclinations; put thy felfe to the left, try what
drofle, what pure gold is in thy felfe : and what thou findeft wan-
ting, be (lire to fupply, before nature calleth thee to thy dreadful!
account. It is foone done, if thou beeft what thy nature di&atetfa
thee to be. Follow but evident reafon and knowledge, and thy
wants are fupplyed, thy accounts are made up. The fame everftii-
ning truth, which maketh thee fee that two and two are foure, will
(hew thee without any contradiction, how all thefe bafe allurements
are vaine & idle -, 8t that there is no comparifon between the higheft
of them, and the meaneft of what thou may eft hope for, haft thou
but ftrength to fettle thy heart by the fteerage of this moft evident
fcience ; in this very moment, thou mayeft be fecure. But the ha-
zard is great, in miffing to examine thy felfe truely and throughly,
And if thoumifcarry there, thou art loft for ever. Apply therefore
ajl thy care, all thy induftry to that. Let that be thy continuall
ftudy, and thy perpetuall entertainment. Thinke nothing elfe
worth the knowing, nothing elie worth the doing, but Screwing up
thy foule unto this height , buc directing it by this levell, by this
rule. Then feare notj nor admit the leaft doubt of thy being happy,
when thy time (ball come ; . and that time fliall have no more power
over thee. Ininemeanefeafon,, fpare no paines, forbeare no dili-
gence, employ all exaftnefle , burne in fummer, freeze in winter,
watch by night, and laboar by day, joyne rnonethes to monethe93
entayle yea res upon yeares. Thinke nothing fufficient to pre-
vent fo maine a ha2ard •, and deeme nothing long or tedious
in this life, to purchafefo happy an eternity. The firft difcoverers
of the Indies, eaft themfelves among fwarmes of maneters 5 they
fought and ftrugled with unknowne waves ; fo horrid ones, that of-
ten times they perfwade themfelves they climbed up mountaines of
waters, and ftraight againe were precipitated headlong downe he-
tweene the cloven (ea, upon the foaming fand, from whence they
epuldnothopeforarefource: hunger was their foodc^ (nakesand

(erpents

THE CONCLVSFON.

ferpenu were their dainties 5 fword and fire were their daily cxcr-
cifc : and all this, only to be matters of a little gold, which after »
fiiort pofltflion was to quitt them for ever. Our fearchers after the
Nortberne paffage, have cue their way through mounuines of yce,
more affrightfull and horrible, then the Sympleyade?. They have
iuprifoned themfelves in halfe yeare nights; they have chayned
themfelves in perpetuall (tone-cleaving colds : Come have beene
found clofely imbracing one another, toconcerve as long as they
were able, a Jitle fcwell in their freezing hearts, at length petrifycd
by the hardneffe of their unmercifulncfle of that unmercifull win-
ter : others have beene made the prey of unhumaine men} more fe-
vagethen the wildeft bealts : others have beene never found nor
heard of » fo that furely they have prooved thi foode of ugly mon-
ftersof that vaft ycy fe*. : and thefe have beene aWe and underftan-
ding men. What motives, what hopes hid thefe daiingmenf
What gaines could they promifc themfelves , to countervail their
defperate attempts ? They aimed not Co much as at the purchafe of
any treafure for themfelves , but meerely to fecond the deiiresof
thofe that fet themion work* ; or to fill the moutbes of others, from
whence fomc few crummes might fall to them, What is required
at thy hands (my foule) like this/" And yet the hazird thouart to
avoide, and the, weilth ihouart to attaine unto,incomparably over-
fecteth all that they could hope for. Live then and bee glad of long
and numerous yeares •, that like ripe fruit; thou maveft drop fecure-
ly into that pafftge, which dtielyentred into, fhall deliver rhee into
an eternity ofblifle, and ofunperi{hable happinefle.

And yet (my foulej. be thou not too foare ngaft, with the appre-
henfionofthedreadfullhazird thoti art in. Let not atormenting
feare of the dangers that furrounded thee,make thy whole life heie
bitterand uncomfortable to thee. Let the ferious and due coofide-
ration of them , arme thee with caution and wifedome, to prevent
mifcarriage by them. But to looke upon them with horrour and
affi ightedmfle, would freeft thy fpiritf, and benummc thy aftions,
and peradveniure engulfe thee through pufillanimhy in as great
mifcheiies, as thou feekeft to avoid. Tis true , the hanne which
would accrue from misgoverning thy pnlf'ge cut of this life, is un-
fpeakable, is unimaginable. But why moulded thou fake fo Hieepe
thoughw of the hazard then runneft therein^as though the difficulty
oiavoiding it were fo extreme^ might amount to an impolTjbiJity-

(Kkk 3J I

THE CONCLVSION.

I allow, the thoughts that arme thee with wife caution to (ecurc thy
felfe, cannot be toodeepe nor too ierious •, but when chou haft pro-
vidently ftored thy felfe with fuch, call thy fpirits manfully about
thee : and to encourage thee to fight confidently, or rather to (e-
cure thee of vi&ory , (o thou wilt not torfake thy felfe, turne thine
eyes round about thee , and cortfider how wife nature , that hath
prefcribed an tnd and period unto «11 her plants , hath furnifhed
them all uith due and orderly meanes to attaine thereunto: and
though particulars (bmetimes mifcarry in their journey (fince con-
tingence is entay led to all created things yet in the generality, and
for the moft part, they all an ivc unto the fcope {he levelleth them
at. Why then ftiould we imagine, that fo judicious and farre look-
ing an Architect , whom we fee fo accurate in his meaner worke»?
ftiould have framed this mafterpiece of the world, to perifli by the
way, and never to attaine unto that great end, for which he made it;
even after he is prepared and armed with all advantagious circum-
ftances agreeable to his nature. That artificer, wee know, deferveth
the fhle of filly, who framethfuchtooles, as ftile in their perfor-
mance,when they are applyed to the a&ion for which they were in-
tended. We fee all forts of trees for the moft part beare their fruite
in due feafon j which is the end they are defigned unto, andthelaft
and higheft emolument they are made to afford us. Few beafts we
fee there are,but contribute to our fervice what we looke for at their
hands. The fwine affordeth good fleih, the fheepe good wooll, the
cow good milke, the (able warme andfoftfurre, theoxe bendeth
his fturdy necke to the yoake, the fpiritfull horfe dutifully bearech
the fouldier,and the finewy mule and ftronger camell convey weigh*
ty marchandile. Why then (hall even the better fort of mankind,
the chiefe, the top, the head, of all the vvorkes of nature, bee appre-
hended to mifcarry from his end in fo vaft a proportion, as that it
fhould be deemed in a manner impoflible, even for thofe few ( for fo
they are in refped of the other numerous multitude of the worfer
fort ) to attaine unto that felicity which is naturall unto them >
Thou (nay foulej art the forme,and that fupreme part of me, which
giveth being both to me & to my body : who then can doubt, but
that all the reft of me, is framed fitting and ferviceable for thee? For
what reafon were there, that thou fhoaldeft be implanted in a foy le,
which cannot beare thy fruite > The forme of a hogge, J feCj is en-
grafted in a body fict and appropriated for a fwines operations :

the

THE coNCLVSION.

theformeofahorfe, ofalyon, of a wolfc, all of them have their
organs proportioned to the mattering piece within theny heir foulc.
And is it credible, that only man, fhould have his infcriour parts
raifed fo highly in rebellion againft hisfoule, thegreateft Miftrefle
(beyond proportion) among all formes, as that it ftall be impoflible
for her to fuppreffe their mutinies, though fhe guide her felfe never
fo exactly by the prefcripts of that rule, which is borne with her 1
Can it be fufpeded, that his forme , which is infinitely mounted a-
bout the power of matter, (hould through the very neceffkyand
principles of its owne nature, be more liable to contingency , then
thofe that are engulfed and drowned in it; fince we know, that con-
tingency, defecYibility, and change, are the lame children of grofle
and misftiapcn matter.

Alas it is too true, that nature is in us unhappily wrefted from
her originall & due courfc. We find by fad experience,that although
her depravation bee not fo totall, as to blind entirely the eye of
Reafbn flje feeth by, yet it is fo great, as to carry vehemently our
arTe&ions quite crofle to what jfhe propofethus as bcft, Howfoevec
let the incentives of flsfh and blood bee never fo violent, to tumble
humane nature downe the hill, yet if a contrary force, more effica-
cious then they with all their turbulent and miUyrteames, doe im-
pel! it another way, it muft needes obey that ftronger power. Let
us then ex jminewhofe motives, the foules, or the fenfes, in their
owne nature, worke moft tfficatioufly in man. Wearefure, that
what pleafure he receiveth, he receivcth by meanes of hisfoule j e-
venallcorporallplealure: for, bee the working objeft never (oa-
greeable and pleafing unto him, he reapeth thence imall delight, if
in the meane time, his foules attention bee carried another way
from it. Certainely then , thofe things mult iffeft the loule molt
powerfully , which are conaturall unto her , and which (he feifeth
upon and reliflieth immediately ; rather then thote impure ones,
which come fofiiticated to her, through the muddy channels of the
ftnfes. And accordingly, all experience teacheth us, that her plea-
fures, when they are fully favored, are much rtronger then the plea-
lures of our fenfes. Obferve but the different cumportemems
of an ambitious, and of a fenfuall man : and you will evidently per-
ceive farre Itronger motions, and more vehement ftraines in the for-
mer, who hath hisdefiresbenttothelatisra&ionot his rainde; then
in the otheij who aimeth but at the pictures of hit body. Let us

iooke

THE CONCLVSION.

looke upon the common face of mankiodej and we (hall fee the moft
illaftrioua and noble part , taken with learning, with power, with
honour ; and the other part , which maketh fenfe their idole,
moveth in a lower and bafer orbe under the others^and ism a fervile
degree to them. Since then humane nature is of itfelfe more incli-
ned to the contentments of the active minde, then of the dull fenfe;
who can doubt bun that the way of thofc pure contentments > murt
bee farre fweeter then the grofle and troubled tircames of fenfuall
pleafures .* which ific bee, certartnely man in his cwne nature, is
'more apt to follow that: and when hce chanceth to wander out of
that fmooth and eafie roade, his iteps are painefull and wearifome
ones : and if he doe not prefentiy perceive them (uch, it is, because
it fareth with him, as with thofe that walke in their fleepe,and ftray
into rough and ftony paflages, or among thirties and bryers j whiles
pei adventure fome illuding dreame bewitcheth their fanfies 3 and
perfwadeth them they are in Come pleafant garden ; till waking,
(ifatleaft they wake before they fall into a deadly precipice)
they finde their feete all gored , and their bodies all fcratchedand
torne. If any fenfuall man mould doubt of this great truth,and find
it hard to perfwade himfelfe* that intellectual! pleafures ( which to
his depraved tafte, feeme cold and flat ones} mould bee more active
and intenfe, then thofe feculent ones> which fo violently tranfport
him •, let him but c"xercife himfelfe a while in thole entertainements
which delight the mind, taking leave during that fpace, of thofe un-
ruly ones, which agitate the body • and continue doing thus , til!
by long praftife , hee hath made them eafic and habitated himfelfe
unrothem: and I will engage my word, that hee will finde this
change fo advantageous to him , even in contentment and delight ,
that he will not eafily be brought backe to his former courfe of life.
Experience (heweth us, that whatfbever is long cuftomary to us ,
turneth into our nature ; fomuch, that even difeafesandpoyfons
by diuturne u/e, doe mould and temper to themfelves thofe bodies
which are habituated to them j in fach fort, that thoie peftesof
nature muft be kept on foote, and fed upon for our (ubftance. How
much more then muft the moft connaturall exerdfe of men tall plea -
fure, turne fo fubftantially incur being, that after fome good pra-
ftife in it, we (hall not be able, without great Struggling and iclufta-
tion, to live without it.

The violence of fruition in thofe foule puddles of flefh and blood,

prefentiy

THE CONCLVSION. 139

prefently gJutteth with fatiety,and is attended with annoy and with
diflike: and the often ufing and repeating it', wcarcth away that
edge of pleafure, which only makcth it fweete and valuable , even
to them that fet their hearts upon it ; and nothing heighteneth it
but an irritation by a convenient hunger and abftinence. Contra-
ry wife, in the foule, the great and more violent the pleafure is, the
more intenfe and vehement the fruition is ; and the oftner it is re-
peated, fo much the greater appetite and defire we have, to returne
unto the fame ; and nothing provoketh us more , then the entire
and abfolute fruition of it. If a fuddaine change from one extreame
of flc(h and blood, to the other oppoiice pole of fpirituall delights
and enter uinements, feeme harfh to him , whole thoughts by long
afiuefaftion, are glewed to coporall objects ; let him beginne with
gently bridling in his inferiour motions under a faire rule of go-
vernement : If hee cannot prefently fupprefleand totally mortiHe
their clamorous delires , let him at the lead moderate and ftecre
them according to the bent of reafon. If wee will but follow this
courfe which nature teacheth us, to heighten even our fenfuall de-
lights and pleafures, by reasonable moderation of them to their
o wne advantage ; we (hall finde her fo kinde a mother to us, that of
her felfe (he will at length quell and diiincurnber us of all our ene-
mies. If we but temperately attend her worke, (he will quietly waft
us over to our defired end , to our beloved happinefle. I a a few
yeares>by boy ling away our unruly heate,fhee will abate,and in the
end quite weare away the fenfe of thofe tranfporting pleafures, wee
ufed to take Co much delight in the fruicion of. With in a while ,
rheumes will fo clogge our tongue and palates , that wee (ball but
fUtly relifli the mod poinanc meates. Our dulled eares will no lon-
ger devours with delight, the ravifhing found of fweete harmonies.
Our dimme eyes will carry to our heaviefanfie but confuted newes
of any beautifull and pleating objects. Our flopped nofethriles
will afford no paflfage for fpiricfull perfumes, to warme and recre-
ate our moyft and drowlie braine. In a word, nature will ere long,
warne us to take a long farewell of all thofe contentments and de-
lights* which require a ftrong, vigorous,and athletike habite of bo-
dy to enjoy. She will (hew us,by fetting our graves before our eyes,
how vaine this glittering fanfie of honour is: how unprofitable
the ftaflfc of power to underproppe our falling being ; how more
burtheafome then helpefull are thofe maflie heapes of gold and fil-

(Lll) ver,

I4o THE CONCLVSION.

which when we have, the greateft ufe we make of them, is but
to lookeupon them, and court them with ourdazeled eyes; whiles
they cncompafle us with armies of tray tours &of hungry wolves,
to teare them from us , and us in pieces for their fake. Thus will
nature of her felfein afhorttime ,, dull thofe weapon? that offend
up9 and deftroy the enemies of thofe verities that fhine upon iis.Cou-
rage then, my foule, and neither feare to live, nor yet defire to die.
If thou continueft in thy body, it is eafie for thee , and fweete and
contentfome, to heape up treafures for eternity. And if thou par-«
teft from it, thy hopes are great and faire, that the journey thou art
going, is to a world of unknowne fclicitie. Take heart then, and
inarch on then with a fecure diligence, and expcft the hand of
bounteous nature, to difpofe of thee, according as (hee hath wifely
and benignely provided for thee. And feare not but that if thou haft
kept a reafomable amity with her, (he will pafTc thee to where thou
lhalt never more bee in danger of jarring with her; nor of fee-
ling within thy felfe the unkind blowes of contrary powersfighr>
ing in thee, whiles thou bleedeft with the woundes that each fide
giveth 5 nor of changing thy once gained happinefle into a con-
trary condition, according to the vicifluudes of all humane affaires.
But (halt For ever, bee f welled to the utmoft extent of thy infinite
nature, wich this torrent* with this abifle of joy , pleafure, and
delight.

Buc here (my (bule) well mayeft thou ftand amazed at this great
word For ever. What will this be, when fleeting time mill be con-
verted into permanent eternity > fturpen thy fight to looke into this
vaft profundity. Suppofe that halfe anhoure, were refumed into
one jnftant or indivifible of time : what a ftrange kindc of durance
would that be? I fee that halfe an houre, is divifible without end,
into halfes,and halfesof halfes, and quarters of quarters; and after
niyriadesofdivifions,noparcelljs fo little, but that it hath an infi-
nite fuperpro.portion to an indivifible inftant. What a prodigious
thing tfaenmuft it be,to have an inftantequalife halfe an honre? were
it but fome ordinary notion or quiddity, as of magnitude, of place,
of activity, or the like,in which this excellency of an indivisibles e-
qualifing a large extent, were confidered ; my fantafie would offer
to wreftlewithit; and peradventure, by ftrong abftraftion, and
by deeperetyrement into the clofet of judgement, I might hazard
Co frame fome HkeneflTe of it. But that wherein this multiplication

is,

THE CONCLVSION. 141

is> is the noblest he h ghtlt, and the rooce of: all other notions, it is
Bcing&nA Exiftence ic (Ure.I my (elte.whilcj I am, have my cxittencc
determined but co one poore inltant of time ; and beyond that, 1 am
adored of nothing. My (lender thiiddeof Being mjybreakellttll
find that it may brcake a (under,as neere to that inttant.as 1 can liip-
,pofe utiy thing to be ncei e unto ic : and when J (hall have fuppoteda
Hefe\s. may .breake neerer and ncefcr ; aiul that J cm never arrive to
fettle the neertft point where it may (nap in two.But when time (hal
be no more; or attheleaft (hall in rcfpeft of meabc turned into Eter-
nity ; then this fraile Exigence ot minCjWill be ttretched out beyond
the extent or ail conquering time. Wrut Itrange thing then, is this
admirable multiplycation of exiftence? or how may i bee able to
comprehend ic .? Exiftence is that which comprehendeth all things
and if God be not comprehended in it, thereby it is, that he is in-
coniprehenfibleofua: and he is not comprehended in it , becau(e
himiclte is it. He is Exiftence : and by being io, hee equalcth, not
comprehendeth ir. From hence then I may gather the excellency
and valt empire of exiftence, in itsowne nature: and fo conclude
how admirable a change and betterment that muftbee, which en-
creaieth, and mukiplyeth fo infinitely the extttance I now enjoy •
for be it never fo f^ecious ; be it never fo glorious ; be it what it is,
exiftence, the top, the flower , the perfection of all created things ;
dill there is a flaw, there is a defeft, a (liortneHe, a limitation in it *
for nowi my foule, thou art buc a part of me • and doft exift in fuch
amannerby fucccffion, that thefecurity and poflcffionofit » isof
Icffe then of any thing wha-tfoever in the world ; for it is of nothing
more, then of an indivifible ; which being fuch, in truth is nothing.
But when the walls (hall be broken downe, that here confine thee to
fuch a nothing of exiftence, ( which yet is infinitely more noble,
then all other degrees of notions) then thou (halt fumme up time in
formall being ^ and not be limiced, as now th ou art, to this fo divi-
ded a fucceffion. Thou (halt bee an houre wichout divilibility :
and if an houre, a yeare : if fo, an age : an if and age* then for ever,
for all eternity.

But whither art thou fbwne, my foule? towhatadazeling
height art thou mounted? Thou art now foaredtofuch a leflen-
ing pitch, as my f ait.it eyes are no longer able to follow thy touring
flight: my head groweth giddy, with gazing up ; whiles thou
looked downe, to fee time runne an infinite diltance beneath thee;

(Lll 2) wafting

THE CONCLVSIQN.

wafting the exiftences of all corporall things from nothing to no-
thing, in a perpetuall ftreame : and thou fecure,and out of the reach
of its venimous and all deftroying truth. Let me call to minde, all
the violent pleafures of my heady youth : let mee fumme up their
extent according to thofe deceitfull meafures I then rated happi-
nefieby: let me in my fancy chew over againe the exctflive good,
I then fondly imagined in them : and to all this, let mee adde as
much more joy and felicity, as in my weake thoughts, I am able to
facidome or but aime at : and then let me fay ( and with rigorous
t; ur.h I (lull fay it) all this excefTe of blifle, will be refumed, will be
enjoyed to the full* in one indivisible moment : let mee thinke with
my felfe, if then, when pleafure was the Idolll facrificed all my
though tsunto., I might in one quarter of an houre have enjoyed a
pleafure, or at the lealt, have hoped for one, that (hould haveequa-
lifed ,at once all thofe, that in my life I ever tafted : whit would not
I have beene content to give in purchafe of that fingfe quarter of an
houre ? and in (lead of this pleafant dreames ,1 now fee that one re-
all moment., will truly and folidely give to thee and me , the quin-
tefTence, the Elixir of content and happinefle; notdrawneout of
fuch 40 yeares , as I have ftruggled through the world in various
fortune?-,'but out of agesand ages of pleafure,greater farre then can
be conceived by a heart of flefh •, and multiplyed beyond the A-
rithmeticke of intelligences. And this happie moment , ftall noc
be of their foddaine fleeting and expiring nature, that are affigned
to time ; but mail endure beyond the extent of that time,which fur-
padeth al multiplication. I fee plainly thar I mult multiply eternity,
by eternity , to frame a fcantling of that blifie,which a wel pafied life
in this world,fhall bring me to in the next. And yet it will be as farre
ftioit, and as much beneath the felfe-bleflednefTe of him that giveth
one this, as nothing i? mort of all that is. For my blifle (hall have
a beginning j and though it never (hall have end , yet that belon-
geth not to it for its owne fake , but proceedeth meerely from the
bounteous hand of the nothing annihilating felfe eflence : from
whom there is no more feare of the faylingof his|liberall fuperf-
fluence ofBeiiig upon me, then there is of his own deficiency from
bei ng felfe 'Being. But how can thefe things ftand' together f That
indi vifibly I (hall poflefle a tenure beyond all poifible time ? and
^evenhelefle^T^/^, notwithftanding my pofleflion, J may bee be-
Tsfc of what I enjoy ? who can reade this riddle ? who can dive

into

T HE CONCLVSION. 143

into this abide? who can fhoote light into this infinite pitte of
darkenefle? 1 1 is the abundance and excefle of light that here ftri-
keth us blinde. Who can ftrcngthen our eyes to endure eaglewi (c
this glorious and refplendent funne ? Nothing (ure in this world ,
unltfie it be filcnce and folitude. To the/e therefore 1ft usconfe-
crate the reverend contemplation of this awefull myftery •, which is
but profaned, if it be expofed to vulgar eyes : and to fuch night-!
owles and battes as we are whiles the troubled fantiies of reeking
fenfe and worldly oecupations>do overcloud of my ary thoughts.

Now then if nature by fhort and thicke ftepps at the beginning,
and by larger paces in the progrefTe, hath delivered us over into a
night of pure light, where we can fee nothing, becaule every thing
is too viiible ; fo that we are faine to vaile our eyes , and are con-
ftraintd to retyre our (elves to medicate and arme them, before wee
expofe them to fo ftrong and glorious beames : how (hould wee
dare CO looke upon thofe admirable height8(infinitely furpafling all
thefej with which the overconquering Grace hath crowned and
fwelled up the extent of nature ? What fight is fturpe enough to
penetrate into the myfterious eflence , fprouting into different per-
ibns ? Who can looke upon the fclfe multiplyed unity, upon the
incomprehenfible circuminceffion, upon thofe wondrous proceffi-
ons» and idiomes relerved for Angels eyes ?

Of thcfe , C my foule ) whofe (hootings reach infinitely higher
beyond all that we have (aid, then what we have faid is beyond the
dull and muddy motions of this life j thou art not capeable now of
receiving any inftru&ions : let fkft the myftagogicalHlluminations
of the great Areopagite ; and the Afcetike difcipline of the Ana-
choredcall inhabitants of the wildernefle , purifie the eye, before
thouattcmpteft to fpeakes or to aime at the difcovery of thefe abif-
ming depths. By them thou muft be firft irrigated with the fweet
ftioures of mornings and evenings5with the gentle deawes,and man*
nadropps , which fall abundantly from thofe bounteous favours
thatreCde in a higher fphere then nature-, and that poure out*
unknowne and unconceiveable blcfliogs upon prepared hearts:
which f ru&ifie into that true bliffs, in comparifon wheteof, all that
we have hitherto declared, isbutftiaddow, vanity, and nothing.

f 1 N I S

PRIVILEGE DV ROY.

OVYS PAR LA GRACE DE DIEV ROY
DE FRANCE ET DE NAVARRE,Ano8
amez& feauxlesgens tenansnos Cours de Parlemens,
Baillifs, Senefchaux., Prevofts. Icurs Lieutenani, & tom
autrci nos Jufticiers & Officici s qu'ii appai tiendra, Sa-
lut, Le Sieur Kenelme Digbj ChcHtfar Anglois, nous a fait remon-
ttrer qu*il a compose un Littre en langue Angleife^ contenamt deux Tra-
«;«., l*un de U nature du corps, & Fautre M /a nature des amest AVCC
ttne recherche de I'lmmortalitc de celles qai font raifonnables. Lequel i I
defireroit mettre en lumiere & faire imprinter, »'il avois nos letrres
dec neceflTures : lefquel les nous faifant fupplier luy vouloir oftro-
yer. A ce» caulcs luy a vonspermis& accord e', pcrmetrons & ac-
cordons par ces preterites faire imprimer & debicer ledit L;me pen-
dant fixms. Durant Icfquels nous faifbns deffenfes a tcus Libraires
& Imprimeurs de noftredit Royaume, de 1'imprimer vcndre,ny dc-
biters (bit (bus quelquemarqaedede'guirefr.ent tutraduftior, qae
ce foit, fans le conientement dudit fieur Digby , a peine de trois niil-
le liures d'amende^onfifcation des cxemplaires q'.ii s'cn trouueront,
& de tons defpens dommages & intereits cnvers luy. Si vcus man-
dons & ichacundcvous enjoignons tenir la main a rexccuuondcs
prefenteSj lefquelles voulons eftre tenves pourdevementfignifijes,
en mettantcopied'icellcsau commencement on d la fin de chacun
defdits Liures. A la charge de mettre parledh fieur Digby. une ex-
emplaire dudit Liure en noftre Biblioteque, & uneautre en cellc de
nullite defditss prefentcs. Car tel eft noftre plailfir, nonobftant op-
pofitions cu appellations quelconques, clameur de Haro,elianre
Normande, Sclettres a ce contraires. Dunne a Fontaiuebieau le
vingt-fixiefmc jour de Septembre, 1'an de grace mil Hx cens quaran-
tequatre, 8c de noftre Regne le deuxiefme.

Is Roy en [on

.GVITONNEAV.

ft

*tfMMMltti^fe